�C�s‚Ì�‡�˜�@�@�@Sotāpanna‚Ö‚Ì“¹
http://pacha21.com/m/sotapannaWay.htm�@�@
‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�@�@�@
�‡�˜‚Ì—v–ñ
‘S‘Ì�}‚ð’m‚é�@�@�@‚S‘w‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX
�C�s’iŠK‚Ì�Ú�×
kāyagatāsati‚ÌŠm—§
ŒÜŠW‚Ö‚Ì‘Î�ô
ŒÜ‘TŽx‚̈ç�¬
Bala‚̈ç�¬
ñāṇa�iŠÏ’q�j‚Ì—Í
‹ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é
6 dhātu�i—v‘f�j‚Ì’mޝ
16ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ÌŠÏ’q
ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z�@vipassanā-bhāvanā�@
Manual
of Vipassana Meditation�@U
Ko Lay’˜�@“ú–{Œê–ó
The manuals of Dhamma �@˜_‘ ‚Ì’�‰ð�@Ledi
Sayadaw “ú–{Œê–ó �@‰pŒêƒeƒLƒXƒg”Å�@PDF”Å
ƒRƒ‰ƒ€
ˆê”Ê“I“NŠw‚Ì�C�s‚Æ‚»‚Ì�‡�˜�@�@�@åKåN�\Žš’c‚Ì—á
ŽQ�lŽ‘—¿
Pure Dhamma�@�@Sōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É
‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É
Samatha‚Ævipassana‚Æmettā‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ðŽ©•ª‚ł͂µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‘½‚‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Æ‚±‚낪ŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì‘O‚É‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ“¥‚܂Ȃ¢‚ÆáÒ‘z‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɂ͂Ȃ炸�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽc”O‚È‚ª‚ç�AáÒ‘z‚Ì–Í•í‚ÆŒÄ‚΂ê‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚̖͕킪‘å�؂ł ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ªŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ì�€”õ‚ƂȂè�A‘å�؂ȌP—û‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚É kāyagata satipaṭṭhāna (�g‘̂Ɋւ·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX) ‚ðŽŽ‚Ý‚é‚±‚ƂȂ�ASamatha‚Ævipassana (Žâ�ÂƓ´Ž@—Í) ‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ð�s‚¤�l‚Í�A‚Ü‚¾Ž”‚¢Šµ‚炳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢—Y‹�‚ð�A•@�j‚È‚µ‚ʼn׎Ԃâ�›‚ɂ‚Ȃ®�Š—LŽÒ‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�iLedi Sayadaw‚ÌThe Manual of Dhamma ‚Ì•\Œ»�j
‚»‚̂悤‚È‹�‚Ì�Š—LŽÒ‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì–]‚ނ悤‚É‹��iŽ©•ª‚Ì�S�g�j‚ð“®‚©‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‹�‚Í–ì�¶‚Å‚ ‚è�A•@�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A“¹‚©‚çŠO‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚½‚è�A‚‚Ñ‚«‚ð�Ü‚Á‚Ä“¦‚°‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
ˆê•û�ASamatha‚Ævipassana�iŽâ�ÂƓ´Ž@�j‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚é‘O‚É�A‚Ü‚¸kāyagatā satipaṭṭhāna bhāvanā�i�g‘̂̊ϑz�j‚Å�S‚ð’Á‚߂Ă©‚çŒP—û‚·‚é�l‚Í�A’�ˆÓ—Í‚ªˆÀ’肵�A�ì‹Æ‚Í�¬Œ÷‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚±‚Ì�‡”Ô‚ÍLedi Sayadaw‚ÌThe Manual of Dhamma‚âGoenkaji‚ÌThe art of living‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŒ»‘ã‚Ì“sŽs�¶ŠˆŽÒ‚ɃAƒŒƒ“ƒW‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B
The Art of Living “ú–{Œê–ó ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‹Z The Art of Living�@‰pŒê�@PDF�@�@
Ledi Sayadaw�@�@The Manuals of
Dhamma“ú–{Œê–ó
�‡�˜
‘ÌŒ±�@�@�@�@�@�@ƒR�[ƒX‘ÌŒ±
Œ»�ó”cˆ¬�@�@�@�@Ž©•ª‚Ì—§‚¿ˆÊ’u�AŒ»‘ã‚Ì“Á’¥
‘S‘Ì�}�@�@�@�@�@ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Ì�‡�˜
Œ»�ó‚Ì—�‰ð�@�@�@•¶–¾Žž‘ã‚ÌŽv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“
ŽŽ�sŽÀ‘H�@�@�@�@kāyagatāsati�@�@ Satipaṭṭhāna�Aānāpāna sati
‹ï‘Ì“I–Ú•W�@�@�@iddhi�@nāma- rūpa�i‰F’ˆ–@‘¥‚Æ�[‘w�^—��j�@ŽO‘Š�¨Žl�¹’ú�@ŽåŠi‚Ì•¾ŠQ�@ŽŽ�s�öŒë�@ˆç�¬
Dhamma�@�@�@�@Dhamma‚Ì”Fޝ�@�@�@�ò‰»‚Ì“¹‚Ì7’iŠK�@�@�S�Š�@ŒÜŠW
ŒˆˆÓ�@�@�@�@�@�@ŒŒ‚ªŒÍ‚ê‚é‚Ü‚Å
Šî”ÕŽ‘Ž¿�@�@�@�@iddhipāda�i“¹‚ðŠ®�¬‚·‚éŠî”Õ�j‚ð”Fޝ‚µŠm—§�@�@1.chanda �@2.vīriya�@3.citta �@4.vīmaṃsa
Šî”Õ‰ñ˜H�@�@�@�@indriya‰ñ˜H‚ðŠm—§‚·‚é�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ saddhā�Avīriya�Asati�Asamādhi�Apaññā
‰ñ˜Hˆç�¬�@�@�@�@bala—Í‚Ì‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚ðŠm”F‚µˆç�¬�@�@�@�@�@ ”½‹`‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‘f�Þ‰ñ˜H‚Ì—Í‚ð�‚‚ß‚é
�ò‰»‚ÌŠm—§
DhammaŠw�K�@�@6‘匳‘f�A‰�‹N�A‘½‘w‚ÌŽl�¹’ú�@�@�@ñāṇa‚ð’iŠK“I‚Ɉç‚Þ
‚V‚‚ÌSambojjhaṅgas‚ÌŠm—§
10‚ÌŠÏ’q‚ÌŠm—§�@�@
áÒ‘z�@�@�@�@�@–{Ši“IáÒ‘z‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚é
Sotāpanna‚Ö‚Ì“¹�@�C�s‚Ì�‡�˜
|
ƒXƒeƒbƒv |
Žå‘è |
•û–@�EŽè’i |
“à—e |
|
‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ă݂é |
–¢‘ÌŒ±‚ðŠù’m‚É |
10“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX |
Žwަ’Ê‚è‚ÉŽÀ‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é |
|
Œ»�Ý’n‚ðŠm”F |
Ž©•ª‚ð’m‚é |
ŠÏŽ@ |
Ž©•ª‚Ì—§‚¿ˆÊ’u‚ð’m‚é �@ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�§Œä‚Ì•s‰Â 10“ú‚Å‹N‚«‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð•ª�Í‚µ‚ă�ƒJƒjƒYƒ€‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é ‚»‚Ì—�‰ð�i‰¼�à�j‚Í“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚ł̎Ž�s�öŒë‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Ø–¾‚³‚ê‚é |
|
|
|
|
|
|
’mޝ‚Ì�€”õ |
‘S‘Ì�} |
Šw�K |
Šw‚Ô’iŠK‚Æ�‡”Ô‚ð’m‚é�@‚±‚Ì•\‚ðŒ©‚é�@�@ ’qŒd‚É‚æ‚鑽‘w�«�AŒÜå]�A–³�í�AŽl’ú�A”ª�³“¹�A˜Z�ˆ‚Ì—�‰ð |
|
Œ»�ó‚Ì—�‰ð |
“sŽs�¶ŠˆŽÒ‚ÌŒÀŠE Šw�Z‹³ˆç‚̃�ƒŠƒbƒg ‰ÈŠw�M•òŽÒ ˜_—�Šw�M•òŽÒ ‰¢•ÄŽv�l —Ö‰ô”Û’è ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚Ì–³—�‰ð ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä–³’m 21�¢‹I‚Ì�Z�l |
Œo“T�@•§‹³‚É‚æ‚镪�Í �„˜_�@‰ÈŠw‚ÌŽŽ�s�öŒë ŽÀ�ؑ̌±�@“ú�í‚ÌŠï�Ö Œ»‘ã�@‹³‚Ì‚Q‚‚̎ô”›‚ð‰ð‚«•ú‚ |
•¶–¾“à‚É‚¨‚¯‚éŽv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚ÌŒ»�ó‚ð’m‚é Œ¾—t‚ÆŽÀ‘̂̊֌W�«�A�@�@Œ»�ÛŠw ‚S‚‚͈̔Í�@�@Šw–â‚͈̔Í�A‘ª’è‰Â‚Æ•s‰Â‚Ì”ÍˆÍ —�”O‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ÆŒÀŠE�AŠw–å‚̉”\�«‚ÆŒÀŠE ‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂ɔFޝ‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‰ÈŠw“I—�—R‚Æ‘Î�ˆ–@ ‘S‘Ì�«‚Æ•”•ª�@‰ß�èˆê”ʉ» Ž©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Æ�¶�¬‚ÆŽã‘̉» ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ƃ͉½‚©�Hdhamma-antarāya�áŠV�@�@dhamma—�‰ð‚ÌŒë•T ‘Ì‘€‚âƒXƒgƒŒƒbƒ`‚ÌŽÀ‘H�@�iƒˆƒK�A�‡‹C“¹�A‹CŒ÷�A‘¾‹ÉŒ�‚È‚Ç�j |
|
ŽÀ‘H‚Ì�€”õ |
kāyagatāsati |
satipatthana sutta‰¹�º�@�@“ú–{Œê–ó |
‘Ì‚Æ�S‚̕ω»‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Åaniccā‚âƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�§Œä‚̑̌±‚ª�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚· kesā�i“ª”¯�j�Alomā�i‘Ì–Ñ�j�Anakhā�i’Ü�j�Adantā�iŽ•�j�Ataco�i”畆�j‚Í�Ataca pañcaka‚Ì5‚‚ɒ�ˆÓ‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚ÆŒü‚¯‚é “ú�í�¶Šˆ‚Ì’†‚ÅŠá‚ðŠJ‚¯‚½–»‘z |
|
Šw‚Ô“à—e‚Æ�‡”Ô •K—v‚È—v‘f ‚ð’m‚é |
iddhi ”÷�׃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ —Í |
ŠÏ‘z 20“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX |
Šw‚Ô“à—e‚ð’m‚é�@�@�@�@�@ 1. nāma-rūpa‚È‚Ç�[‘w‚É‚ ‚édhamma‚Ì’mޝ 2. �³Šm‚É’m‚é‚ׂ«‚±‚Æ�@ŽO‘Š�¨‹ê’ú 3. ŽåŠi‚ðŠî�€‚Å�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚ésakkāya-diṭṭhi‚Ì•¾ŠQ‚ð’m‚é 4. ŽŽ�s�öŒë‚̑̊´‚ð‚µ‚Ä�‰‚߂Ċo‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚é 5. ‰½‚ðˆç‚ނׂ«‚©‚ð’m‚é |
|
�ò‰»‚Ì�‡”Ô |
|
|
(1) Sīla-visuddhi (“¹“¿‚Ì�ò‰»)�A (2) Citta-visuddhi (ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ò‰»)�@ kāyagata sati ‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ (3) Diṭṭhi-visuddhi (Œ©‰ð‚Ì�ò‰») �A�@�@�@�@ nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A‚U‘匳‘f‚ð•ª�Í“I”Fޝ‚·‚é�@ ŒÜå]‚̃`ƒFƒbƒN�@‚ ‚邪‚܂܂ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é (4) Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa-visuddhi (‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)�A�@�@ Œ´ˆö‚©‚猋‰Ê‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɋ^‚¢‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é ‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì�oŒ»‚ÆŒ´ˆö‚𖾊m‚É”Fޝ‚·‚é Žl‘匳‘f‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Íkamma�Acitta�Autu�Aāhāra�A viññāṇa‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚̒mŠo‚Ì‘Î�Û‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ (5) Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Å‚ ‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚¤‚łȂ¢‚à‚̂̒mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») ‹ê‚µ‚݂̎n‚Ü‚è‚Æ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�B sammasati‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�AŒÜå]‚ð‰ß‹Ž�AŒ»�Ý�A–¢—ˆ�A“à•”�AŠO•”‚ȂǂƂµ‚Ċς邱‚Æ‚Å�A–³�í�A‹ê�A–³‰ä‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚é�u�·�Š‚Ì’mޝ�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�B Vis�DM�DXX�is�Dvisuddhi VI�j�B (6) Paṭipadañāṇadassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Ì’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì’†‚ÉŽO‘Š‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é ˆê•àˆê•à‚Ì•à‚«•û�@�s“¹ �¨�@”ª�¹“¹ bhanga—n‰ð�A‘̂̓Jƒ‰�[ƒp‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å‚ ‚è�A”g“®�B �Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚‚à‚̂ɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚ð“–‚Ä‚éŒXŒü‚ð�Kе‚É‚·‚é �S‚Ƒ̂ªŒ‹‚т‚¢‚½nāma-rūpa‚Å‘Î�Û‚ð”c‚¦‚邯޷’…‚ª�Kе‚ɂȂè�A‚»‚ê‚炪‹ê‚µ‚݂ƂȂé�B Š´Šo‚É”½‰ž‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�@�@�@ (7) Ñāṇadassana-visuddhi (’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@�@�@ 4‚‚Ìmagga ñāṇas‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é ’qŒd‚Ånāma-rūpa‚ðnāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é ‹ï‘Ì“I‚ɂ͊´Šo‚ðanicca‚ÅŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚ç‚ê‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚𕪕ʂµ‚½rūpa‚Ærūpa‚Ì�Õ“Ë‚ðnāma‚Æ‚µ‚đ̌±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B Žl‘匳‘f‚Ì•ª�Í�Arūpa-vipassana�i•¨—�“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j�Anāma-vipassana�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j |
|
ŒˆˆÓ�@�@�@�@�@�@ |
|
|
‚½‚Æ‚¦Ž„‚̔畆‚Ƌ؂Æ�œ‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è�AŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂̓÷‚ÆŒŒ‚ªŒÍ‚ê‰Ê‚Ă悤‚Æ‚à�A�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚é‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚Í“w—͂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ð‹–‚³‚È‚¢�B�@�@�@�@�@�@�@AN2.5 Upaññāta-Sutta |
|
“¹‚ÉŽŠ‚éŽ‘Ž¿‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é |
iddhipāda ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�EƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ÌŠî”Õ‚ðŠm—§ |
Šî”Õ‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠm—§‚·‚é |
“¹‚ðŠ®�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̊î”Õ 1.chanda�@’B�¬‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚È‚ç‚ÎŽ€‚ñ‚¾‚Ù‚¤‚ª‚Ü‚µ 2.vīriya�@�@˜J—͂̑½‚³‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ 3.citta �@�@iddhi‚É–²’†‚ÈŽž‚ɂ̂ݖž‘«‚·‚é�S 4.vīmaṃsa ‚Ü‚½‚Ípaññā�@�@�@�@�[‘wdhamma‚ÌŒ¤‹† |
|
dhamma‚ÌŠw�K ‘æ2’iŠK ”÷�×—Ìˆæ ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh—̈æ |
|
ŒÜå]�A‰�‹N�AŽl�¹’ú�AŽl‘匳‘f�A31—̈æ udayabbaya-ñāṇa�i�S�g‚ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é’mޝ�j ŒÜŠW‚Ì�œ‹Ž�@�@ �S�g‚Ì�S�Š‚ð’m‚é�@�@˜_‘ ‚ÌŠT—v‚ðŠw‚Ô |
|
|
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‘�‰Á |
sammappadhāna ‚S‚‚Ì�¸�i sammā-vāyāma |
ŒˆˆÓ‚Ì�ÄŠm”F ’B�¬“à—e‚̈Ӌ` The Art of Dying |
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð�‚‚ß�A•ûŒü‚ð’m‚è�A‚â‚è‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒˆˆÓ‚·‚é�B ”畆‚ðŽc‚·‚ª�AŒŒ‚ªŠ£‚‚Ü‚Å�B |
|
Šî”ՂƂȂé—Í �i‰ñ˜H�j‚̈ç�¬ |
indriya Žx”zŽÒ |
‰ñ˜H‚ÌŠm”F ‰ñ˜H‚̈ç�¬ ’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[ |
‰ñ˜H‚ɂ͒N‚à‹t‚炤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢ 1.Saddhindriya�@�@�M—Š�AŠm�M�AЉ–]‚©‚ç‚Ì—£’E 2.Vīriyindriya�@�@�@“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚Å–Ú‚ðŠJ‚¯‚Ä‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é�¶Šˆ 3.Satindriya�@�@�@�@aniccā‚ð‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é 4.Samādhindriya�@�@ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�W’†ˆÛŽ��@ƒR�[ƒX‚ł̃Tƒ}�[ƒfƒB 5.Paññindriya�@�@�@‰ñ˜H‚Ì“´Ž@�@ |
|
�ò‰»‚ÌŠm—§ |
visuddhis |
30“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX |
7‚‚Ìvisuddhis�i�ò‰»�j (1) Sīla-visuddhi (“¹“¿‚Ì�ò‰»)�A (2) Citta-visuddhi (ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ò‰»)�@kāyagata sati‚ÌŠm—§ (3) Diṭṭhi-visuddhi (Œ©‰ð‚Ì�ò‰») nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A‚U‘匳‘f‚ð•ª�Í“I”Fޝ‚·‚é�@ (4) Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa-visuddhi (‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)�A ‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì�oŒ»‚ÆŒ´ˆö‚𖾊m‚É”Fޝ‚·‚é Žl‘匳‘f‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Íkamma�Acitta�Autu�Aāhāra viññāṇa‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚̒mŠo‚Ì‘Î�Û (5) Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Å‚ ‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚¤‚łȂ¢‚à‚̂̒mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») (6) Paṭipadañāṇadassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Ì’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@ ‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì’†‚ÉŽO‘Š‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é (7) Ñāṇadassana-visuddhi (’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@�@�@ 4‚‚Ìmagga ñāṇas‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é |
|
—Í�i—v‘f�j‚Ì‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚ð’m‚è�Aˆç�¬ |
bala‚̈ç�¬ |
ŠÖŒW�«‚ðŠm”F Ž‘Ž¿—Í‚ðˆç�¬ 45“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX |
‘f�Þ‚Ì—Í‚Ì‘ŠŒÝŠÖŒW‚ð’m‚é Œ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Ó�Š‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ä�¬’·‚³‚¹‚é Saddha�@�@Љ–]‚Ì�œ‹Ž Vīriya�@�@�@‘Ó‘Ä‚ðƒŠƒYƒ€‚̈ꕔ‚É Sati�@�@�@�@”÷�׊´Šo‚ðŠî�€‚É Samādhi�@�@‹ó‘z‚â–Ï‘z‚Ȃǂ̎v�l‚̘A�½‚É–O‚«‚é Pañña�@�@�@–Ï‘z‚Ì—�—R‚ð’m‚é |
|
dhamma‚ÌŠw�K ‘æ3’iŠK |
|
|
˜Z‘匳‘f�Adhamma‚ÆNibbāna‚ÌŠÖŒW‚Ì’T‹† –³�FŠE—̈æ�@kilesa—̈æ |
|
’mޝ‚ÌŠm—§ |
‘zsaññā‚ÌŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚ð‰ð�œ‚·‚é |
’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[ |
1) Kammassakatā-ñāṇa Ž©�g‚Ì�àŽY‚Íkamma‚¾‚¯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Ì’mޝ 2) Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A�¶–½‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ‚·‚é’mޝ 3) Paccaya-vavatthāna-ñāṇa nāma‚Ærūpa‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ƃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ 4) Lakkhaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa nāma‚Ærūpa‚ªanicca�iŽO‘Š�j‚Å‚ ‚é’mޝ �¶–½‚ÌŽÀ‘Ì‚Ínāma‚Ærūpa‚Æ‚¢‚¤anatta 5) Nibbāṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa Ÿ¸žÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ |
|
ŽÀ‘H |
samatha�@�‰‹‰ |
ānāpāna ’†‹‰20“úŠÔ 60“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX |
‘̂̊´Šo‚Ì3’iŠK�@’Ê�í�A”÷�×�A‚æ‚è”÷�×�A nimitta‚̈À’è�@�@ƒjƒ~ƒbƒ^‚Æ’OŒõ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vipassana�‰‹‰ |
60“úŠÔƒR�[ƒX �S‚Ì‚X’iŠK�@�@Ž©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‰»‚É‚¢‚½‚é�S‚Ì’iŠK |
nāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é“´Ž@ 10’iŠK‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv (1) Sammasana-ñāṇa ‘¶�Ý‚Ì3‚‚̓Á’¥‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í (2) Udayabbayanupassanā-ñāṇa Œ»�Û‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–łɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í (3) Bhaṅgānupassanā-ñāṇa —n‰ð‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í (4) Bhayānupassanā-ñāṇa ‹°‚낵‚¢�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í Š´Šo‚Å‚µ‚©‚È‚¢—n‰ð�ó‘Ô‚ð•]‰¿‚·‚éã© (5) Ǎdīnavānupassanā-ñāṇa Œ‡Š×�ó‘Ô‚Ì“´Ž@—Í�@�@ �Á–ł̊ώ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AŒ»�Û‚Í‹ê‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å•s—˜‰v�i‰ßг�j‚Å‚ ‚邯д“¾�B (6) Nibbidānupassanā-ñāṇa ‚¤‚ñ‚´‚è‚·‚é�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@—Í (7) Muccitu-kamyatā-ñāṇa �¶�¬�Á–ł͊댯‚Å•s—˜‰v‚ʼn¿’l‚̂Ȃ¢‚à‚̂Ɗώ@‚µ‚½Œã�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚ÄŽ©—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é“´Ž@—Í (8) Paṭisankh-ānupassanā-ñāṇa ‚³‚ç‚È‚éŠÏ‘z‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é“´Ž@—Í (9) Saṅkhārupekkhā-ñāṇa ˆÀ‰¸‚³‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é“´Ž@—Í�@ �S‚̈À‚炬‚É‚æ‚莩“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚ðŽã‘̉»‚³‚¹‚é (10) Anuloma-ñāṇa “K‰ž’mޝ Anuloma�‡”Ô’Ê‚è�A�³�‡�@�@�@�@�@ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
—a—¬Œü‚ð’m‚é |
cūti-Sotāpanna |
’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[ |
—a—¬‰Ê‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚½‚ß‚Ìpārami‚ðˆç‚Þ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
‘T’è |
Jhāna samāpatti |
ānāpāna �㋉100“ú |
�‰‘T‚ðƒ}ƒXƒ^�[‚·‚é 8’iŠK�iŒã‚É‚à‚¤1’iŠK�j‚ ‚邪•K—v‚ł͂Ȃ¢ ‘T’è‚Ì‚X’iŠK�@�@samādhi‚Æjhāna‚Æsamāpatti ƒTƒ}ƒ^áÒ‘z�@�@�«Ši‚Å‘I‚Ôƒp�[ƒŠŒo“T‚É‚ ‚é40Ží—Þ‚ÌŽÀ‘H•û–@�@�@ ŒÄ‹záÒ‘z ƒA�[ƒiƒp�[ƒiáÒ‘z–@�@Ānāpāna bhāvanā�@�@�@�@�@�@ ‹ê”Y‚©‚çˆê�u‚Å—£‚ê‚é•û–@�@�@ƒA�[ƒiƒp�[ƒi�EƒTƒeƒB‚ÌŽÀ‘H �@�@ |
|
�¬‰Ê‚ÉŽŠ‚é 7—v‘f |
Sambojjhaṅgas |
’·ŠúŠÔƒT�[ƒo�[ �d—̓Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì�Å�¬’PˆÊ�@Suddhātthaka |
1.Sati sambojjhaṅga 2.Dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅga 3.Vīriya sambojjhaṅga 4.Pīti sambojjhaṅga 5.Passaddhi sambojjhaṅga 6.Samādhi sambojjhaṅga 7.Upekkhā sambojjhaṅga |
|
”ª�¹“¹‚ð’m‚é |
ariya-aṭṭhaṅgika-magga |
”ª�¹“¹‚ð’m‚é |
”ª�¹“¹‚ð’m‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚Ü‚¸‚Í”ª�³“¹‚𖾊m‚Ƀ}ƒXƒ^�[‚·‚é cūti-Sotāpanna‚ðƒ}ƒXƒ^�[‚·‚é |
|
“¹‚Æ�¬‰Ê |
Magga&Pāla |
Vipassana�㋉ 120“ú |
16’iŠK‚ ‚éVipassana‚Ì�S‹«‚ƈç�¬ ”ª�¹“¹‚ÌŽÀ‘H |
|
—a—¬‰Ê‚ÌŠ®�¬ |
Sotāpanna |
Nibbāna‚ÌŠ´Šo ”g“®‚̂Ȃ¢ƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“ |
�Å�I“I‚Èanatta bhāvanā‚Åsakkāya-diṭṭhi‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚ Ž„‚ª�u‚ ‚é�v‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤—�—R 5‚‚Ìabhiññā‚̎擾 |
Ž©•ª‚Ì—§‚¿ˆÊ’u
Buddha Sāsana (‹³‚¦) ‚É�o‰ï‚¤�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì 4‚‚ɕª—Þ‚Å‚«‚邯‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ledi Sayadaw�@�@The Manuals of Dhamma“ú–{Œê–ó
1.�@Ugghaṭitaññū�@�@�@«ugghaṭita+ñā+rū»�@[ud-ghaṭati ‚Ì‰ß‹Ž•ªŽŒ]�@ �@•q銳’qŽÒ
2.�@Vipañcitaññū�@�@�@’·‚�à–¾‚³‚ê‚邯—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä�u“¹‚ƉʎÀ�v‚𓾂é
3.�@Neyya�@�@�@�@�@�@ƒKƒCƒh‚ª•K—v‚È‚à‚Ì�@�@�@–¢—¹
4.�@Padaparama�@�@�@ [padaŒ¾—t+parama—D�¨]�@�@ �@�@�‘‚‚±‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ª“¾ˆÓ
Œ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ÍNeyya‚ÆPadaparama‚̌‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Œ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚Ì5000”NŠÔ‚Í�A‚·‚ׂÄAriya‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ÌAriya‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Í�ATipiṭaka‚ª�¢ŠE‚ÉŽc‚éŒÀ‚è‘¶�Ý‚µ‘±‚¯‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Padaparama‚̌‚Í�AŒ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚Æ‚Ì�o‰ï‚¢‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ‹@‰ï‚ð—˜—p‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�¶ŠU‚łł«‚邾‚¯‘½‚‚Ìpāramīs‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Sīla�i“¹“¿�j‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï
samādhi�i�W’†—Í�j‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï
’qŒdpaññā�i’qŒd�j‚ÌŽí‚ð’~�Ï
Œ»�Ý‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì�ç”N‚ªŒo‰ß‚µ‚½Œã‚Í�APaṭisambhidhāpatta Arahat�i•ª�Í“I’mޝ‚ðŽ�‚ÂArahat�j‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
[paṭi�@Œü‚©‚Á‚Ä+�@saṃ�@ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�@�{�@bhid ‘Å”j�{āpatta�@�…]
‘S‘Ì�}‚ð’m‚é
‚S‘w‚ ‚éƒvƒ�ƒZƒX
�C�s‚Ƃ͎©•ª‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð�‡‚É“´Ž@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚‰ß’ö‚Å‚·�B
|
|
•¨—�Šw |
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ |
“ú�í—pŒê |
“`“�•§‹³�@�@�@ |
�C�s‘Î�Û |
�C�s•û–@ |
|
•\‘w |
‘f—±ŽqˆÈ�ã |
‹‚¢�d—Í |
•¨Ž¿ |
Š´Šo�i—~�jŠE |
6Š´Šo‘Î�Û�@Vītikkama ˆ«Œ¾“® |
sīla |
|
’†‘w |
‘f—±Žq–¢–ž |
�d—Í |
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ |
�FŠE |
Š´Šo�AŠ´�îPariyuṭṭhānaˆ«‰ñ˜H |
samādhi |
|
�[‘w |
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[Œ¹ |
”ñ�d—Í |
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[Œ¹ |
–³�FŠE |
Œ©‰ð�A•]‰¿anusaya�ö�݈ӎ¯‚̈«‰ñ˜H |
paññā |
|
˜gŠO |
”ñ•¨Ž¿ |
0 |
Ÿ¸žÏ |
�o�¢ŠÔŠE |
Ž©ŒÈ�M”O�@�@�@‰ñ˜H�Ý’è‚ÌŠî”Õ |
–»‘z |
sīla�@�@�@�@�@�@‹K—¥‚ðŽç‚é
samādhi�@�@�@ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�§Œä‚·‚é
paññā�@�@�@�@ rūpa�Anāma�Akhandha�Aāyatana�Adhātu�Asacca�Apaṭiccasamuppāda‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚·‚é
�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@paramattha-dhammas�@�@‹†‹É‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚·‚é�@
Citta (ˆÓޝ), Cetasika (ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—v‘f�A�S�Š), Rūpa (•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[“I�«Ž¿)�A NibbānaŸ¸žÏ‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é
Pathavī (Šg’£‚Ì—v‘f) Ǎpo (—¬“®�«�A‹Ã�W‚Ì—v‘f) Tejo (‰^“®ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì—v‘f) Vāyo (“®Œü‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽxŽ�‚Ì—v‘f)
‚Æ‚¢‚¤4‚‚̎å—v‚ÈŒ´—� (MahābhūtaŽl‘匳‘f) ‚ªŽ©•ª‚̑̂̒†‚łǂ̂悤‚É�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@‚𓾂é�B
Šá‚ðŠJ‚¯‚½“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚ł̃”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[–»‘z�@
•\‘wˆÓޝ—̈æ‚ł̌ë‰ð‚ð�®—�‚·‚é
Œ¾—t‚ÆŽÀ‘̂̊֌W�«�@�@�@�í‚ɕω»‚·‚錻�Û‚É“\‚è•t‚¯‚½‰¼�Ì‚ªŒ¾—t�A�@�@ŽÀ‘̂Ƃ͌»�Û‚ð�\�¬‚·‚é�Å�¬’PˆÊ
Ž©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H�@�@�@�@�@�@“ü—Í�M�†‚ɑ΂µ‚ÄŒˆ‚Ü‚Á‚½Žv�l�iŒ¾“®�j‚ðƒAƒEƒgƒvƒbƒg‚·‚é‰ñ˜H
‰ß�èˆê”ʉ»�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‚ ‚é“Á’è‚ÌTPO‚ÌŽž‚É’Ê—p‚µ‚½–@‘¥�iˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW�j‚ð�A‚»‚ê—áŠO‚ÌTPO‚Å‚à“K‰ž‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ
‚S‚‚͈̔Í�@�@�@�@�@�@�@Šw–â‚͈̔Í�i‘ª’è‰Â�j�A�S�iŠ´Šo�EŠ´�î�j‚͈̔Í�i�„‘ª�j�A�°�iŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H�j‚͈̔Í�i�„‘ª�j�AŸ¸žÏ‚͈̔Í�i‘ª’èŠO�j
—�”O‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒÀŠE�@�@–³�킪‚È‚¢—�”O�@�@�@‘S‘̂𑪒肵‚Ä‚©‚ç’è‹`‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‰¼�Ý‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é‚Ì‚ª—��«
‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂ɔFޝ‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‰ÈŠw“I—�—R‚Æ‘Î�ˆ–@
ޏ”s‚ÌŠy‚µ‚³�@�@ƒqƒg‚Ì”Fޝ‚ªŠÔˆá‚¦‘±‚¯‚é—�—R�@
�ã�À•”•§‹³‚ÌŒ©‰ð�@�@ƒqƒg‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©�@
ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ƃ͂Ȃɂ©�H�@
‹™Žt‚ª‚»‚Ì�E‹Æ‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�Asamatha-vipassana�iŽâ�ÂƓ´Ž@—Í�j‚âmanasikāra�iŽâ�ÂƓ´Ž@—͂ւÌ�S‚Ì�W’†�j‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¤�l‚Í�Adhamma-antarāya�idhamma‚ðŒë‰ð‚·‚éŠëŒ¯�j‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‘Ì‚ðŠÉ‚߂邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚é
�S�g‚ðŠÉ‚߂邽‚ß‚Ì�€”õ�@�@‘Ì‘€�@ŒÄ‹z–@�@
kāyagatāsati‚ÌŠm—§
Ž©•ª‚̈ӎu‚Å‚¢‚‚łà“f‘§‚Æ‹z‘§‚É’�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�Akāyagatāsati‚ÍŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
kāyagat₯‚͑̂ð‘Î�Û‚É‚µ‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚Ƃ͊´Šo‰ñ˜H‚ð�í‚ÉŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B�S˜Hcitta vīthi �S‚Ì’PˆÊ
�ugaccanto gacchāmīti pajānāti�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤4‚‚̑̂̎p�¨‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Äkāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�g‘̂̓®‚«‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚ésati sampajañña (ˆÓޝ‚Ì–¾�ð‚³�@•t‰Á‚·‚éƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚É‹C‚«‘±‚¯‚é�ó‘Ô) ‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Äkāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‘Ì‚Ì32‰Ó�Ђɒ�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚étacapañcaka‚Åkāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�Akesā�i“ª”¯�j�Alomā�i‘Ì–Ñ�j�Anakhā�i’Ü�j�Adantā�iŽ•�j�Ataco�i”畆�j‚É’�ˆÓ‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ�펞Œü‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
‘̂⓪‚Ì�œ‚É‚à’�ˆÓ‚ðŒü‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�Akāyagatāsati‚ÍŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Ledi Sayadaw�@�@The Manuals of Dhamma“ú–{Œê–ó
�g‘Ì‚Ìrūpa‚ƃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ìnāma‚̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚ð•ª�Í“I‚É‹æ•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚»‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Ö‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚ªˆÀ’肵‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�Akāyagatāsati‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Í’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�w”ç�A‚·‚¶�A�œ‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è�A“÷‚ÆŒŒ‚ª‘Ì‚©‚ç�Á‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚à�A–{–]‚¾�BŽ„‚Í�lŠÔ‚Ì‹‚³�A—Í�AŠˆ—͂ŒB�¬‚ª‰Â”\‚ÈŽ–‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚܂Ōˆ‚µ‚Ä—ã‚Ý‘±‚¯‚鎖‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚â‚߂Ȃ¢�B�x
AN2,5�@”±�iŒY”±•i�jŽ©—͂Ŋw‚ñ‚¾Ž–�@AN2.5 Upaññāta-Sutta �@�@�@AN, Duka-nipāta,
9. Upaññāta-Sutta, p. 35, 6th Syn. Edn.
“àŠÏ‚Ö‚¢‚½‚é‚Q‚‚̃Aƒvƒ��[ƒ`
samatha�iŽâ�Ã�j‚Ì�C�s‚ð–]‚Ü‚¸�A�ƒ�ˆ‚Èvipassanā�A‚·‚Ȃ킿sukkha-vipassaka52�i’�Žß52 �@vipassana‚¾‚¯‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚é�l�j ‚Ì�C�s‚ð’Ç‹�‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ–]‚ÞŽÒ‚Í�Akāyagatāsati‚ÌŠm—§‚É�¬Œ÷‚µ‚½Œã�A‚·‚®‚Évipassana‚É�i‚ނׂ«‚Å‚·�B
‚à‚µkāyagatāsati‚ð�æ‚É�C�s‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–]‚Ü‚¸�Akāyagatāsati‚𔺂Á‚ÄVipassanā‚ð‹Î•ׂÉ�C�s‚·‚é‚‚à‚è‚Å‚ ‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A�C�sŽÒ‚ª–{“–‚É•K—v‚È’qŒd‚ƋΕׂ³‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A�¬Œ÷‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
udayabbaya-ñāṇa�i�S�g‚ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é’mޝ�j‚ÆŠÖ˜A‚µ‚½kāyagatāsati‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”ñ�í‚ɉ¿’l�‚‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B
samatha�iŽâ�Ã�j‚Å‚Í�AŒÄ‹C‚Æ‹z‹C‚Ìkāyagatāsati‚ð�C�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A�FŠE‚ÌŽl”Ô–Ú‚Ì‘T’è‚Å‚ ‚érūpāvacara catuttha jhāna‚܂ŒB‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
kesā�i“ª”¯�j�Alomā�i‘Ì–Ñ�j‚ȂǂÌ�g‘Ì‚Ì32‚Ì•”•ª‚Ìkāyagatāsati‚Ìvaṇṇa manasikāra53‚ð�C�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A8‚‚Ìsamāpattis54‚·‚ׂĂð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A“¯‚¶kāyagatāsati‚Ìpaṭikūla-manasikāra55‚ð�C�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚Ì‘T’è‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�i’�Žß53 �@�F‚âŠOŠÏ‚ɑ΂·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì—Uˆö�B �g‘Ì‚Ì32‚Ì•”•ª‚ð�n—¶‚·‚é�C�sˆê•”‚Å‚·�B�j
�i’�Žß54 �@8‚‚̎�‘±‚³‚ꂽˆÓޝ �@�FŠE‚Æ–³�FŠE‚Ì8‚‚̃gƒ‰ƒ“ƒX�B�j
�i’�Žß55 �@�@�@Šõ‚܂킵‚¢‚±‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�n—¶�B�j
[paṭi‹t‚炤-kūla’ç–h] •s–ù‰õ�A‰}‹t�AŒ™ˆ«Š´
manasi�S‚̂Ȃ©‚É�@kāra�ikaroti�j�ì‚é�A‚É—R—ˆ‚µ�A�u’�ˆÓ�v�uŒÅ‚Ü‚Á‚½�l‚¦�v�@�@�@�uŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�lŽ@�v
‚Ü‚½�A•s�òŠÏ�iŽ©�g‚⑼ŽÒ‚Ì�¶‚«‚½�g‘Ì‚ª•…”s�E”’�œ‰»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚9’iŠK‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚长’n–»‘z‚Å�AŽ·’…‚ð’f‚¿�A•sˆú�iŒ´‘¥“I‚É�«�sˆ×‚ð’f‚–@‘¥�j‚É‚à“K‚·‚é�j‚àpaṭikūla-manasikāra�iŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�lŽ@�j‚Ì‚P‚Â�B
“`“�“I‚ÉŠ¯”\“I‚È�î”M‚ɑ΂·‚é�u‰ð“Å�Ü�v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�wƒMƒŠƒ}ƒiƒ“ƒ_Œo�x�iAN 10.60�j‚Å‚Í�AAnandaŽt‚ª‚±‚ÌŠÏ‘z‚ð�¥‚¦‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë�A•a‚ɋꂵ‚Þ‘m—µ‚ª‘¦�À‚ÉŽ¡–ü‚µ‚½‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�wƒTƒ“ƒpƒTƒ_ƒjƒ„Œo�x�iDN 28�j‚Å‚Í�ASariputtaŽt‚Í�A31‚Ì�g‘Ì•”ˆÊ‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�uŽl‚‚̕û–@‚ÅŽ‹Šo‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚×�A‚±‚Ì•û–@‚ª�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚à—ˆ�¢‚É‚à’è’…‚µ‚È‚¢�A“r�Ø‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�lŠÔ‚̈ӎ¯‚Ì—¬‚ê‚ð’m‚é�v‚½‚ß‚Ì�o”“_‚Æ‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É—p‚¢‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚ðŠÈŒ‰‚ÉŠT�à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�wƒ”ƒBƒoƒ“ƒKŒo�x�iSN 51.20�j‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‘Î�Û‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—͂̂S‚Šî”Õ�iiddhipāda�j‚ðˆç‚Þ‚½‚߂ɗp‚¢‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•§‹³Œo“T‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚Ìkāyagatāsati‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚Í—l�X‚È•û–@‚ÅŠÏ‘z‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A�g‘Ì‚Ì31‚Ì•”ˆÊ‚ð�S‚Ì’†‚Å“Á’肵‚ÄáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“y‚Ì—v‘f
“ª”¯�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê�Fkesā�j�A‘Ì–Ñ�ilomā�j�A’Ü�inakhā�j�AŽ•�idantā�j�A”畆�itaco�j�A
“÷�imaṃsaṃ�j�AäF�inahāru�j�A�œ�iaṭṭhi�j�A�œ�‘�iaṭṭhimiñjaṃ�j�A�t‘Ÿ�ivakkaṃ�j�A
�S‘Ÿ�ihadayaṃ�j�AŠÌ‘Ÿ�iyakanaṃ�j�A‹¹–Œ�ikilomakaṃ�j�AäB‘Ÿ�ipihakaṃ�j�A”x�ipapphāsaṃ�j�A
“à‘Ÿentrails�iantaṃ�j�A’°ŠÔ–Œmesentery�iantaguṇaṃ�j�A–¢�Á‰»‚Ì�H•¨�iudariyaṃ�j�A•Öfeces�ikarīsaṃ�j�A
�…‚Ì—v‘f
’_�`bile (pittaṃ), ”S‰tphlegm (semhaṃ), ”^pus (pubbo), ŒŒblood (lohitaṃ), оsweat (sedo), މ–bfat (medo),
—Ütears (assu), ”玉skin-oil (vasā), ‘Á‰tsaliva (kheḷo), ”S‰tmucus (siṅghānikā), ŠÖ�߉t (lasikā), ”Aurine (muttaṃ).
32”Ô–Ú‚Ì�g‘Ì•”ˆÊ‚Í�A”]�imatthaluṅga�j‚Å‚·‚ª�AVisuddhimagga‚Ì31‚Ì�g‘Ì•”ˆÊ‚Ì—ñ‹“‚É‚Í�A“`“�“I‚É�u�œ�‘�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚éaṭṭthimiñjaṃ‚ɈÖق̂¤‚¿‚É”]‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B

�S�g‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�S�Š‚ð’m‚é
kāyapassaddhi—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì•½�³) �gŒy‰õ�«
cittapassaddhi—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì•½�Ã) �SŒy‰õ�«
kāyalahutā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì•‚—Íbuoyancy of mental proper- ties) �gŒyˆÀ
cittalahutā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì•‚—Íbuoyancy of mind) �SŒyˆÀ
kāyamudutā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I“Á�«‚Ì�_“î�«pliancy of mental properties) �g�_“î�«
cittamudutā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�_“î�«pliancy of mind) �S�_“î�«
kāyakammaññatā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì“K‰ž�«adaptability of mental properties) �g“K‹Æ�«
cittakammaññatā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì“K‰ž�«adaptability of mind) �S“K‹Æ�«
kāyapāguññatā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�n’Bƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì�n—û“xproficiency of mental properties) �g—û’B�«
cittapāguññatā—(proficiency of mind) �S—û’B�«
kāyujukatā—(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�«Ž¿‚Ì�³‚µ‚³rectitude of mental properties) �g’[’¼�«
cittujukatā—(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�³‚µ‚³rectitude of mind)�S’[’¼�«
7‚‚Ìvisuddhis�i�ò‰»�j�@�@Rathavinītasutta�@MN24
�@Chariots at the Ready�@�@“`ŽÔŒo ’†•”24
(1) Sīla-visuddhi (“¹“¿‚Ì�ò‰»)�A�@�@�@�@ �@Œ¾“®‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚·‚é
(2) Citta-visuddhi (ˆÓޝ‚Ì�ò‰»)�A�@�@�@�@�@kāyagata sati ‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ
(3) Diṭṭhi-visuddhi (Œ©‰ð‚Ì�ò‰») �A�@�@�@�@ nāma‚Ærūpa‚𕪕ʂµ�A‚U‘匳‘f‚ð•ª�Í“I”Fޝ‚·‚é�@
�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ŒÜå]‚̃`ƒFƒbƒN�@�u‚ ‚邪‚Ü‚Ü�v‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é
(4) Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa-visuddhi (‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)�A�@�@Œ´ˆö‚©‚猋‰Ê‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɋ^‚¢‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é
kankha‹^˜f�AŠú‘Ò �@vitaraṇa “x’E�A‰z“x
‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì�oŒ»‚ÆŒ´ˆö‚𖾊m‚É”Fޝ‚·‚é
Žl‘匳‘f‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Íkamma�Acitta�Autu�Aāhāra •¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[(Žl‘匳‘f)‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‚S‚‚̌´ˆö
viññāṇa‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚̒mŠo‚Ì‘Î�Û
(5) Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Å‚ ‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚¤‚łȂ¢‚à‚̂̒mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰»)
‚±‚ê‚ŋꂵ‚݂̎n‚Ü‚è‚Æ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�B
(6) Paṭipadañāṇadassana-visuddhi (“¹‚Ì’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@‚U‘匳‘f‚Ì’†‚ÉŽO‘Š‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é
paṭipadā�if�D�j line of
conduct�G mode of progress�@�@ˆê•àˆê•à‚Ì•à‚«•û�@�s“¹ �¨�@”ª�¹“¹
bhanga—n‰ð�A‘̂̓Jƒ‰�[ƒp‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å�A”g“®‚ɉ߂¬‚È‚¢�BŒÅ‘̂ł͂Ȃ�A�í‚ɕω»‚·‚éudayabaya‚Å‚ ‚é�B
anicca‚̑̊´
�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚‚à‚̂ɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚ð“–‚Ä‚é�Kе‚ð‚‚‚é
�S‚Ƒ̂ªŒ‹‚т‚¢‚½nāma-rūpa‚Å‘Î�Û‚ð”c‚¦‚邯޷’…‚Æ�Kе‚ɂȂè�A‚»‚ê‚炪‹ê‚µ‚݂ƂȂé
—Ö‰ô‚©‚ç‘«‚ð‰“‚´‚¯‚é
Š´Šo‚É”½‰ž‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�@�@�@‚È‚º”½‰ž‚·‚é‚Ì‚©�H�@ƒTƒoƒCƒoƒ‹‚Ì‚½‚߂ɑ¦’f‰ñ˜H‚ð�ì‚éƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ª‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�B
(7) Ñāṇadassana-visuddhi (’mޝ‚ƃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�ò‰») �@�@�@4‚‚Ìmagga ñāṇas‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é
’qŒd‚ÅŠÏ�Æ‚·‚é�@�@’qŒd‚Æ‚Í�AŠ´Šonāma-rūpa‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‘Î�Û‚ð•߂炦‚È‚¢‚Å�Anāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ
‹ï‘Ì“I‚ɂ͊´Šo‚ðanicca‚ÅŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚ç‚ê‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚𕪕ʂµ‚½rūpa‚Ærūpa‚Ì�Õ“Ë‚ðnāma‚Æ‚µ‚đ̌±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B
‚æ‚è�Ú�ׂÈ�à–¾‚âcatu dhātu vavatthāna�iŽl‘匳‘f‚Ì•ª�Í�j�Arūpa-vipassana�i•¨—�“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j�Anāma-vipassana�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“IŒ»�Û‚ÌŠÏ‘z�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A
�uLakkhaṇa Dīpanī�v�A�uVijjā- magga Dīpanī�v�A�uǍhāra Dīpanī�v�A�uAnatta Dīpanī�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
‚V‚‚̎žŠÔ
|
|
ˆÓޝ |
ŽžŠÔ |
visuddhi(�ò‰») |
“à—e |
|
1 |
•\‘w |
ŽžŒv |
Sīla |
Œ¾“®‚ð�®‚¦‚é |
|
2 |
’†‘w |
�S�Œv |
Citta |
Š´�îƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚ð•ª�Í |
|
3 |
�[‘w |
‘Ì“àŽžŒv |
Diṭṭhi |
Žv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“‚ð•ª�Í |
|
4 |
‘w‚ÌŠO‘¤ |
ŽžŒv‚ÌŠO‘¤ |
Kaṅkhāvitaraṇa(‹^‚¢‚Ì�Ž•ž) |
�‡‚̉F’ˆ–@‘¥‚ÌŒÀŠE‚ð’m‚é |
|
5 |
’qŒd |
�‡‚Æ‘k‚ÌŽž |
Maggāmaggañāṇa-dassana |
“¹‚Ì•ª•ʂ͎žŠÔ‚ð‘k‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚© |
|
6 |
“VŠE |
‘k |
Paṭipadañāṇadassana |
ŽžŠÔ‚ð‘k‚èŽn‚ß‚é |
|
7 |
–³�FŠE |
ŽžŠÔ‚ÌŒ¹ |
Ñāṇadassana |
‘k‚邯‘ÌŠ´‚·‚錳‘f�A‚ÆŽžŠÔˆÈ‘O |
ŽQ�Æ�@�@ŽžŠÔ‚ÌŠO‘¤‚ªŸ¸žÏnibbāna
sankhāra upekkhā ñāna
anusaya‹x‰ÎŽR‚ÌŽí‚Å‚ ‚ékilesa”Ï”Y‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚éŠÏ’q‚ÍŽâ�Âð•ۂ‚±‚Ƃł ‚é�B
‚±‚¿‚炪‚·‚é‚Ì‚Ísati‚Æsampajāna ‚¾‚¯‚Å�AŒã‚Ídhamm‚Ɉς˂é�B
ŒÜŠW�i‚²‚ª‚¢�j‚Ì�œ‹Ž�@�@pañca nīvaraṇān‚Ƃ͑T’è‚ðŽ×–‚‚·‚é5‚‚Ì�áŠQ�A‚‚܂è5‚‚̔ϔY‚Ì‘��Ì�B
ŠWnīvaraṇa‚Ƃ͔Fޝ‚𕢂¤�áŠQ‚Ì‚±‚Æ
Nīvaraṇasutta �@Hindrances�@AN9.64�@�@�@AN9.64. �k�C�s‚Ì�l–WŠQ‚ÌŒo�@‘�Žx•”‹ã�W”O�ˆ•i
Kāmacchanda-—~ˆ¤�@�@�@ �@�@Kāma; ŒÜ�ª‚©‚ç‚Ì—~‚Ì�î•ñ‚ð—ö‚µ‚ª‚é�ichanda�jŠW�@�@Š´Šo‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚é
vyāpāda-áÑœ‹�i‚µ‚ñ‚É�j �@�@“{‚è�E‘ž‚µ‚Ý�E“GˆÓ�B
thīna-middhaŒ‘‘Ó�E–°‹C �@�@ �g‘Ì“I‚ȑӑĂƃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚È–³‹C—Í 惛’¾�i‚±‚ñ‚¶‚ñ�j�‡–° �i‚·‚¢‚ß‚ñ�j�B
uddhacca-kukkucca�{‹“�Eˆ«�ì�i‚¶‚傤‚± ‚¨‚³�j�S‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�B‰ß‹Ž‚̊ԈႢ‚ɑ΂µ‚Ă̌ã‰÷�B
vicikicchā‹^�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‹C‚ðŽU‚炳‚ê‚é�A�n—¶‚µ‚È‚¢�AŒÅ‚‚Ȃ邱‚Æ�BŠw‚Ñ‚©‚ç‚Ì—£’E�A�Ë–Ï‘z
[vi�@”½‚·‚é + cikicchatiŽv”O‚·‚é]�@�gdis”½�@�{ reflect�n—¶�C�h to be
distracted in thought�@‹C‚ðŽU‚炳‚ê‚é�ËŽv”O‚Å‚«‚È‚¢
vicita�Fa�D[vicinati�ƒci ‚Ì pp�D] ‘I•Ê‚¹‚é�CŠÈ•Ê‚¹‚é�@[pp�Dof vicināti] considered�G discriminated�G
selected
icchā�Ff�D[�V�ƒicchati] —~‹��CŠó‹��@desire�G wish�@�@�@�@�@�@‘I•Ê‚·‚é—~‹��H
•ʂ̌¾—t‚Å‚Í�Aˆ¤—~�Aˆ«�S�A‚à‚Ì—J‚¢�A‚´‚í‚‚«�A‚Ƃ܂ǂ¢
kāmacchanda‚ÍæÃ—~‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚邪�Akāma‚Ƃ͗~ŠEkāmaloka‚Ì—~‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Í�A—~–]‚Ì—~lobha‚Æ—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�uŠáލ•@�ã�g‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŠî�€‚É‚·‚é�¢ŠE�v‚Æ—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ù‚¤‚ª�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒBáÒ‘z‚·‚鎞‚ɂ͂킩‚è‚â‚·‚¢�B
—~ŠEkāmaloka‚ł̃�ƒCƒ“ƒe�[ƒ}‚͌ܖ傩‚ç‚Ì�M�†‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�u�g‘Ì‚ðŠy‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚é�v‚±‚ƂȂ̂Å�A‚±‚ê‚܂ł̔Fޝ•û–@‚Ì�Kе‚Å‚Í�A‚¢‚‚çáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚à‘T’èjāna‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚È‚¢�B
‘T’è‚Æ‚Í‘Î�Û‚ª‚TŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚©‚ç‚æ‚è‚à”÷�ׂȎŸŒ³‚ɈÚ�s‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Ì�€”õ‚Æ‘Š‰ž‚µ‚¢ŽÀ‘H‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚ª‘½‚¢‚Ì‚Å�Ajāna‘ÌŒ±‚ÍáÒ‘z‚·‚é�l�X‚Ì‚P–œ�l‚É‚P�l‚µ‚©“¾‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�@
Žß‘¸‚Í�AŒÜŠW‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚ð�AŽØ‹à“z—ê‚Éšg‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�u�¹–å‰ÊŒo�v DN2�¹–傽‚邱‚Ƃ̉ʂ̌o
�u‘剤‚æ�A”ä‹u‚Í‚±‚ê‚çŽÌ’f‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÜŠW‚ð�A•‰�Â�A•a‹C�A˜S�–�A“z—ê�A�r–ì‚ð‚ä‚—·˜H‚̂悤‚ɂ݂Ȃµ‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A”ä‹u‚Í‚±‚ê‚çŒÜŠW‚ðŽÌ’f‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�A–³ŽØ‹à�A–³•a�A�S‘©‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú�AŽ©—R�l�AˆÀ‚炬‚Ì�ê�Š‚Æ‚Ý‚È‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v
�uŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�v‚©‚ç�uŽl‘T’è�v‚Ö‚ÆŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�AŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�@�¨�@–ž‘«�@�¨�@Šì‚Ñ�@�¨�@ŒyˆÀ�@�¨�@Šy�@�¨�@�S‚Ì“�ˆê‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B
ŒÜŠW‚ð–Å‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�AŽl‘T’è‚Ì�u‘æˆê‘T�v‚ÉŽŠ‚é�€”õ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�uŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�v‚Í�A�uŽâŽ~‚ÌáÒ‘z�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�S‚Ì“‚«‚ð�Â߂羂ç‚ê‚é‰Ê•ñ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‰½ŒÌ‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�uŒÜŠW‚Ì’âŽ~�ó‘Ô�v‚Í�A�Ăѓú�í�¶Šˆ‚É–ß‚ê‚Î�AŠÈ’P‚É•ö‚ꋎ‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
�uŒÜŠW‚Ì–Å�v‚ðŽå–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚½�C�s‚Í�A”ª�³“¹‚Ì�u�³”O�v�A‚‚܂è�uŽl”O�ˆ�v‚Å‚·�B
ŒÜŠW‚Ö‚Ì‘Î�ô
|
|
�Ç�ó |
ŒÜ‘TŽx‚ł̑Î�ô |
bala‚ł̑Î�ô |
|
kāmacchanda�@ |
kāma Š´Šo+ icca�D‚Ý +anda–Ó–Ú Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̕Î�D‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–Ó–Ú‚É‚³‚ê‚é ‰ß‹Ž‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ”½•œ‚·‚é�@�@ Š´Šo‚Ö‚Ì‘z‚¢‚ÉŽx”z‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é |
ekgaggata �iˆê“_�W’† ˆê‘ÌŠ´�j
|
Sati�@awareness �u‚¢‚Ü�E‚±‚±�v‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é saddha�@�@‚·‚ׂĂ̊î‘b –Ó�M‚ł͂Ȃ‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚½�M�S paññā�@�@ŠÏ”O‚Ìanicca‘ÌŒ± |
|
byāpāda vyāpada�j |
‹ƒ‚«‚͎펪‚Ȃ̂ŋƒ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‘�‚¦‚é�B
‰ß‹Ž‚Æ–¢—ˆ‚Ì‚±‚ƂŌ™ˆ«‚·‚鎞‚É•½�Âł¢‚邯‚»‚ꂪ�Á‚¦‚é‚̂ł»‚ÌŽž‚ªƒ`ƒƒƒ“ƒX�B |
pīti�@Šì‚Ñ‚Ì�S ‘Î�Û‚É‹zŽû‚³‚ê‚邯�Aˆ«ˆÓ‚Í—}�§‚³‚ê‚é |
saddha�@�@‚·‚ׂĂ̊î‘b ‰½‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‹AˆË‚Ȃ̂©�H�n—¶‚·‚é Žß‘¸‚Ì‹³‚¦�A“¿�AŽ‘Ž¿
|
|
uddhacca kukkucca |
�{‹“�@“®—h�@�@�@“ª‚ÉŒŒ‚ª�ã‚Á‚½�ó‘Ô �¨’¾�E�S”z�@�@�@“ª‚ÉŒŒ‚ª‚¢‚©‚È‚¢
|
sukha�g‘̂̊y ‘Ì‚ªŒy‚‚È‚è�A�ジ‚è‚Æ•sˆÀ‚É‘Î�R |
Samadi anicca‚̑̌±‚ð‚µ‘±‚¯�Asampajāno�iƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð�¬“¯‚³‚¹‚È‚¢�j |
|
thīna middha |
惛’¾‚±‚ñ‚¶‚ñ�AŒ‘‘Ó�A‘Ó‘Ä �‡–°‚·‚¢‚ß‚ñ�A–°‹C |
vitakka‘Î�Û‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚é�B ‰½“x‚Å‚à“ü‚é |
Viriya“w—Í�@‰p—Y‚Ì—E‹C ŽU•à‚µ‚Ă܂½�¿‚é Sati�@awareness �u‚¢‚Ü�E‚±‚±�v‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é |
|
vicikicchā |
vigataޏ‚¤+cikicchā�ãcit’m‚éŠè–] ’m‚낤‚Æ‚·‚é—~‹�‚ÌŒ‡”@ anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚߂Ɍ«–¾‚łȂ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚éŒXŒü –³’m‚Ì�u‹^�v‚Æ‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ÅŠm‚©‚ß‚½‚肹‚¸‚É�A”»’è‚·‚邱‚Æ�B |
Vicāra ‘Î�Û‚Ö‚Ì�W’†‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚Ä�AŒp‘±“I‚É—¯‚Ü‚é
|
paññā •½�Ã�S‚Í’m�«‚ł͂ȂŽÀ�Û‚Éanicca‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚é
’qŒd‚Ƃ͊‰–]‚⌙ˆ«‚â–³’m‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ |
‰ú—¥‚ðŽû‚ß‚½Œã�A�‰‘T‚É“ü‚é‘O‚Ì’iŠK‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŒÜŠW‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AнŠì�EŠì‰x�A�g‘̂̌yˆÀ�i‚«‚傤‚ ‚ñ�j�EˆÀŠy‚ª�¶‚¶�Aappana samadhi�‰‘T‚Ö‚Æ“ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚�€”õ‚ª�®‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ŒÜ‘TŽx
vitakka�ËáÒ‘z‚Ì‘Î�Û‚É�S‚ðŒü‚¯‚é�BŠO‚É�o‚Ä‚à‰½“x‚à‰½“x‚à“ü‚邱‚Ƃ̂ł«‚é�S�B�q�i‚¶‚ñ�j�F
‘ӑĂƖ³‹C—Í�ithīna middha�j‚Ì�áŠQ‚ð—}�§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽv�l‘Î�Û�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Όċz‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŒü‚¯‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒP—û‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B
tharka‚Í‘½‚‚Ìarammana�iŽv�l‘Î�Û�j‚ÌŠÔ‚ð�s‚«—ˆ‚·‚邱‚ƂɗR—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ’âŽ~‚·‚邯�A�uvitharka�v‚·‚Ȃ킿vitakka‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è1‚‚̎v�l‘Î�Û�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŒÄ‹z‚âƒJƒV�[ƒi‚Ì‘Î�Û�j‚É—¯‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
vicaara�iƒ”ƒBƒJƒ‰�j�ËáÒ‘z‚ÉŒü‚¯‚½�S‚ð•Û‚Â�S�AŽx‚¦‚é�SŽf�i‚µ�j�F
‚»‚Ì‘Î�ۂɑ΂·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÌŒp‘±“I‚É—¯‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚Ö‚Ì�W’†‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
vicāra‚Í�Avi‚Í’âŽ~�A�ucāra�v‚Í“®‚«‰ñ‚í‚邱‚ƂɗR—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Vitakka‚Ævicāra‚Í�A‰Ô‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä”ò‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚éƒ~ƒcƒoƒ`‚Æšg‚¦‚ç‚ê�A‰Ô‚ÌŽüˆÍ‚ðƒuƒ‰ƒuƒ‰‚Æ”ò‚тȂª‚ç�A‰Ô‚©‚ç–¨‚ð‹z‚¤—lŽq‚Å‚·�B
Vicāra‚͈ꎞ“I‚Évicikicca�i�n—¶‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�j‚Ì–WŠQ‚ð—}�§‚·‚é“‚«‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
pīti�iƒsƒeƒB�j�ËŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�S�B�@Šì�i‚«�j
sukha�iƒXƒJ�j�Ë�g‘Ì“I‚ÈŠy�BŠy�i‚ç‚�j
ekaggata�iƒGƒJ�[ƒKƒbƒ^�[�j�ˈê‘ÌŠ´�B�@ˆê‹«�«�i‚¢‚Á‚«‚傤‚¹‚¢�j�F
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‘Î�Û‚É‹zŽû‚³‚ê‚邯�Aˆ«ˆÓ‚ÌŽv�l‚Í—}�§‚³‚ê�A”MˆÓ‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�K•Ÿ�ipīti ‚à‚µ‚‚Í �gpreethi�j‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Ípīti‚Ìjhānic—vˆö‚Å‚ ‚è�Aˆ«ˆÓ�ivyāpada�j‚Ì–W‚°‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�K‚¹‚ÍŽå‚É•\–Ê“I‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
“÷‘Ì“I‚È�K•Ÿ�isukha�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�g‘Ì‚ªŒy‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ìjhānic‚Ì—vˆö‚Í�A—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ³‚Æ•sˆÀ�iuddhacca kukkucca�j‚Ì�áŠQ‚É‘Î�R‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ÉŽv�l‘Î�Û‚É‹zŽû‚³‚ê�Aˆê“_�W’†�iekgaggata�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌrūpalōka jhānic�ó‘Ô‚ÌŽå—v‚Èjhānic—v‘f‚Å‚ ‚è�A�W’†�isamādhi�j‚Ì–{Ž¿‚Å‚·�B�@
‚±‚̈ê“_�W’†‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‚È—~–]�ikāmachanda�j‚ðˆêŽž“I‚É‘jŠQ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
kāmacchandaЉ–]�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@ekgaggata�iˆê‹«�«�j
vyāpādaŒ™ˆ«�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ �@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@pīti
uddhacca-kukkuccaˆÚ‚è‹C�@�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@sukha
thīna-middha‘Ó‚¯•È�i–°‹C�j�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@vitakka�@Žv”O‘Î�ۂւ̃`ƒƒƒŒƒ“ƒW
vicikicchā�n—¶‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�@�@�@�@�@�@‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚Í�A�@�@�@Vicāra�@Žv”O‚̈ێ�
ŒˆˆÓ
‚½‚Æ‚¦Ž„‚̔畆‚Ƌ؂Æ�œ‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è�AŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂̓÷‚ÆŒŒ‚ªŒÍ‚ê‰Ê‚Ă悤‚Æ‚à�A�lŠÔ‚Ì”\—Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ì“w—Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�s—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�Ÿ‚¿Žæ‚é‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚Í“w—͂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ð‹–‚³‚È‚¢�B
AN2.5 Upaññāta-Sutta�@�@�@AN 2.1–10. �s”±ŒY‚Ì�Í�@‹ß‚µ‚’m‚ç‚ꂽ‚à‚̂̌o�@�@‘�Žx•”AN, Duka-nipāta, 9 Upaññāta-Sutta p. 53. 6th Syn. Edn.�j
5‚‚ÌBala‚̈ç�¬
Samatha�Avipassana�A�¹‚Ȃ铹‚Ɖʕñ�Anibbāna‚Ì’B�¬‚É•K—v‚È5‚‚Ìbala‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìbala‚ª’~�Ï‚³‚ê‚Ă͂¶‚ß‚Ä�A–»‘z‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
1‚‚Ìbala‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Šè–]‚⌈ˆÓ‚ðŽ�‚½‚¸‚É�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
bala‚ª‚ƂĂà’á‚¢‚Ì‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚Å‚«‚È‚¢Œ´ˆö‚ðpāramīs�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Ídvihetuka�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚ÍŽž‘ã‚É�Ó”C‚𕉂킹‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Bala‚Ì“Á’¥‚ƈç�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�C�s–@�@
|
‹@”\ |
bala |
”½‹`‚Ìdhamma |
‹ï‘Ì—á�@�@�C�s–@ |
�¬‰Ê |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
‰ñ˜H‚ÌŽã‘Ì |
saddhā |
taṇhā Š‰–] |
paccayāmisa�i•¨Ž¿“I—vˆö�j ‚Ælokāmisa �i�¢ŠÔ‘Ì�j‚Ì�§Œä |
Љ–]‚Ì�œ‹Ž |
|
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�[–ž |
vīriya�A |
kosajja ‘Ó‘Ä |
kosajja‚Ƃ͑ӑÄ�A‹ê’ɂɑς¦‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�Apaṭipatti�iŽÀ‘H�j‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‹°‚ê’m‚炸‚ÌŒ‡”@ |
•½‰¸‚Æ�[ŽÀ‚ÌƒŠƒYƒ€ |
|
•ω»‚ðŽ@’m |
sati |
muṭṭhasacca •ω»‚É‹C‚¯‚È‚¢ |
muṭṭhasacca�i•ω»‚ª‹C‚¯‚È‚¢�j‚Ì�§Œä |
anicca‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚µ‘±‚¯‚é |
|
�W’†‚̈ێ� |
Samādhi |
vikkhepa �i‹ó‘z�j |
3‚‚Ì�W’†’iŠK‚Ì2‚Â–Ú |
�W’†‚Å‚«‚é |
|
‘½ŽŸŒ³‚É •ª—Þ |
Paññā |
sammoha �i–Ï‘z�j |
—L‚ð–³�A–³‚ð—L‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�C�³ |
‘½‘w‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚é 2ŽŸŒ³‚©‚ç3ŽŸŒ³‚Ö |
santosa dhamma�i–ž‘«‚Ì‹³‚¦�j‚ð�…Žç‚µ�A‹u‚â�X‚É�Z‚Ý�Adhutaugas (�C�s) ‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
1. Cīvara-santosa – �@–@ˆß‚Ì–ž‘«Š´�B�@the yellow robe �iof a Buddhist monk�j
2. Piṇḍapāta-santosa – �H•¨‚Ì–ž‘«“x�B
3. Senāsana-santosa – �h”‘‚Ì–ž‘«“x�B
4. Gilāna-paccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāra-santosa – ˆã–ò•i‚Ì–ž‘«“x�B
SN 16.1 Kassapavagga�@Santuṭṭhasutta �@SN 16.1 –ž‚¿‘«‚è‚Ä‚¢‚éŽÒ‚ÌŒo
3‚‚Ìbala
saddhā�Avīriya�Asati‚Ì3‚‚Ìbala‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚Í�Aānāpāna sati‚ȂǂÌSatipaṭṭhāna‚Ì1‚‚â�Akāyagatāsati‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚½‚è�ASamatha‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
kāyagatāsati‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ�l‚Í�AŒÄ‹C�E‹z‹C�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚͑̂Ì�œ�X‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
4‚‚Ìbala
Samādhi‚Ìbala‚ª‹‚‚È‚é‚Æ�AJhānasamāpatti‚܂œž’B‚Å‚«‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�Apaññā bala‚ªŽã‚¢‚½‚ß�Avipassana‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Ü‚Å�オ‚Á‚Ä‚‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
dhamma‚ÆŽO‘ ‚ðŠw‚Ñ�Aparamattha dhamma (‹†‹É‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ) ‚É‚¨‚¢‚ÄŒ«–¾‚ɂȂè�Apaññā bala‚ª‹‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì4‚‚̃oƒbƒOƒOƒ‰ƒ“ƒh‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AtaṇhāŠ‰ˆ¤�Akosajjaœæ‘Ó�Amuṭṭhasacca–Y‹p�AvikkhepaŽU—�‚̗̈悩‚ç�o‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢ƒP�[ƒX‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
5‚‚Ìbala‚Ì‚¤‚¿�Avīriya bala‚Æpaññā bala‚àiddhipāda�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—͂̊î”Õ�j‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚Ìbala‚ª—Í‚ðŽ�‚¿�A’²�®‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìbala‚ªŽã‚¢‚½‚ß‚Évipassana‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ŽÀ—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽß‰Þ‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É�¢‘“I‚Ȉ«�iills�j‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ꂽSāvatthiŽs�iKosala�‘‚ÌŽñ“s�j‚Ì5‰500–œ�l‚Ì�¢‘ÑŽå‚̃P�[ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�o“T�H
Iddhipādā�Aindriya�Abala‚Ì‹@”\‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A‚È‚ºŽ©•ª‚ÌŠè–]‚ªŽã‚¢‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚Èpaṭipakkha�i”½‚·‚é—Í�j‚ª”Þ‚ç‚ð�P‚¤‚Ì‚©‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚Ü‚½�A‚ǂ̂悤‚ÈDhamma‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Šè–]‚à�¶‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚¤‚µ‚ÄŒ»�݂łÍariya vaṇsa dhammas ‚Í�Á–Å‚Ì�£ŒË�Û‚É•m‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
iddhi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚Ç‚±‚ë‚©�AIddhipādā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚à‚µ‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@chanda‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ç‚±‚ë‚©�Achanda‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
–³”\‚Æ”s–k‚ð”F‚ß‚Ä�A‚»‚ÌŒ»�ó‚ðŽ©ŒÈ•ÙŒì‚·‚é�l‚½‚¿‚Å‚·�B Vīriya�Acitta�AVīmaṇsa‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðkāyagatāsati‚É’…ŽÀ‚É“K—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂƂÍ�Apāda�iŠî‘b�j‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É‘Š“–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
saṇvega89‚ɂ܂‚í‚éˆí˜b‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ�Adhamma‚Ì�C�s‚Å‚ ‚édhutauga90‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�C�s‚É—ã‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í�AVīriya‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚S‚‚Ì�_’ʂ̊î”Õ�iŽl�_‘«�j91‚̂悤‚È�[‰“‚Èdhamma‚É�g‚ð’u‚‚±‚Æ‚Í�Avīmaṇsa‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É‘Š“–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�i’�Žß89�@�@Saṇvega�@�@‚±‚Ì�¢‚̔ߎS‚³‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ĉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚é‹°•|�j
�i’�Žß90�@�@Dhutauga�@�C�s�j
�i’�Žß91�@Saṇyutta-Nikāya, Mahāvagga-Saṇyutta, 7. Iddhipāda-Saṇyutta, 1. Cāpāla-vagga, 6.
SN51.6�@1. Cāpālavagga�@Samattasutta �@�@�@SN51.6Š®‘S‚È‚é‚à‚̂̌o
Intention or purpose or desire or zeal (chanda) �@�@—~�_‘« �@ ‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂悤‚Ɗ肤‚±‚Æ
Effort or energy or will (viriya) �@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@‹Î�_‘« �@ ‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂悤‚Æ“w—Í‚·‚邱‚Æ
Consciousness or mind or thoughts (citta) �@�@�@�@�S�_‘« �@�@�S‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂悤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Æ
Investigation or discrimination (vīmaṃsā)�@�@�@�@�@ŠÏ�_‘« �@ ’qŒd‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŽvˆÒŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚®‚ꂽáÒ‘z‚𓾂邱‚Æ
‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Ìpāda‚ªŠm—§‚³‚ê‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Ìpāramīs‚É�]‚Á‚Ä‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ìiddhi‚ªŠmŽÀ‚É’B�¬‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A’�Žß�‘‚Å‚Í�Aiddhipāda‚ð1‚‚àŽ�‚½‚È‚¢�l‚Í caṇḍāla92�i’�Žß�@�g•ª‚Ì’á‚¢�l�j‚Ì‘§Žq‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚邪�Apāda‚ð1‚‚łàŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�c’é‚Ì‘§Žq‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚邯‹L�q‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B caṇḍālas‚Ì‘§Žq‚½‚¿‚Í�A�c’é‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A”Þ‚ç‚ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ª‹’‚àpāda‚à‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�c’é‚Ì‘§Žq‚ª�í‚É�c’é‚ð–ÚŽw‚·‚Ì‚Í�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂̑f’n‚ð”õ‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŒ«–¾‚È�l‚Í‚±‚ÌSāsana‚Ì’†‚ÅŠeŽ©‚Ìpāramīs‚É‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāyadiṭṭhi (�lŠi�M”O)‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹�A‰Â”\‚È�‚‚¢“ž’B“_‚Ì—˜‰v‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A4‚‚ÌIddhipādā‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ“w‚ß‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
ñāṇa�i’mޝ�EŠÏ’q�j‚Ì—Í�@�@�@�@�@�@ñāṇa‚ð’iŠK“I‚Ɉç‚Þ
udayabbaya-ñāṇa�i�S�g‚ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é’mޝ�j‚ÆŠÖ˜A‚µ‚½kāyagatāsati‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”ñ�í‚ɉ¿’l�‚‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B
5‚‚̒mޝ‚ÌŒõ
1) Kammassakatā-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@�@Ž©�g‚Ì�àŽY‚Íkamma‚¾‚¯‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Ì’mޝ
2) Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa�@�@�@ Dhamma�ināma‚Ærūpa�j‚Ì•ª�͂ƗBˆê‚Ì‘¶�݂̒mޝ
3) Paccaya-vavatthāna-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@ˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW�ināma‚Ærūpa‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ƃvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚Ì•ª�Í“I’mޝ
4) Lakkhaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@ŽO‘Š‚Ì“Á’¥‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ
5) Nibbāṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@Ÿ¸žÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ
‚P. Kammassakatā-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@kamma‚ª—Ö‰ô‚ðŒp‘±‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤’mޝ
‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�¶–½‘͎̂©‚ç‚Ì�sˆ×‚Å‚ ‚ékamma‚ðŒp�³‚·‚邱‚Ƃŗ։ô‚Ì’†‚ðœfœr‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤’mޝ‚ðŠî�€‚É‚µ‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðkammassakatā-ñāṇa-sammādiṭṭhi‚ƌĂт܂·�B‚±‚ê‚Í•§‘ɂ̌ŗL‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ł͂Ȃ�Aƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‹³‚ðŠÜ‚ß‘½‚‚ÌŒ«�l‚½‚¿‚ª‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é’mޝ‚Å‚·�B�@
Ž©•ª‚Æ‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma‚ÌŽY•¨‚ɉ߂¬‚È‚¢
AN 5.57 Abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasutta�@�@ AN 5.57 Šô“x‚ƂȂ’�Ž‹‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«�󋵂̌o�@
2. Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@dhamma‚𕪕ʂ·‚é’mޝ�@ vavatthāna•ª•Ê‚·‚é�@
nāma‚Ærūpa‚É•ª•Ê‚·‚é’mޝ‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚Í�A’P‚È‚éDhammā-nāma (ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹Œ»�Û) ‚Ærūpa (•¨—�ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[Œ»�Û) ‚µ‚©‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A�l‚à�¶–½‘Ì‚à�°‚à�¶–½‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Ì—�‰ð�B
3. Paccaya-vavatthāna-ñāṇa ‰��i�ðŒ�‚É‚æ‚éˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW�j‚𕪕ʂ·‚é’mޝ
(a) nāma‚Ærūpa‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B
(b) ‰�‹N‚Ì12‚̂‚Ȃª‚è‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B
(i) Ahetuka-diṭṭhi �@�@�@(‘¶�݂̖³ˆö�«‚ÌŒ©‰ð)�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ �sˆ×‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Ƃ̊֘A�«‚ð”Û’è
(ii) Visama-hetu-diṭṭhi �@ (”ñŒ´ˆö‚ðŒ´ˆö‚Æ‚·‚錩‰ð)�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@�@ ŽŠ�‚‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ª‘n‘¢Žå‚Å‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚錩‰ð
(iii) Pubbekta-hetu-diṭṭhi (�¶–½‘̂̉ߋŽ�¢‚ÌŽ©”“I�sˆ×‚¾‚¯‚ðŒ´ˆö‚Æ‚·‚錩‰ð)
•K‘R‚Å‚à‹ô‘R‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�@�@�@�@�_‚Ì�h–½‚Æ�l‚ÌŽ©—R
‰Æ‚ª‰ÎŽ–‚ɂȂé‚Ì‚Í�A—vˆö‚Æ�ðŒ�‚ª‘µ‚Á‚Ä�‰‚߂ċN‚±‚éˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä�A�h–½�i•K‘R�j‚Å‚àŽ©—R�i‹ô‘R�j‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�B
‚±‚̈ö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ
�u�_‚ª‘S‚Ä‚ð�ì‚茈’肵‚½‚Ì‚¾‚ª�A�l‚ɂ͎©—RˆÓŽv‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚悤‚ÈŠ¨ˆá‚¢‚ª‹N‚±‚é�B
�u�_‚Í‘S’m‘S”\�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠT”O‚ð‚Í‚¶‚ß‚É�ì‚è�ã‚°�AŽŸ‚É‚»‚¤‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œ»ŽÀ‚É�Ƃ炵�‡‚킹‚½Œ‹‰Ê�A�ã‹L‚̂悤‚ÈŽå’£‚ð�l‚¦‚é�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�M‹Â‚ł͂Ȃ�ŸŽè‚ÈŠT”O�A‚»‚µ‚Ę_—�‚ł͂Ȃ’ �K�‡‚킹‚Å‚µ‚©‚È‚¢�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�_‚ð‘S’m‘S”\‚Æ‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�A�l‚ÌŽ©—R‚ª�ß‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚Æ‚¢‚¤˜b‚ð�ì‚è�ã‚°‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�B
4. Lakkhaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@ŽO‘Š‚Ì“Á’¥‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ
(i) ‰�‹N‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚énāma‚Ærūpa‚ª‹}‘¬‚É�¶‚¶‚Ä‚Í�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤anicca‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B
(ii) ”ñ�í‚É‹°‚낵‚¢‹ê‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�B
(iii)nāma‚Ærūpa‚Í�¶–½‘̂̎À‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Anatta‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ�BŸ¸žÏnibbāna‚¾‚¯‚É–{Ž¿atta‚ª‚ ‚é
arahat‚ªLakkaṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa‚ÌŒõ‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‚·‚ׂĂÌâq‚ê�A‚·‚ׂĂ̑«‚©‚¹�A�¶–½‘Ì‚ðSaṇsāra�i—Ö‰ô“]�¶�j‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¯‚étaṇhā‚Ì‚à‚‚ê�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�AŸ¸žÏ‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é
5. Nibbāṇa-paṭivedha-ñāṇa�@�@�@�@�@Ÿ¸žÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ
�¶–½‘Ì‚ª‘¶�݂̈«�zŠÂ‚Ì’†‚Å‚³‚Ü‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ�ADhamma‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂÌâq‚ê�A‘«‚©‚¹�Ataṇhā‚Ì‚à‚‚ê�A‹ê‚ªŠ®‘S‚É’âŽ~‚·‚ésanti�i�â‘Ε½˜a�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�ó‘ԂɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é’mޝ�B
5Ží‚ÌŒõ‚ªŽŸ�X‚Æ’B�¬‚³‚ê‚邯�A5Ží‚Ì“O’ê“I‚È–³’m�ikamma�Adhamma�A‰��AŽO‘Š�AŸ¸žÏ�j‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É�Á–Å‚·‚é�B
4‰ºˆÊŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̈«�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌ë‚Á‚½�M”O�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ê‚Ì’âŽ~‚ª‚±‚Ì’mޝ‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ü‚·�B
anatta‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ‚ð“¾‚é‚Æsakkāya-diṭṭhi‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚‰Â”\�«‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Írūpa, nāma, khandha, āyatana, dhātu, paṭicca-samuppāda‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̒mޝ‚Å‚·�B
anatta bhāvanā‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸Sīla-visuddhi ‚ð–ž‚½‚·‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�¬‚è�AŽŸ‚Ékāyagatāsati‚ðŠm—§‚µ�AŒƒ‚µ‚•sˆÀ’è‚È�S‚ð�Âß�A�§Œä‚µ‚½Œã‚É�ASamatha‚Ævipassana‚Ì�ì‹Æ‚É“w—Í‚ð’�‚¬‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚½“w—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ädiṭṭhi‚Ìanusaya—̈悪�Á–Å‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‚·‚ׂĂÌuppanna�i�¶‹N‚µ‚½�j‚Æanuppanna�i–¢�¶‚Ì�j micchā diṭṭhis‚Æduccaritas [du-carita]�iˆ«�s�j ‚ª�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‹ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é
Dukkha-sacca (‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�) ‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
1. Piḷanaṭṭho �@�@�@— —}ˆ³‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B
2. Saṅkhataṭṭho �@ — Œ´ˆö‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B
3. Santāpaṭṭho �@�@— Œp‘±“I‚É”R‚¦‚é�A”M�i‰Î�j‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B
4. Vipariṇāmaṭṭho — •ω»‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âdhamma‚Í‚·‚ׂÄDukkha-sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŒ«ŽÒ‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä”ñ�í‚É‹°‚ê‚é‚ׂ«ŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Ì‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ�g‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚у�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“IŒ»�Û‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄDukkha-sacca‚Å‚·�B
‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�^—�‚ª‚à‚Â4‚‚̓Á’¥‚Ì�à–¾
‹ê‚Ì—}ˆ³
4‚‚̓Á’¥‚Æ‚Ípīḷanaṭṭha, saṅkhataṭṭha, santāpaṭṭha, vipariṇāmaṭṭha‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì‚¤‚¿�Apīḷanaṭṭha‚Í‹ê‚ÌŽå‚È“Á’¥‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽc‚è‚Ì3‚‚͂»‚Ì•t‘®•¨‚Å‚·�Bpīḷanaṭṭha‚Í�u—}ˆ³�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚Ì—}ˆ³‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̕û–@‚ÅŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
1. saṅkhata‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�@ �@�@�ðŒ�•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽ‚à‚Ì�@�@�@conditioned�G prepared�G produced by a cause
2. santāpa‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�@�@�@�@”M�C‰Î�C‹ê”Y�C”M”Y�D heat�G torment�G grief�D�@�@[saṁ+tap]�@cf.�@ātapi
3. vipariṇāma‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�@�@ •ω»�@�@[vi•ª�C—£�C•Ê�CˆÙ�C”½�D+�@pariṇāma“WŠJ] change�@�@�@
ˆö‰Ê—¥‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’è‚ß‚ç‚ꂽŒ»�Û‚Í�AŽ·’…‚·‚é�¶–½‘̂ɎŸ‚̂悤‚È•û–@‚Å•‰’S‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
�‰‚ß‚Ísaṅkhata‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A’†ŠÔ‚Ísantāpa‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�ÅŒã‚É‚Ívipariṇāma‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A�¶–½‘̂ɕ‰’S‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
�‰‚ß�A’†ŠÔ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�ÅŒã‚É•‰’S‚ð‚©‚¯‚邱‚Ì3‚‚̕û–@‚Í�Apīḷanaṭṭha—}ˆ³‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�H�@ˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚͔̂M‚ð�¶‚Ý�A”M‚͕ω»‚ð�¶‚¶‚³‚¹‚é‚Ì‚Å�AˆÀ’è‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃŋꂵ‚݂ɂȂé�B
Samudaya-Sacca�i‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ªŒ¹‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��j‚̉ðŽß
Samudaya-Sacca‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
1.�@ Āyūhanaṭṭho�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚݂̌´ˆö‚ƂȂé‚à‚Ì‚ð’~�Ï‚·‚é“Á�«
2. �@Nidānaṭṭho�@�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð�₦‚¸‹Ÿ‹‹‚·‚é�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‹ê‚µ‚݂̋Ÿ‹‹Œ¹‚ƂȂé“Á�«
3. �@Saṇyogaṭṭho�@�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƃ̌‹�‡‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÖ˜A‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·“Á�«
4. �@Palibodhaṭṭho�@�@�@‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚ð–W‚°�A�áŠQ‚ƂȂé“Á�«
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âdhamma‚Í‚·‚ׂÄSamudaya-Sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BSamudaya-Sacca‚ª‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—ނ̋ꂵ‚݂̑�‘å‚ðŽÀ�Û‚É�•‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
taṇhā‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ð–ž‚½‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ÅSamudaya-Sacca‚Å‚·�B
Nirodha-Sacca
(‹ê‚Ì�Á–łɊւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�) ‚̉ðŽß
Nirodha-sacca‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
1. Nissaranaṭṭho�@�@‹ê”Y‚©‚ç‚Ì“¦”ð�A‰ð•ú‚Ì“Á�«
2. Pavivekaṭṭho�@�@ ”Ï”Y‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é“Á�«
3. Amataṭṭho�@�@�@ Ž€‚â•ö‰ó‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é�ó‘ԂɂȂé“Á�«
4. Asaṅkhataṭṭho�@ –³�ªŒ¹�iNibbāna�@–³ŠÖ˜A�j‚Ì“Á�«
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚‚·‚ׂĂÌdhamma‚ÍNirodha-sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbāna‚¾‚¯‚ª�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�ANirodha-sacca‚Å‚·�B
magga-Sacca�i‹ê‚Ì�Á–Å‚ÉŽŠ‚é“¹‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��j‚̉ðŽß
magga-Sacca‚Ì4‚‚̌ŗL‚Ì“Á�«‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
1. Niyyānaṭṭho�@�@�@‰ð•ú‚Ü‚½‚Í‹~�ςɓ±‚“Á�«
2. Hetuṭṭho�@�@�@�@�@arahat‚Ì‹«’n‚ÉŽŠ‚éŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé“Á�«
3. Dassanaṭṭho�@�@�@Saṇsāra�i—Ö‰ô�j‚ł͖²‚É‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢4‚‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é“Á�«
4. Adhipateyyaṭṭho�@ 3Ží—Þ‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ð�Ž•ž‚µ�AŽ©ŒÈ‚Ì�§Œä‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é“Á�«
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âdhamma‚Í‚·‚ׂÄmagga-Sacca‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
”ª�¹“¹‚݂̂ª�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Âmagga-Sacca‚Å‚·�B
(1) ‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Apariññā�iŠ®‘S‚È—�‰ð�j‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�B
(2) ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ªŒ¹‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Apahāna-pariññā�iŠ®‘S‚È�Ž•ž�A’fŽÌ�A•úŠü�j‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�B
(3) ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–łɊւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Asacchikaraṇa�iŠo‚è‚·‚Ȃ킿–ʂƌü‚©‚Á‚Ä�^—�‚ðŒ©‚é�j‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�B
(4) ‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–Å‚ÉŽŠ‚é�¹‚Ȃ铹‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ª�¬’·‚·‚é‹@”\‚Å‚·�B
‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µŠo‚Á‚½�l‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ªŒ¹‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–łɊւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—��A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�Á–Å‚ÉŽŠ‚é“¹‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ÌŽc‚è‚Ì12‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚ðŽ©“®“I‚ÉŠo‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�A–³�í�A‹ê�A–³—Í�ianatta�j‚Æ‚¢‚¤‘¶�Ý‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̓Á�«‚͈͓̔à‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì4‚‚̉ðŽß‚Ì‚¤‚¿�A•ω»�ivipariṇāmaṭṭha�jŽ©‘Ì‚ª–³�í‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Ì‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̑¤–Ê‚ª–³�í‚Æ‹ê‚µ‚݂̓Á�«‚̗̈æ‚É“ü‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íimpersonality–³—͂̓Á�«‚͈̔͂ɂàŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A–³�í�A‹ê�Aselflessness–³—Í‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‘O‚É�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽl�¹’ú‚Ì16‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚àŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
samma-padhāna�@�@�@padhāna�F�u�s—Í�v
”ª�³“¹‚Ì‘æ6’iŠK�isammā-vāyāma�j‚ðŒ`�¬‚·‚é4‚‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢�s—Í�isamma-padhāna�j‚Í�A
�i1�j”ð‚¯‚é“w—Í�isaṃvara-padhāna�j�A�@�@�@�@�@Ž×ˆ«‚È�l‚¦‚Ȃǂ̕s‘P�iakusala�j�ó‘Ô‚ð”ð‚¯‚é“w—Í
�i2�j�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—Í�ipahāna-padhāna�j�A�@�@�@�@•s‘P‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—Í
�i3�j”“W‚·‚é“w—Í�ibhāvanā-padhāna�j�A�@�@�@“¹‚Ì7—v‘f�ibojjhaṅga�j‚Ì‘P�ikusala�j�ó‘Ô‚ð”“W‚³‚¹‚é“w—Í
�i4�jˆÛŽ�‚·‚é“w—Í�ianurakkhaṇa-padhāna�j�A�@‘P‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚é“w—Í
�C�sŽÒ‚͈ӎu‚𕱂¢‹N‚±‚µ‚Ä�Aˆ«‚â‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢•s‘P‚È‚à‚̂̔�¶‚ð”ð‚¯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð�Ž•ž‚µ�A‚Ü‚¾�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‘P‚È‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð”“W‚³‚¹�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�¬’·‚³‚¹�A�¬�n‚³‚¹�A”’B‚ÌŠ®‘S‚ÈŠ®�¬‚Ö‚Æ“±‚�B‚»‚µ‚Ä“w—Í‚µ�A�¸—͂𕱂¢‹N‚±‚µ�A�¸�_‚ð“‚©‚¹�A•±“¬‚·‚éúW�@
AN 4.13�@Padhānasutta�@�@AN 4.13. �¸—ã‚ÌŒo
�i1�j �C�s‘m‚æ�A”ð‚¯‚é‚ׂ«“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂©�H‘m—µ‚Í�AŒ`�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢�A–¡�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í�g‘Ì“I‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̈ó�Û‚ð’mŠo‚·‚邯‚«�A‘S‘Ì‚É‚à•”•ª‚É‚àŽ·’…‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A–³–h”õ‚ÈŠ´Šo‚̂܂܂ł¢‚邯�AæÃ—~‚â”ß‚µ‚݂ȂÇ�Aˆ«‚â•sŒ’‘S‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð’Ç‚¢•¥‚¤‚悤“w‚߂܂·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŠÄŽ‹‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð—}�§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð‰ñ”ð‚Ì“w—͂ƌĂт܂·�B
�i2�j ŽŸ‚É�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚©�H‘m—µ‚Í�A“÷—~‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚̈«‚â•sŒ’‘S‚È�ó‘Ô‚ª�¶‚¶‚½�ê�‡‚Ì�l‚¦‚ðˆê�ØŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽÌ‚Ä�A’Ç‚¢•¥‚¢�A”j‰ó‚µ�A�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é“w—͂ƌĂт܂·�B
�i3�j ŽŸ‚É”“W‚³‚¹‚é“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚©�H‘m—µ‚ÍŒå‚è‚Ì—v‘f‚ð”’B‚³‚¹�AŒÇ“Æ�A–³Ž·’…�A�Á–Å�A‚»‚µ‚ĉð•ú‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�isati�j�Adhamma‚Ì’T‹��idhamma-vicaya�j�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�iviriya�j�AнŠì�ipīti�j�A�ɸ�ipassaddhi�j�A�W’†�isamādhi�j�A•½�Ã�iupekkhā�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð”“W‚Ì“w—͂ƌĂÔ�B
�i4�j ˆÛŽ�‚Ì“w—͂Ƃ͉½‚©�H‘m—µ‚Í�AŠ[�œ�A’Ž‚Ì‚í‚¢‚½Ž€‘Ì�A�Â�•‚¢Ž€‘Ì�A‰»”^‚µ‚½Ž€‘Ì�AŒŠ‚¾‚炯‚ÌŽ€‘Ì�AŽî‚ê�オ‚Á‚½Ž€‘̂ȂǂÌ�S�Û‚Ì�A�W’†‚Ì�D‚Ü‚µ‚¢‘Î�Û‚ð�S‚É‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ—¯‚ß‚é�B‚±‚ê‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Ì“w—͂ƌĂÔúW �iA.IV�A14�j�B
6 dhātu�i—v‘f�j‚Ì’mޝ
rūpa‚Ænāma�i•¨—�ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ŠE‚ƃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹ŠE�j‚Ì’¼Šo“I‚È’mޝ‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‘æ2‚ÌŒõ‚Å‚ ‚éDhamma-vavatthāna‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ŠÈŒ‰‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�AŽŸ‚Ì6—v‘f‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’¼Šo“I‚É’m‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚ÌŒõ‚ªŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
(1) Pathavī-dhātu—�@(Šg’£‚Ì—v‘f)
(2) Āpo-dhātu — �@�@(‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚Ì—v‘f)
(3) Tejo dhātu—�@�@�@(‰^“®ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì—v‘f)
(4) Vāyo-dhātu — �@�@(ŽxŽ�‚Ü‚½‚Í“®‚«‚Ì—v‘f)
(5) Ākāsa-dhātu—�@�@�@(‹óŠÔ‚Ì—v‘f)�A
(6) Viññāṇa-dhātu— �@(ˆÓޝ‚Ì—v‘f)�B
“ú�í‚Å‚Í�uŒÂ�v�A�u�¶–½‘Ì�v�A�uŽ©ŒÈ�v�A�u�°�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‹å‚ðŽg‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A
ŒÂ�A�¶–½‘Ì�AŽ©ŒÈ�A�°‚ȂǂƂ¢‚¤‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�Apathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚µ‚©‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª�uŒÂ�v�A�u‘¶�Ý�v�A�uŽ©ŒÈ�v�A�u�°�v‚ȂǂƌĂԂà‚Ì‚Í�Aˆê”ʉ»‚³‚ꂽŠT”O“I‚ÈŒê‹å�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u–¼‘O�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’P‚È‚éŠT”O‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‹ï‘Ì“I‚ȗႦ�@�@�@Œ`‚É•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é–¼‘O�@�@�@–¼‘O‚ÍŠT”O‚ÅŽÀŽ¿‚ł͂Ȃ¢
‚±‚Ì�¢‚ɂ͖؂â’|‚Å�ì‚ç‚ꂽ—l�X‚È•¨‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�u‰Æ�v�u�C“¹‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�u‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨�iƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚Ì�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Í–Ø�Þ‚Ì–¼‘O‚Å‚à’|‚Ì–¼‘O‚Å‚à‚È‚�A“Á’è‚Ì‹@”\‚Ì‚½‚߂Ɍ`‚ð�\’z‚µ‚Ä‚à‚̂ɗ^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ–¼‘O‚Å‚·�B
–Ø‚â’|‚ª‘å’n‚©‚ç�¶‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ð�u‰Æ�v‚Ƃ͌Ă΂¸�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚à—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰Æ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ`‚Ì•¨‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A‰Æ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰¼‚Ì–¼‘O‚ª“Ë‘R‚ɋ󂩂ç�~‚Á‚Ä‚‚é‚©‚̂悤‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂͂Ȃ�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͖؂ƒ|‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž‹“_‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚É’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u‰Æ�v‚Í�A‰Æ‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ꂽŒã‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚éŒ`Ž®“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�AŒ»ŽÀ‚ł͂Ȃ¢�A‚Æabhidhamma‚Í�à‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̉ƂªŽæ‚è‰ó‚³‚ê�A‘m‰@‚Ì•~’n“à‚É�C“¹‰@‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�C“¹‰@‚ÌŒ`‚ªŒ»‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�u�C“¹‰@�v‚ƌĂ΂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‰Æ‚ÌŒ`‚Í�Á‚¦�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚à�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚Ì�C“¹‰@‚ªŽæ‚è‰ó‚³‚ê�AŽ›‰@‚â�듃‚ªŒš‚Ä‚ç‚ê‚邯�AŽ›‰@‚â�듃‚ÌŒ`‚ªŒ»‚ê�A�uŽ›‰@�v‚â�u�듃�v‚ƌĂ΂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�u�C“¹‰@�v‚Ƃ͌Ă΂ꂸ�A�u�C“¹‰@�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚»‚ÌŽ›‰@‚ª‹xŒe�Ђɉü‘¢‚³‚ê‚邯�A�uŽ›‰@�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�Á‚¦�A�u‹xŒe�Š�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�oŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚»‚Ì‹xŒe�Š‚ª‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨‚ɉü‘¢‚³‚ê‚邯�A�u‹xŒe�Š�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�Á‚¦�A�u‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�oŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒ`‚ª�Á–Å‚³‚ê‚邯�A–¼‘O‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�BŒ`‚ªŒ»‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A–¼‘O‚àŒ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Í�A—§–؂̎‘�Þ‚Å‚ ‚éŠÔ‚Í–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚½‚Æ‚¦�u‰Æ�v�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�u‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨ƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚ÌŒ`‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‚â‚Í‚è–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Í‚»‚̂܂܂ł·�B‰¼�ÝŒš’z•¨‚ª‰ó‚³‚ê‚ÄŒš’zŽ‘�Þ‚ª�Ï‚Ý�ã‚°‚ç‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u–Ø�Þ‚ÌŽR�v�u’|�Þ‚ÌŽR�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ª�W�‡“I‚ÉŒš�Ý‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚ɂ̂݌»‚ê‚é�u‰Æ�v�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�uƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚Ȃǂ̌`‚Í�A�Å�‰‚©‚ç‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŒ`‚Å‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘΂µ‚Ä�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Í�A�»�Þ‚³‚ê‚½Žž‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ`‚Å�Å�‰‚©‚ç‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ�v�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�uƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A–Ø�Þ‚Æ’|�Þ‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚Æ�à‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ˆê”Ê“I�^ŽÀ‚Å‚Í�A‚½‚Æ‚¦�u‰Æ‚Í‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Ímusāvāda�i‰R�j‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚È‚º‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚Í�l�X‚ÉŠµ�K“I‚Ɏ󂯓ü‚ê‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒê‹å‚Å‚ ‚è�A’N‚©‚ðéx‚·‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ‚Í‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚̂͊ԈႢ‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
‚»‚ê‚Í�AŒš’zŽÒ‚ª‰Æ‚ðŒš‚Ä‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɂ̂݌»‚ê‚éŒ`Ž®“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�A�l�X‚ÍŠµ�K“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ð�u‰Æ�v‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚邾‚¯‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
’N‚©‚ª‘¼ŽÒ‚É�u‚ǂꂪ�u‰Æ�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v‚Æ�q‚Ë‚é‚Æ�AŒãŽÒ‚ÍŒš•¨‚ðŽw�·‚µ‚Ä�u‚±‚ꂪ�u‰Æ�v‚Å‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
е�K‚É‚æ‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚̂ł·‚ª�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚ÍŒë‚è‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¤Ž‹“_‚É—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
Abhidhamma‚ł͉½‚ðŒë‚è‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H
Žw‚Å�G‚ê‚Ă݂܂·�B‰Æ‚â–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚É�G‚ê‚ç‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©‚Æ–â‚í‚ê‚ê‚Î�A�u‰Æ�v‚ÍŒ`Ž®ŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚Á‚ÄŽÀ‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�AŽw‚Å�G‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚镨‘̂ł ‚é–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚¾‚¯‚ª�AŽw‚Å�G‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ð�u‰Æ�v‚ÆŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ`Ž®‚Ì–¼‘O‚ð–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ÉŒë‚Á‚Ä“K—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚µ�u‰Æ�v‚ª–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚Ì–¼‘O‚Å‚ ‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A‰Æ‚ª–؂̂悤‚É—§‚Á‚Ä‚à�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Å‚ ‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚ ‚è�A–Ø�Þ‚â’|�Þ‚ª‘¼‚Ì�\‘¢•¨‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª�í‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚É•t��‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚¤‚ł͂Ȃ�A‰Æ‚ÌŒ`Ž®‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚Ì‚Ý�A�u‰Æ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ“¾‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŒ´—�‚ð�u‘m‰@�v�uŽ›‰@�v�u‹xŒe�Š�v�uƒpƒ“ƒ_ƒ‹�v‚̃P�[ƒX‚É“–‚Ă͂߂Ä�Aе�K‚ÆAbhidhamma‚̈Ⴂ‚ð•ª�Í�AŒŸ“¢‚µ�A—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
е�K‚Í�¢‘“I�¢ŠE‚ÅŽg‚í‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚Å�A”Û’è‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BAbhidhamma‚̃Aƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚¾‚¯‚ª�¢‘‚ð�æ‚è‰z‚¦�A’´�¢‘“I‚È�¢ŠE‚É“ž’B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ\ƒtƒ@�A‰¤�À�Aƒxƒ“ƒ`�Aƒ{�[ƒg�A‰×ŽÔ‚ȂǂÌ�u�\’z•¨�v‚Í�Aе�K‚É�]‚¤‚ƃ\ƒtƒ@�A‰¤�À�Aƒxƒ“ƒ`�Aƒ{�[ƒg�A‰×ŽÔ‚Ȃǂª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AAbhidhamma‚ÌŽ‹“_‚É‚æ‚邯�Aƒ\ƒtƒ@�Aƒxƒ“ƒ`�Aƒ{�[ƒg�A‰×ŽÔ‚Ȃǂ͂Ȃ�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�Þ—¿‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
”S“y‚Å“©Ší‚Ì“ç�AƒRƒbƒv�AŽM‚ð‚‚‚邯�Aе�K‚ł͓ç�AƒRƒbƒv�AŽM‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�AAbhidhamma‚ÌŽ‹“_‚Å‚Í�A“ç�AƒRƒbƒv�AŽM‚Í‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚͔̂S“y‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̈Ⴂ‚ð•ª�Í‚µ�A‹á–¡�i”äŠr�j‚µ�A—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“ú�í‰ï˜b‚Å‚Í�AŒÂ�A�¶–½‘Ì�AŽ©ŒÈ�A�°‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�AAbhidhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�AŒÂ‚à�¶–½‘Ì‚à�AŽ©ŒÈ‚à�°‚à‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚Ì‚Ípathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�BDeva‚àBrahmā‚à‹�‚à�…‹�‚à�Û‚à”n‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �—�«‚à’j�«‚à�A�u’N�X�v‚à�uŽ„�v‚à�u”Þ�v‚à‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�Apathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“ª�A‘«�AŽè�A–Ú�A•@‚͂Ȃ�A“ª–Ñ�A‘Ì–Ñ�A’Ü�AŽ•�A”畆�A“÷�A‹Ø�A�œ�A�œ�‘�A�t‘Ÿ�A�S‘Ÿ�AŠÌ‘Ÿ�A‹¹–Œ�AäB‘Ÿ�A”x�A’°�A’°ŠÔ–Œ�AˆÝ�A•Ö‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�Apathavī‚Ȃǂ̗v‘f‚¾‚¯‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Saṇsāra‚É‚¢‚éŠÔ’†‚Í�A‘½Ží‚Ì•¨‘̂Ƃµ‚Ä�í‚ÉŒë‚Á‚Ä”Fޝ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½‘å�¬‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŒ`‘Ô‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�A’m‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä•ª�Í‚·‚邯�A—v‘f‚Ì‘Í�Ï�A—v‘f‚̉ò�A—v‘f‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�A—v‘f‚ÌŽR‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚È’mޝ‚ª�uDhamma‚Ì•ª�Í“I’mޝ‚ÌŒõ�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
Pathavī‚Ì•ª�Í
‚±‚±‚Å�APathavī‚Ȃǂ̎l‘匳‘f‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
(1) Pathavī (Šg’£‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (“y‚ÌŒ³‘f)
Pathavī‚Í�d‚³‚Ü‚½‚Í�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Ü‚½‚Í�d‚³‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̓y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Å‚·�B
(2) Āpo (‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (�…‚ÌŒ³‘f)
Āpo‚Í‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È‹Ã�W�«‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Ì�…‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Å‚·�B
(3) Tejo (‰^“®ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (‰Î‚ÌŒ³‘f)
Tejo‚Í”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̉΂̌³‘f‚Å‚·�B
(4) Vāyo (‰^“®‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽxŽ�‚ÌŒ³‘f) ‚Ü‚½‚Í (•—‚ÌŒ³‘f)
Vāyo‚͉^“®‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽxŽ�‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È“®‚«‚âŽx‚¦‚Í�A‹†‹É“I‚ȈӖ¡‚ł̕—Œ³‘f‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì Žl‘匳‘f‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð�A“O’ê“I‚ÉŒ¤‹†‚µ‚Ä�A�S‚µ‚ÄŠw‚т܂·�B
Dhamma-vavatthāna-ñāṇa‚ÌŒõ‚ªŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̗v‘f�A‚‚܂è“y�A�…�A‰Î�A•—‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉð�à‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‹†‹É“I‚ȈӖ¡‚ł̓yŒ³‘f‚Í�A’P‚É�d‚³‚Æ‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B—±Žq‚Ì�uŒ´Žq�v‚ð10–œ‚Ì•”•ª‚É•ªŠ„‚·‚邯‰¼’è‚·‚邯�A�i‹†‹É“I‚ȈӖ¡‚Å�j‚¢‚©‚È‚é�d‚¢•¨Ž¿‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚«‚ê‚¢‚ȉÍ�…‚É�A’n’†‚©‚ç‚É‚¶‚Ý�o‚é—N‚«�…‚Ì’†‚É�A‘¾—z‚⌎‚â�¯‚⃋ƒr�[‚ÌŒõ‚Ì’†‚É�A�à‚â�^èJ‚Ì“ºèt‚̉¹‚Ì’†‚É�A‚»‚æ•—�A‹•—‚â—’‚Ì’†‚É�A–F‚µ‚¢��‚è‚â•…‚Á‚½“õ‚¢‚Ì’†‚È‚Ç�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂ̒†‚É‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̓yŒ³‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
I. �@Œo“T‚É‚æ‚é�Ø–¾
(1) 4—v‘f‚Í‹¤‘¶‚µ�A•ª—£•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
(2) �uEkaṇ mahā-bhūtaṇ paṭicca tayo mahā-bhūtā�Atayo mahā-bhūte paṭicca ekaṇ mahā-bhūtaṇ�Adve mahā-bhūte paṭicca dve�@mahā-bhūtā�v�@�@�@Paṭṭhānapakaraṇa�@�@Dhammānuloma �@1.16. Micchattaniyatattika
mahā-bhūta‚Ì1‚‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚ÄŽc‚è‚Ì3‚‚ª�¶‚¶�Amahā-bhūta‚Ì3‚‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚ÄŽc‚è‚Ì1‚‚ª�¶‚¶�Amahā-bhūta‚Ì2‚‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚ÄŽc‚è‚Ì2‚‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
(3) ’�Žß‚ɂ͎Ÿ‚̂悤‚É�‘‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·: Pathavī“yŒ³‘f‚É‚Í�A�…Œ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚é‹@”\‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
(4) �…�A•—�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ì“Á�«‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚¹‚¸‚ɂ͑¶�݂ł«‚È‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B
�ã‹L‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚©‚ç”»’f‚·‚邯�A�ã‚Å�q‚ׂ½—l�X‚ÈŽí—Þ‚Ì�…�A�F�A‰¹�A•—�A“õ‚¢‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f‚É–ž‚¿‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‰º‹L‚ªƒeƒLƒXƒg�iŒo“T�j‚É‚æ‚é— •t‚¯‚Å‚·�B
MN109�@Mahāpuṇṇamasutta�@�gCattāro kho, bhikkhu, mahābhūtā hetu, cattāro mahābhūtā paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāya.
AN 11.17�@GopālasuttaIdha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yaṁ kiñci rūpaṁ (�c) �ecattāri mahābhūtāni, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṁ upādāyarūpan�fti yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti. �@
SN 55.17�@Dutiyamittāmaccasutta �@Siyā, bhikkhave, catunnaṁ mahābhūtānaṁ aññathattaṁ—pathavīdhātuyā, āpodhātuyā, tejodhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā—na tveva buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatassa ariyasāvakassa siyā aññathattaṁ.
�gCattāro kho, bhikkhu, mahābhūtā hetu, cattāro mahābhūtā paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāya.
II. “Á�«characteristic‚É‚æ‚é�Ø–¾
�…‚̉ò‚â•—‚̉ò‚Í�A‰º‘w‚ª�ã‘w‚ðŽx‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ÌŽxŽ�‚ð‚·‚é�ó‘Ô‚ÍĀpo�i�…Œ³‘f�j‚Ì“Á�«characteristic‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç‚ÎĀpo‚Ì“Á�«‚Í‹Ã�W�«‚¾‚¯‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚Ü‚½Tejo‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç‚ÎTejo‚Ì“Á�«‚Í”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚¾‚¯‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽxŽ�‚Æ‚ÍPathavVāyo‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚·�B
ŽxŽ�‚Í�A�d‚³‚Æ‘g‚Ý�‡‚킳‚Á‚½�ê�‡‚ɂ̂݉”\‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì2‚‚̂¤‚¿�A�d‚³‚Í‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å“yPathavŒÄ‚΂ê�AŽxŽ�‚Í‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å•—Vāyo‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å�A•—Œ³‘f‚ÌŽ�‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f‚Ì�d‚³‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©”“I‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�d‚³‚ÆŽxŽ�‚̈Ⴂ‚ðŽŽ‚µ‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�…‚Æ•—‚É�d‚³‚Ì“Á�« (kakkhaḷa-lakkhaṇa) ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚©‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ͓yŒ³‘f‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¾—zŒõ‚Ȃǂ̌õ�A�à‚̉¹‚Ȃǂ̉¹�A–F��‚Ȃǂ̓õ‚¢‚ȂǂɂÍ�d‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª”ñ�í‚ÉŽã‚¢‚½‚ß�A�Ø–¾‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�݂̓eƒLƒXƒg�iŒo“T�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�Ø–¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å�´‚ç‚©‚È�…�A•—�AŒŽ‚ÌŒõ�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢‚Ì—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃ𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚߂ł·�B
(1) “yŒ³‘f‚Í�d‚³‚Æ‚¢‚¤�i�¶—ˆ‚Ì�jŒÅ—L‚Ì�«Ž¿property‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢�B�@
(2) “yŒ³‘f‚É‚Í�A�uŒ´Žq�v‚Ì 10 –œ•ª‚Ì 1 ’ö“x‚Å‚à�d‚¢•¨Ž¿‚͂܂Á‚½‚‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B
“yŒ³‘f‚Í’P‚È‚é�d‚³‚Å‚ ‚Á‚ÄŽÀ‘̂͂Ȃ¢‚ª�A”äŠr“I�d‚¢‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚ê‚ΔäŠr“I�_‚ç‚©‚¢‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚é�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AVajira�i‹à�„�A—‹Œõ�j‚Ì�n‚Ì�d‚³‚ðˆê•û‚Ì‹É�AŒŽŒõ‚Ì•¨Ž¿ƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚Ì�d‚³‚ð‚à‚¤ˆê•û‚̋ɂƂµ‚Ä�A“yŒ³‘f‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A2‹É‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�d‚³‚Æ�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Ì’ö“x‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì“yŒ³‘f‚Ì�d‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚Í�Aе�K“I‚È”Fޝ‚ł͂Ȃ�A‹†‹É‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�n—¶‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒŽŒõ‚ȂǂÌ�d‚³‚Í�Aе�K“I‚È”Fޝ‚É�]‚Á‚½�n—¶‚ł͌Ÿ�o‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‰½‰�A‰½�\–œ�A‰½–œ‚à‚Ì’P‚È‚é�d‚³‚Ì“Á�«‚Å‚ ‚é“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ªĀpo�i‹Ã�W—v‘f�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă܂Ƃ߂ç‚ê‚邯�A�uŒ´Žq�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ`‚Ì–¼‘O‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚½Œ´Žq‚ª‰½‰�A‰½�\–œ�A‰½–œ‚Æ�W‚Ü‚Á‚Ä�AƒVƒ‰ƒ~�A’Ž‚È‚Ç‚ÌŒ`‚Ì–¼‘O‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‘Ì�Ï‚ª�™�X‚ɑ傫‚‚È‚ê‚Î�A�¶•¨‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�Å�¬‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�‚‚³4800—R�{‚ÌAsurinda�iƒAƒXƒ‰‚̉¤�j‚Ü‚Å�AŠO•”‚Ì•¨‘Ì‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�Å�¬‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�‚‚³168000—R�{‚ÌMeruŽR�i�{–íŽR�j�A�[‚³24000—R�{‚Ì‘å’nGreat Earth“`“�“I–¼�Ì‚Í�HPanka prabha�H‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
ƒVƒ‰ƒ~�AŒ´Žq‚Ȃǂ̕¨‘̂Ɋ܂܂ê‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̕¨Ž¿‚̉ò‚Í�A“yŒ³‘f�i�d‚³�j‚ªŠî–{‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì“yŒ³‘fˆÈŠO‚É�A�d‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚—v‘f‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�…Œ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚à“yŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì“yŒ³‘f‚Ì“‚«‚̈̑傳‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
MeruŽR‚Ü‚½‚Í‘å’n‚Ì“yŒ³‘f‚ð‹†‹É‚ÌˆÓ–¡‚Å�n—¶‚µ‚½‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A�uŒ´Žq�i�Å�¬’PˆÊ�j�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚³‚¦‚à‚È‚¢’P‚È‚é�d‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚¾‚¯‚ð�n—¶‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚Í‹¾‚ɉf‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Œ´ŽqƒŒƒxƒ‹‚³‚¦‚à�¬‚¶‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�´‚ç‚©‚È�…‚̉ò‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Œ´ŽqƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É•‚‚©‚ñ‚¾�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̓yŒ³‘f‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ɂ͌`‚ÌŠT”O‚ª�¬‚´‚Á‚½‚à‚̂ł·�BŒ»�Û‚Ì”�¶‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð�n—¶�iŠÏ‘z�j‚·‚é�Û‚É�A�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠÏ”O‚ª�¬“¯‚³‚ê‚邯�A“Á’¥‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‘¸ŽÒPuṇṇa Mahāthera4‚Í‹¾‚ɉf‚锽ŽË‘œ‚ðšg‚¦‚ÉŒ³‘f‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚é�C�s‚𑸎ÒĀnanda‚É‹³‚¦�A‘¸ŽÒĀnanda‚Í‚±‚Ìšg‚¦˜b‚݂̂ÅSotāpanna ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�@‚Ç‚¤‚µ‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ÅSotāpanna‚ɂȂꂽ‚Ì‚©�H‰½‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©�H
’�Žß4�@�@�@�@ Abhidhamma Piṭaka, Paṭṭhāna, Pāḷi, Book 1, page 19, 6th Syn, Edn.
MeruŽR�i�{–íŽR�j‚â‘å’n‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̑Î�Û�i�¶•¨�E–³�¶•¨‚Ì—¼•û�j‚ð�n—¶�iŠÏ‘z�j‚·‚é�Û‚É�A“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚܂ł¢‚©‚È‚é•¨Ž¿‚Æ‚à�¬‚º‚邱‚ƂȂ�i‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å�j�d‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚¾‚Ƃ͂Á‚«‚è‚Æ—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A”÷�¶•¨‚â–³�¶•¨‚Ì‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é‘Î�Û‚Ì“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗eˆÕ‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‹¾‚ɉf‚é‚à‚Ì�A�…‚ɉf‚é‚à‚Ì�A–؂̉e�AŽR‚̉e‚È‚Ç�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ�{–íŽR‚̂悤‚ɑ傫‚‚Ä‚à�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚³‚¦ŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A�Á–Å‚µ‚½‚è”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�A�u‚«‚âˆî�Ȃ̊ԂÉ100‰ñˆÈ�ã�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“¯—l‚É�A�{–íŽR‚قǂ̑傫‚³‚Å�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é•ûŒü‚É�L‘å‚É�Z“§‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é“y‚ÌŒ³‘f‚Í�A‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Í�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚àŽÀ‘Ì‚â‰ò‚ðŒ‡‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚è�A�Á–Å‚µ‚½‚è”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚é‹@‰ï‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�A�u‚«‚âˆî�Ȃ̊ԂÉ�A100‰ñˆÈ�ã‚à�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�l‚ªŽ©•ª‚̑̂ɂ ‚é“yŒ³‘f‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚Ä�uŒõ�v‚𓾂é‚É‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂̊e•”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚ÄŠe•”•ª‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Γª‚Ȃǂ̕”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚邯‚«‚Í�AŠO•”‚Æ“à•”‚ð‹æ•Ê‚¹‚¸‚ÉŠÏ‘z‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�i‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŠÏ‘z‚Å‚Í�j�F‚Ì—v‘f‚ªŽ×–‚‚ɂȂé�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠT”O‚àŽ×–‚‚ɂȂé�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B’m“I”\—Í‚ð”ñ�í‚É‹‚“‚©‚¹‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‘̂̉º•”‚©‚çŽñ‚©‚牺�H�˜‚©‚牺�H‘«‚Ì— ‚Ü‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂̊e•”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚ÄŠe•”•ª‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚É�g‘̂̂·‚ׂĂ̕”•ª‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚½Œã�A“ª‚ÌPathavī‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚鎞‚Í‚¢‚‚łà�A‘«‚Ì— ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Ü‚Å�g‘̂̑¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̕”•ª‚𓯎ž‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�g‘̗̂v‘f‚ðŠo‚ê‚Î�A–³�”‚̉F’ˆ‚Æ�¢ŠEŽüŠú‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�݂̗v‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ÌPathavī�i“yŒ³‘f�j‚ðŠo‚ê‚Î�A�…Œ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f‚Ì—�‰ð‚Í”ñ�í‚É—eˆÕ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ÅPathavī‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊ȒP‚È•ª�Í‚Í�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Āpo‚Ì•ª�Í
‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Í�A�…Œ³‘f‚Í’P‚È‚é‹Ã�W�«‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì‹Ã�W�«�A‚‚܂苆‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚ª‹‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Ípaggharaṇa�i޼‚è‹C‚Ü‚½‚Í—¬“®�«�j‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�…Œ³‘f‚Å‚·�B
paggharaṇa�F[nt�D]
trickling“H‚é�G oozing˜R‚ê‚é�G dripping“H‚è—Ž‚¿‚é
‚±‚Ì‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚Í�A’P‚È‚é‹Ã�W�«�iābandhana kiriyā�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uŒ´Žq�v‚Ì10–œ•ª‚Ì1‚É‚àŽÀ‘̂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�…Œ³‘f‚Í�A“¯‚¶ŽÀ‘Ì“I�icorporeal�jŒ³‘fƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚É‹¤‘¶‚·‚鑼‚ÌŒ³‘f�A‚‚܂è“y—v‘f�A•——v‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚ðŒ‹�‡‚·‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚¨ŒÝ‚¢‚Ɉˋ’‚µ�‡‚Á‚Ä‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�…Œ³‘f‚ª�Á‚¦‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̗v‘f‚à�uŽž‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪŽÀ‘Ì“I�icorporeal�j‚ȃOƒ‹�[ƒv‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�…Œ³‘f‚Ì—L—p�«‚Å‚·�B
ŽÀ‘Ì“IƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚Ì‚¨‚©‚°‚Å�A�Å�¬‚Ì�uŒ´Žq�v‚Å‚ ‚éParamāṇu�iaṇu�iŒ´Žq�j‚Ì36ƒp�[ƒc�j‚©‚ç�A�¶–½‘ÌŠE‚ÌAsurinda�iƒAƒXƒ‰‚̉¤�j�AŠOŠE‚Ì�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‘å’n‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Ü‚Å�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`�AƒTƒCƒY�AŽŸŒ³‚Å‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�…Œ³‘fˆÈŠO‚É�AŒ³‘f‚ð‚܂Ƃ߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚錳‘f‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�‚“x168000yojana‚Ì�{–íŽR‚Ì‹Ã�W—Í‚ª”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ÌŽRŽ©‘Ì‚ª�uŽž‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�‚“x164000yojana‚ÌCakkavāḷaŽR‚Ì‹Ã�W—Í‚ª”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�ACakkavāḷaŽRŽ©‘Ì‚ª�uŽž‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘å’n‚Ì‹Ã�W—Í‚ª”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‘å’nŽ©‘Ì‚ª�uŽž‚É�Á–Å‚µ�AŒã‚ɂ͋󂫒n‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚܂Ƃ߂é‹Ã�W—Í‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‘å’n‚É‚ ‚é“yŒ³‘f�A‰ÎŒ³‘f�A•—Œ³‘f‚Í�AŒÝ‚¢‚ÉŽx‚¦�‡‚Á‚½‚èˆË‹’‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A•ö‰ó‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BNibbāna‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�AŒ`�¬‚Ì“Á�«‚ðŽ�‚‚·‚ׂĂÌparamattha dhamma�i�^‚Ìdhamma�j‚Í�A�u‚«‚âˆî�Ȃ̊Ԃł³‚¦�AŽx‰‡‚â�•‚¯‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Α¶‘±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‘å’n‚Ì�…Œ³‘f‚ðŠÏ‘z‚µ‚½‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A‹Ã�W—Í‚ðŠÏ‘z‚·‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ð�d‚³�i“yŒ³‘f�j‚Æ�¬“¯‚µ‚Ă͂¢‚¯‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�F�Ê‚â�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Í�AŽ×–‚‚ɂȂ肪‚¿‚Å‚·�B�F�Ê‚â�}‘œ“I‚ÈŠT”O‚ªdhamma‚Ì•ª�Í“I’mޝ‚ð–W‚°‚邯�AŒã‚ÅŠÏ‘z‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�^‚Ìaniccā,dukkhā,anatta‚Í�Aparamattha dhammas�i‹†‹É‚Ì�^ŽÀ�j‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚ɂ̂ݎÀŒ»‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�…Œ³‘f‚Í’P‚È‚é‹Ã�W•¨‚Å‚ ‚邯–¾Šm‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‹¾‚â�…–ʂ̒†‚̉J�A‰_�A‘¾—z�AŒŽ�A–Ø�X‚Ì‘œ‚ÉŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�{–íŽR‚Æ‘å’n‚É‚àŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚Ü‚Á‚½‚‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
�{–íŽR‚Æ‘å’n‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A�lŠÔ�A�_�X�ABrahmās�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘̂̌³‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͔̂ñ�í‚ÉŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�¶–½‘̗̂v‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
�¶–½‘̂̌³‘f‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂̓¹‚ðŠJ‚‚½‚ß‚É�A�{–íŽR‚Æ‘å’n‚©‚ç�à–¾‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B
“ª‚©‚ç‘«‚Ì— ‚܂Ŏ©•ª‚̑̂̒†‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð“O’ê“I‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚½Œã‚ɂ̂Ý�A‘¼‚Ì�¶–½‘̂̒†‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ð�n—¶�iŠÏ‘z�j‚·‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
Tejo‚Ì•ª�Í
‹†‹É‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̉Ό³‘f‚Í�A’P‚É”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³‚Í�A‹¤‘¶‚·‚鑼‚Ì3‚‚̌³‘f‚ð�¬�n‚³‚¹�A‹‚‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B”M‚Ɨ₽‚³‚͂ǂ¿‚ç‚à�A“¯‚¶ŽÀ‘Ì“I�icorporeal�jƒOƒ‹�[ƒv‚Å�\�¬‚·‚鑼‚ÌŒ³‘f‚É”M‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä�¬�n‚³‚¹�A‹‚‚·‚é—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŒ{‚ª‘ƒ‚ÉŽY‚ñ‚¾—‘‚̂悤‚É�A•êŒ{‚ª�₦‚¸—‘‚ð‰·‚ß‚Ä”M‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä�‰‚߂ė‘‚Í�¬�n‚µ�A�—‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B•êŒ{‚ª—‘‚ð‰·‚ß‚Ä”M‚ð—^‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�—‚Í�¶‚܂ꂸ�A—‘‚ª•ê�e‚̑ٓà‚É‚¢‚éŠÔ‚Ɏ󂯂½”M‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é‚Æ‚·‚®‚É—‘‚Í•…‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�ATejoŒ³‘f‚Í•êŒ{‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŽc‚è‚Ì3‚‚̌³‘f‚Í—‘‚̉©�g‚ÉŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Æ‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邱‚Ƃł̂Ý�A�d‚³ (“yŒ³‘f) ‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ƃ̑g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ł̂Ý�A‹Ã�W—Í�i�…Œ³‘f�j‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê�A”M‚Ü‚½‚͗₽‚³�i‰ÎŒ³‘f�j‚Ƃ̑g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ł̂Ý�A�U“®�i•—Œ³‘f�j‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚͉Ό³‘f‚È‚µ‚Å‚Í�³�í‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‘åŠC‚Ì�…�AŠC‚Ì�…�A‚±‚Ì‘å’n‚ðŽx‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�…‚Í�A—₽‚¢‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚Ì�§Œä‚̉º‚Å‘¶�Ý‚µ‘±‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�{–íŽR�ACakkavāḷaŽR�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‘å’n‚à�i—₽‚¢�j‰ÎŒ³‘f‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‘¼‚Ì—v‘f‚Æ�¬“¯‚¹‚¸‚ɉΌ³‘f‚݂̂ð�n—¶‚·‚é�ê�‡�A—₽‚¢•¨‚̗₽‚³‚Æ”M‚¢•¨‚Ì”M‚³‚¾‚¯‚ð�n—¶‚µ�A�F�AŒ`�A‘å‚«‚³�A�¡–@‚ÌŠT”O‚Æ�¬“¯‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̉Ό³‘f‚É‚Í�uŒ´Žq�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚³‚¦�d‚³‚ÌŽÀ‘Ì‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‰ÎŒ³‘f‚ª–¾Šm‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚邯�A‚±‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ɂ͂¢‚©‚Ȃ鎟Œ³‚̌őÌsolid‚ÌŽÀ‘Ì‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª–¾Šm‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í‹¾‚â�…–ʂɉf‚鑾—z�AŒŽ�A‰_�A‰J‚ª’mŠo‚ł͌©‚¦‚é‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A‚¢‚©‚È‚éŽÀ‘Ì‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B
Ž©•ª‚̑̂̒†‚Å‚±‚ÌŒ³‘f‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�ê�‡�AŽ©•ª‚Ì’mޝ‚Å”cˆ¬‚Å‚«‚é‘̂̕”•ª‚¾‚¯‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‘Ì‘S‘̂ł±‚Ì—v‘f‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A–³�”‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¶�݂̒†‚Å‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚ÅTejo‚Ì•ª�Í‚Í�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B
16ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ÌŠÏ’q
1.–¼�F•ª—£’q�ināmarūpa-pariccheda-ñāṇa�j :
Œ»�Û”F’m‚É‚¨‚¯‚éˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì•ª—£�B
2.‰��ÛŽó’q�ipaccaya-pariggaha-ñāṇa�j :
ˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì‘ŠŒÝ�ðŒ�•t‚¯�Eˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚Ì—�‰ð�B
3.ŽvˆÒ’q�isammasana-ñāṇa�j :
�ã‹L‚̈ö‰Ê‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–Å‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä‚Ì�uŽO‘Š�v�i–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä�j‚Ì—�‰ð�B
4.�¶–Å’q�iudayabbaya-ñāṇa�j :
�¶�¬�Á–ł̂æ‚è�[‚–¾�ð‚È—�‰ð�B�‚‚¢�W’†�A•½�³�A‘Î�Û‚Ì”÷�׉»�AŽžŠÔŠ´Šo‚Ì�L’£�E‘rޏ�A‹‚¢Œõ‚âƒCƒ��[ƒW�inimitta ƒjƒ~ƒbƒ^�j‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Ȃǂ𔺂¤�B
5.‰ó–Å’q�ibhaṅga-ñāṇa�j :
�¶�¬�Á–Å‚Ì�Á–ł݂̂ɒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢�A‘Î�Û‚Ì�Á–Å‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚Ì�Á–Å‚ðŠ´“¾�B
6.•|ˆØ’q�ibhaya-ñāṇa�j :
�Á–ł̌p‘±“IŠÏŽ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚ðŠëŒ¯‚È‚à‚̂Ɗ´“¾�B‚½‚¾‚µ‚»‚ÌŠëŒ¯Š´Šo‚ÆŽ©ŒÈ‚Ì“¯ˆê‰»‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚±‚Ƃŋ°‚ê‚Í–³‚¢�B
7.‰ßг’q�iādīnava-ñāṇa�j :
�Á–ł̌p‘±“IŠÏŽ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚ð�A‹ê‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å�A�K•Ÿ‚͂Ȃ�A–³—˜‰v�E•s—˜‰v�i‰ßг�j‚Å‚ ‚邯д“¾�B
8.‰}—£’q�inibbidā-ñāṇa�j :
�Á–ł̌p‘±“IŠÏŽ@‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�AˆÓޝ�ināma ƒi�[ƒ}, –¼�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�irūpa ƒ‹�[ƒp, �F�j‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚ð�A–£—Í‚ª–³‚¢‘Þ‹ü‚Å‘a‚Ü‚µ‚¢Œ¶–Å‚µ‚½‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠ´“¾�B
9.’E—~’q�imuñcitukamyatā-ñāṇa�j :
�ã‹L6-8‚𓥂܂¦‚½�ã‚Å�A‚»‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–ÅŒ»�Û‚©‚ç’E‚µ‚½‚¢�AŽ©—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é�B
10.�ÈŽ@’q�ipaṭisaṅkhā-ñāṇa�j :
áÒ‘z‚ð•úŠü‚¹‚¸�AáÒ‘z‚±‚»‚ª—Bˆê‚Ì‰ðŒˆŽè’i‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦’¼‚µ�AáÒ‘z‚É—¯‚܂葱‚¯‚é�B
11.�sŽÌ’q�isaṅkhārupekkhā-ñāṇa�j :
Œ»�Û‚ð‚æ‚è�[‚‹‚¢’�ˆÓ—Í‚Å�A‘Î�Û‚©‚犮‘S‚É‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚Ä•½�ÂɊώ@‚·‚é�B�u’†“¹�v�u‹ó�v‚É“ž’B[5]�B
12.(’ú)���‡’q�i(sacca)anuloma-ñāṇa�j :
�ã‹L4-11‚Ì�u”ª’q�v‚Ì�W�¬‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŸ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B
13.Ží�©’q�igotrabhu-ñāṇa�j :
Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ւ̈Ú�s�B
14.“¹’q�imagga-ñāṇa�j :
Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�Bˆê™‹“ß�B
15.‰Ê’q�iphala-ñāṇa�j :
Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�B“ñ™‹“ß�B
16.ŠÏŽ@’q�i”½�È’q�j�ipaccavekkhaṇa-ñāṇa�j :
Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�jŒoŒ±‚Ì”½�È�i�U‚è•Ô‚è�j�B4‚Ì�¶–Å’q�i�¶�¬�Á–Å�j‚©‚çáÒ‘z�ÄŠJ
�\˜ZŠÏ’q‚Æ�w�´�ò“¹˜_�x‚Ì�u޵�´�ò�v‚Ƃ̑ΉžŠÖŒW
|
޵�´�ò |
�\˜ZŠÏ’q |
|
Œ©�´�ò�iditthi-visuddhi�j |
–¼�F•ª—£’q�ināmarūpa-pariccheda-ñāṇa�j[7] |
|
“x‹^�´�ò�ikankhā-vitaraṇa-visuddhi�j |
‰��ÛŽó’q�ipaccaya-pariggaha-ñāṇa�j[8] |
|
“¹”ñ“¹’qŒ©�´�ò�imaggāmagga-ñāṇadassana-visuddhi�j |
ŽvˆÒ’q�isammasana-ñāṇa�j |
|
�s“¹’qŒ©�´�ò�ipaṭipadā-ñanadassana-visuddhi�j |
‰ó–Å’q�ibhaṅga-ñāṇa�j |
|
Ží�©’q�igotrabhu-ñāṇa�j |
|
|
’qŒ©�´�ò�iñāṇadassana-visuddhi�j |
“¹’q�imagga-ñāṇa�j |
|
ŠÏŽ@’q�i”½�È’q�j�ipaccavekkhaṇa-ñāṇa�j |
޵�´�ò‚Ì1‚͉ú—¥�A2‚Í‘T’è�iƒTƒ}ƒ^áÒ‘z�j�A3�`7ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z
‘æˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i–¼�F•ª—£’q�j�\ ˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Ì‹æ•ʂɋC‚‚±‚Æ�B‹qŠÏ“I‚ÈŠÏŽ@
�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚̂͂½‚¾Œ»�Û‚¾‚¯‚Å�A�P�í“I‚È‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ‚à‚È‚�AŽÀ‘Ì‚à‚È‚�A�uŽ„�v‚à‚È‚�AŽ©‰ä‚à‚È‚�A�lŠi‚à‚È‚�A‚½‚¾�ƒ�ˆ‚ÈŒ»�Û‚ª‚ ‚邾‚¯‚Æ’m‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì�uŽ„�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�A�S‚Ì‘n‚è�o‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B�S‚Í�A‰ä‚Ɖ䂪�g‚Ì�d‰×‚ð‘n‚è�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚ÌŒå‚è‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�uŽ„�v�«�A�uŽ„�v�«‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iŽ×Œ©�j‚ª�ª�₳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚𓾂邽‚ß‚É�AˆÓޝ�iƒi�[ƒ}�F–¼�A�S�A�¸�_�j‚Æ‘Î�Û�iƒ‹�[ƒp�F�F�A�g‘Ì�A•¨Ž¿�j‚𕪗£‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�BˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ðƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚Ä�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ�AŽÀ‘Ì�A�°‚Æ‚µ‚Ă͌©‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚̈ӎ¯‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚Ì‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚é‚̂͑Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B
‚Ó‚½‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚ЂƂ‚̓i�[ƒ}�iˆÓޝ�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ЂƂ‚̓‹�[ƒp�i‘Î�Û�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̂ӂ½‚‚̂à‚Ì‚ð”ñ�í‚ɂ͂Á‚«‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚½Žž�A‚»‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‘æˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Í�A–³‰ä�ianatta�j‚ð’m‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì‹C‚«‚ª‚ ‚é�B‘Î�Û‚Æ‹C‚«‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚̂ӂ½‚‚ð”ñ�í‚ɂ͂Á‚«‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo‚Æ‹C‚«‚ÍŽ©‘RŒ»�Û‚Å‚·‚ª�AˆÓޝ‚Í‘Î�Û‚Æ‚¢‚¤�ðŒ�‚Å�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�A–Ú‚Ì‘O‚É‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B–Ú‚ðŠJ‚¯‚½�uŠÔ‚É�A‰½‚©‚ª‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì–Ú‚É”ò‚Ñ�ž‚ñ‚Å‚«‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì‹C‚«�A‚±‚ÌŒ©‚éˆÓޝ‚ª‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚±‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‘Î�ۂƈӎ¯‚Æ‚¢‚¤“ñ‚‚̂à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B–¼�F•ª—£’q‚Æ‚Í�A‚±‚¤‚µ‚½Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B
Œ`‚Í‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A’j‚Å‚à�—‚Å‚à‚È‚¢‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚É‚Í�AŒ`�ó‚àŠOŒ`‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í’P‚È‚é�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�B�d‚³‚Í‚½‚¾�d‚³‚Å‚ ‚è�A�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Í‚½‚¾�_‚ç‚©‚³‚Å‚·�B“®‚«‚Í‚½‚¾“®‚«‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BáÒ‘z‚·‚é�Û‚É‚Í�A‚½‚¾�«Ž¿‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�«Ž¿‚Í‘¶�ݎ҂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A‘¶�ݎ҂Ȃǂ¢‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B�S‚Æ�g‘Ì‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂ł·�B
�S‚ª•½�ÂɂȂè�A�ƒ�ˆ‚È�«Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚éŽž‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ꂪ’P‚É�ƒ�ˆ‚È�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä�A‘¶�ݎ҂ł͂Ȃ�A’j‚Å‚à�—‚Å‚à‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BæÃ—~‚Æ‚Í�—‚Å‚à’j‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BæÃ—~‚Æ‚Í�A‚½‚¾‰½‚©‚ð—~‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�i•à‚Ì–]‚݂͑S‚‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
–¼�F•ª—£’q‚Æ‚¢‚¤“´Ž@’q‚ÉŽŠ‚Á‚½�i�ƒ�ˆ‚È�«Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚é�jŽž�A‚»‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚𓾂½�ó‘Ô‚ªŒ©�´�ò‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‘æˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ƂƂà‚É‚â‚Á‚Ä—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B
�HŽ–‚ð‚·‚éŽž�A�S‚Æ�g‘Ì‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A�uŽ„�v‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�H‚ׂĂ¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�S‚Æ�g‘̂Ȃ̂ł·‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�AŽ„‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A‚½‚¾�S‚Æ�g‘̂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�H‚ׂĂ¢‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ðƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚±‚ÌŒ©�´�ò‚𓾂½‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‘æ“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰��ÛŽó’q�j �\ ˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‘ŠŒÝ‚Ì�ðŒ�•t�Aˆö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ
�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ª�AŒÝ‚¢‚ð�ðŒ�•t‚¯�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ�A—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘æ“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̃‹�[ƒp�i•¨Ž¿“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚Í�A‚±‚̃i�[ƒ}�i�¸�_“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í‚»‚Ì‹t�A‚ȂǂȂÇ�A�󋵂ɉž‚¶‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì—¼ŽÒ‚Í�AŒÝ‚¢‚ð�ðŒ�•t‚¯�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�ðŒ�•t‚¯‚ð’m‚è�A‚»‚Ì�ðŒ�‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚¾‚Æ’m‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚Ì‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Í�A‚±‚̈ӎ¯‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Å‚·�B‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç�AˆÓޝ‚ª�¶‚¶‚½‚̂ł·�BˆÓޝ‚Í‚»‚ꎩ�g‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰¹‚̈ӎ¯‚͉¹‚ª‚ ‚é‚䂦‚É�¶‚¸‚é‚̂ł·�B’·‚¢ŠúŠÔ�AáÒ‘z‚𑱂¯‚ê‚Î�uŽ„‚ª’�ˆÓ‚ð‚µ‚½Žž‚¾‚¯�AŽ„‚͉¹‚ð•·‚�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤—�‰ð‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰¹‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AˆÓޝ‚ª�¶‚¶‚È‚¯‚ê‚Ή¹‚Í•·‚±‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̎žŠÔ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–²‚Ì’†‚É‚¢‚é‚©‚̂悤‚É�A–³ˆÓޝ‚ɉ½‚©‚ð‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‚Ó‚ç‚Ó‚ç‚Æ‰ß‚²‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚œˑR�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–Ú‚ðŠo‚Ü‚µ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�uŒ©‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂪ–{“–‚É‹Á‚‚ׂ«‚±‚Ƃł ‚é‚Ì‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�uŒ©‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð�A�^‚É�V‚µ‚¢‰½‚©‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B‚½‚¾‰½‚©‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚±‚»‚ª�A�^‚É‹Á‚‚ׂ«‚±‚ƂȂ̂ł·�B
Šá‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�A’†—§“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚¾‚¯‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͉õ‚Å‚à‚È‚�A•s‰õ‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð‰õ‚©•s‰õ‚Æ‚µ‚ĉðŽß‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚͕ʂ̃vƒ�ƒZƒX�A‚‚܂è�¸�_“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚ªŒ©‚½‚à‚Ì‚ð�D‚ÞŽž�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚Í‚âŠá‚̈ӎ¯�iŠáޝ�j‚ł͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŒq‚ª‚è‚͕ʂ̈ӎ¯‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�S‚ª‰ðŽß‚ð‚·‚éŽž�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚͂〈‚éˆÓޝ‚ł͂Ȃ�A�S‚̈ӎ¯‚Ȃ̂ł·�B
‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‰½‚©‚ðŒ©‚éŽž�A�ƒ�ˆ‚ÉŒ©‚é‚Ì‚ªŠáޝ‚Å�A‚»‚ÌŽž‚É‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽ©•ª‚ª‰½‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚·‚ç’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚½‚¾�ƒ�ˆ‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚邾‚¯‚Ȃ̂ł·�BŽ©•ª‚ªŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é‚͕̂ʂ̒iŠK‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð�D‚Þ‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒˆ’è‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘æŽO‚Ì“´Ž@’q�iŽvˆÒ’q�j �\ ˆÓޝ‚Æ‘Î�ۂ̈ö‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚é�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä‚ð’m‚邱‚Æ
áÒ‘z‚·‚é�Û‚É�A–³�í�ianicca�F‰i‘±“I‚łȂ¢‚±‚Æ�j�A‹ê�idukkha�F•s–ž‘«�j�A–³‰ä�ianatta�FƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‰º‚ɂȂ¢‚±‚Æ�j‚Æ‚¢‚¤�AŽ©‘RŒ»�Û‚ÌŽO‚‚̓Á�«‘S‚Ä‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆê‚‚̑Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Æ�AŽO‚‚̓Á�«�i–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä�j‚̈ê‚‚̑¤–Ê‚¾‚¯‚ð�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚µŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B�P�í“I‚ÈŽÀ‘̂͑¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�AŽ�‘±‚·‚é�d‚¢’†�SŠj‚Í‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A�°‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘S‚Ă̓vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ȃ̂ł·�B
áÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�A‰½‚©‚ªŒ»‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚΂炂̂ ‚¢‚¾—¯‚Ü‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�Á‚¦‚Ă䂂̂ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘S‚Ä‚ª‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚Æ‚µ‚½“®‚«‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽv�l‚⊴Šo‚ª�A‰f‰æ‚̃Xƒ��[ƒ‚�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̂悤‚È�A‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚Æ‚µ‚½“®‚«‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�A�¶�¬‚µ�A‚µ‚΂炗¯‚Ü‚è�A�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�AŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽž�X‚Í�A�‚µ•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚©‚ç�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̕ω»‚à�A‚Ü‚½�A–³�í‚̈ê‚‚̑¤–ʂȂ̂ł·�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�¶‚¸‚ׂ«�\•ª‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç�¶‚¶�A�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚»‚Ì–{�«‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ç�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�¶�¬‚·‚é–{�«‚ð‚à‚‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŠ®‘S‚É�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤–{�«‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽó�iŠ´Šo�j‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í–³�í‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̎ó�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í‹ê‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̎ó�A‚à‚µ‚‚Í–³‰ä‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̎ó‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂé‚̂ł·�B
áÒ‘z‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽó‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A‚»‚ꂪ‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·–¾�ð‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚É—¯‚Ü‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚³‚ç‚É–¾�ð‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚ƂĂà�d—v‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚¢‚©‚È‚éŽí—Þ‚Ì�¸�_“I�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚ɉ½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚±‚¤‚µ‚½‘S‚Ă̂±‚Æ‚ð‘�‚¶‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�Aˆê‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚͉½‚à‰ðŽß‚¹‚¸�A•¨Ž–‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠe�uŠÔ�AŠeŒ»�Û‚ðŒÂ•Ê“I‚ÉŒ©‚Ü‚·�BŠe�X‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÆŒ»�Û‚ðŒÂ•Ê“I‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½Žž�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í–{“–‚É‚»‚Ì–{�«‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂ł·�B•¨Ž–‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚½‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠÏ”O‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•¨Ž–‚ª�¶‚¶‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŒ´ˆö‚Æ�ðŒ�‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ–Å‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŒ´ˆö‚à�ðŒ�‚à•K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�\•ª‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì‚¢‚©‚Ȃ鎩‘RŒ»�ۂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚àŒ¾‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠè–]‚É‚Í�]‚í‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�BáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‹‚¢�W’†—Í‚ðˆç‚Ä‚ê‚Î�AŽv�l‚ÍŽž�XŽ~‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð–]‚Þ‚©‚炳͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�ðŒ�‚̂䂦‚É‚»‚¤‚È‚é‚̂ł·�B
‰½‚à‚Ì‚à�u•¨‘Ì�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰F’ˆ‘S‘Ì‚ªˆê‚‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ȃ̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A•¨‘̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂ł·�B‰½‚©‚𕨑̂Ƃµ‚ÄŒ©‚鎞�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚½‚©‚à•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A“dŽq‚â—zŽq‚â’†�«Žq‚ðƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�í‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒÝ‚¢‚ÉŒ‹�‡‚µ‚½Žž‚à‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚͕ω»‚·‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚à‚µ‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�A‘S‚Ă̎v�l‚ª�g‘̂ɉe‹¿‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶Žæ‚ê‚é‚‚ç‚¢•qŠ´‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚È‚ç�AŽv�l‚É‘S‚‚¤‚ñ‚´‚肵‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽv�l‚ª•‚‚©‚Ԃ܂܂ɂ͔C‚¹‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚æ‚èƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚ɂȂè�AƒlƒKƒeƒBƒu‚ÈŽv�l‚͂ǂñ‚Ç‚ñŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚ɂȂê‚Î�AŽv�l‚É’^“M‚µ‰ß‚¬‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ‚È‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
áÒ‘z‚Æ‚Í�A‘¶�ÝŽÒ‚â�uŽ„�v‚͂Ȃ�A‚½‚¾‹C‚«‚̘A‘±�AáÒ‘z‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚̘A‘±‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚ªáÒ‘z‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A’P‚ɘA‘±‚·‚éˆÓޝ�A‹C‚«‚ɉ߂¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚ÉŽŠ‚Á‚Ă͂¶‚ß‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Í”�—Ž‚·‚é‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ª�A–{“–‚É”�‚ª‚ê—Ž‚¿‚é‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚ªáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚ªáÒ‘z‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A’P‚ɘA‘±‚·‚éˆÓޝ�A‹C‚«‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚±‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚É“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö‚Í�i‚߂܂¹‚ñ�B
‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�¶–Å’q�j �\ Œ»�Û‚Ì�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ“¹‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚ð‰ß‚¬‚邯�A‚à‚Í‚â�Aƒi�[ƒ}�Aƒ‹�[ƒp�A–³�í�A‹ê�A–³‰ä‚È‚Ç�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éŽv�l‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B•¨Ž–�iŠ´Šo�j‚ª�¶�¬‚µ�A�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ð”ñ�í‚ɉs‚�A–¾‚ç‚©‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂé‚̂ł·�B
‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Í�AŒ»�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Ì�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–ł𓴎@‚·‚é’qŒd‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AƒEƒ_ƒ„ƒbƒoƒ„�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BƒEƒ_ƒ„�iudayo�j‚Æ‚Í�¶‚¶‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�Aƒoƒ„�ivayo�j‚Ƃ͖ł·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì“ñ‚‚ª�‡‚킳‚Á‚Ä�Audayabbaya ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‚ª‚‚‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‰½‚É‚µ‚Ä‚àˆÈ‘O‚Ƃ͈قȂÁ‚Ă͂¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚Ì�A‚»‚ê‚͈ȑO‚Ì‚à‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚邯‚±‚낪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ–³�킪–{“–‚ɈӖ¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Í�u‚à‚͂⑶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚é‘O‚Í�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ÍŽ©•ª‚ª�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©•sˆÀ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚̓i�[ƒ}‚Ȃ̂©�A ‚±‚ê‚̓‹�[ƒp‚Ȃ̂©�A ‚±‚ê‚Í–³�í‚Ȃ̂©�A ‚±‚ê‚Í‹ê�i•s–ž‘«�j‚Ȃ̂©�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‚±‚¤‚µ‚½–À‚¢‚Í‘S‚ċނÁ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘z‚Í‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñŽ©‘R‚È‚à‚̂ɂȂè�A“w—Í‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚è‚¹‚¸‚Æ‚à�i‚ñ‚ł䂫�A‚»‚ê‚䂦�A�S‚ª‚ƂĂàƒoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚̂Ƃꂽ�ó‘ԂɂȂé‚̂ł·�B�S‚Í‚±‚¤‚µ‚½ƒEƒyƒbƒJ�[�iŽÌ�j‚̑ԓx‚ð‚à‚¿‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A”ñ�í‚É‹—͂ȕ½�³‚ªˆç‚‚̂ł·�B
‚±‚Ì•½�³‚É‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì“Á�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̈ê‚‚ª�A‹°•|‚àŠì‚Ñ‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŠì‚т͂ ‚éŽí‚̃��[ƒo�iæÃ—~�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A‰½‚©‚ð�D‚Þ‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‹»•±‚͂Ȃ�A�K•Ÿ‚Å‚à•s�K‚Å‚à‚È‚�A�S‚Í‘å•Ï—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�Aƒoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚̂Ƃꂽ�ó‘ԂɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í”ñ�í‚É–¾‚é‚¢Œõ‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚Í�S‚ª‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BƒTƒ}ƒ^áÒ‘z�iƒA�[ƒi�[ƒp�[ƒiáÒ‘z�j‚Å‚à�A‚±‚ÌŽí‚ÌŒõ‚ÍŒoŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�W’†‚Æ�S‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ðŽ¦‚·ƒTƒCƒ“‚Å‚·�B
‘æŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰ó–Å’q�j �\ �¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚Ì�Á–ł݂̂ɒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚Ì�Á–Å‚ðŠ´“¾‚·‚邱‚Æ
�Á–Å‚ð‚æ‚è–¾‚ç‚©‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚µ�A�¶�¬‚ɂ͓¯‚¶‚¾‚¯‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂í‚È‚¢�B’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¦‚Î�¶�¬‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚邪�A�Á–Å‚Æ�Áޏ‚É‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�B’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤‚Æ‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚͂₻‚±‚ɂ͂Ȃ¢�B‹C‚±‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚½�uŠÔ‚É�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚à‚¤‹Ž‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í‚à‚¤‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚¿‚ç‚è‚ÆŒ©‚¦‚邾‚¯‚Å�A‚à‚͂₻‚±‚ɂ͑¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚·‚邽‚Ñ‚É�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�A‚½‚Æ‚¦“®‚«‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ�AŽŸ‚©‚玟‚Ö‚Æ”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚Ì�Á–łɔñ�í‚É–¾‚ç‚©‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŒ`‚É‚Í‚à‚¤’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¨‚炸�AŠ´Šo‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‘S‚Ă̌`‚ƌŌ`�«‚Í�Á‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�B‚‚܂è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŒ`‚ƌŌ`�«‚É�A‚à‚¤’�ˆÓ‚𕥂í‚È‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚½‚¾Š´Šo‚Æ�A‚»‚Ì”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚Ì�Á–łɂ̂ݒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�B
‘Î�Û‚ª”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚Å�Á–Å‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª�A‘æˆê‚̃oƒ“ƒK�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi‚¾�B’qŒd�iˆÓޝ�H�j‚Ì�Á–Å‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª�A‘æ“ñ‚̃oƒ“ƒK�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi‚¾�B‚±‚Ì“ñ‚‚ð�‡‚킹‚Ä�A‘æŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚ ‚é‰ó–Å’q�iƒoƒ“ƒK�Eƒjƒƒ�[ƒi�j‚ªŠ®�¬‚·‚é�B
�Å�‰‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�‚µ�l‚¦‚é�B‘æ“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¶�¬‚â‹C‚«�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽv�l‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‘½‚‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�l‚¦‚é�B‘æŽO‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AáÒ‘z�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³�í�E‹ê�E–³‰ä‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚æ‚葽‚�l‚¦‚é�B‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽv�l‚Í”äŠr“I�‚È‚¢�B‘æŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚Å‚Í�AŽv�l‚͂قڑ¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�B�Á–Å‚ª”ñ�í‚È‘¬“x‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚«‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‰É‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B
‘æ˜Z‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i•|ˆØ’q�j �\ ƒi�[ƒ}‚ƃ‹�[ƒp‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠëŒ¯‚È‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚ ‚Ü‚èŠì‚тɖž‚¿‚Ä‚¨‚炸�AˆÓ‹C�·‚ñ‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�BŠëŒ¯‚ÆŒ©‚Ă͂¢‚邪‹°‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª“´Ž@’q‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚¾�B‹°•|‚Í�A“¯ˆê‰»‚©‚ç—ˆ‚é�B“¯ˆê‰»‚ª‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A•¨Ž–‚ð’P‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ă䂔ñ�lŠi“I‚È‚à‚̂Ƒ¨‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ƃ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚È‚¢�B‚¾‚©‚ç‹°•|‚à‚È‚¢�B’N‚à‚±‚ê‚É“¯ˆê‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚¸�A‚»‚ê‚É‚µ‚ª‚݂‚‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚µ‚ėЂ邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B
‘掵‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰ßг’q�j �\ �¶�¬‚Æ�Á–ł̕s—˜‰v�i‰ßг�j‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ
ˆê”Ê‚É�l�X‚Í�A‚æ‚è‚æ‚¢�ê�Š�A‚æ‚è‚æ‚¢�¢ŠE‚É�Ä�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Í‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚±‚Æ‚¾‚낤‚Æ�l‚¦‚é�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�A–È–§‚©‚–¾‚ç‚©‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚·‚ê‚Î�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ɂ͗�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é�B
�u‰½‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�H ‘S‚Ă͂±‚ñ‚Ȃɑ¬‚�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚»‚à‚»‚à‰½‚©‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚É�A‰½‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚邾‚낤�I�v
‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�¶‹N‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͊댯‚Ȃ̂¾�B‰½‚©‚ª–ž‘«‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ä‚‚ê‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚𓾂悤‚Æ�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚·‚çŠëŒ¯‚Ȃ̂¾�B‚‚܂è�A�¶‹N‚·‚é‚à‚̂͂½‚¾�ƒ�ˆ‚È‹ê‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚Ü‚½�Á–Å‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚à�ƒ�ˆ‚È‹ê‚Ȃ̂¾�B
�¶�¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͈À‘S‚¾�B‰½Ž–‚à‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŽÀ‚ɈÀ‘S‚¾�B‰½‚©‚ª‹N‚±‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Á–Å‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B‚»‚±‚ɈÀ‘S‚͂Ȃ¢�B‰½‚à�¶�¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª�K•Ÿ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚¾�B
‘攪‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰}—£’q�j �\ �[‚Œ¶–Å‚µ�A‰½Ž–‚à�K‚¹‚ÉŽv‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ
‰½‚©‚ð‘S‚–£—Í‚ðŽ¸‚í‚¹‚é‚à‚̂Ƃµ‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�uŒ¶–Å�v‚¾�BŒ¶–Å‚·‚é�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚͉½Ž–‚É‚à‚à‚Í‚âŠì‚΂Ȃ¢’qŒd‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚¾�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂½‘Þ‹ü‚ð‚àˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�BáÒ‘z‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‘Þ‹ü‚ł͂Ȃ¢�B�¶�¬‚µ‚Ä‚Í�Á–Å‚µ�A‚Ü‚½�¶�¬‚µ‚Ä‚Í�Á–Å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä�AŽhŒƒ‚ðŽó‚¯‚é‚à‚̂Ȃlj½‚à‚È‚¢�A“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ª�I‚í‚è‚È‚�A‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ�¶‹N‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚¾‚Æ”Fޝ‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤�A‚»‚¤‚µ‚½ˆÓ–¡‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‘Þ‹ü‚¾�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�AŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ̂ł«‚é‚à‚̂Ȃlj½‚à‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B‘S‚Ă͂ƂĂà‘Þ‹ü‚Ȃ̂¾�B
Sabbe sangkhara aniccia�I �u‘S‚Ă̌»�Û‚Í–³�í‚Å‚ ‚é�v
’qŒd‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚鎞�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�i‹ê�j‚ɂ܂é‚Å–£—Í‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚‚È‚é�B‚±‚ꂪ�´�ò‚Ì“¹‚¾�BŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�S‚ª—�‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚à‚¤‚È‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽ·’…‚©‚ç�AŠ®‘S‚É—£‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B
‘æ‹ã‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i’E—~’q�j �\ Ž©—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚邱‚Æ
‘S‚Ă̂à‚Ì‚ðŠëŒ¯‚ÆŠÏŽ@�i‘æ˜Z‚Ì“´Ž@’q�j‚µ�A‘S‚Ä‚Ì�¶�¬�Á–Å‚ð•s—˜‰v�i‘掵‚Ì“´Ž@’q�j‚È‚à‚̂Ɗώ@‚µ�A‘S‚Ă̂à‚Ì‚ð–£—Í‚ðŠ´‚¶‚鉿’l‚̂Ȃ¢‚à‚̂Ɗώ@�i‘攪‚Ì“´Ž@’q�j‚µ‚½Œã�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‘S‚Ă̂à‚Ì‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é�B
�¶�¬�Á–Å‚ªŽÀ‚ɑދü‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ�A‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‚»‚ê‚Æ‚Æ‚à‚É‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—~‚¹‚¸�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç—£‚ꂽ‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢�A”²‚¯�o‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¢�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚©‚ç’E�o‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ—~‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‘S‚–O‚«–O‚«‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Í’E—~’q‚ƌĂ΂ê�A�u’E�o‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚邱‚Æ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
áÒ‘zŽÒ‚ÍáÒ‘z‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ÆáÒ‘z‚·‚éˆÓޝ‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤�B‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚Æ�AáÒ‘z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‹C‚«‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ肽‚¢‚Æ—~‚·‚é�B‚±‚ê‚͂‚܂è�A‚à‚¤‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‰½Ž–‚É‚à‹C‚«‚½‚‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚¾�B
‘æ�\‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�ÈŽ@’q�j �\ áÒ‘z�iŠÏŽ@�j‚ɖ߂邱‚Æ
’�ˆÓ�[‚‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�B‘Þ‹ü‚ðŠ´‚¶‚½Žž‚Í�u‚悂Ȃ肂‚ ‚é�v‚Æ�A‚½‚¾�ÄŠm”F‚·‚é‚Ì‚¾�B
áÒ‘z‚̓vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì�S�i˜H�S�j‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŒ»�݂ɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�S‚¾�B�s“®‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A�S‚ÍŠî‘b“I‚È�ó‘Ô�i—L•ª�S�j‚ð‹‚ß‚é�B‚±‚ê‚Í�¶–½‚ƈӎ¯‚̘A‘±�«‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚é�S‚¾‚ª�AáÒ‘z‚ð�[‚߂邯�A‚»‚±‚É’·‚‚Í—¯‚Ü‚ç‚È‚‚È‚é�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A—L•ª�S‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚͂ǂñ‚Ç‚ñ’Z‚‚È‚é�B
�l‚¦‚邯�A‚»‚±‚É“¯ˆê�«‚ª�¶‚¶‚é�BŽv�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�uŽ©•ª�v‚ª�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚¾‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�BŽv�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚ɘA‘±�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚̂悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é�BŽv�l‚ÍŒq‚®‚Ì‚¾�B�l‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�Aˆê‚‚Ì�o—ˆŽ–‚ƕʂÌ�o—ˆŽ–‚ÌŠÔ‚ÉŒq‚ª‚è‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�BŽv�l‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŒq‚ª‚è‚à˜A‘±�«‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B‰½‚©‚ª�¶�¬‚µ�A�Á–Å‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚½‚¾�A‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚¾�BˆÓ–¡‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B
‚¾‚©‚ç�A�l‚¦‰ß‚¬‚È‚¢‚悤‚ÉŒx��‚·‚é�BŽv�l‚ªŽ©‘R‚É•‚‚©‚ñ‚Å‚«‚½‚ç�A‚½‚¾‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚«�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽè•ú‚·�B�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÍŽv�l‚É“¯ˆê‰»‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�BŽv�l‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚ç�A‚½‚¾Žv�l‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚Æ‹C‚‚±‚Æ‚¾�B
’Ê�í�A�l‚Í‚±‚ÌŽv�l‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ�AˆÓޝ‚ÌŽ�‘±‹@”\�i—L•ª�S�j‚ð‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ�L‚�A’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚à‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邪�AáÒ‘z‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A�S‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·‰s‚‚È‚è�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽv�l‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·�¬‚³‚‚È‚é�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A“¯‚¶ŽžŠÔ‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì‹C‚«‚ð‚à‚‚±‚ƂɂȂé�B‹C‚«‚ª‚±‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚̃Xƒpƒ“‚Ì’†‚É‚¬‚Á‚µ‚è‹l‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ‚É�W’†‚µ‚½�S‚ð”õ‚¦‚½áÒ‘zŽÒ‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�Aˆê•b‚Í”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚¾�BŽžŠÔ‚ª‘å‚«‚˜c‚Þ‚Ì‚¾�B
‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q‚ÌŒã‚Í�A‘S‚Ä‚ª‚æ‚èŠy‚µ‚�A‚æ‚è�K‚¹‚É�A‚æ‚èŽhŒƒ‚É–ž‚¿‚Ä�A‚æ‚èŠì‚тɖž‚¿‚½‚à‚̂ɂȂ邾‚낤‚Æ�l‚¦‚é�l‚½‚¿‚à‚¢‚é�B‚»‚¤‚Í‚¢‚©‚È‚¢�BŽ–‘Ԃ͉º�~‚µ‚Ä‚ä‚�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢“´Ž@’q‚𓾂Ä�A‚µ‚©‚à�K‚¹‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B‚µ‚©‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A‚±‚ê‚̓Xƒ‰ƒ“ƒv‚ł͂Ȃ¢�B
�u‚±‚Ì�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͑ދü‚ÅŒ¶–Å‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä—Ç‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͉½‚à‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚½Žž‚É�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í‚ ‚éƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�B
‘æ�\ˆê‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�sŽÌ’q�j �\ ‘Î�Û‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚Ä•½�ÂɊώ@‚µ�u’†“¹�v�u‹ó�v‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ
‚æ‚è�[‚‹‚¢’�ˆÓ—Í‚ð‚à‚Á‚ăvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邯�A�S‚Í‚æ‚è—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä�©‚ɂȂé�B‹C‚«‚ƃTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚Í‚³‚ç‚É‹‚‚È‚è�A�S‚Í‘Î�Û‚©‚犮‘S‚É‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚½�ó‘ԂɂȂé�B‚±‚ꂪ�sŽÌ’q‚¾�B
”ñ�í‚É–È–§‚É�A‚µ‚©‚µ‘Î�Û‚©‚ç‹——£‚ð•Û‚Á‚½‘Ô“x‚Å�AŠ®‘S‚È”ñ“¯ˆê‰»‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ÅŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚ðŽ©ŒÈ‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚¹‚¸‚É�AŠ®‘S‚È•½�³‚ð•Û‚¿‚È‚ª‚ç�AŠ®‘S‚É‘Î�Û�iŠ´Šo�j‚©‚ç�؂藣‚³‚ꂽ‘Ô“x‚Æ�A“¯Žž‚É‹‚¢’�ˆÓ—Í‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�B�u‚±‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鎄‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�v�BŒå‚è‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�Ø‚èŠJ‚‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽí‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È”ñ“¯ˆê‰»‚ª•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚é�B
�S‚Í‘Î�Û‚©‚犮‘S‚Ȃ鋗—£‚ð•Û‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”ñ“¯ˆê‰»‚ª“O’ꂵ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A•Ê—l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃւ̖]‚݂͂à‚Í‚â‘S‚‘¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A‚ƂĂà’P�ƒ‚É�A‚½‚¾ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‚±‚ꂪ�S‚Ì�Å�‚‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚¾�B‰½‚©‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ—~‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂à‚Í‚â‚È‚�A‚½‚¾Š®‘S‚È’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚¾�B
ƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰�i�s�j‚Æ‚Í�A�ðŒ�•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽŒ»�Û‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Å�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�A�¸�_“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ•¨Ž¿“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚¾�B‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªƒTƒ“ƒJ�[ƒ‰‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�BƒEƒyƒbƒJ�[�iŽÌ�j‚Ƃ͕½�³‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�B•½�³‚ɂ͑½‚‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚ª‚ ‚é�B‚»‚̈ê‚‚ª�A“x‚ð‰z‚¦‚ÄŠæ’£‚è‰ß‚¬‚¸�AƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‰ß‚¬‚邱‚Æ‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚̃oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚¾�BŒå‚è‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�Ø‚èŠJ‚‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽí‚Ì‹—͂ȃoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚à—v‹�‚³‚ê‚é�B
�K•Ÿ‚͈ê‚‚̋ɒ[‚Å‚ ‚è�A•s�K‚͂܂½•ʂ̋ɒ[‚¾�B�K•Ÿ‚Å‚à•s�K‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Í�A‚ ‚éŽí‚̃EƒyƒbƒJ�[‚ɂȂé�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�K•Ÿ‚Å‚à•s�K‚Å‚à‚È‚¢�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚¢‚Â‚àŽ©‘R‚É�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì�ê‚ɂ҂Á‚½‚è�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B‰½‚©‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä’mŠo‚ª‹N‚±‚邯�A’�ˆÓ‚ÍŠù‚É‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚é�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤‚±‚Ƃɂ·‚ç“w—Í‚·‚é•K—v‚͂Ȃ¢�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ÈŒ`‚Å�A‚½‚¾‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚¾�B ŽÀ‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�A‚±‚ꂪ’†“¹‚Ȃ̂¾�B
‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�A‚ ‚é‚̂͑S‘Ì“I‚ÅŠ®‘S‚È’�ˆÓ‚¾‚¯‚Å�A�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Í‚®‚Á‚ƃVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é�BáÒ‘z‚Í�A‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñƒVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B
‘æ�\“ñ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i���‡’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B
‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚±‚¿‚瑤‚É‚à�A‚à‚¤ˆê•û‚Ì‘¤‚É‚à‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í’†ŠÔ‚É‚¢‚邯‚ê‚Ç‚à�AŠù‚É‚±‚¿‚瑤‚ÍŽè•ú‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B–߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚¢‚¢‚¦�Aƒ��[ƒv‚©‚ç‚ÍŽè‚𗣂µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚̂ł·‚©‚ç�A–ß‚ê‚é‚Í‚¸‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚¿‚瑤‚ðŽè•ú‚µ‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚à‚¤�¸�_‚Æ•¨Ž¿‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�S‚ªŠ®‘S‚È‚é’âŽ~‚Ö‚Æ�A‘¦‚¿�¸�_“IŒ»�Û‚Æ•¨Ž¿“IŒ»�Û‚Ì�I‚í‚è�AŸ¸žÏ‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·�B
‘æ�\ŽO‚Ì“´Ž@’q�iŽí�©’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ւ̈Ú�s�B
‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�A�¸�_“I�E•¨Ž¿“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì’âŽ~‚Ö‚Æ’…’n‚·‚é�Bƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì‚±‚Ì’âŽ~�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�u“¹�S�v‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¨‚è�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ªŸ¸žÏ‚¾�B
‚±‚ê‚Í‚½‚¢‚Ö‚ñ‚È‘¬‚³‚Å�A”ñ�í‚É’Z‚¢�”�u‚̘A‘±‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É‹N‚±‚é�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�S‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚Í�A‚¨‚»‚ç‚‚Í�番‚̈ê•b�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í•S–œ•ª‚̈ê•b‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚½�A”ñ�í‚É’Z‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚µ‚©Ž�‘±‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�S‚Ì�ó‘Ԃ͘A‘±“I‚É‹N‚±‚è�A‚»‚ÌŽž‚É‚Í‚à‚¤Œã–߂肷‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ÌŒã‚ɂ͊®‘S‚È�ÃŽâ�AŠ®‘S‚È�ÃŽ~‚ª‚ ‚é�B�¶�¬‚·‚é‚à‚̂͑¶�Ý‚¹‚¸�A�Á–Å‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚à‚¤ŠÏŽ@‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚à‚Í‚âŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B
ŠÏŽ@‚ª‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚ÌŠO‘¤‚É‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂¢‚¯‚È‚¢�B‚¾‚©‚çáÒ‘zŽÒ‚ª‚±‚ÌŸ¸žÏ‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É‚ ‚鎞‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Í‚à‚¤Ÿ¸žÏ‚ðŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ă͂¢‚È‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�BŽ©�g‚Ì�¸�_“I‚È�ó‘Ô‚ð�AŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚·‚ç‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Ì‚¾�B
‘æ�\Žl‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i“¹’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�B“¹�S�B
ˆê™‹“߂̊ԂɋN‚±‚邱‚Æ�B
‘æ�\ŒÜ‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i‰Ê’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�j‚ÌŒoŒ±�B‰Ê�S�B
“ñ™‹“ß‚ ‚é‚¢‚ÍŽO™‹“߂̊ԂɋN‚±‚邱‚Æ�B
“¹�S‚ÌŒã‚É‚Í�A’¼‚¿‚ɉÊ�S‚ª‘±‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̉Ê�S�iŒ‹‰Ê‚̈ӎ¯�j‚Í“¹�S‚Æ“¯‚¶‚à‚Ì‚Å�A—Bˆê‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�A‚»‚ꂪ”Ï”Y‚Ì�ª�â‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚΂炂·‚邯�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‘æ�\˜Z‚Ì“´Ž@’q�iŠÏŽ@’q�F”½�È’q�j �\ Ÿ¸žÏ�iŒ»�Û‚Ì’âŽ~�jŒoŒ±‚Ì”½�È�i�U‚è•Ô‚è�j�B
‰Ê�S‚ÌŒã‚É�AŠÏŽ@’q‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚̓´Ž@’q‚ª‚ ‚é�B‚»‚±‚Å‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�A�u‰½‚©‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½�I ˆê�u‘O‚Í�A‚·‚²‚ˆÀ‚ç‚©‚Å�A�¶�¬‚à�¶–Å‚à‚È‚�A‚ƂĂà�©‚Å�A‚Æ‚Ä‚à–¾‚ç‚©‚Å�AŠ®‘S‚È•½ˆÀ‚¾‚Á‚½�v‚Ɖ½‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚ðŽv‚¢•Ô‚·�B
‚±‚Ì”½�È‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞�A�S‚Í”ñ�í‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚ĈÀ‚ç‚©‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚ÄŸ¸žÏ‚Ì�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é�B‚±‚ÌŠÏŽ@’q‚Í�AŽÀ‚̂Ƃ±‚ëˆêŽí‚ÌŽv�l‚¾�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�l‚¦‚Ä�AŠ®‘S‚È•½ˆÀ‚Æ‚Í�A�¸�_“I‚Æ•¨Ž¿“I‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È’âŽ~‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B
Žè•ú‚µ‚½‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ�A�S‚ÍŒÜå]‚̂ǂê‚àŠÏŽ@‚Å‚«‚È‚é�B–³�í‚à‹ê‚à–³‰ä‚à�A‚Ü‚½‰ä‚à�AŠÏŽ@‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚é�BŠ®‘S‚È�Ãæ�‚Æ’âŽ~‚ª�A‚½‚¾’m‚ç‚ê‚é‚݂̂¾�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚ÄáÒ‘zŽÒ‚Í�AŸ¸žÏ‚Ƃ͌»�Û‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È’âŽ~‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B
Ÿ¸žÏ‚Ƃ͈ê‚‚̌oŒ±‚¾�B‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É‚Í�A‘Î�Û‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚ª’âŽ~‚·‚é�B‚»‚Ì“ñ‚‚̂à‚Ì‚ª’âŽ~‚·‚é�BáÒ‘zŽÒ‚É‚Í�A‘S‚Ä‚ª�Ià�‚µ‚½‚悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚΂炂̌ã�AáÒ‘z‚Ö‚Æ�Ăі߂é�BáÒ‘z‚Ö‚Æ�Ăі߂Á‚½Žž‚Í�A‘æŽl‚Ì“´Ž@’q�i�¶–Å’q�j‚Å‚ ‚é�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚©‚ç�ÄŠJ‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B‚±‚ꂪ�A‚±‚̃uƒŒ�[ƒNƒXƒ‹�[‚Ì‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚̑¤–Ê‚¾�BƒuƒŒ�[ƒNƒXƒ‹�[‚ÌŒã�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å‚ð�Ä‚Ñ�A”ñ�í‚ɂ͂Á‚«‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�B
‚ЂƂ½‚уuƒŒ�[ƒNƒXƒ‹�[‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�A‚±‚êˆÈŠO‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ª–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł̉ð’E‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚蓾‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�B
�ÅŒã‚ÉŠm”F‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚‚±‚Æ
ŠÏ”O‚â‰ðŽß‚݂̂ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä�A’¼�ÚŒoŒ±‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�S‚ª�A‚Ü‚³‚É�u‚¢‚Ü�E‚±‚±�v‚Å—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä�A�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚Å‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鉽‚Å‚ ‚ê’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‘±‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚Í�AˆÀ’肪‚ ‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ă܂½Ž©—R‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠ®‘S‚È’�ˆÓ‚𕥂Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚É‚Í�AŽv�l‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
•¨Œê‚â�l�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í�󋵂ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A—~�[‚‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚‚܂è—~–]‚Í�AŽv�l‚𔺂¤‚킯‚Å‚·�B“{‚è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ªŒ¾‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚à�l‚¦‚邱‚ƂȂµ‚É�A• ‚𗧂Ă邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Šo‚é�uŠÔ
�X‚Ì’†‚ȂǂÌ�l‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ‚±‚ë‚Å–{‹C‚Å�^–Ê–Ú‚É“O’ê“I‚Ƀ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�Až�“V‚½‚¿‚ª�•‚¯‚Ä‚‚ê‚é�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í‘T’è‚ɂ͓ü‚ê‚È‚¢‚̂Ş�“V‚Ì�•‚¯‚͂Ȃ¢�B�@
�¸�_“I‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚ª�‚‚‚È‚ê‚΂Ȃé‚Ù‚Ç�A�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì‚ª�•‚¯‚Ä‚‚ê‚é�B
‘T’è‚É“ü‚Á‚Ä�S‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚ª•Ï‚Á‚½‚ç�A�u‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚¤‚µ‚È‚³‚¢�v‚Æ–â‘è“_‚ð’¼�Ú‚É�S‚ÉŽwަ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‹³‚¦‚Ä‚‚ê‚é�B
‘T’è‚É“ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ�Až�“V‚ƃRƒ“ƒ^ƒNƒg‚ð‚Æ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�B
ž�“V‚̓qƒg‚Ì�S‚ª“ǂ߂é‚Ì‚Å�A–{‹C‚łȂ¢‚ƃ_ƒ��B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì–{‹C‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í–{�l‚ɂ͂킩‚ç‚È‚¢�B
ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z‚ª‚©‚È‚è�i‚Þ‚Æ
‚·‚ׂĂª–³�킾‚Æ•ª‚©‚é
ƒi�[ƒ}‚ƃ‹�[ƒp‚ð“O’ê“I‚É’m‚Á‚Ä�A�S‚Ƒ̂̕ω»‚Ì—¬‚ê‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä�A
Ž©•ª‚àŠÜ‚߉½‚à‚©‚à“O’ê“I‚ÉŒ™‚ɂȂé
‚·‚ׂĂª–³ˆÓ–¡‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚é
—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ªˆê‚‚à‚È‚‚È‚é�B
áÒ‘z‚·‚é‚Ì‚àŒ™‚ɂȂé�B
áÒ‘z‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é‚Ì‚àŒ™‚ɂȂé
‚±‚̂悤‚Ȃǂ¤‚µ‚悤‚à‚È‚¢Š´�î‚̂悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�o‚Ä‚‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘I‚Ô“¹‚Í‚P‚‚µ‚©‚È‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚®‚ç‚¢�A�¸�_“I‚É–³�í‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂª–³ˆÓ–¡‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A�uŽÌ‚Ä‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓŽu‚à‚µ‚‚Í‘z‚¢‚ª�o‚Ä‚‚é�B
�u‘S•”�AŽÌ‚Ä‚é�v
‚±‚±‚ÅáÒ‘z‚ðŽ~‚ß‚½‚ç‚»‚ê‚Å‘S•”‚ª�I‚í‚é�B
‚à‚¤�‚µáÒ‘z‚𑱂¯‚邯�AŽŸ‚Ì’iŠK‚Ì‹«’n‚ª�¶‚¶‚é�B
ƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z�@vipassanā-bhāvanā�@
Manual of Vipassana Meditation�@U Ko Lay’˜�@“ú–{Œê–ó
The manuals of Dhamma �@˜_‘ ‚Ì’�‰ð�@Ledi Sayadaw “ú–{Œê–ó �@‰pŒêƒeƒLƒXƒg”Å�@PDF”Å
The Art of Living “ú–{Œê–ó ‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�¶‚«‚é‹Z The Art of Living�@‰pŒê�@PDF�@�@
The Art of Dying “ú–{Œê–ó�@‚±‚Ì�¢‚©‚狎‚é‹Z The Art of Dying�@‰pŒê�@PDF�@�@�@�@
ƒRƒ‰ƒ€
“NŠw�C�s‚Ì�‡�˜�@�@ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Æ—Ö‰ô‚ð�m’è‚·‚éˆê”Ê“I“NŠw‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ�@�@�@�@�@—��«‚Æ•§‹³‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ì‘Šˆá“_�@�@
ŽÀ�C‚ð‚Í‚¶‚ß‚é‚É‚ ‚½‚è�A�l‚Í�󂢂à‚Ì‚©‚ç�[‚¢‚à‚Ì‚Ö�A‘eŽG‚È‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç”÷�ׂȂà‚̂ւÆ�i‚ނƃXƒ€�[ƒY‚É‚¢‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‘½‚¢�B
‚·‚ׂĂ͊Ԓf‚È‚Ž�‘±‚·‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚É‚©‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŽÀ�C‚ÍŽn‚ß‚©‚ç�I‚í‚è‚܂ňêŠÑ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A‚±‚ÌŠÔ‚É—â’g‚ð‚¨‚Ì‚¸‚©‚ç’m‚邱‚ƂɂȂé�B
‚¾‚ª�A–ÚŽw‚·‚ׂ«‚Í‹ó‚Ì�L‘傳‚ÆŠC‚Ì�[‰“‚³‚É“ž‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�A‚»‚±‚ł͂¶‚߂Ă»‚ê‚ð‘Ì“¾‚µ‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚¦‚é�B
�u”g‚ÆŠC�v‚Ìšg‚¦ �@ •”•ª‚Æ‘S‘Ì�«�@
�_˜b�@�u‹ó�v‚Ì‘¶�Ý�@ˆÅ‚Ì—Í�AˆÅ‚©‚ç�¶‚Ý�o‚½ŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ
”Fޝ�A—��«�AŽ©‰ä‚Ì�¬‚è—§‚¿‚ÆŒÀŠE
�¬�‡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðTPO‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•ª‰»‚³‚¹�AŽŸ‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓Jƒ‰ƒ_‚ð’Ê‚µ‚đД½ˆê’v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉê‚‚ɂȂé�B
ƒJƒ‰ƒ_‚Ì–ðŠ„�@ŠíН
’²‘Ì�@ƒˆƒK�E�‡‹C“¹�E‘¾‹ÉŒ��E•à‚«•û�EŽp�¨�E�À‚è•û�E‘Ì‘€
ŒÄ‹z–@�@�@�@”g“®‚̑̊´�@–µ�‚‚ªˆê‚‚̒†‚ÉŽû‚Ü‚éŽÀ�K
áÒ‘z�@�@�@ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ�@•@‚Ì“ª�@
Œõ‚̊‚̉ô‚è�@100“ú�@�@�@�¸�_‚̉Î�@�@ŠÔ‚ÆŽv�l‚ðŒ©‚Â‚ß‚é‚±‚Æ
‰A—z‚Ì�‡ˆê�@�@100“ú�@�@�@Œõ‚Ì•úŽË�@�@�^Žì‚Ì’a�¶�@‘æ“ñ‚Ì�Ä�¶
‹F‚è�@�@–³ˆ×‚̈×�@�@–³“w—Í�@�@let it be�@�@áÒ‘z‚ð‹F‚è‚É�¬’·‚³‚¹‚é�B
Žó“®“I‚Å�©‚Ȃӂ½‚‚ÌáÒ‘z
1. ŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é
ŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚¢‚‚łà‚Ç‚±‚Å‚à�A‚½‚Æ‚¦2¤3•ª‚µ‚©‚È‚‚Ä‚à‚Å‚«‚éƒ�ƒ\ƒbƒh‚Å‚·�B‹¹‚Ü‚½‚Í• ‚ª�AŒÄ‹z‚ƂƂà‚É�オ‚Á‚Ă͉º‚ª‚é‚Ì‚ð�A’P�ƒ‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ðŽŽ‚µ‚Ă݂܂·�B
ƒXƒeƒbƒv 1�F‹z‚¤‘§‚ðŒ©‚é
–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�AŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂܂·�B�Å�‰‚É�A‹z‚¤‘§‚ª•@�E‚É“ü‚è�A”x‚Ì’†‚É—Ž‚¿‚Ä‚¢‚‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B
ƒXƒeƒbƒv 2�F‚»‚ê‚É‘±‚�AŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚é
‹z‚¤‘§‚Ì�ÅŒã�A‘§‚ð“f‚«Žn‚ß‚é‘O‚É�A‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚É‚Í�A‚Ƃق¤‚à‚È‚¢‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
ƒXƒeƒbƒv 3�F“f‚‘§‚ðŒ©‚é
�¡�A“f‚‘§‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B
ƒXƒeƒbƒv 4: ‚»‚ê‚É‘±‚�AŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚é
“f‚‘§‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ ‚é�A‘æ2‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð2¤3‰ñ‚â‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚‚è‚©‚¦‚µ‚ð‚½‚¾Œ©‚Ä�A‚Ç‚ñ‚Ȃӂ¤‚É‚à‚»‚ê‚ð•Ï‚¦‚¸�AŽ©‘R‚ÈƒŠƒYƒ€‚ð‚½‚¾Œ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒXƒeƒbƒv 5: ‹z‚¤‘§‚ð�”‚¦‚é
ŽŸ‚É�A‹z‚¤‘§‚ð�”‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B‘§‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä�A1�A�i“f‚‘§‚Í�”‚¦‚È‚¢‚Å�j‚Ü‚½‘§‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä�A2�A......‚»‚µ‚Ä10‚Ü‚Å�”‚¦‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A10‚©‚ç1‚܂Ŗ߂è‚Ü‚·�BŽž�X�AŒÄ‹z‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð–Y‚ꂽ‚è�A10‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�”‚¦‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ÌŽž‚Í�A‚à‚¤ˆê“x1‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚·�B
¢‚Q‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�B
‚P‚‚͌©‚邱‚Æ�A“Á‚É’¸‚Æ’ê‚É‚ ‚éŒÄ‹z‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ(ƒMƒƒƒbƒv)‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚¾�B
‚»‚Ì‚·‚«ŠÔ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�ʼnœ‚Ì’†�S‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ÌŽÀ‘¶‚¾�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä2‚–ڂÍ�AŒÄ‹z‚ð�”‚¦‘±‚¯‚邱‚Æ�B‚Å‚à10ˆÈ�ã‚ɂ͂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�B10‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚ç�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç1‚܂ŋt‚É–ß‚è‚È‚³‚¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‹z‚¤‘§‚¾‚¯‚ð�”‚¦‚邿‚¤‚É�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‹C‚«‚ð�•‚¯‚é�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�B‚³‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ�A“f‚‘§‚ð�”‚¦Žn‚ß‚½‚è�A10‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�”‚¦‚½‚肵‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚¾‚낤�B
‚à‚µ‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚È‚ç�A‘±‚¯‚È‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ͖³ŒÀ‚̉¿’l‚ª‚ ‚é�B�v Osho
2. ‚‚‚났‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK
‚±‚̃�ƒ\ƒbƒh‚Í�A“Á‚É•a‹C‚ÌŽž‚É—LŒø‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Æ‚ ‚È‚½‚̃{ƒfƒBƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh(ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘Ì)‚Ƃ̒²˜a‚ ‚éŠÖŒW‚ð‚‚‚肾‚·‚½‚ß�A‚»‚±‚Ɉ¤‚Ì‚ ‚é‚‚Ȃª‚肪‹N‚±‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚·‚邯�A‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Ì–ü‚µ‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª�ϋɓI‚É“‚«Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ƒXƒeƒbƒv1: �g‘Ì
�u‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯‰½“x‚à�g‘Ì‚ð’�ˆÓ�[‚Œ©‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�g‘̂̂ǂ±‚©�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎŽñ�A“ª‚â‘«�E�E�E‚ɋْ£‚ð“`‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©�AŠ´‚¶‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ĉӎ¯“I‚É‚»‚±‚ð‚‚‚낪‚¹‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B�g‘̂̂»‚Ì•”•ª‚É‚½‚¾�s‚Á‚Ä�A˜b‚µ‚©‚¯�Aˆ¤‚ð�ž‚ß‚Ä�w‚‚‚낢‚Å‚²‚ç‚ñ�x‚Æ�AŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Ž©•ª‚Ì�g‘̂̂ǂ̕”•ª‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì•”•ª‚͘b‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚ ‚È‚½‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Æ‚É�A‹Á‚‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�g‘̂ł·�I
–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�A‚‚Ü�æ‚©‚瓪‚Ü‚Å�g‘Ì‚Ì“à‘¤‚É�s‚«�A‹Ù’£‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�Š‚ð’T‚µ‚Ă݂܂·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A—F’B‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚邿‚¤‚É‚»‚Ì•”•ª‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Æ‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�g‘Ì‚É�A‰ï˜b‚³‚¹‚Ă݂܂·�B
�w‹°‚ê‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢�B‹°‚ª‚ç‚È‚‚Ä‚à‚¢‚¢�BŽ„‚ª‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚Ä‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚ ‚°‚é‚©‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚‚‚낢‚Å‚¢‚¢�B�x‚Æ�g‘̂Ɍ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚Æ‚»‚̃Rƒc‚ðŠw‚Ô‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̂Ƃ«�A�g‘̂͂‚‚낢‚Å�s‚«‚Ü‚·�B�v
ƒXƒeƒbƒv2: ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh
�u‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�AŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚𓥂Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÉƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚µ�g‘Ì‚ª‚ ‚È‚½‚̘b‚ð•·‚‚È‚ç�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚à‚Ü‚½˜b‚ð•·‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚¸�A�Å�‰‚Í�g‘Ì‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B
‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚Ì�l�X‚ª“r’†‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽn‚߂ϸ”s‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë‚©‚çŽn‚߂邯ޏ”s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚²‚Æ‚Í�A�‡�˜�³‚µ‚�s‚È‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
‚à‚µ�g‘Ì‚ðŽ©•ª‚̈ӎu‚Å‚‚‚낪‚¹‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂé‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚àŽ©•ª‚̈ӎu‚Å‚‚‚낪‚¹‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�g‘Ì‚æ‚è•¡ŽG‚ÈŒ»�Û‚Å‚·‚ª�A�g‘Ì‚ªŽ©•ª‚̘b‚ð•·‚‚±‚ƂɈê“x‚Å‚àŽ©�M‚ðŽ�‚Á‚½‚ç�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚à‚ ‚È‚½‚̘b‚ð•·‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�‚µ’·‚‚©‚©‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�A˜b‚ð•·‚‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�v
ƒXƒeƒbƒv3: ƒn�[ƒg
�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚‚‚낢‚¾‚ç�Aƒn�[ƒg‚ð‚‚‚낪‚¹Žn‚߂܂·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÆŠ´�î‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚³‚ç‚É‚à‚Á‚Æ•¡ŽG‚Å‚à‚Á‚Æ”÷–‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�¡‚â�A‚ ‚È‚½Ž©�g‚Ì“à‘¤‚É‚ ‚éˆÌ‘å‚È�M—Š‚Æ‚Æ‚à‚É�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�g‘̂ɂƂÁ‚ĉ”\‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂƂÁ‚ĉ”\‚È‚ç‚Î�Aƒn�[ƒg‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à‚»‚ê‚͉”\‚Å‚·�B�v
ƒXƒeƒbƒv4: ŽÀ‘¶
�u‚±‚Ì3‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð’ʂ蔲‚¯‚½Žž‚ɂ̂Ý�A4”Ԗڂ̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚É�s‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�g‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ƃn�[ƒg‚ð‰z‚¦‚½�AŽÀ‘¶‚Ì�ʼnœ‚Ì’†�S‚É�s‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚ ‚È‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‘¶�݂̂܂³‚É’†�S‚Å‚·�B
‚ ‚È‚½‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‚à�A‚‚‚낪‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚Ì‚‚‚났‚Í�A‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è‚Ì�Å‘å‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚Æ�AнŠì‚ÆŽó—e‚Ì‹†‹É‚ð�AŠm‚©‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�u‚¢‚Ì‚¿�v‚ÍŽŠ•Ÿ‚ÆŠì‚тŖž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä�U“®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B£
Œõ�@�@åKåN�\Žš‰ï‚̉ðŽß
åKåN�\Žš‰ï‚̉º•”‘g�D‚Å‚ ‚éƒ�ƒbƒW‚âƒ`ƒƒƒvƒ^�[‚Ì�W‰ï‚Å‚Í�A�q‘¶�Ý�r�iBeing�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚±‚̂悤‚È�à–¾‚ª‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Æ‚Í�AŽžŠÔ‚ð’´‚¦‚ĉi‰“‚É�A‚ ‚葱‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚̈ê‚‚Í�A�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ƃ͕�•Õ“I‚Ȉӎ¯�A‚‚܂è‰F’ˆˆÓޝ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ª•ú�o‚·‚éƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Í�qŒõ�r‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ªŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚Æ‚¢‚¤”͈͂̊O‚É‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͊ԈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì’è‹`‚ÍŽž‹ó‚Ì“à‘¤‚Ì‘¶�݂Ȃ̂Å�A‚±‚Ì•¶�͂ɂ͖µ�‚‚ª‚ ‚é�B
‚±‚̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚·‚Ȃ킿�qŒõ�r‚ª�AŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª’Ê�í—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì�qŒõ�r‚ª�U“®‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚肦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª’Ê�í—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é”g“®‚Å‚Í�Aˆê•b‚ ‚½‚è‚ɂǂꂾ‚¯“®‚‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�U“®‚ªŒv‘ª‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A‚±‚̂悤‚È”g“®‚ÍŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚͈͓̔à‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Æ‘¶�Ý‚ª•úŽË‚·‚é�qŒõ�r‚Í�A’P‚É�q‚ ‚é�r‚̂ł·�B’P‚É‚ ‚é‚̂ł͂ȂŒõ‚É‚Í�U“®‚ª‚ ‚é
‚±‚ÌŠT”O‚Í�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚à‚µ�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ªŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚Í�A�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ì‘S‘Ì‘œ‚à�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚à�AŒˆ‚µ‚Ä’m‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚RŽŸŒ³‚Ì‹óŠÔ‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚Ì’†‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�A�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̓÷‘Ì‚ðŽ�‚ÂŽp‚Å�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AáÒ‘z‚Æ“àŠÏ‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä“¾‚ç‚ê‚é�AŒ©’Ê‚µ‚Ì—Ç‚¢Ž‹“_‚©‚ç’‚ß‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�^‚ÌŽp‚ɋ߂‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B�@
�@�q‘¶�Ý�r‚·‚Ȃ킿�q‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ�r�iIS ness�j‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚–³ŒÀ‚Ì’m�«‚Å‚ ‚è�A–³ŒÀ‚̉”\�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Æ‚Í�AŒ°�݉»‚³‚ꂽ�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�ö�Ý“I‚È�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r�A‚‚܂茰�݉»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚ƑΔ䂷‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
’†�‘‚ÌŽv‘z‚Å‚Í�A‘OŽÒ‚ª�q—z�r�AŒãŽÒ‚ª�q‰A�r‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’†�‘‚ÌŽv‘z‚Å‚Í�A�q‰A�r‚Æ�q—z�r‚ª�A–œ•¨‚É“‚Žå‚È‚Q‚‚̗͂ł ‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì‚Q‚‚̗͓͂¯Žž‚É�¶‚¶�AŒÝ‚¢‚ɕ₢�‡‚¢‚È‚ª‚ç‹@”\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‚Q‚‚̗͂̃oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚Í�₦ŠÔ‚È‚•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉˆË‘¶‚·‚éŠÖŒW‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¾—z‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚‚É‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‹u‚Ì�ã‚É�~‚è’�‚®Œõ‚Ì—lŽq‚ª•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚‚悤‚É�A‰A‚Æ—z‚Í“ü‚ê‘Ö‚í‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�q—z�r‚ÍŒ°�݉»‚µ‚½�qŒõ�r‚Å‚ ‚é‚̂ɑ΂µ�A�q‰A�r‚Í�ö�Ý“I‚È�qŒõ�r‚Å‚ ‚è�A�q—z�r‚ð•⊮‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�q‰A�r‚͂܂¾Œ°�݉»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢Œõ‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�@‚³‚Ä�A‚±‚̂悤‚È—�‰ð‚Ì‚à‚Æ‚É�A�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�q‘¶�Ý�r‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł ‚邯�AåKåN�\Žš‰ï‚Ì•¶�‘‚ɂ͋L‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�u’mŠo‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A”½‰f‚³‚ꂸ�A‚䂦‚ÉŒ`‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢�v�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚–³ŒÀ‚Ì’m�«‚ª�AŒ`‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢‚Æ‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ÄŽ©‘Ì‚ðŒ»ŽÀ‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚Ü‚½�A‰½‚É‚à”½‰f‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚ÄŽ©‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ó�ۂ𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚¦‚¦�A‚±‚ê‚͓‚¢–â‚¢‚Å‚·�B�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Í�A‚»‚̉i‰“‚É‘±‚Šˆ“®‚ðŠg‘債�A•¡ŽG‚³‚ð‘�‚µ‘±‚¯‚é�i‰»‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�A�q�¶–½�r‚â�AŽžŠÔ‚â‹óŠÔ‚â�¡–@�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�U“®‚ð‘n‘¢‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AŽ©‘Ì‚ðŒ»ŽÀ‰»‚µ�AŽ©‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ó�ۂ𓾂Ă¢‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�BŠg‘å‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‹óŠÔ‚Æ�¡–@‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A�q�¶–½�r‚Í’mŠo‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂èˆÓޝ‚Ì’†‚ÉŠOŠE‚Ì”½‰f‚ð•ÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�q�¶–½�r‚ÆŠOŠE‚ð�¬‚è—§‚½‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚à�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ȃ̂Å�A�qŒõ�r‚ªŽ©‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̈ó�ۂ𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚̈ӎ¯‚ÌŒ°�݉»‚µ‚½•”•ª‚Å‚ ‚é�qŒõ�r‚ªŽ©‘Ì‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A�q�¶–½�r‚ª•K—v‚Ȃ̂ł·�B
ˆÈ‘O‚É�‘‚¢‚½‹LŽ–‚ÅŽ„‚Í�A—ÊŽq—ÍŠw‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚ðŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚½ŽŸ‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ð—p‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�u�qŒõ�r‚̂Ȃ¢�q�¶–½�r‚ɂ͖ړI‚ð’B‚·‚é”\—Í‚ª‚È‚¢�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�q�¶–½�r‚𔺂í‚È‚¢�qŒõ�r‚É‚Í�A–Ú“I‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª‚È‚¢�B�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂ł·�B‚‚܂è�A�qŒõ�r‚Æ�q�¶–½�r‚Í�A‚ ‚é–Ú“I‚Ì‚½‚߂Ɉê‘̂ƂȂÁ‚Ä‹@”\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�@•¨—�Šw‚É‚Í�A�qŒõ�r‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽÀ�Ø‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‘f�°‚炵‚¢ŽÀŒ±‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�ƒ�ˆ‚È”’‚¢Œõ‚ðƒvƒŠƒYƒ€‚É’Ê‚·‚Æ�A‰½‚ª‹N‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AƒvƒŠƒYƒ€‚Ì“à•”‚ÅŒõ‚Í‹ü�Ü‚µ�A“ø‚̂悤‚È‚¢‚‚‚à‚Ì�F‚ª�o‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Ô�AƒIƒŒƒ“ƒW�A‰©�F�AƒOƒŠ�[ƒ“�Aƒuƒ‹�[�A—•�F�Aއ‚Å‚·�B‚݂Ȃ³‚ñ‚àŠw�Z‚ÅŒ©‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃłµ‚傤�B
‚³‚Ä�A‚à‚µ�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð”’‚¢Œõ‚É‚½‚Æ‚¦‚邯‚·‚ê‚Î�AˆÙ‚È‚é�U“®�”‚ðŽ�‚Â�A‘½�”‚Ì�U“®‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·”’‚¢Œõ‚ðƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[‚É’Ê‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‘n‘¢‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ͕K—v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚ŃvƒŠƒYƒ€‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[‚Ì‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�@‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒvƒŠƒYƒ€‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚‚é�Ô‚¢Œõ‚ª“®•¨ŠE‚ð•\‚µ�A�‚¢Œõ‚Í�lŠÔŠE‚ð•\‚µ�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�F‚à‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ð�Û’¥‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‰¼’肵‚Ă݂܂·�B‚±‚̂悤‚È‘n‘¢‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�uŒ¸ŽZƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—��v�isubtraction�j‚ƌĂÑ�A—�‰ð‚ÌŒ®‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä–œ•¨‚â‰F’ˆ‚ª�u–³�v‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚Ì‚©�A‚Ü‚½�A‰F’ˆ‚ÉŽn‚Ü‚è‚Í‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�¬—�‚µ�A–À‹{‚É“ü‚è�ž‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚à‚̂ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚à‚µ•ʂ̊ϓ_‚©‚ç�l‚¦‚Ă݂½‚ç‚Ç‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚‚܂èŽn‚Ü‚è‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂͂Ȃ©‚Á‚½‚̂ł ‚è�A�q‘¶�Ý�r�iBeing�j‚‚܂è�q‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ�r�iIS ness�j‚¾‚¯‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚̂ł ‚è�A‰F’ˆ‚Ì‘n‘¢‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�A‚ ‚éƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—�‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
‘n‘¢‚Æ‚Í�A–³‚©‚牽‚©‚ð�ì‚è�o‚·‚±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚Á‚½‚‚»‚Ì‹t‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘n‘¢‚Æ‚Í�A�u‚·‚ׂĂðŠÜ‚Þ‚à‚Ì�v‚©‚牽‚©‚ð‘n‚邽‚ß‚É�s‚È‚¤ƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—�‚Å‚·�B‘n‘¢‚Æ‚Í�A‘�–¾‚©‚ˆÓ�}“I‚ÉŒ¸ŽZƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[�ˆ—�‚ð�s‚È‚¤‚±‚ƂȂ̂ł·�B
�@Ž„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚Ì”]‚Í�AŠî–{“I‚É‚Í�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð“Á’è‚Ì•û–@‚ʼnð“Ç‚·‚é‘•’u‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚̈ӎ¯‚Í�AƒtƒBƒ‹ƒ^�[‚ð’ʉ߂µ‚½�q‘n‘¢Žå�^�_�r‚̈ӎ¯‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“]‰»‚·‚Ȃ킿“÷‘̂̎€‚ÌŒã‚É‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚̈ӎ¯‚ªƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð‰ð“Ç‚·‚é•û–@‚Í�A�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‘O‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚Æ‚Í�ĂшقȂé‚à‚̂ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A“à�È‚â�n�l‚ÉŽ—‚½•û–@‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
–³ŒÀ‚Ì�qˆ¤�rˆ¤‚Ì’è‹`‚ª•s�Ú‚±‚»‚ª—Bˆê‚Ì�q�^ŽÀ�r‚Å‚·�B‘¼‚Ì‚à‚̂͂·‚ׂȶ‰e‚É‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚à‚¢‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚Å‚Í�A‚È‚ºŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B�q�¶–½�r‚Ì–Ú“I‚Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�B
�qŒõ�r‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•úŽË‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�AˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚–³ŒÀ‚Ì’m�«�A‚‚܂薳ŒÀ‚̉”\�«‚ðŽ�‚Â�q‘¶�Ý�r‚Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚å‚©�H
Œõ‚Æ’m�«�iˆÓޝ�j‚Æ‘¶�Ý‚ð‚Í‚¶‚ß‚©‚ç‘O’ñ‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ‹‚Ԃ‚¯‚é�ª‹’‚͉½‚Ȃ̂¾‚낤‚©�H�@
ŽO‘ ‚ł͌õ‚ÍŽž‹ó‚̃Vƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚è�A
’m�«‚ÍŸ¸žÏnibbāna‚Æ•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�d‚Ȃ镔•ª‚Å�¶‚¶‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A
‘¶�݂͟¸žÏnibbāna‚Æ•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�Õ“Ë‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�¶‚¶‚é�¶–½‘Ì�isatta�A—L�î�A�¶‚«‚Æ‚µ�¶‚¯‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚Å‚ ‚é�B
�q‘¶�Ý�r‚ª–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�B
ŠmŽÀ‚É�A‚»‚µ‚Ę_—�“I‚É‚àŒ¾‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚ª–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A–³ŒÀ‚É‚ ‚é�ö�Ý“I‚ȉ”\�«‚ð�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�AŽÀ�Û‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ւƕς¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚·‚łɌ©‚Ä‚«‚½‚悤‚É�A•¨Ž–‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A‰½‚©‚ð‰½‚©‚É”½‰f‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�¶•¨‚ª‚±‚Ì”½‰f‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚±‚»‚ª�A‰F’ˆ‚̈̑å‚È�qŒõ�r‚̈ꕔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�oŒ»‚µ‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�B
ŽO‘ ‚ł͌õ‚͉F’ˆ‚ÌŽž‹ó‚̃Vƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒõ‚Ì�oŒ»‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚©‚çƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ä—Ö‰ô‚ª‰i‘±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A
Œõ‚Ì�oŒ»‚Í�A‚¢‚Ü—Ö‰ô‚Ì’†‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹C‚©‚¹‚Ä‚‚ê‚éƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì—Ö‰ô‚©‚ç—£’E‚·‚邽‚߂̓®‹@‚Å‚ ‚é�B
�@Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª�l�¶‚ÅŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A“Ë‚«‹l‚ß‚ê‚Î�A‘n‘¢Žå‚ÌŒoŒ±‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚±‚»‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B
ŽO‘ ‚Å‚Í�AŠeŽ©‚̑̌±‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹ŠE‚É‘¶‘±‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘n‘¢Žå‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚é–³�FŠE‚Ì�¶–½‘̂Ƌ¤—L‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‰Â”\‚¾‚ª�A
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚±‚É‚¢‚é—�—R‚ÍBrahman‚Æ‚Ì�‡ˆê‚⋤—L‚ł͂Ȃ�A‚±‚Ì—Ö‰ô‚©‚ç—£’E‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß‚Ékamma‚ÌŽí‚Ȃǂ̃Gƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ðŽ�‚ÂŽ©“®”½‰ž‰ñ˜H‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚邱‚Ƃł ‚é�B
‚‚܂è�A–³ŒÀ‚É‚ ‚é�ö�Ý“I‚ȉ”\�«‚ª�qŒ»ŽÀ�r‚ƂȂè�AŒoŒ±‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�¬’·‚·‚邱‚ƂɊñ—^‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏ„‚½‚¿‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽg–½‚Í�A‰½‚Æ‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚±‚Ƃłµ‚傤�B
ŒoŒ±‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�¬’·‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽŸ‚Ì—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚ð�¶‚¶‚³‚¹‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚é‚Ì‚Å�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð•t‰Á‚³‚¹‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A”r�œ‚·‚é�¬’·‚ÉŠñ—^‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚¾‚Æ�AŽO‘ ‚ł͉ðŽß‚·‚é�B
ŽQ�lŽ‘—¿
Pure Dhamma�@Sōtapanna ‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É
�S�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�j‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Æ‚ÅNibbāna‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�€”õ‚Æ‚µ‚Ă͕s“¹“¿‚È�¶Šˆ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä�A�´‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð‚¨‚‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚»‚¤‚·‚邯‰½‚ª‰˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A•s“¹“¿‚Ȃ̂©‚ªŽÀŠ´‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪ�uŒ©‰ð�v‚Ȃ̂Å�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�ì‚è�ã‚°‚Ä‚«‚½�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‚è�A�C�³‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½anicca‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‚»‚±‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚‚Æ�AЉ–]‚̂Ȃ¢’†—§‚µ‚½Œ©‰ð‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä“¯‚¶“¹‚ð•à‚ñ‚¾�æ’B‚Ì�u‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƌꂵ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é˜b�v‚ð•·‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�A—â—Á‚Æ‚µ‚½�´™w�inirāmisa sukha�j‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽâ�ÂƂµ‚½‰¸‚â‚©‚³‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪNibbāna‚Ì�‰Šú‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É�Z‚Þ‚½‚߂Ɏ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽv�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂·‚ׂÄsankhāra‚Å‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Í�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éapunnābhi�i•s“¿�j abhisankhāra‚Ì•s“KŠm‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邿‚¤“w‚߂܂·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‹‘�â‚·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ÅSotapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚‚É‚Í�\•ª‚Å‚·�B
ˆê“x‚±‚¤‚È‚ê‚Î�A�´‚ß‚ç‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íapunnābhi�i•s“¿�j abhisankhāra‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ³‚ð’m‚èŽn‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç‘T’è‚Ì�S‹«�ianenjhabhi abhisankhāra�j‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚³‚¦Š´‚¶Žn‚߂邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚Í‚¶‚߂Ƀ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŠT—v‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ä�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð�¶Šˆ‚âáÒ‘z‚̂Ȃ©‚ÅŽÀŠ´‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
The Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma
Nibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ªŒˆ‚߂邱‚ƂȂ̂Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃ͌À‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邽‚ß‚É�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÆŽÀ‘H‚ÆáÒ‘z‚Æ�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B
Œã‚Í�uŽž‚ª–ž‚¿‚é�v‚Ì‚ð‘҂‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚͂܂¸�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B
10‚ ‚éŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�imicchā diṭṭhi�j‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©1‚‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚³‚¦‚Ü‚¾•à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
–¢’m‚Ì–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ̓��[ƒhƒ}ƒbƒv‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
‰½‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚í‚©‚炸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚ß�A–Ú“I’n‚ª‚Ç‚±‚É‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ¦‚·’n�}‚ª‚È‚‚Ă͎n‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sotāpanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª�Å‚à“‚�A‹’²‚µ‚«‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç�Å‚à�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŒã�A�Å�I–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɓ¹‚ð•à‚«Žn‚ß‚é‚Ì‚Í1�l‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·
Sōtapanna Stage of Nibbāna
Why a Sotāpanna is Better off than any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire
Myths about the Sotāpanna Stage
Anulōma Patilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda –
Key to Sōtapanna Stage
Sotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna
Sōtapanna Anugāmi – No More Births in the Apāyā
Four Conditions for Attaining Sotāpanna Magga/Phala
Sotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna
Sammā Diṭṭhi –
Realization, Not Memorization
Sakkaya Diṭṭhi is
Personality (Me) View?
How Does One Know whether the Sotāpanna Stage is Reached?
Akusala Citta – How Does a Sotāpanna Avoids Apayagami Citta
What is the only Akusala Removed by a Sotāpanna?
Micca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba,
and Sotāpanna Stage
12. Key Factors to be Considered when �gMeditating�h for the Sotāpanna
Stage
Why do People Enjoy Immoral Deeds? – Diṭṭhi is Key
Key to Sotāpanna Stage – Diṭṭhi and Vicikicca
10. Attaining the Sotāpanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava
Wrong Views (micchā Ditthi) – A
Simpler Analysis
11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjanga
Sotapanna Stage and Tilakkhana
ŽQ�lŽ‘—¿
How to Evaluate Weights of
Different Kamma
Assāda, Ādīnava, Nissarana –
Introduction
The Way to Nibbāna – Removal of
Āsavā
Conditions for the Four Stages of
Nibbāna
Supreme Qualities of Buddha, Dhamma, Sangha
The Five Precepts – What the Buddha
Meant by Them
Lobha, Dosa, Moha versus Rāga, Patigha,
Avijja
Is It Necessary for a Buddhist to Eliminate Sensual
Desires?
Conditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna
13.
Kammaṭṭhāna
(Recitations) for the Sotāpanna Stage
Peace
of Mind to Nibbāna – The Key Step
11. Magga Phala via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga
Sotapanna Stage and
Distorted Saññā
SotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A
ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O�A“Á‚Éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta
ŒÜå]pancakkhandha�i‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì�j‚Ìudayavaya�i�¶�¬‚Æ�Á–Å�j‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Äanicca‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�uanuloma ñāna�v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‰�‹N�à
Žn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢•‚¶‚ç‚ꂽ“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�A
–³ŒÀ‚̉F’ˆ‚̃VƒXƒeƒ€�ichakkawata�j
‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ�A
‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
anicca, dukkha, anatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚¯‚ÅSotapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚é‚»‚¤‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢ƒ}ƒbƒv‚ÌŒ©‚‚¯•û‚Å‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�AáÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‰ú—¥‚ðŽç‚邱‚Æ‚Æ�A‚ÆŽ©•ª‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̃Rƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª�ðŒ�‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚¤‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�r—§‚¿�AáÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ˜‚¢ˆÓŽu‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͊´�î‚âŽv�l‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚ÄŽÀ‘H‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Ìanicca‚ðŠw‚Ԃ͖̂{‚ð“ǂނ¾‚¯‚ł͉‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BvipassanāáÒ‘z‚Å‚Íanicca saññ₯‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚ðŽ©•ª‚̑̂ɋC‚«‘±‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Aanicca‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚̓_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð’®‚«�AŒ©�A’m‚è�Aޝ‚è�A‘ÌŠ´‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AŽ©‘R‚É—{‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�¢‚ªanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚Á‚Ä‚‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚܂łÌ�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ɕω»‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̕ω»‚ª�I‚í‚邯Samma Ditthi‚·‚Ȃ킿‚±‚Ì�¢‚ð�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
sakāya ditthi�iSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Ì1‚Â�j‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð
‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Ímicchā ditthi�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
micchā ditthi‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì–{Ž¿“I‚È“Á’¥‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
|
31ŠE |
ŠE |
“`“� |
�\�¬‚·‚郂ƒm |
Œ»‘㕨—�Šw |
“Á’¥ |
|
0 |
‚ ‚Ì�¢ |
�_ |
DhammāˆÈ‘O |
�â‘Ηë“x |
ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª‚O |
|
28�`31 |
–³�FŠE |
�_ |
dhammā�Agati |
ƒ_�[ƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ |
•Õ‚Œ´�‰ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ |
|
12�`27 |
�FŠE |
�_ |
bhūta |
ƒ_�[ƒNƒ}ƒ^�[ |
ƒvƒ‰ƒ“ƒNŽ¿—ʈȉº‚Ì”÷�ו¨Ž¿ |
|
6�`11 |
—~ŠE |
“V |
�ׂ©‚¢dhātu |
‘f—±Žq�AŒ´Žq�A”g“® |
‘f—±Žq‚Æ’†‘wˆÓޝ‚ðŠî�€ |
|
5 |
—~ŠE |
�lŠÔ |
‘e‚¢dhātu |
•¨Ž¿‚Æ•\‘wˆÓޝ�i�S�j |
•¨Ž¿‚Æ�S‚ðŠî�€‚É‚·‚é •\‘wˆÓޝ‚Í•¨Ž¿ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[ |
|
1�`4 |
—~ŠE |
‰ºˆÊ |
‘e‚¢dhātu |
•¨Ž¿‚Æ–@‘¥ |
•¨Ž¿‚ðŠî�€‚É‚µ‚½�¢ŠE |
‚·‚é‚ÆŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̎å‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŽ�‚‰”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�ii�jŒ´ˆö‚È‚µ‚É‚·‚ׂĂª�¶‚܂ꂽ�iahētukaditthi�j�B
�iii�j—Ç‚¢–Ê‚àˆ«‚¢–Ê‚àŒø‰Ê‚ð�¶‚܂Ȃ¢�iakiriya ditthi�j�B
�iiii�jŽ€Œã‚͂Ȃ¢�inatthika ditthi�j�B
‚±‚̂悤‚È�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A�«—ˆ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿—ˆ�¢‚Å�Aapāyas�i�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�j‚Ì“]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚éˆö‰Ê�ikammavipāka�j‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•ûmicchā ditthi‚Í10ŒÂ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�i1�j—^‚¦‚邱‚ƂɂÍkammic‚̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢
�i2�jŽØ‹à‚ð•Ô�Ï‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚È‚¢�i‘¼‚Ì�l‚ª‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂµ‚½‚±‚Ƃɑ΂µ‚Ä�j
�i3�j�¹‚È‚é�l‚Æabhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðŽ�‚Âyogis‚ð‘¸�d‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢
�i4�jŒ´ˆökamma‚ÍŒ‹‰Êvipāka‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢�@�@
�i5�j•ê�e‚Ì–Ê“|‚ð‚݂Ăàkammic‚̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢
�i6�j•ƒ�e‚Ì–Ê“|‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚àkammic‚̉¶Œb‚ª‚È‚¢
�i7�j‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�i�unatti ayanlōkō�v�j
�i8�jParalowa�i–»ŠE�j‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�i�unatti parōlōkō�v �j
�i9�joupapātika�i‘¦Žž‚ÌŠ®‘SŒ`‘Ô‚Ì’a�¶�j‚Ì’a�¶‚͂Ȃ¢
�i10�j‰ß‹Ž�¢‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�¹�l‚Æyogis‚Í‘¶�݂Ȃ¢
�i7�j-�i10�j‚Ì�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A
Micca Ditthi, Gandhabba, and
Sotapanna Stage‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
paralowa‚Æ‚Ígandhabba‚Æ‚µ‚ĘA‘±‚µ‚½’a�¶‚ÌŠÔ‚É‚ ‚é�ê�Ђł ‚é–»ŠE‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
Hidden World of the Gandhabba:
Netherworld (Para Lōka)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ƒL�[ƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�Aƒqƒg‚Ímōha�i“¹“¿“I‚É–Ó–Ú�j‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Åavijjā�i–³–¾�j‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�s“®‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�iapāyas�j‚ł̓]�¶‚ª‚ ‚肦‚ékammā bhava‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚ékammā�isankhāra�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�AƒgƒŠƒK�[‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�Apancanīvarana�i‚T‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚Å‚ ‚銉–]�AŒ™ˆ«�A‘Ó‚¯•È�i–°‹C�j�@ˆÚ‚è‹C�A‹^‚¢�j‚ª�u�S‚𕢂¢�v�A‚Ü‚¾Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l‚Í�A‹—Í‚Èakusala-mūla PSƒTƒCƒNƒ‹�iŒ»�¢‚Å‹N‚±‚鈫“¿‚̉�‹N�j‚ª”“®‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Akāmaccanda nīvarana�iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–Ó–Ú‚É‚³‚ê‚é�áŠQ�j‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŽx”z‚µ‚½�󋵉º‚Å‚Í�A�u—Ç‚¢“¹“¿“I”wŒi�v‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚ªƒŒƒCƒv‚ð”Æ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤˜b‚ð•·‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
kāmaccanda‚Í�ukāmaŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy+ icca�D‚«+anda–Ó–Ú�A‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɈ¤’…‚µ‚Ä–Ó–Ú‚É‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‘¼‚Ì�l‚ƈê��‚Ƀxƒbƒh‚É‚¢‚é”z‹ôŽÒ‚ÌŽp‚ÉŒƒ“{‚µ‚½�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĔƂ³‚ꂽŽE�l‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̘b‚à•·‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚é�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�Anīvarana�i�áŠQ�j‚Ì‚Q”Ô–Ú‚Å‚ ‚évyāpada�i‘žˆ«�j‚ª”Þ‚ç‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚𕢂Á‚½‚½‚߂ɋN‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚ª�Å‹‚Ìnīvarana‚Å‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚à•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚éƒP�[ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bthina middha (‘Ó‘Ä), uddacca
kukkucca�i•sˆÀ‚ÌŒp‘±�AˆÚ‚è‹C�j�Avicikicca �i‹^‚¢�AŠm�M‚ÌŒ‡—Ž�j‚Å‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìpancanīvarana‚̈ꕔ‚ª‰i‹v‚É�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Íapāyas ‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é‹—Í‚Èakusala-mūla PS ƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ªSōtapanna‚ɑ΂µ‚Ă̓gƒŠƒK�[‚³‚ê‚È‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B
Key to Calming the Mind – The Five Hindrances
‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
magga phala�iŽÀ‚Ì‚ ‚铹�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ägati‚͉i‘±“I‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bmagga phala‚ÌŽ¿‚ª�‚‚¢‚Ù‚Ç�A‚æ‚葽‚‚̕ω»‚ª‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B
11.ˆÙ‚È‚éƒ^ƒCƒv‚ÌPSƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�APaticca samuppāda Cycles‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�uvipāka‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é�vavyākata PS‚Í�AAvyākata Paticca Samuppāda for Vipāka Viññāna‚Ì‹LŽ–‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�ukammā�¶�¬�vPSƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�A�ubad kammā�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�ugood kammā�v‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é2‚‚̊T‚˂ȃJƒeƒSƒŠ�[‚É•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BAkusala-mūla Paticca samuppāda�h and �gKusala-mūla Paticca samuppāda�h
‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÌŠÔ‚ÅŒ‹‰Ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�ukammā�¶�¬�vPSƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�AIdappaccayatā Paticca
Samuppāda‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‘¼‚É‚à‘½‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�d—v‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�󋵂ÅPS‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‹@”\‚·‚é‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Ékāyānupassanā‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è�AŽŸ‚É‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�uanupassanā�v‚É�i‚݂܂·�B 4‚‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŠ®—¹‚·‚邯�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªŠ®—¹‚µ�AŠ®‘S‚É�usammā sati�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŠ®‘S‚É�usammā samadhi�v�A‚‚܂èƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚Í’Ê�í4’iŠK‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚ÍSotapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·�B
•�¬Šw�Z‚ɒʂ킸‚É’†Šw�Z‚É’Ê‚¤‚±‚Æ‚à�A�‚�Z‚𑲋Ƃ¹‚¸‚É‘åŠw‚̃R�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚é‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A4‚‚̎è�‡‚ðŒn“�“I‚É�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚ÉŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚Æ”Œ¾‚ð�§Œä‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�ukāyānupassanā�v‚Ì–Ú“I‚Å‚·�B�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚ê‚Í�Akāyānupassanā‚ð�s‚¢‚È‚ª‚瑼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚É�u‚ ‚Ü‚è‘å‚«‚È—˜‰v‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚»‚µ‚Ä�Akāyānupassanā‚ð‚Í‚¶‚߂邯‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃ͌ˆ‚µ‚ĂȂ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‹�§“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�Kе‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bƒqƒg‚Í—˜‰v‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚à‚Á‚Æ‘O�i‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è“ü‚ꑱ‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邤‚¿‚É�A‚·‚®‚É4‚‚·‚ׂĂð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Akāyānupassanā‚͂Ȃñ‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚àŠî–{’†‚ÌŠî–{‚Å‚·�B
4.�uCakkhu Sutta�iSN 25.1�j�v‚©‚ç�F
–|–ó�F
�u”ä‹u‚æ�Acakkhu‚Æ‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚̈ê‚‚ł ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�Ý’†‚ɂ͗\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•ω»‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�isota�Aghāna�Ajivhā�Akāyō�Amanō‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�j�B
–‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ª‚±‚̂悤‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Šm�M‚Æ�M”O‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�A�M‹Â’Ç��ŽÒ�isaddhānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�¹‚È‚éŠE�isammattaniyāmaṃ �j‚É“ü‚è�A�¹�l‚̗̈æ�isappurisabhūmiṃ�j‚É“ü‚è�A�^ŽÀ‚ÌŽ©‘R�iputhujjanabhūmiṃ�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚½�l‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í’n�–‚Å�A“®•¨‚ÌŽq‹{‚Å�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‹ó• ‚Ì—H—ì�i‰ì‹S�j‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B saddhānusārī‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�¹‚È‚é’a�¶‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna’iŠK‚É‹C‚‚܂Å�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚ɃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�jŽ€‚Ê‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
’qŒd‚Å�n�l‚µ‚½Œã�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ꂽ�l‚Í�ADhamma-follower�idhammānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�c�v�iŽc‚è‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Ì�ê�‡‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�j�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�Ä‚Ñapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ�A�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Samma
ditthi
Sōtapanna‚Í�u•Ï‚í‚ç‚È‚¢Ž©ŒÈ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚
2.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�u�°�v‚ª•s•ςʼni‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iƒfƒBƒbƒeƒB�j‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邾‚¯‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O‚ɉˆ‚Á‚½‚à‚̂ł·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ•s‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä‚à�j�B
�¶–½‘̂ɂÍ�u–{“–‚Ì–{Ž¿�v�i�u�°�v‚‚܂è�uātma�v�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚邯�Asakkāya ditthi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B PaticcaSamuppāda‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Alifestream‚Í�i‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or an Ātma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì”Fޝ‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é‚Æ�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚Í�³‚µ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚ł͕s‰Â”\‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í”ŽŽm�†‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�¬Šw�Z‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
Sōtapanna‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ìsanyōjanā‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚Â�A‚‚܂è�uãJ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚‚Ȃ¬�j�v‚𗣂·‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyās�j‚©‚ç‰i‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�Asammā ditthi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@
ƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh�usammā�v‚Í�usan�v+�umā�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�usan‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A
•�umā hōtijāti�Ajāti�v‚Í�A�uŒJ‚è•Ô‚·�o�¶‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•�umā mē bāla samāgamō�v‚Í�A�uDhamma‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Ƃ̊֌W‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asammā ditthi‚Ƃ͊Ԉá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ìsammā ditthi‚ðŠl“¾‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna ‚Í�A“Á’è‚ÌŽž�X‚ÉŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð—D�æ‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�ASakadāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŒ¸�‚µ�AAnāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚ɂ͂ł«‚È‚¢6‚‚̂±‚Æ
‚Ü‚¸‘æˆê‚É�AArahant‚¾‚¯‚ª‚¢‚¸‚ê‚Ìdasa akusala�i10‚Ì•s‘P�j‚É‚àŠ®‘S‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ð�‚È‚‚Æ‚àˆê“x‚̓Rƒ~ƒbƒg‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚ɂ͂ł«‚È‚¢6‚‚̂±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•ê�e‚╃�e‚ðŽE‚·�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽE‚·�AŽß‘¸‚ð��‚‚¯‚é�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Å•ª—ô‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�Amicchā ditthi ‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚·‚é�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚æ‚艺‚Ì�l‚ªdasa akusala‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Å‚³‚¦�Amicchā ditthi ‚¾‚¯‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�œ‹Ž‚µ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Ídasa akusala‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚àŠì‚ñ‚ŃRƒ~ƒbƒg‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�ã‹L‚Ì6‚‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚̉”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Key to Sōtapanna Stage – Ditthi and
Vicikiccā‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•s‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‰Â”\‚ÈŒÀ‚è‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð”ð‚¯‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
Dhamma‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A‰ñ”ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ̗˜“_‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ílobha�i“Á‚É‘¼‚ÌŽ�‚¿•¨‚ɑ΂·‚é‹É“x‚Ì—~�j‚Ædōsa�i‘ž‚µ‚Ý�j‚ðŒ¸�‚³‚¹�Arāga �iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�j‚Æpatigha�i–€ŽC‚‚܂è“{‚è‚â“{‚è‚ÌŒXŒü�j‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
”½–Ê‹³Žt‚Æ‚µ‚ẴAƒ‰ƒnƒ“
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð‚Í‚¶‚߂̒iŠK‚É‚àŽŠ‚ç‚È‚¢‚Ì‚É�œ‹Ž‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚È‚¢
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�C�s‚ð�‰�SŽÒ‚ª‚â‚邯ŠQ‚ɂȂé�B
‚¾‚©‚炱‚»•sŠÒ‚ɂȂé‚܂ł͉½‚ð‚â‚Á‚Ă͂¢‚¯‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚𔽖ʋ³Žt‚Æ‚µ‚ăAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚©‚çŠw‚Ô
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É‚È‚é‚Æ
|
“ž’B‚µ‚½‹«’n(‰Ê) |
‰ð•ú‚³‚ꂽŒ‹ |
‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª�I‚í‚é‚܂ł̗։ô |
|
|
1. —L�gŒ© �@‰ñ˜H‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ª�uŽ„�v |
�Å‘å7‰ñ�A—~ŠE‚Æ“VŠE‚ð—Ö‰ô‚·‚é |
||
|
ˆê“x‚¾‚¯�l‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—Ö‰ô‚·‚é |
|||
|
4. —~‚ÌæÃ‚è�iƒJ�[ƒ}ƒ‰�[ƒK�j |
|||
|
Source: Ñāṇamoli & Bodhi (2001), Middle-Length Discourses, pp. 41-43. |
|||
Revised August 3,
2016; Revised November 19, 2018
The following Table shows the conditions to be
fulfilled (i.e., factors to be eliminated) to attain each stage of Nibbāna. For example, in order to attain
the Sōtapanna stage, three
of the ten samyōjana (or the ten
fetters) are removed, akusala citta #1,
2, 5, 6, and 11 are removed; also, the apāyagāmi strength
in the other citta also
removed, etc.
ŽŸ‚Ì•\‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌŠeƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚Ì‚ ‚é�ðŒ��i‚‚܂è�A�í�œ‚·‚é—vˆö�j‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A10ŒÂ‚Ìsamyōjana�i‘«‚©‚¹�j‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê�Aakusala citta�”1�A2�A5�A6�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ11‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A‘¼‚ÌCitta‚̃Aƒpƒbƒ`ƒƒƒ~‹‚³‚à�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
3‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚Ísakkāyaditthi�Avicikiccā�Asilabbataparāmāsa
Sanyōjana‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyoga�i�usan�v+�uyoga�v�A�uyoga�v‚Í�S‘©‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j10‚Ì�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̂‚Ȃ¬�j�v
vicikicca (tendency to do unwise things due to
not knowing the anicca nature).
vicikiccā vi + chi + ki +iccā‚©‚ç”h�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž„‚½‚¿‚̘c‚ñ‚¾Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�D‚Ý�i�uiccā�v�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A—~‹�‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ăAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�i�uki�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�ukriya�v�j‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�uƒ`ƒƒ�v‚̓`ƒbƒ^‚·‚È‚í‚¿Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iŽv�l�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚Èditthi‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�uvi�v‚𕪗£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·
sakkāya ditthi �@�@�uŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̑̂ł·�v�B‰½‚æ‚è‚à”ü‚µ‚•ۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
silabbata parāmāsa “Á’è‚̉ú—¥/‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û
thina middha (frozen or lazy mind) ‘Ó‘Ä, middha–³‹C—Í‚Ì,‚¯‚¾‚é‚¢
uddacca kukkucca (tendency to do lowly things
with high-mindedness),
�iе�K“I‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ³‚â‰A‹C‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�j
uddacca‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�A—͂₨‹à‚ȂǂÅ�u�Œ‚Á•¥‚¤�v�B
kukkucca‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�A“®•¨‚É‚à“K‚µ‚½�u”Ú‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ�v‚ð‚â‚낤‚Æ‚·‚é�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì“Á�«‚Í—¼•û‚Æ‚à�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�³‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢ŽU�Ý‚µ‚½�S
Issa j�@�@�@�@ealousy�@�@޹“i
maccariya �@ �@�@�@hiding wealth due to extreme greed�@�@ƒPƒ`
|
|
Sanyojana |
Asava (Asaya) |
Kilesa (Asobhana Cetasika) |
|
Sōtapanna |
sakkāya ditthi |
ditthāsava |
Removed: ditthi, vicikiccā, thina, middha, issa, maccariya, kukkucca |
|
Sakadāgāmi |
kāmarāga (reduced) |
kāmāsāva (reduced) |
Reduced: kāma rāga and patigha |
|
Anāgāmi |
kāma rāga |
kāmāsāva |
Removed: kāma rāga and patigha |
|
Arahant |
rupa rāga |
bhavāsava |
Removed: avijjā, ahirika, anatoppa, uddacca, māna |
|
|
|
Akusala Citta |
Anusaya |
|
|
Sōtapanna |
1,2,5,6,11 |
ditthi |
|
|
Sakadāgām |
weakens 9, 10 |
kāma rāga (reduced) |
|
|
Anāgāmi |
9,10 |
kāma rāga |
|
|
Arahant |
3,4,7,8,12 |
bhava rāga |
The ability to commit akusala kamma also
is removed in stages as one progresses, and are completely removed only at
the Arahant stage.
It is important to note that a Sōtapanna completely
removes only one akusala kamma, that of having wrong views (micchā diṭṭhi): �gWhat is the only Akusala Removed by
a Sōtapanna?�g. But this
leads to the removal of many kilesa (mental
impurities); see the Table.
Āsava and anusaya are discussed in the post, �gGati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava
(Cravings)�g. Kilesa are discussed in �gDiṭṭhi (Wrong Views), Sammā Diṭṭhi
(Good/Correct Views)�g. For a discussion on Dasa Samyōjana, see, �gDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth
Process�h.
akusalaƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ðƒRƒ~ƒbƒg‚·‚é‹@”\‚à1‚‚ª�i‚ނɂ‚ê‚Ä’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚ł̂݊®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Í1‚‚ÌakusalaƒJƒ“ƒ}‚Ì‚Ý‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�imicchādiṭṭhi�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚‚̃LƒŒƒT�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I•s�ƒ•¨�j‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B•\‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Āsava‚Æanusaya‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uGati�iƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[�j�AAnusaya�iTemptations�j�AĀsava�iCravings�j�v‚Ì‹LŽ–‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Kilesa�i”Ï”Y‚ÌŽí�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uƒfƒBƒW�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[�j�AƒTƒ€ƒ‚ƒfƒBƒW�i—Ç‚¢/�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒ…�[�j�v‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B DasaSamyōjana‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uDasaSamyōjana–“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚¨‚¯‚éãJ�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
The 12 types of akusala citta are
listed in, �gAkusala Citta and
Akusala Vipaka Citta�g. But I thought it would be more
explanatory to list them. The numbers below correspond to the numbers in
the Table.
Lōbha (Greedy) Citta (Also has the mōha root)
1. Citta connected
with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done with habit.
2. Citta connected
with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.
3. Citta NOT
connected with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done with habit.
4. Citta NOT
connected with wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.
5. Citta connected
with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done with habit.
6. Citta connected
with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done reluctantly.
7. Citta NOT
connected with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done with habit.
8. Citta NOT
connected with wrong view, accompanied by neutral mind, and done
reluctantly.
Dōsa (Hateful) Citta (Also
has the mōha root)
9. Citta associated
with hate, accompanied by displeasure, done with habit.
10. Citta associated
with hate, accompanied by displeasure, done reluctantly.
Mōha Citta (only
with the mōha root)
11. Citta accompanied
by neutral mind, associated with vicikiccā (not
aware of bad consequences)
12. Citta accompanied
by neutral mind, associated with uddacca (unfocused).
12Ží—Þ‚ÌakusalaCitta‚Í�A�uakusalaCitta‚ÆakusalavipākaCitta�v‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðƒŠƒXƒg‚·‚é•û‚ª‚æ‚è�à–¾“I‚Å‚ ‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BˆÈ‰º‚Ì”Ô�†‚Í�A•\‚Ì”Ô�†‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Lōbha�iGreedy�jCitta�imōha‚̃‹�[ƒc‚à‚ ‚é�j
1.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚½�B
2.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚â‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
3.Citta‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
4.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚Æ�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
5.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
6.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚Æ‚â‚Á‚½�B
7.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
8.Citta‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô‚â‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Dōsa�iHateful�jCitta�imōharoot‚àŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�j
9.Œ™ˆ«Š´‚𔺂¤•s‰õŠ´‚𔺂¤Citta�B
10.Œ™ˆ«Š´‚𔺂¤Œ™ˆ«Š´‚𔺂¤Citta‚Í‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
MōhaCitta�imōhaƒ‹�[ƒg‚Ì‚Ý�j
11.vicikiccā‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¤Citta�iˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�j
12.’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¤Citta�B
Notes:
1. Even though recent Abhidhamma literature
categorize lōbha and dōsa citta as asankhārika (unprompted) and sasankhārika (prompted), in original Abhidhamma,
they were not categorized as such.
2. For example, the two dōsa-mula cittā are:
ƒm�[ƒg�F
1.�ŋ߂ÌAbhidhamma‚Ì•¶Œ£‚Å‚Í�Alōbha‚Ædōsacitta‚ðasankhārika�iƒvƒ�ƒ“ƒvƒg‚È‚µ�j‚Æsasankhārika�iƒvƒ�ƒ“ƒvƒg•t‚«�j‚Æ‚µ‚Ä•ª—Þ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒ³‚ÌAbhidhamma‚ł͂»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
2.‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A2‚‚Ìdōsa-mulacittā‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
Dōmanassasahagatapaṭigha-sampayuttacitta�B
Dōmanassasahagatasasankhārikapaṭigha-sampayuttacitta�B
�Å�‰‚ÌCitta‚Í�Asaṃsāric‚Ì�Kе‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”�¶‚·‚邽‚ß�A‚æ‚苗͂ł·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�Ä”R‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�l‚Í�A’Ê�í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‹—Í‚ÈCitta‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ˆê•û�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚̂Ȃ¢•Ê‚Ì�l‚Í�A�u‹�§“I‚É�vŽÀ�s‚³‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈCitta‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uŒÀŠE‚É’Ç‚¢‚â‚ç‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«�v�A‚Ü‚½‚Í’mŠo‚³‚ꂽ�uŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy�v‚ª—U˜f“I‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A•s–{ˆÓ‚È‚ª‚ç�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É�u�V‚µ‚¢�u‚³‚ñ�v‚ð‘g‚Ý�ž‚Þ‚©�A�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ðŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�usasankhārika�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¼‘O‚Å‚·�B
Āsava�@�@ˆê”Ô‰œ’ê‚É‚ ‚é•s�ƒ‚Ì“D
Sōtapanna �@�@�@Ditthāsava‚ÍSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚łȂ‚È‚è
Sakadāgāmi
Anāgāmi �@�@�@�@Kāmāsava‚ð�œ‹Ž
Arahant�@�@�@�@ Bhavāsāva‚Æavijjāsāva‚ÍArahanthood‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·
—~–]�EЉ–]�irāga�j�@‚Æ“{‚è�ipaṭigha�j�@�@�@�@
Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�iKāma āsava�j‚Ì—~–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚È‚SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Kāma āsava‚Í�ASakadāgāmi‚Å’iŠK“I‚É�팸‚³‚ê�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A�u‘e‚¢�vŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�u�Š—L‚·‚é�v‚à‚̂ւ̗~‹�‚ª’ቺ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‹‚¢æÃ—~�ilōbha�j‚Æ‘žˆ«�idōsa�j‚݂̂ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Kāmarāga‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̈¤’…‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
“Á’è‚ÌŽž‚ÉŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð—D�æ‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�ASakadāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŒ¸�‚µ�AAnāgāmi ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Sotāpanna‚Íkāma assāda‚̊댯‚ð�uŒ©‚½�v‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Sakadāgāmi �@‹‚¢æÃ—~�ilōbha�j‚Æ‘žˆ«�idōsa�j‚ð�í�œ
Anāgāmi �@�@�@rupa rāga‚Æarupa rāga‚݂̂ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Arupa‚Æarupa lōka �i4‚‚Ìrupa jhān₯4‚‚Ìarupa jhānā�j‚Ì jhānic ‚̉õŠy‚ɑ΂·‚é—~‹�‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“{‚è�ipaṭigha�j‚ɂ͈Ⴂ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B paṭigha‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Anāgāmi‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Akāma rāga‚Æpaṭigha‚Ì—¼•û‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚͉ß�“‚ÈŒ¾—t‚â�sˆ×‚É‹C•ª‚ðŠQ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�A•ñ•œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŒyŽ‹‚³‚ê‚Ä‹C•ª‚ðŠQ‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂¾ƒ}ƒi‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚Ђǂˆµ‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯д‚¶‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚¢‚‚ç‚©�¬—�‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Arahant �@�@māna‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Ž·’…
Upādāna�i�uupa�v+�uādāna�v�A‚±‚±‚Å�uupa�v‚Í�u•‚¶‚é�v�A�uādāna�v‚Í�uˆø‚�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚Í�uˆø‚¢‚ĕ‚¶‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚ª–{“–‚É–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚¯‚ðˆø‚Á’£‚Á‚ĕ‚¶‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ª�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä—Ç‚¢‚à‚̂ƈ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͈«‚¢�l‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä�i•K—v‚È‚ç‹�§“I‚É�j�A—Ç‚¢�l‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ĉç‚Ä‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�A�e‚Æ‹³Žt‚ªŽq‹Ÿ‚Ì�«—ˆ‚ɑ傫‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B
�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�A�u“¹�v‚Ì‚¸‚Á‚ÆŒã‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�‚È‚‚Æ‚àNibbāna‚ÌSakadāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Å‚·�B‚Ü‚¸�A”ñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna�@�@�@�@�uupādāna�v‚̊댯‚ðŒå‚è�Aapāyā‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é�ň«‚Ì�Kе‚¾‚¯‚É‹C‚«‚Ü‚·
Sakadāgāmi �@�@�@�@�@�uupādāna�v‚ð�œŠO‚·‚é
Anāgāmi�@�@�@�@�@‚·‚ׂĂÌ�uupādāna�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤
Arahant
Š´Šo“I‰õŠy�AƒZƒbƒNƒX,�HŽ–�A
Sōtapanna�@�@‚Ü‚¾ƒZƒbƒNƒX‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŒ‹�¥ˆÈŠO‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�«�sˆ×‚É‚Í�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�A�l‚͂܂¾—~–]‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Sakadāgāmi
Anāgāmi�@�@�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ðŽæ“¾�BƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚̂Ŏ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÅŠm”F‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP�B
•�’Ê‚Ì�l‚ª�usōmanassa�v�i�usuva�v+�umanasa�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—Ç‚¢Š´�î�v+�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†�v�j‚Æ�l‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̌´ˆö‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚͈ˑ¶�iˆ¤’…�AŽ·’…�j‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚݂̂ł·�B
‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邱‚ƂƂ»‚ê‚Ɉ¤’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̈Ⴂ‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‘f“G‚ÈŽÊ�^‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ꂽ‚è�A‘f“G‚ȉ¹Šy‚ð’®‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚éƒP�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B
Ž·’…‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ�u‚à‚̂𖡂키�v‘ÌŒ±‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚鎞“_‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗eˆÕ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚µ‚©’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Arahant
�ЗL
Sōtapanna�@�u�Š—L�v‚·‚éˆÓ—~‚Í‚ ‚é�B
Sakadāgāmi ‚Ü‚¾�ukāma assāda�v‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŠì‚Ñ‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�u�Š—L�v‚·‚éˆÓ—~‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚¢‚¢‰Æ‚ðŽØ‚è‚邾‚¯‚Å�\•ª‚Å�A‚¢‚¢‰Æ‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û�ASakadāgāmi‚Í�u•¨‚ð�Š—L‚·‚邱‚Æ�v‚Ì•‰’S‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Anāgāmi kāma assāda‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚ƂɓÁ•ʂȊÖ�S‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‹ó• ‚ð–ü‚·‚½‚ß‚É�HŽ–‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚µ‚©‚µ�A’ñ‹Ÿ‚³‚ê‚邯‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ܂·�B�jAnāgāmi‚Í�A‚¢‚©‚Ȃ銴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚æ‚è‚à�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚ð—D�悳‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
Arahant
“]�¶�@31—̈æ
Sōtapanna�@�@‚Ü‚¾kāma lōka—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aapāyā‚Å‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sakadāgāmi Sakadāgāmi‚Í�lŠÔŠE‚æ‚è�ã‚̗̈æ‚ł̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Anāgāmi�@�@Ž€‚Ì�Û‚É—\–ñ‚³‚ꂽrūpa—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚µ‚Äkāma lōka‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Arahant�@�@ ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í�Ajhānic‚ȉõŠy‚³‚¦‚à–]‚ñ‚Å‚¨‚炸�AŽ€Œã‚Í31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ŽO‘Š
Sōtapanna �í�œ‚³‚ê‚é2”Ô–Ú‚Ìsamyōjana‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì–|–ó‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ê‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̋^”O‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚̂悤‚È‹^”O‚ªŽO‘Š‚É‚Ç‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð’m‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B
Vicikiccā‚Ívi + chi + ki +iccā‚©‚ç”h�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž„‚½‚¿‚̘c‚ñ‚¾Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�D‚Ý�i�uiccā�v�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A—~‹�‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ăAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�i�uki�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�ukriya�v�j‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�uƒ`ƒƒ�v‚ÍCitta‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iŽv�l�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚Èditthi‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�uvi�v‚𕪗£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B
Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�l‚ªvicikiccā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A–£—Í“I‚È�ðŒ�‰º‚Å•s“¹“¿‚Èapāyagāmi ‚Ì�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚͂ǂñ‚È�󋵉º‚Å‚à‚»‚̂悤‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Í�A‚ǂ̊ˆ“®‚ª•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹^‚¢‚ð•ø‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
anicca‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͈ê˜A‚̉ú—¥‚â‹VŽ®‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ’‰ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚炳͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �¡‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚Í’·Šú“I‚ɂ͎À‚肪‚È‚�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�[‚’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽsammā ditthi‚𓾂é‚É‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚̉ú—¥�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚é�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ȂقÇ�S‚ª�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Sakadāgāmi
Anāgāmi
Arahant anicca,
dukkha, anatta‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÍŠe’iŠK‚Å�™�X‚É‘�‰Á‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚ł̂݊®—¹‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
Ž„�uasmi māna�v
Sōtapanna �@�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v‚Ȃǂ̗§�ê‚ðŽæ‚é‚±‚Ƃ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ�u’mŒb‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚é�v�i�udassanēna sampannō�v�j‚ɂȂé�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�u‚½‚¾Œ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Æ�A‚»‚ꂪ�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚ÄŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì2‚‚͈قȂ邱‚Ƃł·�B
Sakadāgāmi
Anāgāmi‚»‚µ‚Ä�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾māna�i‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̃vƒ‰ƒCƒh�j‚Æuddacca�i‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—D‰zŠ´�j‚ƂƂà‚Éavijjā‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“xŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Asmi māna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚émāna‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg‚Í�AAnagami‚Å‚àŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
Arahant �Å�I“I‚É�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ăAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�uŽ„�v�i�uasmi māna�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�j‚Ì”Fޝ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ìkāma lōka, rupa
lōka, arupa lōka�i 31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�j“]�¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O‚É�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚·‚éáÒ‘z‚Í�¶ŽY“I‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�Aanatta ‚ðŒë‚Á‚Ä�u–³‰ä�A”ñŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ƉðŽß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�uŽ„�v‚ÌŠ´�î‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�AArahantƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł݂̂ł·�B
mana ‚Æ uddacca‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚éŒÀ‚è�A�uŽ„�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚͂܂¾‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
sankhāra
Sōtapanna
Sakadāgāmi
Anāgāmi
ArahantŽÀ�Û�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsankhāra‚ÍŽÀ‚è‚È‚«‚à‚̂ł ‚邱‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂ݔFޝ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¾—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邷‚邱‚Æ‚·‚ç‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚͌ċz�ikāya sankhāra‚Ȃ̂Å�j‚Å‚³‚¦•‰’S‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚邯Œ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B
—Ö‰ô
Sōtapanna
Sakadāgāmi
Anāgāmi Anāgāmi‚Í�Adeva‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ðŠÜ‚ß�Akāma lōka‚̂ǂ±‚É‚àŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚Íbrahma‚̗̈æ‚ł̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Arahant�@�@�@“ñ“x‚Æ—Ö‰ô‚̂Ȃ©‚Å�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‰ð’E
Œ©‚邱‚Æ
Sōtapanna
Sakadāgāmi
Anāgāmi
Arahant�@�@
This is a cyclic process: when one completes the first round, one starts
the next round with enhanced paññā, and
can �gsee more�h. The �gseeing�h will be complete only at the Arahant stage.
Revised May 20, 2016; December 22, 2018; July 6, 2019; August
21, 2019
1. According to Buddha Dhamma,
EVERYTHING in existence can be put into four ultimate realities (paramattha):
These entities described in
detail in the Tables
and Summaries and Abhidhamma sections; see, �gAbhidhamma
– Introduction.�h
Nibbāna and those other three
entities are mutually exclusive (things in this world are absent in Nibbāna); see, �gPaṭhamanibbānapaṭisaṃyutta Sutta (Ud 8.1)�h (English translation:
�gThe First Discourse about Nibbāna�g).
1. Buddha
Dhamma‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚Í4‚‚̋†‹É‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ�iparamattha�j‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·
�l‚¦�icitta�j
Žv�l‚ÌŽ¿‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I—vˆö�icētasika�j
•¨Ž¿�irūpa�j
Nibbāna
‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽÀŽ¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ATables and Summaries
‚¨‚æ‚ÑAbhidhamma
– Introduction.
‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚ª�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�݂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�ðŒ�•t‚«‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪŒ´ˆö‚Ì‘¶�݂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŒ´ˆö‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì3‚‚̂¢‚¸‚ê‚à”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ•§–@‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�ª–{“I‚Ȉö‰ÊŠÖŒW�iPa andicca Samuppāda�j‚Å‚·�B
Œ´ˆö‚Í�”‘½‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Í6‚‚ł·�BæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A–³’m�A”ñæÃ—~�A”ñ‘žˆ«�A”ñ–³’m‚Å‚·�B
Nibbāna‚Æ‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̖{Ž¿‚Í‘ŠŒÝ‚É”r‘¼“I‚Å‚·�i‚±‚Ì�¢‚̃‚ƒm‚ÍNibbāna‚ɂ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�BPaṭhamanibbānapaṭisaṃyutta Sutta (Ud 8.1)
�@�@�@The First Discourse about Nibbāna.
2. Nibbāna results
with the removal of the three roots of greed, hate, ignorance (rāgakkhyō, dōsakkhayō, mōhakkhayō Nibbānam).
Since it does not arise due to
causes, Nibbāna is permanent.
2.Nibbāna‚Í�AæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚Ì3‚‚̃‹�[ƒc�irāgakkhyō�Adōsakkhayō�Amōhakkhayō Nibbānam�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½Œ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B
•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É�A�Å�‰‚É3‚‚̓¹“¿“I�ªŒ¹‚Å‚ ‚éæÃ—~‚ª‚È‚¢�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚È‚¢�A–³’m‚ª‚È‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�ATilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�usan�v‚Å‚ ‚éæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A–³’m‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚悤‚É“w‚߂܂·�BWhat is �gSan�h? Meaning of Sansāra
(or Saṃsāra)�B�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ꂪNibbāna‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B
Œ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”�¶‚µ‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�ANibbāna‚͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B
3. The citta arise
and decay at a fast rate: billions of citta can
arise and pass away each second. But as we will see in the Abhidhamma section,
�gactive thoughts�h occur relatively infrequently in �gfast bursts�h or citta vithi. Cētasika is �gembedded�h in each citta. There are 89 types of cittā in all, and 52 types of cētasikas; see, �gTables and Summaries.�h
Thus the mental realm is very complicated.
For an introduction to the mind,
see �gAmazingly Fast Time Evolution of a
Thought (Citta),�h �gThe Amazing Mind – Critical Role of
Nāmagotta (Memories),�h and �gDo I Have �gA Mind�h That Is Fixed
and �gMine�h?�h in that order.
3. citta‚Í”�¶‚·‚邯�A‚·‚®‚É�Š‚¦‚Ü‚·�B–ˆ•b‚²‚Æ‚É�”�\‰‚Ìcitta‚ª”�¶‚µ�A�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A Abhidhamma‚ÅŒ©‚邿‚¤‚É�A�u‘�‚¢‚Ђç‚ß‚«�iày—ô�j�v‚·‚Ȃ킿citta vithi‚Å‚Í�uŠˆ”‚ÈŽv�l�v‚Í”äŠr“I‚Ü‚ê‚É‚µ‚©”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Cētasika‚ÍŠecitta‚É�u–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v�B‘S•”‚Å89Ží—Þ‚Ìcitt₯52Ží—Þ‚Ìcētasikas‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BTables and Summaries‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̗̈æ‚Í”ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�‡�˜‚ÉAmazingly Fast Time Evolution of a
Thought (Citta),�h �gThe Amazing Mind – Critical Role of
Nāmagotta (Memories),�h ‚¨‚æ‚Ñ
�gDo I Have �gA Mind�h That Is Fixed
and �gMine�h?‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
4. Matter (rūpa)
constitutes of 28 basic units, of which only four are truly fundamental.
However, the smallest indivisible unit of matter is called a �gsuddhāṭṭhaka�g; see, �gRupa
– Generation Mechanisms�h and �gThe Origin of Matter – Suddhashtaka.�h These suddhāṭṭhaka have
very long lifetimes of a mahā kappa (basically
the age of the universe). Suddhāṭṭhaka are
the building blocks of any �gtangible thing�h in this world.
Any saṅkata in
�gthis world�h is subject to change. Each saṅkata (basically
any material thing) has a lifetime that could be shorter than a second or as
long as billions of years (for a star for example).
4.•¨Ž¿�irūpa�j‚Í28‚ÌŠî–{’PˆÊ‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿4‚‚¾‚¯‚ª–{“–‚É�Å‚àŠî–{‚Å‚·�B•ªŠ„‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�Å�¬‚Ì•¨Ž¿’PˆÊ‚Í�usuddhāṭṭhaka�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BRupa
– Generation Mechanisms�h and �gThe Origin of Matter – Suddhashtaka‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìsuddhāṭṭhaka‚Í�Amahā kappa�iŠî–{“I‚ɂ͉F’ˆ‚ÌŽž‘ã�j‚Ì”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢Žõ–½‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Suddhāṭṭhaka‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�u‹ï‘Ì“I‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é‚à‚Ì�v‚Ì�\�¬—v‘f‚Å‚·�B
�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚É‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkata‚Í•Ï�X‚³‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠesaṅkata�iŠî–{“I‚É‚·‚ׂĂ̕¨Ž¿�j‚ÌŽõ–½‚Í�A1•b‚æ‚è’Z‚¢�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚ê‚Î�A�”�\‰”N‚É‹y‚Ô�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�¯‚Ì�ê�‡�j�B
5. Many people confuse �gudayavaya�h or �gformation and the breakup of
a saṅkata�h means
anything, including suddhāṭṭhaka, is perpetually
in flux. They try to tie this with �gimpermanence�h which they
incorrectly translate anicca to
be. In the contrary, a suddhāṭṭhaka has
a very long lifetime.
For a discussion on udayavaya ñāna, see,
�gUdayavaya Ñāna.�h
5. ‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�uudayavaya�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�usaṅkata‚ÌŒ`�¬‚Æ•ö‰ó�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠÔˆá‚¦‚Ä�Asuddhāṭṭhaka‚ðŠÜ‚ß�A‰½‚Å‚à‰i‹v‚É—¬“®“I‚Å‚ ‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð�u–³�í�i”ñ‰i‹v�j�v‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¯‚Ä�Aanicca‚ðŒë‚Á‚Ä–|–󂵂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Æ‚Í‹t‚É�Asuddhāṭṭhaka‚Í”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢Žõ–½‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�lŠÔ�A“®•¨�AŽ÷–؂ȂǂÌ�u•¡�‡•¨�v‚¾‚¯‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”Fޝ‚Å‚«‚鎞ŠÔƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚Å•…”s‚ÆŽ€‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‹à‚̉„‚×–_‚Í�A”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢ŠÔ•…‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BDoes any Object (Rupa) Last only 17
Thought Moments?‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
udayavayañāna‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AUdayavaya Ñāna‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
6. The �gresult�h of this udayavaya nature of all saṅkata embedded in the
Three Characteristics of �gthis world�h: anicca, dukkha,
anatta. But anicca is
NOT impermanence, and anatta is NOT �gno-self�h; see,
�gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations.�h
And all this is due to �gudayavaya�h of saṅkata,
all that we experience; see, �gRoot Cause of Anicca – Five Stages
of a Sankata.�h
6. ‚ׂĂÌsaṅkata‚Íudayavaya‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì�uŒ‹‰Ê�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ª–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aanicca‚Í”ñ‰i‘±�«‚ł͂Ȃ�Aanatta‚Í�u–³‰ä�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ŠÈ’P‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�A�ii�j�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Å‚Í�K‚¹‚ȉ½‚©‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚àˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
�iii�j‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽæ‚è—�‚µ‹ê‚µ‚Ý�A�iiii�j‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í–³—͂ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�iƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�AˆÈ‰º‚É�à–¾‚·‚é31—̈æ‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚É‚¨‚¯‚鎄‚½‚¿‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì“Á’¥‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B
‹à‚̉„‚×–_‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽõ–½‚É”ä‚ׂĎÀŽ¿“I‚ɉi‘±“I‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�u–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚é�ó‘ԂɈێ�‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ€‚ñ‚¾‚Æ‚«�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚à‚Ì�j‚ðŽc‚³‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä‚±‚ê‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÍ�Asaṅkata‚Ìudayavaya‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�BRoot Cause of Anicca – Five Stages
of a Sankata‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
7. Therefore,
there is NOTHING �gin this world�h that is permanent (except �gnāma gotta�g; see below). Everything is constantly changing. That is the
fundamental reason why nothing in �gthis world�h will meet one�fs expectations;
see, �gSecond Law of Thermodynamics is
Part of Anicca!�g.
The only exception is �gnāma gotta,�h
which are the permanent records of a given �glifestream�h;
see, �gRecent Evidence for Unbroken Memory
Records (HSAM).�h That is how one with abhiññā powers
can go back and look at one�fs past lives; some children can recall their past
lives too. That record is permanent.
7.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂ͉i‘±“I‚È‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�ināmagotta‚ð�œ‚�BˆÈ‰º‚ðŽQ�Æ�j�B‚·‚ׂĂª�í‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚àŠú‘҂ɉž‚¦‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�ª–{“I‚È—�—R‚Å‚·�BSecond Law of Thermodynamics is
Part of Anicca!‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ˆê•”‚Ì‚à‚̂͑¼‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚æ‚è‚à’·‚Ž�‘±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰i‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰½‚à‚Ì‚à�ðŒ�•t‚«‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŒ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚è”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Α¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚ª�ðŒ�•t‚«‚Å‚ ‚é�A‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B
—Bˆê‚Ì—áŠO‚Í�unāmagotta�v‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚Í“Á’è‚Ìlifestream‚̉i‘±“I‚È‹L˜^‚Å‚·�BRecent Evidence for Unbroken Memory
Records (HSAM)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ꂪ�Aabhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚ª‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ð�U‚è•Ô‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�Bˆê•”‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚àŽv‚¢�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‹L˜^‚͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B
8. This world made of citta, cētasika, and rūpa is very complicated. Living beings can
be born in 31 realms out of which we can �gsee�h only two realms: human and
animal.
Think about the fact that all
biological matter arises from just four bases of DNA, and all computer codes
based on two units, 0 and 1. Thus,
one could see how complex the mind is when there are 89 types of cittā, and 52 types of cētasikas are involved!
8.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í�A citta,
cētasika, rūpa‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê�A”ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�B�¶‚«•¨‚Í31—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚»‚Ì’†‚Å�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Ì2‚‚̗̈悵‚©�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘ÌŠw“I•¨Ž¿‚ªDNA‚Ì4‰–Šî‚݂̂©‚ç”�¶‚µ�A‚·‚ׂẴRƒ“ƒsƒ…�[ƒ^�[ƒR�[ƒh‚ª0‚Æ1‚Ì2‚‚̒PˆÊ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚·‚邯�A89‚Ìcitt₯52‚Ìcētasikas‚ÌŠÖ—^‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ƃ͂¢‚©‚É•¡ŽG‚È‚à‚̂Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�I
9. Nibbāna,
in contrast to citta, cētasika, and rūpa,
is UNCONDITIONED. Nibbāna attained by
removing all root causes. Thus Nibbāna itself
does not arise due to root causes and therefore is permanent.
All causes (and all �ggati�g) removed at the Arahant stage.
However, an Arahant lives as a normal human being until
death and is not reborn anywhere in �gthis world.�h Let us first examine what the
Buddha meant by �gthis world�h in the next section.
9.nibbāna‚Í�Acitta�Acētasika�Arūpa‚Ƃ͑Î�Æ“I‚É�A–³�ðŒ�‚Å‚·�Bnibbāna‚Í�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂŒB�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AnibbānaŽ©‘Ì‚Í�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Ì‚½‚߂ɔ�¶‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‰i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B
Nibbāna‚Í4‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ü‚½‚̓Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�iSōtapanna�j�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒXƒŠƒ^�[ƒ“�iSakadāgāmi�j�Aƒmƒ“ƒŠƒ^�[ƒ“�iAnāgāmi�j�A‚»‚µ‚ÄArahant�B
Še’iŠK‚Å�Aˆê•”‚̗̈æ‚Å�o�¶‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚鈫‚¢ƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[‚·‚Ȃ킿�ugati�v‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�BGati, Bhava, and Jāti.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Aniraya‚É“K‚µ‚½‘žˆ«‚Ìgati�A petas�i‹ó• ‚Ì—H—ì�A‰ì‹S�j‚É“K‚µ‚½æÃ—~‚Ìgati‚ȂǂªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚·‚ׂĂ̌´ˆö�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚·‚ׂĂÌgati�j‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ÍŽ€‚ʂ܂ŕ�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚«�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å�‰‚É�AŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚𒲂ׂĂ݂܂µ‚傤�B
Here is a video from Carl Sagan to get an idea of how
vast our �gdetectable universe�h is:
The �gworldview�h of the Buddha is not merely about the
living beings on this planet. Our Solar system is one of an infinite number of
�gworld-systems�h (planetary systems). In the EACH planetary system with life
(scientists have not found even one yet, but they are out there!), there are 31
�gplanes of existence.�h As we find out below, we can �gsee�h only two of these
realms: our human realm and the animal realm. Thus our �gworld�h is much more
complicated than even present-day science believes.
As some of you may already
know, science cannot account for 95% of the mass of the universe,
which they label �gdark energy�h and �gdark matter�h; see, �gThe 4 Percent Universe�h
by Richard Panek (2011), or do a Google search on �gdark energy and dark
matter�h. That is why I say that the Buddha transcended �gthis world�h; see, �gPower of the Human Mind – introduction.�h He
was able to �gsee�h the whole of existence: see �gGodel�fs
Incompleteness Theorem�h under �gDhamma
and Science.�h
The Buddha has described these
different realms of existence in many suttā,
and a convenient summary is at: �g31 Realms of Existence�g.
For a detailed discussion see, �g31 Realms Associated with the Earth�g.
In the following, I will use a visual to simplify things a bit and to provide a
simple description of Nibbāna with
respect to this �gwider world of existence.�h
Imagine a sphere with 31 shells, with a small sphere
in the middle. Thus the total volume of the big sphere is filled by the center
sphere and surrounding shells. The 31 sections represent the 31 planes of
existence. I emphasize that this is just a visual. The reality is different.
For example, animal and human realms co-exist. Also, both time and space are
infinite.
‚±‚ꂪ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�uŒŸ�o‰Â”\‚ȉF’ˆ�v‚ª‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç�L‘å‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂̃J�[ƒ‹ƒZ�[ƒKƒ“‚̃rƒfƒI‚Å‚·�B
Humility -
Carl Sagan�@ 4:54�@�@https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o8GA2w-qrcg&feature=emb_logo
Žß‘¸‚Ì�u�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚Í�A‚±‚̘f�¯‚Ì�¶–½‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¾—zŒn‚Í�A–³�”‚Ì�uworld-systems�v�i˜f�¯Œn�j‚Ì1‚‚ł·�B�¶–½‚Ì‚ ‚éŠe˜f�¯ƒVƒXƒeƒ€�i‰ÈŠwŽÒ‚͂܂¾1‚Â‚à”Œ©‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚ª�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�I�j‚É‚Í�A31‚Ì�u‘¶�݂̊E�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Ì2‚‚̗̈悵‚©�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�u�¢ŠE�v‚Í�AŒ»�݂̉Ȋw‚Å�M‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�B
‚²‘¶‚¶‚Ì•û‚à‚¢‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰ÈŠw‚͉F’ˆ‚ÌŽ¿—Ê‚Ì95�“‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�uƒ_�[ƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�v‚Æ�uƒ_�[ƒNƒ}ƒ^�[�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Richard Panek�i2011�j‚É‚æ‚é�uThe 4 Percent Universe�v�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒ_�[ƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ƃ_�[ƒNƒ}ƒ^�[�v‚ÅGoogleŒŸ�õ‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BPower of the Human Mind – introduction.
Žß‘¸‚Í‘¶�Ý‘S‘Ì‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽß‘¸‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Godel�fs
Incompleteness Theorem�h under �gDhamma
and Science.�h
“Á’è‚ÌŠE‚É‚¢‚é‘¶�Ý‚Í�AŽ€‚Ì�Û‚É31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�uŽž‚É‹N‚±‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ�ƒJƒjƒYƒ€‚Ì�Ø‹’‚Í—ÊŽq—ÍŠw‚©‚ç�™�X‚ÉŒ»‚êŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�BQuantum Entanglement – We are all Connected‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Žß‘¸‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȑ¶�ݗ̈æ‚𑽂‚Ìsutta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A•Ö—˜‚È—v–ñ‚Í31 Realms of Existence�g.
, �Ú�ׂÍ31 Realms Associated with the Earth‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�AƒrƒWƒ…ƒAƒ‹‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�A•¨Ž–‚ð�‚µ’P�ƒ‰»‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢‘¶�Ý‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éNibbāna‚ÌŠÈ’P‚È�à–¾‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
31ŒÂ‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Æ�^‚ñ’†‚É�¬‚³‚È‹…‚ª‚ ‚é‘å‚«‚È‹…‘Ì‚ð‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�B‘å‚«‚È‹…‘̂̑�‘Ì�Ï‚Í�A’†�S‹…‚ÆŽüˆÍ‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B 31‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚Ì31—̈æ�iŠE�j‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚éƒrƒWƒ…ƒAƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹’²‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒ»ŽÀ‚͈Ⴂ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A“®•¨‚Æ�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Í‹¤‘¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�AŽžŠÔ‚à‹óŠÔ‚à–³ŒÀ‚Å‚·�B
1. The inner 11 shells
represent the kāma lōka, where all five physical sense faculties
are present.
The sixth through eleventh shells represent the
realms of the devā (wrongly
translated as gods by many). Devas do not have dense
bodies with flesh and blood, and thus, they do not have the physical ailments.
They do not generate greedy thoughts.
1.“à‘¤‚Ì11‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�A5‚‚̂·‚ׂĂ̕¨—�“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Ì‹@”\‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚ékāmalōka‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�Å‚à“à‘¤‚Ì‹…‚Í�A�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚éniraya�i’n�–�j‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚Í“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª�lŠÔ‚ÌŠE‚æ‚è‚à�‚‚¢—̈悪2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�lŠÔ‚ÌŠE‚Í5”Ԗڂ̃VƒFƒ‹‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�AæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä–³’m‚ª‚·‚ׂĖ ‰„‚·‚é�ÅŒã‚̗̈æ‚Å‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚·‚ׂĂð”r�œ‚µ‚ÄNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤“_‚Å�A“Æ“Á‚Å‚·�B
6”Ô–Ú‚©‚ç11”Ԗڂ̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�Adevā‚̗̈æ‚ð•\‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ªŒë‚Á‚Ä�_�X‚Æ–|–󂵂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�j�BDevas ‚Í“÷‚ÆŒŒ‚Å•¢‚í‚ê–§�W‚µ‚½�u‘Ì�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A“÷‘Ì“I‚È•a‹C‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍæÃ—~‚ÈŽv�l‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
2. The next 16 shells represent realms where
only two physical sense faculties (eye and ear) are active, in addition to
mind. These beings have very fine bodies, even less dense than dēvā. These are called rūpa lōkā.
2.ŽŸ‚Ì16ŒÂ‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä2‚‚̕¨—�Š´Šo‚Ì‹@”\�i–Ú‚ÆŽ¨�j‚݂̂ªƒAƒNƒeƒBƒu‚ȗ̈æ‚ð•\‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¶�݂ɂ͔ñ�í‚É”÷�ׂȑ̂ª‚ ‚è�Adēv₿‚è‚à–§“x‚ª’á‚‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Írūpalōk₯ŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
3. The last four shells represent the arūpa lōkā,
where beings have ultra-fine bodies and only the mind faculty; they do not have
physical senses.
3.�ÅŒã‚Ì4‚‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚Í�Aarūpalōkā‚ð•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A‘¶�݂͒´”÷�ׂȑ̂ðŽ�‚¿�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‹@”\‚݂̂ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ɂ͓÷‘Ì“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
4. In rūpa and arūpa lōkā,
living beings are in jhānic states, and
those beings do not have either greed or hate; but they still have ignorance.
The 16 realms in the rūpa
lōka correspond to the four
lower jhānā, and the four realms
in the arūpa lōka correspond to the
four higher jhānā.
4.rūpalōk₯arūpa lōkā‚Å‚Í�A�¶‚«•¨‚Íjhānic�ó‘Ô‚É‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚É‚ÍæÃ—~‚à‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚͂܂¾–³’m‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�lŠÔ‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānic‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�lŠÔ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìlōkā‚É�uˆêŽž“I‚É�Z‚Þ�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BPower of the Human Mind – Anariya or Mundane Jhanas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
rūpalōka‚Ì16‚̗̈æ‚͉ºˆÊ4‚‚Ìjhānā‚ɑΉž‚µ�Aarūpalōka‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚Í�ãˆÊ4‚‚Ìjhānā‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
5. Now, a lot of you may be
thinking, �gHow do I know all this is true? Is there any evidence?�h. There are a
lot of things we do not know about �gthis world.�h We cannot rely on our senses
or even science to verify/confirm these; see, �gWrong Views (Micca Diṭṭhi) – A Simpler Analysis�h
and �gDhamma and Science.�h
Furthermore, the newest findings (yet unconfirmed) in
string theory indicate that we live in a 10-dimensional world (of course
we cannot see the other spatial dimensions), not a 3-dimensional world. For a
fun look at different spatial dimensions, see, �gWhat Happens in Other Dimensions.�h
5.‚³‚Ä�A‚ ‚È‚½•û‚Ì‘½‚‚Í‚±‚¤�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�u‚±‚ꂪ–{“–‚¾‚Ƃǂ̂悤‚É‚·‚ê‚΂킩‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H�Ø‹’‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H�vŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠ´Šo‚â‰ÈŠw‚É‚³‚¦‚±‚ê‚ç‚ðŒŸ�Ø/Šm”F‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É—Š‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BWrong Views (Micca Diṭṭhi) – A Simpler Analysis�h and �gDhamma and Science.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚Ì50”N‚Ù‚Ç‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̉F’ˆ‚É‚Í��”‚Ì‹â‰Í‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð‰ÈŠw‚ª”F‚߂܂µ‚½�iŒ»�Ý�A‰ÈŠw‚Å‚Í�”�\‰‚Ì‹â‰Í‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠm”F‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�I�j�B
‚³‚ç‚É�AƒXƒgƒŠƒ“ƒO—�˜_‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�Å�V‚Ì”Œ©�i‚Ü‚¾Šm”F‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª3ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł͂Ȃ�A10ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE�i‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ‘¼‚Ì‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�j‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȋóŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ÌŠy‚µ‚¢ŠOŠÏ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AWhat Happens in Other Dimensions‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
6. Any living being (including each of us) has been
in all realms in this beginning-less saṃsāra (or samsāra). We have been in the niraya (hell), and we have been at the
highest (except the five pure abodes in rūpa lōka which can be accessed only by Anāgāmi or
Non-Returners).
6.‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨�iŽ„‚½‚¿ˆê�lˆê�l‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢saṃsāra‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̗̈æ‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Íniraya�i’n�–�j‚É‚à�A�Å�‚‚̗̈æ‚É‚à‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�iAnāgāmi‚·‚Ȃ킿Non-Returners‚¾‚¯‚ªƒAƒNƒZƒX‚Å‚«‚érūpalōka‚Ì5‚‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚ȗ̈æ‚ð�œ‚�j�B
7. Above the human realm, there is relatively less
suffering (except at death, which is inevitable). However, unless one has
achieved at least the Stream Entry (Sōtapanna)
stage, even a living being in the highest plane can fall to any lower level.
Therefore, a normal human is bound to end up in the niraya (hell)
at some point; once there one will spend a long agonizing time there and
eventually come out. Each of us has done this many times over. The cause of
births in different realms is explained in terms of �gkamma seeds�h;
see, �gSaṅkhāra, Kamma, Kamma Bīja, Kamma Vipaka�g).
7.�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Ì�ã‚Å‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚݂͔äŠr“I�‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�i•K‘R‚ÌŽ€‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�j�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�iSōtapanna�jƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A�Å�‚‘w‚É‚¢‚é�¶–½‘̂ł³‚¦�A‚æ‚è’á‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É—Ž‚¿‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�³�í‚È�lŠÔ‚Í‚¢‚‚©niraya�i’n�–�j‚É�s‚«’…‚‚Å‚µ‚傤�B’·‚¢‹ê”Y‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð‚»‚±‚ňê“x”ï‚₵�A�Å�I“I‚É�o‚Ä‚‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ„‚½‚¿ˆê�lˆê�l‚ª‚±‚ê‚ð‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BˆÙ‚È‚é—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�o�¶‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í�A�uƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�v‚ÌŠÏ“_‚©‚ç�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BSaṅkhāra, Kamma, Kamma Bīja,
Kamma Vipaka‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
8. So, each living being moves from one realm to
another, but spends the most time in the four lower worlds,
mainly because once fallen there, it is hard to come out. This �gsaṃsāric wandering�h is
the critical point to think about and comprehend.
8.‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚Í‚ ‚é—̈悩‚ç•ʂ̗̈æ‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽå‚ɉº‚Ì4‚‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å�Å‚à‘½‚‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚É—Ž‚¿‚邯�o‚Ä‚‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B‚±‚Ì�usaṃsāric ‚Ì•ú˜Q�v‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ð�l‚¦�A—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B
9. As one moves away from the center, the level of
suffering decreases and the level of mundane pleasure increases up to the 11th
realm. After that in the rūpa and arūpa lōkā it
is mainly the jhānic pleasures, not
the sense pleasures; see, �gThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?�g.
9.’†�S‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é‚ɂ‚ê�A‹ê’ɂ̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ÍŒ¸�‚µ�A�¢‘‚̉õŠy‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Í11”Ԗڂ̗̈æ‚܂ł͑�‰Á‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�Arūpa‚Æarūpalōkā‚ł͎å‚Éjhānic‚̉õŠy‚Å‚ ‚è�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
10. The human realm and the
animal realm are the only ones where a being is born to parents. In all other
realms, living beings are born instantaneously, formed fully, within an instant
(cittakkhana) of dying in the previous
life. That is an opapātika birth. That
is why the Buddha said, �gmanō pubbaṅgamā
dhammā�c�c�c..�g. The mind is the root cause,
not matter.
As discussed in the Abhidhamma section,
even the humans and animals start their �gbhava�h opapatically as gandhabbā; see, �gGandhabba (Manomaya Kaya).�h They begin
building a cittakkhana �gdense physical
body�h after getting into a womb.
10.�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Í�A—¼�e‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é—Bˆê‚̂Ƃ±‚ë‚Å‚·�B‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�A‘O‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŽ€‚Ê�uŠÔ�icittakkhana�j‚É�AŽŸ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł͊®‘S‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪopapātika‚Ì’a�¶‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚ª�gmanōƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í pubbaṅgamā�æ�s‚·‚é dhammāƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Å�c�c�c..�g�i–@‹åŒoDhammapada, I. 1 & 2�j‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚è�A•¨Ž¿‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�@�@
AbhidhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Å‚³‚¦�Agandhabb₯‚µ‚Ä‘¦�À‚É�ubhava�v‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�BGandhabba (Manomaya Kaya)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BŽq‹{‚É“ü‚Á‚½Œã�A‚·‚®‚É�icittakkhana�j�u–§‚È“÷‘Ì�v‚ð�ì‚èŽn‚߂܂·�B
11. A person who becomes
an Arahant or
attains Nibbāna, will not be reborn
in any of these 31 realms. Thus, Nibbāna is
not difficult to understand: see, �gNibbāna – Is it
Difficult to Understand?�g, and �gWhat are Rupa? Relation to Nibbāna�g, and other
posts (by the way, you can type a keyword in the �gSearch box�h at top right to
get a list of relevant posts).
When one attains Nibbāna or Arahanthood, he/she looks just like any other
human but has no attachments to any worldly things. Until death, an Arahant is
subjected to kamma vipāka. When that kammic power
is used up, he dies and is not reborn because he/she will not �gwillingly grasp�h
(or �gupādāna�g) any of the possible births.
11.ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂȂé�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�l‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ANibbāna‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͓̂‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BNibbāna – Is it Difficult to Understand?�g, and
�gWhat are Rupa? Relation to Nibbāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚Ìšg‚¦‚Å‚Í�ANibbāna‚Í31‚̃VƒFƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚é‘å‚«‚È‹…‘Ì‚©‚çŠO‚É�o‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ì“]�¶‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BNibbāna‚Í�A�P‹v“I‚Èsukha ‚·‚Ȃ킿nirāmisa sukha‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�ê�Ђł·�B
Nibbāna‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚̂ւ̈¤’…‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ€‚ʂ܂Å�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Íkamma vipāka‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìkammicƒpƒ��[‚ªŽg‚¢‰Ê‚½‚³‚ê‚邯�A”Þ‚Í”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‰Â”\‚È�o�¶‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð�uˆÓŽu‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ĉ¬‚é�v�i‚·‚Ȃ킿upādāna�j‚µ‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A”Þ‚ÍŽ€‚É�A�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
12. Why are we trapped in the 31 realms? Because we
perceive that there is happiness to be had in �gthis world.�h We are not aware
that there is much suffering in the lower four realms. Many people look at
their lives and say, �gwhere is this suffering the Buddha was talking about?�h:
It is the hidden suffering that is there not only in this world but mostly in
the lowest four realms. The problem is that once fallen there, it is hard to
come back up. In those realms – animal realm included – beings are more like
robots. They do not have developed minds like humans.
No one or no external force is keeping us in �gthis
world�h of 31 realms. Content with sense pleasures, do not see the suffering �gin
the long term�h or even in this life as we get old. Thus we are
clinging to everything in this world like an octopus grabbing its prey with all
eight legs. And we are not aware that there is a better
kind of pleasure in Nibbāna, in detaching from
�gthis world�h; see, �gThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?�g.
(Also, unless a Buddha comes along, we do not know about the 31 realms and are
not aware of the suffering in the lower four realms).
12.‚È‚º31—̈æ‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H
�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚É‚Í�K•Ÿ‚ª‚ ‚邯д‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚Å‘½‚‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A�uŽß‘¸‚ª˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‹ê‚µ‚݂͂ǂ±‚É‚ ‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A�Å‚à‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚É‚ ‚é‚͉̂B‚ꂽ‹ê‚µ‚݂ł·�B–â‘è‚Í�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñ‚»‚±‚É—Ž‚¿‚邯�AŒ³‚É–ß‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚àŠÜ‚Þ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‘¶�݂̓�ƒ{ƒbƒg‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�lŠÔ‚̂悤‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
31—̈æ‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂƂǂ߂悤‚Æ‚·‚éŽÒ‚âŠO•”‚̗͂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̂ ‚éƒRƒ“ƒeƒ“ƒc‚Í�A�u’·Šú“I‚É�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”N‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ^ƒR‚ª8–{‚Ì‹r‚·‚ׂĂŊl•¨‚ð’͂ނ悤‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂ɂµ‚ª‚݂‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚©‚ç�؂藣‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ANibbāna‚É‚à‚Á‚Æ—Ç‚¢Ží—Þ‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B �i‚Ü‚½�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ª—ˆ‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í31—̈æ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’m‚炸�A‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð”Fޝ‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B�j
13. Can we taste Nibbānic �gpleasure�h?.
Yes. We can feel it in increments, even below the Stream Entry (Sōtapanna) stage; see, �gHow to Taste Nibbāna.�h
That is nirāmisa sukha, the �gpleasure of giving up worldly
things.�h
This nirāmisa sukha has �gquantum jumps�h (substantial
instantaneous changes) at the four stages of Nibbāna:
Stream Entry, Once-Returner, Non-Returner, Arahant. Thus when
one is on the Path, one can experience nirāmisa sukha at varying degrees, all the way
to Nibbānic bliss,
during this very lifetime; see, at the end of �gThe Four Stages in Attaining Nibbāna.�h
13.Nibbāna‚Ì�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚𖡂키‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚Í‚¢�BƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€ƒGƒ“ƒgƒŠ�iSōtapanna�jƒXƒe�[ƒW‚̉º‚©‚ç‚Å‚à�A’iŠK“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BHow to Taste Nibbāna‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ꂪ�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚éŠì‚тł ‚énirāmisa sukha‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚Ìnirāmisa sukha‚Í�ANibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å�u—ÊŽqƒWƒƒƒ“ƒv�v�iŽÀŽ¿“I‚È�uŠÔ“I‚ȕω»�j‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ª�u“¹�v‚É‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚±‚̈ê�¶‚ÌŠÔ‚Å�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȓö“x‚Ånirāmisa sukha‚ðŒoŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BThe Four Stages in Attaining Nibbāna‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
14. All these 31 realms are in
our solar system (cakkavāla or Chakrawāta in Sinhala). They are
associated with the Earth. There are billions of such cakkavāla (planetary
systems) in existence at all times with living beings.
We have been born in almost all
of these realms in our saṃsāric journey
that has no traceable beginning.
Continues
the discussion in, �gOur Two Worlds: Material and Mental�g,
�c�c..
14.‚±‚ê‚ç31—̈æ‚Í‚·‚ׂđ¾—zŒn‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í’n‹…‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚ȃJƒbƒJƒuƒ‰�i˜f�¯Œn�j‚Í�A�¶–½‘̂Ƌ¤‚É�í‚ɉ½�\‰‚Æ‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A�¬‹K–Í�A’†‹K–Í�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘å‹K–Í‚È�¯’c‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�uworld systems�v�i‹â‰Í�A‹â‰ÍƒNƒ‰ƒXƒ^�[�A‚¨‚æ‚уX�[ƒp�[ƒNƒ‰ƒXƒ^�[�H�j‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰i‹v“I‚È‚à‚̂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚Í’a�¶‚µ�A�Å�I“I‚ɂ͖łт܂·�B‰ß‹Ž100”N‚قǂ̊ԂÉ�A‰ÈŠwŽÒ‚½‚¿‚ÍŠe‹â‰Í“à‚ɉ½�\‰‚à‚̘f�¯Œn‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚µ‚ÄŽ„‚½‚¿‚̉F’ˆ‚ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È‹â‰Í‚ª�”�\‰‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�I
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̗̈æ‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚·‚ׂĂÅ�A’Ç�Չ”\‚ÈŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢�Asaṃsāric‚È—·‚Ì’†‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Revised November 16, 2019
1. When I hear the common statement, �gall religions
are the same, they teach you how to live a MORAL LIFE�h, I cringe. That is
because I think about all those people who are unaware of the actual message of
the Buddha. In particular, this is the mindset of those who follow �gsecular
Buddhism.�h
Yet, even to understand that message of the Buddha,
one needs to live a moral life first.
1.�u‚·‚ׂĂÌ�@‹³‚Í“¯‚¶‚Å�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‚·‚é•û–@‚ð‹³‚¦‚Ä‚‚ê‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‹¤’Ê‚Ì�º–¾‚ð�AŽ„‚Í‚¤‚ñ‚´‚肵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÌŽÀ�ۂ̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B“Á‚É�A‚±‚ê‚Í�u�¢‘“I•§‹³�v‚É�]‚¤�l�X‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Å‚·�B
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³‚ª“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•û–@‚ð‹³‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͎–ŽÀ‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A–³�_˜_ŽÒ‚ª�@‹³“I‚È�l�X‚Æ“¯‚¶‚‚ç‚¢“¹“¿“I‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�Ø‹’‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BMorality in everyday
life-Science-2014-Hofmann‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A•§–@‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÍŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ð‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‚¤‚Ü‚�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A’·Šú“IŒ©’n‚©‚猩‚ê‚΂»‚ê‚Í’N‚ð‚à�•‚¯‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A‚±‚ÌŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2. I have made a one-pager, which should be
referenced here.
This chart can be viewed in
a separate panel by clicking on �gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and printed
for reference. There are a few key things that need explanation first:
Most of these steps (not all) are in other religions
as well as in conventional or secular �gBuddhism.�h They describe how to live a
moral life. The goal of most other religions is to gain a (permanent) heavenly
life at death. In the current versions of distorted �gBuddhism�h also, the joys
of heavenly lives are highlighted. Sometimes one is even encouraged to
�genjoy such heavenly lives�h before attaining Nibbāna.
2.‚±‚±‚ÅŽQ�Æ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é1ƒy�[ƒW‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�u•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹�v‚Í�A�u•�’Ê‚Ìsammā diṭṭhi�v‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚é�Ô‚¢ƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚ÅŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚̃{ƒbƒNƒX‚Í�Asammā saṅkappa�Asammā�Avaca�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñsammā�@kammaṃta‚Ì‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é/—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‹�‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ð�u�l‚¦�A˜b‚µ�A“¹“¿“I‚É�s“®‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�u•�’Ê‚Ìsammā samadhi�v‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚̂قƂñ‚Ç�i‚·‚ׂĂł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì�@‹³‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A�]—ˆ‚̂܂½‚Í�¢‘“I‚È�u•§‹³�v‚É‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ð�¶‚«‚é•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³‚Ì–Ú•W‚Í�AŽ€‚Ì�Û‚É�i‰i‹v“I‚È�j“V�‘‚̂悤‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃł·�B˜c‚ñ‚¾�u•§‹³�v‚ÌŒ»�݂̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚à�A“V�‘‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ª‹’²‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‘O‚É�A�u‚»‚̂悤‚È“V�‘‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�v‚±‚Æ‚ª�§—コ‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
3.
This misconception in �gBuddhism�h arises because the rarity of a �ggood rebirth�h
has not been comprehended; see, �gHow the Buddha Described the Chance
of Rebirth in the Human Realm�g. This is why the Buddha
said, �gno happiness can be found anywhere in the 31 realms�h (which is the
true meaning of anicca).
When one is trying to attain that understanding, one
is called a Sōtapanna magga anugämi;
see, �gSōtapanna Anugami and a Sōtapanna�g.
3.�u•§‹³�v‚É‚¨‚¯‚邱‚ÌŒë‰ð‚Í�A�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ÌŠó��«‚ª—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɔ�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�uŽß‘¸‚ª�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚̃`ƒƒƒ“ƒX‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚½‚©�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢How the Buddha Described the Chance
of Rebirth in the Human Realm�B‚±‚ꂪ�u31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à�K•Ÿ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�i‚±‚ê‚Íanicca‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�j�B
“V�‘‚ł̓]�¶‚ª—ˆ�¢‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A4‚‚Ì�ʼnºˆÊ—̈æ�iapapyā�j‚Å‚Ì�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚̈ꕔ‚Ì”ä‹u’B‚ªŽg‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚錾—t‚Í�A�uBuddha Maithree�iŽŸ‚̃uƒbƒ_ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Åmetteyya�@–íèÓ•ìŽF�@�j‚ÌŽž‚ÉNibbāna‚É�s‚¯‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ă݂܂¹‚ñ‚©�HBuddha
Maithree‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É�lŠÔ‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð’N‚ª•Û�Ø‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B’N‚à‚ª‚±‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚Ü‚ê‚È‹@‰ï‚ð—˜—p‚µ‚Ä�A�¡“w—Í‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�I
anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�A�l‚Í�í‚É�P‹v“I‚È“V�‘�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³�j‚Å‚Ì�«—ˆ‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚·‚Ȃ킿“V�‘‚Ì�¢ŠE�i“`“�“I‚È�u•§‹³“k�v�j‚ł̈ꎞ“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð•]‰¿‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�]—ˆ‚Ì�u•§‹³“k�v‚ÆBhauddhaya‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�AA Buddhist or a Bhauddhaya?‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ŽÀ�Û‚É�A’´‰z“I‚È�ilokottara�j‚·‚Ȃ킿�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Í�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚̊댯�«‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚𓾂悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«�ASōtapanna magga anugämi‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna Anugami and a Sōtapanna
In the �gMahā
Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)�g, the Buddha
discussed that one must first follow the mundane eightfold path.
That will remove the ten types of wrong views (micchā diṭṭhi)
that are listed in #3 of that post. After that one needs to comprehend
the Tilakkhana (anicca, dukkha, anatta) to some extent
to start on the Noble Eightfold Path.
2‚‚̔ª�³“¹
Mahā Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty)‚Å‚Í�A•§‚Í�Å�‰‚É•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹‚Ì“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�A‚»‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�”3‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é10Ží—Þ‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�imicchā diṭṭhi�j‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AŽO‘Š�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
4. Thus one starts on the Noble Eightfold
Path starting with lokottara (transcendental) sammā diṭṭhi of a Sōtapanna (set of blue boxes in the
chart). One has seen a �gglimpse of Nibbāna�g,
i.e., one KNOWS that permanent happiness is not possible anywhere in the 31
realms and that whatever effort one makes to achieve such happiness is like
chasing a mirage.
And one becomes more compassionate towards all living
beings (not just humans) because one can see that each living being is
suffering because of ignorance of the Buddha�fs key message. One also realizes
that one needs to fulfill obligations to others in order to �gpay back old
debts�h; one is bound to the rebirth process not only via cravings for worldly
things but also via unpaid debts from previous lives.
4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A1‚‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ìlokottara�i’´‰z“I�jsammā diṭṭhi�iƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg“à‚Ì�‚¢ƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚̃Zƒbƒg�j‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚é�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uNibbāna‚ðŠ_ŠÔŒ©‚é�v�A‚‚܂è31—̈æ‚ł͉i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̂ ‚ç‚ä‚é“w—Í‚Í�A凋C˜O‚Å‚ ‚éƒ~ƒ‰�[ƒWƒ…‚ð’Ç‚¤‚悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2‚‚̃P�[ƒX‚Ì�usammādiṭṭhi�v‚̉¡‚̃{ƒbƒNƒX‚̈Ⴂ‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B•½–}‚È“¹‚Ì’†‚Å�A�usammāsaṅkappa�Asammāvaca�Asammākammaṃta�v‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‰ñ”ð‚µ�A—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚ð–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚½�u“¹“¿“I‚ÈŽv�l�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�s“®�v‚Å‚·�B
�¹‚Ȃ铹‚Å‚Í�A�usammāsaṅkappa�Asammāvaca�Asammākammaṃta�v‚Í�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð–Ú“I‚Æ‚µ‚½�uŽv�l�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A‚¨‚æ‚уAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Å‚·�B•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂɂÍ�uˆÓ–¡‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚Ì‚Å�A�l‚Í•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢�B’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‚±‚Ƃ͎À‚ðŒ‹‚Î‚È‚¢‚¾‚¯‚łȂŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚ß‚É�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ª‹ê‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨�i�lŠÔ‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�j‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‚æ‚èŽv‚¢‚â‚肪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A�uŒÃ‚¢ŽØ‹à‚ð•Ô�Ï‚·‚é�v‚½‚߂ɂÍ�A‘¼ŽÒ‚Ö‚Ì‹`–±‚ð‰Ê‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚à”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚̂ւ̊‰–]‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‘O�¢‚©‚ç‚Ì–¢•¥‚¢‚ÌŽØ‹à‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É�S‘©‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
5. The decision to become a Sōtapanna
magga anugami (the
path to the Sōtapanna stage) can be
made anytime after getting to the �gred boxes�h, i.e.,
while one is on the mundane Eightfold Path.
The key is to comprehend the �gtrue nature of this
world of 31 realms�h that the Buddha described. That says it is not possible to
achieve/maintain anything that can be kept to one�fs satisfaction (anicca.) Thus one gets to suffer (dukkha),
and thus, one is truly helpless in the rebirth process (anatta). This
realization itself is like lifting a heavy load that one has been carrying, the
first true taste of Nibbāna.
5.Sōtapanna
magga anugami�iSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ö‚Ì“¹�j‚ɂȂ錈’è‚Í�A�u�Ô‚¢” �v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Œã�A‚‚܂è�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ”ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Å‚·�B
‚ ‚éˆÓ–¡‚Å�ASōtapannamagga anugami‚Í–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ÅBhauddhaya‚Å‚·�BA Buddhist or a Bhauddhaya?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BTipiṭaka‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�uCūla Sōtapanna�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’PŒê‚ª“¯‚¶�l•¨‚ð•\‚·‚½‚߂Ɏg—p‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŽß‘¸‚ª�q‚ׂ½�u31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚‚܂è�A–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚é�ianicca�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Þ�idukkha�j‚½‚ß�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ł͖{“–‚É–³—Í�ianatta�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì”Fޝ‚±‚»‚ª�A•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚½�d‚¢‰×•¨‚ðŽ�‚¿�ã‚°‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚Ì‚Å�ANibbāna‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì–{“–‚Ì–¡‚Å‚·�B
6. This �gchange of
mindset�h for a Sōtapanna is PERMANENT, i.e., it
will not change even in future rebirths. One has attained an
�gunbreakable�h level of confidence (saddha)
in the Buddha, Dhamma, and Saṅgha.
And a Sōtapanna can
follow the rest of the 7 steps in the Noble Eightfold Path even without help
from others. Thus one will attain the next three stages of Nibbāna (Sakadāgāmi, Anāgāmi,
Arahant) successively by following those steps.
6.
Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚Ì�u�l‚¦•û‚̕ω»�v‚͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�«—ˆ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚Ä‚à•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽß‘¸�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�u”j‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�vƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�M—Š�iƒTƒ_�[�j‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�ASannatapanna‚Í‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì�•‚¯‚ª‚È‚‚Ä‚à�A”ª�³“¹‚ÌŽc‚è‚Ì7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽè�‡‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�AŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̒iŠK‚ÌNibbāna�iSakadāgāmi, Anāgāmi, Arahant�j‚à�Aˆø‚«‘±‚¢‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
7. In the Maha Chattarisaka Sutta, the Buddha outlined how one
needs to first follow the mundane (�glokiya�g)
Eightfold Path; see, �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty)�g. This is a first NECESSARY step in order to get
rid of the worse kinds of �ggunk�h that has been built up over countless lives.
7. Maha Chattarisaka Sutta‚ÌŽß‘¸‚Í�A•½–}‚È�i�ulokiya�v�j”ª�³“¹‚ð�Å�‰‚É‚½‚Ç‚é•û–@‚ðŠT�à‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty)‚ðŽQ�Æ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�”‚¦‚«‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̗։ô‚Å’~�Ï‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½�Aˆ«‚¢�u‚‚¸�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɕK—v‚È�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B
‰½•S”N‚à‚ÌŠÔ‰B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½Žß‘¸‚̃†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B�¡“ú‚ÉŠµ�K“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚Ì•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�¡“úŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�u•§‹³�v‚ƌĂñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚±‚Ì‚»‚Ì•\–Ê“I‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�¢‘“I‚È�v•§‹³‚Í�A‘¼‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�@‹³‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ©‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂Ƃ»‚ê‚قLjႢ‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l�X‚ª�u•§‹³�v‚Ì•½–}‚ÈŠT”O‚É‹¤–‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASammā Diṭṭhi‚Í�A�u“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•û–@�v‚Ì�u�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�‰‚É•K—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Å“¹“¿“I�s“®‚̉¶Œb‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè�i�uniramisa sukha�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å�BHow to Taste NibbānaŽQ�Æ�j�Aanicca, dukkha, anatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‰i‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚ð‹�‚ß‚Ä�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É�æ‚è�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Revised February 24, 2020
It is imperative to learn the
correct Dhamma from an Ariya in order to attain
the Sōtapanna stage (one
of the four requirements); see, �gFour Conditions for Attaining
Sōtapanna Magga/Phala�g. We will discuss a simile for attaining
the Sōtapanna stage in
that regard. The Sabbāsava Sutta is
briefly discussed to show the importance of removing wrong views first.
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�i4‚‚̗vŒ�‚Ì1‚Â�j‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AAriya‚©‚ç�³‚µ‚¢ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BFour Conditions for Attaining
Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚Ì“_‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̚g‚¦‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Sabbāsava Sutta‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ�A‚Ü‚¸ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Ì�d—v�«‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
1. Suppose a man lives in an area that is normally
full of sense pleasures. But there are occasional flooding, droughts, and also
Earthquakes. When such calamities occur, he gets distraught and thus his mind
is not at ease most of the time.
2. Then one day, an old friend (who has been on
travel for many years) comes back and tells him that the reason he left was to
find a better place to live. The friend says that he did some research and
found out that this land is inherently unstable and within several years is
going to be destroyed in an Earthquake.
3. The man tells the friend that he had heard about
such wonderful places from other people before. He had followed them at times,
but every time came back after trekking for some time because he could not see
any benefit. Plus, he says, �ghow do I know what you say is right? I know that
everything is not perfect here, but can you show evidence for your theory that
there is going to be a big Earthquake? Also, how can I believe you that this
place you found is so wonderful?�h
4. The friend shows him all the evidence that he had
gathered why this area is unsuitable for living in the long run. He also shows
evidence about the prosperity of the new place and also describes him the
travel path.
5. The man spends a lot of time reading about and
contemplating on all the evidence that he received. Then he begins to realize
that what the friend is saying is true. He decides to take an exploratory trip
on that path and makes suitable preparations as suggested by the friend.
6. He starts on the trip and is encouraged by seeing
some �glandmarks�h that the friend told him about. Even though once in a while he
thinks about all the �gpleasures�h he could have had if he stayed home, these
�glandmarks�h give him encouragement to go further and then reaches one of the
four �gmajor stopovers�h that the friend told about.
7. Thus it is very important to first find out all
about what the goal is (Nibbāna), correct
instructions to get there (the Path), and most of all why it is not profitable
or wise to stay home (i.e., to stay in �gthis world�h). The last one is the
critical one to comprehend first because unless one sees the dangers of the
status quo, one will not be motivated to take action (to start on the Path).
8. Realizing the inherent
instability of �gthis world�h is the true understanding of the Three
Characteristics: anicca, dukkha,
anatta. He realizes that there is no point in the current struggle in
trying to make permanent peace in a place (�gthis world�h) which is inherently
not set up to provide that relief (see, �gThe Grand Unified Theory of
Dhamma�h). And that Nibbāna means
ultimate, permanent peace of mind. Just this realization leads to the
�gpoint-of-no-return�h, the Sōtapanna stage.
9. One day the Buddha asked Ven. Sariputta
to clarify what is meant by �gsōta�h and �gSōtapanna�g. Ven. Sariputta
said, �gsōta�h is the Noble Eightfold Path, and
a �gSōtapanna�h is one who follows the path
correctly. To follow the Path, the first one needs to have a map or the layout
of �gour existence�h.
10. After attaining the Sōtapanna stage, he KNOWS what needs to be done
and HOW it is to be done. Then he diligently follows the Path and attains the
next three stages, culminating in Nibbāna.
1.�lŠÔ‚ª’Ê�í�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɖž‚¿‚½’nˆæ‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‰¼’肵‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽž�Ü�^�…�Aб‚΂Â�A‚³‚ç‚ɂ͒n�k‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�Г‹N‚±‚邯�A”Þ‚ÍŽæ‚è—�‚µ�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A”Þ‚Í‚¢‚‚ç‚©•x‚ð’~�Ï‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉œ‚Å‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚É‚Í�u‚·‚ׂĂª‘å�ä•v‚¾�v‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2.‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚ ‚é“ú�A�i’·”N—·�s‚É�o‚©‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�jŒÃ‚¢—F�l‚ª–ß‚Á‚Ä‚«‚Ä�A”Þ‚ª‹Ž‚Á‚½—�—R‚Í‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢�Z‹�‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邽‚ß‚¾‚Á‚½‚Ɣނɘb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B—F�l‚ª‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì’²�¸‚ð�s‚Á‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë�A‚±‚Ì“y’n‚Í–{Ž¿“I‚É•sˆÀ’è‚Å‚ ‚è�A�””NˆÈ“à‚É’n�k‚Å”j‰ó‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂ邱‚Ƃ𔌩‚µ‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A”Þ‚Í”ñ�í‚ɔɉh‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�Š‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯�A�^�…�Aб‚΂Â�A‚Ü‚½‚Í’n�k‚Ì�S”z‚ª‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�ê�Š‚Ö‚Í’·—·‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
3.’j‚Í—F�l‚É�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‘f�°‚炵‚¢�ê�Š‚É‚Â‚¢‚ĈȑO‚É‘¼‚Ì�l‚©‚ç•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚邯˜b‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚±‚ÅŽž�X�A‚»‚¤‚¢‚¤�l‚½‚¿‚ð’Ç�Õ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‰½‚Ì—˜“_‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚¢‚‚łàƒgƒŒƒbƒLƒ“ƒO‚ÌŒã‚ɂ͌³‚É–ß‚Á‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚³‚ç‚É�A”Þ‚ÍŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚·‚ׂĂªŠ®àø‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃ͒m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘å‚«‚È’n�k‚ª”�¶‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤—�˜_‚â�Ø‹’‚ðŽ¦‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚Ü‚½�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ªŒ©‚‚¯‚½�ê�Š‚ª‚ƂĂà‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚Ƃǂ¤‚µ‚Ä�M‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v
4.—F�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì’nˆæ‚ª’·Šú“I‚É�¶‚«‚é‚̂ɓK‚³‚È‚¢—�—R‚ðŽû�W‚µ‚½�Ø‹’‚ð‚·‚×‚Ä”Þ‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”ނ͂܂½�A�V‚µ‚¢�ê�Š‚Ì”É‰h‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�Ø‹’‚ðŽ¦‚µ�A‚Ü‚½”Þ‚É—·˜H‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�Ø‹’‚É‚Í�à“¾—Í‚ª‚ ‚è�A’j‚Í—F�l‚Ì�•Œ¾‚É�]‚¢�A—·˜H‚ª‚Ç‚±‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃɂµ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ÍSōtapanna Magga Anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚ƂɎ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
5.’j‚Í‘½‚‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ä�AŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚½‚·‚ׂĂÌ�Ø‹’‚ɂ‚¢‚ēǂÝ�A�n�l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚ç”Þ‚Í—F�l‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª–{“–‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B”Þ‚Í‚»‚Ì“¹‚ð’T�õ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒˆ‚ß�A—F�l‚Ì’ñˆÄ‚É�]‚Á‚Ä“K�Ø‚È�€”õ‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Žž�X�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�€”õ‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂªŽžŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂɂȂé‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚Ɣނ͎v‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Ø‹’‚ð•]‰¿‚µ‘±‚¯‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A”Þ‚Í‚»‚Ì—·‚É�o‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·Šm�M‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
6.”Þ‚Í—·�s‚ðŽn‚ß�A—F�l‚ª”Þ‚ÉŒ¾‚Á‚½‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�uƒ‰ƒ“ƒhƒ}�[ƒN�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃŗã‚Ü‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‰Æ‚É‚¢‚ê‚Γ¾‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚·‚ׂĂÌ�u‰õŠy�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚½‚܂ɔނÍ�l‚¦‚邯‚«‚à‚ ‚邪�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u–Úˆó�v‚͔ނɂ³‚ç‚É�i‚ނ悤‚É—ã‚Ü‚µ�A—F�l‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½4‚‚Ì�uŽå—v‚È“r’†—§‚¿Šñ‚è�Š�v‚Ì1‚‚ɓž’B‚·‚é�B
”Þ‚ª‚»‚Ì—§‚¿Šñ‚è�Ђɒ…‚‚Æ�A”Þ‚Í—F�l‚ÌŒ‹˜_‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠ®‘S‚ÉŠm�M‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�¡‚̔ނ͖߂邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B
7.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚É–Ú•W‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©�iNibbāna�j�A‚»‚±‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚‚½‚ß‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Žwަ�i“¹�j�A‚»‚µ‚ĉ½‚æ‚è‚à�A‰Æ‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ�i‚‚܂è�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚»‚̂܂܂ł¢‚邱‚Æ�j‚ª‚È‚º“K�Ø‚Å‚àŒ«–¾‚Å‚à‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ©‚‚¯�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ÅŒã‚Ì1‚‚͂ªƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å�AŒ»�ó‚̊댯�«‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�s“®‚ð‹N‚±‚·ˆÓ—~‚ª‚łȂ¢�i“¹‚ð•à‚«Žn‚ß‚é�j‚±‚Æ‚ð�Å�‰‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
8.�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̌ŗL‚Ì•sˆÀ’è�«‚ðŽÀŠ´‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A3‚‚̓Á�«�ianicca, dukkha, anatta�j‚Ì�^‚Ì—�‰ð‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í�A–{Ž¿“I‚É‹~�Ï‚ª�ݒ肳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�Š�i‚‚܂è�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v�j‚Å�P‹v“I‚È•½˜a‚ð�ì‚낤‚Æ‚·‚錻�݂̓¬‘ˆ‚ɂ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚·�i�uƒOƒ‰ƒ“ƒhƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì“�ˆê—�˜_�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�j�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�ANibbāna‚Ƃ͋†‹É‚Ì�A‰i‘±“I‚È�S‚Ì•½ˆÀ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽÀŠ´‚¾‚¯‚ª�A�uŒ³‚É–ß‚ç‚È‚¢’n“_�v‚É“±‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B
9.‚ ‚é“ú�AŽß‘¸‚ÍSariputta‘¸ŽÒ‚É�usōta�v‚Æ�usōtapanna �v‚̈Ӗ¡‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�q‚˂܂µ‚½�B ƒTƒŠƒvƒbƒ^‚Í�A�usōta�v‚Í�¹‚È‚é8‚‚̓¹‚Å‚ ‚è�A�usōtapanna�v‚Í‚»‚Ì“¹‚ð�³‚µ‚‚½‚Ç‚éŽÒ‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚É‚Í�A�Å�‰‚É’n�}�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¶�Ý�v‚̃ŒƒCƒAƒEƒg‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÌŒÀ‚ç‚ê‚½Š´Šo‚Ì”\—͂Ŋ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚È�¢ŠE‚Ì‚²‚ˆê•”‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‰ÈŠw‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚½‚炳‚ꂽ‹Z�p‚Ì�i•à‚É‚æ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚ð‚à‚¤�‚µŒ©Žn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚à‘S‘Ì‘œ‚̂قñ‚̂킸‚©‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B
‘S‘Ì‘œ‚Í”ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚·‚ׂĂðŠw‚Ô•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽžŠÔ‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�AAbhidhamma‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A�Ú�ׂðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j�BŽß‘¸‚Í‚±‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì‘¶�݂̖{Ž¿‚ð3‚‚̓Á’¥�iTilakkhana�j‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚É‹Ã�k‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì“Á�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�æ‚ɉ½‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ɑ΂µ‚ĉ½‚ð‚·‚×‚«‚©‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Å‚ ‚éSammāDiṭṭhi‚ÅSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
10. SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã�A”ނ͉½‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤‚Ì‚©‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A”Þ‚Í”M�S‚É“¹‚ð�i‚Ý�AŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ�ANibbāna‚Å�Å�‚’ª‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
The key here is that without
knowing about the Buddha�fs world view (31 realms of existence and the suffering
in the four lower realms, see �gThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma�g), one does
not comprehend the �gsaṃsāric suffering�h; most suffering
is incurred when one is born in any of the four lowest realms.
This is important because it is possible that (especially young and wealthy
people) may not experience that much physical and mental suffering in this
life. And in order to have faith in the Buddha�fs world view, one needs to spend
some time examining the evidence for it.
‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ�i31—Ìˆæ‚Æ4‚‚̉ºˆÊ—̈æ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�u‘s‘å‚È“�ˆê—�˜_�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�u”ߎS‚ȋꂵ‚Ý�v‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B�Å‚à‹ê‚µ‚Þ‚Ì‚Í�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å“]�¶‚µ‚½Žž‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶�i“Á‚ÉŽá‚‚Ä—T•Ÿ‚È�l�X�j‚Å‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚‚Ì“÷‘Ì“I‚¨‚æ‚у�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚È‚¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚»‚µ‚ÄŽß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð�M—Š‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A‚»‚Ì�Ø‹’‚𒲂ׂ邽‚߂ɎžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. When one clearly sees why it is not fruitful to
stay in �gthis world�h of 31 realms, he/she has understood the true nature, the
three characteristics anicca, dukkha,
anatta, of �gthis world�h.
This clear vision or Sammā Diṭṭhi itself
(the realization that there is nothing �gsubstantial�h to be had by staying in
�gthis world�h), makes the mind to determine that there is no point in doing
immoral things (those that cause rebirth in the four lower realms).
1. 31—̈æ‚Ì�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂƂǂ܂邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚º—LˆÓ‹`‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚©‚𖾊m‚ÉŒ©‚邯�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿Sammā DiṭṭhiŽ©‘Ì�i�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚ɂƂǂ܂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä“¾‚ç‚ê‚é�uŽÀŽ¿“I‚È�v‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŽÀŠ´�j‚ª�A•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ�i4‚‚̉ºˆÊ—̈æ‚É“]�¶‚·‚錴ˆö‚é�j‚ɂ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ”»’f‚³‚¹‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2. We strive to gain or own
�gthings�h in this world because we perceive that we can achieve happiness
eventually; this is sakkāya diṭṭhi or sathkāya diṭṭhi (both �gsakka�h and �gsath�h
mean �ggood�h or fruitful, and �gkāya�h means �gkriya�h
or actions; diṭṭhi means
wrong view: thus both these mean our wrong view that our actions to acquire
�gthings�h or to �gseek happiness�h are good and fruitful.
When one truly understands anicca, dukkha, anatta, this wrong view is
removed. One realizes that nothing we do can lead to permanent happiness �gin
this world�h.
2.�Å�I“I‚É�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å�u‚à‚Ì�v‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚Ȃ킿�Š—L‚·‚邿‚¤‚É“w‚߂܂·�B‚±‚ê‚Ísakkāya diṭṭhi‚·‚Ȃ킿sathkāya diṭṭhi�i�usakka�v‚Æ�usath�v‚Í�u—Ç‚¢�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽÀ‚肪‚ ‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�ukāya�v‚Í�ukriya�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�s“®�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�Adiṭṭhi‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�u‚à‚Ì�v‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚é�s“®�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�K•Ÿ‚ð‹�‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͗ǂ¢‚±‚ƂŎÀ‚è‚ ‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͉½‚à�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚̉i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢‚±‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B
3. Furthermore, for one who has
clearly seen anicca, dukkha, anatta,
the mind does not allow serious wrongdoings (vici + ki+ichcha =
liking for wrong actions or things) that could lead to birth in the lower four
realms; there is no doubt regarding the �gworld vision�h that he/she realized.
Thus vicikicca, or the liking for
unfruitful and harmful actions, is removed at the Sōtapanna stage.
3.‚³‚ç‚É�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚𖾊m‚ÉŒ©‚½�l‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͉ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�[��‚È•s�³�sˆ×�ivici + ki + ichcha =ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚â•¨Ž–‚ð�D‚Þ�j‚ð‹–‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚ªŽÀŠ´‚µ‚½�u�¢ŠE‚̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚É‹^‚¢‚Ì—]’n‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Avicikicca�A‚·‚Ȃ킿ŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢—LŠQ‚È�s“®‚ւ̕Έ¤‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
4. It is clear that all that is needed to be done is
to contemplate the true nature of the world. It is done by purifying the mind,
and cannot be done just by following certain rituals, such as just obeying
precepts on certain days.
Thus the idea of �gsīlabbata paramasa�h
or �gNibbāna can be attained by following
rituals�h is removed at the Sōtapanna stage.
One realizes what the Buddha said by �gsaṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ�g,
i.e., �gsīla�h or moral behavior is achieved by
the constraint of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, at ALL TIMES, not by
�gobserving precepts�h for a day or even several days.
4.‚â‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚邱‚ƂȂ̂Å�A“Á’è‚Ì“ú‚̉ú—¥‚â‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚¾‚¯‚Å�n�l‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�usīlabbata paramasa�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uNibbāna‚Í‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�usaṃvaraṭṭhenasīlaṃ�v�A‚‚܂è�usīla�v‚·‚Ȃ킿“¹“¿“I�s“®‚Æ‚Í�A1“ú‚â�”“úŠÔ‚Ì�u‰ú—¥‚ðŠÏŽ@‚·‚é�v‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�펞‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä–Ú�Aލ�A•@�A�ã�A‘Ì�A�S‚Ì�§–ñ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽß‘¸‚ª�à‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
5. For one who has become �gdassanā sampanno�h
(one with true and clear vision), the mindset changes not by following formal
procedures, but by understanding the futility of breaking any precepts or
wrongdoings. Even if one does a wrong act, the mistake is realized and one
takes care to avoid it.
5.�udassanā sampanno�v�i�^ŽÀ‚Å–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�j‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A�l‚¦•û‚ªŒ`Ž®“I‚ÈŽè�‡‚É�]‚¤‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‰ú—¥‚â•s�³‚ð”Æ‚·‚±‚Ƃ̖³‰v‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ĕςí‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚Ä‚à�AŠÔˆá‚¢‚É‹C‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚æ‚¤‚É‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
6. Please keep in mind that this
is not to discourage people from observing precepts as a formality. This is a
good thing to do for those who are starting on the Path, and also a good habit
to create in children. It is customary in Buddhist countries for whole families
to go to the temple and observe �gpañca sīla�h (five precepts) or �gaṭṭhaṅgika sīla�h (eight precepts) on Poya (Full
Moon) days.
6.‚Ç‚¤‚¼‚±‚ê‚Í�l�X‚ª‰ú—¥‚ðŒ`Ž®“I‚È‚à‚̂Ƃ݂邱‚Æ‚ð‚â‚ß‚³‚¹‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A“¹‚ð•à‚«Žn‚ß‚½�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—Ç‚¢‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�AŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚Ì‘n‘¢‚É‚à—Ç‚¢�Kе‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•§‹³‚Ì�‘‚Å‚Í�A‰Æ‘°‘Sˆõ‚ªŽ›‰@‚É�s‚Á‚Ä�APoya�i–žŒŽ�j‚Ì“ú‚É�upañcasīla�v�i5‚‚̉ú—¥�j‚Ü‚½‚Í�uaṭṭhaṅgikasīla�v�i8‚‚̉ú—¥�j‚ðŽç‚é‚Ì‚ª�Kе‚Å‚·�B
The key to attaining Nibbāna is to remove the āsavā (residue from the fermentation of bad
thoughts/habits over many saṃsāric births).
This will be discussed under the key Dhamma Concepts.
In the Sabbāsava Sutta,
the Buddha listed seven steps to remove the āsavā and
to purify the mind thus paving the way to Nibbāna.
These seven steps are listed below:
Nibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̌®‚Í�Aāsavā�i‘½‚‚Ì“]�¶‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉ«ˆÓ‚Ì‚ ‚éŽv�l/�Kе‚ƂȂÁ‚½ŽcŸæ�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŽå—v‚ÈDhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Sabbāsava Sutta‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Íāsavā‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð—ñ‹“‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚µ‚ÄNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ðŠJ‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ðˆÈ‰º‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
1. Removal by clear vision (�gdassanā pahātabbā�h,
where dassana is vision
and pahātabbā is removal).
This is a clear understanding of anicca, dukkha,
anatta.
2. Removal by the restrained use
of the senses (�gsaṃvarā pahātabbā�h, where saṃvara is
the disciplined use of the sense faculties: not to over-indulge in the senses).
3. Removal by good and frequent
associations (�gpaṭisevanā pahātabbā�h, where sevana is
an association: for example, with good friends and good deeds).
4. Removal by tolerance and
patience (�gadhivāsanā pahātabbā�h). For example, even if one is
tempted to steal because one is hungry, one should contemplate the consequences
and bear the hunger.
5. Removal by staying clear of
�gbad influences and environments�h (�gparivajjanā pahātabbā�h). One needs to avoid bad friends,
bad locations for living (due to floods, bad neighbors, etc),
avoiding unsuitable times to go out, etc.
6. Removal by getting rid of
certain things (�gvinodanā pahātabbā�h). One needs to get rid of bad
thoughts that come to mind, for example, for excessive sensory pleasure, hate,
etc.
7. Removal by meditation (�gbhāvanā pahātabbā�h).
When one has a clear vision in #1, it becomes apparent what to contemplate.
1.–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�i�udassanāƒ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“pahātabbā�œ‹Ž�v‚±‚ê‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–¾Šm‚È—�‰ð‚Å‚·�B
2.Š´Šo‚Ì�§ŒÀ‚³‚ꂽŽg—p‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�isaṃvara‚ÍŠ´Šo‚Ì‹@”\‚Ì‹K—¥‚ ‚éŽg—p�FŠ´Šo‚ɉߓx‚É’^‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�j�B
3.‘P‚É•p”ɂɊւí‚è‚É‚æ‚é�í�œ�i�upaṭi�{sevanāŠÖ‚í‚è�v�@�@‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A—Ç‚«—F�l‚â‘P‚¢�s‚¢‚Ƃ̊ւí‚è�j
4.”E‘ςɂæ‚é�œ‹Ž�uadhivāsanā�v‹ó• ‚Ì‚½‚߂ɓ�‚Þ—U˜f‚É‹ì‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚àŒ‹‰Ê‚ð�n�l‚µ�A‹ó• ‚ɑς¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5.ˆ«‚¢‰e‹¿‚Ɗ‹«‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ä�í�œ�iparivajjanā�jˆ«‚¢—F’B�A�Z‹��ê�Š�i�^�…�A—×�l‚Ȃǂɂæ‚é�j•s“K�؂ȎžŠÔ‚ð”ð‚¯‚é�B
6.“Á’è‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�ivinodanāpah�j‰ß“x‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy�A‘žˆ«‚È‚Ç�A“ª‚É•‚‚©‚Ôˆ«‚¢�l‚¦‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
7.áÒ‘z‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�ibhāvanā�j �”1‚Ì–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚ ‚邯�A‰½‚ð�l‚¦‚ê‚΂悢‚©‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
The clear vision
is the first on the list. Just
like one should not undertake a journey without learning about the destination,
the path, and the reason for the journey, one needs to start getting rid
of by first having a clear vision of the Buddha�fs world view (see, �gThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma�g) and
understanding what these āsavā are and how they
arise. More on this topic will be discussed in the �gKey
Dhamma Concepts�h section.
The diṭṭhāsava is
removed by the Sōtapanna through
clear vision. Once one understood the true nature of �gthis world�h by
contemplating on anicca, dukkha, anatta,
one would not commit any immoral acts to gain anything in �gthis world�h; see, �gAnicca,
Dukkha, Anatta�g. This alone saves one from future rebirths in the
lower four realms.
The other five steps listed in
the Sabbāsava Sutta,
as one can clearly see, are common sense things to do. They need to be followed
at any stage. Actually those steps can be used by anyone to enhance the quality
of life and to remove any bad habits that they have, for example, alcohol or
drug use, to eating too much. A clear vision of why those are bad, and why they
need to be stopped is an important step.
–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ªƒŠƒXƒg‚Ì�Å�‰‚Å‚·�B–Ú“I’n�A“¹�A‚»‚µ‚Ä—�—R‚ð’m‚炸‚É—·‚ðŽn‚ß‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‚Ü‚¸Žß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç�uāsavā�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i�uƒOƒ‰ƒ“ƒhƒ†ƒjƒtƒ@ƒCƒh�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�jƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì—�˜_�v�j‚Æ‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�uāsavā�v‚Ƃ͉½‚©�A‚»‚ê‚炪‚ǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ�B‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uŽå—v‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
āsavā‚Í4‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Fkāmāsava�iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�j�Adiṭṭhāsava�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚É‚æ‚銉–]�j�Abhavāsava�i‘¶�݂ւ̊‰–]�j�Aavijjāsava�i–³’m‚É‚æ‚銉–]�j�B
diṭṭhāsava‚Í�A–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð�n�l‚µ‚Ä�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ʼn½‚©‚𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uAnicca�ADukkha�AAnatta�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ꂾ‚¯‚Å�A‰ºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚ª‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚ɂ͂܂¾‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìāsava‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽå‚É�ASattaBojjhaṅga�i7‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga�j‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éáÒ‘z‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
SabbāsavaSutta‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚鑼‚Ì5‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ‚í‚©‚é�펯“I‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚ǂ̒iŠK‚Å‚à�]‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A�¶Šˆ‚ÌŽ¿‚ð�‚‚ß�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚â–ò•¨‚ÌŽg—p‚â�H‚׉߂¬‚Ȃǂ̈«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A‚¾‚ê‚Å‚àŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚炪‚È‚ºˆ«‚¢‚Ì‚©�A‚È‚º’âŽ~‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̖¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B
Mahā Satipaṭṭhāna
Sutta‚Í�A7‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚·‚ׂĂð‘½�ˆÙ‚È‚é•û–@‚ŃJƒo�[‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BAnapānasati bhāvanā
�iŒÄ‹záÒ‘z”łł͂Ȃ¢�j‚Í�A‚±‚±‚ÅŽå—v‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
March 15, 2019
1. Just before his
Enlightenment, the Buddha figured how beings are born endlessly due to their
own way of thinking. That knowledge is embedded in Paṭicca Samuppāda, translated as, �gDependent
Origination�h.
Anulōma Paṭicca Samuppāda describes the forward
progression of events leading to eventual suffering. Patilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda describes the backward
progression to see that indeed avijjā must
be removed (by cultivating wisdom or paññā)
in order to stop future suffering from arising.
1.Œå‚è‚Ì’¼‘O‚É�AŽß‘¸‚ÍŠeŽ©‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�u‘¶�Ý�v‚Í�I‚í‚è‚È‚�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì’mޝ‚ÍPaṭicca Samuppāda‚Ì’†‚É‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê�A�uDependent Origination�v‘ŠŒÝˆË‘¶”�¶‚Æ‚µ‚Ä–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Íavijjā �i–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�u–³–¾�v�j‚ÉŠî‚«�A�¶–½‘ÌŽ©�g‚ÌŽv�lƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�isaṅkhāra�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ì�¶–½‘̂̋NŒ¹‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Anulōma PaṭiccaSamuppāda‚Í�A�Å�I“I‚ȋꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚éƒCƒxƒ“ƒg‚Ì�‡•ûŒü‚Ì�i�s‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Patilōma PaṭiccaSamuppāda‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̔�¶‚ð–h‚®‚½‚ß‚É�Aavijjā‚ð�í�œ‚·‚é�i’qŒd‚·‚Ȃ킿paññā‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�j•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‹t�‡‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2. �gPaṭhama Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.1)�h and �gDutiya Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.2)�gstate how the Buddha
comprehended anulōma and patilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda during the night of the
Enlightenment.
Most people are quite familiar with how suffering
originates with saṅkhāra generation
due to the ignorance of the Four Noble Truths (avijjā),
and then goes through the familiar steps: �gavijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā,
saṅkhārapaccayā
viññāṇaṃ, ..and
ends with �g.. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī�hti OR
�gthe whole mass of suffering�h.
2. Paṭhama Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.1)‚¨‚æ‚ÑDutiya Bodhi Sutta (Udāna 1.2)‚Í�AŒå‚è‚Ì–é‚ÉŽß‘¸‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É anulōma‚Æpatilōma Paṭicca Samuppāda‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚Ì‚©‚ð�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A4‚‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�iavijjā�j‚½‚ß‚Ésaṅkhāra‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‹Nˆö‚·‚é‚©‚ð‚æ‚’m‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�AŽŸ‚ÉŠµ‚ê�e‚µ‚ñ‚¾Žè�‡‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bavijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā,
saṅkhārapaccayā
viññāṇaṃ, .. ‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�g.. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī�hti
�@‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̑S•”‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ł·�B�@
3. It is also important to trace
the steps backwards and see how future suffering can be stopped by
cultivating paññā: �gavijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā
nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī�fti�g.
In fact, if one really contemplates on this process, one
can get some deep insights.
3.Œã•û‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ð’Ç‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ÍPANNA‚ðˆç�¬‚µ‚Ä’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é•û–@‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�Bjātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā
nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī�fti�g.
jāti‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�i�ÅŒã‚É�j‹ê‚µ‚݂̔�¶‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�¡“x‚ÍŒã‚ëŒü‚«‚É�i‚ñ‚ł݂܂µ‚傤�B bhava‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Äjāti�i’a�¶�j‚ÍŽ~‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚ê‚Íupādāna, taṇhā,
vedanā, phassa, saḷāyatana,
nāmarūpa, viññāṇa, saṅkhāra‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�Favijjā‚ð�í�œ‚¹‚¸‚Ésaṅkhāra‚Ì”�¶‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂÌgati‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�B
ŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä–{“–‚É�n�l‚·‚邯�A�[‚¢“´Ž@‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
4. It is quite clear that in
order to stop �gthe whole mass of suffering�h, one MUST stop each of those 10
factors (jāti, bhava, upādāna, taṇhā, vedanā, phassa, saḷāyatana,
nāmarūpa, iññāṇa, and saṅkhāra)
from arising.
The removal of avijjā (and
cultivation of paññā) is done by following
the Eightfold path, which has two components; see, for example, �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g.
There are no shortcuts!
4.�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̑S‘Ì�v‚ðŽ~‚߂邽‚߂ɂÍ�A”�¶‚·‚é10‚Ì—vˆö�ijāti�Abhava�Aupādāna�Ataṇhā�Avedanā�Aphassa�Asaḷāyatana�Anāmarūpa�Aviññāṇa�Asaṅkhāra�j‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚ðŽ~‚߂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Anirōdha‚Í�u”�¶‚ðŽ~‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�Aavijjā‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂ݎÀ�s‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚à‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Ípaññā‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B
avijjā‚Ì�œ‹Ž�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñpaññā‚̈ç�¬�j‚Í�A2‚•”–傪‚ ‚锪�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‹ß“¹‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�I
5. We concluded in #4 above that
in order to stop future suffering from arising we must stop those 10 terms from
arising. This appears not to make sense with some of those terms when we try to
reconcile that with the fact that an Arahant has stopped those
from arising.
Let us discuss briefly a few of those terms.
5.�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚Å�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̔�¶‚ð–h‚®‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ì”�¶‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯Œ‹˜_•t‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�oŒ»‚ð‘jŽ~‚µ‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚Æ—pŒê‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªˆê’v‚³‚¹‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚͈Ӗ¡‚ð‚È‚³‚È‚¢‚悤‚Å‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Îvēdanā�Aphassa�Aviññāna�Asaṅkhāra‚ª‚Ü‚¾�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚éƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ł͔�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚ªƒEƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‘S‘̂ɎU�Ý‚·‚鑽‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�i“Á‚ÉPaṭicca
SamuppādaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�j�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚ª�uuddēsa�vƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASutta – Introduction‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ðŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
6. Basically all current English
translations just provide word-by-word translations of that �guddēsa version�h without any explanation.
For example, the English translation of the first sutta in #1 above states,
�g..because of consciousness: mind and body, because of mind and
body: the six sense spheres, because of the six sense
spheres: contact, because of contact:
feeling, because of feeling�c because of continuation:
birth, because of birth: old age, death, grief,
lamentation, pain, sorrow, and despair all arise,
and so there is an origination of this whole mass of suffering.�h.; see, �gThe First Discourse about the Awakening Tree (UD
1.1)�g.
Furthermore, it is not clear what is meant by
�gcontinuation�h (for bhava), which leads to jāti (births),
and thus �gthis whole mass of suffering�h.
6.Šî–{“I‚É�AŒ»�݂̂·‚ׂẲpŒê‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�A�à–¾‚È‚µ‚Å‚»‚Ì�uuddasaƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Ì’PŒê‚²‚Ƃɖ|–ó‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ìsutta‚̉pŒê‚Ì–|–ó‚É‚Í�A�uˆÓޝ‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�F�S‚Æ‘Ì�A�S‚Ƒ̂̂½‚ß�F6‚‚̊´ŠoŠíН�A6‚‚̊´ŠoŠíН‚Ì‚½‚ß�F�Ú�G�A�Ú�G‚Ì‚½‚ß�FŠ´Šo�AŠ´Šo‚Ì‚½‚ß...Œp‘±‚Ì‚½‚ß�F’a�¶�A’a�¶‚Ì‚½‚ß�F˜V”N�AŽ€�A”ß‚µ‚Ý�A’Q‚«�A’É‚Ý�A”ß‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�â–]‚ª‚·‚ׂĔ�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚±‚Ì‘S‘̂̋ꂵ‚݂̋NŒ¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe First Discourse about the
Awakening Tree (UD 1.1)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
2”Ô–Ú‚Ìsutta‚É‚æ‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂÄ�iˆÓޝ�A6‚‚̊´Šo�A�Ú�G�AŠ´�î�j‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ł͔�¶‚µ‚È‚¢‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A�uŒp‘±�v�ibhava‚Ì�ê�‡�j‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚ł͂Ȃ�A‚»‚ꂪjāti�i�o�¶�j�A‚‚܂è�u‚±‚Ì‘S‘̂̋ꂵ‚Ý�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
7. For example, the step, �gavijjā paccayā saṅkhāra�h
really should be �gavijjā paccayā abhisaṅkhāra�g.
It is those abhisaṅkhāra that lead to
future births and thus future suffering!
7.‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uavijjā paccayā
saṅkhāra�v‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�uavijjā paccayā abhisaṅkhāra�v‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sankhāra – What It Really Means‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AArahant‚Ísaṅkhāra‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aabhisaṅkhāra‚Í�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�«—ˆ‚Ì�o�¶�A‚Ђ¢‚Ä‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìabhisaṅkhāra‚Å‚·�I
8. The next step is written
in suttā as �gsaṅkhāra paccayā viññāna�h
and that is the uddēsa version.
An Arahant would have
�gpurified viññāna�h and NOT �gdefiled viññāna�g. This is explained at, �gViññāna Aggregate�g.
8.ŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ísuttā‚Å�usaṅkhāra�@paccayā�@viññāna�v‚Æ�‘‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ꂪuddēsaƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�B
�uabhisaṅkhāra�@paccayā�@viññāna�v‚Æ�à–¾‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚¢‚¤�Aviññāna‚Æ‚Í�u‰˜‚ꂽˆÓޝ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í�u�ò‰»‚³‚ꂽviññāna�v‚ðŽ�‚¿�A�u‰˜‚ꂽviññāna�v‚ÍŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ÍViññāna Aggregate‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
9. Another confusing step could
be �gnāmarūpa paccayā salāyatana�g, where �gsalāyatana�h
or �gsix āyatana�h are normally
translated as �gsix sense faculties�h. Of course, a living Arahant has
perfectly good sense faculties (indriya).
Those six indriya (or
sense faculties) become salāyatana when
one acts with avijjā and
use them to accumulate �gsan�g; see, �gNāmarūpa paccayā Salāyatana�g.
9.‚à‚¤1‚‚Ì�¬—�‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�unāmarūpa paccayā salāyatana�v‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�A�usalāyatana�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�usix
ayatana�v‚Í�A’Ê�í�u6‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì‹@”\�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚éƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É—Ç‚¢Š´Šo‹@”\‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iindriya�j�B
avijjā‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�s“®‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�usan�v‚ð’~�Ï‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì6‚‚Ìindriya�i‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š´Šo‹@”\�j‚Ísalāyatana‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BNāmarūpa paccayā Salāyatana‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
10. In next step of �gsalāyatana paccayā phassa�g, it is really �gsalāyatana paccayā samphassa�g.
When those indriya are used
as āyatana, one �gmakes contact
with a defiled mind�h and that defiled contact is �gsamphassa�h
(�gsan�h + �gphassa�g).
Therefore, an Arahant would have only �gphassa�h and NOT �gsamphassa�g.
10.ŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Ì�usalāyatana paccayā
phassa�v‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�usalāyatana paccayā
samphassa�v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìindriya ‚ðāyatana‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚·‚é�ê�‡�A�u‰˜‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Æ�Ú�G‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̉˜‚ꂽ�Ú�G‚Ísamphassa (�gsan�h + �gphassa�g)‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ADifference between Phassa and
Samphassa‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É‚Í�uphassa�v‚݂̂ª‚ ‚è�A�usamphassa�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
11. Now when those sense inputs
are evaluated with a defiled mind, one generates �gmind-made vēdanā�h or �gsamphassa jā vēdanā�g. These are
greedy, angry, jealous, types of vēdanā generated
due to the defilements in the mind.
This explained in detail in the post, �gVēdanā (Feelings) Arise in Two Ways�g.
11.‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ª‰˜‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å•]‰¿‚³‚ê‚邯�A�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½vēdanā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�usamphassa jā
vēdanā�v‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉˜‚ê‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÉæÃ—~�A“{‚è�A޹“i‚Ȃǂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìvēdanā‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚̂悤‚È�u‰˜‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�ì‚ç‚ꂽvēdanā�v‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂ͑¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í6‚‚Ìindriya‚Æ‚Ì�Ú�G‚É‚æ‚è�A�i‰˜‚ê‚̂Ȃ¢�jvēdanā‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A’N‚©‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ð‘ł‚Æ�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B•…‚Á‚½‹�“û‚͋ꖡ‚ª‚ ‚è�AƒP�[ƒL‚͊¢–¡‚ª‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í•…‚Á‚½‹�“û‚ð‚¾‚·ŽÒ‚É“{‚è‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚¸�AƒP�[ƒL‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚àˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AVēdanā (Feelings) Arise in Two Ways‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
12. The next confusion is at the
step, �gbhava
paccayā jāti�g,
which is translated in #5 as, �gbecause of continuation: birth�h. I am not
sure what is meant by �gcontinuation�h there.
The correct interpretation is given at, �gBhava and Jāti – States of
Existence and Births Therein�g.
12.ŽŸ‚Ì�¬—�‚Í�A�ubhava paccayā jāti�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�”5‚Å‚Í�uŒp‘±‚Ì‚½‚ß�F’a�¶�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�uŒp‘±�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ÍBhava and Jāti – States of
Existence and Births Therein‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
13. If one can spend some time
reading those posts and the links given in them, one should be able to get a
good idea of how different types jāti originate
via abhisaṅkhāra (one�fs
own thoughts).
If we do bad (or apuñña) abhisaṅkhāra in
this life, we may be born as animal or worse. If we do good (or puñña) abhisaṅkhāra in
this life, we may be born as devas, Brahmā,
or humans again.
13.‚»‚ê‚ç‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Æ‚»‚±‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ð“ǂ߂Î�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ìjāti‚ªabhisaṅkhāra�iŽ©•ª‚Ì�l‚¦�j‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÌNibbāna‚Í�A�u•s•Ï‚Ì�u�°�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�l‚Ì‘Ì�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s“®�j‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Ìbhava‚Æjāti‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ìabhisaṅkhāra‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘O�¢‚Å”|‚í‚ꂽ—Ç‚«abhisaṅkhāra‚Ì‚½‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚܂ꂽ‚̂ł·�B
‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªˆ«‚¢�i‚·‚Ȃ킿apuñña�jabhisaṅkhāra‚ð�s‚¤‚Æ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚©�A‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚àˆ«‚¢‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚µŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å—Ç‚¢�i‚·‚Ȃ킿puñña�jabhisaṅkhāra‚ð‚·‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ídevas, Brahmā�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�Ä‚Ñ�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
14. However, there in no birth in the 31 realms that can bring a permanent
state of happiness. Any deva or brahma existence
will come to an end, and then one could be born in the apāyās.
When one truly understands that, one has the �gvision�h
of a Sōtapanna, i.e., one would
have gotten rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi (and vicikiccā and silabbata
parāmāsa all at the same time).
14.‚µ‚©‚µ�A31—̈æ‚É‚Í�A‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ�ó‘Ô‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚±‚ë‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚¢‚©‚È‚édevas, Brahmā‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚à�I‚í‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Äapāyā‚Å�¶‚܂ꂱ‚ƂɂȂ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚̉i‰“‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ�ó‘Ô�i‚‚܂è�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�j‚ªŽÀŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B
–{“–‚É‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASōtapanna‚Ì�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Asakkāya diṭṭhi�ivicikiccā�i‹^‚¢�j ‚Æsilabbata parāmāsa�i“Á’è‚Ì�@”h‚Ì‹K‘¥‚â‹VŽ®‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…�j‚𓯎ž‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
15. More details can be found in
the �gPaṭicca Samuppāda�h
section. The �gLiving Dhamma�h section there is an attempt to
provide a systematic approach to learn and practice Buddha Dhamma (of course,
with more details in other sections).
15.�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍPaṭicca
Samuppāda‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BLiving Dhamma‚Å‚Í�A•§–@‚ðŠw‚Ñ�AŽÀ‘H‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚ȃAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚Í—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢ˆã—Ëً}Ž–‘Ô‚É‘˜‹ö‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�i‚»‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚é”ñ‰i‘±�«‚ð‚͂邩‚É’´‚¦‚éanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�j�B‰ñ•œ‚µ‚½‚ç�A�”�TŠÔŒã‚É–ß‚Á‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ŠF‚³‚ñ�ANibbāna‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚傤�I
November 1, 2017
1. This subsection replaces the old subsection, �gĀsvāda (Mind-Made Pleasures), Ādeenava
(Bad Outcomes), Nissarana (Relinquish)�h. I had used
Sinhala terms in that series, without realizing it. Also, I have basically
re-written some of the posts — including the Introduction — to have a logical
flow.
1.‚±‚ê‚Í�AŒÃ‚¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚ ‚é�uĀsvāda�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�A‰õŠy�j�AĀdeenava�iˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�j�ANissarana�i•úŠü�j—·‚Ì�Ià��v‚É‘ã‚í‚é‚à‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚Í‚»‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY‚ŃVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ɋC•t‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚Ü‚½�AIntroduction‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð˜_—�“I‚È—¬‚ê‚É‚È‚é‚æ‚¤‚É�‘‚«’¼‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚ê‚Í�uPaṭiccaSamuppāda�v‚Ì�€–Ú‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ»�Ý‚Í�A‚æ‚è“K�Ø‚È�uSōtapanna Stage�v‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2. There are two main categories
of �gpleasures�h that one experiences: (i) Those
arising due to kamma vipāka, and (ii) mind-made �gpleasures�h
where we keep generating more vacī saṅkhāra
(thinking/talking to ourselves in our minds) recalling such an experience of
the first kind.
But if we get �gattached to that taste�h and start
thinking how good it is and crave for more, now we are generating vacī saṅkhāra
(thinking/talking to ourselves about how good it is), then we are generating
�gnew kamma�g. This second type is
called assāda (āsvāda in
Sinhala).
2.�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚É‚Í�AŽå‚É2‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�ii�jkammavipāka‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‹N‚«‚é‚à‚Ì‚Æ�A�iii�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚Å�A‘æˆêŽí‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚·vacī saṅkhāra �i“Ƃ茾‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŒ¾ŒêŠˆ“®�j‚ð”�¶‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A—F’B‚©‚ç‘¡‚ç‚ꂽƒP�[ƒL‚ð�H‚ׂ邯�A–¡‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚©‚ç�u‚¢‚¢Š´‚¶�v‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�‰‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ�[‚É‘®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Íkammavipāka‚Å‚ ‚è�A�u�V‚µ‚¢kamma‚Í�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�BAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda for Vipāka Viññāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u‚»‚Ì�D‚݂ɂ±‚¾‚í‚Á‚Ä�v‚»‚ꂪ‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚¢‚©‚ð�l‚¦Žn‚ß�A‚à‚Á‚Æ—~‚µ‚ª‚é‚È‚ç�Avaci saṅkhāra�i‚»‚ꂪ‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚¢‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚É�l‚¦/˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µ�A�u�V‚µ‚¢kamma�v‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì2”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Í�Aassāda‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
3. Therefore, assāda are basically
�gmind-made pleasures�h, i.e., only those in the second category.
It is important to realize that vacī saṅkhāra are associated
with speech and also �gtalking to ourselves�h: �gCorrect Meaning of Vaci Saṅkhāra�g.
3.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aassāda‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�v‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A2”Ԗڂ̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
�Å�‰‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŠ´Šo“ü—͂̂½‚߂Ɏ©“®“I‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Amanō saṅkhāra‚ð‰î‚µ‚½kammavipāka/ gati‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Manō saṅkhāra‚Í‚ ‚ç‚ä‚écitta‚Å”�¶‚·‚évedan₯saññā‚Å‚ ‚邯’è‹`‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@�@�[‘wˆÓޝ‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚é
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�‰Šú‚ÌŠ´�î‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�Avacī saṅkhāra�ivitakka /vicāra‚Æ‚µ‚Ä’è‹`‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚鎩•ªŽ©�g‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯�A‚»‚ÌŒãŽÀ�ۂ̃Xƒs�[ƒ`�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µŽn‚ß�AŽŸ‚Ékāya saṅkhāra�i�g‘Ì“I“®�ì�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ívackṅya�@ ‚Ìsaṅkhāra‚ðƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�A‰˜‚ꂽgati‚ð•Ï�X‚·‚錮‚Å‚·�B
Vacī saṅkhāra‚Ƃ̓Xƒs�[ƒ`‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Ƙb‚·�v‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�BCorrect Meaning of Vaci Saṅkhāra
4. There is nothing we can do to
stop the first kind. For example, even an Arahant WILL
feel the �gtastiness�h of sugar or a nice meal (or saltiness of salt or
unpleasantness of some medications/foods, etc). But
he/she WILL NOT become attached to that taste and crave for more.
So, it is important to distinguish between AUTOMATIC
generation of manō saṅkhāra (due
to vipāka) and CONSCIOUS
generation of vacī and kāya saṅkhāra: �gHow Are Gati and Kilesa
Incorporated into Thoughts?�g.
4.‘æˆêŽí‚ðŽ~‚߂邽‚߂Ɏ„‚½‚¿‚ɂł«‚邱‚Ƃ͉½‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦�A�»“œ‚Ì�u‚¨‚¢‚µ‚³�v‚â‘f“G‚È�HŽ–�i‚Ü‚½‚͉–‚̉––¡‚âˆê•”‚̈ã–ò•i/�H•i‚Ì•s‰õŠ´‚È‚Ç�j‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‚»‚Ì�D‚݂Ɏ·’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ�A‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð�Ø–]‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
assāda‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì‚»‚ê‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éˆÓޝ“I‚ÈŽv�l�ivacī saṅkhāra�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚±‚Å�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½”ߎS‚È—·‚ð‰„’·‚³‚¹‚鈫‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Amanō saṅkhāra‚ÌŽ©“®�¶�¬�ivipāka‚É‚æ‚é�j‚Æ�Avac‚æ‚Ñkāya saṅkhāra‚̈ӎ¯‚³‚ꂽ(ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½)�¶�¬‚ð‹æ•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�BHow Are Gati and Kilesa
Incorporated into Thoughts?
5. It is those CONSCIOUS
generation of vacī and kāya saṅkhāra that contribute
to future suffering (and also lead to tāpa or
�gheat�h in the mind right now): �gSuffering in This Life – Role of
Mental Impurities�g.
This important concept of gati is
not discussed in current Theravada literature, but it can explain many other
concepts.
5.�«—ˆ‚Ì‹ê’É�i‚»‚µ‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Ìtāpa ‚·‚Ȃ킿�u”M�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�j‚̈êˆö‚ƂȂévacī ‚Ækāyasaṅkhāra‚̈ӎ¯‚³‚ꂽ�¶�¬‚Å‚·�BSuffering in This Life – Role of
Mental Impurities
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í–ò•¨�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹�A�H‚׉߂¬‚Ȃǂð�í‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Å�u’†“Å�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Å�«—ˆ‚Ì�o—ˆŽ–‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�Avacī saṅkhāra�iŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ɘb‚µ‚©‚¯‚é�j‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A˜b‚µŽn‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä•¨Ž–‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�uŒÃ‚¢ˆ«‚¢�Kе�v‚ð‹‰»‚µ�A�u�V‚µ‚¢ˆ«‚¢�Kе�v‚·‚Ȃ킿gati‚ð�ì‚è�o‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Kе‚âgati‚Í�Asamsāric gati‚â�V‚µ‚¢‚à‚Ì‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚É‚Í�ugati�v�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�Kе/�«Ši�j‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠÈ’P‚È�à–¾‚ÍThe Law of Attraction, Habits,
Character (Gati), and Cravings (Āsavas)�A‰ÈŠw“I‚È�à–¾‚ÍHow Habits are Formed and Broken –
A Scientific View
gati‚Ì�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Í�AŒ»�Ý‚Ì�ã�À•”•§‹³‚Å‚Í�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�à–¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
6. The more we enjoy such
�gmind-made pleasures�h or assāda, the
more established those associated gati become.
For example, a drug user/alcoholic is constantly thinking about either past
experiences or the next, and is �gbuilding up�h that gati.
Then it will become increasingly difficult to be drug/alcohol free.
Therefore, ādīnava means
�gbad consequences or dangers�h. In this case, what we perceive as �gmental
pleasures�h (assāda) WILL have bad
consequences both in this life and in future lives: In
the above example, one is likely to be matched with an �galcoholic mother�h in
the next birth, and be born an alcoholic.
6.Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿assāda‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚Ù‚Ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚½gati‚ªŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A–ò•¨Žg—pŽÒ/ƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆË‘¶�ÇŽÒ‚Í�í‚É‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Ü‚½‚Í–¢—ˆ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð�l‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚Ìgati‚ð�u�\’z�v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç–ò•¨/ƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðŽæ‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·�¢“ï‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìgati‚Í�A‚»‚Ì–{�l‚ª�Ø–]‚·‚é/�l‚¦‚é‚à‚̂ƂȂè�A�uupādāna paccayā bhava�v‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄPaṭicca samuppāda‚ª‹@”\‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bvacī saṅkhāra‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚Ä�ubhava‚·‚Ȃ킿�Œ‚Á‚½�ó‘Ô‚Ì‘¶�Ý�v‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Œ‚¤�ó‘Ô‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚ÅPSƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ªŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñŽÀ�ۂ̈ùŽð‚ªˆø‚«‘±‚«‚Ü‚·�BˆùŽð‚Íkāya saṅkhāra‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚®‚ɃAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹’†“łɂȂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aādīnava‚Í�uˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠëŒ¯�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v�iassada�j‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Æ�«—ˆ‚Ì—ˆ�¢‚Ì—¼•û‚Ɉ«‰e‹¿‚ð‹y‚Ú‚µ‚Ü‚·�F�ã‹L‚Ì—á‚Å‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì�o�¶Žž‚É�uƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹’†“ł̕ê�e�v‚ƃ}ƒbƒ`ƒ“ƒO‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A�«—ˆ‚̃Aƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆË‘¶�ǂɂȂé‘ÙŽ™‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
7. This is another way to
express the First Noble Truth. What a normal person thinks as �gsōmanassa�h (�gsuva�h + �gmanasa�h or �ggood feelings in the mind�h)
CAN actually be the cause for FUTURE suffering, but ONLY IF
one gets attached, as discussed above.
However, to first get to the Sōtapanna stage,
one needs at least to �gsee with wisdom�h that assāda do lead to ādīnava; when that understanding sinks in, that will
prevent one from committing apāyagāmi kamma, i.e., one�fs mind will
get rid of the coarse level of assāda. This subsection can help gain that �gvision�h.
7.‚±‚ê‚Í�A�u‹ê’ú�v�i�‰‚ß‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—��j‚ð•\Œ»‚·‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚Å‚·
•�’Ê‚Ì�l‚ª�usōmanassa�v�i�usuva�v+�umanasa�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—Ç‚¢Š´�î�v+�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†�v�j‚Æ�l‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̌´ˆö‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�ã‹L‚̂悤‚É�AˆË‘¶�iˆ¤’…�AŽ·’…�j‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚݂̂ł·�B
‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邱‚ƂƂ»‚ê‚Ɉ¤’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̈Ⴂ‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‘f“G‚ÈŽÊ�^‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ê‚é�B‘f“G‚ȉ¹Šy‚ð’®‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ÉŽæ‚è•t‚©‚ê‚é�A‚È‚Ç�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ�u‚à‚̂𖡂키�v‘ÌŒ±‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚鎞“_‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗eˆÕ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚܂Ŋ®‘S‚ɂ͒B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚æ‚葽‚‚ÌŠw�K‚Æ’¾Žv–Ù�l‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�iSatipaṭṭhāna bhāvanā�j�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A�Å�‰‚ÉSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Aassāda‚ªādīnava‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Æ‚ð�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�u’qŒd‚ÅŒ©‚é�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�[‚܂邯�Aapāyagāmi kamma‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŠT‚˂ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Ìassāda‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃TƒuƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B
8. When one fully understands
the bad consequences (ādīnava) of these mind-made
pleasures (assāda), that means one has
understood the First Noble Truth as well as the causes for it, how to eliminate
those causes, and the way to do it, i.e., all four Noble Truths.
But it is a step-by-step process that starts with
the Sōtapanna Anugāmi stage and culminates at the Arahant stage.
8.‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉õŠy�iassāda�j‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�iādīnava�j‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒ´ˆö�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ð”r�œ‚·‚é•û–@�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s‚¤•û–@‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·‚»‚ê�A‚·‚Ȃ킿4‚‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Ísamsāric‚Ì—·‚Ì�Ià�‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�ANissarana�i�ucarana�v‚Í�u—·�v�A�i�unis�v+�ucharana�v�A�unissarana�v‚ƉC‚𓥂Þ�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ÍSōtapanna AnugāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è�AArahantƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å�I‚í‚é’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B
9. It will
take several posts to explain the above in detail. However, understanding
them will help with Paṭicca samuppāda cycles and also with Satipaṭṭhāna/Ānāpana bhāvanā.
In the following we will discuss a couple of more
examples of assāda, ādīnava and nissarana in
simple terms.
9.�ã‹L‚ð�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�APaṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ÆSatipaṭṭhāna/Ānāpana
bhāvanā‚É‚à–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
�uƒŠƒrƒ“ƒOƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̊î–{Ž–�€‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
“Á‚É‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�”3‚Æ�”4‚ÅŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Í�d—v‚Å‚·�B
Assāda‚Í�A‘O�q‚̂悤‚Éāsava‚Æanusaya�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñgati‚É‚àŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒTƒCƒg‚ɂ͑½‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰E�ã‚Ì�uŒŸ�õ�vƒ{ƒ^ƒ“‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�Aassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
10. There are many things that
we know which provide instant gratification, but are harmful in the long term.
A good example is smoking. A smoker gets an enjoyment with smoking.
Furthermore, he/she wants it to be repeated again and again, and that is assāda. But it has been proven
without a doubt that long-term smoking causes many health problems including
cancer.
Of course he finally gave up smoking when he was
about to be hospitalized. By the time he clearly saw the �gādīnava�h
(when he actually experienced the bad consequences), it was too late. The
damage had been done.
10.‚·‚®‚É–ž‘«Š´‚ª“¾‚ç‚ꂱ‚Ƃ͂½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͗LŠQ‚Å‚·�B—Ç‚¢—Ⴊ‹i‰Œ‚Å‚·�B‹i‰ŒŽÒ‚Í‹i‰Œ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�B‚³‚ç‚É”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‚»‚ꂪ‰½“x‚àŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚ê‚Íassāda‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A’·ŠúŠÔ‚Ì‹i‰Œ‚ÍŠà‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚‚ÌŒ’�N–â‘è‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚±‚Ƃ͊ԈႢ‚È‚�Ø–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‹i‰Œ‚Í”N�XŒ¸�‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‹i‰Œ‚·‚é�l‚͂܂¾‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰Œ‘�‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é”N’·‚Ì—F�l‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Å�A‚È‚º”Þ‚ª‚»‚ê‚𑱂¯‚é‚Ì‚©‚ƔނÉ�q‚˂܂µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í�Kе‚ª�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ð‰ó‚·‚͓̂‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚͉½”N‚à‘O‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Å�A”ނ͈«‚¢•Ȃ̂½‚߂ɖS‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�ÅŒã‚Ì�””NŠÔ‚Í•a‰@‚ʼn߂²‚µ�A”x‚̈ꕔ‚ª�‚µ‚¸‚ÂŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê�A�Å�I“I‚ɂقƂñ‚ǂ̎žŠÔ�AŽ_‘f‚ðƒ{ƒ“ƒx‚©‚ç�ێ悵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A”Þ‚Í“ü‰@‚·‚é’¼‘O‚ɂ悤‚â‚‹i‰Œ‚ð‚â‚߂܂µ‚½�B �uādānava�v�i”Þ‚ªŽÀ�ۂɈ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�j‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚½Žž‚Í‚·‚łɒx‚·‚¬‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚܂ł̃_ƒ��[ƒW‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚½‚߂ł·�B
11. However, his children
clearly saw what he went through, and understood that smoking may provide
temporary enjoyment (assāda), but is bound
to bring about bad consequences (ādīnava).
Thus they stayed away from smoking (nissarana).
Heavy drinking, use of drugs, association with bad
friends, are more such relatively �geasy to see�h examples.
11.‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚͔ނªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‹i‰Œ‚͈ꎞ“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚³‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�iassāda�j�Aˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚ɈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iādīnava�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‹i‰Œ‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�inissarana�j�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚É�Å�I“I‚ɂ͗LŒø‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�Ø–¾‚·‚é�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�S”z‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚ɉ½‚©‚ð•úŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iŒø‰Ê“I‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�BŽÀ�Û�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‹�§“I‚È�u‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�v‚Í�A‚æ‚葽‚‚̃XƒgƒŒƒX‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ñ‘±‚¯‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É�uˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ�v‚ð‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�Ú�ׂɕª�Í‚·‚é‘O‚É�A�uassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana�v‚Ì�u”äŠr“IŒ©‚â‚·‚¢�v—Ⴊ‚¢‚‚‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Í�A”ñ�í‚É–¾Šm‚È—á‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A�H—~‚ɂӂ¯‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚鈫‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�‘‚Ŕ얞‚Ì–â‘è‚ð•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‰ß�H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éˆê�lˆê�l‚É‘½‚‚ÌŒ’�N�ã‚Ì–â‘è‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l�X‚̈ã—Ôï‚Ì‘�‰Á‚É‚à‚‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‰ß�H‚Ì�uassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana�v‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B
Œƒ‚µ‚¢ˆùŽð�A–ò•¨‚ÌŽg—p�Aˆ«ˆÓ‚Ì‚ ‚é—F�l‚Ƃ̊֌W‚Í�A”äŠr“I�uŒ©‚â‚·‚¢�v—á‚Å‚·�B
12. However, we can
systematically understand the �groot causes�h for ALL such problems by using
the guidelines provided by the Buddha. Once we understand the actual root
causes, at least some of us can think through and avoid not only such �gmundane
problems�h, but start seeing even more long-term benefits: It is the same line
of reasoning that eventually leads to the four stages of Nibbāna.
And one can clearly see their �gjoy in heart�h and the
calmness of their minds even though they have very few possessions and do not
seek gratification in many sense pleasures that others value so highly.
12.‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’ñ‹Ÿ‚³‚ꂽƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̖â‘è‚Ì�u�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö�v‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚ç�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àˆê•”‚Ì�l‚Í�l‚¦‚ĉñ”ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª�u�¢‘“I‚È–â‘è�v‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A�A‚³‚ç‚É’·Šú“I‚È—˜“_‚ð‚àŒ©Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�I“I‚É4‚‚̒iŠK‚ÌNibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶�l‚¦•û‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A•§–@‚Í�u’·Šú“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�v‚±‚ƂɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�u’ZŠú“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý�v‚̈ꕔ‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚̂ɂà–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì–¾Šm‚È—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�A•§‹³‚Ì‘m—µ‚ÌŒ’�N�ó‘Ô‚ð‚¢‚Â‚Å‚à‚݂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚ǂ̕§‹³‚Ì�‘‚Å‚à�A•½‹Ï‚µ‚Ä‘m—µ‚Í�u�¢‘ÑŽå�v‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚ÉŒ’�N‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í‹i‰Œ‚µ‚½‚è�A�H‚׉߂¬‚½‚肵‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚Ü‚½�A�Š—L•¨‚ª”ñ�í‚É�‚È‚�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚ª�‚‚•]‰¿‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鑽‚‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɖž‘«‚ð‹�‚߂Ă¢‚È‚‚Ä‚à�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�u�S‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉¸‚â‚©‚³‚ð‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
13. This last point is worth thinking about some
more. If one thinks deep enough, one can see that even some common �gsense
pleasures�h are not that different from the pleasure one gets by inhaling a
drug. They give a highly enjoyable �gburst of pleasure�h, but inevitably lead to
bad outcomes even short term. One can get a hangover with a bad headache due to
excess drinking, and in the case of overeating one can feel the �gdiscomfort�h
right away.
Our minds are constantly under stress seeking sense
pleasures. That is what we all had been doing in countless previous births too.
That is why it is hard to recognize any negative consequences.
13.‚±‚Ì�ÅŒã‚Ì“_‚Í�A‚à‚¤�‚µ�l‚¦‚鉿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚ª�\•ª‚É�[‚�l‚¦‚邯�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚̈ê”Ê“I‚È�uŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy�v‚Å‚³‚¦�A–ò•¨‚ð‹z“ü‚·‚邱‚Ƃœ¾‚é‰õŠy‚Æ‚»‚ê‚قǕςí‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Í”ñ�í‚ÉŠy‚µ‚¢�uŠì‚т̔š”�v‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A•K‘R“I‚É’ZŠúŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚àˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆù‚݉߂¬‚Í“ª’ɂ̂Ђǂ¢“ñ“ú�Œ‚¢‚ɂȂè�A‰ß�H‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í‚·‚®‚É�u•s‰õŠ´�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‰¸‚â‚©‚Å•½˜a‚ȃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Ƃ̉¿’l‚ðŽÀŠ´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B
�u’†—§“I‚È�S�v�i‚±‚ê‚Íupekkh₯ŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�j‚̉¿’l‚͑̌±‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è‚Í—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í’·‚¢ŠÔ•ø‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚½“ª’É‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̓XƒgƒŒƒX‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚܂łÍ�A�u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢ƒXƒgƒŒƒX�v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�í‚ÉŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚߂ăXƒgƒŒƒX‚̉º‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ª–³�”‚Ì‘O�¢‚Å‚à‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ꂪ”Û’è“I‚Ȉö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B
14. In the Sambhōdhi Vagga of
the Anguttara Nikāya, there are several suttā on assāda, ādīnava, nissarana.
The �gPubbeva Sambodha Sutta (AN
3.103)�h provides a succinct statement on what they are:
�g..ko nu kho
loke assādo, ko ādīnavo, kiṃ nissaraṇan�fti? Tassa mayhaṃ,
bhikkhave, etadahosi: �eyaṃ
kho lokam paṭicca uppajjāti sukhaṃ sōmanassaṃ, ayaṃ
loke assādo. Yaṃ loko anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo, ayaṃ
loke ādīnavo. Yo loke chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ, idaṃ loke nissaraṇan�fti..�h.
Translated: �g..What are assāda, ādīnava, and nissarana in
this world? If one gets attached (Paṭicca)
to sukha/sōmanassa that is assāda.
That gives rise to dhamma (which are the seeds for future
suffering, because these are really �gkamma seeds�h)
with anicca, dukkha,
and viparināma nature, and
that is called ādīnava. Arising of
such dhamma can
be stopped by constraining the tendency to indulge in sense pleasures (chandarāgavinayo), and thus getting rid of
craving for sense pleasures (chandarāgappahānaṃ)..�h.
It is important to note that dhammā are
really kamma seeds that lead
to future vipāka; see, �gWhat are rūpa? – Dhamma are rūpa
too!�g and �gWhat are Dhamma? – A Deeper
Analysis�g.
14. Anguttara Nikāya‚ÌSambhōdhi Vagga‚Å‚Í�Aassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂¢‚‚‚©‚Ìsuttā‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BPubbeva Sambodha Sutta (AN 3.103)‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚炪‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊Ȍ‰‚É�à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–|–ó�F�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚Ìassāda�Aādīnava�Anissarana‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H sukha /sōmanassa‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�iPaṭicca�j�ê�‡‚Íassāda‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�Aanicca, dukkha, viparināma�i•ω»‚É‚æ‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý�j‚Æ‚¢‚¤�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚Âdhammā �i‚±‚ê‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂̎í‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í–{“–‚É�uƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�v‚Å‚ ‚邽‚߂ł·�j‚Í�Aādīnava‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚Èdhammā ‚Ì”�¶‚É‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚É’^‚éŒXŒü�ichandarāgavinayo�j‚ð—}�§‚µ�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�ichandarāgappahānam�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂŒâŽ~‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�v�@�@�@
‚È‚¨�Asukha‚Í�u‚©‚炾‚̉õŠy�v�Asōmanassa‚Í�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉õŠy�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�‚“x‚É‹Ã�k‚³‚ꂽ�߂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ìsutta‚ÅŽß‘¸‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚ւ̈¤’…‚̊댯‚ðŒ©‚Ä�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɔM�S‚É“‚•K—v�«‚É‹C‚‚܂Ńuƒbƒ_‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
dhammā‚Í–{“–‚Ékamma‚ÌŽí‚Å‚ ‚è�A�«—ˆ‚Ìvipāka‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
12. There are many other suttā that discuss these three key
concepts. In particular, �gAssada Sutta (AN
6.112)�h is notable since it ties assāda diṭṭhi to anicca saññā:
�g�gTayome, bhikkhave, dhammā. Katame tayo? Assādadiṭṭhi, attānudiṭṭhi,
micchādiṭṭhi.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo dhammā. Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ
dhammānaṃ
pahānāya tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame tayo? Assādadiṭṭhiyā pahānāya aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā, attānudiṭṭhiyā pahānāya anattasaññā bhāvetabbā, micchādiṭṭhiyā pahānāya sammādiṭṭhi bhāvetabbā.
Imesaṃ
kho, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya
ime tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā�hti�g.
12.‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚̎å—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚鑼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�AAssada Sutta (AN 6.112)‚Íassāda diṭṭhi‚Æanicca saññā‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A’�–Ú‚É’l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚·‚Ȃ킿�Aanicca saññā‚𒾎v�n�l‚·‚邯�Aassāda diṭṭhi‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚Á‚½Šì‚Ñ�iassāda�j‚ªnicca saññā‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚‚܂è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ÍŒ»ŽÀ“I‚ÅŽÀ‚葽‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B
Assādadiṭṭhiyā
pahānāya
aniccasaññā
bhāvetabbā
Revised May 10,
2017; December 1, 2017; July 7, 2018; August 16, 2019
1. Upon attaining the Sōtapanna stage, micchā diṭṭhi (the
ten types of micchā diṭṭhi together
with wrong views of nicca, sukha, atta) is COMPLETELY removed. That is
one akusala out of dasa akusala. But
that itself accounts for more than 99% of akusala (defilements)
from one�fs mind since the �gapāyagāmi strength�h
of other nine akusala kamma are also removed.
The five precepts have deeper meanings too: �gThe Five Precepts – What the Buddha
Meant by Them.
1.SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Amicchā diṭṭhi�iniccha�Asukha�Aatta‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŠÜ‚Þ10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi�j‚ªŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Ídasa akusala‚Ì1‚‚ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘¼‚Ì9‚‚Ìakusala kamma‚Ì�uapāyagāmi�i”ߎS‚È�ó‘Ô‚É“±‚�j‚Ì‹‚³�v‚à�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çakusala�i‰˜‚ê�j‚Ì99�“ˆÈ�ã‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�Amicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�d—v�«‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŽ„‚ª‚±‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�AThree Marks of Existence – English
Discourses‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì’k˜b‚àŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�AGihi Sutta (AN 5.179)‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½–|–ó‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄSōtapanna ‚Í5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�߂͎Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A�upativiratō hōti�v‚Í�A‘½‚‚̃Iƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“ƒTƒCƒg‚Å–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�uŠü‹p�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�u�D‚݂Ƃ͊֌W‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Í-‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�ðŒ�‰º‚Å-5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B 5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ð”j‚Á‚½‚è�Adasa akusala‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚½‚肵‚È‚¢‚̂̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
5‚‚̉ú—¥‚É‚à�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe Five Precepts – What the Buddha
Meant by Them
2.
The six things that a Sōtapanna will
not do (per �gBahudhātuka Sutta (MN 115)�g:
Taking refuge in anyone other than a Buddha (i.e.,
believing in other ways of �gsalvation�h).
2.Sōtapanna‚ª‚µ‚È‚¢6‚‚̂±‚Æ�iBahudhātuka Sutta (MN 115)�F
•ê�e‚ðŽEŠQ‚·‚é�B
•ƒ�e‚ðŽEŠQ‚·‚é�B
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽEŠQ‚·‚é�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚ð��‚‚¯‚é�B
sangha bheda�i•s˜a�‡�A”j‰ó�j‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Dhamma‚ÌŠgŽU‚Í‚±‚±‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B
Žß‘¸ˆÈŠO‚Ì’N‚©‚É”ð“ï‚·‚邱‚Æ�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‘¼‚Ì•û–@‚Ì�u‹~‚¢�v‚ð�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ�j�B
3. Nakhasikha Sutta (SN 13.1) describes the vast amount of defilements removed by a Sōtapanna.
There is a decent online explanation of the sutta that
one can look up: http://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/sn/sn13/sn13.001.than.html
3. Nakhasikha
Sutta (SN 13.1)‚Í�ASōtapanna‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ꂽ‘å—ʂ̉˜‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚ ‚鎞�A•§‘ɂ͒܂Ì�æ‚łق±‚è‚ð‚Ù‚ñ‚Ì�‚µ�E‚Á‚Ä�Abhikkhus‚É�q‚˂܂µ‚½�A�ubhikkhus‚æ�B‚Ç‚¤Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H�FŽw‚Ì’Ü‚Ì�æ‚Å�E‚Á‚½‚Ù‚ñ‚Ì�‚µ‚̂ق±‚è‚Æ�A‚±‚̑傫‚È’n‹…‚Ì“y‚ł͂ǂ¿‚炪‘å‚«‚¢‚Å‚·‚©�H�v
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚Ì’n‹…‚Ì“y‚Ì—Ê‚Í�AŽw‚Ì’Ü‚Å�E‚Á‚½‚Ù‚±‚è‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É�d‚¢‚Æ�Abhikkhus‚Í“š‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚ê‚©‚çŽß‘¸‚Íbhikkhus‚É�ASōtapanna‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‰˜‚ê‚Ì�”‚Í’n‹…‘S‘̂̓y�ë‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚邯Œê‚Á‚½�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½Œã‚ÉŽc‚µ‚½—Ê‚Í�AŽw‚̒܂̂قñ‚Ì�‚µ‚̂ق±‚è‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna ‚ª�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚ÅŽc‚µ‚½‹ê‚µ‚݂̗ʂ͂²‚‚킸‚©‚Å‚·�B
’²‚ׂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ésutta‚Ì“K�؂ȃIƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“�à–¾‚͈ȉº‚Å‚·�B
http://www.accesstoinsight.org/tipitaka/sn/sn13/sn13.001.than.html
4. Another simile is in the Sineru
sutta of the Samyutta Nikāya. �gThe amount of suffering a Sōtapanna has to endure can be compared
to seven grains of sand on top of mount Sineru. In comparison, the amount of suffering a normal
human has left to endure is sand in the whole mountain�h.
A Sōtapanna will
NEVER be reborn in the four lowest realms. Furthermore, he/she will have
only seven future bhava left,
and those in the human realm or the realms above it.
4.•ʂ̚g‚¦‚Í�ASamyuttaNikāya‚ÌSineru sutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �uSōtapanna‚ª‘Ï‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂̗ʂÍ�AƒVƒlƒ‹ŽR‚Ì’¸�ã‚Ì7—±‚Ì�»‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‘Î�Æ“I‚É�A•�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ª‘Ï‚¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂̗ʂÍ�AŽR‘S‘Ì‚Ì�»‚Å‚·�B�v
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚͘_—�“I‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�Aniraya‚Å‘˜‹ö‚µ‚½‹ê‚µ‚݂͌ˆ‚µ‚ÄŽ~‚Ü‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�Bniraya�i’n�–�j‚Å‚Ì1‰ñ‚Ì�o�¶‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚æ‚è�‚‚¢—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�”�ç�A�”•S–œ‚Ì�o�¶‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É‘½‚‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�Å‚à’á‚¢4—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚³‚ç‚É�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì�ã‚̗̈æ‚Å‚ ‚Æ7‰ñ‚¾‚¯‚Ìbhava‚݂̂ðŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
5. That may be why most people
tend to think that attaining the Sōtapanna stage
requires attaining jhānā, all sorts of abhiññā powers, etc. None of that
is a requirement for achieving the Sōtapanna stage.
How a Sōtapanna reduces dasa akusala via
getting rid of micchā diṭṭhi �gto
overcome apāyagāmi citta�h is discussed in �gAkusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna Avoids Apayagami Citta.�h
Here is it described how five out of the 12 akusala citta do not arise after the Sōtapanna stage; those are the five that lead to birth
in the apāyā.
5.‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Ajhānā‚â‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—Þ‚Ìabhiññāƒpƒ��[‚Ȃǂð’B�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̗vŒ�‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A10‚̈«�idasa akusala�j‚Ì�‚È‚‚Æ‚à”¼•ª‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É�í�œ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H
‚¢‚¢‚¦�BSōtapannaa‚Ídasa akusala‚Ì1‚Â�Aniyata micchā diṭṭhi‚Ì1‚‚݂̂ð�í�œ‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í‘¼‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ìdasa akusala‚Ì�uapāyagāmi‚Ì‹‚³�v‚ðŒ¸�‚³‚¹‚½‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ꂪ—�‰ð‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B“Á‚É�Aabhijja‚Ü‚½‚Ílōbha‚ðrāgaƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÉŒ¸�‚µ�Avyāpāda‚Ü‚½‚Ídōsa‚ðpaṭighaƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÉŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BLobha, Dosa, Moha versus Raga,
Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
dasa akusala‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�ATen Immoral Actions (Dasa Akusala)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�ANiyata micchā diṭṭhi�iŠm—§‚³‚ꂽŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�ì‚ç‚ꂽakusala‚Å‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚Í�udassanēna pahātabba�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚鉘‚ê‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‚قǂ̗ʂ̈«�ikeles�Akilēsa�Aklēsha�j‚ðmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚Å�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Sammā Diṭṭhi‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�F31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�B
Sōtapanna‚ªapāyagāmi Citta‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Åmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�Adasa akusala‚ð�팸‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAkusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna
Avoids Apayagami Citta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A12Ží—Þ‚ÌakusalaCitta‚Ì‚¤‚¿5Ží—Þ‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒWŒã‚É”�¶‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aapāyā‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é5‚‚ł·�B
6. That is a
critical point to understand. Removal of micchā diṭṭhi leads
to the stopping of highly immoral actions. Most people worry excessively on the defilements done with
the body and speech. They are afraid of even accidentally killing an insect or
telling even a �gwhite lie.�h Of course, those need to be avoided too, because
moral behavior (speech and actions) are a prerequisite for cleansing the mind.
That may still not convince some. If so, see
whether this conclusion is contradictory to anything in the Tipiṭaka. One should
carefully examine all the �grequirements�h that need to be fulfilled to attain
the Sōtapanna stage. It
should become clear that indeed, this is all one needs to do.
6.‚±‚ê‚Í—�‰ð‚·‚ׂ«�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B Micchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邯”ñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ª’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A“÷‘̂ƌ¾ŒêŠˆ“®‚Å�s‚í‚ꂽ‰˜‚ê‚ð‰ß“x‚É�S”z‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�A‹ô‘R‚É’Ž‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�A�u”’‚¢‰R�v‚ð��‚°‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦•|‚ª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A“¹“¿“I�s“®�iƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ�s“®�j‚Í�S‚ð�´‚߂邽‚߂̑O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚à‰ñ”ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�Aniyata miccha
diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•û‚ª‰½•S–œ”{‚à�d‚¢–â‘è‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Æ‘¼‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌNiyata Miccā Diṭṭhi�iŠm—§‚³‚ꂽŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚Í�ATen Immoral Actions (Dasa Akusala)�h
and �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty)‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȏí—Þ‚Ìkamma‚Ì�d‚Ý‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�BHow to Evaluate Weights of Different Kammas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�…‚ª˜R‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é—eŠí‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�Å�‰‚É�¬‚³‚¢ŒŠ‚ð‚Ó‚³‚±‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å‘å‚ÌŒŠ‚ð�Å�‰‚É�Ç‚®•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ê�‡�AMiccā Diṭṭhi‚·‚Ȃ킿Œë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�i‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Å‚à‚Ü‚¾”[“¾‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚à‚µ‚»‚¤‚È‚ç�A‚±‚ÌŒ‹˜_‚ªTipiṭaka‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‚à‚̂Ɩµ�‚‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ�u—vŒ��v‚ð’�ˆÓ�[‚ŒŸ“¢‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ꂪŽÀ�s‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚·‚ׂĂł ‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠm‚©‚É–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
7. So, we have
come to the �gcrux of the matter�h: How can one remove niyata micchā diṭṭhi? That is ALL one
has to do to become a Sōtapanna.
That is also why we need to comprehend the
term, saññā, commonly translated
into English as �gperception.�h
7.‚»‚ê‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�u–â‘è‚ÌŠj�S�v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�F‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Äniyata micchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̂±‚Ƃł·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�Aniyata micchā
diṭṭhi‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŽO‘ŠTilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Ž©•ª‚ª–{“–‚É�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð�M‚¶‚é‚Ó‚è‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uŽ„‚Í“]�¶‚ð�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚â“®•¨‚̗̈æˆÈŠO‚É‚à‘¼‚̗̈悪‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚¾‚¯‚ł͋@”\‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�@
‚±‚ê‚Í�A–@’ì‚É�s‚Á‚Ä”†�Rˆõ‚É–³ŽÀ‚ð�à“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŠeŽ©‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚ðŒ©‚é�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚Í�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚éDhamma‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂݌©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”Œ©‚³‚ê�A‰½�¢‘ã‚É‚à“n‚Á‚Ä�¹‚È‚é�l�X‚Å‚ ‚é‚âAriyā‚Ɏ󂯌p‚ª‚ê‚Ä‚«‚½ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚éDhamma‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚Ì‚Ý‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AFour Conditions for Attaining
Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚Å�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aˆê”Ê“I‚ɉpŒê‚É�u”Fޝ�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚ésaññ₯‚¢‚¤—pŒê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
8. Of course, Saññā is one of 52 cētasika and
one component of pancakkhandha. It is one of
the seven universal cētasika that arise
with every citta.
Growing up, we acquire innumerable �gsaññā�h mostly by becoming familiar with them. We
first recognize who �gmother�h and �gfather�h are, know different colors, different
objects, etc.
8.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASaññā‚Í52cētasika‚Ì1‚‚ł ‚è�Apancakkhandha‚Ì1‚‚Ì�\�¬—v‘f‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éCitta‚Å”�¶‚·‚é7‚‚̕�•Õ“I‚Ècētasika‚Ì1‚‚ł·�B
Saññā‚Í�Amanasikāra‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é•ʂ̕�•Õ“I‚Ècētasika‚Æ”ñ�í‚É–§�ڂɘAŒg‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bmanasikāra‚Í�AŒÃ‚¢‘z‚¢�o‚Æ�«—ˆ‚ÌŠó–]‚ðCitta‚É‚à‚½‚ç‚·cētasika‚Å‚·�B cētana‚ª�uCitta‚ð‚܂Ƃ߂é�v‚Æ‚«�ACitta‚ÍŽå‘è�isaññā�j‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�AŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ävēdanā�iŠ´�î�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚Ìcētasika‚ª‰Ê‚½‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�d—v‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‚·‚®‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�ASaññā‚Ì‹@”\‚Í�uƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Ì”Fޝ�v‚ÉŒÀ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSaññā ‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŠT”O‚Ì�u“à•”—�‰ð�v‚Å‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�u‰Î�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚ð•·‚‚Æ�A‚»‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚·‚®‚ɂ킩‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰Î‚ÌŠG‚Å‚³‚¦�S‚Ì’†‚ÅŒõ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Ô‚¿‚á‚ñ�i‚Ü‚½‚͉pŒê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l�j‚É‚Í�A‚»‚Ì’PŒê‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚͔ނç‚ɂƂÁ‚ĉ½‚̈Ӗ¡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Ô‚ñ–V�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì�l�j‚Í�A�u‰Î�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�¬’·‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÉŠµ‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄŽå‚É–³�”‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¸�u•ê�v‚Æ�u•ƒ�v‚ª’N‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð”Fޝ‚µ�AˆÙ‚È‚é�F�AˆÙ‚È‚éƒIƒuƒWƒFƒNƒg‚Ȃǂð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
9. Even though we acquire �gsaññā�h for most objects and people, some
strong saññā may be �gpassed
down�h from previous lives. That can take many forms.
Then there is the �gability�h to play the piano,
recite suttā, or just being able
to comprehend complex mathematics as a child, etc. Some of these cases
discussed in �gEvidence for Rebirth.�h
9.‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̑Î�Û•¨‚Æ�l�X‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�usaññā�v‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aˆê•”‚Ì‹—Í‚Èsaññā‚͈ȑO‚Ì�l�¶‚©‚ç�uŽó‚¯Œp‚ª‚ê�v‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ͑½‚‚ÌŒ`‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å‚±‚ê‚܂łɈê“x‚à–K‚ꂽ‚±‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�ê�Š‚ð–K‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚É�A‚»‚Ì�ê�Š‚É‚Â‚¢‚Ä‚·‚łɔñ�í‚É�Ú�ׂÉ�u’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚éŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚Ì�l�¶‚Å�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚½‰“‚—£‚ꂽ“sŽs‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�ê�Ђɑ{�¸Š¯‚𓱂‚Æ•ñ��‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì‘å�l‚Å‚³‚¦�A�‰‚߂ĖK‚ê‚é‚̂Ɋ®‘S‚ÉŠm�M‚µ‚ÄŠX‚ð•à‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚Ü‚¾—cŽq‚Ȃ̂É�AƒsƒAƒm‚ð’e‚¢‚½‚è�Asuttā‚ð˜N“Ç‚µ‚½‚è�A•¡ŽG‚È�”Šw‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é�u”\—Í�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽ–—á‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚Í�AEvidence for Rebirth‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
10. We �gacquire�h most saññā through our families first, then
through friends, schools, workplaces, etc.
However, the human mind is unique. When given enough
substantial evidence, one�fs saññā about
something or some concept can PERMANENTLY change. For example, when one learns
how to do algebra (addition and subtraction, etc.) correctly, one will never
forget that. And even if an authority figure (a teacher) insists that one plus
two is four, even a child will not accept that. He/she can count with fingers
and show the teacher that the correct answer IS three.
10.�Å�‰‚ɉƑ°‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä�AŽŸ‚É—F�l�AŠw�Z�A�E�ê‚Ȃǂð’Ê‚¶‚Ä�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìsaññā‚Í�uŽæ“¾�v‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�u�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚Ü‚½‚Ídiṭṭhis‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A‰Æ‘°‚ð’Ê‚¶‚ÄŠl“¾‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B“¹“¿–â‘è�A�Ž¡�A�@‹³‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̎„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘æˆêˆó�Û‚Í�A‰Æ‘°‚©‚ç‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚ê‚炪‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‹—Í‚©‚•p”ɂɎg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚É‚æ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�Asaññā‚Í•Ï�X‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚̂ł·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͓ƓÁ‚Å‚·�B�\•ª‚ÈŽÀŽ¿“I‚È�Ø‹’‚ª—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚邯�A‰½‚©‚·‚Ȃ킿‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ìsaññā‚͉i‹v‚ɕςí‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‘ã�”‚ÌŒvŽZ•û–@�i‰ÁŽZ‚⌸ŽZ‚È‚Ç�j‚ð�³‚µ‚Šw‚ׂÎ�A‚»‚ê‚ð–Y‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚ÄŒ ˆÐŽÒ�i‹³Žt�j‚ª1�{2‚ª4‚¾‚ÆŽå’£‚µ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽq‹Ÿ‚Å‚³‚¦‚»‚ê‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÍŽw‚Å�”‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A�³‚µ‚¢“š‚¦‚ª3‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�æ�¶‚ÉŽ¦‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·
11. As we grow up, we
acquire saññā for more
specialized tasks. One could �glearn�h to become a carpenter, a doctor, an
engineer, etc.
Once one learns a �gskill,�h one will never forget
that; at least it is easy to �gget back to it.�h One who had learned to ride a
bicycle as a child may never touch a bike for 30-40 years. But then, even at
old age, he will be able to ride a bike though he may fall once or twice
initially.
11.�¬’·‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê�A‚æ‚è�ê–å“I‚ȃ^ƒXƒN‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Ésaññā‚ð�K“¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘å�H�AˆãŽÒ�AƒGƒ“ƒWƒjƒA‚ȂǂɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ð�uŠw‚Ô�v‚±‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�uŠw�K�v‚Æ‚Í�A“Á’è‚̃^ƒXƒN‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B•¨Ž–‚Ì‚â‚è•û‚ðŠo‚¦‚邾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BˆãŽt‚ªŠw�K‚ð�I‚¦‚邯�A�V‚µ‚¢Š³ŽÒ‚ð�uƒgƒ‰ƒuƒ‹ƒVƒ…�[ƒeƒBƒ“ƒO�v‚µ‚Ä�A‰½‚ªˆ«‚¢‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BƒGƒ“ƒWƒjƒA‚ª�V‚µ‚¢�\‘¢‚ð�\’z‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚͈ȑO‚É�ì�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚à‚Ì‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�uƒXƒLƒ‹�v‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�uƒXƒLƒ‹�v‚ð�K“¾‚µ‚½‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–Y‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�uŒ³‚É–ß‚·�v‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�BŽq‹Ÿ‚Ì� ‚ÉŽ©“]ŽÔ‚É�æ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠw‚ñ‚¾�l‚Í�A30〜40”NŠÔŽ©“]ŽÔ‚É�G‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Å‚à�A”N‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A�Å�‰‚Í‚P�A‚Q‰ñ“]‚ñ‚Å‚à�AŽ©“]ŽÔ‚É�æ‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
12.A Sōtapanna acquires
a basic level of understanding about �gthis world�h and that �gknowledge�h or
�gcomprehension�h does not go away even in future lives.
The KEY concept to grasp is the �ganicca saññā.�h
12.Sōtapanna‚Í�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊î–{“I‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì—�‰ð‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯�A�u’mޝ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u—�‰ð�v‚Í—ˆ�¢‚Ì�l�¶‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚à�Á‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
’N‚©‚ªŽß‘¸‚ÌŠj‚ƂȂéƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð�uŠ_ŠÔŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃł킩‚é‚Ì‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�¢‚̉½‚©‚ð–]‚Þ‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä“¾‚ç‚ê‚é‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�u’·Šú“I‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤—pŒê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É�l‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì“]�¶‚Í�A�l‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ð�¶‚«‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�A‘O‚Ì�l�¶‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚«‚½‚©‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚àŒˆ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŽí‚Ì�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚̕ω»�v‚Í�A‘O�¢‚©‚ç‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚·‚®‚ɂ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚â‚·‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�usaññā�v‚Í�Asuttā‚Ì‹L‰¯�APaṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚̘N�¥‚Ȃǂł͎擾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘ã‚í‚è‚É�AŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
”cˆ¬‚·‚ׂ«�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ÌŒ®‚Í�A�uanicca saññā�v‚Å‚·�B
13. The only way to �gbuild up�h
the correct saññā is to make
an effort to understand the key message of the Buddha. Humans usually have
wrong perceptions or �gvipareetha saññā�h that one can find happiness in this life
by working hard. Most people do not even think beyond this life, even if they
believe in rebirth. That is also called the �gnicca saññā�h (pronounced �gnichcha
saññā�h), i.e., by working hard, or by sheer luck, one
can achieve and maintain things in this world to one�fs satisfaction.
It is this anicca saññā that grows as one attains higher
stages of Nibbāna (Sakadāgāmi and Anāgāmi)
and peaked at the Arahant stage. At the Arahant stage,
one can see the �ganicca nature�h of
ALL sankhārā, not only abhisaṅkhāra. That
is what is expressed by, �gSabbē sankhārā anicca,�g and
in the Girimānanda sutta,
the Buddha told Ven. Ananda, �gAyaṃ vuccati Ananda, sabba sankhārēsu anicca saññā�h; see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – According
to Some Key Suttas.�h
13.�³‚µ‚¢saññā‚ð�u’z‚«�ã‚°‚é�v—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é“w—Í‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�B�lŠÔ‚Í’Ê�í�Aˆê�¶Œœ–½“‚‚±‚Ƃł±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ì�K‚¹‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚·‚Ȃ킿�uvipareetha�i•Ï‚È�AˆÙ—l‚È�j
saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”ނ炪“]�¶‚ð�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ð’´‚¦‚Ä�l‚¦‚悤‚Ƃ͂µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�unicca saññā�v‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŒœ–½‚É“‚¢‚½‚è‰^‚ð�ã‚°‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ð–ž‘«‚É’B�¬‚µ�AˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È‹³‚¦‚Í�uanicca saññā�v‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A’·Šú“I‚É–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B Nibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Í�Aanicca saññā‚ª‚ ‚é’ö“x‚܂ňç�¬‚³‚ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚É’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Anicca saññā‚ª‚ ‚郌ƒxƒ‹‚Ü‚Å�¬’·‚·‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É�uapāyagā micitta�v‚ðƒuƒ�ƒbƒN‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
AbhidhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�Acitta‚Í”ñ�í‚É�‚‘¬‚É—¬‚ê�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�‰Šúcittā‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‹É’[‚È�ê�‡‚Å‚ ‚é“Ë‘R‚Ì“{‚è‚⌃‚µ‚¢æÃ—~‚ð�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A•s“¹“¿‚Ègati‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�i‚Æ‚è‚킯�Amicchā diṭṭhi ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�j�B
Nibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK�iSakadāgāmi‚ÆAnāgāmi�j‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�¬’·‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Ńs�[ƒN‚É’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�@‚±‚Ìanicca saññā‚Å‚·�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Aabhisaṅkhāra‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚Ì�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�uSabbē sankhārā anicca�v‚Å•\Œ»‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł ‚è�AGirimānanda sutta‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ªƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚ÉŒê‚Á‚½�A�gAyaṃ vuccati Ananda, sabba sankhārēsu anicca saññā�h ‚Å‚·�B
Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta – According
to Some Key Suttas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
14. When one develops the anicca saññā via
learning Dhamma (listening and reading), the tendency to act immorally, even
under extreme pressure, will slowly diminish.
The more one purifies one�fs mind, the easier it will
become to grasp the key Dhamma concepts and cultivate the �ganicca saññā.�h And developing anicca saññā itself leads to the purification of
the mind. That is why learning
becomes exponentially fast, once getting some traction.
14. Dhamma‚ÌŠw�K�i’®‰ð‚Æ“Ç�‘�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Äanicca saññā‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚邯�A‹É“x‚̈³—Í‚Ì�󋵂łà�A•s“¹“¿‚É�U‚é•‘‚¤ŒXŒü‚Í‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚ÆŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�”‚©ŒŽŒã�iˆê•”‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ă͂æ‚è‘�‚‚È‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j‚ÉŽv‚¢•Ô‚µ‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A‘Ήž‚·‚é�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v�iƒXƒgƒŒƒXƒŒƒxƒ‹‚̒ቺ�j‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚¾‚ñ‚¾‚ñ‚Ænirāmisa�iЉ–]‚̂Ȃ¢’†—§‚µ‚½Žv�l�j sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶�ADhamma‚ÉŽä‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽ©“®“I‚ÉDhamma‚ÌŠw�K‚É‚æ‚葽‚‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�uDhamma vicaya�vsabbojjanga‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�i‚»‚µ‚Ä•·‚¢‚Ä�jˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�ã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é�Å�‰‚ÌŒˆ’è‚ð�s‚¤ˆÈŠO‚Í�A‰½‚à‹�§‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚⑼‚̃\�[ƒX‚©‚ç‚ÌŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ð”á•]“I‚É•]‰¿‚·‚é�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ŗǂ̒¼�ÚáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Å‚·�B•§–@‚Í‚·‚ׂñ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�AŽ©“®“I‚É�S‚Ì�ò‰»‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe Importance of Purifying the
Mind‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�ADhamma‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A�uanicca saññā�v‚ðˆç‚Ă₷‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Aanicca saññāŽ©‘Ì‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ò‰»‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邯�AŠw�K‚Í‹}Œƒ‚É‘¬‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
15. It should be quite clear
that an enormous number of defilements or �gkilesa�h
(or �ganusaya�g) are removed just by getting rid
of niyata micchā diṭṭhi.
Of
course, one needs to have removed micchā diṭṭhi to
even become a Sōtapanna Anugāmi: �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and
Sōtapanna Stage.�h
More
on the anicca saññā at: How to Cultivate the Anicca Saññā
15. niyatamicchādiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚¾‚¯‚Å�A–c‘å‚È�”‚̉˜‚ê‚â�ukilesa�v�i‚·‚Ȃ킿anusaya�j‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�Aanicca saññā‚ð—{‚¤‚±‚ƂŃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�´‚ß‚ç‚ê�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
Anicca saññā‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‰½”N‚à‚ÌŠÔ‹ê˜J‚µ‚ĉ½‚Ì—˜‰v‚à“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚ð20〜30”N�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l�i‚»‚µ‚Äanicca‚Æ‚Í�u–³�í�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚É�A‘å•�‚È�i•à‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©•·‚¢‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ„‚͈ꎞ“I‚È‚à‚Ì�i‚»‚µ‚ĉó‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«�j‚Å‚ ‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̉¸‚â‚©‚³�i‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í•�’Ê‚Ìjhānās�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¾‚¯˜b‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Blōbha, dōsa, mōha‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“xŒ¸‚炵‚½Žž‚É�Aapāyā‚Å“]�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Amicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä�ASōtapanna Anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚à•K—v‚Å‚·�B
�gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and
Sōtapanna Stage.�h
How to Cultivate the Anicca Saññā
February 12, 2016; revised October 23, 2018
The udayavaya
ñāna (ñāna pronounced
�gngana�h; see the pronunciation guide in �gPāli Glossary�h) is sometimes referred to as the udayabbaya ñāna.
However, it is about the arising (uadaya)
and destruction (vaya) of a sankata. This is another example of two Pāli words combining to sound differently: udayabbaya.
udayavayañna�iñāna‚Í�ungana�v‚Æ”‰¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uPāli—pŒê�W�v‚Ì”‰¹ƒKƒCƒh‚ðŽQ�Æ�j‚Í�Audayabbayañāna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŽÀ�ۂ̃p�[ƒŠŒê‚Í udayabbaya‚Å‚·�iŽ„‚Í‚¤‚Á‚©‚èƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œêudayavaya‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B udayabbayañāna‚Ì�à–¾‚ÍPaṭisambhidāmagga Pakarana‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�F1.1.6. Udayabbayañāṇaniddesa
‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Asankata‚Ì”�¶�iuadaya�j‚Æ�Á–Å�ivaya�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í2‚‚̃p�[ƒŠ�[Œê‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ĕʂ̉¹‚É‚·‚é—á‚Å‚·�Fudayabbaya�B
Pronunciation (udayavaya):
Audio Player
00:00
00:00
Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.
1. Things in this world do not
arise without causes. Anything that arises is destroyed sooner or later, and in the meantime, they change in unexpected ways (viparināma nature). That is another way to look at the anicca concept. The suffering arises
because we are trying to maintain things the way we want, but that is an
impossible task.
This is the very foundation of Buddha Dhamma.
Suffering arises due to causes, and those root causes of lōbha, dōsa, mōha lead to the worst kinds of suffering.
The other three root causes of alōbha, adōsa, amōha lead
to temporary relief (in deva and brahma realms,
but also in the human realm to some extent), but those also do not last
long in the saṃsāric time
scale.
1.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÌŽ–•¿‚Í�AŒ´ˆö‚È‚µ‚É‚Í�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶‚¶‚é‚à‚̂͒x‚©‚ê‘�‚©‚ê�Á–Å‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŠÔ‚Í—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•û–@‚ŕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�iviparināma‚Ì�«Ž¿�j�B‚»‚ê‚Íanicca‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŒ©‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚Å‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚݂͎„‚½‚¿‚ª–]‚Þ•û–@‚Å•¨Ž–‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ɋN‚±‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AˆÛŽ�‚·‚é‚͕̂s‰Â”\‚ÈŽdŽ–‚Å‚·�B
•¨‚²‚Æ‚ª‰i‘±“I‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B—�—R‚Í‚à‚Á‚Æ�[‚¢‚Æ‚±‚ë‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•¨‚²‚Æ‚à—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•û–@‚ŕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚Ìviparināma‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Í31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”ð“ï�Š‚Í‚Ç‚±‚É‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚ꂪ•§–@‚Ì�ªŠ²‚Å‚·�BŒ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚ċꂵ‚Ý‚ª”�¶‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚élōbha, dōsa, mōha‚Í�ň«‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ì‹ê’É‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚éalōbha�Aadōsa�Aamōha‚͈ꎞ“I‚Ȋɘa‚É“±‚«‚Ü‚·�B�ideva ‚Æbrahma ‚̗̈æ‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Í�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Å‚à�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚à‚Ü‚½saṃsāric‚ÌŽžŠÔƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚ł͒·‚‚Í‘±‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
2. Udayavaya describes
how anything in one�fs world (pancakkhanadha)
arises due to causes. And whatever arises (udaya),
it matures with time while changing in unexpected ways, and then inevitably
gets destroyed (vaya). Suffering is associated with anything that has
the anicca nature, and
everything in this world of 31 realms has that anicca nature.
When one truly comprehends �guppāda vayattēna anicca�g, one has attained the �ganuloma ñāna�h that is a prerequisite for the Sōtapanna stage.
2. Udayavaya‚Í�AŠeŽ©‚Ì�¢ŠE�ipancakkhanadha�j‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚錴ˆö‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚à�iUdaya�j�A‚»‚ê‚Í—\Šú‚¹‚Ê•û–@‚ŕω»‚µ‚È‚ª‚玞ŠÔ‚ƂƂà‚É�¬�n‚µ�A•K‘R“I‚É�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ivaya�j�B‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂Ɋւí‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂɂ»‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŒÜå]pancakkhandha�i‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì�j‚Ìudayavaya‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Äanicca‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A�uuppāda vayattēna anicca�v‚Æ•\Œ»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�uuppāda vayattēna
anicca�v‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Å‚ ‚é�uanuloma ñāna�v‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
3. For example, we think very
highly about our bodies (especially when young). But we do not realize how much
effort we put in (saṅkhāra dukha) to keep our bodies just in a �gpresentable
form�h to others. If we do not brush our teeth, wash or take a shower
for a few days, do not comb the hair, do not wash our clothes, etc, we will be able to see the true nature of our bodies.
And this is what we have been doing through an
unimaginable number of births in the past. Always struggling just to keep up.
But it gets much worse if and when born in one of four lowest realms (apāyās).
3.—Ⴆ‚Î�AŽ„’B‚Í‘Ì�i“Á‚ÉŽá‚¢Žž�j‚ð”ñ�í‚ɉ¿’l‚ª�‚‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̑̂ð‘¼�l‚É�u’ñަ‰Â”\‚ÈŒ`�v‚ɕۂ‚½‚߂ɂǂê‚قǂ̓w—͂𕥂Á‚½‚©�isaṅkhāra dukha�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ•‚ð–�‚©‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚è�AƒVƒƒƒ��[‚ð�”“úŠÔ—�‚тȂ©‚Á‚½‚è�A”¯‚ð‚Æ‚©‚³‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚è�A•ž‚ð�ô‚Á‚½‚肵‚È‚¢‚Æ�A‘̖̂{Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚æ‚�H‚ׂȂ©‚Á‚½‚è�A’èŠú“I‚ɉ^“®‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚è‚·‚邯�A‘̂̌`‚ª•ö‚ê‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�A•a‹C‚É‚©‚©‚è‚â‚·‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aviparināma dukha(•ω»‚É‚æ‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý)‚Å–ž‚½‚³‚ꂽ‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚É‘Î�ˆ‚µ�A�g‘Ì‚ð—Ç�D‚È�ó‘Ԃɕۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚¤‚łȂ¯‚ê‚Î�AŽ–‘Ô‚Í‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‰»‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�i�Kе‚Å�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�j�A‚·‚ׂĂðŒ»�óˆÛŽ�‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ͑½‚‚Ì“w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B’mŠo‚³‚ê‚é�u–¢—ˆ‚̉õŠy�v‚É–Ú‚ª‚‚ç‚Þ‚½‚ß�A’Ê�í‚Í‚±‚Ìviparināma dukha‚͉B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B˜m‚ªŠá‚Ì‘O‚ɂԂ牺‚ª‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A—Y‹�‚ª�d‚¢‰×‚̃J�[ƒg‚ðˆø‚Á’£‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–Ú‚ð‚‚ç‚Ü‚¹‚éŠì‚т̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å–ˆ“ú‚̉Ǝ–‚ð‚±‚È‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂð�s‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�uˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª“Ë‘R”�¶‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ–ŒÌ‚É‘˜‚Á‚½‚è�AŠà‚â‚»‚̂悤‚È’v–½“I‚È•a‹C‚É‚©‚©‚Á‚½‚è�Aˆ¤‚·‚é�l‚Ì—\Šú‚¹‚Ê‘åŽSŽ–‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä•·‚¢‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”N‚ð‚Æ‚é‚Æ�A‚Ç‚ñ‚Ȃɋê˜J‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‘Ì‚ªƒoƒ‰ƒoƒ‰‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚ɂ͎€‚ʂ̂ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚¿‚傤‚Ç‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì—¼�e/‘c•ƒ•ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B”Þ‚ç‚àŽá‚©‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽá‚‚ÄŠˆ‹C‚É–ž‚¿‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‰ß‹Ž‚É‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é�”�X‚Ì�o�¶‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�s‚Á‚Ä‚«‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�BˆÛŽ�‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�í‚É‹ê˜J‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyās�j‚Ì1‚‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ�ê�‡‚Í�A‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
4. But the key here is not
depressed about it. Some people believe contemplating on such things and
cultivating a depressed mindset is the �gpatikula manasikāra bhāvanā�g; it is commonly mistranslated as �gcontemplation on
the foulness of the body�g. But it is imperative not to get distressed about
these things. The idea is to realize that all body parts are subject to anicca nature.
When one gains the udayavaya ñāna, one can see the causes that need to be
eliminated to overcome otherwise inevitable future suffering.
4.‚µ‚©‚µ�A—Ž‚¿�ž‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B—Ž‚¿�ž‚Þ�l‚¦•û‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚ð—{‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð�upatikula manasikāra bhāvanā�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͈ê”Ê“I‚É�u�g‘̂̉˜‚ê‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’¾Žv�n�l�v‚ÆŒë–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚ƂɔY‚Ü‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ªŠÌ—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚à�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚Æ‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂ̑̂̕”•ª‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚̉e‹¿‚ðŽó‚¯‚â‚·‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚É‹C‚«�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚铹‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɂà‹C‚‚Æ�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì nirāmisa sukha‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�uNibbāna‚ðŒ©‚Ä�v�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Å‚·�B
Udayavaya ñāna‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‰½‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚Ì‚ ‚錴ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
5. In udayavaya ñāna, the term �gvaya�h
has two meanings:
But let us first discuss the factors associated with
�gudaya�h or �garising�h.
5. udayavaya ñāna‚Ì�uvaya�v‚É‚Í2‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚P‚–ڂÍ�A‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ì‚½‚߂ɉ½‚ª�¶‚¶�A‚»‚ꂪ‘z’èŠO‚̕ω»‚Å‚ ‚낤‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì“à‚É�Á‚¦‹Ž‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
�¶�¬‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚Énet suffering�iŠì‚т͂ ‚邪�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ƔäŠr‚·‚邯Œy”÷‚È‚à‚̂łµ‚©‚È‚¢�j‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚àudayavaya ñāna‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽ–•¿‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð–h‚¬�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Audayavaya‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Adukkha
nirodha sacca‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŒ´ˆö‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�«—ˆ‚É‹N‚±‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð–h‚®‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Audayavaya‚Ì�uvaya�v‚Ì2”Ԗڂ̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚æ‚è�d—v‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚Ü‚¸‚Í�Å�‰‚É�uudaya�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u”�¶�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é—vˆö‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
6. The �gudaya�h
part of the udayavaya ñāna describes five factors that lead to
the arising of anything in this world. Anything in this world belongs to one of
the five aggregates (pancakkhanadha): rūpa khandha, vēdana khandha, saññā khandha, saṅkhāra khandha, viññāna khandha.
Note that pancakkhandha is
shortened for panaca khandha or �gfive heaps�h or �gfive
aggregates�h. In the same way, rūpa khandha is normally pronounced as rūpakkhandha, and similarly vēdanakkhandha, etc.
6. udayavayañāna‚Ì�uudaya�v‚Ì•”•ª‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ʼn½‚©‚ª”�¶‚·‚錴ˆö‚ƂȂé5‚‚̗vˆö‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�ipancakkhanadha�j‚Ì1‚‚ɑ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�Frūpakhandha�Avēdanakhandha�Asaññākhandha�Asaṅkhārakhandha�Aviññānakhandha�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Írūpa khandha‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÀ�Û�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðTHE WORLD(Œ»ŽÀ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚¾�I)‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ABuddha Dhamma‚Í�A‚æ‚è�uŒÂ�l“I‚È�¢ŠE�v�i”FޝƒVƒXƒeƒ€�j‚𖾂炩‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A�¢ŠE‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̊´‚¶•û�ivēdana�j�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ð‚Ç‚¤‘¨‚¦‚é‚©�isaññā�j�AŠ´‚¶•û‚ÆŠ´‚¶•û‚É�]‚Á‚Ăǂ̂悤‚É�l‚¦�AŒv‰æ‚𗧂Ă邩�isaṅkhāra�j‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç3‚Â�ivēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�j‚Ì�Å�IŒ‹‰Ê‚ª�AŠeŽ©‚Ìgati�iƒLƒƒƒ‰ƒNƒ^�[�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�A�i�«—ˆ‚ÌŠó–]‚Æ—~–]�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ꂽviññānaˆÓޝ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
ŽÀ�Û�Apancakkhandha‚Í�AŠe�W�‡‘̂̉ߋŽ�AŒ»�Ý�A–¢—ˆ‚È‚Ç�i11‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ�j‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�BThe Five Aggregates (Pancakkhandha)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
pancakkhandha‚Í�Apanaca khandha‚·‚Ȃ킿�u5‚‚̂©‚½‚Ü‚è�i‘Í�Ï•¨�j�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�v‚Ì’Z�kŒ`‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B“¯—l‚É�Arūpa khandha‚Í’Ê�írūpakkhandha‚Æ”‰¹‚³‚ê�A“¯—l‚Évēdanakkhandha‚Æ”‰¹‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
7. There are four factors that
inevitably contribute to the arising of any of the five aggregates: We
can easily guess the first two: avijjā and taṇhā.
Because of avijjā (ignorance) of
the true nature, beings tend to attach to things via greed or hate (taṇhā). And those two are
always in front. Now, because of avijjā and taṇhā, beings initiate actions
(kamma) via body, speech, and mind.
Then when any one of the five aggregates starts
arising, it will need another factor that helps in the arising of that
aggregate. Let us discuss that next.
7. 5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‚ɂ͕K‘R“I‚É4‚‚̗v‘f‚ªŠñ—^‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì2‚‚͊ȒP‚É�„‘ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bavijj₯taṇhā‚Å‚·�B–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚éavijjā�i–³’m�j‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘¶�Ý‚ÍæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý�itaṇhā�j‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä•¨Ž–‚É•t’…‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚Í�í‚É�Å‘O�ü‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚Äavijj₯taṇhā‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘¶�Ý‚Í�g‘Ì�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�s“®‚ð�ikamma�j‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aavijjā�Ataṇhā�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñkamma‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‚̂ɋ¤’ʂł·�B
ŽŸ‚É�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”�¶‚µŽn‚ß‚½‚ç�A‚»‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̔�¶‚ɖ𗧂•ʂ̗vˆö‚ª•K—v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚É‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
8. A rūpa (material thing, whether alive or not)
needs food (āhāra). A human or an
animal needs to eat (these are called kabalinka āhāra), and a tree needs nutrition from the
ground. Even a thing like a rock needs āhāra (not
in the general sense of food) to be formed, and that is a very deep topic that
we will discuss much later.
Since rūpa khandha also includes �gfuture rūpa�h one may ask how would āhāra be associated with a future rūpa. In this case, the āhāra is a mental āhāra;
we will discuss four types of food (āhāra) in
the near future.
8.rūpa�i�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚É‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì�j‚É‚Í�H‚ו¨�iāhāra�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B�lŠÔ‚â“®•¨‚Í�H‚ׂé•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚Íkabalinka āhāra‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�j�AŽ÷–؂͒n–Ê‚©‚ç‚̉h—{‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠâ‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂łà�Aāhāra�iˆê”Ê“I‚È�H‚ו¨‚̈Ӗ¡‚ł͂Ȃ¢�j‚ðŒ`�¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŒã‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚·‚é”ñ�í‚É�[‚¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚·�B
Rūpa khandha‚É‚Í�u�«—ˆ‚Ìrūpa�v‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚͂ǂ¤‚¢‚¤‚±‚ƂȂ̂łµ‚傤‚©�H
‚±‚̃P�[ƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚Í�Aāhāra‚Ƃ̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh“I�j‚Èāhāra‚Å‚·�B‹ß‚¢�«—ˆ�A4Ží—Þ‚Ì�H‚ׂà‚Ì�iāhāra�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
9. On the other hand, three of
the mental aggregates (vēdana, saññā, saṅkhāra)
arise due to phassa (contact), and
thus phassa is considered a
form a mental āhāra.
Viññāṇa is the end result of a citta that
includes vēdana, saññā, saṅkhāra,
and rūpa. Thus the
corresponding factor for viññāna is nāma rūpa.
Even though in Paṭicca samuppāda it is, �gviññāna paccayā nāma rūpa�g,
it goes the other way too, �gnāma rūpa paccayā viññāna�g.
This is called �gaññamañña paccayā�g, and is valid for many such pairs in
the Paṭicca samuppāda.
9.ˆê•û�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�W�‡‘Ì‚Ì3‚Â�ivēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�j‚Í�Aphassa�i�Ú�G�j‚Ì‚½‚߂ɔ�¶‚·‚邽‚ß�Aphassa‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“Iāhāra‚ÌŒ`‘Ô�iƒJƒ^ƒ`�j‚ÆŒ©‚È‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ª”�¶‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�A–Ú�Aލ�A•@�A�ã�A‘Ì�A‚Ü‚½‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄŠOŠE‚Æ‚Ì�Ú�G�iphassa�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
Viññāṇa‚Í�Avēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñrūpa‚ðŠÜ‚Þcitta‚Ì�Å�IŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AViññāṇa‚ɑΉž‚·‚éˆöŽq‚Ínāmarūpa‚Å‚·�B
Paṭicca
samuppāda‚Å‚Í�uviññāna pacayā
nāmarūpa�v‚Å‚·‚ª�A‹t‚É�unāmarūpa paccayā
viññā na�v‚Ì•ûŒü‚à�¬‚è—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�uaññamañña paccayā�v‚ƌĂ΂ê�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ì‘½‚‚̃yƒA‚É—LŒø‚Å‚·�B
10. Finally, the last factor is
common to all five aggregates. In the deepest sense, any of the five
aggregates is a sankata. And
each thus has three common features: uppāda (early
stage of arising), thithi (change while
growing), bhaṅga (destruction). Thus
the fifth factor that describes a given aggregate is the uppāda lakkhana or nibbathi lakkhana.
Whether it is a human or a building (rūpa), a feeling, perception, saṅkhāra, or viññāna, they all have those three
characteristics of uppāda, thithi, and bhaṅga (i.e., nibbatti lakkhana).
10.�ÅŒã‚Ì—v‘f‚Í5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚·‚ׂĂɋ¤’ʂł·�B�Å‚à�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚Í�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚àsankata‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É3‚‚̋¤’ʂ̓Á’¥‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Buppāda�i”�¶‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK�j�Athithi�i�¬’·’†‚̕ω»�j�Abhaṅga�i”j‰ó�j‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�W�‡‘Ì‚ð•\‚·5”Ô–Ú‚Ì—v‘f‚Í�Auppādalakkhana‚·‚Ȃ킿nibbathi(“]�¶�A�¶�¬�A”�¶�A�¶‹N�A�ÂŽÊ�^�i�ÝŒv�}�j�H) lakkhana‚Å‚·�B
ˆê•”‚Ìsankata�i“Á‚Érūpakhandha‚É‘®‚·‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚Í’·‚¢ƒ‰ƒCƒtƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ðŽ�‚‰”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�lŠÔ‚Í–ñ100”NŽ�‘±‚µ�A‰F’ˆ‚Í�”�\‰”NŽ�‘±‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg‚̃‰ƒCƒtƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚Í”äŠr“I’Z‚�A“Á‚Évēdana�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra‚Í”ñ�í‚É’Z–½‚Å‚·�Bˆê•”‚Ìviññāna‚Í’ZŽžŠÔ‚Å‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ìviññāna‚Í’·Ž�‚¿‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�lŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚낤‚ÆŒš•¨�irūpa�j‚Å‚ ‚낤‚Æ�AŠ´�î�A’mŠo�Asaṅkhāra�A‚Ü‚½‚Íviññāna‚Å‚ ‚낤‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�Auppāda�Athithi�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñbhaṅga�i‚‚܂è�Anibbatti lakkhana�j‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚ð”õ‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
11. It is easiest to
discuss an example with the rūpa khandha, and take just a small part of it to
say a human being (X) and an animal (Y). First let us start with the root
causes for the birth of X or Y. Those two beings, in one of their previous
lives, had acted (done a kamma)
with taṇhā (which
itself was caused by avijjā).
Āhāra also can be an actual cause and we will discuss
that in a future post.
11.rūpakhandha‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�lŠÔ�iX�j‚Æ“®•¨�iY�j‚ð—á‚ɂƂÁ‚Ęb‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B�Å�‰‚É�AX‚ÆY‚Ì’a�¶‚Ì�ª–{“I‚ÈŒ´ˆö‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̑¶�Ý‚Í�A‰ß‹Ž�¶‚Ì1‚‚Å�Ataṇhā�iavijjā ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ꂽ�j‚Å�s“®‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�iŽÀ�s‚³‚ꂽkamma�j�B
“¹“¿“I‚È�sˆ×�iX‚Ì�ê�‡�j‚Æ•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�iY‚Ì�ê�‡�j‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚ébhava�ihuman
bhava‚¨‚æ‚Ñanimal bhava�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A�A‚±‚ê‚Í‚ ‚鎞“_‚őΉž‚·‚é“Á�«�igati�j‹¤‚É’a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�A“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚Å�lŠÔ‚َ̑™�iX�j‚Æ“®•¨‚َ̑™�iY�j‚ªŽó‘Ù‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚à�Å�‰‚ÍŽq‹{“à‚Å�H•¨�iāhāra�j‚ð�Á”�A�o�¶Œã‚ÍŽq‹{‚ÌŠO‚Å�H‚ׂ邱‚Æ‚Å�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Āhāra‚àŽÀ�Û‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�@
12. The baby X or Y thus born,
will now grow according to the blueprint (manōmaya kaya)
that took hold of a single cell in the mother�fs womb at conception.
That manōmaya kaya has
the basic blueprint of that being.
Growing and maturing of X or Y, now proceeds
with the production blueprint (නිෂ්පාදන ක්රමය in Sinhala or nibbatti lakkhana) that was associated with the
particular manōmaya kaya.
12.‚±‚̂悤‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ�Ô‚ñ–VX‚Ü‚½‚ÍY‚Í�AŽó‘ÙŽž‚É•ê�e‚ÌŽq‹{‚Ì“à‚Ì’Pˆê�×–E‚ÌŽž‚Ì�ÂŽÊ�^�imanōmayakaya�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìmanōmayakaya‚ªŠî–{“I‚È�ÂŽÊ�^‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
X‚Ü‚½‚ÍY‚Ì�¬’·‚Æ�¬�n‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ìmanōmayakaya‚ªŠÖ‚µ‚½�ÂŽÊ�^�inibbatti lakkhana�j‚Ì�ÝŒv�}‚Å�i‚݂܂·�B
13. This same line of reasoning
can be applied to other four khandha: Vedana, saññā, saṅkhāra,
and viññāna also arise
mainly due to avijjā, taṇhā,
kamma, and also āhāra (food)
for them.
The other four aggregates also arise, stay in
existence for a time, and then is destroyed.
13.‚±‚ê‚Æ“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂà“K—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BVedana, saññā, saṅkhāra, viññāna‚à�AŽå‚Éavijjā, taṇhā,
kamma,
āhāra�i�H‚ׂà‚Ì�j‚ªŒ´ ˆö‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ì—v‘f‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ìāhāra�i�H‚ו¨�j‚Ƃ͂ǂ¤‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í“÷‘̂₻‚Ì‘¼‚Ìrūpa‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B
‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚à”�¶‚µ�A‚µ‚΂炑¶�Ý‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒã�Á‚¦‹Ž‚è‚Ü‚·�B
14. To summarize, each of the five aggregates arises
with the aid of five factors:
Viññāṇa: avijjā, taṇhā,
kamma, nāma rūpa, nibbatti lakkhana.
14.—v–ñ‚·‚邯�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂̂»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Í�A5‚‚̗vˆö‚ð—˜—p‚µ‚Ä�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Rupa�F�@�@ avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aāhāra�Anibbatti lakkhana�B
Vedana�F�@ avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aphassa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B
Sanna�F avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aphassa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B
Saṅkhāra�F avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Aphassa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B
Viññāṇa�F avijjā�Ataṇhā�Akamma�Anāmarūpa�Anibbatti lakkhana�B
15. Thus those are the 25
factors that describe how anything in this world arise. The udayavaya ñāna encompasses
the comprehension of those 25 factors.
15.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ʼn½‚©‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é25‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚·�B udayavayañāna‚É‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì25‚Ì—v‘f‚Ì—�‰ð‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
”�¶‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚Í�Á–łɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚©�A‰½‚©‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð–h‚®‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚é25‚Ì—vˆö‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Audayavayañāna‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł̂ ‚ç‚ä‚é‚à‚̂̔�¶‚Æ�Á–łɊւ·‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̒mޝ�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł̂ ‚ç‚ä‚é‚à‚̂̔�¶‚ð‘jŽ~‚·‚é�inirodha�j•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’mޝ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ50‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚·‚×‚Ä–Ô—…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Audayavayañāna‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邯�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚µ�A�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉð�Á‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�d—v‚È“_‚Í�A”�¶‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂà‚Ì�iuppāda�j‚ª�Á–Å�ibhaṅga�j‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�Ý�ithithi�j’†‚É—\Šú‚¹‚¸‚ɕω»‚·‚é�iviparināma�j‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ꂪAnicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�B�@
Revised March 22,
2016; Revised September 22, 2017, June 28, 2019
1. In many suttā, including Sotāpattiphala Sutta
(SN 55.55) and Dutiya Sariputta Sutta
(Samyutta Nikaya 55.5), the four requirements for
someone to attain the Sōtapanna stage
of Nibbāna are stated: �gCattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya
saṃvattanti.
Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ,
yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti�g.
When someone starts fulfilling
the above conditions one becomes a Sōtapanna
magga anugāmi (or Sōtapanna magga anugāmika); see, �gSōtapanna anugāmi and a Sōtapanna�g.
During this process, one
removes three of the ten sanyōjana (or samyōjana or fetters). The ten fetters are
those that bind one to the cycle of rebirth; see, �gRelinquishing Defilements via Three
Rounds and Four Stages�g.
1. Sotāpattiphala Sutta�iSN 55.55�j‚ÆDutiya Sariputta Sutta�iSamyutta Nikaya
55.5�j‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚‚Ìsutt a‚Å‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì4‚‚̗vŒ�‚ª�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Cattārome, bhikkhave, dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya
saṃvattanti.
Katame cattāro? Sappurisasaṃsevo, saddhammassavanaṃ, yonisomanasikāro, dhammānudhammappaṭipatti�g.
�usappurisa �isath + purisa‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�¹‚È‚é—F�l�v�A‚‚܂èAriya�j�v‚Ƃ̊֘A•t‚¯‚Í�A�uKalyana Mitra�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚邱‚Æ‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Dhamma‚Ì’k˜b‚ð•·‚�iSotāpanna Anugami‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ͓Ç�‘‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·‚ª�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚ÍƒŠƒXƒjƒ“ƒO‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚Ì�”3‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�j�B
Yōniso manasikāra�ianicca�Aƒ_ƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^�APaṭicca samuppāda‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È�l‚¦•û�j‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Dhammanudhamma patipadā�i•½–}‚È“¹‚ð’´‚¦‚½�¹‚Ȃ铹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚è‚Ü‚·�B�uWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�j
’N‚©‚ª�ã‹L‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð–ž‚½‚µŽn‚߂邯�ASōtapanna magga anugāmi�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍSōtapanna magga anugāmika�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna anugāmi and a Sōtapanna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŠÔ‚É�A10ŒÂ‚Ìsanyōjana�isamyōjana‚·‚Ȃ킿‘«‚©‚¹�j‚Ì3‚‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B 10‚Ì‘«‚©‚¹‚Í�A1‚‚ð“]�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚¯‚é‚à‚̂ł·�BRelinquishing Defilements via Three
Rounds and Four Stages‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
2. First it is imperative to understand what was
meant by the Buddha when he said, �gmy Dhamma has not been known to the world�h
(other than during the time of another Buddha). Most people follow what they
deem to be �gBuddhism�h. I strongly advise reading the following posts and
spending some time thinking about this issue:
�gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h
and the discussion at, �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g.
As I tried to point out in many
posts, when one is on the mundane path, one abstains from immoral deeds out of
fear of bad outcomes. But when one starts comprehending Tilakkhana (anicca, dukkha, anatta), one starts
avoiding immoral deeds because one sees the futility of
such deeds: What is
the point in hurting others in order to acquire sense pleasures that in
the end do not provide any lasting happiness?
2.�Å�‰‚ÉŽß‘¸‚ª�uŽ„‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚Í�¢ŠE‚É’m‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽß‘¸‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�i•ʂ̎ߑ¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ð�œ‚¢‚Ä�j�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A�u•§‹³�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚éŽÒ‚É�]‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ÍŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�A‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚ƂɎžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð‹‚‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�F
�gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h
and the discussion at, �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g.
‚»‚ê‚ç‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A•½–}‚È�ilōkiya�j”ª�³“¹‚ð�i‚ñ‚¾Œã‚É�ASōtapanna magga anugāmi‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É–{“–‚É�æ‚è�o‚·‚Æ‚«‚Å‚·�B
Ž„‚ª‘½‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÅŽw“E‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A�l‚ª•½–}‚È“¹‚É‚¢‚邯‚«�A�l‚͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚Ì‹°‚ê‚©‚ç•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�T‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒJƒi�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚̉ñ”ð‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚Ì–³‰v‚³‚ð–Ú‚É‚·‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BŒ‹‹Ç�A’·‘±‚«‚·‚é�K•Ÿ‚³‚¦‚à’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚È‚¢Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т𓾂邽‚߂ɑ¼�l‚ð��‚‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ̈Ӗ¡‚͉½‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤‚©�H
3. September 22,
2017: Previously, I had stated that one could learn
about Tilakkhana by
reading these days. That is still true and one could become a Sōtapanna anugāmi by
reading.
However, Waharaka Thēro has mentioned that listening to a
recorded dēsanā should count,
per his opinion.
3. 2017”N9ŒŽ22“ú�FˆÈ‘O‚Í�A“ǂނ±‚ƂŃeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚͂܂¾�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚è�A“ǂނ±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄSōtapanna anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å‹ß�AWaharaka Thēro‚É�o‰ï‚¢�A‚»‚̘b‚É‚æ‚邯�ASōtapanna anugāmi ‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚É‚Í�A�¹�l‚É‚æ‚é�u˜b‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ăł ‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚Ç‚¤‚â‚ç�AAriya‚ÌSōtadvāracitta vithi�i�u˜b‚Ì�Å’†�j‚Í�AƒgƒŠƒK�[‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹@”\‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚Èjavanaƒpƒ��[‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ÍTipitaka‚ÌƒŠƒtƒ@ƒŒƒ“ƒX‚ð’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�î•ñ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ª‚¢‚ç‚Á‚µ‚á‚ê‚ΘA—�‚¢‚½‚¾‚¯‚ê‚Î�K‚¢‚Å‚·�BŒ©‚‚¯‚½‚Æ‚«‚É‚»‚ÌŽQ�Æ‚ðŠÜ‚ß•Ò�W‚·‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
2019”N7ŒŽ15“ú�F‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚錈’è“I‚ÈTipitaka‚ÌŒ¾‹y‚͂܂¾‚݂‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚·‚ׂÄTipitaka‚Ìsuttā‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚̂悤‚É�Asaddhammassavanaṃ�isaddhamma +savanaṃ‚Ü‚½‚Í�uDhamma‚ð•·‚�v�j‚ð1‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Æ‚µ‚ÄƒŠƒXƒg‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É‚Í�‘–Ê‚ª‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚½‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚Í�ðŒ�‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒˆ’è“I‚È‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AWaharaka Thēro‚̈ӌ©‚É‚æ‚邯�A˜^‰¹‚³‚ꂽ�u˜b‚ð’®‚‚±‚Ƃ͑å�؂ł ‚邯�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B
4. When one contemplates about
the above, one realizes that one first needs to find out WHY the Buddha said
�gthis wider world of 31 realms�h or �gour existence (not only in this life but in
the 31 realms)�h is filled with suffering; what we perceive as sense pleasures
keep us bound mostly to the kāma loka and very often to the four apāyā. That is the First Noble Truth.
When one gets to Sōtapanna stage, one comprehends the First
Noble Truth, and thus all four Noble Truths to some extent; one has
�gseen�h Nibbāna. Now, one does not need
any help to get to Nibbāna (to
�gfully experience it�h), because one sees the whole Path, and knows how to get
there.
4.�ã‹L‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邯�A‚Ü‚¸Žß‘¸‚ª‚È‚º�u‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¶�Ý�i‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A31—̈æ‚Å‚à�j�v‚ª‹ê‚Å–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯Œ¾‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тƂµ‚Ä”Fޝ‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚ª‚±‚Ìkāma loka‚É�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‘½‚‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í4‚‚Ìapāyā‚É”›‚葱‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‹ê’ú‚Å‚·�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚͂܂½�A�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚ê‚Î�A‘¼‚Ì3‚Â‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚낤‚Æ‚àŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å‚à�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŠî–{“I‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿�uSammāDiṭṭhi�v‚Ì�Å�‰‚̈Φ‚Å‚·�B
anicca�Adukha�Aanatta‚̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä”ñ�í‚ÉŠT‚˂ȃAƒCƒfƒA‚¾‚¯‚Å”ª�³“¹‚ð•à‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪSōtapanna Magga anugāmi‚Å‚·�B Ariya‚É‚æ‚é�u˜b‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È“Á�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASonetapanna magga‚ÆSōtapanna phala‚ð‚Ù‚Ú“¯Žž‚É�i“¯‚¶citta vithi‚Å�j’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^—��A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä4‚‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¹‚È‚é�^—�‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbāna‚ð�uŒ©‚½�v‚̂ł·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A“¹‚Ì‘S‘Ì‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚±‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•û–@‚ð’m‚è�ANibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�i�u‚»‚ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚ɑ̌±‚·‚é�v‚½‚ß‚É�j�•‚¯‚Í•K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5. With that in mind, it is
easier to grasp why the Buddha emphasized the importance of those four
conditions. First, since Buddha�fs message is unique, the true message
has to come from a Buddha or someone �gwho can be traced back to the Buddha�h. The
following is an analogy given in the suttā.
5.‚»‚ê‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�AŽß‘¸‚ª‚È‚º‚±‚ê‚ç4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Ì�d—v�«‚ð‹’²‚µ‚½‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B
‚Ü‚¸�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚͓ƓÁ‚Å‚ ‚è�A�^‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚̓uƒbƒ_‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒuƒbƒ_‚܂ł³‚©‚̂ڂê‚é�v’N‚©‚©‚炱‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ˆÈ‰º‚Ísuttā‚ł̗Þ�„ƒAƒiƒ�ƒW�[‚Å‚·�B
6. The Buddha can be compared to a great tree,
standing tall and firm. All other humans can be compared to �gclimbers�h that
need a tree to �gclimb up�h. Such climbers do not have strong enough stems so
they cannot stand erect on their own. They need the support of another plant or
a stick to stand. Those plants are called climbers. Climbers have tendrils to
hold the supporting plant or stick. Following are some examples.

Because the message is unique,
it has to come from the Buddha himself or someone who can be traced back
to the Buddha. One cannot attain even the Sōtapanna stage
without hearing the true message; if one has attained it, then he/she knows the
message. Someone aspiring to become an Ariya MUST hear the
message from another Ariya; see, �gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�g.
6.Žß‘¸‚Í�A”w‚ª�‚‚Œ˜‚¢—§”h‚È—§–؂ɗႦ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�lŠÔ‚Í�A�u“o‚é�v‚½‚߂ɖ؂ð•K—v‚Æ‚·‚é�uƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[�v‚Æ”äŠr‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚ȃNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[‚Í�\•ª‚É‹‚¢Š²‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AŽ©•ª‚Å’¼—§‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í—§‚‚½‚߂ɑ¼‚Ì�A•¨‚â–_‚̃Tƒ|�[ƒg‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�A•¨‚ªƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[‚Í�AƒTƒ|�[ƒg‚·‚é�A•¨‚â–_‚ÉŽx‚¦‚ç‚ê‚邽‚߂Ɋª‚«‚Ђ°‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚É‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“oŽRŽÒ‚Í‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚¢‚邪�A–_‚̂悤‚ȃTƒ|�[ƒg‚ª‚È‚�A–Ø‚ª1–{‚¾‚¯‚̃P�[ƒX‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�B“oŽRŽÒ‚ª�u“o‚é�v‚½‚߂̗Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Å�A’n–ʂłÌ�Ià�‚ɉ^–½‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɂÍ�A‚»‚Ì–Ø‚ð‚‚©‚Þ‚±‚Ƃł·�B
–؂̋߂‚É‚¢‚é“oŽRŽÒ‚¾‚¯‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð‚‚©‚ñ‚Å“o‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�¡�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚Í�æ‚Ì“oŽRŽÒ‚ð‚‚©‚Þ‚±‚Ƃœo‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“oŽRŽÒ‚ª‘�‚¦‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A�uƒAƒNƒZƒXƒGƒŠƒA�v‚ªŠg‘債‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“o‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é“oŽRŽÒ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚¢‚‚łàƒIƒŠƒWƒiƒ‹‚Ì–Ø‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�AAriya‚â�¹�l�iSōtapanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍArahant�j‚Í�A�í‚ÉŽß‘¸‚ÌŒŒ“�‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚͓ƓÁ‚Ȃ̂Å�AŽß‘¸Ž©�g‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é’N‚©‚©‚炂邵‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�^‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð•·‚©‚¸‚ÉSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚à‚µ’B�¬‚µ‚½‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚̓�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚Á‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BAriya‚ðŽu‚·�l‚͕ʂÌAriya‚©‚ç‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð•·‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
7. Now we can see the logic of the first two conditions. One has to learn Dhamma (the correct version),
AND thus it has to come from an Ariya (Noble) person.
And of course one has listen to
this correct message or read about it, and then GRASP it.
7.‚±‚ê‚Å�A�Å�‰‚Ì2‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚̃�ƒWƒbƒN‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Dhamma�i�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�j‚ðŠw‚Ô•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍAriya�i�¹�l�j‚©‚ç‚Ì‚à‚̂łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�uKalyāna Mitra�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�AŽÀ�ۂɂ̓Tƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Å‚·�Bƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Å‚Í�A�ukalyana mittā�v‚Í�A�u‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚é—F�l�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B�i�ukāla�v‚Í�u‰˜‚¢�…�v‚̂悤‚É�u‰˜‚¢�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u�•‚Á‚Û‚¢�v‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�A�una�v‚Í�u�í�œ‚·‚é�v‚Å‚·�j�B
‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A�uKalyāna Mitra�v‚ð�]—ˆ‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å�u—Ç‚¢—F’B�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í’P‚È‚é�u—Ç‚¢�vˆÈ�ã‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B‘¼‚Ì�l‚É‚»‚ê‚ð“`‚¦‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð’m‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð•·‚«‚¢‚½‚è�A“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚肵‚Ä‚©‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ð’݂͂܂·�B
8. One time Ven. Ananda, who was the personal
assistant to the Buddha for many years at the end, approached the Buddha and
said, �gBhante (Venerable Sir), I have been thinking that the future
of the Buddha Sāsana (doctrine) must
be dependent at least 50% on the kalyana
mittās�h.
And there are many �gclimbers�h
all over the world who have already started �gclimbing up�h with the help of that
established �gclimber�h. I am encouraged by emails from many who are reading this
site, on the joy they feel in comprehending the �gpure Dhamma�h.
8.‚ ‚鎞�A �ÅŒã‚̉½”N‚à‚ÌŠÔ�AŽß‘¸‚ÌŒÂ�l“I‚ȃAƒVƒXƒ^ƒ“ƒg‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½ƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ɋ߂«�A�uBhante�i‘¸ŽÒ�j�AŽ„‚ÍBuddha Sāsana�i‹³‹`�j‚Ì–¢—ˆ‚Í�‚È‚‚Æ‚à50�“‚Íkalyana
mittās‚É‚æ‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v�B
Žß‘¸‚Í“š‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�A�uƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_�A‚»‚ñ‚È‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�B Buddha Sāsana‚Í�Akalyana mithäs‚É100�“ˆË‘¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚Ü�A—�—R‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚µ‹³‚¦‚ÌŒŒ“�‚ª‰ó‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚ÌSāsana‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚Å‚·�BŒ¾—t‚͂܂¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�Aanicca, dukkha, anatta‚Ȃǂ̃L�[ƒ��[ƒh‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð�à–¾‚Å‚«‚é�l‚Í’N‚à‚¢‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚͔ނ̃uƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‹`‚Í5000”NŠÔ‚Í‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ½‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¾”¼•ª‚Å‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ÌŠúŠÔ“à‚É‚Í�AAriyā‚Ì�”‚ª�‚È‚¢�u‹Qé[�v‚ÌŠúŠÔ‚ª�¶‚¶‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¢ŠE‚Ì‘½‚‚ÌAriy₯‹¤‚ÉBuddha Sāsanaƒuƒbƒ_�EƒTƒTƒi‚ª‹P‚Žž‚à‚ ‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚±‚±‚ł̌®‚ƂȂé‚Ì‚Í�A‚½‚Ü‚É�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚𕜊ˆ‚³‚¹‚邽‚ß‚É�[–ž‚ȃpƒ‰ƒ~ƒ^‚ðŽ�‚Â�ujāti Sōtapanna�v‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽß‘¸‚Ì600”NŒã‚ÌMahinda‘¸ŽÒ‚̂悤‚É�B”Þ‚ç‚Íjāti Sōtapannas‚Å‚ ‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ȃǂ̎å—v‚ȃp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�upatisambhidā nana�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�¡‚ª‚»‚ÌŽž‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚µ�‡‚¤‚̂͂܂¾ŽžŠú�®‘�‚Å‚·‚ª�AƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚⑼‚Ì�‘‚É‚à‘½‚‚ÌAriyā‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‘½‚‚ÍWaharaka Thēro‚Ì‚¨‚©‚°‚Å‚·�BParinibbāna of Waharaka Thēro
‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŠm—§‚³‚ꂽ�uƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[�v‚Ì�•‚¯‚ðŽØ‚è‚Ä‚·‚Å‚É�u“o‚èŽn‚ß‚½�v�¢ŠE’†‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�uƒNƒ‰ƒCƒ}�[�v‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃TƒCƒg‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚鑽‚‚Ì�l‚©‚ç�A�u�ƒ�ˆ‚È–@�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚éŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚éƒ��[ƒ‹‚É—ã‚Ü‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
9. The third condition is to �gact with yōniso
manasikāra�g. Here �gyōni�h means
�gorigin�h, �gso�h means �goneself�h, and �gmanasikara�h
here means �gwith this in mind�h.
9. 3”Ô–Ú‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Í�A�uyōniso manasikāra‚Æ�s“®‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚±‚Å�uyōni�v‚Í�u‹NŒ¹�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�uso�v‚Í�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚Å�umanasikara�v‚Í�u‚±‚ê‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Vibhangapakarana�iBook 2�Ap�B234�j‚Å�Aayisoniso manasikāra‚Í�u anicca‚ðnicca ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Adukkha ‚ðsukha‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Aanatta ‚ðatta‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é�v‚Æ�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ayōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŠÈ’P‚ÉŒ¾‚¦‚Î�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É’·Šú“I‚É�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚é‚È‚ç�Aayōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
Yōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A’B�¬‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚à‚̂𓾂邽‚߂ɓ¬‚¤•sŽÀ‚³‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ª”ñ�í‚É’Z‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä”M�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�o�¶‚‚܂è“]�¶‚Ì‹NŒ¹�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚æ‚è’¼�Ú“I‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Yōni‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚ƃVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å�AŽY“¹‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äyōniso manasikāra‚Í�u‹NŒ¹‚Ì—�‰ð�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�Byōniso manasikāra‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȗ̈æ‚Å‚Ì�o�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚錴ˆö‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂èbhava�h ‚Æ �gjathi�h‚ÍŠeŽ©‚Ì gati�@‚É‚æ‚é‚̂ł·�BGati to Bhava to Jāti – Ours to
Control‚ðŽQ�Æ
‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª‚ ‚ê‚Î�AŽ©“®“I‚É�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚»‚ê‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�ugati�v‚ðˆç�¬‚µ‚Ä—Ç‚¢Œˆ’è‚ð‰º‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�l‚Í“¹“¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢”»’f‚ð‰º‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�Apanna �i’qŒd�j‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Aapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é�sˆ×‚ðŽ©“®“I‚ɉñ”ð‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚É�A�u“K�؂Ȓ�ˆÓ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚æ‚è�A�uyōniso manasikāra�v‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í�upati + icca�v‚Í�usama + uppada�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
10. When one is meeting the first three conditions, one is
set to fulfill the fourth, �gdhammanudhamma patipadā�g. Here
�gdhammanudhamma�h is �gdhamma + anu +Dhamma�h where �ganu�h means
�gaccording to�h. The second �gDhamma�h is the Buddha Dhamma; the
first is the �gdhamma�h that one follows. �gpatipadā�h
is �gprocedure�h. Thus it means following the procedures laid out in the true and
pure Buddha Dhamma.
(i) what is really meant by
suffering (dukkha),
(ii) that suffering arises due to the anicca nature, and thus
(iii) one does not have any refuge anywhere in the 31
realms (anatta).
Dhammanudhamma patipadā is described in those suttā as
living with a clear vision of anicca,
dukkha, anatta nature of the pancakkhandha (rupa, vedana, sanna,
saṅkhāra,
viññāṇa).
10.�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð–ž‚½‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A4‚–ڂÌ�udhammanudhamma patipadā�v‚ð–ž‚½‚·‚悤‚É�ݒ肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å�udhammanudhamma�v‚Í�udhamma
+ anu + Dhamma�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uanu�v‚Í�uˆê’v‚·‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B 2”Ô–Ú‚Ì�udhamma�v‚Í•§–@‚Å‚·�B ˆê”Ô–Ú‚Ì�udhamma�v‚Í�]‚¤‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B �upatipadā�v‚Í�uŽè�‡�v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚»‚ê‚Í�^‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚È•§–@‚É’è‚ß‚ç‚ꂽŽè�‡‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�¹�l‚©‚ç�^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚Æ‚«�A�l‚Í—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂܂·�F
�ii�j‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª–{“–‚ɈӖ¡‚·‚邱‚Æ�idukkha�j�A
�iii�j‹ê’É‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å”�¶‚·‚邽‚ß�A
�iiii�j31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à”ð“ï�Š‚ª‚È‚¢�ianatta�j�B
ŽŸ‚É�ANibbāna‚Ì—Bˆê‚Ì”ð“ï�Š�iatta�j‚ð’T‚·‚½‚ß‚É�A yōniso manasikāra‚ƈê��‚É�s“®‚µ�A�udhammanudhamma patipadā�v‚É�]‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B
4‚‚ÌAnudhamma Sutta (SN 22.39)‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY�iŽŸ‚Ì3‚‚Ìsuttā‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚ÌŒ¾Œê‚Ö‚Ì–|–ó‚à‚»‚±‚Å—˜—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j�B
Dhammanudhamma patipadā‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìsuttā‚Å�Aanicca�Adukkha�Apancakkhandha�irupa�Avedana�Asanna�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāṇa�j‚Ìanatta‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì–¾Šm‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ƂƂà‚É�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邯�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
11. As pointed out in �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?�g, dhammanudhamma patipadā or
the �gDhamma Path�h starts with mundane samma
diṭṭhi,
or how to sort out immoral from moral. Then one gets rid of the moha (deep delusion) that covers the mind, and
the mind will be ready to grasp anicca,
dukkha, anatta.
When a �gmoral mind�h is exposed
to the true Dhamma, the second stage or the Sōtapanna
magga/phala results
at some point.
11. What is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ÅŽw“E‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�Adhammanudhamma patipadā ‚·‚Ȃ킿�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì“¹�v‚Í�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽsamma diṭṭhi‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�A‚‚܂蓹“¿‚©‚ç•s“¹“¿‚ð‘I•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A�S‚𕢂Á‚Ä‚¢‚émoha�i�[‚¢–Ï‘z�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Æ�A�S‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð‚‚©‚Þ�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�u“¹“¿“I‚È�S�v‚ª�^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚É”˜‚³‚ê‚邯�A‘æ2ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚·‚Ȃ킿Sōtapanna magga/phala ‚ª‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ÌŽž“_‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
12. Let us take an example to illustrate this
concept.
One does not intentionally cut oneself, because one
can see the dangers in that. In the same way, moral people stay away from
immoral acts because they can see the consequences of such immoral acts.
We can thus see why it is
comparatively easy to get on the mundane eightfold path.
12.—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ä�A‚±‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�l‚͊댯‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�AˆÓ�}“I‚ÉŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð�Ø‚Á‚½‚肵‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¯—l‚É�A“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X‚Í•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Å�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð�Ø‚è“|‚·‚±‚Æ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚Ü‚ê‚Å‚·‚ª�j�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�Amoha‚Ì‚½‚߂ɔñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é�l�X‚Æ”äŠr‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ”ª�³“¹‚ÌŒo˜H‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚Ì‚ª”äŠr“IŠÈ’P‚È—�—R‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
13. The lokottara eightfold
Path is harder to see. This
is why a Buddha or someone who has learned the message of the Buddha is needed
to convey that.
Like that it is hard for most
people to take the �glong term perspective�h and investigate whether it is really
true that �git is not only fruitless, but also dangerous�h to be attached to the
sense pleasures of this world.
13. lokottara‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚ÍŒ©‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŠw‚ñ‚¾�l‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð“`‚¦‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È—�—R‚Å‚·�B
ƒp�[ƒeƒB�[‚ª‚ ‚è�A�l�X‚ª“Å“ü‚è‚Ì‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚âˆù‚Ý•¨‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�ê�‡�B“ł͒v–½“I‚Å‚·‚ª�A�Á‰»‚µ‚Ĉ«‰e‹¿‚ðˆø‚«�o‚·‚ɂ͎žŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚¾‚©‚ç�A‚Ý‚ñ‚È‚ª�HŽ–‚ðŠy‚µ‚Ý�AŠy‚µ‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚ð‰ß‚²‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A’N‚©‚ª—ˆ‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ɂ͓łªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�A”ü–¡‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚Ù‚Ç‚æ‚è“Å�«‚ª‹‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚𖳎‹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚͂Ȃº‚±‚Ì�l‚ª�uƒp�[ƒeƒB�[‚ð‘ä–³‚µ‚É‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Ì‚©—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�”�l‚ª‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì�î•ñ‚ð‹�‚ß�A‚±‚Ì�l‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚𒲂ׂ悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ª�u–³‰v‚Å‚ ‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚à‚ ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ª–{“–‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð�u’·Šú“IŽ‹“_�v‚Å‘¨‚¦‚é‚Ì‚Í�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚ē‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
14. It is hard in the beginning to grasp this
message. Even when one starts seeing the message (as one gets to the Sōtapanna magga anugāmi stage), initially it is hard to instill
discipline. A good analogy here is it is harder to resist scratching an itch,
even though one may realize that it is not a good idea because one will then
make that a wound. The tendency is to �genjoy the scratching�h. In the same way,
even when one starts seeing the dangers of the rebirth process, initially it is
still hard to resist the sense pleasures.
Of
course, one needs to have removed micchā diṭṭhi in
order to even become a Sōtapanna Anugāmi: �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and
Sotāpanna Stage�g.
Next,
�gHow Does One Know whether the
Sōtapanna Stage is Reached?�g, �c�c�c..
14.�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�Bƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂Ăà�iSōtapanna magga anugāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�j�A�Å�‰‚Í‹K—¥‚ð�Z“§‚³‚¹‚é‚Ì‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚ł̗ǂ¢—Ⴆ‚Í�A‚©‚ä‚Ý‚ð‘~‚‚±‚Ƃɒï�R‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�u‘~‚‚±‚Æ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�vŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚̊댯�«‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂Ăà�A�Å�‰‚ÍŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚É’ï�R‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂܂¾�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B
‰ðŒˆ�ô‚Í�A�u‚©‚ä‚݂ɓî�p‚ð“h‚Á‚Ä—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚é�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è•·‚¢‚½‚è�n�l‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‹‚¢�Õ“®‚ð’Á‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�iŒ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‚Ì‚Å�j�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚Í�u‘å‚«‚È‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�u�¬‚³‚È‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚É‘Î�ˆ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�u‘å‚«‚È‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯�A—˜“_‚ª‚í‚©‚è�A‘¼‚Ì�u‚©‚ä‚Ý�v‚É‚à“¯‚¶Žè�‡‚𓥂ނ悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B“¯—l‚É�A“¹�i“Á‚ÉSōtapanna magga
anugāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW�j‚Í‘Q�i“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚É�u‚æ‚è‘å‚«‚È”Æ�ß�v‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚©�A�u�ň«‚Ì�Kе�igati�j�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AMicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna Anugāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�F
Micca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage
Revised March 23,
2017; May 15, 2018; September 22, 2018; August 12, 2019; February 11, 2020
One can determine for oneself
whether one has attained the Sōtapanna stage.
It becomes clear that one has removed the characteristics (gati)
suitable to be born in the four lowest realms (apāyā).
1. The most precious thing
sought by a Bhauddhayā (or a
practicing Buddhist) is the Sōtapanna stage
of Nibbāna; see,
�gWhy a Sōtapanna is better off than
any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire.�h
As we discussed in that post,
even Ven. Sariputta (who was only second to the
Buddha in Dhamma knowledge) could not do that. Some people today claim they
know whether another person has attained the Sōtapanna stage
(and make money doing that).
Sōtapanna
Sōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŽ©•ª‚Å”»’f‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iaptoyā�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚̂ɓK‚µ‚½“Á�«�igati�j‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Å–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
1.Bhauddhayā�i�C�s’†‚Ì•§‹³“k�j‚ª‹�‚ß‚é�Å‚à‹M�d‚È‚à‚Ì‚Í�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B
Why a Sōtapanna is better off than
any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�Å�I“I‚È–Ú•W‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Å‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í7‚Â‚Ì bhavaˆÈ“à‚ÅArahanthood‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
7‚‚Ìbhava ‚Æ‚Í7‚ˆÈ�ã‚Ì’a�¶‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽbhava “à‚ɂ͑½‚‚Ì’a�¶‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�BBhava and Jāti – States of
Existence and Births Therein‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚é•û–@‚ð’m‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì�lŽ©�gˆÈŠO‚Å‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚¾‚¯‚ª�Amagga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BMyths about the Sōtapanna Stage
‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚»‚±‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AƒTƒŠƒvƒbƒ^‘¸ŽÒ�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì’mޝ‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®�l•¨�j‚Å‚³‚¦�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B�¡“ú�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ªSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃł¨‹à‚ð‰Ò‚¢‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�j
2. A Sōtapanna is
one who has seen the way to Nibbāna. He/she
still has more work to do, but can see a glimpse of Nibbāna from
far. The way to Nibbāna has become
apparent.
In another post, I described a
simile. A traveler, who, looking for a particular mountain to get to the top of
it, can finally see an outline of it at a distance. He/she still has to travel
to the base of the mountain and climb up. Most of the hard work was to find the
location of that mountain and to get close to it. See, �gSotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna�h and �gThe Sōtapanna Stage.�h
2.Sōtapanna‚Í�ANibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ðŒ©‚½�l‚Å‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾‚â‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢ŽdŽ–‚ª‚Ü‚¾‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰“‚‚©‚çNibbāna‚ðŠ_ŠÔŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
•ʂ̂Ƃ±‚ë‚Å�AŽ„‚Í”äšg‚Å‚±‚̂悤‚È�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B’¸�ã‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɓÁ’è‚ÌŽR‚Ì’T‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é—·�sŽÒ‚ª�A‚â‚Á‚Ɖ“‚‚É‚»‚ÌŽR‚Ì—ÖŠs‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾ŽR‚Ì‚Ó‚à‚Æ‚É�s‚«�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽR‚É“o‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ‘å•Ï‚È�ì‹Æ‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŽR‚Ì�ê�Š‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ɋ߂‚±‚Ƃłµ‚½�BSotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna�h
and �gThe Sōtapanna Stage‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
3. In Buddha Dhamma, the
ultimate goal is to stop the rebirth process anywhere in the 31 realms of this
world. That corresponds to
realizing that there is only suffering to be had by staying in this rebirth
process. In
particular, one has to comprehend the dangers of rebirths in the lowest four
realms (apāyā).
Therefore, one must work
diligently to stop future suffering by �ggiving up cravings for things in this
world,�h and strive to reach the only oasis in this desert of the cycle of
rebirths or Nibbāna. That is to release
the mind from the burdens of the material world.
3.•§–@‚Å‚Í�A‹†‹É‚Ì–Ú•W‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚Å“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶‚̉ߒö‚É—¯‚܂邱‚Æ‚ª‹ê‚µ‚݂ł ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyā�j‚ł̓]�¶‚̊댯�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚ÉŽŠ‚é—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�A31—̈æ‚ɂ킽‚é‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�Fanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚Í–³�í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�u–³‰ä�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong
Interpretations‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�K‚¹‚̃~ƒ‰�[ƒWƒ…‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ“w—Í‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̕sŽÀ‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹‚ł͖{“–‚É–³—͂ł ‚é‚ðŽ©•ª‚É”[“¾‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì•¨Ž–‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Å�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽ~‚߂邽‚߂ɔM�S‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý�A‚±‚Ì�»”™‚Ì“]�¶ƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚Ì—Bˆê‚̃IƒAƒVƒX‚Å‚ ‚éNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邿‚¤“w‚߂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í•¨Ž¿“I‚È�¢ŠE‚Ì�d‰×‚©‚ç�S‚ð‰ð•ú‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
4. Once that idea sinks in, one�fs attitude, behavior,
and outlook on life will change forever.
One way to assess is to see how
much of one�fs such �ggati�h have changed for the
better. (Over the period that one has been working towards the Sōtapanna stage). One should be able to
see significant changes. For discussions on �ggati�h (or �ggati�g),
please use the �gSearch�h box on the top right.
4.‚±‚Ì�l‚¦‚ªˆê“x�A�Z“§‚·‚邯�A�l�¶‚ɑ΂·‚é‘Ô“x�A�s“®�AŒ©’Ê‚µ‚͉i‰“‚ɕςí‚è‚Ü‚·�B
—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚傤�BŽq‹Ÿ‚ª2‚‚Ì�”Žš‚ð‘«‚·•û–@‚ðŠw�K‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–Y‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B 2”Ô–Ú‚Ì�„‘ª‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘å�l‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‹³Žt‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚É�u2ƒvƒ‰ƒX3‚Í6�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚ª‚»‚ê‚É“¯ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂»‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B�[‚Œ@‚艺‚°‚邯�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚̊댯�«‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŒ’�N�A•x�A–¼�º‚É‚æ‚é�K•Ÿ‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͉¿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í•§–@‚̉¿’l‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì—�‰ð�i—�‰ð‚ÉŠî‚Â�j‚Í�«—ˆ‚Ì“]�¶‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�L‚ª‚èŒø‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�u–‚–@‚ÌŒø‰Ê�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶‚«•¨‚Í�A˜A‘±“I‚Èkammic energy‚Ì—¬‚ê‚Å‚·�BWhat Reincarnates? – Concept of a
Lifestream‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapannaphala‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ɉ½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚Í�A‚»‚Ìlifestream‚Ì�ugati�v‚ðŽæ‚è•Ô‚µ‚̂‚©‚È‚¢‚قǕς¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B’n�–‚Ì‘¶�Ý�i‹—ó‚È‘žˆ«‚Ìgati�j�Apeta �i‹—~�j�A asura �i‘¼�l‚É‚½‚©‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�j�A‚Ü‚½‚Í“®•¨�i‚»‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¬�‡•¨;�utirisan�v‚·‚Ȃ킿3‚‚·‚ׂĂÌ�usan�v�j�B
•]‰¿‚·‚é1‚‚̕û–@‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�ugati�v‚̂ǂꂾ‚¯‚ª‚æ‚è—Ç‚•ω»‚µ‚½‚©‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
�iSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚ÄŽæ‚è‘g‚ñ‚Å‚«‚½ŠúŠÔ’†�j�B‘å‚«‚ȕω»‚ªŒ©‚¦‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
�ugati�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‰E�ã‚Ì�uŒŸ�õ�vƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
5. Let us take another example. When we look in a
mirror and see our image, we KNOW that it is not another person or oneself, but
merely an image. We don�ft need to think twice to realize that.
The most important thing is that
he/she will NEVER do any act that is immoral enough to lead to rebirth in the
lowest four realms. We all KNOW that our reflection in a mirror is not real and
thus will not try to talk to that reflection. Similarly, a Sōtapanna
INSTINCTIVELY avoids doing anything that is profoundly immoral. He/she does not
need to think about the consequences of such acts, etc.
5.•ʂ̗á‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‹¾‚ðŒ©‚ÄŽ©•ª‚̃Cƒ��[ƒW‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚͕ʂÌ�l‚⎩•ª‚ł͂Ȃ�A’P‚È‚éƒCƒ��[ƒW‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɓñ“x‚Æ�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‹¾‚â�…‚ɉf‚Á‚½Œ¢‚ª–i‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�HŒ¢‚͕ʂ̌¢‚¾‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä–i‚¦‚Ü‚·�BŒ¢‚Í”½ŽË‚ÌŒ»ŽÀ‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I‚È•x‚ð”ñ�í‚É�‚‚•]‰¿‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚̂悤‚È•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì�AŒ¨�‘�A”Fޝ‚Ȃǂð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ½‚Å‚à‚â‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È“¬‚¢‚Ì•sŽÀ‚³‚ð–{”\“I‚É’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚͂܂¾Š´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i—Ⴆ‚΂¨‚¢‚µ‚¢•¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邱‚Æ‚â�«“IŠˆ“®�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A•s—Ï‚ð‚µ‚½‚è�A‰ß“x‚ÈæÃ—~‚É‚Í�ϋɓI‚ÉŠÖ—^‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sōtapanna‚Ílōbha‚ðkāmarāga‚É�Adōsa�i‚Ü‚½‚Ídvesha�j‚ðpaṭigha‚ÉŒ¸‚炵‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�S‚ðŠ®‘S‚É•¢‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½æÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚Í�A�uˆ¤’…�v‚Æ�uŒ™‚¢�v‚ÉŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�BLobha, Dosa, Moha versus Raga,
Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�Å‚à�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‰º‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ù‚Ç•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‹¾‚Ì”½ŽË‚ÍŒ»ŽÀ‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚½‚ß�A‚»‚Ì”½ŽË‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚»‚¤‚Ƃ͂µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¯—l‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í�A’˜‚µ‚•s“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð–{”\“I‚É”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
6. One could be a Sōtapanna (or even an Arahant)
without being able to get to any jhāna beforehand.
Many people in the time of the Buddha attained the Arahanthood upon
listening to a desana. Upacara and anuloma samadhi are sufficient for one to
get to the Sōtapanna stage.
Also, jhāna and magga phala are
two different things; see, �gSamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala.�h
What I described above is
consistent with the extension of 89 cittā to
121. The �gadditional 40 cittā�h come
about when attaining the four stages of Nibbāna for
people at various (anariya) jhāna levels; see, �gThe 89 (121) Types of Citta�g.
However, these are technical details that may not concern most people. I just
wanted to show consistency.
6.Ž–‘O‚Éjhāna‚É�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna�iArahant‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�j‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�Adesana�i�u˜b�j‚ð•·‚¢‚ÄArahanthood‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BUpacara ‚Æanuloma samadhi ‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚Å‚·�B‚Ü‚½�Ajhāna‚Æmagga phala‚Í2‚‚̈قȂé‚à‚̂ł·�BSamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga
Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Sōtapanna‚Ì‹N‚±‚蓾‚é“]�¶‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚à‚µ�Å�‰‚Ìanariya jhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚È‚ç�ABrahma‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aanariya jhānā‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚³‚¦Sōtapanna‚Í�lŠÔ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�ASōtapanna‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ª�Aanariya jhānā‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�ABrahma‚̗̈æ‚É‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aˆá‚¢‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ‚Å‚³‚¦�A“]�¶‚©‚玩—R‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
Ž„‚ª�ã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚Í�A89‚Ìcittā‚©‚ç121‚Ö‚ÌŠg’£‚ƈê’v‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�u’ljÁ‚Ì40cittā�v‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�ianariya�jjhānaƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�l�X‚ªNibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邯‚«‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�BThe 89 (121) Types of Citta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‹Z�p“I‚È�Ú�ׂł ‚è�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂ͊֌W‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BˆêŠÑ�«‚ðŒ©‚¹‚½‚©‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
7. We also need to keep in mind
that the jhānic experience
is the same for anariya jhānā as for Ariya jhānā. They are mental states of
the rupavacara and arupavacara realms; they still belong to
this world of 31 planes.
Of course, having even anariya jhānā makes
it easier to do vipassanā (comprehend anicca, dukkha, anatta) and attain magga phala.
7. jhānā‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Í�Aanariya jhānā‚Å‚àAriya jhānā‚Å‚à“¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Írupa vacara‚Æarupa vacara‚̗̈æ‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚͂܂¾31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸ˆÈ‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�A8”Ô–Ú‚Ìanariya jhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ�A‚Ü‚½abhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ðˆç‚ÞƒˆƒM‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B Anariya jhānā‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚½Ceto vimutti�i‚Ü‚½‚Íceto vimukthi�j‚Í�Apaññā vimutti‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚½magga phala‚Æ“¯‚¶‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘OŽÒ‚ł͉˜‚ê‚Í—}�§‚³‚ê‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·‚ª�AŒãŽÒ‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Aanariya jhānā‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Avipassana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð�j‚ðŠÈ’P‚ÉŽÀ�s‚Å‚«�Amagga phala‚ðŽæ“¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
8. Just SUPPRESSION of akusala thoughts and craving for sensual
pleasures (kāma rāga) can lead to anariya jhāna.
Here
is a desana from the Waharaka
Thero describing the difference between jhāna and magga phala (it
is in Sinhala, but I have extracted the essence in this post for others):Audio Player
8. akusala‚ÌŽv�l‚ð—}�§‚µ�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ�ikāmarāga�j‚ðŠ‰–]‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�Aanariya jhāna‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
ˆê•û�AAriya
jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ�ikāmarāga�j‚Ì‚½‚߂Ɋ‰–]�ianusaya�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Possible Outcomes of Meditation –
Samādhi, Jhāna, Magga Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
ˆÈ‰º‚Í�AWaharaka Thero‚̃fƒTƒi‚Å�Ajhāna‚Æmagga phala‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì‚½‚߂ɃGƒbƒZƒ“ƒX‚ð’Š�o‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B
9. Even before reaching
the Sōtapanna stage, one
will notice changes in one�fs behavior and attitude towards not only other
humans but all living beings. All those will gradually change as one
starts following the Path.
The only concrete way to be
convinced of the Sōtapanna stage is to
make sure that the three samyōjana of sakkāya diṭṭhi,
vicikiccā, and silabbata parāmāsa are absent. See, �gSakkaya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me)
View?�g.
9. Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚à�A�lŠÔ‚¾‚¯‚łȂ‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘̂ɑ΂·‚é�s“®‚â‘Ô“x‚̕ω»‚É‹C•t‚‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�u“¹�v‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚Æ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂª�™�X‚ɕω»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A‘å‚«‚ȕω»‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̕ω»‚Í1“ú‚ł͋C‚©‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�Aƒ‰ƒCƒtƒXƒ^ƒCƒ‹‚É�d‘å‚ȈႢ‚ªŒ©‚ç‚ê‚é‚܂łÉ�”�TŠÔ‚©‚ç�”‚©ŒŽ‚©‚©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Æ�W‚Ü‚éŒXŒü‚ªŒ¸‚è‚Ü‚·�B Dhamma‚ÌŠw�K‚Æ�A‚Ü‚¾Š®‘S‚É–¾Šm‚ł͂Ȃ¢ŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É�A‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·‘½‚‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à‚Á‚Æ’m‚邱‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚ÉŠy‚µ‚¢‚̂ł·�B
‹C‚©‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃɂà‹C‚«Žn‚߂܂·�B�l�X‚ª�u‚à‚Á‚ƃn�[ƒh‚Ƀp�[ƒeƒB�[�v‚µ‚Ä�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚Ì‚É�A‚»‚̉ߒö‚Å”æ‚ê‰Ê‚ĂĂ¢‚邾‚¯‚Ì�l�X‚Ì�uŽ©•ª‚Å—U”‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚̋ꂵ‚݂̃pƒ^�[ƒ“‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ðŠm�M‚·‚é—Bˆê‚Ì‹ï‘Ì“I‚È•û–@‚Í�Asakkāya diṭṭhi�Avicikiccā�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñsilabbata parāmāsa‚Ì3‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
Sakkaya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me) View?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
10. Then there is this question.
Is it appropriate or even allowed by the Buddha for someone to declare
the magga phala one has attained?
In particular, when one
develops abhiññā powers to be
able to see previous lives, one becomes so disgusted with what one (and others)
have gone through in past lives. One does not seek to look back much further.
10.ŽŸ‚É�A‚±‚ÌŽ¿–₪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Í’N‚©‚ª’B�¬‚µ‚½magga phala‚ð�錾‚·‚é‚͓̂K�؂ł·‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹–‰Â‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½‚©�H
Tipiṭaka ‚Å�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ͎Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B‘¸Œh�A‹à‘K�A�é“`‚Ȃǂ𓾂悤‚ƈÓ�}‚µ‚ÄŒë‚Á‚Ä“Á’è‚Ìmagga phala‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�錾‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚͈«‚¢kamma‚Å‚·�B”ä‹u‚Í�upārājika�v‚ɂȂè�AŽ©“®“I‚É�_Œ ‚ðŽ¸‚¢�Aniraya‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
magga phala‚Ì�錾‚͋֎~‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �uSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½�l‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚»‚¤‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ–]‚Þ‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ð�錾‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�A“Á‚É‘¼�l‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�B Mahā
Parinibbāna Sutta (DN 16)
magga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð�錾‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©–�‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Íjhān₯“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�¢‘�iabhiññā�j‚ÌŒ —Í‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邽‚ß‚Éjhānā‚ÌŠJ”‚ðŽn‚߂܂·‚ª�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñ‚»‚±‚É’…‚‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ —̖͂³‰v‚³‚ð‚·‚Å‚É–Ú‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
“Á‚É�A�l‚ª‘O�¢‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚Éabhiññā‚Ì—Í‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚邯‚«�A�l‚Í�i‚»‚µ‚Ä‘¼‚Ì�l‚½‚¿‚ª�j‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚É‚Æ‚Ä‚à‚¤‚ñ‚´‚肵‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤�‚µ‚à�U‚è•Ô‚è’T‹�‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
11. Now let us discuss some
episodes from the Tipiṭaka to
clarify some of the points made above.
The key is that
there is a difference between hate (dōsa) and getting angry (paṭigha); paṭigha is removed only at the Anāgāmi stage.
11.‚±‚±‚Å�A�ã‹L‚̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ATipiṭaka‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃Gƒsƒ\�[ƒh‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Visāka�iŽß‘¸‚ÌŽå‚È�—�«�M“k‚Ì1�l�j‚Í�AŽá‚¢”N—î‚ÅSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ�—‚Í120�΂Ŏ€‚ʂ܂Å�A‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ìjhjnā‚à magga phala‚à”’B‚³‚¹‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚Í”Þ�—‚ª‰½“x‚à�iŽ„‚Í11‰ñ‚¾‚ÆŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é�j�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B
“¯—l‚É�AJetavanaramaya‚Ì”ü‚µ‚‚Ä�‚‰¿‚È�C“¹‰@‚ðŒš‚Ä‚½—T•Ÿ‚ÈŽÀ‹Æ‰ÆAnathapindika‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ìdesana‚ð•·‚¢‚ÄSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í–S‚‚È‚è�ATusita‚̗̈æ�i6‚‚Ìdeva‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì1‚Â�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìdeva‚Ì�¢ŠE‚àkāmalōka‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A”Þ‚ªAriya jhāna‚É“ž’B‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
ƒ}ƒnƒmƒ}‚̓Vƒbƒ_�[ƒ‹ƒ^‰¤Žq‚̉Ƒ°‚ÆŠÖŒW‚Ì‚ ‚é—T•Ÿ‚È�l‚Å‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚͔ނÉSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Ɣނɘb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ª”ނ̃rƒWƒlƒXŠˆ“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚«�A”Þ‚Í‚µ‚΂µ‚Δނ̂µ‚à‚ׂɃCƒ‰ƒCƒ‰‚µ‚Ä“{‚è�A”Þ‚ç‚É“{–‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚̂悤‚È”š”‚̃Gƒsƒ\�[ƒh‚ÌŒã�A”Þ‚Í�A�u‚à‚µŽ„‚ª‚Ü‚¾‚±‚̂悤‚É“{‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚È‚ç�AŽ„‚͂܂¾Sōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚É‚¿‚ª‚¢‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Å�A”Þ‚ÍŽß‘¸‚É�A‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚ð�à–¾‚µ�A�錾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�q‚˂܂µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽO“x–Ú‚ÌŠm”F‚Ü‚Å�A”Þ‚ÍSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW
‚Ì’B�¬‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹^–â‚ð•ø‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BPaṭhama
Mahānāma Sutta (SN 55.21)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AƒwƒCƒg�idōsa�j‚Æ“{‚è�ipaṭigha�j‚ɂ͈Ⴂ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B paṭigha‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
12. Then there was the Sarakāni brāhmin,
who also belonged to a �ghigh caste.�h He used to consume alcohol and get drunk
regularly. His relatives, who were vedic brāhmins, disowned him from their lot, saying
that he was unworthy to be one of them. He also attained the Sōtapanna stage, but could not give up the
habit of drinking even after achieving that. When he died, Mahānāma
(mentioned above) asked the Buddha where Sarakāni was
reborn. The Buddha said Sarakāni had attained
the Sōtapanna stage and
has been reborn a deva. Sarakāni�fs
relatives laughed out loud contemptuously upon hearing this and declared,
�gif Sarakāni was a Sōtapanna,
then we all should be Arahants.�h When Mahānāma
reported this back to the Buddha, the Buddha said those ignorant brāhmins would go by outward
appearances. That description is in the Sarakāni sutta (Do
a Google search to find several translations of the sutta).
12.�u�‚‚¢ƒJ�[ƒXƒg�v‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éSarakāni‚Æ‚¢‚¤ brāhmin‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͈ȑOƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðˆù‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ä�A’èŠú“I‚É�Œ‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�Bvedic brāhmins‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½”Þ‚Ì�e—Þ‚Í�A”Þ‚ð‰“‚´‚¯�A”Þ‚ªƒuƒ‰�[ƒtƒ~�[‚Ì1�l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃ͉¿’l‚ª‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͂܂½�ASōtapanna ‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½Œã‚Å‚àˆùŽð‚Ì�Kе‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ª–S‚‚È‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�AMahānāma�i�ã‹L�j‚Í�ASarakāni‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½�ê�Š‚ðŽß‘¸‚É�q‚˂܂µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚Í�ASarakāni‚ªSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ�ADeva‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚Æ�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�BSarakāni‚Ì�e—Þ‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä•Ž•Ì“I‚É‘å�º‚Å�΂¢�º‚ð�ã‚°�A�uSarakāni‚ªSōtapanna‚¾‚Á‚½‚ç�AŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂȂé‚Í‚¸‚¾�v‚Æ�錾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B Mahānāma‚ª‚±‚ê‚ðŽß‘¸‚É•ñ��‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽß‘¸‚Í–³’m‚Ìbrāhmins‚½‚¿‚ÍŠOŒ©‚Å”»’f‚·‚邯Œ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�ASarakāni‚Ìsutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�isutta‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì–|–ó‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‚É‚Í�AGoogleŒŸ�õ‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�j�B
In the above �gpativiratō hōti�h
does not mean �gwill not�h but rather �gwill not do with liking.�h After all,
a Sōtapanna (unless had
attained Ariya jhānā) is not yet released from the higher
realms of the kāma lōka, only from the lowest four realms.
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚̃Gƒsƒ\�[ƒh‚Í�A�l‚ª•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚𑱂¯�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚àSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Í�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðˆù‚Þ‚±‚ÆŽ©‘Ì‚ªdasa akusala�i10‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®�j‚Ì1‚‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃł·‚ª�A‘å—Ê‚Ì�Á”ï‚Í‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSarakāni‚Í‚¨‚»‚炔ނ̈ùŽð‚Ì�Kе‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x‘±‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�u�Œ‚Á‚½�v‚Ƃ͎v‚í‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B Sōtapanna‚Í‹‚¢æÃ—~�ilōbha�j‚݂̂ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Kāmarāga‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̈¤’…‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�AMahānāma sutta�i‘O�q‚̃}ƒn�[ƒ“ƒ}‚ɓ͂¯‚ç‚ꂽ�j‚Å�ASōtapanna‚̉ú—¥�isila�j‚ðŽŸ‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�u5‚‚̉ú—¥�v‚Ì�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B
The Five Precepts – What the Buddha
Meant by Them‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�ã‹L‚Ì�upativiratō hōti�v‚Í�A�u‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚ł͂Ȃ�A�u�D‚݂Ɋ֌W‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�BŒ‹‹Ç‚̂Ƃ±‚ë�ASōtapanna�iAriya jhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½�ê�‡�j‚Í�Akāma lōka‚Ì�ãˆÊ‚̗̈æ‚܂ʼnð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å’á4‚‚̗̈悩‚ç‚̂݉ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
13. Some people
try to remove the sense of �gme�h or sense of �gself�h to get to the Sōtapanna stage, but that is removed only at the Arahant stage.
Any meditation with the wrong
concepts of anicca, dukkha,
anatta �gwill not grow.�h One should be able to �gfeel�h one�fs
understanding �ggrow�h if one is doing correct types of meditation; see, �g13. Kammattana (Recitations) for
the Sōtapanna Stage�g.
13.ˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A�uŽ„�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
31—̈æ‚É”›‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚±‚É‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ugati�v‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�Aapāyā ‚Å‚Ì“]�¶‚Ì�ugati�v‚©‚ç’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BAnāgāmi‚Å‚³‚¦�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚ðŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邪�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ɑ΂·‚鈤’…‚̂قƂñ‚ǂ͂»‚±‚ɂ͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B�‚�Z‚𑲋Ƃµ‚È‚¢‚Æ‘åŠw‚ÌŽŽŒ±‚ðŽóŒ±‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�B
’iŠK“I‚ɑ̌n“I‚É�i‚Þ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BThe Way to Nibbāna – Removal of
Āsavā�h and �gConditions for the Four Stages of
Nibbāna.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
31—̈悷‚Ȃ킿�u‚±‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I‚È�¢ŠE�v‚É”›‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u–³‰ä�A”ñŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚Á‚Ä‚à�³‚µ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚àŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚ċɒ[‚ÈŒ©•û‚Å‚·�B
anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½ŠT”O‚ðŽ�‚ÂáÒ‘z‚Í�A�u�¬’·‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒ^ƒCƒv‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A�l‚ÍŽ©•ª‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�u�¬’·�v‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð�uŠ´‚¶‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B13. Kammattana (Recitations) for
the Sōtapanna Stage
13. Finally, only a Buddha could
discern whether another person has attained magga phala. However, there are many instances
of people declaring their attainments by themselves when that declaration
helped a noble purpose.
Also
see: �gSotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna,�h �gFour Conditions for Attaining
Sōtapanna Magga/Phala,�h and �gSotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna.�h
13.�ÅŒã‚É�AŽß‘¸‚¾‚¯‚ª‘¼‚Ì�l‚ªmagga phala‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�錾‚ª�¹‚È‚é–Ú“I‚ɖ𗧂‚Ƃ«‚É�AŽ©•ª‚Å’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�錾‚·‚é�l�X‚̗Ⴊ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Tipiṭaka‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�Å�‰‚Ì4‚‚̕§‹³•]‹c‰ï�iDhamma Sangāyanā�j‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚½‚̂͂·‚ׂÄArahants‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç4‰ñ‚Ì•§‹³•]‹c‰ï‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚µ‚½‰½�ç�l‚à‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‚·‚ׂĎ©•ª‚ŃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ð�錾‚µ‚½‚ɈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì•§‹³•]‹c‰ï‚Ì’¼‘O‚Ì–é‚ɃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í‹ó˜H‚Å�iƒAƒrƒjƒFƒX‚Ì—Í‚Å�jŒö‰ï‹c‚É—ˆ‚Ä�AŒ®ŒŠ‚©‚çƒz�[ƒ‹‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”ނ͔ނ̒B�¬‚Ì‘¼‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì�S‚©‚ç‚Ì‹^‚¢‚ð•¥�@‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ»‚ê‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚±‚̂悤‚È’´�í“I‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¤ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ðŠÜ‚ß”äŠr“I��”‚Ì—á‚Å‚·�BƒA�[ƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚ª‘¼�l‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒVƒbƒv‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‹^”O‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃ͕s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚µ‚½�BƒAƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚Í�A�Å�‰‚̃Tƒ“ƒKƒ„ƒ“‚Å�d—v‚È–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚½‚߂ł·�B
Sotāpanna Anugami and a Sotāpanna,�h
�gFour Conditions for Attaining
Sōtapanna Magga/Phala,�h and �gSotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotāpanna
The top 11 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of
Buddhist meditation. The rest of the posts in this section are on possible
meditation subjects. They can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to
gain samādhi. The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least
initially.
July 30, 2015: I have re-written the two posts #10 and #11
(previously titled, �g10. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga�h
and �g11. How to Select and �gGrow�h Meditation Procedures for Magga
Phala�h) that written some time back with different titles. Over the
past two months, I have clarified some subtle issues in both my own experience
and in technical details. Revised August 5, 2017; September 19, 2018
(updated links).
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ãˆÊ11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A‰Â”\‚ÈáÒ‘z‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚𓾂邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚¸�A•¨Ž–‚Ì�‡�˜�Fsamādhi�Amagga phala�AŽŸ‚ÉAriya jhānās‚Ì�‡�B
Possible Outcomes of Meditation –
Samadhi, Jhana, Magga Phala‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ajhānās�iAriya‚Ü‚½‚Íanariya�j‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì“_‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚Ì�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga
Phala
ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
1. First, it would be
challenging to get to even a state of samādhi if
one is not keeping up at least the �gconventional�h five precepts: abstaining
from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and using drugs or getting
intoxicated. Those things make the mind restless and make it hard for the mind
to focus attention (the five hindrances �gcover the mind�h). Just strictly
obeying the five precepts may not be effective if one�fs mind is full of
jealousy, extreme greed, hate, etc.; see, �gThe Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them.�h
The Buddha said that �gkusala sila�h
leads to the tranquility of the body and mind, which in turn leads to samādhi. The �gkusala sila�h accomplished via gaining Sammā Diṭṭhi (to some extent)
is all that is needed to attain the upacāra samādhi needed for the Sōtapanna magga/phala. All three samyōjanā removed
at the Sōtapanna stage (sakkāya diṭṭhi, vicikicca,
silabbata parāmāsa)
are associated with the wrong vision or diṭṭhi.
1.�Å�‰‚É�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�u�]—ˆ‚Ì�v5‚‚̉ú—¥�A‚‚܂èŽEŠQ�A“�“ï�A�«“Iˆá–@�sˆ×�A‰R�A–ƒ–ò‚Ü‚½‚Í�Œ‚킹‚镨‚ÌŽg—p‚ð‹Ö‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚È‚‚µ�A�S‚ª’�ˆÓ‚ð�W’†‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð�¢“ï‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�i5‚‚Ì�áŠQ‚Æ‚Í�u�S‚𕢂¤�v‚à‚̂ł·�j�B޹“i�A‹É“x‚ÌæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚݂ȂǂÅ�S‚ª–ž‚½‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A5‚‚̉ú—¥‚ðŒµ–§‚ÉŽç‚邾‚¯‚ł͌ø‰Ê‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
The Five Precepts – What the Buddha Meant by Them‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‰˜�õ“x‚ª�‚‚¢‚ƈäŒË‚̒ꂪŒ©‚¦‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�S‚ª�u‰˜�õ“x‚ª�‚‚¢�v�ê�‡‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚à�S�i‚Æ‘Ì�j‚Í�u‰½‚àŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠˆ“®‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�u�¬‚³‚ȉ˜‚ê�v�iƒ�ƒCƒ“1”tˆù‚Þ‚Ì‚ð�T‚¦‚é‚È‚Ç�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àˆÓ–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�u‘å‚«‚ȉ˜‚ê�v‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚邯�A�…–Ê‚Ì�‚µ�æ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B“¯—l‚É�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚łȂ‚Ä‚à�A�S‚ÍŒy‚‚È‚è�AƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚à�‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�˜‚ð‰º‚ë‚·‚Æ�A�usamādhi�v‚Ì‚ ‚é�ó‘Ô�A‚‚܂è�¯‚³‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚«‚â‚·‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�A�ukusala sila�v‚Í�S�g‚Ì�¯‚³‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A‚»‚ꂪƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B Sammā Diṭṭhi‚ð�i‚ ‚é’ö“x�jŠl“¾‚·‚邱‚ƂŒB�¬‚³‚ê‚é�ukusala sila�v‚Í�ASōtapanna magga / phala‚É•K—v‚Èupacāra samādhi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂł·�BSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ꂽ3‚‚Ìsamyōjanā�isakksayadiṭṭhi�Avicikicca�Asilabbataparāmāsa�j‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿diṭṭhi‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
2. Many people have the idea
that one needs to �gget to samādhi�h
using a separate meditation technique such as conventional breath meditation.
Even though one could do that, it would be a waste of time. One can get
to samādhi just by
listening or reading attentively to CORRECT dhamma.
One needs formal meditation
techniques to attain higher magga phala,
i.e., above the Sōtapanna stage; the
reason will become clear shortly. However, it is fine to do formal meditation
even to attain the Sōtapanna stage. In
the following, I will describe what I went through.
2.‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�A�]—ˆ‚̌ċzáÒ‘z‚Ȃǂ̕ʂÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�uƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚É�s‚©‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ‚Å‚«‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽžŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂł·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð’�ˆÓ�[‚•·‚¢‚½‚è“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚ª�A�Å�‰‚É�uSamataáÒ‘z�v‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚©‚ç�A�uƒ”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[áÒ‘z�v‚ð�s‚¤‚悤‚É’N‚©‚É‹�‚ß‚½ŽQ�Æ‚ÍTipiṭaka‚É‚Í1‚Â‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�S‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚«�ASamata‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ämagga phala‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Œã‚Í�A‚·‚łɂ ‚é’ö“x’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚»‚Ì�u—â‹p�ó‘Ô�v‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ă邱‚Æ‚Å�AAriya jhānās ‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚æ‚è�‚‚¢magga phala‚‚܂èSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚æ‚è�ã‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì—�—R‚͂܂à‚È‚–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂悢‚±‚Ƃł·�BˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�AŽ„‚ªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
3. To get to samādhi,
contemplating Dhamma concepts will make it easier and faster. Also, one will be
able to stay in �gmeditation�h for a longer time. Different names used are,
insight meditation (vipassana), many forms of �ganupassanā,�h and
cultivating the �gdhamma vicaya�h sabbojjanga. Concomitantly, one needs to do the
correct version of �gānāpānasati�h at all times.
To clarify this issue, let us
examine what is involved in attaining the Sōtapanna stage.
3. samādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ADhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚©‚‚æ‚葬‚‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A’·ŽžŠÔ�uáÒ‘z�v‚𑱂¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邳‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȗ¼‘O‚Í�A“´Ž@áÒ‘z�ivipassana�j�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`Ž®‚Ì�uanupassanā�v�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�udhamma vicaya�vsabbojjanga‚̈ç‚݂ł·�B“¯Žž‚É�A�í‚É�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�uānāpāna sati�v‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Œ´‘¥‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AáÒ‘z‚ª�•‚¯‚É‚È‚é‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna’iŠK‚ÉŒü‚¯‚ÄŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚̘b‚ð•·‚‚¾‚¯‚Å�ASōtapanna‚âNibbāna‚Ì‚³‚ç‚É�‚‚¢’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½�l‚Í–³�”‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì“_‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä�AˆÈ‰º‚ÌŒë‰ð‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì1‚ˆÈ�ã‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�ii�j‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¢‚Ì�Š—L•¨‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚é�A
�iii�j”ä‹u‚ɂȂ邩�AŠu—£‚³‚ꂽ�¶Šˆ‚ð‚·‚é
�iiii�j‘½‚‚ÌŽí—Þ‚ÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚é�B
‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ½‚ª•K—v‚©‚𒲂ׂĂ݂܂µ‚傤�B
4. Removal of cravings for
worldly pleasures or āsāvās (āsavakkhaya) leads to Nibbāna;
see, �gGati (Character), Anusaya
(Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings).�h
The other three āsāvās of kāmāsava (craving
for sense pleasures), bhavāsava (desire
to live somewhere in the 31 realms of this world), and avijjāsava (ignorance
of anicca, dukkha, anatta) go away
at the higher stages of Nibbāna; see
the above post.
4.�¢‘“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚݂ւ̊‰–]�A‚·‚Ȃ킿āsāvās (āsavakkhaya)‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚ÆNibbāna‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Gati (Character), Anusaya
(Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings)
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é4‚‚Ìāsāvā‚Ì‚¤‚¿1‚‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚ÆSōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É�s‚«‚Ü‚·
Ditthavasava‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚Å‚·�B Sabbāsava Sutta‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚Í–¾Šm‚ȃ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�i�udassanena pahātabbā�v�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ídassanena‚ªƒ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�Apahātabbā‚ª�œ‹Ž‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�B
‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìāsāvā‚Ìkāmāsava�iŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ðŠ‰–]‚·‚é�j�Abhavāsava�i‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚É�Z‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ð–]‚Þ�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñavijjāsava�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�j‚Í�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢Nibbāna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B�ã‹L‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
5. The critical point is that
one does �gapāyagāmi apunnābhisaṅkhāra�h (or
strong immoral deeds that makes one eligible to be born in the lower four
realms) only when one has wrong worldviews. Contrary to most people�fs beliefs,
one does not need to lose the craving for sense pleasures to attain the Sōtapanna stage. Kāma āsava is reduced in stages in the Sōtapanna and Sakadāgāmi stages
and is removed only at the Anāgāmi stage.
One meaning of Sōtapanna (�gsōta�h
+ �gpanna�g)
is �gone who has cultivated wisdom by listening to Dhamma�h; in the days of
the Buddha, that was how one learned Dhamma, by listening.
5.�d—v‚È“_‚Í�A�uapāyagāmi apunnābhisaṅkhāra�v�i‚‚܂艺‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚鎑Ši‚ð—^‚¦‚é‹‚¢•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�j‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚ɂ̂Ý�s‚í‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Ì�M”O‚É”½‚µ‚Ä�A�l‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚т̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚È‚SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Kāma āsava‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÆSakadāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å’iŠK“I‚É�팸‚³‚ê�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚ª‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‹’²‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A�udiṭṭhi�v‚‚܂è�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Ȃ̂͂»‚Ì‚½‚߂ł·�B‰E�ã‚ÌŒŸ�õƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚É�udiṭṭhi�v‚Æ“ü—Í‚·‚邯�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ª‘½�”•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚Ìdiṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚‚܂èƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�í�œ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna�i�usōta�v+�upanna�v�j‚Ì1‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�A�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä’mŒb‚ð”|‚Á‚½�l�v‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É‚Í�A•·‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ă_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚т܂µ‚½�B
6. Even before meeting my
teacher Theros, I had been thinking about dhamma concepts
for 3-4 years and had been trying to get a consistent picture in my mind.
Even at that time, I could quickly get to samādhi because
my mind was focused.
Thus rebirth in the human realm
does not happen instantaneously. One could in the gandhabba state
for years before being directed to a suitable womb. And one can be born in
the human realm many times before the kammic energy
for that �ghuman bhava�h is exhausted.
6.�æ�¶‚ÌTheros‚ɉ‘O‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚Í3〜4”NŠÔ�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ÌŽž‚Å‚à�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Å�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚É‚·‚®‚É�s‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
“Á’è‚̃Rƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ª‘¼‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚ĉ½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�u�s‚«‹l‚Ü‚Á‚½�v‚Æ‚«�AŽ„‚Í–{‚𒲂×�AƒCƒ“ƒ^�[ƒlƒbƒg‚ŃfƒTƒi�iƒfƒBƒXƒR�[ƒX�j‚ð’®‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�à–¾‚ªˆÓ–¡‚ð‚È‚³‚¸�A‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ‘¼‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ƈê’v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
—á‚ð‹“‚°‚ê‚Î�AŽ„‚Í”ñ�í‚É‘½‚‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚½‚¿‚É‚æ‚é“]�¶–½‘ÌŒê‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚̂ɋê˜J‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‘½‚‚Ì•û–@‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�u�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢�ê�‡�iHow the Buddha Described the Chance
of Rebirth in the Human Realm‚ðŽQ�Æ�j�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂ̎q‹Ÿ‚Í�Å‹ß‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽv‚¢�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�B‚³‚ç‚É�A”ނ炪‘O�¢‚Å–S‚‚È‚Á‚Ä‚©‚炱‚Ì�¢‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚܂ł̊ԂÉ�uƒMƒƒƒbƒv�v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�æ�¶‚ÌTheros‚ɉï‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ƈê��‚É‚»‚Ì–â‘è‚𖾂炩‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BBhava and Jāti – States of
Existence and Births Therein‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�A�l‚ªŽ€‚ñ‚Å�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚ɃGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯�Agandhabba‚ɂȂè�A“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ª—˜—p‰Â”\‚ɂȂé‚܂ő҂½‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BMental Body – Gandhabba‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚Í�uŽž‚ɂ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ÉŒü‚©‚¤‘O‚É�A‰½”N‚àgandhabba‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÌkammicƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ªŽg‚¢‰Ê‚½‚³‚ê‚é‘O‚É�A�l‚Í�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ʼn½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
7. However, I was able to get
to samādhi even before
resolving many of these issues. I was making steady progress with the concepts
that I could quickly grasp. I would sit at the desk and contemplate and feel my
body getting lighter and the mind becoming calm. It was much better than just
wasting time doing �gbreath meditation.�h
Learning Dhamma is a critical
part of �gkusala sila,�h especially for the Sōtapanna stage. Kusala sila automatically leads to samādhi, as discussed in the �gNa Cētanākaranīya Sutta.�h
7.‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–â‘è‚Ì‘½‚‚ð‰ðŒˆ‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚·‚®‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚éƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä’…ŽÀ‚É�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚ÍŠ÷‚É�À‚Á‚Ä�n�l‚µ�A‘Ì‚ªŒy‚‚È‚Á‚Ä�S‚ª—Ž‚¿’…‚‚Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚ð‚·‚é‚¾‚¯‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚𖳑ʂɂ·‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É—D‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Ž„‚ª�©‚È�ê�Š‚É�À‚Á‚ÄáÒ‘z‚µ‚½�ê�‡�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚½�ê�‡�j�AŽ„‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚É’x‚ꂸ‚É�v�A‚¨‚»‚ç‚anariya jhānic ‚ȑ̌±‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�v‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠw‚Ô1”N‘O‚ÉŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�uŽ„‚Ì“ª‚Ì’†‚̃`ƒNƒ`ƒN‚·‚銴Šo�v‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚±‚Å‹N‚±‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘S�g‚É�u�jŽh‚µ�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�AŽ„‚̑̂Í�u�㔼�g�v‚ð’†�S‚É�uƒtƒŠ�[ƒY�v‚µŽn‚߂܂µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u�Ç�ó�v‚Í‚·‚ׂĂɋ¤’Ê‚·‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚Í�A“Á‚ÉSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�ukusala sila�v‚Ì�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B
Na Cētanākaranīya Sutta‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�Akusala sila‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚Ésamādhi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
8. After I heard the �gtrue
meanings of anicca, dukkha, anatta,�h I
made progress very quickly. When I look back now, I may have attained the Sōtapanna stage while listening to that very
first desana. However, it
took me some time to realize it and to convince myself. One needs to look
back at the progress one has made, and see that one in now incapable of
committing immoral deeds that would make one eligible for rebirth in the apāyā.
8.�uanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡�v‚ð•·‚¢‚½Œã�A‚·‚®‚É�i•à‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¡�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A‚»‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ìdesana‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Ì‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚ð”[“¾‚³‚¹‚é‚É‚Í�A�‚µŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ©•ª‚Ì�i•à‚ð�U‚è•Ô‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�A�¡‚â�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ªapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
I was over-joyed with being able
to comprehend the �gfoundation of Buddha Dhamma.�h It does not make sense to
struggle to seek more worldly pleasures and possessions, That is guaranteed to
be a failure in the long run. One spends one�fs whole life making money to enjoy
such �gpleasures�h and before one realizes, one has come to old age. I would call
or e-mail my friends and tell them that they needed to listen to desanas by those Theros.
�uŽß‘¸‚Ì‘b�v‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ä�A‚ƂĂàŠð‚µ‚©‚Á‚½‚Å‚·�B‚à‚Á‚Æ�¢‘“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚â�Š—L•¨‚ð’T‚·‚̂ɋê˜J‚·‚é‚͈̂Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚ÎŽ¸”s‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚½‚ß‚É�¶ŠU‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ä‚¨‹à‚ð‰Ò‚¬�A‹C‚‘O‚ɘV”N‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í—F’B‚É“d˜b‚Ü‚½‚Í“dŽqƒ��[ƒ‹‚ð‘—‚è�ATheros‚̃fƒTƒi‚ð•·‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð“`‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
It took me a little while to
realize that most of them could not figure out what I was excited about. Now,
looking back, I realize that their minds were not ready. They were too busy
making �gmore money.�h For me, who had been struggling seriously for a few years,
it was a revelation. But most people who just spent a bit of their time
reading, critical concepts do not �gconnect.�h Reading Dhamma should not be done
the same way as reading a newspaper or a novel; one needs to be engaged.
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̗F�l‚½‚¿‚ªŽ„‚ªƒ�ƒNƒ�ƒN‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�‚µŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�¡�A�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�S‚Ì�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�u‚à‚Á‚Æ‚¨‹à‚ð‰Ò‚®�v‚½‚߂ɖZ‚µ‚©‚Á‚½�B�””NŠÔ�^Œ•‚É•±“¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½Ž„‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŒ[ަ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A“Ç�‘‚ɂقñ‚Ì�‚µ‚µ‚©ŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₳‚È‚¢�l‚É‚Í�A�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ÆŠT”O‚ª�u‚‚Ȃª‚è�v‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚Í�A�V•·‚â�¬�à‚ð“ǂނ±‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�s‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�uŠÖ‚í‚è‚Ì�¾‚¢�v‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
September 19, 2018
update: For the past
few years, I have been listening to only those desanas by
Waharaka Thero. They are available
only in the Sinhala language at �gසදහම් දේශනා�g;
also see: �gParinibbāna of Waharaka Thēro.�h
‚Ƃɂ©‚�A�uanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�v‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚𓾂½Œã�AŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌTheros‚̃fƒTƒi‚Ì‚½‚߂ɃCƒ“ƒ^�[ƒlƒbƒg‚ð’²�¸‚·‚邽‚߂ɎŸ‚Ì�”ƒ–ŒŽ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ü‚µ‚½�B 5‚©ŒŽŒã�AŽ„‚̓XƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚É—·�s‚µ�A’®‚‚½‚߂̎‘—¿‚ð‚³‚ç‚ÉŽ�‚¿‹A‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚͂ƂĂà�[ŽÀ‚µ‚½ŽhŒƒ“I‚È‚à‚̂łµ‚½�BŽ„‚Í”ñ�í‚É‘¬‚¢ƒy�[ƒX‚ÅŠw‚т܂µ‚½�B“–Žž�AŽ„‚Íjhānās‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚³‚¦�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚ª�A—{�¬‚µ‚悤‚Ƃ͂µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚É‚àŠÖ‚í‚炸�A�ujhānic‚̉e‹¿�v‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
2018”N9ŒŽ19“ú�X�V�F‰ß‹Ž�””NŠÔ�AŽ„‚ÍWaharaka Thero‚É‚æ‚éƒfƒTƒi‚݂̂𕷂¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚̓Vƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Ì�uසදහම්දේශනා�v‚ł̂ݗ˜—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �uƒ�ƒnƒ‰ƒJƒg�[ƒ�‚̃pƒŠNibbāna�v‚à‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
9. Even though I had an inkling
about reaching the Sōtapanna stage soon
after listening to that desana, I
developed the jhānās some months
later. However, those turned out not to be Ariya jhānās though, since they can be
attained only by an Anāgāmi; see,
�g11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas
via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga�g.
Once I finished investigating
and �gfilling the gaps,�h the jhānās came
almost automatically. The meditation experience that I described in #7 became
much stronger; I could close my eyes and �gfeel the change in the head and the
body�h within minutes (and nowadays within seconds).
9.‚»‚Ìdesana‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚·‚®‚ÉSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä�‚µ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚½‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�AŽ„‚Í�”‚©ŒŽŒã‚Éjhānās‚ðŠJ”‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍAnāgāmi ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂ݒB�¬‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�AAriya jhānās‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ª”»–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas
via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga
Ariya‚Æanariyajhāna‚Ì‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¤–ʂƂ»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¤–ʂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Samādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga
Phala‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚ª’²�¸‚µ‚Ä�uƒMƒƒƒbƒv‚ð–„‚ß‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ð�I‚¦‚邯�Ajhānā‚͂قƂñ‚ÇŽ©“®“I‚É‚â‚Á‚Ä—ˆ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �”7‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½áÒ‘z‘ÌŒ±‚Í�A‚͂邩‚É‹‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–Ú‚ð•‚¶‚Ä�u“ª‚Ƒ̂̕ω»‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª�”•ªˆÈ“à‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�iŒ»�Ý‚Í�”•bˆÈ“à�j�B
10. The above is what I mean
when I say, �gfeel the results of meditation.�h One can feel
it in the body as well as in mind. Let us first discuss
the reasons for the �gbody effect�h and then the �gmind effect.�h
When we start learning Dhamma
and stay away from most egregious acts, the two nervous systems try to get to
the ideal overlap positions, and one could feel that. That becomes noticeable
during meditation. Some people may feel aches and pains, sweating, etc. That is
why I had said in other posts that things MAY look worse before getting
better. In a way, such �gbody signals�h are a good sign; it means the body is
starting to respond.
10.�uáÒ‘z‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚È‚³‚¢�v‚ÆŽ„‚ªŒ¾‚¤‚Æ‚«�A�ã‹L‚ÍŽ„‚ªˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‘̂̒†‚Å‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚É�ubody effect�v‚Ì—�—R‚ð�à–¾‚µ�AŽŸ‚É�umind effect�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ɂ͔ñ�í‚É•¡ŽG‚È�_ŒoŒn‚ª‚ ‚è�A”]‚ª‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȑ̂̕”•ª‚ð�§Œä‚µ‚½‚è�A5‚‚Ì�g‘ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ’Ê�M‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�Bmanomaya kaya‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�u�_ŒoŒn‚Ì�d•¡�v‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�¬’·‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̃VƒXƒeƒ€‚Í‘½�‚¸‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—ނ̈«‚¢�Kе‚ð‹‰»‚µŽn‚߂邯�A‚¸‚ê‚͂͂æ‚茰’˜‚ɂȂè�u”ñ“¯Šú�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚ÑŽn‚ß�A�Å‚àˆ«Ž¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邯‚«�A2‚‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚Í—�‘z“I‚È�d‚È‚è�‡‚¤ˆÊ’u‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍáÒ‘z’†‚ÉŒ°’˜‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�Bˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A’ɂ݂┊¾‚È‚Ç‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‘¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�A�󋵂͗ǂ‚È‚é‘O‚Ɉ«‰»‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B‚ ‚éˆÓ–¡‚Å�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�u�g‘Ì�M�†�v‚Í—Ç‚¢’›Œó‚Å‚·�B�g‘Ì‚ª”½‰ž‚µŽn‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
11. Now to the �gmind effect.�h
Many people tell me that they cannot keep the mind focused on even the breath
for too long. That is a sansaric habit
that we have; the mind does not like to stay in one place. It wants to �gknow�h
about everything that is happening not only in the vicinity, but it also
randomly thinks about past events or future plans too.
The two critical components
of pancanivarana (kāmacchanda and vyāpāda) reduce as diṭṭhāsava reduced.
That, in turn, lead to the reduction of the other three of the pancanivarana as well. This process goes
all the way to the Sōtapanna stage.
11.�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒGƒtƒFƒNƒg�v‚Ɉڂè‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A‚ ‚Ü‚è‚É‚à’·‚¢ŠÔ�AŒÄ‹z‚É�W’†‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚ÆŽ„‚ÉŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚éƒTƒ“ƒTƒŠƒbƒN‚Ì�Kе‚Å‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͈ê‰Ó�Š‚É‚Æ‚Ç‚Ü‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð�D‚݂܂¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚ĉ½‚Å‚à’m‚肽‚ª‚艮‚Å�A‹ß‚‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ�A‰ß‹Ž‚Ì�o—ˆŽ–‚â�«—ˆ‚ÌŒv‰æ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚àƒ‰ƒ“ƒ_ƒ€‚É�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�uˆ«‚¢�Kе�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚Æ�l‚¦‚é�Kе‚ð‚‚¯‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚à‹�§‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃ̗˜“_‚ðŒ©‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚͈ꕔ‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�uŽG—p�v‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñˆø‚«•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�uƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì–¡�v‚ðŠy‚µ‚ÝŽn‚ß�A�W’†—Í‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚â‚·‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚Æ�A�udiṭṭhāsava�v�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]�j‚ª�Å�‰‚Í‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚Æ—n‰ð‚µŽn‚ß�AŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯‘¬“x‚ª�オ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
pancanivarana‚Ì2‚‚Ì�d—v‚ȃRƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg�ikāmacchandaŠ´Šo‚Ì—~–]‚Ævyāpāda“{‚è�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�Aˆ«ˆÓ�j‚Í�Adiṭṭhāsava‚ªŒ¸�‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚ÄŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ìpancanivarana‚à“¯—l‚ÉŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B
12. Of course, I did not realize
until after meeting my teacher Thero (online) that what I
had been doing all along was a crude version of the Satta Bojjhaṅga
Bhāvanā. The crucial part of that
is dhamma
vicaya (contemplating Dhamma
concepts).
It is also important to realize
that even an Arahant will not lose the sense of taste; one
increasingly will lose CRAVINGS for them; see, �gKāma
Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda.�h
12.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚ª�æ�¶‚ÌThero�iƒIƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“�j‚ɉ‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚ª‚¸‚Á‚Æ‚â‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Í�ASattaBojjhaṅgaBhāvanā‚Ì–¢�n‚ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Í�Adhamma vicaya‚Å‚·�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Æ�j�B
‚»‚ꂪ�A‰˜‚ê‚ð‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚Œ®‚Å‚ ‚é�uaniccasaññā�v‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�BWhat is the only Akusala Removed by
a Sōtapanna?�h and �gHow to Cultivate the Anicca Sanna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�³Ž®‚ÈSattaBojjhaṅgabhāvanā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas
via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦–¡Šo‚ðŽ¸‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Ì—~‹�‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·Ž¸‚í‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�BKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga,
Kāmaccanda‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
13. November 11,
2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to
verify one is making progress towards the Sōtapanna stage.
The new section, �gLiving Dhamma, �gprovides
a systematic way to achieve that goal, in addition to providing guidelines on
how to check one�fs progress.
13. 2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú�F‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·
–Ú•W‚Ì’B�¬‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
2020”N1ŒŽ23“ú�FOrigin of Life‚Ì�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�A�Å�‰‚©‚ç�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì‚æ‚è�Ú�ׂȊT”O‚É“ž’B‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚鎎‚݂ł·�B Šî–{“I‚ÈŠT”O‚É�[‚“ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚‚Æ�A‚à‚Á‚Æ‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�I
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŠî–{“I‚È—�‰ð‚àŽ©‘R‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚Í–ß‚Á‚Č¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Ì‘½‚‚ð�C�³‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚Ì—�‰ð‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�‘‚©‚ꂽ�V‚µ‚¢ƒVƒŠ�[ƒY‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ðŠF‚³‚ñ‚É‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
November 13, 2015
1. First, one
needs to understand what is meant by the Sotāpanna stage
of Nibbāna. Many people start
meditating without any idea of the goal: It is fine to do breath meditation, if
one is only needing to calm down. There are others who are doing procedures
that are needed to attain the Arahant stage, and those will
not work either because one needs to understand the concept of anicca first, i.e., learning the
key concepts comes first (dassanena pahatabba).
There are many misconceptions
about the Sotāpanna stage, and
those posts could clarify them. I spent a lot of time doing unnecessary
things, so I just wanted to make it easier for those who are just starting or
who have been doing the wrong things to get there. Of course one should decide
for oneself whether what I say is consistent with Buddha Dhamma.
1.‚Ü‚¸�ANibbāna‚ÌSotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�A–Ú•W‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚à�l‚¦‚¸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B—Ž‚¿’…‚‚¾‚¯‚ł悢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚͖̂â‘è‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɎÀ�s‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Å�‰‚Éanicca‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚‚܂èŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚ð�Å�‰‚ÉŠw�K‚·‚é•K—v�idassanena pahatabba�iŽæ‚è�œ‚‚à‚Ì�H�ª•ž‚³‚ꂽ�H�j�j‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‹@”\‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª–Ú•W‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�Å�‰‚ÉSotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna
‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å�ASotāpanna‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚»‚±‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ½‚ª•K—v‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Sotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͑½‚‚ÌŒë‰ð‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í•s•K—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚½‚Ì‚Å�AŽn‚ß‚½‚΂©‚è‚Ì�l‚âŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ªŠÈ’P‚É‚»‚±‚ÉŽŠ‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É‚µ‚½‚©‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚ªŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª•§–@‚ƈê’v‚·‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŒˆ‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2. I must also point out that
there are many who have been �gbrainwashed�h to think that the Sotāpanna stage is an impossibility to
achieve at this time. It is disheartening to see even some �gmahā Theros�h in Sri Lanka have given
up striving for even the Sotāpanna stage
(presumably because they had used the wrong concepts for many years and could
not make any progress). But the Buddha clearly stated that his Buddha Sasana will
be there for 5000 years, and we are only halfway through. There will be
numerous Arahants also in the near future.
2.Sotāpanna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚̂͌»�݂ł͕s‰Â”\‚¾‚Æ�u�ô”]�v‚³‚ꂽ�l‚ª‘½‚¢‚±‚Æ‚àŽw“E‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚̈ꕔ‚Ì�umahā Theros�v‚Å‚³‚¦Sotāpanna‚Ö‚Ì’§�í‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚½‚±‚Ƃ͎c”O‚Å‚·�i‚¨‚»‚ç‚�A”ނ炪’·”NŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ðŽg—p‚µ�A�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚ç‚ê‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚½‚߂ł·�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚͔͂ނÌSasana‚ª5000”NŠÔ‚»‚±‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯–¾Šm‚É�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚͂܂¾‚»‚Ì”¼•ª‚Å‚·�B‹ß‚¢�«—ˆ‚É‘½�”‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ª“o�ê‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
The Buddha clearly stated that
there no language, race, cultural, caste barriers in attaining magga phala, or
the four stages of Nibbāna. The
critical thing is that one needs to follow the original, pure, Dhamma of the
Buddha, and comprehend his message.
‰ß‹Ž�””N‚ÅSotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒWˆÈ�~‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½�l‚ª‘½‚�A‚»‚Ì�”‚Í‘�‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½�ƒ�ˆ‚È•§–@‚ÍŠO‚É�o‚Ä�L‚ª‚èŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ð‹�Žó‚µ‚½‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�Aƒ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð“`‚¦‚邽‚ß‚É�Å‘P‚ð�s‚‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽæ‚è‘g‚݂̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�‰Šú‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̓XƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚Ü‚½‚̓Vƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ˆê•”‚Ì�l�idvihetuka�o�¶‚Ì�l�j‚ª‚±‚Ì�¶ŠU‚ÅSotāpanna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘S—Í‚ð�s‚‚·“w—Í‚Í�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
�itihetuka�o�¶‚Å�j‚»‚ê‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�l�X‚Í’P‚ɉߋނÌ�l�¶‚Å‚æ‚葽‚‚ð‚µ‚½‚̂ł·�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A•s–¾‚ȃp�[ƒŠŒê‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚½�ê�‡‚Í�AŒŸ�õƒ{ƒbƒNƒX‚É‚»‚Ì’PŒê‚ð“ü—Í‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ªˆê——•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�A‚Ç‚ñ‚È“w—Í‚à‚±‚Ì�l�¶Ž©‘̂ɋï‘Ì“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�A magga phala ‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é�ã‚Å�AŒ¾Œê�A�lŽí�A•¶‰»�AƒJ�[ƒXƒg‚Ì�á•ǂ͂Ȃ¢‚Æ–¾Œ¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�d—v‚È‚±‚Æ‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ÌŒ³‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚È–@‚ð“¥�P‚µ�A”ނ̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
The key message of the Buddha is
that nothing in this material world (31 realms) can be maintained to our
satisfaction in the long run (anicca nature),
and thus through uncountable rebirths we mainly encounter suffering. Some of
us may not be experiencing suffering in this life right now, but that does
not mean it will be the same in future lives (or even at old age in this life).
Žß‘¸‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚Í�A‚±‚Ì•¨Ž¿�¢ŠE�i31—̈æ�j‚Å’·Šú“I‚É–ž‘«‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢�ianicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�j‚½‚ß�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̓]�¶‚ð’Ê‚¶‚ÄŽå‚ɋꂵ‚݂ɑ˜‹ö‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̈ꕔ‚É‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ŋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŒ»�݂͌oŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚ꂪ�«—ˆ�i‚·‚Ȃ킿‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚̘V—î‚ÌŽž‚Å‚³‚¦�j‚à“¯‚¶‚¾‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
3. Secondly,
having a road map is NECESSARY to get to an unknown destination.
Starting to meditate without having an idea of what to meditate on like just
getting in the car and start driving without having a map showing
where the destination is.
I have started a new section
where a step-by-step process is described to follow; see, �gLiving Dhamma�g. It can also help one figure
out where one in the Path, and to clarify many fundamental issues.
3.ŽŸ‚É�A–¢’m‚Ì–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ̓��[ƒhƒ}ƒbƒv‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�BŽÔ‚É�æ‚邾‚¯‚ʼn½‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚í‚©‚炸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚ß�A–Ú“I’n‚ª‚Ç‚±‚É‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŽ¦‚·’n�}‚ª‚È‚‚Ä‚à‰^“]‚ðŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å‚àSotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ª–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbāna‚𖾂炩‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�uƒ}ƒbƒv�v‚Í�Aanicca‚̂悤‚ÈŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Ì—�‰ð‚Å‚·�BSotāpanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A�Å�I–Ú“I’n‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɉ^“]‚ðŠJŽn‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚Í1�l‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�i‚‚܂è�Akammattana‚·‚Ȃ킿�uáÒ‘zƒŠƒTƒCƒ^ƒ‹�i˜N�¥�j�v‚ðŽg—p�j�B—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚É•¨Ž–‚ð�¥‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͎À‚ðŒ‹‚Ñ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚Ì“_‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‹’²‚µ‚«‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’n�}‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª�Å‚à“‚�A�Å‚à�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B
�‡‚ð’Ç‚Á‚ăvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BLiving Dhamma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�AŽ©•ª‚ª�u“¹�v‚̂ǂ±‚É‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ�A‘½‚‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È–â‘è‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚é‚̂ɂà–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
4. Third
point — related to the second point — is that we need to
examine what is meant by �gbhavana�h (meditation) when
striving for the Sotāpanna stage. It is
NOT a formal meditation technique (reciting a given kammattana) that is mainly needed here.
However, the Buddha said that
even listening to a discourse is bhavana. One could attain
the Sotāpanna stage just
by listening to a discourse. When listening attentively, one�fs mind gets
focused on it, comes to samadhi, and can get to magga phala via upacara samadhi.
4. 3”Ԗڂ̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg— 2”Ԗڂ̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä—‚Í�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä“w—Í‚·‚邯‚«‚É�A�ubhavana�v�iáÒ‘z�j‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚©‚ð’T‹�‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚±‚ÅŽå‚É•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN�i“Á’è‚Ìkammattana‚ð˜N�¥‚·‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚Í’k˜b‚ð•·‚‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦bhavana‚Å‚ ‚邯Œ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B’k˜b‚ð•·‚‚¾‚¯‚ÅSotāpanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚é�B’�ˆÓ�[‚•·‚‚Æ‚«�A�S‚Í‚»‚ê‚É�W’†‚µ�AƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚É�s‚«�Aupacara samadhi‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ämagga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
SotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽå—v‚ÈŠT”O�A“Á‚Éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‘¶�Ý‚Ì31—̈æ�AŽn‚Ü‚è‚̂Ȃ¢“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Æ‚¢‚¤Žß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B–³�”‚Ì�¯‰_‚ª‚ ‚é‰F’ˆ‚̃VƒXƒeƒ€�ichakkawata�j�A‰�‹N�à‚È‚Ç�B
‚±‚ꂪ�ã‹L‚Ì�”3‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½�³‚µ‚¢ƒ}ƒbƒv‚ÌŒ©‚‚¯•û‚Å‚·�B
Formal meditation techniques are
needed mainly after the Sotāpanna stage,
as described in the sub-section Key Points from the Sabbasava
Sutta under the post, �gThe Sotāpanna Stage�g. However, it is good to do a few kammattana while
striving for the Sotāpanna stage and I
will discuss those in the next post.
Sotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚±‚ÌáÒ‘z�ibhavana�j‚ɂ͎å‚É�n�l�icitta�j‚Æ�A–@‚ÌŠT”O�idhamma
vicaya‚Ævimansa�j‚ÌŒŸ�Ø‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—Í‚Ì4‚‚̊î”Õ�ichanda,
citta, viriya, vimansa�j‚Í�¬’·‚·‚邽‚߂ɂ͔ñ�í‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
The Four Bases of Mental Power
(Satara Iddhipada)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�ã‹L‚Ì�uchanda�v‚Í�ANibbāna‚ð�K“¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð�D‚ÞŒXŒü‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚æ‚葽‚‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ñ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ðŠw‚Ñ�AŒ`�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ĉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�u�^ŽÀ‚ð’m‚éŠì‚Ñ�A�^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚𔌩‚·‚éŠì‚Ñ�v‚̂悤‚ÈŠy‚µ‚݂͑¼‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚ªŽó‚¯Žæ‚Á‚½ƒRƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚©‚ç�A‚ ‚È‚½•û‚Ì‘½‚‚ª‚»‚ꂪ�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚í‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚Í�AŽå‚ÉSotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÌŒã‚É•K—v‚Å‚·�BThe Sotāpanna Stage‚̃TƒuƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uSabbasava Sutta‚Ì—v“_�v‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä“w—Í‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ìkammattana‚ð�s‚¤‚̂͗ǂ¢‚±‚Ƃł ‚è�AŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
5. Fourth is
to have a clear idea of the priority items to get done regarding sila (moral behavior). In one of the early
posts on mediation I made the point that one needs to sort out the �gbig
problems�h to take care of, before tackling smaller problems. If a vessel
is leaking due to multiple holes, one needs to seal the big leaks first. It is
a waste of time to spend the precious time in trying plug smaller holes, when
the water is pouring out through the big holes.
In the following I will address
the fact that many people have misconceptions about the relative weights
of kamma. Please bear with me
and read carefully, because some of these ideas go against some established and
common wrong views. I have discussed some in, �gHow to Evaluate Weights of
Different Kamma�g.
5. 4‚–ڂÍ�Asila�i“¹“¿“I�s“®�j‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é—D�掖�€‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BáÒ‘z‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�‰Šú‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì1‚‚Å�AŽ„‚Í�A�¬‚³‚È–â‘è‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Þ‘O‚É�A�u‘å‚«‚È–â‘è�v‚ð�®—�‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯Žw“E‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B•¡�”‚ÌŒŠ‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å—eŠí‚ª˜R‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�Å�‰‚ɑ傫‚ȘR‚ê‚ð‚Ó‚³‚®•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘å‚«‚ÈŒŠ‚©‚ç�…‚ª’�‚ª‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É�A�¬‚³‚ÈŒŠ‚ð�Ç‚®‚̂ɋM�d‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚͎̂žŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂł·�B
ˆÈ‰º‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ªkamma‚Ì‘Š‘Î“I‚È�d‚݂ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�l‚¦‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÍŠm—§‚³‚ꂽˆê”Ê“I‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚É”½‚·‚邽‚ß�AŽ„‚ƈê��‚É‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä’�ˆÓ�[‚“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BHow to Evaluate Weights of
Different Kamma‚Å‚¢‚‚‚©�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
6. For example, many people are afraid of even
accidentally killing a mosquito, but do not have any problem making plans to
hurt another human or spread rumors about another.
My point is that hurting another
human will have much more potent kamma vipāka compared to killing
many mosquitos or taking an occasional drink.
6.—Ⴆ‚Î�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í‹ô‘R‚ɉá‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦‹°‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼�l‚ð��‚‚¯‚½‚è�A�l‚̉\‚ð�L‚ß‚½‚è‚·‚éŒv‰æ‚ð—§‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð–â‘è‚ɂ͂µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ŽŸ‚É�A‚½‚܂ɃAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆù—¿‚ðˆù‚ނ͕̂s“¹“¿‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¤�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɂ‚¢‚Ă͉½ŽžŠÔ‚à”ï‚₵‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚т̖â‘è‚ł͂Ȃ�A�í‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª–â‘è‚Ȃ̂ł·�B�B‚±‚ê‚Í”÷–‚Å‚·‚ª�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�BAssāda, Ādīnava, Nissarana –
Introduction‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚¢‚©‚È‚é�¶–½‘̂̎EŠQ‚à”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚è�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚ðˆù‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚Í”ð‚¯‚é‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·�i“Á‚É�A�Œ‚¤ŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡;ˆùŽð‚Ì–â‘è‚Í�A�S‚ªpanca nivarana‚É‚³‚炳‚ê‚â‚·‚‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃł·�B‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚Æ�l‚¦‚é”\—Í‚ª�Œ‚¤‚ÆŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�B
Ž„‚Ì—v“_‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ð��‚‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‘½‚‚̉á‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�AŽž�Xˆù‚Ý•¨‚ðˆù‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É‹—Í‚Èkamma vipāka‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
7. We can get some ideas on
these issues by looking at the vinaya rules
for the bhikkhus. These are the rules of conduct for the bhikkhus.
There are 227 rules for fully ordained monks (bhikkhus) and 311 for
nuns (bhikkhunis).
These rules are categorized
according to their importance (or the severity of consequences for breaking
them). The top four belong to
the class called �gparajika�h meaning a bhikkhu who
breaks any one of the four has been �gdefeated�h and thus needs to leave the
monastic order.
1.
Sexual
intercourse: any voluntary
sexual interaction between a bhikkhu and a living being,
except for mouth-to-mouth kissing which falls under the sanghadisesa (next level below the parajika level).
2.
Stealing: the robbery of anything worth more than 1/24 troy
ounce of gold (as determined by local law).
3.
Intentionally
bringing about the death of a human being, even
if it is still an embryo — whether by killing the person, arranging for an
assassin to kill the person, inciting the person to die, or describing the
advantages of death.
Deliberately lying
to another person that one has attained a superior state, such as claiming to be an arahant when
one knows one is not, or claiming to have attained one of the jhānā when one knows one has not.
7. ”ä‹u‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Ìvinayaƒ‹�[ƒ‹‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–â‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A”ä‹u‚Ì�s“®‹K‘¥‚Å‚·�BŠ®‘S‚É�–ŠK‚³‚ꂽ‘m—µ�i”ä‹u�j‚É‚Í227‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚è�A”ä‹u“ò�ibhikkhunis�j‚É‚Í311‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Ípatimokkha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�i�uƒpƒeƒB�v‚ÍŒ‹�‡�A�uƒ‚ƒbƒJ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒ‚ƒNƒVƒƒ�v‚Í�uNibbāna�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�j�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�A–â‘è‚ð‰ñ”ð‚µ�A”ä‹u‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÉNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�i‚ނ̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B Satipaṭṭhāna
sutta‚Å‚Í�A�umukha nimitta�v‚Ì�umukha�v‚àNibbāna‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�d—v�«�i‚Ü‚½‚̓‹�[ƒ‹‚ð”j‚Á‚½�ê�‡‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Ì�d‘å“x�j‚É�]‚Á‚Ä•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�ãˆÊ4‚‚Í�uparajika�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚éƒNƒ‰ƒX‚É‘®‚µ�A4‚‚̂¤‚¿‚Ì1‚‚ð”j‚Á‚½”ä‹u‚Í�u”s–k�v‚µ�A‘m‰@‚𗣂ê‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�«Œð�F”ä‹u‚Æ�¶‚«•¨‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì‚¢‚©‚È‚é”CˆÓ‚Ì�«Œð�BŒû‚©‚çŒû‚ւ̃LƒX‚Ísanghadisesa�iƒpƒ‰ƒWƒJƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì1‚Â
“�‚Ý�F‹à‚Ì1/24ƒgƒ�ƒCƒIƒ“ƒXˆÈ�ã‚̉¿’l‚Ì‚ ‚é‚à‚̂̋“��i’n•û‚Ì–@—¥‚É‚æ‚茈’è�j�B
ŽE�l�F�l‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�AˆÃŽEŽÒ‚̃AƒŒƒ“ƒW�AŽ€‚ʂ悤‚É�î“®‚µ‚½‚è�AŽ€‚Ì—˜“_‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ä‚à�AˆÓ�}“I‚É�l‚ÌŽ€‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‰R�FƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚½‚è�Ajhānā‚Ì1‚‚ª‚ ‚邯Žå’£‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‚È‚Ç�AŽ©•ª‚ª’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢—D‚ꂽ�ó‘Ô‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ�}“I‚ɕʂÌ�l‚ɉR‚ð‚‚�B
8. The next level is the sanghadisesa. The thirteen sanghadisesa rules requiring an initial and
subsequent meeting of the sangha (communal meetings).
If the monk breaks any rule here he has to undergo a period of probation or
discipline after which, if he shows himself to be repentant, he may be
reinstated by a sangha of not less than twenty monks.
There two more layers
called aniyata and Nissaggiya pacittiya that
pertain to bhikkhus and are again not relevant to our
discussion. They are even less potent and can be overcome by just confessing to
another bhikkhu and making a determination not to repeat.
8.ŽŸ‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Ísanghadisesa‚Å‚·�BƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ì�Å�‰‚Æ‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì‹¤“¯‰ï‹c‚Å•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ꂽ13‚Ìsanghadisesa‹K‘¥‚Å‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‘m—µ‚ª‰½‚ç‚©‚Ì‹K‘¥‚Ɉᔽ‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ÍŽŽ—pŠúŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í’¦‰ú‚ÌŠúŠÔ‚ðŒo‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AŽ©•ª‚ª‰÷‚¢‰ü‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A20�lˆÈ�ã‚Ì‘m—µ‚̃Tƒ“ƒK‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•œ‹A‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
parajikas‚Æ“¯—l‚É�Asanghadisesa‚Í‘m—µŽ©�g‚̈Ó�}‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂ݎÀŒ»‚Å‚«�AŒë‚Á‚ČĂÑ�o‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”ä‹u‚ª‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ð‰ðŒˆ‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�AŒ‹‰Ê‚Í‚³‚ç‚ÉŒµ‚µ‚¢‚à‚̂ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì13‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�à–¾‚ɂ͊֌W‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�APatimokkha‚œǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
”ä‹u‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‰ú—¥‚Íaniyata‚ÆNissaggiya pacittiya‚ƌĂ΂ê‚邳‚ç‚É2‚‚̑w‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Ì�à–¾‚ɂ͊֌W‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�_‚ç‚©‚È‚à‚Ì‚Å�A’P‚É‘¼‚Ì”ä‹u‚É��”’‚µ�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚È‚¢Œˆ�S‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂŖâ‘è‚ðŽû‚߂܂·�B
9. The last set of rules are the �gweakest�h, i.e., with the least
consequences compared to all others. They
are the 92 �gpacittiya�h rules, which are
minor violations and can be overcome by just confessing to another bhikkhu and
making a determination not to repeat. The ones relevant to our discussion are:
9.�ÅŒã‚̈ê˜A‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚Í�u�Å‚àŽã‚¢�v�A‚‚܂è�A‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂẴ‹�[ƒ‹‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚ĉe‹¿‚ª�Å�¬‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í92‚Ì�upacittiya�vƒ‹�[ƒ‹‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŒy”÷‚Ȉᔽ‚Å‚ ‚è�A•ʂ̔ä‹u‚É��”’‚µ�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŒˆˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�Ž•ž‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�à–¾‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚à‚͎̂Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
10.”ä‹u‚ª“y‚ðŒ@‚Á‚½�ê�‡‚Í�A��”’‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�i�¬“®•¨/�©’Ž‚ÌŽEŠQ‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚½‚ß�j�B
51.ƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹‚â”�yŽð‚̈ùŽð‚Í��”’‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
10. Many people think �glife is a
life�h, but that is not so. Here digging soil is not allowed for bhikkhus because
many lifeforms (insects, worms) are killed in that process. But this act is
listed under the very last section of the vinaya rules
(with least consequences).
We also see that drinking
alcohol is also a minor offense even for a bhikkhu, as it is
listed in #9 above. Bhikkhus do not drink alcohol anyway, but this
rule came about because of a particular incident at the time of Buddha.
10.‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ª�u�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª�l�¶�v‚¾‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚¤‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A”ä‹u‚ª“y‚ðŒ@‚邱‚Ƃ͋–‰Â‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å�A‘½‚‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì�i�©’Ž�j‚ªŽE‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì—¥‚Ívinayaƒ‹�[ƒ‹‚Ì�ÅŒã‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‰e‹¿‚Í�Å�¬ŒÀ‚Å‚·�j�B
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚⎩•ª‚Ì—¼�e‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�uānantariya kamma�v‚Å‚ ‚è�AŽŸ‚Ì“]�¶Žž‚ÉApāyā‚É‘—‚é”ñ�í‚É‹—Í‚Èkamma‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”7‚ÅŒ©‚½‚悤‚É�A‘ÙŽ™‚Å‚³‚¦ŽE‚·�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽE‚·‚悤‚É�•Œ¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A”ä‹u‚ª”Þ/”Þ�—‚Ì�–ŠK‚ðŽ¸‚¤kamma‚Å‚·�B�ã‹L‚Ì�”9‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A“y�ë‚ðŒ@‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚é�¬‚³‚È�©’Ž‚Ì�i‹ô‘R‚Ì�jŽEŠQ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç‹—͂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�lŠÔ‚¾‚¯‚ªmagga phala’§�킵‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚Í‹M�d‚Å‚ ‚è�A�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�lŠÔ‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚à‘å‚«‚ȈႢ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚⎩•ª‚Ì—¼�e‚͂͂邩‚É�ãˆÊ‚Ƀ‰ƒ“ƒN•t‚¯‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B—¼�e‚Ì�d—v�«‚Í�Agandhabba‚ª“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‚Ì‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”9‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AˆùŽð‚Í”ä‹u‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚àŒy“x‚Ì”Æ�߂ł ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ƃɂ©‚�A”ä‹u‚Í‚¨Žð‚ðˆù‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚±‚̃‹�[ƒ‹‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Ì“Á•ʂȎ–Œ�‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
11. It can be also deduced that
stealing is a misdeed with harsh consequences, since it is included as a �gparajika�h for the bhikkhus.
11.”ä‹u‚Ì�uparajika�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ċ܂܂ê‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A“�‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ͉ß�“‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚𔺂¤Œë‚Á‚½�sˆ×‚Å‚ ‚邯�„’è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
“�‚݂ɂÍ�A�u‹–‰Â‚È‚‘¼�l‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ð“�‚Þ�v‚±‚ƂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‘½‚‚Ì”÷–‚ÈŒ`‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽÐ‰ï‚Å‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì–ðŠ„‚ð‰Ê‚½‚³‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚à“�‚݂̈êŒ`‘Ô‚Å‚·�B 1‚‚Í�A�vŒ£‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚ÌŽdŽ–‚©‚ç—˜‰v‚𓾂邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚Ü‚½�A—¼�e�A‹³Žt�A—F�l‚È‚Ç‚É‚àŽ©“®“I‚ÉŽØ‹à‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�uŒ©•Ô‚è�v‚ðŠú‘Ò‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚‚Ä‚à�A‹@‰ï‚ª‚ ‚ê‚΂¢‚‚łà�uŒ»•¨‚őΉž‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‹`–±‚Å‚·�B
�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AKamma, Debt, and Meditation‚Ì‹LŽ–‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
12. Finally, I would like to
point out that it is difficult to quantify the weight of a given kamma in a generic way. For example,
�gkilling an animal�h is a very generic statement and such an act has a very
broad range of kamma vipāka.
Hitting a person to cause minor
pain is done with less javana in
the citta. But hitting a person
with an iron rod intending to kill has much more javana power,
as you can imagine.
12.�ÅŒã‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì kamma‚Ì�d‚Ý‚ðˆê”Ê“I‚È•û–@‚Å’è—ʉ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͓‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽw“E‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�u“®•¨‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ�v‚Í”ñ�í‚Ɉê”Ê“I‚È�º–¾‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚ɂ͔ñ�í‚É�L‚¢”ÍˆÍ‚Ì kamma vipāka
‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�Å’†‚ɂقƂñ‚Ç‹C‚©‚¸‚É‚ ‚È‚½‚ðŽh‚µ‚½‰á‚É•½Žè‘Å‚¿‚ð‚©‚¯‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽƒJƒ~ƒbƒNƒpƒ��[‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆê•û�AŽ‚ð‘_‚Á‚Ä�e‚ðŒ‚‚Á‚ÄŽE‚·‚Æ�A‚æ‚葽‚‚̃Jƒ~ƒbƒNƒpƒ��[‚𓾂邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚Ì�sˆ×‚̈Ⴂ‚ðŠÈ’P‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é1‚‚̕û–@‚Í�Acitta‚Ì�ujavana power�v‚ÌŠÏ“_‚©‚ç�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�uˆÓ�}�v‚â�u‚Ç‚ê‚قǂЂǂ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð�¬‚µ�‹‚°‚½‚¢‚©�v‚Æ‚àŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ã‹L‚Ì—á‚Å‚Í�A‰á‚ÆŽ‚ðŽE‚·‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û‚̈Ⴂ‚ð‚Ù‚ÚŽ‹Šo‰»‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AJavana of a Citta – The Root of
Mental Power�g, and �gWhat is Intention in Kamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Œy‚¢’É‚Ý‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‚½‚ß‚É�l‚ð‘ł‚±‚Æ‚Í�Acitta‚Ì�‚È‚¢javana‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª‘z‘œ‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�AŽE‚»‚¤‚ƈÓ�}‚µ‚Ä“S‚Ì–_‚Å�l‚ð‘ł‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚͂邩‚É‘½‚‚Ìjavana‚Ì—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
13. These are things one needs
to contemplate on in order to truly understand the Buddha Dhamma; that is the
real vipassana or
insight meditation. Getting to the Sotāpanna stage
requires learning about such basic things on one�fs own, by thinking about real
life.
When one starts thinking
critically and attentively one develops the satara iddhipada that we discussed in #4 above.
Once one gets traction by understanding a few basic things, Dhamma will be the
guiding force to generate chanda (desire) to
investigate more and to find more. It is boring and fruitless to blindly follow
precepts and rituals that will not get one anywhere.
13.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�A•§–@‚ð–{“–‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�n�l‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B‚»‚ꂪ–{“–‚̃”ƒBƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚Ü‚½‚Í“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚Å‚·�BSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠî–{“I‚È‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŠw‚Ô•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•§–@‚Í–Ó–Ú“I‚ÉŽç‚ç‚ê‚é‚ׂ«�uŒˆ‚ß‚ç‚ꂽ‹K‘¥‚Æ‹VŽ®�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ�A‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚ª�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸�A‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß‚³‚¦‚µ‚Ä‚«‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�B
”á”»“I‚©‚Â’�ˆÓ�[‚�l‚¦Žn‚߂邯�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½satara�iŠî”Õ�H�j iddhipada�iƒpƒ��[�j�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹—Í‚Ì4‚‚̊î”Õ�ichanda,
citta, viriya, vimansa�j�j‚ª”’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŽ–•¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚ÄŒ¡ˆø—͂𓾂½‚ç�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ªƒKƒCƒh‚ð‚µ‚Ä�A‚³‚ç‚É’T‹�‚µ�A‚³‚ç‚ÉŒ©‚‚¯‚échanda�i—~–]�j‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ç‚±‚É‚à‚È‚¢‹K”Í‚â‹VŽ®‚ð–Ó–Ú“I‚ÉŽç‚é‚̂͑ދü‚ÅŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
14. November 11,
2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to
verify one is making progress towards the Sotāpanna stage. The new section, �gLiving Dhamma�g, provides a systematic way to
achieve that goal, in addition to providing guidelines on how to check one�fs
progress.
14.
2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú�F‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASotāpannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Í�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚ƂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Revised November 27, 2017
Micchā means wrong or incorrect and diṭṭhi means views.
Pronunciation:
Audio Player
00:00
00:00
Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.
Here it is about the wrong views
about our world or our existence. It is the most basic reason why people cannot
grasp the message of the Buddha, and that is unfortunate. We all are looking at
the world through �gcolored glasses�h; each one has his/her own set of beliefs or
�gdiṭṭhis�g, so we cannot see the
real nature.
Some facts about nature are
hard to believe, and it took the efforts of many scientists to change two
common wrong views (diṭṭhis) that had
been with the humans up to recently: that the Earth is flat and it is at the
center of the universe.
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘¶�݂ɂ‚¢‚Ă̌ë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð�l�X‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�Å‚àŠî–{“I‚È—�—R‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽc”O‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A�u�F•t‚«ƒKƒ‰ƒX�v‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�¢ŠE‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ“ÆŽ©‚Ì�M”O‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�udiṭṭhis�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž©‘R‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚Í�M‚¶‚ª‚½‚¢‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A�ŋ߂܂Å�l—Þ‚É‚ ‚Á‚½2‚‚̈ê”Ê“I‚ÈŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�idiṭṭhis�j‚ð•Ï‚¦‚邽‚߂ɑ½‚‚̉ȊwŽÒ‚Ì“w—Í‚ª•K—v‚Å‚µ‚½�F
’n‹…‚Í•½‚ç‚Å‚ ‚è�A’n‹…‚͉F’ˆ‚Ì’†�S‚É‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂ł·�B
1. These days, most of us believe that the Earth
moves around the Sun. But it is quite clear that it goes against our
experience, and the accepted views were the opposites even a few hundred years
ago. We do not have any direct experience of the motion of the Earth, either
its rotation around its own axis or in its orbit around the Sun. And we see
ample evidence to the contrary, i.e., for the Sun rotating around the
Earth, because we experience a sunrise and a sunset everyday!
However, after Galileo invented
the telescope, people made more precision measurements of the planets and the
heliocentric model was needed to explain all those new findings.
1.Œ»‘ã‚ÌŽ„‚½‚¿‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A’n‹…‚ª‘¾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðˆÚ“®‚·‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŒoŒ±‚É”½‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚ ‚è�A�V‚µ‚Žó‚¯“ü‚ê‚ç‚ꂽŒ©‰ð‚Í�A�”•S”N‘O‚Å‚³‚¦”½‘΂³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’n‹…‚̉^“®‚ð’¼�Ú‚ÉŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’n‹…‚ÌŽ²‚ð’†�S‚É‚µ‚½‰ñ“]‚⑾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚Ì‹O“¹‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–ˆ“ú�A“ú‚Ì�o‚Æ“ú–v‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A”½‘΂É�A‚‚܂葾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ÌŽü‚è‚ð‰ñ“]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤�\•ª‚È�Ø‹’‚ð–Ú‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�I
‘¬“x‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A’n‹…‚ª“®‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚é‚̂͂³‚ç‚ɓ‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B’n‹…‚Í�A�Ô“¹‚Å–ˆŽž–ñ1000ƒ}ƒCƒ‹�i–k‹É‚Æ“ì‹É‚ł̓[ƒ��j‚Ì‘¬“x‚Å‚»‚ÌŽ²‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðˆÚ“®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‘¾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚ð–ñ67,000ƒ}ƒCƒ‹/Žž‚Ì•½‹Ï‘¬“x‚Å‹O“¹‚ɉˆ‚Á‚Ĉړ®‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È“®‚«‚ð’¼�Ú”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂͋Á‚‚ׂ«‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽü‚è‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂà‚Ü‚Á‚½‚“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽÔ‚ňړ®‚·‚邯‚«‚Í�A’Ê‚è‰ß‚¬‚é•—Œi‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�æ‚è�S’n‚ªƒXƒ€�[ƒY‚łȂ¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A�u�æ‚è�S’n‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�K‚¢�A’n‹…‚Ì“®‚«‚Í”ñ�í‚ÉŠŠ‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�j�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª’mŠo‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�u‘Š‘Î‰^“®�v‚Å‚·�B 2‘ä‚ÌŽÔ‚ª“¯‚¶‘¬“x‚Å•½�s‚Ɉړ®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AŠeŽÔ‚Ì�æ‹q‚Í‚à‚¤1‘ä‚ÌŽÔ‚ª�ÃŽ~‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒKƒŠƒŒƒI‚ª–]‰“‹¾‚ð”–¾‚µ‚½Œã�A�l�X‚͘f�¯‚Ì‚æ‚è�³Šm‚È‘ª’è‚ð�s‚¢�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂĂÌ�V‚µ‚¢”Œ©‚ð�à–¾‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ¾—z’†�Sƒ‚ƒfƒ‹‚ª•K—v‚Å‚µ‚½�B
2. But there are many people who
still believe that the Sun goes around the Earth! To quote a passage from the
Wikipedia article, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geocentric_model
And, there are even some who
believe that the Earth is flat: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_flat_Earth_societies
2.‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ðˆêŽü‚·‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚¢‚Ü‚·�IƒEƒBƒLƒyƒfƒBƒA‚Ì‹LŽ–‚̈ê�ß‚ðˆø—p‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Ahttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geocentric_model
�u..ƒ‚ƒŠƒX�Eƒo�[ƒ}ƒ“‚Í’²�¸Œ‹‰Ê‚ðˆø—p‚µ‚Ä�AŒ»�Ý•Ä�‘‚Ì�lŒû‚Ì–ñ20�“‚ª�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ð‰ñ‚é�i’n‹…’†�SŽå‹`�j‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ð‰ñ‚é�i’n�S’†�SŽå‹`�j‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚³‚ç‚É9�“‚Í’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚ÆŽå’£‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �B 1990”N‘ã‚ɃMƒƒƒ‰ƒbƒv‚ªŽÀŽ{‚µ‚½�¢˜_’²�¸‚Å‚Í�AƒhƒCƒc�l‚Ì16�“�AƒAƒ�ƒŠƒJ�l‚Ì18�“�A‰p�‘�l‚Ì19�“‚ª�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðŒö“]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 2005”N‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�A‰ÈŠw‹Z�p‚ɑ΂·‚é�‘–¯‚Ì—�‰ð‚Ì�ê–副‚Å‚ ‚éƒm�[ƒXƒEƒFƒXƒ^ƒ“‘åŠw‚ÌJon
D. Miller‚ª�s‚Á‚½Œ¤‹†‚É‚æ‚邯�AƒAƒ�ƒŠƒJ‚Ì�¬�l‚Ì–ñ20�“�A‚‚܂è5�l‚É1�l‚Í�A‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ðŽü‰ñ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 2011”N‚ÌVTSIOM�¢˜_’²�¸‚É‚æ‚邯�Aƒ�ƒVƒA�l‚Ì32�“‚Í‘¾—z‚ª’n‹…‚ðŽü‰ñ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
’n‹…‚ª•½‚炾‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�Fhttps://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_flat_Earth_societies
3. Thus sometimes it is very hard to get rid of
certain �gwrong views�h because of our �gexperiences�h and �ggut feelings�h.
Yet, if one hangs onto such wrong views (in the face of contrary evidence) one
cannot get a correct world view. This is why we always need to �glook at the big
picture�h; the �gbigger the picture�h, the better it is. It is hard to see much
details while walking on the ground, but one see a whole lot better looking
down from a helicopter.
Luckily, nowadays, we have the
advantage of technology to confirm that the Earth is not flat and that
it moves around the Sun.
3.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uŒoŒ±�v‚Æ�u’¼Š´�v‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A�i”½‘΂Ì�Ø‹’‚É’¼–Ê‚µ‚Ä�j‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯�A�³‚µ‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪ�A�í‚É�u‘S‘Ì‘œ‚ðŒ©‚é�v•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B
�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ª‘å‚«‚¢‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚¢‚̂ł·�B’n–Ê‚ð•à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚éŠÔ�A�ו”‚ðŒ©‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚Å‚·‚ª�AƒwƒŠƒRƒvƒ^�[‚©‚猩‰º‚ë‚·‚Æ‚¸‚Á‚Ƃ悌©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
�K‚¢‚È‚±‚Æ‚É�A�¡“ú‚Å‚Í�A’n‹…‚ª•½‚炳͂Ȃ�A‘¾—z‚ÌŽü‚è‚ðˆÚ“®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é‹Z�p‚Ì—˜“_‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
4. Similarly, it is very hard
for many people to believe that humans could be reborn as animals. One
argument that was given in a book that refuted rebirth was that �g..in that
case, the human population should not be changing, but we see an increase of
the human population over the past centuries�h. Apparently, the author did not
even consider that a human could be born an animal. Again, it is matter of a
very narrow world view. There are innumerable beings in this world and they can
be born in not only in the animal and human realms, but 29 other realms that we
cannot see!
4.“¯—l‚É�A�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ª�M‚¶‚é‚͔̂ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B•œŠˆ‚ð”ے肵‚½–{‚Å—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽ1‚‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�A�u‚»‚Ì�ê�‡�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�lŒû‚͕ω»‚µ‚È‚¢‚Í‚¸‚¾‚ª�A‰ß‹Ž�”�¢‹I‚ɂ킽‚é�l—Þ‚Ì�lŒû‚Í‘�‰Á‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚à‚̂łµ‚½�B’˜ŽÒ‚͂ǂ¤‚â‚ç�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚³‚¦�l‚¦‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚̂łµ‚傤�BŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í”ñ�í‚É‹·‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Ì–â‘è‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ͖³�”‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í“®•¨‚â�lŠÔ‚̗̈悾‚¯‚łȂ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‘¼‚Ì29‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�I
1.
The theory
of evolution is only partially correct according to Buddha Dhamma; we will
discuss this in detail in the future. When conditions for a birth in certain
realm are satisfied, the nature has come up with many ways to make that birth
take place.
Even though we consider the life
of an animal as �guseless�h, life is the most important thing in the world even
for the lowest worm. All living beings have craving to continue the life they
have, regardless of how pathetic it appears to us. Our �gsmelly bodies�h are said
to be repulsive to the devas who have fine bodies
that are free of diseases as well.
ƒ_�[ƒEƒBƒ“‚ª”Þ‚Ì�i‰»˜_‚ð”•\‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚͎Љï‚ɑ傫‚È�S—�“I‰e‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�A‚»‚ê‚Í�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚©‚ç�i‰»‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚é�€”õ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�Bƒ_�[ƒEƒBƒ“‚ª‘›“®‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚½‚߂ɔނ̗�˜_‚ð�Å�‰‚É�ô’肵‚Ä‚©‚ç20”NˆÈ�ãŒo‰ß‚µ‚½1859”N‚Ü‚Å�A”Þ‚ÌŒ»�Ý—L–¼‚ÈŠª�uŽ©‘R‚Ì‘I‘ð‚É‚æ‚éŽí‚Ì‹NŒ¹�v‚ð�o”Å‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒuƒbƒ_�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A�i‰»˜_‚Í•”•ª“I‚É‚µ‚©�³‚µ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŒã‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
“Á’è‚̗̈æ‚Å’a�¶‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ª�®‚Á‚½Žž�AŽ©‘R‚Í‚»‚ê‚𑽂‚Ì•û–@‚ŃJƒ^ƒ`‚Æ‚µ‚Ä’a�¶‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B
�lŠÔ‚ª“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邿‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É�ÕŒ‚“I‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¢ŠE‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŒÀ‚ç‚ê‚½Š´Šo‚Å’mŠo‚·‚邿‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–{”\‚¾‚¯‚Å�i‚ނׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í“®•¨‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚ð�u–ð‚É—§‚½‚È‚¢�v‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ʼnº•”‚̃��[ƒ€‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚³‚¦�A�¶–½‚Í�¢ŠE‚Å�Å‚à�d—v‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ɂǂ̂悤‚ɔߎS‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚©‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚�A”ނ炪Ž�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l�¶‚𑱂¯‚邱‚Æ‚ð�Ø–]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�u�L‚¢‘Ì�v‚Í�A•a‹C‚̂Ȃ¢‘f�°‚炵‚¢‘Ì‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚édeva‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä”½”“I‚Å‚ ‚邯‚àŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
6. When the Buddha said,
�g..those who depart from the human realm, those will be reborn as humans
or devas can
be compared to the few grains of sand that I pick up on my fingernail. Those
who are reborn in the lower four realms are exceedingly many, compared to the
sand on this great Earth�h, it appears to most people as an exaggeration.
But as described in the post, �gHow the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the
Human Realm�g, modern science is slowly proving that indeed the
number of living beings, just in the animal realm, is unimaginably large,
and that human population of about 7 billion is negligibly small. There
are more living beings in your backyard soil.
6.Žß‘¸‚ª�u�lŠÔ‚̗̈悩‚ç—£‚ꂽƒ‚ƒm‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚âdeva‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŽw‚Ì’Ü‚Å�E‚Á‚½�”—±‚Ì�»‚قǂł·�B‚»‚ê‚É”ä‚ׂĉº‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é�l‚Í�A‚±‚̑傫‚È’n‹…‚Ì�»‚Ù‚Ç”ñ�í‚É‘½‚‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«�A�A‚»‚ê‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂ͌֒£‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�uŽß‘¸‚ª�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ł̓]�¶‚̃`ƒƒƒ“ƒX‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚½‚©�vHow the Buddha Described the Chance of Rebirth in the
Human Realm‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�AŒ»‘ã‚̉Ȋw‚Í�A“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚É‚ ‚é�¶–½‘Ì‚Ì�”‚ªŽÀ�ۂɂ͑z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚�A�l—Þ‚Ì�lŒû‚Å‚ ‚é–ñ70‰‚Í–³Ž‹‚Å‚«‚é‚Ù‚Ç�¬‚³‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì— ’ë‚Ì“y�ë‚É‚»‚ê‚æ‚è‚à‘½‚‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
7. Of course we cannot see the beings in the other
three lower realms. But, just because they are not amenable to our senses, we
cannot say they do not exist.
We have only begun �gsee�h other
hidden parts of �gour world�h with the aid of science; see, �gExpanding �gConsciousness�h by Using Technology�g.
7.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̉º‚̗̈æ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚炪‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Ƃ͌¾‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�lŠÔ‚ÌŽ‹Šo‚Í�A”g’·ƒXƒyƒNƒgƒ‹‚Å400ƒiƒmƒ��[ƒgƒ‹‚©‚ç700ƒiƒmƒ��[ƒgƒ‹‚̂قñ‚̋͂©‚Ȕ͈͂É�§ŒÀ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽ¨‚Í20〜20,000ƒwƒ‹ƒc‚ÌŽü”g�”‚µ‚©ŒŸ�o‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘¼‚Ì“®•¨‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�㉺‚ɓƎ©‚Ì�uƒoƒ“ƒh�v‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í’n‹…�ã‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘̂ɂ¨‚¢‚Ä�Å‚àˆ«‚¢škŠo‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’˜–¼‚È�¶–½‘ÌŠwŽÒ‚Å‚ ‚éƒGƒhƒ��[ƒhO.ƒEƒBƒ‹ƒ\ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é–{�u�lŠÔ‚Ì‘¶�݂̈Ӗ¡�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‚à‚¤1‚‚̕û–@‚Í�AƒeƒŒƒr‚⃉ƒWƒI‚ð“K�؂ȃ`ƒƒƒ“ƒlƒ‹‚É�Ý’è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�u—˜—p�v‚Å‚«‚é�”•S‚̃eƒŒƒr‚ƃ‰ƒWƒI•ú‘—‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì“dŽ¥”g‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì–Ú‚Å�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ÌŽü‚è‚É‚¢‚È‚¢‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽü‚è‚É‚Í�A‚±‚̂悤‚È‘f�°‚炵‚¢‘Ì‚ðŽ�‚‘¼‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚͉Ȋw‚Ì�•‚¯‚ðŽØ‚è‚Ä�A�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì‘¼‚̉B‚ꂽ•”•ª‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðŽn‚ß‚½‚΂©‚è‚Å‚·�B
Expanding �gConsciousness�h by Using Technology‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
8. Even though scientific
progress has been impressive, it takes generations to move the �gknowledge base�h
forward; see, �g �g.
And there is compelling evidence
for rebirth; see, �gEvidence
for Rebirth�g.
8.‰ÈŠw‚Ì�i•à‚Í–ÚŠo‚Ü‚µ‚¢‚à‚̂ł·‚ª�A�u’mޝƒx�[ƒX�v‚ð‘O�i‚³‚¹‚é‚ɂ͉½�¢‘ã‚à‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BDhamma and Science – Introduction‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ˆê•û�A�S‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�¶ŠU‚Å�d—v‚È‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Expanding �gConsciousness�h by Purifying the Mind ‚¨‚æ‚ÑPower of the Human Mind – Introduction‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å�S‚Ì—Í‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ª‰F’ˆ‚É–³�”‚̘f�¯Œn‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ�i‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì—á‚Í‘¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‚±‚Ì–ñ100”N‚Ì�¶–½‚ª“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�d—v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“]�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�à“¾—͂̂ ‚é�Ø‹’‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BEvidence
for Rebirth‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
9. Without the �gcorrect view�h of this world, we will
be simply �ggroping in the dark�h. When one has only a narrow and blurred vision,
one cannot move forward. If one believes that this is the only life we have, then
one could be making bad decisions, that could affect one�fs future for billions
of years to come.
That is why it is worthwhile at
least to examine the evidence of the �gwider world view�h of the Buddha, where
both space and time are infinite. While modern science has confirmed the
infinite extent of space, it has not yet �gdiscovered�h the fact that life does
not end at physical death; it is just the end of one insignificantly small
sliver of the time span of a sentient being.
9.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�v‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’P‚É�uˆÃˆÅ‚Ì’†‚Å–Í�õ�v‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ‹—Í‚ª‹·‚‚ڂ₯‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ł͑O�i‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì—Bˆê‚Ì�l�¶‚¾‚Æ�M‚¶‚é‚È‚ç�Aˆ«‚¢Œˆ’f‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì”»’f‚ª�@‰½�\‰”N‚à‘±‚–¢—ˆ‚ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àŽžŠÔ‚Æ‹óŠÔ‚Ì—¼•û‚ª–³ŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚éŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚Ì�Ø‹’‚𒲂ׂ邱‚Ƃ͉¿’l‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂ł·�BŒ»‘ã‰ÈŠw‚͉F’ˆ‚Ì–³ŒÀ‚͈̔͂ðŠm”F‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�¶–½‚Í“÷‘Ì“I‚ÈŽ€‚Å�I‚í‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð‚Ü‚¾�u”Œ©�v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A–c‘å‚É‘±‚Š´Šo‚ ‚é�¶–½‘̂̂قñ‚̂킸‚©‚È’f•ЂÌ�I‚í‚è‚É‚·‚¬‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
10. Most people think the First
Noble Truth is about suffering in the sense of just physical or mental
suffering IN THIS LIFE; that is wrong. Those are RESULTS of past actions (kamma). But that suffering is NOT what
the First Noble Truth is about; it is about the FUTURE
suffering that CAN BE stopped.
This is why the Buddha said, �gmy
Dhamma has never been heard before�h. It is hard to grasp until one is willing
to spend some time and examine the �gbigger picture�h. One should not just go by
one�fs instincts, but rather by the facts.
10.‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ‚Í�A“÷‘Ì“I‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚ȋꂵ‚݂Ƃ¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł̋ꂵ‚݂Ɋւ·‚é‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͊ԈႢ‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‰ß‹Ž‚ÌƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�ikamma�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Í�Å�‰‚Ì�¹‚È‚é‚È�^ŽÀ‚ªŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í–¢—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ăł ‚è�AŽ~‚ß‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
Žn‚ß‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚Æ‚Í�AŒ»�݂͉B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A�«—ˆŒ»‚ê‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B
�u�³‚µ‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ð‚‚©‚ނ܂łÍ�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶‚̃TƒCƒNƒ‹‚Ì’N‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚݂ł·�B
‚±‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚ª�uŽ„‚Ì–@‚ðˆÈ‘O‚É•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�BŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚𒲂ׂ悤‚Æ‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�A—�‰ð‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢�B�l‚Í–{”\‚¾‚¯‚Å�i‚ނ̂ł͂Ȃ�AŽ–ŽÀ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�i‚ނׂ«‚Å‚·�B
11. This is also
why �gSammā Diṭṭhi�h or �gcorrect
view�h comes first in both versions of the Eightfold Path.
Yes. There are two versions of the path: One is mundane (lōkiya)
and is easier to grasp. The other is transcendental (lōkuttara)
and requires the comprehension of Tilakkhana or
the Three Characteristics of this world, i.e., anicca, dukkha,
anatta.
When one starts understanding
the validity of laws of kamma (i.e.,
deeds have consequences), rebirth must be true, and there are other realms that
we cannot see, one begins to embrace the mundane version of Sammā Diṭṭhi.
11.‚±‚ê‚͂܂½�A�uSammā Diṭṭhi�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð�v‚ª”ª�³“¹‚Ì—¼•û‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é—�—R‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�u“¹�v‚É‚Í2‚‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B1‚‚͂ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�ilōkiya�j‚Å�A‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤1‚‚͒´‰z“I�ilōkuttara�j‚Å�AŽO‘Š‚·‚Ȃ킿3‚‚̓Á�«‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�«Ž¿‚‚܂èanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�B
ŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é‘O‚É�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚è�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍMahā Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
kamma ‚Ì–@‘¥‚Ì—LŒø�«‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�i‚‚܂è�A�sˆ×‚ɂ͌‹‰Ê‚ª�¶‚¶‚邱‚Æ�j�A�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Í�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ɂ͌©‚¦‚È‚¢‘¼‚̗̈悪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ÌSammā Diṭṭhi‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚êŽn‚߂܂·�B
12. With that Sammā Diṭṭhi, one realizes that
it is not fruitful to: think immoral thoughts (micchā saṅkappa), utter inappropriate
speech (micchā vācā), do inappropriate things (micchā kammaṃta),
live an immoral life (micchā ājiva), to strive to achieve unfruitful things
(micchā vāyāma),
have an immoral mindfulness (micchā sati),
and thus get into an immoral state (micchā samādhi).
Thus, with correct views
or Sammā Diṭṭhi,
one will be automatically following the mundane eightfold path: Sammā Saṅkappa, Sammā Vācā, Sammā Kammanta, Sammā Ājiva, Sammā Vāyāma, Sammā Sati, and
thus get to Sammā Samādhi. It all starts with Sammā Diṭṭhi, or the �gcorrect
views�h.
12.‚»‚ÌSammāDiṭṭhi‚ňȉº‚Ì‚±‚Ƃ͕sŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•s“¹“¿‚È�l‚¦‚ð‚·‚é�imicchā saṅkappa�j�A•s“K�؂Ȕ˜b‚ð‚·‚é�imicchā vācā�j�A•s“K�؂Ȃ±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é�imicchā kammaṃta�j�A•s“¹“¿‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚é�imicchā ājiva�j�AŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Î‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɓw—Í‚µ�imicchā vāyāma�j�A•s“¹“¿‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�imicchā sati�j‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä•s“¹“¿‚È�ó‘Ô�imicchā samādhi�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�¢‚̈«�s‚ðŽx•¥‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�u“¦‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽ©•ª‚Ì‚±‚ê‚©‚ç‚Ì–¢—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å—˜Žq‚Æ‹¤‚ÉŽx•¥‚í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¯—l‚É�A‚·‚ׂĂ̑P�s‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚»‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å•ñ‚í‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A‚·‚Ȃ킿SammāDiṭṭhi‚ðŽg‚¤‚Æ�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É‚½‚Ç‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂĂÍ�ASammāDiṭṭhi�A‚‚܂è�u�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�v‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
13. It is not a world view that is amenable to our
�gexperience�h, because our sense faculties are limited as we discussed above.
But as we make progress, our minds will become clear and we WILL be able to see
for ourselves the true nature of this world.
My goal is to present
evidence from many aspects, because different people comprehend different
aspects.
13�ã‹L‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚ÉŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Ì”\—͂͌À‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�uŒoŒ±�v‚ªŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚â‚·‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�i•à‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚Í–¾Šm‚ɂȂè�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÅŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚ª2500”N‘O‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃ͊m‚©‚É�^ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‘½‚‚Ì�Ø‹’‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�¢‘ã‚̉ȊwŽÒ‚Ì“w—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ĕނç‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚鎞‘ã‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ‚±‚Æ‚Í�K‰^‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚É�\•ª‚É�Ø‹’‚ð’²�¸‚·‚鎞ŠÔ‚ð”ï‚₵‚Ä�A�^Œ•‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ©‰ð‚ð‚Æ‚éŽ©�M�isaddhā�j‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
Ž„‚Ì–Ú•W‚Í�A—l�X‚È�l‚ª—l�X‚È‘¤–Ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘½‚‚Ì‘¤–Ê‚©‚ç�Ø‹’‚ð’ñަ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
14. Such a critical evaluation itself could be
enough to dispel any wrong views. It is like lifting of a fog and being
able to see clearly. When the mind becomes pure, one does not need �gevidence
from science�h to confirm the worldview of the Buddha.
14.‚±‚̂悤‚Ȕᔻ“I‚È•]‰¿Ž©‘Ì‚Í�AŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ð•¥�@‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B–¶‚ª•‚‚«�オ‚Á‚Ä‚‚Á‚«‚茩‚¦‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B�S‚ª�´‚‚È‚é‚Æ‚«�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�u‰ÈŠw‚©‚ç‚Ì�Ø‹’�v‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sammā �@Diṭṭhi‚Ìlōkuttaraƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�i‚ ‚é’ö“xTilakkhana‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�j‚ƑΉž‚·‚锪�³“¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASeeking Nibbāna‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�ABuddha Dhamma – In a Chart‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚ÅŽQ�Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
May 6, 2017; September 24, 2019
1. There are two Eightfold
Paths: mundane and Noble. See, �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty).�g
Once one comprehends Tilakkhanana to some extent, one
becomes a Sōtapanna. Subsequently
one can attain higher stages of Nibbāna.
1. 2‚‚̔ª�³“¹‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•�’Ê‚Æ�¹‚È‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B �uMaha
Chattarisaka Sutta�iƒOƒŒ�[ƒgƒtƒH�[ƒeƒB�[‚Ì’k˜b�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚Ü‚¸�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B
‚»‚¤‚µ‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A�S‚Í�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A31—̈悩‚ç‚Ȃ邱‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚·‚Ȃ킿Tilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŽO‘Š‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�ANibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
2. But there are many people
today who have at least some of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi and
believe that they are on the Noble
Path. But it is clear from above
that some may not even be on the mundane Path.
In this post, we focus on
the para
lōka and gandhabba because
many Theravadins incorrectly
assume that gandhabba is a Mahayaṃa concept.
2.‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¡“ú‚Å‚Í�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚É�A”ނ炪�¹‚Ȃ铹‚É‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚ª‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�ã‹L‚©‚ç–¾‚ç‚©‚Ȃ悤‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì’†‚ɂ͂¢‚Ü‚¾•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā
diṭṭhi‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚ª‚»‚¤‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邯ީ•ª‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚¾‚¯‚łȂ‚È‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŠeŽ©‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠm�M‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŠm�M‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚éƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�Apara lōka‚Ægandhabba‚É�Å“_‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‘½‚‚Ì�¬�æ•§‹³“k‚Ígandhabba‚ª‘å�æ•§‹³‚ÌŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚邯Œë‚Á‚Ä‘z’肵‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ł·�B
3. The 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi are listed in
many suttā, including the Maha Cattarisaka Sutta and Pathama Niraya Sagga Sutta (Anguttara Nikaya: AN
10.211): �gNatthi dinnaṃ,
natthi yiṭṭhaṃ,
natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko,
natthi ayaṃ loko, natthi parō lōkō, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañca lōkaṃ parañca lōkaṃ
sayaṃ
abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī�fti�g.
Translated, the wrong views are:
there are no Samana
brahmana (basically Ariyā or yogis)
with abhiññā powers
who can see both this world (imanca lōkam) and para lōka (paranca lokam) .
3. Maha Cattarisaka Sutta‚âPathama Niraya Sagga Sutta (Anguttara Nikaya: AN
10.211)‚É‚ ‚é10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā
diṭṭhi ‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ìsutta‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–|–ó�A
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
‚P—^‚¦‚邱‚Æ�idāna�j‚ɂ̓�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢
‚Q�i�l‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂµ‚½‚±‚Æ‚É�jŠ´ŽÓ‚µ�A—D‚µ‚‘Ήž‚·‚邱‚ƂɃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢
‚R‚æ‚è�‚‚¢”ü“¿‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚Ö‚ÌŒhˆÓ‚Æ‹Ÿ•¨‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂɃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢
‚S�l�¶‚ÅŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŠy‚µ‚ñ‚¾‚è‹ê‚µ‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�Akammavipāka‚É‚æ‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�u‚½‚¾‹N‚±‚é�v‚¾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚é
‚T‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢
‚Upara
lōka ‚‚܂è gandhabba‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢
‚V•ê�e‚Ù‚Ç“Á•Ê‚È�l‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢
‚W•ƒ�e‚Ù‚Ç“Á•Ê‚È�l‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢
‚Xōpapātika�i�uŠÔ“I�j�o�¶‚͂Ȃ¢
10‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�iimancalōkam�j‚Æparalōka�iparanca lokam�j‚Ì—¼•û‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éabhiññā—Í‚ðŽ�‚ÂSamana
brahmana�iŠî–{“I‚É‚ÍAriyā‚Ü‚½‚Íyogis�j‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢
4. I have highlighted
three types of micchā diṭṭhi that
are common. They are somewhat inter-related. but the one about the gandhabba is a common micchā diṭṭhi. Even
those who believe themselves to be �gdevout Buddhists�h seem to have that wrong view.
They believe that the Buddha did not teach about gandhabba or
the para
lōka.
Also see, �gAntarabhava and gandhabba�g
4.Ž„‚͈ê”Ê“I‚È3Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚¢‚‚Ô‚ñ‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Agandhabba‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì1‚‚Í�Aˆê”Ê“I‚Èmicchā diṭṭhi‚Å‚·�BŽ©•ª‚ð�u�M�S�[‚¢•§‹³“k�v‚Å‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚é�l�X‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ªgandhabba ‚·‚Ȃ킿 para lōka‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹³‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
KhuddakaNikāya�iKN�j‚ÌPetavatthu‚ÉTirokuṭṭa petavatthu‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͉pŒê‚É–|–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�i‚ ‚Ü‚è—Ç‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�j�ATirokudda Kanda: Hungry Shades
Outside the Walls‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Antarabhava and gandhabba‚àŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
5. In many suttā, including Mahāsaccaka Sutta and Bodhirājakumāra Sutta the
Buddha described how he saw human gandhabbā moving
from one physical body to the next (in a single human bhava)
with the Pubbenivāsānussati Ñāna on the night he attained the Buddhahood.
By the way, hereafter I will try
to provide sutta references at the SuttaCentral site. They have not only the Pāli version, but also translations in different
languages. However,
it must be kept in mind that some translations are incorrect, as mentioned
above and also with the translations of anicca and anatta.
5. Mahāsaccaka Sutta‚ÆBodhirājakumāra Sutta‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚‚Ìsuttā‚Å�AŽß‘¸‚Í�A”Þ‚ªƒuƒbƒ_‚ÉŽŠ‚Á‚½–é‚É�APubbenivāsānussati
Ñāna‚Å�lŠÔ‚̃Kƒ“ƒ_ƒbƒo�[‚ª1‚‚Ì�g‘Ì‚©‚玟‚Ì�g‘Ì‚É�iˆê‚‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�jˆÚ“®‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚±‚Æ‚ð�à‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Ariyā‚Íjhānās‚Å�APubbenivāsānussati
Ñāna�i‘O‰ñ‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̒a�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’qŒd�j‚ÆCutūpapāda Ñāna�i‚·‚ׂĂ̗̈æ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‰ß‹Ž‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä’qŒd�j‚Ì—¼•û‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‘¼‚Ìyogis ‚͂قƂñ‚Ç�Å�‰‚Ì1‚‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ“¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A”Þ‚ç‚͈ȑO‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚µ‚©Œ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�ÅŒã‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi�A‚Í‚»‚̂悤‚ÈAriyā‚⃈ƒM‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚Æ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�ã‹L‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚Ìsutta‚Å‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚Å‚·‚ª�A‰pŒê‚ƃVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�³‚µ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BPubbenivāsānussati
Ñāna‚ÆCutūpapāda Ñāna‚ª‹æ•Ê‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B�Å�‰‚ÌÑāna‚ł͈ȑO‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì’a�¶‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A2”Ô–Ú‚ÌÑāna‚Å‚Í31—̈悷‚ׂĂňȑO‚Ì’a�¶‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A�¡Œã‚ÍSuttaCentralƒTƒCƒg‚ÅsuttaƒŠƒtƒ@ƒŒƒ“ƒX‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚̓p�[ƒŠ”Å‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�AˆÙ‚Ȃ錾Œê‚Ì–|–ó‚àŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‘O�q‚̂悤‚É�Aanicca‚Æanatta‚Ì–|–ó‚Í�Aˆê•”‚ª�³‚µ‚‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
6. We also need to realize
that para
lōka or the world of gandhabba (of both humans and animals) is
NOT a separate realm.
Thus, contrary to the widespread
belief, gandhabba is not an �gantarābhava�h (in between bhava;
�gantara�h means �gin-between�h), but rather is in
the same bhava. The
confusion arises with not knowing the difference between bhava and jāti.
6.‚Ü‚½�Apara lōka ‚·‚Ȃ킿gandhabba‚Ì�¢ŠE�i�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚Ì—¼•û�j‚Å‚Í2‚‚ª•ʂ̗̈æ‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‘¼‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ29‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚Í�uŽž�iōpapātika�j‚ÉŠ®‘S‚ÉŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚é‚̂ɑ΂µ‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚ÌƒŠƒXƒg‚Ì9”Ô–Ú‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ƃ͈قȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�uŠÔ“I‚È�o�¶‚ɂ͕ê�e‚ÌŽq‹{‚ÍŠÖŒW‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B1‚‚Ìbhava‚Í1‚‚Ìjāti �i�o�¶�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Adeva ‚â Brahma‚Í�uŠÔ‚Ɉê“x‚¾‚¯�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ĉê“x‚¾‚¯Ž€‚ɂ܂·�B
�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–§“x‚Ì�‚‚¢“÷‘Ì‚Í�A2‚‚Ìbhava‚Ì‚½‚߂ɃJƒ~ƒbƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É’Z‚¢Žõ–½‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B�@�@
Gandhabba – Only in Human and
Animal Realms‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í“®•¨‚ªŽ€‚ʂƂ«�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í“®•¨‚Ìbhava‚ÉŽc—]‚̃Jƒ~ƒbƒNƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�Agandhabba‚ÍŽ€‘Ì‚©‚ç�o‚Ä‚«‚Ä�A“¯‚¶bhava�i“¯‚¶—̈æ�j‚Å“]�¶‚·‚é‚̂ɓK�؂Ȏq‹{‚ð‘Ò‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�L‚�M‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂƂ͋t‚É�Agandhabba‚Í�uantarābhava�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�ibhava
‚ÌŠÔ�Bantarā‚Í�u’†ŠÔ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�A‚Þ‚µ‚듯‚¶bhava‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bbhava ‚Æ jāti‚̈Ⴂ‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ�¬—�‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
7. Until they find a suitable
womb, those gandhabba are in �gpara lōka�h or the netherworld, which co-exists with
our world (but normally we cannot see those fine bodies of gandhabbā).
The difference between bhava and jāti is explained in, �gBhava and Jāti – States of
Existence and Births Therein�g.
7.“K�؂Ȏq‹{‚ªŒ©‚Âkamma‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìgandhabba‚Í�upara lōka�v‚·‚Ȃ킿’n�–‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Æ‹¤‘¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�A’Ê�í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìgandhabba‚Ì”÷�ׂȑ̂͌©‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚͕ʂ̑¶�Ý�ideva, Brahma, preta�A“®•¨‚È‚Ç�j‚É�Ø‚è‘Ö‚í‚é‘O‚ɉ½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪ�A“]�¶ƒXƒg�[ƒŠ�[‚ªˆê”Ê“I‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸‚ª�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A‚»�u�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava�v‚𓾂é‚Ì‚ª”ñ�í‚ɓ‚¢‚̂͂ł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Aˆê“x�A�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava‚É“ü‚邯�A�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚ĉ½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
How the Buddha Described the Chance
of Rebirth in the Human Realm ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
bhava‚Æjāti‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍBhava and Jāti – States of
Existence and Births Therein
8. So, I hope
one can understand the fact that one still has micchā diṭṭhi if one
adamantly rejects the concept of gandhabba or the
concept of opapatika births.
The Buddha discussed this
clearly in the �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty)�g.
8.‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�Agandhabba‚ÌŠT”O‚âopapatika‚Ì’a�¶‚ÌŠT”O‚ð’fŒÅ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹‘�â‚·‚邯�A‚Ü‚¾micchā diṭṭhi‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½‚¾‚¯‚ê‚Î�K‚¢‚Å‚·�B
10‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©1‚‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚³‚¦‚Ü‚¾•à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Buddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h
‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚ÅŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é �gWhat is Unique in Buddha Dhamma?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Žß‘¸‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð�uMaha Chattarisaka Sutta�i‘åŽl�\‚Ì’k˜b�j�v‚ł͂Á‚«‚è‚Æ˜_‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
9. In order to get to the Sōtapanna stage, the first step is to
make sure that one learns Dhamma and clear up any
remaining doubts about those ten types of micchā diṭṭhi.
Then, by following the Noble
Eightfold Path one reaches the higher stages of Nibbāna,
culminating at the Arahant stage.
9.Sōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A Dhamma ‚ðŠw‚Ñ�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‹^–â‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B
10Ží‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Æ�Aˆê”Ê“I‚È”ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢Dhamma ‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é’iŠK‚Ü‚Å�A�S‚Í�´‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“Á‚É�AŽ©‘R‚Ì3‚‚̓Á’¥�iƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒJ�[ƒi�j�Fanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�B‚±‚ê‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢micchādiṭṭhi‚Å�AMaha Cattarisaka Sutta‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é2”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Å‚·�B
ŽO‘Š‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ANibbāna‚ÌSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŽž�ALokottara �i�¹‚È‚é�j”ª�³“¹‚É‚½‚ǂ蒅‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚É�A�¹”ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Æ‚Å�ANibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Å�Å�‚’ª‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
10. The Path
to Nibbāna has
been covered for hundreds of years due to fact that the above steps have not
been clear. Furthermore, the meanings of those
keywords, anicca, dukkha,
anatta has been distorted.
The key problem arose when they
ASSUMED that Sanskrit words �ganitya�h and �ganātma�h
are the same as the Pāli words �ganicca�h
and �ganatta�g. The Sanskrit
words �ganitya�h and �ganātma�h do mean �gimpermanent�f and �gno-self�h, but the
Pāli words �ganicca�h and �ganatta�h have
totally different meanings. See, �gMisinterpretation of Anicca and
Anatta by Early European Scholars.�h
10.�ã‹L‚ÌŽè�‡‚ª–¾Šm‚ł͂Ȃ©‚Á‚½‚½‚ß�ANibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚͉½•S”N‚à‚ÌŠÔƒJƒo�[‚³‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚³‚ç‚É�AƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª˜c‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚ä‚Á‚‚è‚Æ‚µ‚½•§–@‚Ì—ò‰»‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�A–ñ1500”NˆÈ�ã‚ɂ킽‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒˆ�[ƒ�ƒbƒp�l‚ªŒÃ‘ã‚̃Tƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒg‚ƃp�[ƒŠ‚Ì•¶�‘‚𔌩‚µ‚½1800”N‘ãŒã”¼‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚æ‚葽‚‚̃_ƒ��[ƒW‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
”Þ‚ç‚Í�Å�‰‚ɃCƒ“ƒh‚ŃTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚̃qƒ“ƒhƒD�[ƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_•¶Šw‚𔌩‚µ�i•§‹³‚Í‚»‚ê‚æ‚肸‚Á‚Æ‘O‚ɃCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽp‚ð�Á‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½�j�AŒã‚ɃXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ�Aƒrƒ‹ƒ}�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚̃AƒWƒA�”�‘‚ÅPāli Tipiṭaka‚É�o‚‚킵‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�d—v‚È–â‘è‚Í�AƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Ì�uanitya�v‚Æ�uanātma�v‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�uanicca�v‚Æ�uanatta�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚邯‘z’肵‚½‚Æ‚«‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê‚Ì�uanitya�v‚Æ�uanātma�v‚Í�u–³ŠúŒÀ�v‚Æ�u–³‰ä�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�uanicca�v‚Æ�uanatta�v‚͂܂Á‚½‚ˆÙ‚È‚éˆÓ–¡‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�gMisinterpretation of Anicca and
Anatta by Early European Scholars‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
11. That historical background
is fully explained in many posts at the �gHistorical Background�h section. But at least
read the posts starting with �gIncorrect Theravada Interpretations
– Historical Timeline�g.
The correct meanings of anicca, dukkha, anatta have been
discussed in the section, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta�g.
11.‚»‚Ì—ðŽj“I”wŒi‚Í�AHistorical Background‚Ì‘½‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àIncorrect Theravada Interpretations
– Historical Timeline‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
12. As for the instantaneous
births, instances of such ōpapātika births
occur in many suttā. For example, in
the Maha Parinibbana Sutta, the Buddha told Ven.
Ananda about ōpapātika births of
many people who died in a certain village: �g..Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ
orambhāgiyānaṃ
saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā
opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā..�h
However, please keep in mind
that those SuttaCentral translations also can have
errors (as is the case at most online sites as well as books), as I pointed out
in #5 above.
12.�@�uŠÔ“I�o�¶‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�u ōpapātika �v�o�¶‚ÌŽ–—á‚Í‘½‚‚Ìsutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AMaha Parinibbana Sutta‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚̓A�[ƒiƒ“ƒ_‘¸ŽÒ‚É‚ ‚鑺‚Å–S‚‚È‚Á‚½‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Ì ōpapātika ‚Ì�o�¶‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒê‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�g..Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ
orambhāgiyānaṃ
saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā
opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā..�h
‚·‚Å‚É�q‚ׂ½‚悤‚É�A–|–ó‚Ísutta‚Ì�ã‹L‚ÌSuttaCentralƒŠƒ“ƒN‚Å•¡�”‚ÌŒ¾Œê‚Å—˜—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�ã‹L‚͉pŒê‚Å�u�cNandā“ò‘m, Ānanda‚ª5‚‚̉º‚Ì‘©”›‚ÌŠ®‘S‚É”j‰ó‚µ‚ÄBrahma‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÅŽ©‘R”�¶“I‚É”�¶‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�¢ŠE‚©‚ç–߂邱‚ƂȂ‚»‚±‚Å�Å�I‰ð•ú‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v
‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌSuttaCentral‚Ì–|–ó‚Å‚àƒGƒ‰�[‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̃Iƒ“ƒ‰ƒCƒ“ƒTƒCƒg‚â�‘�ЂÌ�ê�‡‚Æ“¯—l�j�B
13.
Finally, there may be people who attain magga phala but had never even heard about gandhabba in this life. If one comprehends
the Tilakkhana, that is all
needed.
The only way to get rid of
such micchā diṭṭhi is
to examine those concepts and convince oneself that those must be true.
13.�ÅŒã‚É�Amagga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚ª�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ågandhabba‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦‚È‚©‚Á‚½�l�X‚ª‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚̂悤‚È�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚Ígandhabba‚ÌŠT”O‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B’N‚©‚ª”Þ‚ç‚É‚»‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚ꂪ�^ŽÀ‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚é‚Ì‚Å�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚ê‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�à–¾‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä�uƒiƒ“ƒZƒ“ƒX�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹‘�₵‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Ímicchā diṭṭhi‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Agandhabba�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñpara lōka�j‚ÌŠT”O�A�uŠÔ“I‚È’a�¶�A‘¼‚̗̈æ‚Ì‘¶�Ý�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚̂悤‚ȗ̈悾‚¯‚łȂpara lōka‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éAriyā ‚Ü‚½‚Í yogis‚Ì‘¶�݂ł·�B
‚»‚̂悤‚Èmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠT”O‚𒲂ׂÄ�A‚»‚ê‚炪�^ŽÀ‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ©•ª‚É”[“¾‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
14. In that process, it is also
necessary that one lives a moral life staying away from dasa akusala as
much as possible, as explained in the �gLiving Dhamma�h section. It is important for
anyone to experience the mental clarity (and the �gpeace of mind�h or �gniveema�g) that comes with staying away
from dasa akusala.
14.‚»‚̉ߒö‚Å�A�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�Adasa
akusala‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯—£‚ê‚Ä“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Æ‚à•K—v‚Å‚·�Bdasa akusala‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɔº‚¤ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‚È–¾‰õ‚³�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�u�S‚̈À‚炬�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�univeema�v�j‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͒N‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A�Å‹‚Ìdasa akusala‚Í�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚¾‚¯‚łȂŽO‘Š‚É‘Î‚·‚é–³’m‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ�ASōtapanna‚ª—¼•û‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‰˜‚ê‚Ì99�“ˆÈ�ã‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�BWhat is the only Akusala Removed by
a Sōtapanna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
micchādiāhi‚Ì‚P”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”3‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½10Ží—ނ̃^ƒCƒv‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�AŒ´ˆö‚È‚µ‚ł͉½‚à‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢�A‚Ü‚½�Aˆ«‚¢Œ´ˆö�idasa akusala�j‚͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚ȂǂÌ�M”O‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B2”Ԗڂ̃^ƒCƒv‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚‚܂è�A–ž‘«‚·‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚é�ianicca�j�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂ɋꂵ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é�idukkha�j�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í–{“–‚É–³—͂ł ‚邱‚Ƃł·�ianatta�j�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘S‘Ì�}‚ð�M‚¶‚é‚܂łÍ�AŽO‘Š‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A31—Ìˆæ‚Æ“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñpara
lōka‚Ægandhabbā‚ÌŠT”O‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
The top 11 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of
Buddhist meditation. The rest of the posts in this section are on possible
meditation subjects and can be used to clarify unresolved questions, and to
gain samādhi. The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least
initially.
Revised August 5,
2017; September 19, 2018 (added #10 and updated links to more recent posts).
‚Í‚¶‚ß‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A•§‹³‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ÌŠî‘b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�l‚¦‚ç‚ê‚éáÒ‘z‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł ‚è�A–¢‰ðŒˆ‚ÌŽ¿–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邽‚߂Ɏg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å�‰‚Ì11Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚ŃtƒHƒ��[‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. There are many ways to get
to magga phala. What I have followed is Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā and metta
bhāvanā. As explained in the
previous post, I first did a crude version of the Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā for a few years without even
realizing that it was effectively a Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā.
Of course, there are many paths
to Nibbāna (and to
the Sōtapanna stage), and
this is the one I took (almost inadvertently). Still, it is
critical to realize that attaining the Sōtapanna stage
ONLY REQUIRES removing wrong world views or diṭṭhi, i.e., getting
rid of ditthāsava. But
this may not be an easy step, because one needs to realize the anicca nature of this world.
1. magga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚ɂ͑½‚‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ªƒtƒHƒ��[‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�ABojjhaṅga bhāvan₯metta bhāvanā‚Å‚·�B‘O‰ñ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽ„‚Í�””N‘O‚©‚çBojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚ÌŠT‚˂ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�ì�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Œ»�Ý�AŽ„‚Í�À‚Á‚Äbojjanga bhāvanā/Ariya
metta bhāvanā‚ÌáÒ‘z‚ð‚µ�A‘¼‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚Éānāpānasati (‚¨‚æ‚Ñsatipatthāna)‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•úŠü‚·‚ׂ«Žv�l�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�s“®‚ð—}ˆ³‚µ�A�@‚»‚Ì‹t‚ðˆç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚܂łÍ�A‚»‚ꂪ�Kе‚ƂȂè�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É“K“–‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚à‚Ì‚ª‚â‚Á‚Ä‚«‚½‚Æ‚«‚É‚à�A‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚æ‚�‘‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A—Ç‚¢�Kе(gati)‚ðˆç‚Þ‚Ì‚ª�i•à‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B
Ānāpānasati�i‚¨‚æ‚ÑSatipaṭṭhāna�j‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð—{‚¤‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Agati ‚Æāsavā‚ð•Ï�X‚µ‚Ü‚·�BKey to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character
(Gati)‚¨‚æ‚ÑIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚Í�ABojjhaṅga dhamma‚ðˆç�¬‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�A�S‚ªsamādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚Ü‚·�B Saptha Bojjhaṅga�i7‚‚̗v‘f�j‚Í37
Factors of Enlightenment‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BˆÈ‰º‚ÉŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�¿‚è‚ÌáÒ‘z‚Ì•”•ª‚ÍAriya mettabhāvanā‚Å‚·�BAriya Metta Bhavana (Loving Kindness Meditation)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚̃‹�[ƒ`ƒ“‚ÍŽ„‚ɂ͂¤‚Ü‚‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ANibbāna�i‚¨‚æ‚ÑSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�j‚Ö‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì“¹‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ª�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚lj½‹C‚È‚�jŽæ‚Á‚½“¹‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚âdiṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ݂̂ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�Aditthāsava‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŠÈ’P‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
2. The key here is that during
the Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā, one only does �gāna�h or �gtaking in good things�h; see, �gWhat is
Änapāna?�g. However, �gpāna�h or
�gremoving the bad�h happens automatically via wisdom gained, i.e., via
enhanced vision or sammā diṭṭhi.
One�fs mind is automatically focused on thinking about a Dhamma concept, and
once one gets some traction, the mind will get �glatched on to it�h.
This habit of contemplating on
dhamma concepts naturally got established as cultivating dhamma vicaya in Saptha Bojjhaṅga
bhāvanā once I met my teacher Thero.
2.‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�ABojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚ÌŠÔ�A�u�gāna�v‚‚܂è�u—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ�v‚݂̂ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BWhat is
Änapāna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A�upāna�v‚‚܂è�uˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�A“¾‚ç‚ꂽ’qŒd�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‹‰»‚³‚ꂽƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚ésammā diṭṭhi‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŽ©“®“I‚Ƀ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚É�W’†‚µ�A‚ЂƂ½‚щ½‚ç‚©‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚ð’Í‚ñ‚Å—£‚³‚È‚‚È‚é�v‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�‰Šú‚Ì� �AŽ„‚ªƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦Žn‚ß‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽ„‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚ɃTƒ}�[ƒfƒB�[�ijhāna‚ł͂Ȃ�j‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ÌŽž�AŽ„‚àŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚ðŽŽ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
ƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n�l‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ì�Kе‚Í�A‹³Žt‚ÌThero‚É�o‰ï‚¢Saptha Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā ‚Ådhamma vicaya ‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŽ©‘R‚ÉŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
3. I was able to make real
progress only after learning the true meanings of anicca, dukkha,
anatta; see, �g10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage
via Removing Ditthasava�g.
Waharaka Thero has explained how to
systematically cultivate the seven Bojjhaṅga dhamma:
it involves first establishing sati (moral mindfulness)
based on those correct interpretations of anicca, dukkha,
anatta; see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta�g,
and the follow-up posts.
3. anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠw‚ñ‚Å�‰‚ß‚Ä�A–{“–‚Ì�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage
via Removing Ditthasava
Waharaka Thero‚Í�A7‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga dhamma‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚Ɉç�¬‚·‚é•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�AƒTƒeƒB�iƒ‚ƒ‰ƒ‹ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
4. The seven Bojjhaṅga Dhamma are sati (mindfulness), dhamma vicaya (investigation of dhamma concepts),viriya (effort),piti (joy), passaddhi (tranquility), samādhi (one-pointedness),
and upekkha (equanimity).
I will have a post on this later, but I have discussed most of these terms in
other posts.
Even though one may be enjoying
life right now, one knows that it will be of negligible duration compared
to the (or samsāric) time scale. This
is the theme of this website, and there are many posts that one can read.
4. 7‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga‚Í�Asati�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j�Adhamma vicaya�iƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŠT”O‚Ì’²�¸�j�Aviriya�i“w—Í�j�Apiti�iŠì‚Ñ�j�Apassaddhi�i�¯‚³�j�Asamādhi�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚É�i‚é—Í�j�A‚»‚µ‚Äupekkha�iˆÀ‚ç‚©�j�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͌ã‚Řb‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚̂قƂñ‚ǂɂ‚¢‚Ă͑¼‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
sati‚Ƃ͉½‚©‚ð‚à‚¤ˆê“x–¾Šm‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�Asati‚ð�u�W’†�v‚Ü‚½‚Í’P‚É�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�v‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂾ‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÉŠî‚Â�S‚̘g‘g‚Ý‚Å�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B31—̈æ‚ðŽ�‚ÂŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚Æ�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª’·Šú‚ÅŒ©‚邯‹ê‚µ‚݂ɓ±‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
�¡‚Í�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A saṃsāric‚̃^ƒCƒ€ƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚Æ”äŠr‚·‚邯�A‚»‚Ì‘¶‘±ŠúŠÔ‚Í‚²‚‚킸‚©‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ‚±‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚̃e�[ƒ}‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚±‚Ì‚±‚Ƃ𑽂‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚œǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
5. During the whole time of the Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā, sati must be there; that frame of mind must be there. Dhamma vicaya is a critical evaluation of a given
dhamma concept. One can choose a topic or two for a given session and then
contemplate on it. One could do this not only in a formal way,
but also just while reading a web post or a book on the subject. Each
individual is different, so one needs to figure out which is more
suitable.
When one comprehends a given
concept, that leads to the cultivation of the piti (pronounced
�gpeethi�h or �gpreethi�h in
Sinhala) sabbojjanga. This is part
of nirāmisa sukha that I have talked about; one starts
feeling happiness or a �glightness�h making the mind serene. I am sure at least
some of you have experienced this while reading posts. This gives one
confidence that one is on the right path, and thus one will be motivated to
make more effort, i.e., it cultivates the viriya sabbojjanga.
5�@Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚Ì‘SŠúŠÔ’†�Asati‚ª‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̘g‘g‚Ý‚ª‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Dhamma vicaya‚Æ‚Í�A—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽdhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð‘å�؂ɕ]‰¿‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BáÒ‘z‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å1‚‚܂½‚Í2‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð‘I‘ð‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ð�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�s‚¤‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�AWeb‚â–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚«‚É‚à�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŒÂ�l‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪˆÙ‚Ȃ邽‚ß�A‚Ç‚¿‚炪‚æ‚è“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŽ©•ª‚Ì�l�¶ŒoŒ±‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚½‚è�A‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì–Ú‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚à‚̂ƔäŠr‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aanicca‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚É‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃rƒfƒIƒNƒŠƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚è�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂ðŠÜ‚ß�A’·Šú“I‚É–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à’N‚à‚»‚¤‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ‹Šo“I‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚µ�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚½‚è�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȓK—p‚ɂ‚¢‚ĂȂÇ�n�l‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚ ‚éŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ꂪ piti sabbojjanga�iŠì‚т̎µŠoŽx�j‚̈ç‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ª˜b‚µ‚½nirāmisa sukha‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�K‚¹�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�S‚ð‰¸‚â‚©‚É‚·‚é�uŒy‚³�v‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂܂·�B�‚È‚‚Æ‚àŠF‚³‚ñ‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì•¶�Í‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚éŠÔ‚É‚±‚ê‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚ª�³‚µ‚¢•ûŒü‚É�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm�M‚Å‚«‚邽‚ß�A‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì“w—Í‚ð‚µ‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ—~‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂肱‚ꂪviriya sabbojjanga‚̈ç�¬‚Å‚·�B
6. Thus dhamma vicaya, piti,
and viriya sabbojjanga are cultivated together (of
course sati must be there too). At some point though, the
mind and especially the body (head) may get tired. If one is making a lot of
progress, one may start to experience some pressures in the head or body; not
headaches, but just pressure. Some feel like �gants crawling in the head�h; the
brain and the body (including the nervous system) are adjusting and there is
nothing bad about this.
6.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Adhamma vicaya�Apiti�Aviriya sabbojjanga‚͈ê��‚Ɉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�i‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Asati‚à‚»‚±‚É‚ ‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�j�B‚µ‚©‚µ‚ ‚鎞“_‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Æ“Á‚É‘Ì�i“ª�j‚ª”æ‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�i•à‚ª�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯�A“ª‚â‘̂Ɉ³—Í‚ª‚©‚©‚èŽn‚߂܂·�B‚»‚ê‚Í“ª’ɂł͂Ȃ�A‚½‚¾‚̃vƒŒƒbƒVƒƒ�[‚Å‚·�B
�u“ª‚Ì’†‚𔇂¤‹a�v‚̂悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”]‚Æ‘Ì�i�_ŒoŒn‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�‡‰ž‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚àˆ«‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„Œ©�@‚¾‚ª‘T•a‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å�AˆÓޝ—͂ŋC‚ª“ª•”‚É—‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½�󋵂Ȃ̂Å�AŽûŒ÷‚ðŠ©‚ß‚½‚¢�B
When the body and the mind calm
down enough and when one feels relaxed, one should go back to cultivating the
previous three sabbojjanga, i.e., start on
the contemplation process of dhamma vicaya.
‚±‚ꂪ‹N‚±‚邯‚«�A�l‚Í�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŒø‰Ê“I‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‘Ì�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚¾‚¯‚Å‚È‚Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì‘Ì‚à‰˜�õ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�Amanomaya kyaya‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä�_ŒoŒn‚ª˜c‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŠ´‚¶‚é�uƒvƒŒƒbƒVƒƒ�[�v‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A�_ŒoŒn‚ª“K�Ø‚È�ê�Š‚É�u‚Ë‚¶‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉e‹¿‚Í�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�Å�¬ŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚̉˜‚ê‚Ì”R�Ä‚Í�A“K�؂Ȍċz�iānāpāna‚ł͂Ȃ�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”r�o‚³‚ê‚Ä�ò‰»‚·‚é•K—v�«‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚̂悤‚É�AŒÄ‹z‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä‚é‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘Ì“à‚É‚ ‚Á‚½æÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚̉˜‚ê‚Å‚ ‚é“Á’è‚Ì�uutuja rupa�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�AáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚µ�A�g‘Ì‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ§‚ð‹z‚Á‚Ä“f‚«‚Í‚¶‚߂܂·�BŽž�X�A‘ÌŽ©‘Ì‚ª’·‚¢‘§‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂŎ©“®“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�S�g‚Æ‚à‚ɈÀ�ÂɂȂè�A‚¾‚ñ‚¾‚ñ‚ƃTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ɋ߂«‚Ü‚·�B�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚ÌŒy‚³�ipassaddhi�j‚Æ�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�¶‚¶‚énirāmisa sukha�isamādhi‚©‚ç‚Ì�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bupekkha�iˆÀ‚ç‚©‚³�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚ª�\•ª‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚«�AƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Í�A‘O‚Ì3‚‚Ìsabbojjanga‚̈ç‚݂ɖ߂é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A dhamma vicaya‚ÌáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B
7. Thus one should go back and
forth between the two routines with three sabbojjanga each.
The sati
sabbojjanga must be there all the
time. This is called the two-step cultivation of Bojjhaṅga dhamma.
Also, this bojjanga bhāvanā cannot
be done in isolation. One needs to do anapana at
all times to get rid of bad habits and to cultivate good habits; cultivating
this process itself is a good habit too. Once one gains some traction and sees
some benefits, one will become motivated.
7.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A2‚‚̃‹�[ƒ`ƒ“ŠÔ‚ð‚»‚ê‚¼‚ê3‚‚Ìsabbojjanga‚Å�s‚«—ˆ‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B sati sabbojjanga‚Í�í‚É‚»‚±‚É‚¢‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍBojjhaṅga dhamma‚Ì“ñ’iŠKˆç�¬‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�A‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÆŽè‚ʼn˜‚ꂽ•z‚ð�ô‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð”äŠr‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‰˜‚ê‚ð�o‚·‚½‚ß‚É�A�ÎŒ²‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä•z‚ð�i‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ð‚«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚É�Z‚µ‚Ä�A�o‚Ä‚«‚½‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‰˜‚ꂪ‚Ђǂ¢�ê�‡‚Í�A�Ä“x�ÎŒ²‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�A�Ä“x�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚ׂẲ˜‚ꂪ‚È‚‚È‚è�A•z‚ª‚«‚ê‚¢‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�A‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒJ‚è•Ô‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A’�ˆÓ�[‚‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�FŠæŒÅ‚ȉ˜‚ꂪ1‚©�Š‚ÉŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̃Xƒ|ƒbƒg‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɕʂ̉»Šw•¨Ž¿‚ðŽg‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚‚܂è�A“K�؂ȕû–@�Fasubha bhāvanā‚ðŽg‚Á‚ÄŠ´Šo‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�Ameta bhāvanā‚Í‘žˆ«‚Ì�l‚¦‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�Adhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚Ímicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�j�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�Ăт«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚Å�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‘S‘Ì‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä’�ˆÓ�isati�j‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
“¯—l‚É�Asati‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä2‚‚̃‹�[ƒ`ƒ“ŠÔ‚ð�s‚«—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bmagga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ɂ©‚©‚鎞ŠÔ‚ÍŒÂ�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĈقȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Ariya jhānās‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã‚ɂ̂ݎ擾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A‚±‚Ìbojjanga bhāvanā‚ð’P“ƂŎÀ�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ðˆç‚Ä‚é‚É‚Í�A�í‚Éanapana‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚à—Ç‚¢�Kе‚Å‚·�B‚ ‚é’ö“x‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—͂𓾂Ä�A‚¢‚‚ç‚©‚Ì—˜‰v‚ð“¾‚é‚Æ�A�l‚Í‚â‚é‹C‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
8. Initially one should focus
on anicca, dukkha, anatta as
the dhamma
vicaya subject. Then once some
understanding is gained, one�fs mind attains certain overall cleanliness. After
that, like using different kinds of chemicals to get rid of coffee stains or a
tar stain, one needs to choose different types of topics (or even meditation
techniques) to broaden the understanding/to remove a certain obstacle. Buddha
Dhamma is all about cleansing the mind via wisdom, via understanding the true
nature of this world.
Thus contemplating on anicca, dukkha, anatta is a key
topic for dhamma vicaya. I still do it
every day, at least for a short time. It is said that one really
understands anicca nature
of this world only at the Arahant stage.
8.�Å�‰‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ðdhamma
vicaya‚ÌŽå‘è‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�S‚Í‘S‘Ì“I‚È�´Œ‰‚³‚𓾂܂·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AƒR�[ƒq�[‚Ì�õ‚Ý‚âƒ^�[ƒ‹‚Ì�õ‚݂𑽎í‚̉»Šw•¨Ž¿‚ðŽg‚Á‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚悤‚É�A—�‰ð‚ð�L‚°“Á’è‚Ì�áŠQ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚ß‚É�A‘½Ží‚ÌŽv�l�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍáÒ‘zŽè–@�j‚ð‘I‘ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B•§–@‚Í‚·‚ׂñ‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿‚Ì—�‰ð‚Æ’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚Ü‚½�A“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚̈ꕔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä metta bhāvanā ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͖{“–‚É–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Í“K�Ø‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�ê�‡�i‚‚܂è�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�j�A metta bhāvanā‚ªAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯�q‚ׂ܂µ‚½�B5. Ariya Metta Bhavana (Loving
Kindness Meditation)
‘½‚‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Íasubha anussati‚ðŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�扄‚΂µ‚ɂȂègati‚È�ê�‡‚Í�A�umaranānussati�v‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AŒã‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�‰‚É�A‚»‚ê‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ă邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B“¯Žž‚É�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v�A‚‚܂è“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�A31—̈æ‚ȂǂÌ�l‚¦‚𓾂Ä�AŽŸ‚É�Akamma�Asaṅkhāra�APaṭicca samuppāda‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é‚̂͗ǂ¢‚©‚à‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂăpƒYƒ‹‚̃s�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚Í‹C‚ª‰“‚‚Ȃ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘å‚«‚ȃs�[ƒX‚Ì”z’u‚ªŒˆ‚܂邯�¬‚³‚ȃs�[ƒX‚ª‚Ç‚±‚ÉŽû‚܂邩‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢ƒAƒCƒfƒA‚𓾎n‚߂܂·�BAnicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ª�Å‘å‚̃s�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ídhamma vicaya‚Ì�d—v‚ȃe�[ƒ}‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚Í–ˆ“ú�‚È‚‚Æ‚à’ZŽžŠÔ‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚µ‚©—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
9. The Sōtapanna stage
(magga/phala)
is attained in two consecutive citta,
and it is not noticeable at that time. One realizes that with time, mainly by
realizing that one�fs outlook on life has changed. In particular, the tendency
to socialize is likely to be reduced, but there may be exceptions; one realizes
how important it is to spend the remaining little time in this life on making
spiritual progress and to enhance the �gcooling down�h.
9.SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�imagga / phala�j‚Í�A2‚‚̘A‘±‚µ‚½citta‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚ł͖ڗ§‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽžŠÔ‚ÌŒo‰ß‚ƂƂà‚É�AŽå‚É�l�¶ŠÏ‚ª•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B“Á‚É�AŽÐŒð‚ÌŒXŒü‚ÍŒ¸‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª�‚‚¢‚Å‚·‚ª�A—áŠO‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�‚µ‚µ‚©‚È‚¢‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÌŽc‚è‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚ð—ì“I‚È�i•à‚É”ï‚₵�ucooling down�v‚ð�‚‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚¢‚©‚É�d—v‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
In trying to attain the
first Ariya jhāna, one could start
with the Saptha Bojjhaṅga
bhāvanā with the frame of mind of
the unfruitfulness of anything in this world in the long run (anicca, dukkha, anatta); then all
mundane thought objects (based on greed and hate) are suspended from the mind.
Then one can think about the peacefulness of Nibbāna (the
partial effect one experiences upon attaining the Sōtapanna stage),
i.e., the change in one�fs state of mind.
�Å�‰‚ÌAriya
jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«�ASaptha Bojjhaṅga bhāvanā‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚Ä�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�¢‚̉½‚à‚Ì‚àŽÀ‚肪‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Ì�S�\‚¦�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¢‘‚ÌŽv�l‚Ì‘Î�Û‚Í�iæÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚ÉŠî‚Â�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç‚‚邳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�ANibbāna‚Ì•½˜a�iSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɑ̌±‚·‚é•”•ª“I‚ÈŒø‰Ê�j�A‚‚܂è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ԃ̕ω»‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
I use the phrase, �getaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo
taṇhākkhayo
virāgo nirodho nibbānan�fti. (Mahāmālukya Sutta (MN 64). I emphasize that I have not yet attained the first Ariya jhāna yet, as of August 5, 2017. It is not
possible to attain the first Ariya jhāna until
one completely removes kāma rāga, as I have realized recently; see, �gDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth
Process�g. Whatever jhāna that
I had must be anariya jhāna.
Ž„‚Í�uetaṃ santaṃetaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidas sabbasaṅkhārasamatho
sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo
taṇhākkhayo
virago nirodho nibbānan�fti�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�iMahāmālukya Sutta (MN 64�j�BŽ„‚Í�A2017”N8ŒŽ5“ú‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�A‚Ü‚¾�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhtainedna‚ð‚Ü‚¾’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‹’²‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�ŋߋC‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚Í�Akāma rāga‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�Å�‰‚ÌAriyajhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth
Process‚ðŽQ�Æ�BŽ„‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ç‚ñ‚Èjhāna‚à�Aanariya jhāna‚Å‚·�B
Audio Player
00:00
00:00
Use Up/Down Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.
What matters in not the actual
words, but the understanding one has in one�fs mind. It is best to
recite the Pāli verse and recall the meaning while
chanting.
Venerable Thero‚É‚ærupaƒŠŒê‚̉r�¥‚̘^‰¹‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·
“à—e‚͈ȉº‚̂悤‚ɂł·�B�u‚»‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚͉¸‚â‚©‚Å�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ð’Ç•ú‚µ�A”›‚è”j‚è�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚±‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚Í‚·‚΂炵‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹�A“]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̔›‚è–Ú‚ð‰ó‚µ‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̈¤’…‚ð‚â‚ß�Asamsaric‚Ì—·‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌´ˆö‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂肱‚ꂪNibbāna‚Å‚·�v�B
�d—v‚Ȃ͎̂À�Û‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ł͂Ȃ�A“ª‚Ì’†‚Å—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�Bƒp�[ƒŠ‚ÌŽ�‚ð˜N�¥‚µ�A‰r�¥‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç‚»‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚·‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·�B
10. It is important to realize
that one could attain anariya jhāna while working towards the Sōtapanna stage (or even higher stages
of Nibbāna) by contemplating
on the true version of anicca, dukkha,
anatta.
It is also important to realize
that even an Arahant will not lose the sense of taste; one
increasingly will lose CRAVINGS for them; see, �gKāma
Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda�g.
10. anicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�^‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�n�l‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍNibbāna‚Ì‚³‚ç‚É�‚‚¢ƒXƒe�[ƒW�j‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä�ì‹Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Éanariya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
jhāna‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚̗̈æ‚Å‚ ‚érupavacara brahma —̈æ‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aanariya‚ÆAriyajhāna‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�Akāma rāga‚ð—}ˆ³‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽæ‚è�œ‚‚©‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚Ì•û–@‚Å‚à�A“¯‚¶jhānic�ó‘ԂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Kāma rāga‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä�Å�‰‚ÌAriyajhāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�ê�‡‚Å‚à�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ðŽæ“¾‚·‚é‚É‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚±‚ƂɂȂé‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÅŠm”F‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B
Ariya‚Æanariya jhāna‚Ì‚±‚ê‚炨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¤–ʂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga
Phala‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦–¡Šo‚ðŽ¸‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B–¡Šo‚Ö‚Ì—~‹�‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·Ž¸‚í‚ê‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�BKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga,
Kāmaccanda‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
11. November 11,
2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to
verify one is making progress towards the Sōtapanna stage.
The new section, �gLiving Dhamma�g, provides
a systematic way to achieve that goal, in addition to providing guidelines on
how to check one�fs progress.
11. 2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú�F‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚‚ÌŽ¿–₪Šñ‚¹‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚‚܂è�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚Å‚·�B�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Í�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éƒKƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邱‚ƂɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
July 8, 2018
1. Sōtāpatti anga or the four qualities of a Sōtapanna are discussed in many suttā in the �gSotāpatti Saṃyutta�h of
the Samyutta Nikāya and also in the Anguttara Nikāya.
A few examples are: Brahmacariyogadha
Sutta (SN 55.2), Paṭhamasāriputta Sutta (SN 55. 4), Veḷudvāreyya Sutta (SN 55.7), Paṭhamagiñjakāvasatha Sutta (SN 55. 8), Nandiyasakka Sutta (SN
55.40), Gihi Sutta (AN 5.179).
I was surprised to see that
these four qualities of a Sōtapanna have
not been discussed much in the current literature.
1.Sōtāpattianga‚Ü‚½‚ÍSōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASamyuttaNikāya‚Ì�uSotāpattiSaṃyutta�v‚âAnguttaraNikāya‚Å‚à‘½‚‚Ìsuttā‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B �B
Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚ê‚ç4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚ªŒ»�݂̕¶Œ£‚ł͂ ‚Ü‚è�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‹Á‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
2. The four qualities (or
characteristics) of a Sōtapanna —
who has attained the Sōtapanna phala — must not be confused with
the four conditions that must be fulfilled to attain the Sōtapanna stage.
Therefore, one must pay
attention to which context the term Sōtāpatti anga is used: whether to refer to the four
conditions or the four qualities.
2.Sōtapannaphala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿�i‚Ü‚½‚Í“Á�«�j‚ð�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Æ�¬“¯‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍFour Conditions for Attaining
Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂̂±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚Í�ASōtāpatti anga‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ADutiyasāriputta Sutta (SN 55.5)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�Bˆê•û�ASōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ÍNandiyasakka Sutta (SN 55.40)‚Å‚ÍSōtāpatti anga‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtāpatti anga‚Æ‚¢‚¤—pŒê‚̓Rƒ“ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚É’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ðŽw‚·‚©�A4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ðŽw‚·‚©‚Å‚·�B
3. The four qualities of a Sōtapanna are stated succinctly in
the Brahmacariyogadha Sutta (SN 55.2).
The Buddha asks: �gCatūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo. Katamehi catūhi?�g
Translated: �gBhikkhus, the ariyasāvaka Sōtapanna,
who is free of the apāyā, has four qualities.
Which four?�h
Then the Buddha gives the
answer: �gIdha,
bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti: �eitipi so bhagavā
arahaṃ
sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho
bhagavā�fti. dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti�c pe �c saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti�c pe �c ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato
hoti akhaṇḍehi
�c pe �c samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo�hti.
Translated: �gA Sōtapanna has
reverence/faith (pasāda) in the Buddha,
Dhamma, Saṅgha,
that comes via losing deep-rooted cravings for things in this world (avecca). He is thus established in the ariyakānta sīla (moral
conduct of the Noble Persons) that cannot be broken to
make him/her do apāyagāmi actions (kamma). These are the four qualities or
defining characteristics of a Sōtapanna who
is a free of the apāyā�h.
First, we note that the �gSupreme Qualities of Buddha,
Dhamma, Saṅgha�h are listed in this sutta. Only the nine qualities of the Buddha are listed above in
red. In the full sutta,
the qualities of the Dhamma and Saṅgha are also fully
listed.
3.Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚Í�ABrahmacariyogadha Sutta (SN 55.2)‚ÉŠÈŒ‰‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�q‚˂܂·�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�AapāyāƒAƒvƒV‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ꂽariyasāvaka Sōtapanna‚Í4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚ǂ̂悤‚È4‚‚łµ‚傤‚©�H�v
‚»‚ê‚©‚çŽß‘¸‚Í“š‚¦‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�F
�uSōtapanna‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�’”q‚Æ�M‹Â�ipasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�iavecca�j‚ÌŽ–•¿‚ɑ΂·‚é�ª�[‚¢Š‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̂悤‚É�A”Þ‚Íariyakānta sīla�i�¹‚È‚é�l‚½‚¿‚Ì“¹“¿“I�sˆ×�j‚Ì’†‚ÅŠm—§‚³‚ê�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Éapāyagāmi ‚Ì�s“®�ikamma�j‚Í”j‰ó‚³‚ê‚Ä�A‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aapāyā‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̓ÁŽ¿‚Ü‚½‚Í“Á’¥‚Å‚·�B
�Å�‰‚É�A�uƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ì�Å�‚•iŽ¿�v‚ª‚±‚Ìsutta‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽß‘¸‚Ì9‚‚̓Á�«‚¾‚¯‚ª�Ô�F‚Å�ã‹L‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŠ®‘S‚Èsutta‚Å‚Í�ADhamma‚ÆSaṅgha‚Ì•iŽ¿‚àŠ®‘S‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
4. In order to fully understand
this description of a Sōtapanna, we
need to understand the meanings of two key words: aveccappasāda and ariyakānta sīla.
I have not seen aveccappasāda discussed in
English texts; where it is mentioned, it is described as �gunwavering
confidence�h. But the reason for that unwavering confidence is itself
hidden in that word. This is called �gpada nirukti�g, i.e., the meaning of the word
is in the word itself. Let us discuss that hidden meaning
now.
4.Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚Ì�à–¾‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A2‚‚̃L�[ƒ��[ƒhaveccappasāda‚Æariyakānta sīla‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
aveccappasāda‚ª‰pŒê‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢Ž©�M�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Ž©�M‚Ì—�—RŽ©‘Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ɉB‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�upada nirukti�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A’PŒê‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í’PŒêŽ©‘̂ɂ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̉B‚³‚ꂽˆÓ–¡‚ð�¡�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
5. Humans — who are not
yet Ariyās — highly value
the sense pleasures. Most are even willing to do immoral actions in order to
get more sense pleasures. Even those �gmoral people�h are addicted to enjoying
sense pleasures that are attainable by moral means without hurting others.
This is the
uniqueness of Buddha Dhamma: It
is possible to make one�fs mind to NEVER commit an apāyagāmi action
(at the Sōtapanna stage), and
to NEVER commit a single dasa akusala at the Arahant stage.
5.�l—‚Ü‚¾Ariyās‚ł͂Ȃ¢—‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð�‚‚•]‰¿‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A‚æ‚葽‚‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚т𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ð‚¢‚Æ‚í‚È‚¢‚®‚ç‚¢‚Å‚·�B�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X�v‚Å‚³‚¦�A‘¼�l‚ð��‚‚¯‚邱‚ƂȂ“¹“¿“I‚ÈŽè’i‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚銴Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃɖ²’†‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹“¿“I�sˆ×�v‚ª•ÛŽ�‚³‚ê‚é•Û�؂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�Å‚à“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚Å‚³‚¦�A�\•ª‚É�u•°‚«•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—U˜f‚³‚ê‚é�v�ðŒ�‚̉º‚Å‚Í�Aapāyagāmi‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̂悤‚È‹‚¢Š´Šo‚Ì“ü—Í�i—U˜f�j‚ª—ˆ‚邯�AŽO‘ŠTilakkhana�i“Á‚Éanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A‚ ‚鎞“_‚Å�i‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A—ˆ�¢‚Å�japāyagāmi‚ȃAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪ�A�¡‚܂Ŏ„‚½‚¿‘Sˆõ‚ªsamsaric‚Ì—·�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‹ê‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚©‚瓦‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½—�—R‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ª�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦“‚¢‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽ©•ª‚½‚¿‚Ì“¹“¿‚ð�u‰ó‚·�v‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽž�X�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X�v‚ª�A”ނ炪‚Å‚«‚邯‚ÍŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚©‚Á‚½‹¥ˆ«‚È�sˆ×‚ð”Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ¨‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�u�Ó‚¯‚È‚¢“¹“¿�v‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð•sŽÀ‚Ŋ댯‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚ÆŒ©‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂ݒB�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪƒuƒbƒ_�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚̓Ǝ©�«‚Å‚·�B�iSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�japāyagāmi ‚̃AƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�â‘΂É�s‚킸�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å1‚‚Ìdasa
akusala‚ð‚àŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�s‚í‚È‚¢‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
6. Furthermore, without a Buddha explaining to us, it
will be impossible to comprehend the wide-spread suffering in the wider world
of 31 realms by ourselves.
Suffering is
everywhere. If we pay
attention, we can see so much suffering even among humans. It is just that we
are not aware of much of the suffering in the wider world of the 31 realms.
There is unimaginable suffering in the other three lowest realms in addition to
the animal realm.
6.‚³‚ç‚É�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚É�à–¾‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚É�L‚ª‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿Ž©�g‚Å—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鎂ªŒÕ‚É�H‚ׂç‚ê‚ăeƒŒƒr”Ô‘g‚ðŒ©‚½�i‚»‚µ‚ÄŠy‚µ‚ñ‚¾�j�l‚͂ǂꂂ炢‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�HŽ‚É‚Æ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚ÌŒoŒ±‚͂ǂê‚Ù‚Ç’É‚¢‚à‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‹›‚ÍŒû‚ɓ˂«Žh‚³‚ꂽƒtƒbƒN‚Æ�A‚Ü‚½ŒÄ‹z‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�A‚ǂ̂‚ç‚¢‚Ì’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H
–â‘è‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�S‚Í�A“®•¨‚Í’É‚Ý‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�¶‚«•¨‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ�l‚¦‚邿‚¤‚Ƀvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚Í�A’ɂ݂¾‚¯‚łȂ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª�s‚¤’mŠo�i”Fޝ�j‚⑼‚Ì‘½‚‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I“ÁŽ¿‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Abhidhamma‚ÌŒ¾—t‚Å‚¢‚¤‚Æ�AŠ´�î�ivedana�j�A’mŠo�isaññā�j‚Í�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�¶–½‘̂̂·‚ׂĂ̎v�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é•�•Õ“I‚ȃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I—vˆö�icetsika�j‚Å‚·�B
‹ê‚µ‚݂͂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‹C‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä‚Ý‚é‚Æ�A�lŠÔŠE‚¾‚¯‚Å‚à‚±‚ñ‚Ȃɋꂵ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚̋ꂵ‚݂̑½‚‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚ɉÁ‚¦‚Ä�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚Ì�Å‚à’á‚¢—̈æ‚ɂ͑z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
7. However, the reasons (or
causes) for such suffering cannot be really understood without investigating
(and then be convinced of) the laws of kamma that
REQUIRES the rebirth process.
One who has not removed the 10
types of micchā diṭṭhi will
have avijjā at the highest
level, which is called mōha.
Therefore, even a prestigious scientist can have mōha;
it has nothing to do with �gbook knowledge�h. When one gets rids of those, one
gets down to the avijjā level; see, �gLobha,Dosa, Moha versus Raga, Patigha, Avijja�g.
7.‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȋꂵ‚݂̗�—R�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍŒ´ˆö�j‚Í�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð•K—v‚Æ‚·‚éƒJƒ“ƒ}‚Ì–@‘¥‚ð’²�¸�i‚»‚µ‚ÄŠm�M�j‚µ‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�AŽÀ�ۂɂ͗�‰ð‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚Ì‚½‚ß�A‚Ü‚¸10Ží—Þ‚Ì micchā diṭṭhi ‚â�A‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̌ë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚È‚¢‚Æ�A•§–@‚Ì�[‚¢‘¤–Ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�Amōha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�Å�‚ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ìavijjā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆê—¬‚̉ȊwŽÒ‚Å‚³‚¦‚àmōha‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�u–{‚Ì’mޝ�v‚Ƃ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Æ�Aavijjā‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚ɉº‚ª‚è‚Ü‚·�B Lobha,Dosa, Moha versus Raga,
Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
8. Once getting rid of the 10
types of micchā diṭṭhi,
one can start to �gsee�h (not with eyes, but with wisdom) that the real
cause for suffering is taṇhā (getting
attached) that arise due to iccā (our
liking for sense pleasures). Furthermore, taṇhā has
origins in �giccā�h or cravings.
The key to
comprehending the dukkha sacca (First Noble Truth) and Tilakkhana is to see the suffering that is hidden sense
pleasures. The worst kind of suffering arises when one does immoral things to
access sense pleasures; that is what a Sōtapanna first realizes.
8. 10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchādiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Æ�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̖{“–‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Ítaṇhā�iˆ¤’…‚µ‚½�j‚ªiccā�iŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�D‚Ý�j‚©‚ç‹N‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª–ڂł͂Ȃ’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚¦‚Ä‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�Ataṇhā‚Í�uiccā�v‚·‚È‚í‚¿Š‰–]‚É‹NŒ¹‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ꂪ•§–@‚̓Ǝ©�«‚Å‚·�B•�’Ê‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тȂµ‚Å‚Í�u�K‚¹‚È‘¶�Ý�v‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A Ariyā‚Í‚»‚Ì‹t‚Å�A‚‚܂芴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɎÀ‚Ì–³‚³‚Ɗ댯‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚·�B
dukkha sacca�iŽl’ú‚Ì‹ê’ú�j‚ÆŽO‘ŠTilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚錮‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƃ͉B‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�uŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�ň«‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚𓾂邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ðSōtapanna‚Í�Å�‰‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
9. When one starts to realize
the truth at the Sōtapanna Anugāmi stage, one starts experiencing a
different kind of �ghappiness�h, which is the nirāmisa sukha.
With that comes the realization
of the value of a Buddha, and an unbreakable faith in him and a reverence for
him. This is called aveccappasāda in the Buddha.
9.SōtapannaAnugāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�^ŽÀ‚ð”Fޝ‚µŽn‚߂邯�A•ʂ̎í—Þ‚Ì�u�K‚¹�v�A‚‚܂ènirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B
‚±‚Ìnirāmisa sukha‚Ì–{“–‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Í�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚©‚ç‚̋֗~‚Å‚·�BŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚Í�à–¾‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚�AŒoŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ꂪŽß‘¸‚̉¿’l‚ÌŽÀŒ»�A‚»‚µ‚ĔނւÌ�Ó‚¯‚È‚¢�M‹Â‚Ɣނւ̈،h‚Ì”O‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B•§‹³‚ł͂±‚ê‚Íaveccappasāda‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
10. Now we can see the true meaning of aveccappasāda: �gava�h means to overcome, iccā is
liking or craving. These two words, when combined, rhyme as �gavecca�h. Now, �gpasāda�h
is reverence/faith. When the two words �gavecca�h
and �gpasāda�h are combined, it rhymes as �gaveccappasāda�h.
This unbreakable
faith/reverence for the Buddha — that comes from comprehending the dangers of �giccā�h for worldly pleasures — is called �gBuddhe aveccappasāda�g.
10.‚±‚ê‚Å�Aaveccappasāda‚Ì�^‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠm”F‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�uava�v‚Í�Ž•ž‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�Aiccā‚Í�D‚݂܂½‚ÍŠ‰–]‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̒PŒê‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邯�A�uavecca�v‚Æ‚µ‚ĉC‚𓥂݂܂·�B�uƒpƒT�[ƒ_�v‚ÍŒhˆÓ/�M‹Â‚Å‚·�B �uavecca�v‚Æ�upasāda�v‚Ì2‚‚̒PŒê‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邯�A‰C‚𓥂ñ‚Å�uaveccappasāda�v‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚邿‚¤‚È‚±‚Ì�¢‚̋ꂵ‚݂̌´ˆö‚𔌩‚µ�A‚»‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚甲‚¯�o‚·•û–@‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ͖{“–‚É—áŠO“I‚È�l‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�itaṇhā‚·‚Ȃ킿�¢‘“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�giccā�h‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�j�B
Žß‘¸‚Ö‚Ì‚±‚Ì�Ó‚¯‚È‚¢�M‹Â/ŒhˆÓ—�¢‘“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Ì�uiccā�v‚̊댯�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç—ˆ‚é—‚Í�uBuddhe aveccappasāda�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
11. Of course, one will
simultaneously have �gDhamme aveccappasāda�h, an unshakeable faith in
the Dhamma, the teachings of the Buddha, that allowed one to be free of
the apāyā.
However, bhikkhus should
always be treated with respect. They represent the Buddha Sāsana. As I understand, even a lay Anāgāmi should
bow to any bhikkhu.
11.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A“¯Žž‚ÉŽß‘¸‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Å‚ ‚éƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢�M‹Â‚Å‚ ‚é�uDhamme aveccappasāda�v‚ª“¯Žž‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ�Aapāyā‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A�¡‚Ü‚Å�^‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚È–@‚ð“`‚¦‚Ä‚«‚½Ariyās‚ÌSaṅgha‚ª‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚±‚̓ƓÁ‚Ì•§–@‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶ŠU‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä�u‹U‚ÌDhamma�v‚ðŠw‚Ñ�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�K‰^‚É‚à�³‚µ‚¢•§–@‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A’·”N‚ɂ킽‚Á‚ÄTipiṭaka‚𒉎À‚É�³‚µ‚“`‚¦‚Ä‚«‚½Saṅgha‚Ì‚¨‚©‚°‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŽÀŒ»‚Í�A�uSanghe aveccappasāda�v�ASaṅgha‚Ö‚Ì�’”q/�M‹Â‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
”ä‹u‚ª•K‚¸‚µ‚àSaṅgha‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì8�l‚Ì�¹�l�iattha purisa puggala�j‚¾‚¯‚ªƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ü‚·�BSupreme Qualities of Buddha,
Dhamma, Saṅgha‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�Abhikkhus‚Í�í‚ÉŒhˆÓ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ĉµ‚í‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍBuddha Sāsana‚ð‘ã•\‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Í�A�݉ƂÌAnāgāmi‚͂ǂñ‚È”ä‹u‚É‚à‚¨Ž«‹V‚ð‚·‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
12. Finally, now one�fs moral
conduct is unbreakable FOREVER, even though future births. No matter how
tempting the external sense input is, one will NEVER do an apāyagāmi action (kamma).
Ariyakānta sila is established only in Ariyās who
have comprehended this unique message of the Buddha, about how suffering arises
in this wider world of 31 realms and how that future suffering can be
stopped and a permanent state without suffering (Nibbāna)
can be attained.
12.�ÅŒã‚É�A—ˆ�¢‚Ì�o�¶‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A“¹“¿“I�s“®‚ð‰i‰“‚É”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�BŠO•”ƒZƒ“ƒX“ü—Í‚ª‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç–£—Í“I‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�Aapāyagāmi‚Ì�s“®�ikamma�j‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚ÄŽÀ�s‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚Ì‚±‚Ì”j‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢“¹“¿“I�sˆ×‚Í�A�uAriyakānta sila �v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B Kānta�i�uka�v+�uanta�v�j‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚ª‹‘”Û‚µ‚½2‚‚̋ɒ[�i�uanta�v�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚é�u—â�ÂÈ�l‚¦•û�v‚Å‚·�B‰ß�è‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тƉߓx‚Ì‹ê“ï‚·‚Ȃ킿‹É’[‚È‹ê�s‚Å‚·�B
Ariyakānta sila‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì31—̈æ‚ŋꂵ‚Ý‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�P‹v“I‚È�ó‘Ô�iNibbāna�j‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒ†ƒj�[ƒN‚ÈŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½Ariyās‚݂̂ɂæ‚Á‚ÄŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
13. This is the �gunique vision�h
or Sammā Diṭṭhi in
the Noble Eightfold Path. A Sōtapanna is
able to see the truth of this �gpreviously unheard�h Dhamma.
13.‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uƒ†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿”ª�³“¹‚ÌSammāDiṭṭhi‚Å‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í‚±‚Ì�uˆÈ‘O‚É•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�vƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�u‰B‚³‚ꂽ�^ŽÀ�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɎ·’…‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̊댯�«‚É‹C‚«Žn‚߂܂·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Í’Ê�í‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�jŠì‚т̊댯�«‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚݂̂ª�S‚É��‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì�uŽ‹ŠE‚ÌŒ€“I‚ȕω»�v‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�M‹Â‚ÆŒhˆÓ‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĕނç‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Éaveccappasāda‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪ�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ªTriple Gems‚ƌĂ΂ê�AŒhˆÓ‚É’l‚·‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�BSupreme Qualities of Buddha,
Dhamma, Saṅgha‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
June 14, 2019; revised October 23, 2019
1. When one gets rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi (together
with vicikicca and silabbata parāmāsa),
one becomes a Sotāpanna and will
never be reborn in the four lowest realms (apāyā).
Here we will examine this
relationship, which will help get rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi. SakkāyaDiṭṭhi–
1.sakkāya
diṭṭhi�ivicikicca‹^‚¢�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñsilabbata parāmāsa“Á’è‚Ì�@”h‚Ì‹K‘¥‚â‹VŽ®‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…‚ƈê��‚É�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Æ�ASotāpanna‚ɂȂè�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyā�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚̑傫‚ȕω»‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ�idassanena pahātabbā‚É‚æ‚é�j‚̕ω»‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚¾‚¯‚ł͒B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�iŽÀ�Û�Asilabbata parāmāsa‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Å�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é‚ÆŽ©•ª‚ð‰ð•ú‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½�M”O‚Å‚·�j�B
sakkāyadiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚É‚Í�AŽ©‘R‚ÌŽd‘g‚Ý‚ð�[‚—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Tilakkhana‚·‚È‚í‚¿Ž©‘R‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ÌŠî–{Œ´‘¥‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�Asakkāyadiṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚̂ɖ𗧂‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠÖŒW‚𒲂ׂ܂·�B
2. Sakkāya diṭṭhi is
defined in the Dhammasaṅgaṇī of
the Abhidhamma
Pitaka: 2.3.2.13.1. Dassanenapahātabbaduka.
�gKatame dhammā dassanena pahātabbā? Tīṇi saññojanāni—sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso.
Tattha katamā sakkāyadiṭṭhi? Idha assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ
adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṃ adassāvī
sappurisadhammassa akovido
sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ,
attani vā rūpaṃ,
rūpasmiṃ
vā attānaṃ. Vedanaṃ
�c pe �c saññaṃ
�c pe �c saṅkhāre
�c pe �c viññāṇaṃ attato
samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ,
attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā
attānaṃ.
Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi
diṭṭhigataṃ �c pe �c vipariyāsaggāho—ayaṃ vuccati
sakkāyadiṭṭhi�g.
That is the same definition
given in the �gCūḷavedalla Sutta (Majjima Nikaya 44)�h
that we discussed in the post, �gSakkāya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me)
View?�g. This definition of sakkāya diṭṭhi is
in many more suttā, including �gDutiyaisidatta Sutta (SN 41.3)�g.
2.Sakkāyadiṭṭhi‚Í�AAbhidhamma Pitaka‚ÌDhammasaṅgaṇī‚Å’è‹`‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�F2.3.2.13.1. Dassanenapahātabbaduka
–|–ó�F�u�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�í�œ‚³‚ꂽ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìdhamma‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H 3‚‚Ìsaññojanā�i�¡“ú‚Å‚Ísamyojana‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j‚Å‚ ‚ésakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso‚Å‚·�B
–|–ó�F�usakkāyadiṭṭhi‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©�Hƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ÅŽw“±‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A�¹‚È‚éŽÒ‚Æ�Ú‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚炸�AŒo‚É�¸’Ê‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A‹K—¥‚ª‚æ‚‚È‚¢�l‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�v
”Þ‚Ívedanā..sañña�A..saṅkhāra�A..viññāṇa‚𓯂¶4‚‚̕û–@‚Å”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa�AŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa‚ÍŽ„�AŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa‚ÍŽ„‚Ì’†‚É�AŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ìviññāṇa‚É‚¢‚Ü‚·�j–‚»‚ꂪsakkāya diṭṭhi‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚ÅSakkāya Diṭṭhi is Personality (Me) View?‚ÅCūḷavedalla Sutta (Majjima Nikaya 44)‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½’è‹`‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B Sakkāya diṭṭhi‚Ì‚±‚Ì’è‹`‚Í�ADutiyaisidatta
Sutta (SN 41.3)‚Ȃǂ̑½‚‚Ìsutta‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
3. The key is to understand the
meaning of �grūpaṃ attato samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ
vā attānaṃ, attani vā rūpaṃ,
rūpasmiṃ
vā attānaṃ, vedanāṃ attato
samanupassati.�h Similarly for vedanā, sañña, saṅkhāra, and viññāṇa. Thus,
when one has sakkāya diṭṭhi, one
has four wrong perceptions each for the five aggregates.
I will first provide the Tipiṭaka references for
these two cases in the next post.
3.�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�A�urūpaṃattato samanupassati�Arūpavantaṃvāattānaṃ�Aattanivārūpaṃ�Arūpasmiṃvāattānaṃ�Avedanāṃattato samanupassati�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B vedanā�Asañña�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāṇa‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāyadi diṭṭhi
‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�AŒÜå]‚̂ɑ΂µ‚Ä4‚‚̌ë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í20Ží—Þ‚Ìsakkāya diṭṭhi�ivīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Ì4‚‚̗vˆö‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚̑̂¾‚¯‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B�l‚̑̂ɑ΂·‚邱‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̌ë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚Í�Auccheda diṭṭhi�iŽ€Œã‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚É”�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”»–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
ŽŸ‚É�A“¯‚¶4‚‚̗v‘f‚ª4‚‚Ì�unāma�v‚ÌŽÀŽ¿�ivedanā�Asañña�Asavikhāra�Aviññāṇa�j‚É“–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚Í�Asāssata diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�uatt ā�v�i�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u�°�v�j‚͉i‰“‚¾‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
Brahmajāla Sutta (DN
1)‚Å‚Í�AŽß‘¸‚Í‚³‚ç‚É60‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ð˜_‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì2‚‚̃oƒŠƒG�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̂·‚ׂĂ̊Ԉá‚Á‚½�M”O‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�A�Å�‰‚É‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚̃P�[ƒX‚ÌTipiṭaka‚Ì•¶Œ£‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
4. A definition of sakkāya is in the �gSakkāyapañhā Sutta (SN 38.15)�g: �g�eSakkāyo, sakkāyo�fti, āvuso sāriputta, vuccati. Katamo nu kho, āvuso, sakkāyo�h
ti? �gPañcime, āvuso, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā,
seyyathidaṃ—rūpupādānakkhandho, vedanupādānakkhandho, saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho,
viññāṇupādānakkhandho.
Ime kho, āvuso, pañcupādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto
bhagavatā�h ti.�h
Translated: �gsakkāya is pañcupādānakkhandhā: rūpupādānakkhandha, vedanupādānakkhandha,
saññupādānakkhandha, saṅkhārupādānakkhandha,
viññāṇupādānakkhandha�h.
That vision or mindset — sakkāya diṭṭhi
— is what leads to a craving
for them (upādāna).
4.sakkāya‚Ì’è‹`‚Í�ASakkāyapañhā Sutta (SN 38.15)‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·
–|–ó�F�usakkāya‚Ípañcupādānakkhandhā‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāya diṭṭhi
‚ÍŒÜå]�ipañcakkhandha�j‚ª—D‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä—L‰v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚ ‚邯�„‘ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
sakkāya‚Æ‚Í �gsath�h—Ç‚¢ + �gkāya�W‚܂肷‚Ȃ킿�W�‡‘Ì�iƒp�[ƒc‚Ì�W‚Ü‚è‚Å‚à‚ ‚é�u“÷‘Ì�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚é�j‚Å �gsakkāya�h‚ƉC‚𓥂݂܂·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asakkāya‚Æ‚Í�AŒÜå]�iŽ©•ª‚̑̂ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚ɂ͎À‘Ì‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í12Ží—Þ‚Ìkāya‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�W‚Ü‚è�v‚Å�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bcakkhukāya/ rupakāya�Asotakāya/ saddakāya‚È‚Ç�A6‚‚̊´Šo‚Ì‹@”\‚Å‚·�BŒã‚Ì6Ží—Þ‚Í�H
sakkāya diṭṭhi‚̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚Æ‚Í�Aupādāna‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
5. When one has the wrong view
of sakkāya diṭṭhi, some parts
of pañcakkhandha become pañcupādānakkhandhā (panca upādāna khandha). Those are the
parts that one likes based on one�fs gati,
Therefore, one needs to
comprehend that one gets attached to things based on one�fs gati AT THAT TIME. One�fs gati keeps changing and can be very
different, especially in one who is reborn. If one is reborn into a bad
environment (conditions), one is likely to develop �gbad gati.�h
That is also why we cannot speak
about an �gunchanging attā/soul/ātma.�h A living being is a �glifestream�h that encounter good/bad vipāka based on what had been done in the
past based on one�fs gati at that time.
Under suitable conditions, both kinds (good/bad kamma)
bring vipāka.
5.sakkāya
diṭṭhi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚錩•û‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Apañcakkhandha‚̈ꕔ‚ªpañcupādānakkhandhā �ipañca+k upādāna+ khandha �j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ígati‚Ɋ¤’…‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í‚»‚ÌŽž‚ÌŽ©•ª‚Ìgati‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä•¨Ž–‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Ìgati‚͕ω»‚µ‘±‚¯�A“Á‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½�l‚ł͑傫‚ˆÙ‚È‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆ«‚¢ŠÂ‹«�i�ó‘Ô�j‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邯�A�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ª”�Ç‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚̈«‚¢kamma‚Í‚»‚ÌŽž‚̈«‚¢gati‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ăł³‚¦�A‚¸‚Á‚ÆŒã‚Ɉ«‚¢vipāka�iŒ‹‰Ê�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‹t‚à‚Ü‚½�^‚È‚è‚Å‚·�B‘O�¢‚Ì—Ç‚¢kamma‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å•s“¹“¿‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚à�A—Ç‚¢vipāka�iŒ‹‰Ê�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ꂪ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‘P‚ƈ«‚Ì—¼•û‚Ìkamma vipāka‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A�u•s•Ï‚Ìattā/ soul /ātma�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŽž‚Ìgati‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉߋނÉ�s‚í‚ꂽ‚±‚ƂɊî‚«�A—Ç‚¢/ˆ«‚¢vipāka‚É‘˜‹ö‚·‚é�ulifestream�v‚Å‚·�B“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‰º‚Å‚Í�A—Ç‚¢/ˆ«‚¢‚Ì—¼•û‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìkamma‚ªvipāka‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B
6. What is discussed in #5 is
succinctly stated in the �gCatutthaabhabbaṭṭhāna Sutta (AN 6.95)�g.
Translation: (asayaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ,
aparaṅkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ, asayaṅkārañca
aparaṅkārañca
adhiccasamuppannaṃ).
�gA Sotāpanna (or
one with higher magga phala) accomplished in view (diṭṭhisampanno puggalo) is unable (abhabbo) to fall
back on the idea that pleasure and pain are made by oneself (sayaṃkataṃ). Or that they are
made by another (paraṃkataṃ). Or
that they are made by both (sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca).
Nor can they fall back on the idea that pleasure and pain arise by chance, not
made by oneself, by another, or by both.
– Why is that? It is because a person accomplished in view has seen that
phenomena arise due to causes and conditions (according to Paṭicca Samuppāda). Those are the six things that
a Sotāpanna (or one with
higher magga phala) accomplished in view will not fall back
to�h.
That is why even the Buddha had
to bear bad kamma vipāka. Even though he had �gno gati left,�h he had to endure the results of
past kamma done when he had
�gbad gati.�h
6.�”5‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é“à—e‚ÍCatutthaabhabbaṭṭhāna Sutta (AN 6.95)‚ÉŠÈŒ‰‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–|–ó�F�uŒ©•û�idiṭṭhisampanno puggalo�j‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ꂽSotāpanna�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‚æ‚è�‚‚¢magga phala‚ðŽ�‚‚à‚Ì�j‚Í�AŠì‚тƒɂ݂͎©•ª‚Å�isayaṃkataṃ�j�ì‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iabhabbo�j�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚͕ʂ̂à‚Ì�iparaṃkataṃ�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½‚Í�A—¼•û�isayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�AŠì‚Ñ‚â’ɂ݂Í�A‹ô‘R‚É‚àŽ©•ªŽ©�g�A•Ê‚Ì�l�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚Ì—¼•û‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚Ý�o‚³‚ꂽ‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦‚Ɉ˂邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
- ‰½ŒÌ‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©‚©�H‚±‚ê‚Í�A�iPaṭicca Samuppāda‚É‚æ‚邯�jŒ´ˆö‚Æ�ðŒ�‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ»�Û‚ª”�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ‹–ì‚É“ü‚ê‚ÄŒ©‚邱‚Ƃł«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂÁ‚½�l‚ªŒ©‚½‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AŒ©•û‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ꂽSotāpanna�i‚Ü‚½‚Ímagga phala‚ª�‚‚¢•û�j‚ª—Š‚ç‚È‚¢�iˆË‘¶‚µ‚È‚¢�A�ª‹’‚É‚µ‚È‚¢�j6‚‚̂±‚Ƃł·�B4‚‚͂킩‚Á‚½‚ªŒã2‚‚Í�H
Šì‚Ñ‚â’ɂ݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚邿‚¤‚Èattā‚â�°‚âātma‚ª‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�i’x‚©‚ê‘�‚©‚ê�j
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìkamma vipāka�i‰õŠy‚Ü‚½‚Í‹ê’É�j‚Í�A2‚‚̗vˆö‚É‚æ‚èƒJƒ^ƒ`‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�i”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�j
�ii�jŒ´ˆö‚Í‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚̃‰ƒCƒtƒXƒgƒŠ�[ƒ€‚Ì�ugati�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉߋނÉ�ì�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�iii�j‘Ήž‚·‚évipāka‚Í�A“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ª—˜—p‰Â”\‚É‚È‚é‚ÆŽÀŒ»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�iŒã‚Å�j
Paṭicca Samuppāda‚Í‚»‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A�ugati�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B‰ß‹Ž‚É�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚à‚µ�u—Ç‚¢gati�v‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�¡‚Í�uˆ«‚¢vipāka�v‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�AŽß‘¸‚Å‚³‚¦ˆ«‚¢kamma vipāka‚𕉂í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚É�ugati‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ª‚ ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ɑς¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
7. In the �gSakkāyadiṭṭhi Sutta (SN 22.155)�g it is stated how sakkāya diṭṭhi arises:
�gKismiṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, sati, kiṃ
upādāya, kiṃ abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjatī�h ti? �grūpe kho, bhikkhave, sati, rūpaṃ
upādāya, rūpaṃ abhinivissa
sakkāyadiṭṭhi
uppajjāti. Vedanāya sati �c saññāya sati �c saṅkhāresu sati �c viññāṇe sati, viññāṇaṃ upādāya,
viññāṇaṃ abhinivissa
sakkāyadiṭṭhi
uppajjāti�h.
Translated: �gBhikkhus, because of
focusing on what, attaching to what, and clinging to what leads to the arising
of sakkāya diṭṭhi? It arises due to focusing on rupa (forms: things and people), attaching to forms, and clinging to
forms. It arises similarly due to vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra, and viññāna�g.
Buddha explains: �gTaṃ kiṃ
maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ
niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vā�h ti? �gWhat do you think Bhikkhus,
can rupa be maintained to one�fs
satisfaction?�f.
�gAniccaṃ, bhante�h.
�gThey cannot be, bhante�g.
�gYaṃ panāniccaṃ �c pe �c api nu taṃ
anupādāya sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjeyyā�hti? �gUnderstanding that if something
cannot be maintained to ones�f satisfaction, if it undergoes unpredictable
change and is destroyed, would one get attached to it and generate sakkāya diṭṭhi?
�gNo
hetaṃ,
bhante�h. �gNo reason for that, bhante�g.
and
the same for the other four aggregates: �gVedanā �c saññā �c saṅkhārā
�c viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ
vā�hti?
�gAniccaṃ,
bhante�h. �gYaṃ panāniccaṃ �c pe �c api nu taṃ
anupādāya sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjeyyā�hti? �gNo hetaṃ, bhante�h. �gEvaṃ passaṃ �c pe �c nāparaṃ
itthattāyāti pajānātī�hti.�h
7. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi Sutta (SN 22.155)‚É‚Í�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É”�¶‚·‚é‚©‚ª�à‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–|–ó�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�A‰½‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä�A‰½‚É•t’…‚µ�A‰½‚ɌŎ·‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�Asakāya diṭṭhi‚Ì”�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚̂ł·‚©�H rupa�iƒJƒ^ƒ`�Fƒ‚ƒm‚Æ�l�j‚É�Å“_‚ð�‡‚킹�AƒJƒ^ƒ`‚É�Ú�G‚µ�AƒJƒ^ƒ`‚É‚µ‚ª‚݂‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚߂ɔ�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Avedanā�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñviññāna�g‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uTaṃkiṃmaññatha�Abhikkhave�Arūpaṃniccaṃvāaniccaṃvā�vti�H
�u”ä‹u‚æ�A‚Ç‚¤Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�Arupa‚Í–ž‘«‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚Ɉێ�‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v
�uAniccaṃ�Abhante�v�B �u‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�A‘¸ŽÒ‚³‚Ü�v�B
�uYaṃpanāniccaṃ�cpe�capi nutaṃanupādāyasakkāyadiṭṭhiuppajjeyyā�vti�H �u–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ꂪ—\‘ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢•ω»‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚É•t’…‚µ�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ð�ì‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
�uNo
hetaṃ,
bhante�v�B �u‚»‚Ì—�—R‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�A‘¸ŽÒ‚³‚Ü�v�B
‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B�uVedanā�csaññā�csaṅkhārā�cviññāṇaṃniccaṃvāaniccaṃvā�vti�H
�uAniccaṃ�Abhante�v�B �uYaṃpanāniccaṃ�cpe�capi nutaṃanupādāyasakkāyadiṭṭhiuppajjeyyā�vti�H �uNo hetaṃ,
bhante.�v �uEvaṃpassaṃ�cpe�cnāparaṃitthattāyātipajānātī�h
ti�B�v
8. Thus, one gets attached to the five aggregates and considers them
to be one�fs own, ONLY IF one does not see the anicca (and dukkha and anatta)
nature of those entities. When
one understands that such attachments invariably (without exception) lead to
suffering (because none of them can be maintained to one�fs satisfaction), one
loses the craving for them.
8.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽÀŽ¿‚Éanicca�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñdukkha‚Æanatta�j‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ªŒ©‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ɂ̂Ý�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŒÜå]‚ÉŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚ç‚ê�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽ©•ª‚Ì‚à‚̂ƌ©‚È‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚Ȉ¤’…‚ª�i—áŠO‚È‚�j�í‚ɋꂵ‚Ý�i‚»‚ê‚ç‚͂ǂê‚à–ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚�ó‘ԂɈێ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɑ΂µ‚ÄŠ‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
When one cultivates such
�gbad gati�g, one would upādāna (and be born) to bad births; that
is what is meant by �gneeding suitable conditions to bring kamma vipāka�g,
In the �gKukkuravatika Sutta (MN 57)�h
(English translation there: �gThe Dog-Duty Ascetic (MN 57)�g),
the Buddha explains how those �gdog gati�h that Seniya was cultivating would lead to him to be born a dog.
‚»‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª�uЉ–]‚Ì‘rޏ�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�Aapāyā‚Ì“]�¶‚É“K‚·‚é•s“¹“¿‚Èkamma‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�iabhabbo�j�B‚»‚̂悤‚Èupādāna‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Æ‚«�A�l‚͂܂½�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚ðcuti-patisandhi‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É”cˆ¬‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚±‚Ìabhabbo‚͈ê”Ê“I‚ÉŒë–󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�u‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A�u‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŽÀŽ{‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚Å‚·�B‚ ‚é�sˆ×‚ª•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“Á’è‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìgati‚ª‰i‹v‚É�imagga phala‚Å�jŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚邯�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�ß�[‚¢�s“®‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ð—{‚¤‚Æ�Aˆ«‚¢�o�¶‚ÉŽŠ‚é�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é�j‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�ukamma vipāka‚ªƒJƒ^ƒ`‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚̂ɂ͓K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
Seniya‚ªˆç‚ĂĂ¢‚½Œ¢‚Ìgati ‚Í�A”Þ‚ªŒ¢‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BKukkuravatika Sutta (MN 57)�h (‰pŒê–ó‚ÍThe Dog-Duty Ascetic (MN 57)
On the
reverse, when one gets rid of such �gbad gati�h permanently, one would NOT be born in such
unfortunate realms. That is what is meant by the verse, �gCatūhapāyehi ca vippamutto, Chaccābhiṭhānāni abhabba kātuṃ�h (�g(an Ariya) is free from the four apāyas because he/she is incapable of doing six highly immoral acts�h) in the �gRatana Sutta (Snp 2.1)�g.
‹t‚É�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�uˆ«‚¢gati�v‚ð‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Æ�A•s�K‚ȗ̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�uCatūhapāyehi ca vippamutto�AChaccābhiṭhānāni abhabba kātuṃ�vRatana Sutta (Snp 2.1)ŽQ�Æ
�i�u�iAriya�¹�l�j‚Í�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª6‚‚̔ñ�í‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A4‚‚Ìapāyas‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�j�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ªŒo‚̈Ӗ¡‚·‚邯‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B
9. Now, it is important to
figure out what is meant by �gattā�h in the
description of sakkāya diṭṭhi.
The �gPaṭipadā Sutta (SN 22.44)�h describes the way to
get rid of sakkāya diṭṭhi:
�gKatamā ca, bhikkhave, sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā? Idha, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī
ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṃ
dassāvī sappurisadhammassa
kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto, na rūpaṃ
attato samanupassati, na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ;
na attani vā rūpaṃ,
na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ. Na vedanāṃ
attato �c na saññaṃ
�c na saṅkhāre �c na viññāṇaṃ attato
samanupassati, na viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ; na attani vā
viññāṇaṃ, na viññāṇasmiṃ vā
attānaṃ.
.�h.
See #2 above for the full
translation of the verse.
9.‚±‚±‚Å�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚Ì�à–¾‚Å�uattā�v‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
Paṭipadā Sutta (SN 22.44)‚Í�Asakkāya diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–|–ó�F�u‚»‚µ‚Ä�A”ä‹u‚æ�A5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘̂ɂæ‚éƒAƒCƒfƒ“ƒeƒBƒeƒB�isakkāyadiṭṭhi�j‚Ì’âŽ~‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é•û–@‚͉½‚Å‚·‚©�H‚±‚±‚Å�AŽwަ‚³‚ꂽ�¹‚È‚é’íŽq‚Å‚ ‚é”ä‹u‚Í�AƒJƒ^ƒ`‚ðattā�c�Avedanā‚ðattā�c�Asaññā‚ðattā�c�Asaṅkhāra‚ðattā�c�Aviññāṇa‚ðattā�c�A‚à‚µ‚‚Íattā‚ðviññāṇa..‚ÆŒ©‚È‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Œo‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È–|–ó‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”2‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
10. Let us compare the above
definition to the following verse in the �gAnattalakkhaṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)�g: �gRūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā. Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ
rūpaṃ
ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha
ca rūpe: �eevaṃ me rūpaṃ
hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā
ahosī�fti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ
anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ
ābādhāya saṃvattati, na
ca labbhati rūpe: �eevaṃ
me rūpaṃ
hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā
ahosī�fti.
The recent post, �gAnattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or a Ātma�g explained
the reality. That there is no attā or
a �gsoul�h or a �gātma�h that
can be associated with either one�fs physical body or its four mental
aggregates.
10.�ã‹L‚Ì’è‹`‚ð�AAnattalakkhaṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì�߂ƔäŠr‚µ‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�F
–|–ó�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�AŒ`�i�g‘Ì�j‚Íanattā�i‚·‚Ȃ킿attā‚ł͂Ȃ¢�j‚Å‚·�B ”ä‹u‚æ�A‚à‚µŽ©•ª‚̑̂ªattā‚Å‚ ‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠ®‘S‚É�§Œä‚Å‚«�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�BŽ„‚Ì‘Ì‚ð‚±‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É‚µ‚悤�AŽ„‚Ì‘Ì‚ð‚±‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚É‚µ‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚µ‚悤�A‚Æ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘Ì‚Íanattā‚Ȃ̂Å�A�Š‚¦•a‹C‚É‚©‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘Ì‚ð–]‚ނ悤‚ÉŽÀŒ»‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚̑̂ª‚±‚¤‚È‚é‚æ‚¤‚É�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚±‚¤‚È‚ç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A‚Æ�B�v
�ŋ߂̃gƒsƒbƒNAnattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta –
No Soul or a Ātma‚ÍŒ»ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì“÷‘̂܂½‚Í‚»‚Ì4‚‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I�W�‡‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éattā ‚à�°‚àātma‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
11. Again, from the �gAnattalakkhaṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)�g: �gTaṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ
vā�h ti? �gAniccaṃ, bhante.�h �gYaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā
taṃ
sukhaṃ
vā�h ti? �gDukkhaṃ, bhante.�h �gYaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ
nu taṃ
samanupassituṃ:
�eetaṃ
mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā�f�h ti? �gNo, hetaṃ,
bhante..�h.
Translated: �gWhat do you think, bhikkhus,
can form be maintained to one�fs satisfaction?�h—�gNo, bhante�h—�gWould
something of such nature lead to suffering or happiness?�h—�gSuffering, venerable
sir.�h—�gIs it prudent to regard such a thing thus: �eThis is mine, this I am,
this is my self�f?�h—�gNo, bhante.�h
AND
�gTasmātiha, bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ
atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ
ajjhattaṃ
vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃ
vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā
yaṃ
dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ
rūpaṃ:
�enetaṃ
mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā�fti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya
daṭṭhabbaṃ�h.
Translated: �gTherefore, bhikkhus, any form (rupa) whatsoever, whether past, future, or present,
internal or external, gross or subtle, inferior or superior, far or near, all
form (these are 11 types of rupa in rupakkhandha) should be seen as it really is,
with correct wisdom. Thus: �eThis is not mine, this I am not, this is not my self.�f
The same argument would hold for
the other four mental aggregates as well.
11.�Ä‚Ñ�AAnattalakkhaṇa Sutta (SN 22.59)‚©‚ç
–|–ó�F�u”ä‹u‚æ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚̓Jƒ^ƒ`‚ª–ž‘«‚¢‚‚悤‚ɕۂ½‚ê‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H�v-�u‚¢‚¢‚¦�A‘¸ŽÒ�v-�u‚»‚̂悤‚È�«Ž¿‚Ì‚à‚̂͋ꂵ‚Ý‚»‚ê‚Æ‚à�K•Ÿ‚̂ǂ¿‚ç‚É“±‚‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H�v-�u‹ê‚µ‚݂ł·�A‘¸ŽÒ�v-�u‚»‚̂悤‚É�l‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͌«–¾‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚Ì‚à‚Ì�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„�H‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„Ž©�g‚Å‚·‚©�H�v—�u‚¢‚¢‚¦�A‘¸ŽÒ�v
‚»‚µ‚Ä
–|–ó�F�u‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”ä‹u‚æ�A‚¢‚©‚È‚éŒ`Ž®�irupa�j‚Å‚ ‚é�A‰ß‹Ž�A–¢—ˆ�AŒ»�Ý�A“à•”‚Ü‚½‚ÍŠO•”�A‘eŽG‚Ü‚½‚Í”÷�×�A—ò‚é‚Ü‚½‚Í—D‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�A‰“‚¢‚Ü‚½‚͋߂¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚·‚ׂĂ̌`Ž®�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚Írupakkhandha‚Ì11Ží—Þ‚Ìrupa�j‚Í�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚ ‚邪‚܂܂Ɍ©‚È‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ł͂Ȃ�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ÌŽ©ŒÈ‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v
“¯‚¶�à–¾‚ª‘¼‚Ì4‚‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�iŽó�E‘z�E�s�Eޝ�j‚É‚à“–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚·�B
12. Therefore, sakkāya diṭṭhi permanently
disappears when one comprehends the real nature of this world. That is the anicca nature (inability to
maintain rupa, vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra,
viññāna in the way one likes to).
Because of the anicca nature, much suffering will
result, including in the apāyā (dukkha).
That is when one becomes helpless (anatta); see, �g.�h
SakkāyaDiṭṭhi‚ÆAnatta Nature
12.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASakkāya diṭṭhi‚͉i‹v‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚·�iŠeŽ©‚Ì�D‚«‚Ȃ悤‚Érupa�Avedanā�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāna‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢�j�B anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aapāyā�idukkha�j‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘½‚‚Ì‹ê’É‚ª”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂Ƃ«�A�l‚Í–³—͂ɂȂé�ianatta�j�B
Anicca – True Meaning‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Ì’†‚ł͂ł͖{“–‚É–³—Í�ianatta�j‚Å‚·�B
Anatta – No Refuge in This World ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚¿‚á‚ñ‚ƃRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B�i�una�v+�uattā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿anattā�j;
Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta –
No Soul or a Ātma�v
‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ł̑¶�Ý�ibhava�j‚ƑΉž‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂ɖž‚¿‚½�o�¶�ijāti�j‚Í�A�l‚ª�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚É‹t‚炨‚¤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý�Asaṅkhāra�iavijjā‚É‚æ‚é�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɔ�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ꂪPaṭicca Samuppāda‚Å‚·�B
�l‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�ň«‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Å‚ ‚éapuñña abhisaṅkhāra�i•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�j‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚é�Asaṅkhāra‚Ì�¶�¬‚ð’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚¤‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Revised September
7, 2016; December 2, 2016; September 28, 2018
There are many myths and
misconceptions on who a Sōtapanna is,
and what needs to be done to become a Sōtapanna.
Here we discuss some of these misconceptions.
1. When I was growing up in Sri
Lanka, I was under the impression that a Sōtapanna could
fly through the air, and an Arahant could vanish and
reappear as he/she wished. These were the �gmythical�h status assigned to Sōtapannas and Arahants.
I guess that is due to the fact that such attainments are perceived these days
to be impossible to be attained on the one hand and also a clear idea of
what those attainments mean has been lost.
A Sōtapanna is
incapable of doing only six things: Killing mother, killing father�@mother, killing an Arahant, injure a Buddha, Saṅgha bheda (teaching adhamma as
Buddha Dhamma), having niyata micchā diṭṭhi;
see, �gBahudhātuka sutta (MN 115)�g.
Sōtapanna‚Ƃ͒N‚©�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɉ½‚ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì�_˜b‚ÆŒë‰ð‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒë‰ð‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
1.Ž„‚ªƒXƒŠƒ‰ƒ“ƒJ‚Å�”NŠú‚ð‰ß‚²‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½� ‚Í�AŽ„‚ÍSōtapanna‚͋󒆂ð”ò‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�AArahant‚ÍŠó–]‚Ç‚¨‚è‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä�Ăь»‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�ASōtapannas‚ÆArahants‚ÉŠ„‚è“–‚Ä‚ç‚ꂽ�u�_”é“I‚È�vƒCƒ��[ƒW‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ꂪ�¡“ú‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚È’B�¬‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì’B�¬‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚Ì‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤–¾Šm‚È�l‚¦‚ªŽ¸‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß‚¾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì�l‚Æ•t‚«�‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ȂniyataƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚³‚¦“Á’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂܂¸‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
Sōtapanna’iŠK‚Å‚³‚¦’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͊ȒP‚È‚±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ªŽæ‚é‚É‘«‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠú‘Ò‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Why a Sōtapanna is Better off than
any King, Emperor, or a Billionaire‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Sōtapanna‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͂½‚Á‚½6‚‚̂±‚Æ‚µ‚©‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B•ê�e‚ðŽE‚·�A•ê�e‚ðŽE‚·�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽE‚·�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ð��‚‚¯�ASaṅgha bheda�i•§–@‚ðadhamma‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‹³‚¦‚é�j‚ð��‚‚¯�Aniyata micchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BBahudhātuka sutta (MN 115)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
2. The attainment of
supernormal powers such as flying through the air or to vanish and reappear is
possible even by developing anāriya jhānās. Most of such attainments are lost at
death (even though the ability to get them back will be easier if one is reborn
human again).
Most of the Arahants who
had supernormal powers at the time of the Buddha had developed those before
encountering Buddha Dhamma. For example, Ven. Sāriputta
and Ven. Moggalana were vedic brāhmins who had developed all anāriya jhānās and
already possessed such powers before they met the Buddha.
2.‹ó’†‚ð”ò‚ñ‚¾‚è�A�Á–Å‚µ‚½‚è�A�Ä�oŒ»‚µ‚½‚è‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚½’´�í“I‚ȗ͂̊l“¾‚Í�Aanāriya jhānās‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚Ä‚à‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È’B�¬‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�AŽ€‚ʂƎ¸‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�i�lŠÔ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚·”\—͂͂æ‚èŠÈ’P‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�j�B
Nibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚Ì’B�¬‚Í�A�S‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê�A’´�í“I‚ȗ͂̔’B‚Ƃ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚âSōtapanna‚ª‚»‚̂悤‚È—Í‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃ͂ƂĂàŠÈ’P‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚ ‚郌ƒxƒ‹‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ƒ�ˆ‚³‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�A‚»‚̂悤‚È’´�í“I‚È—Í‚É‚à‚¤–²’†‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Žß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚É’´�í“I‚È—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Í�A•§–@‚É‘˜‹ö‚·‚é‘O‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠJ”‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASāriputta‚ÆMoggalana
‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌanāriya jhānās‚ð”’B‚³‚¹�AŽß‘¸‚É�o‰ï‚¤‘O‚É‚·‚łɂ»‚̂悤‚È—Í‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½ƒ”ƒF�[ƒ_‚ÌBrahmaƒ“‚Å‚µ‚½�B
3. Various stages of Nibbāna are attained by systematically
removing the 12 types of akusala citta (immoral thoughts) or, put it in a
different way, by removing the ten samyojana. There
are other ways to describe those conditions too; see, �gConditions for the Four Stages of
Nibbāna�g.
The four lōbha cittā that a Sōtapanna removes are the ones that are responsible
for vyapada, which
is the strong version of anger that makes one eligible for rebirth in the apāyās; see, �gAkusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna Avoids Apayagami Citta�g.
The two dōsa-mula citta, which gives rise to milder versions of
anger, are removed only that the Anāgāmi stage.
3.Nibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚Í�A12Ží—Þ‚Ìakusala Citta�i•s“¹“¿‚ÈŽv�lƒpƒ^�[ƒ“�j‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚É�í�œ‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚͕ʂ̌¾‚¢•û‚ð‚·‚ê‚Î�A10‚Ìsamyojana‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð�à–¾‚·‚鑼‚Ì•û–@‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BConditions for the Four Stages of
Nibbāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Í�Amicchā diṭṭhi�iŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½4‚‚Ìlōbha citta‚Ævicikicca(‹^‚¢)‚Ìmōha citta‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚ƂŒB�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B 2‚‚̃h�[ƒTƒ€�[ƒ‰Citta‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŽc‚è‚Ì7‚‚ÌakusalaCitta‚É‚Í�A‚Ü‚¾Sōtapanna‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Sōtapanna‚ª�í�œ‚·‚é4‚‚Ìlōbhacittā‚Í�Avyapada‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚évyapada‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aapapys‚Å‚Ì�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚ÌŽ‘Ši‚ð—^‚¦‚é‹‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì“{‚è‚Å‚·�B �uakusalaCitta–Sōtapanna‚ªapāyāsƒKƒ~Citta‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é•û–@�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‰¸‚â‚©‚È“{‚è‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·2‚‚Ìdōsa-mula citta‚Í�AAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
On the other hand, many people
are focused on trying to get rid of the perception of �gself�h. That is not
something that can forced; it just HAPPENS at the Arahant stage.
It is not possible to make that perception go away before that.
‚³‚ç‚É�Akāma rāga�iН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]�j‚Í�A�udiṭṭhi vippayutta�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Í‘¼‚Ì4‚‚Ìlōbha-mula citta‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚Í�AAnalsogāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A�±�ׂȂ±‚Ƃł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�Atihetuka uppatti‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ª�l‚¦‚é‚قǓ‚‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�Atihetuka‚·‚Ȃ킿dvihetuka patisandhi‚ð’N‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©“Á’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚É‘®‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bdvihetuka patisandhi‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Åmagga phala‚âAriyajhāna‚É’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Å‚àNibb anaŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‘O�i‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B
Patisandhi Citta – How the Next
Life is Determined According to Gati ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ˆê•û�A‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì’mŠo‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚±‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í‹�§‚Å‚«‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚¿‚傤‚Ç‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‘O‚É‚»‚Ì”Fޝ‚ð‚È‚‚·‚±‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
4. Turning to another
myth, NO ONE ELSE can discern what magga phala one has attained: Sōtapanna or a higher stage of Nibbāna. Only a Buddha has that capability. Let
me give an example to illustrate this point:
Thus, if Ven. Sāriputta was not able to discern whether that bhikkhu was
an Arahant,
it is NOT possible for anyone living today to determine the stage of Nibbāna (Sōtapanna, Sakadāgāmi, Anāgāmi, Arahant) of any other
person.
4.•Ê‚Ì�_˜b‚É–Ú‚ðŒü‚¯‚邯�A‘¼‚Ì’N‚à�Amagga phala‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŽ¯•Ê‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Ü‚½‚ÍNibbāna‚Ì�ãˆÊƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì”\—Í‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚͎̂ߑ¸‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì“_‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
‚ ‚鎞�ASāriputta‚Í�A”ä‹u‚ÉŽwަ‚ð—^‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚ª‚â‚Á‚Ä—ˆ‚Ä�ASāriputta‚ɘb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì”ä‹u‚Í‚·‚Å‚ÉArahantship‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ‚ÉŽwަ‚ð—^‚¦‚é•K—v‚͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–â‘è‚Ì”ä‹u‚ÍSāriputta‚ð‘¸�d‚µ‚ĉ½‚àŒ¾‚í‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª”»–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Sāriputta‚Í�A‚±‚ÌBuddha Sāsana‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®2”Ô–Ú‚Ì’nˆÊ‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ÆMoggallāna‚Ì2�l‚ªŽå—v‚È’íŽq‚Å‚µ‚½�FSāriputta‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®’mޝ‚ðŽ�‚¿�AMoggallāna‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽŸ‚®ƒTƒCƒLƒbƒN�Eƒpƒ��[‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASāriputta‚Í�A‚»‚Ì”ä‹u‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�AŒ»‘ã‚Å‚Í�ANibbāna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW�iSōtapanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�AArahant�j‚ðŒˆ’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Those people who attained
various stages of Nibbāna during the
early years had different religious beliefs. They sat down to listen to the
Buddha and by the time the discourse was over, they had attained various
stages of Nibbāna. Some people came
to debate the Buddha and left as Sotāpannas. One does not need to
formally become a �gBuddhist�h to realize the true nature of �gthis world�h.
�lŽí‚â�@‹³‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚�A‚Ü‚¾jāti Sōtapanna‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚»‚Ì�l‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚Ì‚±‚ƂɋC•t‚©‚È‚¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B‘O�¢‚ÅSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�AŒ´‘¥‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚âdeva‚̗̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚ɂłà�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B•§–@‚ÍŽ©‘R‚Ì–@‘¥‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠF‚É“¯‚¶‚悤‚É“K—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�‰Šú‚Ì� ‚ÉNibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½�l�X‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�@‹³“I�M”O‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ÉŽ¨‚ðŒX‚¯‚邽‚ß‚É�À‚è�A’k˜b‚ª�I‚í‚Á‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�ANibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�Bˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚ÍŽß‘¸‚Æ�à–¾‚·‚邽‚߂ɗˆ‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Æ‚µ‚ċނè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�³Ž®‚É�u•§‹³“k�v‚ɂȂé•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5. This is why one has to be
very careful when dealing with other humans, and not to offend anyone
intentionally. It is very important to have at least some knowledge of the
different weights of kamma; see, �gHow to Evaluate Different Weights of Kamma�g.
There is no being in the 31
realms that is at a higher level compared to an Arahant.
That is why killing an Arahant is a Anantariya pāpa kamma, i.e., it will bring extremely bad vipāka in the very next life. And it is not
possible to say whether a given person is an Arahant by
looking at that person, or even associating with him/her for a short time.
5.‚±‚ꂪ�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ðˆµ‚¤�Û‚É”ñ�í‚É’�ˆÓ�[‚�AˆÓ�}“I‚É’N‚©‚ð“{‚点‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B kamma‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�d‚݂ɂ‚¢‚Ä�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì’mޝ‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�B
How to Evaluate
Different Weights of Kamma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‰Æ‚Ì‘|�œ’†‚É•s’�ˆÓ‚Å’Ž‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚ð�S”z‚·‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�lŠÔ‚ɉR‚âŠëŠQ‚ð‰Á‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɂ‚¢‚Ä“ñ“x‚Æ�l‚¦‚È‚¢‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Í•¨Ž–‚ðŒã‘Þ‚³‚¹‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŒµ�³“x‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚ÌŒü‚¯‚ç‚ꂽ�u‘¶�݂̃Œƒxƒ‹�v‚Ɉ˂è‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔŠE‚É�¶‚𓾂é‚͔̂ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�¶‚Í�A‘¼‚Ì“®•¨‚Ì�¶‚É”ä‚ׂĉ½•S–œ”{‚à‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Í�A’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚Ä1000”{ˆÈ�ã�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚Í‚³‚ç‚É�‚‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
31—̈æ‚ɂ͈¢—…Š¿”äŠr‚µ‚Ä‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚É‚ ‚é‘¶�݂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŽE‚·‚±‚Æ‚ªAnantariya pāpa kamma‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�A‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂³‚ÉŽŸ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å”ñ�í‚Ɉ«‚¢vipāka‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚Ü‚½�A“Á’è‚Ì�l•¨‚ðƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ð�A‚»‚Ì�l•¨‚ðŒ©‚½‚è�A’ZŽžŠÔ‚ðŠÖŒW‚·‚邾‚¯‚ł͂킩‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
6. How does one discern whether
one has attained, say, the Sōtapanna stage?
6.‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚͂ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ă킩‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H
Sōtapanna‚Íphala moment‚É‚Í Ariya jhānās ‚𓾂Ă¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚±‚Å‚Í�A�uŒŒ“��v�igotra�j‚ª’Ê�í‚Ì�lŠÔ‚©‚çgotrabu citta‚ÅSōtapanna‚É•Ï�X‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B“¯—l‚ÌCitta vithi‚Íjhāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�Û‚É‚àŽÀ�s‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�Ajhāna‚Å‚Í�A–{�l‚Ì�uŒŒ“��v‚Í�Agotrabu‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚é�Ajhānic‚Ì�ó‘Ԃɂ̂ݕÏ�X‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Citta Vithi – Processing of Sense
Inputs‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚΂©‚è‚Ì�l‚ªˆÈ‘O‚Éanāriyajhāna‚ðŠJ”‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ìjhāna‚Í‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì•û–@‚ÅŠÈ’P‚ÉAriyajhāna‚ɕϊ·‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
anāriyajhāna‚Ƃ͈قȂè�AAriyajhāna‚Í�AН”\“I/‘žˆ«“I‚È�l‚¦‚ð‹�§“I‚É�¶‚Ý�o‚»‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‰ó‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ajhānic ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚é�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚͎肪‚©‚è‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A4”Ô–Ú‚ÌAriyajhāna‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚¨‚»‚ç‚Anāgāmi‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•ʂ̕û–@‚Í�Aapāyās�i�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�j‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é�sˆ×‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒŸ“¢‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B“®•¨‚Ì“Á’¥‚â�Kе�igati�j‚ª�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚Ì�«Ši‚Ì“®•¨‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚ª‹É’[‚È‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‘¼‚Ì�l�X‚ÉŠQ‚ð‹y‚Ú‚·‚±‚Æ‚ðŠé‚Ä‚é‚̂Ȃç‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Íniraya‚ɉ^–½‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̂悤‚ȋɒ[‚ÈæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ–³’m‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Íapāyās‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASōtapanna‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‹É“x‚̈³—͂ɂ³‚炳‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�uapāyagāmi gati�v‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ðŒ©•ª‚¯‚é‚͕̂s‰Â”\‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�\•ª‚ÈŽ‘ŽY‚ª‚ ‚è�A—\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‰½‚à‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚«‚Í�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚é•û‚ªŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AŠ®‘S‚É�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�X�v‚ª“{‚è‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÉŽE�l‚ð”Æ‚·�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Also see, �g�h for more details.
Sammā Diṭṭhi‚𓾂Ä�A12‚̉”\‚Èakusalacittā‚Ì“à‚Ì‚T‚‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É�ƒ�ˆ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚é�u–³’m�v‚©‚ç�¶‚¶‚½micchā diṭṭhi‚Ævicikicca citta‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é4‚‚Ìlōbha cittā‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì5‚‚ÌCitta‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚܂łÌanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Akusala Citta – How a Sōtapanna Avoids Apayagami Cittas‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŠm—§‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½�iniyata�j‚ÌŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�i�u10‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�s“®�iDasa Akusala�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ�j‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ªSōtapanna‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í’á‚¢‚Å‚·�BSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‚ ‚é�u•s–Ñ‚È�«Ž¿�v‚ð–Ú‚É‚·‚é‚܂ŕs‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚⑼‚̗̈æ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ð”F‚߂Ȃ¢�ê�‡‚É‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�BTen Immoral Actions (Dasa Akusala)
‚Ü‚½�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�uHow Does One Know whether the
Sōtapanna Stage is Reached?ŽQ�Æ�B
7. Many people believe it is
necessary to meditate a lot to attain the Sōtapanna stage.
While it is beneficial to meditate, one can in principle be
a Sōtapanna without
doing any FORMAL meditation as I explain below. I have given some examples from
the time of the Buddha in #4 above; however, such cases rare these days.
7.‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ½‚‚ÌáÒ‘z‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BáÒ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·‚ª�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�AŒ´‘¥‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ð�s‚í‚È‚‚Ä‚à�ASōtapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚ÅŽß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚©‚ç‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì—á‚ð‹“‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚±‚̂悤‚ȃP�[ƒX‚Í�ŋ߂͂܂ê‚Å‚·�B
Šî–{“I‚Élōbha�Adōsa�Amōha‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�ANibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Æ‚¢‚¤2‚‚̒iŠK‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�uDassanena pahātabbā�v�iƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚É‚æ‚é�œ‹Ž�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŒ©‚é”\—Í�v�j‚ªSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɕK—v‚È‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�uDassanena pahātabbā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚Í‚Á‚«‚茩‚¦‚é�v‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŽß‘¸‚Ì�u‹ê‚µ‚Ý�v‚ª‰½‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�Å�‰‚̃^ƒCƒv‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B
Living Dhamma‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
lōbha�Adōsa�Amōha ‚ª’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邯�ANibbāna‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȒiŠK‚ª’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�udassanena pahātabbā�v‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�u31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�A‚‚܂èanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚𖾗Ăɗ�‰ð‚µ‚Ä�A�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�v‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é5‚‚Ìakusala cittā‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚É�ASōtapanna‚ÍŽc‚è‚Ì7‚‚ÌakusalaCitta‚ð3‚‚̒iŠK‚ÅáÒ‘z�A‚‚܂è�ubhāvanāya pahātabbā�v‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ÌNibbāna‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O‚ÉáÒ‘z‚·‚é‚̂͗ǂ¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B�S‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n�l‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å•K—v‚Æ‚³‚ê‚é�ubhāvanā�v‚·‚Ȃ킿áÒ‘z‚Í�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚ÉŒÀ’è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“¹“¿“I‚È�s“®‚·‚Ȃ킿�usila�v‚ª pancanivarana‚ðŒ¸‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�u‚Í‚Á‚«‚è‚ÆŒ©‚¦‚é�v‚½‚߂ɕK—v‚Ȋ‹«‚ð�®‚¦‚邽‚߂ł·�BLiving Dhamma‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
Revised November 19, 2018; February 11, 2020
1. The night the Buddha attained
the Buddhahood, three unique pieces of knowledge (tivijjā)
arose in him, namely:
The unique vision to see how to
eliminate all kilesa (āsava) or defilements (āsavakkhaya ñāna.)
1.Žß‘¸‚ª•§‚Ì‹«’n‚É’B‚µ‚½–é�A”Þ‚É‚Í3‚‚̃†ƒj�[ƒN‚È’mޝ�itivijjā�j‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
”Þ‚ªˆÈ‘O‚Ì–³�”‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚½ƒ†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�ipubbenivāsānussati
ñāna�j
�¶‚«•¨‚ªƒJƒ“ƒ}‚É�]‚Á‚ÄŽ€‚ñ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚é”\—Í�B�icutupapāda ñāna�j
‚·‚ׂĂÌkilesa�iāsava�j‚·‚Ȃ킿‰˜‚ê‚ð”r�œ‚·‚é•û–@‚ª‚í‚©‚郆ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�iāsavakkhaya ñāna�j
2. With the attainment of
the āsavakkhaya ñāna, Sidharata Gōtama became Buddha Gōtama. That
was the final step in purifying the mind. That was the fruit of all his
efforts, the Path to attaining Nibbāna for
any being. Āsavakkhaya (āsava+khaya = cutting off all the āsavā or mental fermentations). Thus Āsavakkhaya ñāna means
the knowledge of cutting off āsavā and
thus freeing the mind from the ability to generate any defilement.
Some habits (�ggati�g) we have cultivated (or fermented) over
innumerable lives, and that is why they are hard to remove. Only through
learning pure Dhamma and persistence in one�fs efforts, one can break such
bad habits and thus eventually āsava.
There are four types of āsava, and
each is associated with corresponding bad habits.
2.āsavakkhaya
ñāna‚Ì’B�¬‚É‚æ‚è�ASidharata Gōtama‚ÍBuddha Gōtama‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ꂪƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚ß‚é�ÅŒã‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚͔ނ̂·‚ׂĂ̓w—Í‚Ì�¬‰Ê‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é‘¶�Ý‚ªNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚铹‚Å‚µ‚½�B Āsavakkhaya�iāsava+ khaya =‚·‚ׂĂÌāsavā‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Ì”�y‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚é�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aāsavakkhaya ñāna‚Æ‚Í�Aāsava‚ð�؂藣‚µ‚ĉ˜‚·‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·”\—Í‚©‚çƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‰ð•ú‚·‚é’mޝ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
āsava‚Æ‚Í�AƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Ü‚½‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�uāsravayata āva�v‚Å�uŠÖ˜A‚Â�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ªŠÖ˜A‚‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚é�Kе�igati�j‚Í‚³‚ç‚ÉŠÖŒW‚ª�[‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B�l‚ªŒp‘±‚µ‚½“]�¶‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�Kе‚ð—{‚¢‘±‚¯‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�uāsava�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BĀsava, Anusaya, and Gati (Gati)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
āsava�iƒp�[ƒŠŒê�AƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê�AƒTƒ“ƒXƒNƒŠƒbƒgŒê�j‚Í�A’Š�o•¨‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒGƒbƒZƒ“ƒX‚𓾂邽‚ß‚Ì�ö—¯‚àˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì–ò—p’²�‡•¨‚Í�A�¬•ª‚Ì�¬�‡•¨‚ð‰½ƒ–ŒŽ‚à’n‰º‚ɕۂ‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä”�y‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª–³�”‚Ì�l�¶‚Å”|‚Á‚Ä‚«‚½�i‚Ü‚½‚Í”�y‚³‚¹‚½�j‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�Kе�igati�j‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�AŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚̂ł·�BŽ©•ª‚Ì“w—Í‚Å�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð”S‚è‹‚Šw‚Ô‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�A‚»‚̂悤‚Ȉ«‚¢�Kе‚ð”j‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«�A‚Ђ¢‚Ä‚Íāsava‚𖳂‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bāsava‚É‚Í4‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ‘Ήž‚·‚鈫‚¢�Kе‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
3. The doctrine of Paṭicca Samuppāda, which has twelve factors,
namely, avijjā, saṅkhāra,
viññāna, nāmarūpa, salāyatana, phassa, vēdanā, taṇhā,
upādāna, bhava, jāti, jarā, marana became
clear to him. Going over this Doctrine of Paṭicca Samuppāda in forward and reverse order
repeatedly, he attained the Eightfold Noble Path, Ariya Magga,
which is also known as Yathābhuta Ñānadassana.
3.Paṭicca Samuppāda‚Ì‹³‹`�B‚±‚ê‚É‚Í�Aavijjā�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāna�Anāmarūpa�Asalāyatana�Aphassa�Avēdanā�Ataṇhā�Aupādāna�Abhava�Ajāti�Ajarā�A12‚Ì—v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è�Amarana‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚ÌPaṭicca Samuppāda‚Ì‹³‹`‚ð�‡‚Æ‹t‚Ì�‡�˜‚ÅŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ä�i‚Þ‚Æ�A�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹�AAriya Magga‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍYathābhuta Ñānadassana‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
4. Paṭicca Samuppāda clarifies how ignorant beings
accumulate defilements (and āsavā), and
get trapped in the round of rebirths (sansāra.)
Those āsavā ferment via
repeated use of bad habits (�ggati�g). And
the Noble Eightfold Path is the way to remove those �ggati�h (and
thus ) from the mind.
4.PaṭiccaSamuppāda‚Í�A–³’m‚È�¶‚«•¨‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉ˜‚ê�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñāsavā�j‚ð’~�Ï‚µ�A“]�¶‚Ì—Ö‰ô�isansāra�j‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚𖾂炩‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆ«‚¢�Kе(gati)‚ðŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚ÄŽg‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Åāsavā‚Í”�y‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ugati�v�i‚»‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äāsavā
�j‚ðƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚•û–@‚Å‚·�B
5. We all have four significant types of āsavā, even though there are uncountable minor varieties:
Avijjāsava is all cravings that arise due to ignorance.
That is the ignorance of the Noble Truth of Suffering (which is NOT merely
suffering itself) and the other Noble Truths.
5.�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒi�[‚ÈŽí—Þ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠF�A4‚‚Ì�d—v‚ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ì�uāsavā�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Diṭṭhāsava‚Í�AŒë‚Á‚½�M”O(micchā
diṭṭhi)‚É‹Nˆö‚·‚éƒJƒeƒSƒŠ‚Å‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A’N‚©‚ª“]�¶‚ð�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A�uŽ€‚Ê‘O‚É�l�¶‚ð�Å‘åŒÀ‚ÉŠy‚µ‚Þ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚Ȃǂ̊‰–]‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Kāmāsava‚ÍŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тɊ֘A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Bhavāsava‚Í�A“Á’è‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ì‘¶�݂ւ̊‰–]‚Å‚·�B�lŠÔ�Adeva�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍBrahma‚Ȃǂł·�B‚Ç‚ñ‚È�¶–½‘̂łà�A‚Ç‚ñ‚ȗ̈æ‚Å‚à�A�¶‚«‚邽‚ß‚É�¶–½‚ð�Ø–]‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Avijjāsava‚Í�A–³’m‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̊‰–]‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ�i‚»‚ꎩ‘Ì‚ª’P‚ɋꂵ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ¢�j‚Æ‘¼‚Ì�¹‚È‚é�^ŽÀ‚Ì–³’m‚Å‚·�B
6. The four types of āsavā go away in a step-by-step process as
one proceeds on the Path. Even before the Sōtapanna stage,
one will be reducing them, but those reductions do not hold to future lives.
Removal of āsavā starts with the removal of bad habits
and cultivating good habits; see, �gHabits and
Goals,�h �gThe Law of Attraction, Habits, Character (Gati), and
Cravings (Āsavas),�h and, �gSaṃsāric Habits and
Āsavas.�h
6. 4‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì�uāsava�v‚Í�A�u“¹�v‚ð�i‚ނɂ‚ê‚Ä�A’iŠK“I‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�BSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�팸‚Í—ˆ�¢‚ɂ͓K—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�uapāyagāmi�vƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðƒgƒŠƒK�[‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é4Ží—Þ‚Ìāsavā‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�Å‚à’á‚¢4—̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Diṭṭhāsava�iŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚Ì�j‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
Sakadāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Akāmāsava‚Æbhavāsava‚ªŒ¸�‚µ�ASakadāgāmi‚Í�A—ˆ�¢‚Å‚Í�AƒfƒB�[ƒoˆÈ�ã‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B avijjāsava‚àŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Kāmāsava‚ÍAnāgāmiƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Akāma lōka �ideva—̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Å“ñ“x‚Æ�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Bhavāsava‚¨‚æ‚Ñavijjāsava‚àŒ¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
bhavāsava‚Æavijjāsava‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚Å�ÕŒ`‚à‚È‚�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Åāsavakkhaya‚ªŠ®�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
āsavā‚Ì�í�œ‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚Ì�í�œ‚Æ—Ç‚¢�Kе‚̈ç�¬‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�BHabits and
Goals,�h �gThe Law of Attraction, Habits, Character (Gati), and
Cravings (Āsavas),�h and, �gSaṃsāric Habits and
Āsavas�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
7. Many people have the
misconception that �gone needs to deplete all kamma vipāka�h to attain Nibbāna.
First of all, kamma vipāka are results of actions that had been
done previously (either in this life or in previous lives.)
Even the Buddha had eleven kamma vipāka left
that resulted in backaches and an ulcer-like ailment close to Parinibbāna, among others. To get
rid of a kamma seed associated
with a given kamma, the other party
related to that kamma seed needs to be
able to receive the merits of Metta Bhāvanā. That
person needs to have a state of mind with alōbha, adōsa, and amōha.
But some of those beings may be trapped in the niraya for
long times and may not even have a moment of �grelief�h to receive such merits. I
will discuss this in a separate post, but the critical idea discussed in, �gTransfer of Merits (Pattidāna) –
How Does it Happen?�g. Nibbāna‚ÆKamma‚ÌŠÔ‚ÉŠÖŒW‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚©�H
7.‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚Í�ANibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�u‚·‚ׂĂÌkamma vipāka‚ðŒÍЉ‚³‚¹‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‰ð‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚¸�Akamma vipāka‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚É�i‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Ü‚½‚Í‘O�¢‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�j�s‚í‚ꂽ�s“®‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B
MettaBhāvanā‚Í�A‘O�¢‚Ìkamma‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½kammic power‚̈ꕔ‚ð�í�œ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma‚É‚æ‚é‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ìkamma Bīja‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí�i—Ç‚¢‚à‚̂ƈ«‚¢‚à‚̗̂¼•û�j‚Í�ANibbāna‚Ì“ž’BŽž‚ɂ܂¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B5. Ariya Metta Bhāvana (Loving
Kindness Meditation)
Žß‘¸‚³‚¦11‚Ìkammavipāka‚ªŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A’†‚Å‚à�A�˜’É‚â�AParinibbāna‚ɋ߂¢Žž‚É’×ᇂ̂悤‚È•a‹C‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B“Á’è‚Ìkamma‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽƒJƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̃Jƒ“ƒ}‚ÌŽí‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚鑊Žè‘¤‚ª�AMetta Bhāvanā‚̃�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ð‹�Žó‚Å‚«‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì�lŽ©•ª‚à‚µ‚‚Í‘ŠŽè�H‚Íalōbha, adōsa,amōha‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¶�݂̈ꕔ‚Í�A’·‚¢ŠÔniraya‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ð‹�Žó‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�u‹~�Ï�v‚Ì�uŠÔ‚³‚¦Ž�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͕ʂ̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�d—v‚È�l‚¦•û‚ÍTransfer of Merits (Pattidāna) –
How Does it Happen?‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
8. What really happens is the
following. With the removal of āsavā,
the akusala-mula Paṭicca samuppāda with �gvedanā paccayā taṇhā�h
step stops working. Instead, now kusala-mula Paṭicca samuppāda cycles with �gvedanā paccayā adhimokko�h
will operate. There is no �gupādāna paccayā bhavo�h step
in the kusala-mula Paṭicca samuppāda cycles.
Thus an Arahant could
have many unspent kamma Bīja (both good and bad) left, but his/her
mind has lost the craving (āsava) to
grasp any of them.
—�‰ð‚·‚é•ʂ̕û–@
8.ŽÀ�Û‚É‹N‚±‚邱‚Ƃ͎Ÿ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B āsavā‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邯�A�uvedanā paccayā
taṇhā�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚éakusala-mula Paṭicca
samuppāda‚ª‹@”\‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A�uvedanā paccayā adhimokko�v‚ðŽg—p‚·‚ékusala-mula Paṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚ª“®�삵‚Ü‚·�B kusala-mula Paṭicca samuppādaƒTƒCƒNƒ‹‚É‚Í�A�uupādāna paccayā bhavo�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ªŽ€‚ʂƂ«�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂ‚©‚Ü‚ê‚é�ubhava�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ujāti�v‚·‚Ȃ킿’a�¶‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‘½‚‚Ì–¢Žg—p‚Ìkamma Bīja�i—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚àˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚à�j‚ðŽc‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ð’Í‚à‚¤‚Æ‚·‚é—~‹��iāsavā �j‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
10. �gEverything happens due
to kamma�h is a misconception.
That is a Vedic concept, and is not in Buddha Dhamma; see, �gSankhāra, Kamma, Kamma
Bīja, Kamma Vipāka.�h The āsavakkhaya ñāna is the key to Nibbāna.
10.�u‚·‚ׂĂªƒJƒ“ƒ}‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‹N‚±‚é�v‚Ƃ͌ë‰ð‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚̓”ƒF�[ƒ_‚ÌŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�A•§–@‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSankhāra, Kamma, Kamma Bīja, Kamma Vipāka‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Āsavakkhaya ñāna‚ÍNibbāna‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B
Revised April
3, 2016; May 6, 2017; November 27,2017; December 17, 2017; February 26,
2018
The Mahācattārīsaka Sutta (MN 117) discusses two
eightfold paths: A mundane path that leads to rebirth in the �ggood realms�h (at
or above the human realm) and the Noble Eightfold Path that leads to Nibbāna.
1. All suttā in
one way or another describe the Path to Nibbāna;
there are many ways to analyze the Path.
In
this sutta, the emphasis is on the 20 �ggood factors�h, 10 leading to
�ggood rebirths�f and 10 leading to Nibbāna
(Cooling Down of the mind). The opposing 20 factors direct one away
from Nibbāna (to be trapped in the
four lowest realms or apāyā).
Mahācattārīsaka Sutta (MN 117)‚Í�A�u�lŠÔ‚̗̈æˆÈ�ã‚Ì�v�u—Ç‚¢—̈æ�v‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚镽–}‚ÈŒo˜H‚Æ�ANibbāna‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
1.‚·‚ׂĂÌsuttā‚͉½‚ç‚©‚ÌŒ`‚ÅNibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“¹‚ð•ª�Í‚·‚é•û–@‚Í‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚Ìsuttā‚Å‚Í�A20‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢—vˆö�v‚É�d“_‚ª’u‚©‚ê�A10‚ª�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A10‚ªNibbāna�i�S‚Ì—â�³�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘Η§‚·‚é20‚Ì—vˆö‚Í�A�l‚ðNibbāna‚©‚牓‚´‚¯‚Ü‚·�i4‚‚Ì�Å‚à’á‚¢—̈悷‚Ȃ킿apāyā‚ɕ‚¶�ž‚ß‚ç‚ê‚é�j�B
2. The Path to Nibbāna is
normally abbreviated as sīla (virtue), samādhi (moral concentration), and paññā (wisdom).
This
is a cyclic process: when one completes the first round, one starts the
next round with enhanced paññā, and can
�gsee more�h. The �gseeing�h will be complete only at the Arahant stage.
2.Nibbāna‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚Í’Ê�í�Asīla�i”ü“¿�j�Asamādhi�i“¹“¿“I�W’†—Í�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñpaññā�i’qŒd�j‚Æ�Ì‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì’qŒd‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A“¹‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚·‚ç‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð‚ǂꂾ‚¯•·‚¢‚½‚è“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚肵‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉ½‚Ì—˜‰v‚à“¾‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l�X‚͉ߋŽ�¢‚©‚ç’z‚«�ã‚°‚ç‚ꂽsaṃsāric‚È�Kе�i�ugati�v�j‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŠ®‘S‚É•¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Ímōha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é–³’m‚Ì‹—͂Ȍ`�¬‰»‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì’qŒd�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�u–{‚Ì’mޝ�v‚ł͂Ȃpaññā�j‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�u“¹‚ðŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�u“¹‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚·‚Æ‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’qŒd‚ÅŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢�‡�˜‚Ísīla�Asamādhi�Apaññā�i•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒã�A�Ăтæ‚è�[‚¢paññā�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì—�‰ð�j‚Å�A�¹‚Ȃ邷‚Ȃ킿Lokottara‚Ì”ª�³“¹�A‚‚܂èpaññā�Asīla�Asamādhi‚ÅŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Sammā nāna‚ÆSammā Vimutti�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚éSammā Samādhi‚ÉŒü‚©‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚炪Nibbāna‚Ì10‚Ì—vˆö‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ASīla, Samādhi, Pannā to Pannā,
Sīla, Samādhi‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�zŠÂƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B�Å�‰‚̃‰ƒEƒ“ƒh‚ªŠ®—¹‚·‚邯�A‹‰»‚³‚ꂽpaññā‚ÅŽŸ‚̃‰ƒEƒ“ƒh‚ªŠJŽn‚³‚ê�A�u‚à‚Á‚ÆŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂݊®—¹‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
3. There are
four kinds of �gseeing�h that is with a person that is improved in the following order: strong micchā diṭṭhi and
engaging in pāpa kamma (people like serial killers), moral people with some types of miccā diṭṭhi (most
people today belong to this category), after getting rid of 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi, and transcendental Sammā Diṭṭhi (comprehending anicca, dukkha, anatta or vision
for attaining Nibbāna).
When
one�fs mind is totally covered with defilements (when one has mōha), one is likely to believe in all or some of
the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi:
3.ŽŸ‚Ì�‡�˜‚ʼnü‘P‚³‚ê‚é�uŒ©‚邱‚Æ�v‚É‚Í4‚‚̎í—Þ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‹‚¢micchā diṭṭhi‚Æpāpa kamma˜A‘±ŽE�l”Ƃ̂悤‚È�l�X�j‚É�]Ž–‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽ�‚“¹“¿“I�l�X�i�¡“ú‚̂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l�X‚Í‚±‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚É‘®‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚Å‚·�BŽŸ‚É10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‚à‚Ì�A�ÅŒã‚É�A’´‰z“I‚ÈSammāDiṭṭhi�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̃rƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ð—�‰ð�j‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�S‚ª‰˜‚ê‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É•¢‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�imōha‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�j�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ܂½‚͈ꕔ‚ð�M‚¶‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
See, �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage�g,
and �gHidden World of the Gandhabba:
Netherworld (Para Lōka)�h for a discussion on para loka.
10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Æ‚Í
—^‚¦‚邱‚Ƃɗ˜‰v‚͂Ȃ¢
Ž©•ª‚Ì�Ó”C‚ð‰Ê‚½‚µ‚Ä‚àƒ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚͂Ȃ¢
‚æ‚è�‚‚¢”ü“¿‚ðŽ�‚Â�l�X‚Ö‚ÌŒhˆÓ‚Æ‹Ÿ•¨‚ð�ì‚邱‚Ƃɂ̓�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ª‚È‚¢
ƒJƒ“ƒ}‚·‚Ȃ킿�sˆ×‚Í—Ç‚¢‚ƈ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�ivipāka�j‚ðŽ�‚½‚È‚¢
‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢
para loka‚·‚Ȃ킿 gandhabba ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢
•ƒ�e‚Í“Á•Ê‚È�l‚ł͂Ȃ¢
•ê�e‚Í“Á•Ê‚È�l‚ł͂Ȃ¢
‘¼‚Ì29‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A�uŠÔ“I‚È�iopapātika�j’a�¶‚͂Ȃ¢
‰˜‚ê‚ð‚È‚‚·‚½‚߂Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðˆç‚Ý�A‘¼‚̗̈æ‚â‘O�¢‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éamana brahmana�iŠî–{“I‚É‚ÍAriyā ‚âyogis�j‚Í‚¢‚È‚¢
para loka‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�à–¾‚Í�AMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sotāpanna Stage‚ÆHidden World of the Gandhabba:
Netherworld (Para Lōka)‚ðŽQ�Æ
4. The 10 wrong actions that contribute to one�fs downfall (akusala kamma)
RESULT FROM the above 10 types of wrong views.
And
one will engage in 3 types of immoral bodily actions (micchā
kammaṃta):
in killing living beings (pānātipātā), taking
the not-given (adinnādānā), sexual misconduct
and other extreme sensual activities (kāmēsu
micchācārā).
4. �ã‹L‚Ì10Ží—Þ‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�AŽ©•ª‚Ì–v—Ž‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé10‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�iakusala kamma�j‚Å‚·�B
•s“¹“¿‚È�l‚¦‚âˆÓ�}�imicchā saṅkappa�j‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ªˆÈ‰º‚Ì3‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ðŒ©‚æ‚¤‚Ƃ͂µ‚È‚¢�B�FН”\“I‚È—~–]�ikāmacchanda�j�Aˆ«ˆÓ�ivyāpāda�j�A–\—Í�ihimsā�j�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í4Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā vācā‚·‚Ȃ킿ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�F‰R�imusāvāda�j�A’†���ipisunāvācā�j�AŒµ‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`�ipharusāvācā�j�A‹ó‚̃Xƒs�[ƒ`�isamphappalāpa�j
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A3‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�g‘Ì“I�sˆ×�imicchā kammaṃta�j‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚·�F�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚·�ipānātipātā�j�A—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚é�iadinnādānā�j�A�«“I•s�³�sˆ×‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚Ì‘¼‚̋ɒ[‚ÈŠ¯”\“I‚ÈŠˆ“®�ikāmēsu micchācārā�j�B
5. The more one does those 10 defiled actions by the
mind, speech, and body, the stronger one�fs conviction of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi will
become. Thus one will be trapped in a downward Path.
And so
it goes on and on, pushing one in downward spiral.
5.ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�AŒ¾“®�A‘̂ɂæ‚邱‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚̉˜‚³‚ꂽ�s“®‚ð‚æ‚è‘½‚ŽÀ�s‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi ‚Ì‚æ‚è‹‚¢Šm�M‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‰º•û‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A•s“¹“¿‚È�¶Œv‚ð—§‚Ä�imiccha ājiva�j�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý�imicchā vāyāma�j�A‚»‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚ð�\’z‚µ�imicchā sati�j�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒZƒbƒg‚ðŒÅ‚ß‚é�imicchā samādhi�j�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�‡”Ô‚É�Amicchā diṭṭhi, micchā saṅkappa,
micchā vācā, micchā kammaṃta.‚ð‹‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŒp‘±‚µ�A‰ºŒü‚«‚̃XƒpƒCƒ‰ƒ‹‚ɉŸ‚µ�ž‚݂܂·�B
6. Therefore, those two sets of 10 factors each will
lead one in the wrong way towards unimaginable suffering in future lives, and
it will be very difficult to break away from them.
Sometimes
acts of occasional kindness or charity could open one�fs mind to the truth. This
is probably the reason for the order: sīla, samādhi, paññā. Even
occasional acts of virtue (sīla) can get one
pointed in the right direction.
6.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̂»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì10—v‘f‚̃Zƒbƒg‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚Ì�l�¶‚Å‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂Ƃ¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½“¹‚É“±‚«�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ç‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�¢“ï‚É‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Žž�Ü�A—D‚µ‚³‚Ì�sˆ×�A‚·‚È‚í‚¿Žœ‘P‚ª�^ŽÀ‚ɑ΂µ‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠJ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ‚¨‚»‚ç‚’��˜‚Å‚ ‚ésīla�Asamādhi�Apaññā‚Ì—�—R‚Ȃ̂łµ‚傤�B‹ô‘R‚Ì“¿‚ ‚é�sˆ×�isīla�j‚Å‚³‚¦�A�l‚ð�³‚µ‚¢•ûŒü‚ÉŒü‚¯‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
7. As one removes more and more types of micchā diṭṭhi, one will
start gaining Sammā Diṭṭhi,
which means not having those 10 types of micchā
diṭṭhi.
It is
just like taking a medicine to cure a disease. If one is taking the wrong
medicine, then no matter how long one takes it, that will not help.
7.‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·‘½‚‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ð�í�œ‚·‚邯�ASammāDiṭṭhi‚ðŠl“¾‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B‚‚܂è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ª�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邯�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Aanicca‚ª’P‚É�u–³�í�v‚Å‚ ‚è�Aanatta‚ª�uno-self�v‚Å‚ ‚邯‰ðŽß‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A‚Ü‚Á‚½‚–ð‚É—§‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚¿‚傤‚Ç–ò‚ðˆù‚ñ‚Å•a‹C‚ðŽ¡‚·‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�BŠÔˆá‚Á‚½–ò‚𕞗p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚É‚Í�A‚Ç‚ê‚Ù‚Ç’·‚•ž—p‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Í–ð‚É—§‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
8. So, the sutta explains that there
are 2 types of Sammā Diṭṭhi: mundane
(lōkiya), and transcendental (lōkuttara).
Initially, one sees the perils of micchā diṭṭhi (and
associated immoral acts), and starts turning to mundane Sammā Diṭṭhi: One sees
that things happen for a reason, and one could get into bad situations and bad
births by doing immoral acts. One is motivated to do moral deeds and to seek
good rebirths. Now one does not have mōha,
but just avijjā.
This
eight factors constitute the mundane Eightfold Path. One will be
making progress towards �ggood rebirths�h.
8.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asutta‚ÍSammā Diṭṭhi‚É‚Í2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B•�’Ê‚Ì�ilōkiya�j‚Æ’´‰z‚µ‚½�ilōkuttara�j‚à‚̂ł·�B
�Å�‰‚Í�Amicchā diṭṭhi‚̊댯�i‚ÆŠÖ‚í‚é•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�j‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A•�’Ê‚ÌSammā Diṭṭhi‚ðŽg‚¢Žn‚߂܂·�F•¨Ž–‚Í—�—R‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä”�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚Å�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ĉ«‚¢�󋵂∫‚¢�o�¶‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�sˆ×‚ð�s‚¢�A—Ç‚¢“]�¶‚ð‹�‚߂铮‹@‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚¤‚È‚é‚Æmōha‚͂Ȃ‚È‚è�Aavijj₾‚¯‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚Í“¹“¿“IŽv�l�iSammā Saṅkappa�j‚ð�l‚¦Žn‚ß�A“¹“¿“IƒXƒs�[ƒ`�iSammā Vācā�j‚𔂵�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ð�T‚¦‚Ü‚·(Sammā Kammanta)�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Œv‚ÉŒg‚í‚è�iSammā ājiva�j�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚Ý�iSammā Vāyāma�j�A‚»‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iSamma Sati�j‚ð�\’z‚µ�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦•û‚ðŒÅ‚ß‚é�iSammā Samādhi�j�B
‚±‚Ì8‚‚̗v‘f‚ª•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ð�\�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Å�l‚Í�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä‘O�i‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
9. It is important to realize
that those dasa akusala that are done by the body
(killing, stealing, sexual misconduct) and speech
(lying, slandering, harsh speech, gossiping) are tackled in the mundane
Eightfold Path.
Even
though the English translation there is not that good, this fact is clear in
the English translation at that website: �gThe Great Forty�g.
9•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�A.�g‘Ì�iŽEŠQ�A“�‚Ý�A�«“Iˆá–@�sˆ×�j‚ƃXƒs�[ƒ`�i‰R�A’†���AŒµ‚µ‚¢”Œ¾�A‚¨‚µ‚á‚ׂè�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ädasa akusala‚ª�s‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�d—v‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ÍMahā Cattārīsaka Sutta (MN 117)‚Å‹ï‘Ì“I‚É�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‰pŒê‚Ì–|–ó‚Í‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç—Ç‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚±‚ÌŽ–ŽÀ‚̓EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚̉pŒê‚Ì–|–óThe Great Forty‚Å–¾Šm‚Å‚·�B
10. Then some of those on the mundane Eightfold Path
will start seeing the unique message of the Buddha, which says that one can
NEVER find permanent happiness in this world (lōkiya).
Of
course, one needs to be exposed the correct version of Tilakkhana.
10.‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É‚¢‚é�l‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�ilōkiya�j‚ɉi‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚ÄŒ©‚‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¤Žß‘¸‚̃†ƒj�[ƒN‚ȃ�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ðŒ©Žn‚߂܂·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�A•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AŽŸ‚Ì“]�¶‚Å4‚‚̉ºˆÊ—̈æ�iapāyā�j‚ðŠmŽÀ‚ɉñ”ð‚µ‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì“]�¶‚ɂ͉½‚à•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ł·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦�lŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŽŸ‚Ì�l�¶‚łǂ̂悤‚È�󋵂Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ɂ͂킩‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌTilakkhana‚ð‘ÌŠ´‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
11. As long as one has not not attained the Sōtapanna stage
of Nibbāna, it is inevitable that one is
likely to be born in the apāyā in
(probably distant) future. One may be born in the human or higher realms for a
long time to come due to the moral acts done in this life, but once that �ggood
energy�h is spent, past bad kamma vipāka will inevitably come to the surface.
This
is in fact the concept of anatta: that there is no place in the
whole wider world of 31 realms that one could find refuge.
11.Nibbāna‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A�i‚¨‚»‚炉“‚¢�j�«—ˆ“I‚ÉApāyā‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚铹“¿“I�sˆ×‚É‚æ‚è�A�lŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í‚æ‚è�‚‚¢—̈æ‚Å’·‚¢ŠÔ�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�v‚ª”ï‚₳‚ê‚邯�A‰ß‹Ž‚̈«‚¢kammavipāka‚ª•K‘R“I‚É•\–ʂɌ»‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚éŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�Å�I“I‚Édukkha�i‹ê‚µ‚Ý�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ�Adēva�A‚Ü‚½‚ÍBrahma‚Ì•½–}‚È�K•Ÿ‚Ì‚½‚߂ɓw—Í‚µ‚Ä‚àŽÀ‚è‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�o�¶‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‚ª‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B’·Šú“I‚ɂ͖ž‘«‚Ì‚¢‚‚à‚Ì‚ðˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ꂪanicca‚̃Rƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚Å‚·�B
31—̈æ‚Ì�L‚¢�¢ŠE‘S‘Ì‚É�A”ð“ï�Š‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯‚±‚ë‚͂Ȃ¢�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Ì‚ªŽÀ�Û‚Ìanatta‚ÌŠT”O‚Å‚·�B
12. The realization of these three characteristics (anicca, dukkha, anatta) of this world (lokaya) is the point at which one grasps the lōkuttara Sammā Diṭṭhi.
Avijjā is gradually dispelled
starting at the Sōtapanna stage and
completely removed at the Arahant stage; simultaneously,
wisdom (paññā) grows and becomes complete at
the Arahant stage.
12.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�ilokaya�j‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�j‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªlōkuttara Sammā Diṭṭhi‚ð‚‚©‚Þƒ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B
ŽŸ‚É�A“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚¦�iSammāsaṅkappa�j‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ð‰i‰“‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚•û–@‚ð�l‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È“w—̖͂³‰v‚³‚ðŽÀŠ´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�¡‚Å‚Í�u—Ç‚¢“]�¶�v‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Ílōkuttara Sammā Saṅkappa‚Å‚·�B
•s“¹“¿‚È”Œ¾‚ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð‚â‚ß�iSammā vācā �j�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�iSammā kammaṃta�j‚ð‚â‚߂܂·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚炪ˆ«‚¢�o�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂɈӖ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪlōkuttara SammāVāc₯lōkuttara Sammā Kammanta‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�‡”Ô‚Élōkuttaraƒ^ƒCƒv‚ÌSammā Ājiva�ASammā Vāyāma�ASammā Sati�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑSammā Samādhi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì8‚‚̗v‘f‚ªlōkuttara Noble Eightfold Path‚ð�\�¬‚µ�A�u‚æ‚è�‚“x‚Ì—â‹p�v‚·‚Ȃ킿Nibbāna‚Ì’iŠK‚É�i‚Ý�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è�AArahant‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Avijjā‚Í�ASaptapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚©‚ç�™�X‚É�œ‚©‚ê�AArahantƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B“¯Žž‚É�A’qŒd�ipaññā�j‚ª�¬’·‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
13. The uniqueness of Buddha
Dhamma lies in the lōkuttara Noble
Eightfold Path. Other religions are focused on �ghow to live a moral
life�h (even if that has implications of permanent happiness in heaven), and
that and more is embodied in the mundane Noble Eightfold Path.
But as
the Buddha said, his Dhamma �ghad never been heard
before�c�h, as he emphasized in the Dhamma Cakka Pavattana sutta: �gpubbe ananussutesu dhammesu�c�g.
13. Buddha Dhamma‚̓Ǝ©�«‚Ílōkuttara‚Ì�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‘¼‚Ì�@‹³‚Í�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l�¶‚ð�¶‚«‚é•û–@�v�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ“V�‘‚ʼni‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚̊܈ӂª‚ ‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�j‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ăè‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚Å‹ï‘̉»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•§–@‚Í“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃ͉i‹v“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�i“V�‘‚Å‚³‚¦•§–@‚ł͉i‹v‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�j�B�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�A�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚̂ɑ΂·‚é‚·‚ׂĂ̗~–]‚ð•úŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u‚·‚ׂĂ̗~–]‚ð•úŠü‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄNibbāna‚ð’T‚·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û‚Í•�’ʂ̔ª�³“¹‚É�i‚ނ܂ł͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B 31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚É‚Å‚à‘¶�݂̖³‰v‚³‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ł³‚¦�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ˆê”Ô‹ß‚¢‰ß‹Ž�¢’Ê‚µ‚Ä�A–{•¨‚Ìlōkuttara Noble
Eightfold Path‚Í�Aanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A�¢ŠE‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ƂƂà‚ɉB‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ª•½–}‚È”ª�³“¹‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ”ª�³“¹‚Í�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�A‚‚܂è�A‚·‚Å‚É�S’n‚æ‚¢ŠT”O‚¾‚©‚ç‚ÆŠÈ’P‚É�i‚݂܂·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AŽß‘¸‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½‚悤‚É�A”ނ̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚Í�A�u‚±‚ê‚܂łɕ·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚©‚Á‚½�c�v‚ƔނªDhamma Cakka
Pavattana sutta‚Å‹’²‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�A�upubbeˆÈ‘O‚É ananussutesu•·‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢ dhammesu–@�c�v‚Å‚·�B
�@
14. In summary, the forty
factors are there because there are four pathways each with 10 outcomes: two
types of wrong paths (one with 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi and
another with strong micchā diṭṭhi with
immoral behavior) and two types of �ggood paths�h (one after getting rid
of 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi and
the next with starting to comprehend anicca, dukkha,
anatta).
The
other three paths have corresponding 10 outcomes, leading to good or bad
outcomes, but provide no permanent solution (of course the bad ones lead to
unimaginable suffering).
14.—v–ñ‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É10‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚é4‚‚̌o˜H‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A40‚Ì—vˆö‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B2‚‚̊Ԉá‚Á‚½Œo˜H�i1‚‚Ímicchā diṭṭhi ‚»‚µ‚Ä‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚͕s“¹“¿‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‹‚¢micchā diṭṭhi�j‚Æ2‚‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢Œo˜H�v
�i1‚‚Í10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½Œã‚É�A‚à‚¤1‚‚Íanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚ß‚½‚à‚Ì�j‚Å‚·�B
”ª�³“¹‚Ì10‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Í�ASammā Diṭṭhi�ASammā Saṅkappa�ASammā Vācā�ASammā Kammanta�ASammā Ājiva�ASammā Vāyāma�ASammā Sati�ASammā Samādhi�ASammā Ñāna�ASammā Vimutti�iArahantship�j‚Å‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�I‚í‚è‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä�A�gIti kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato sekkho, dasaṅgasamannāgato
arahā hoti. �g‚ÆŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�u‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”ä‹u‚æ�A�‚“x‚È�C�sŽÒ‚Ì“¹�iSōtapanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�j‚É‚Í8‚‚̗v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è�AArahant‚É‚Í10‚Ì—v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�v
‘¼‚Ì3‚‚̓¹‚ɂ͑Ήž‚·‚é10‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚è�A—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚Ü‚½‚͈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰i‘±“I‚ȉðŒˆ�ô‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñˆ«‚¢‚à‚̂͑z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‹ê‚µ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�j
15. The Pāli
version of the sutta — as well as translations in several
languages — is available at: Mahā Cattārīsaka Sutta.
However,
those translations are not complete, as mentioned above. In particular, the
distinction between the two types of Sammā Diṭṭhi,
etc and two types of eightfold paths is not
discussed there because most people today don�ft understand the importance or
the correct interpretation of Tilakkhana.
15.ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̃o�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŒ¾Œê‚Ì–|–ó�j‚Í�A Mahā Cattārīsaka Sutta‚Å“üŽè‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A�ã‹L‚̂悤‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì–|–ó‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B“Á‚É�A2Ží—Þ‚ÌSammā Diṭṭhi‚â‚QŽí—Þ‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡“ú‚ł͂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ªŽO‘Š‚Ì�d—v�«‚â�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ă͂¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
16. Finally, another way to
analyze this step-by-step process is discussed at: �gMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and
Sōtapanna Stage�g.
16.�ÅŒã‚É�A‚±‚Ì’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð•ª�Í‚·‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�AMicca Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�gVenerable sir,�h they
replied. The Buddha said this:
�gMendicants, I will teach
you noble right immersion with its vital conditions and its
prerequisites. Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.�h
�gYes, sir,�h they
replied. The Buddha said this:
Ž„‚Í‚±‚̂悤‚É•·‚¢‚½�B‚©‚‚ăuƒbƒ_‚Í�AAnāthapiṇḍika�C“¹‰@‚Å‚ ‚éJeta�fs Grove‚ÌSāvatthī‚̋߂‚É‘Ø�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚±‚Å•§‘ɂ͂»‚Ì�C�sŽÒ‚½‚¿‚É�u�C—ûŽÒ‚½‚¿�I�v‚ƌĂт©‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�u‘¸ŽÒ‚Å‚ ‚é�æ�¶�v‚Ɣނç‚Í“š‚¦‚½�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚¤Œ¾‚Á‚½�F
�u�C—ûŽÒ�AŽ„‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚É‚»‚Ì�d—v‚È�ðŒ�‚Æ‚»‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�‚‹M‚È�³‚µ‚¢–v“ü‚ð‹³‚¦‚Ü‚·�Bލ‚ðŒX‚¯�A�×�S‚Ì’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚È‚³‚¢�A‚ł͘b‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�v
�u‚Í‚¢�A�æ�¶�v”Þ‚ç‚Í“š‚¦‚½�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚¤‚ðŒ¾‚Á‚½�F
�gAnd what is noble right
immersion with its vital conditions and its prerequisites? They are: right
view, right thought, right speech, right action, right livelihood, right
effort, and right mindfulness. Unification of mind with these seven factors
as prerequisites is called noble right immersion with its vital conditions
and also with its prerequisites.
In this context, right
view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you
understand wrong view as wrong view and right view as right view, that�fs your
right view.
And what is wrong view? �eThere�fs
no meaning in giving, sacrifice, or offerings. There�fs no fruit or result of
good and bad deeds. There�fs no afterlife. There are no duties to mother and
father. No beings are reborn spontaneously. And there�fs no ascetic or brahmin
who is well attained and practiced, and who describes the afterlife after
realizing it with their own insight.�f This is wrong view.
�u‚Å‚Í�A�d—v‚È�ðŒ�‚Æ‚»‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚ð”õ‚¦‚½�‚‹M‚È�³‚µ‚¢–v“ü‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚ ‚낤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì7‚‚̗v‘f‚ð‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚Æ‚·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì“�ˆê‚ª�A‚»‚Ì�d—v‚È�ðŒ�‚Æ‚»‚Ì‘O’ñ�ðŒ�‚𔺂¤�‚‹M‚È�³‚µ‚¢–v“ü‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ð�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ꂪ‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
�u—^‚¦‚邱‚Æ�A‹]�µ�A‚³‚³‚°‚邱‚ƂɈӖ¡‚͂Ȃ¢�B‘P�s‚ƈ«�s‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚·‚Ȃ킿Œ‹‰Ê‚͂Ȃ¢�B—ˆ�¢‚͂Ȃ¢�B•ê�e‚Æ•ƒ�e‚ɑ΂µ‚Ă̋`–±‚͂Ȃ¢�BŽ©‘R‚É‘¦�À‚É“]�¶‚·‚é‘¶�݂͂Ȃ¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ’B�¬‚µ�AŽÀ‘H‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Ì“´Ž@‚Å‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½Œã‚É—ˆ�¢‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�C�sŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�B�v‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B
And what is right
view? Right view is twofold, I say. There is right view that is
accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in
attachment. And there is right view that is noble, undefiled,
transcendent, a factor of the path.
And what is right view
that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and
ripens in attachment? �eThere is meaning in giving, sacrifice, and
offerings. There are fruits and results of good and bad deeds. There is an
afterlife. There are duties to mother and father. There are beings reborn
spontaneously. And there are ascetics and brahmins who are well attained and
practiced, and who describe the afterlife after realizing it with their own
insight.�f This is right view that is accompanied by defilements, has the
attributes of good deeds, and ripens in attachment.
And what is right view that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a
factor of the path? It�fs the wisdom—the faculty of wisdom, the power of
wisdom, the awakening factor of investigation of principles, and right view as
a factor of the path—in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the
noble path and develops the noble path. This is called right view that is
noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.
And what is right thought
that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and
ripens in attachment? Thoughts of renunciation, good will, and
harmlessness. This is right thought that is accompanied by defilements.
And what is right thought
that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the
thinking—the placing of the mind, thought, applying, application, implanting of
the mind, verbal processes—in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses
the noble path and develops the noble path. This is right thought that is
noble.
They make an effort to
give up wrong view and embrace right view: that�fs their right
effort. Mindfully they give up wrong view and take up right view: that�fs
their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and circling
around right view, namely: right view�ithougt?�j, right effort, and right mindfulness.
‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚͂ǂ¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�H�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚É‚Í2‚‚̗v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚P‚‚͑P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚ ‚è�Aˆ¤’…‚Ì’†‚Å�¬�n‚·‚é�A‰˜‚ê‚𔺂¤�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꔺ‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚Å�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
�u—^‚¦‚邱‚Æ�A‹]�µ�A‚³‚³‚°‚邱‚Ƃɂ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚é�B‘P�s‚ƈ«�s‚ɂ͎À‚è‚Å‚ ‚錋‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚é�B—ˆ�¢‚Í‚ ‚é�B•ê�e‚Æ•ƒ�e‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä‹`–±‚ª‚ ‚é�BŽ©‘R‚É‘¦�À‚É“]�¶‚·‚é‘¶�݂͂ ‚é�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚¿‚á‚ñ‚Æ’B�¬‚µ�AŽÀ‘H‚µ�AŽ©•ª‚Ì“´Ž@‚Å‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½Œã‚É—ˆ�¢‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é�C�sŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚Í‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�B�v‚±‚ê‚炪‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚ ‚è�Aˆ¤’…‚Ì’†‚Å�¬�n‚·‚é�A‰˜‚ê‚𔺂¤�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚ê‚Í�A’qŒd‚Å‚·�B’qŒd‚Ì‹@”\�A’qŒd‚̃pƒ��[�AŒ´—�‚ð’T‹�‚·‚éˆÓޝ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚̂Ȃ¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì1‚‚ł ‚è�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚߂܂·�B‚±‚ꂪ�‚‹M‚Å‚ ‚è�A‰˜‚ꂪ‚È‚�A’´‰z‚µ‚Ä�A�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ðŽÌ‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì3‚‚ł ‚é�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚ÍŽÀ�s‚³‚ê�A‰ñ‚葱‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
In this context, right
view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you
understand wrong thought as wrong thought and right thought as right thought,
that�fs your right view.
And what is wrong
thought? Thoughts of sensuality, of malice, and of cruelty. This is
wrong thought.
And what is right
thought? Right thought is twofold, I say. There is right thought that
is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in
attachment. And there is right thought that is noble, undefiled, transcendent,
a factor of the path.
And what is right thought
that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and
ripens in attachment? Thoughts of renunciation, good will, and
harmlessness. This is right thought that is accompanied by defilements.
And what is right thought
that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the
thinking—the placing of the mind, thought, applying, application, implanting of
the mind, verbal processes—in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses
the noble path and develops the noble path. This is right thought that is
noble.
They make an effort to
give up wrong thought and embrace right thought: that�fs their right
effort. Mindfully they give up wrong thought and take up right thought:
that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and
circling around right thought, namely: right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�HН”\�Aˆ«ˆÓ�A‚»‚µ‚ÄŽc�“‚³‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�l‚¦�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�HŽ©�§�i•úŠü�j�A‘PˆÓ�A–³ŠQ‚Ì�l‚¦�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚Ì—v‘f‚ð‚à‚Â�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì”z’u�AŽv�l�A“K—p‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‰ž—p‚·‚邱‚Æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�A‚¦•t‚¯�AŒ¾ŒêŠˆ“®‚·‚é�l‚¦‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚ÈŽv�l‚Å‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
In this context, right
view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you
understand wrong speech as wrong speech and right speech as right speech,
that�fs your right view.
And what is wrong
speech? Speech that�fs false, divisive, harsh, or nonsensical. This is
wrong speech.
And what is right
speech? Right speech is twofold, I say. There is right speech that is
accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in
attachment. And there is right speech that is noble, undefiled,
transcendent, a factor of the path.
And what is right speech
that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and
ripens in attachment? The refraining from lying, divisive speech, harsh
speech, and talking nonsense. This is right speech that is accompanied by
defilements.
And what is right speech
that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the
desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from the four kinds of bad
verbal conduct in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble
path and develops the noble path. This is right speech that is noble.
They make an effort to
give up wrong speech and embrace right speech: that�fs their right
effort. Mindfully they give up wrong speech and take up right speech:
that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and
circling around right speech, namely: right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‹•‹U�A•ª—ô“I�A‰Õ�“�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³ˆÓ–¡‚ȃXƒs�[ƒ`�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‰R‚ð‚‚‚±‚Æ�A•ª—ô“I‚È”Œ¾�AŒµ‚µ‚¢”Œ¾�Aƒiƒ“ƒZƒ“ƒX‚È”Œ¾‚ð�T‚¦‚邱‚Æ�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A
4Ží—ނ̈«‚¢Œ¾—t‚Ì�s“®‚Ì�Á–Å�AŠüŒ �A‹Ö—~�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�T‚¦‚߂̃Xƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚ȃXƒs�[ƒ`‚Å‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
In this context, right
view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you
understand wrong action as wrong action and right action as right action,
that�fs your right view.
And what is wrong
action? Killing living creatures, stealing, and sexual
misconduct. This is wrong action.
And what is right
action? Right action is twofold, I say. There is right action that is
accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and ripens in
attachment. And there is right action that is noble, undefiled,
transcendent, a factor of the path.
And what is right action
that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good deeds, and
ripens in attachment? Refraining from killing living creatures, stealing,
and sexual misconduct. This is right action that is accompanied by defilements.
And what is right action
that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path? It�fs the
desisting, abstaining,
abstinence, and refraining from the three kinds of bad bodily conduct in
one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the noble path and develops
the noble path. This is right action that is noble.
They make an effort to
give up wrong action and embrace right action: that�fs their right
effort. Mindfully they give up wrong action and take up right action:
that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep running and
circling around right action, namely: right view, right effort, and right
mindfulness.
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�A“�‚ñ‚¾‚è�A�«“I‹s‘Ò‚ð‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�¶‚«•¨‚ðŽE‚µ‚½‚è�A“�‚ñ‚¾‚è�A�«“I•s�³�sˆ×‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A
3Ží—ނ̈«‚¢‘Ì‚Ì�s‚È‚¢‚ð�T‚¦�A‹Ö—~‚µ�A‹Ö—~‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚È�s“®‚Å‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
In this context, right
view comes first. And how does right view come first? When you
understand wrong livelihood as wrong livelihood and right livelihood as right
livelihood, that�fs your right view.
And what is wrong
livelihood? Deceit, flattery, hinting, and belittling, and using material
possessions to pursue other material possessions. This is wrong
livelihood.
And what is right
livelihood? Right livelihood is twofold, I say. There is right
livelihood that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good
deeds, and ripens in attachment. And there is right livelihood that is
noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the path.
And what is right
livelihood that is accompanied by defilements, has the attributes of good
deeds, and ripens in attachment? It�fs when a noble disciple gives up wrong
livelihood and earns a living by right livelihood. This is right
livelihood that is accompanied by defilements.
And what is right
livelihood that is noble, undefiled, transcendent, a factor of the
path? It�fs the desisting, abstaining, abstinence, and refraining from
wrong livelihood in one of noble mind and undefiled mind, who possesses the
noble path and develops the noble path. This is right livelihood that is
noble.
They make an effort to
give up wrong livelihood and embrace right livelihood: that�fs their right
effort. Mindfully they give up wrong livelihood and take up right
livelihood: that�fs their right mindfulness. So these three things keep
running and circling around right livelihood, namely: right view, right effort,
and right mindfulness.
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�HŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚ðŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚µ�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‚¾‚Ü‚µ�A‚¨�¢Ž«�A‚ق̂߂©‚µ�A— �Ø‚è�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‘¼‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I�Š—L•¨‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚邽‚߂̕¨Ž¿“I�Š—L•¨‚ÌŽg—p�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Í2‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�A�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�A‰˜‚ꂪ”º‚¢�A‘P�s‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚¿�Aˆ¤’…‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�¬�n‚·‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H‹C�‚‚¢�C�sŽÒ‚ªŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Œv‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Œv‚𗧂ĂĂ¢‚邯‚«‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚ɉ˜‚ꂪ”º‚¤�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚͂Ȃ�A’´‰z“I‚Å�A�u“¹�v‚ª‚ ‚é�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H
‚»‚ê‚Í�‚‹M‚ʼn˜‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�A�‚‹M‚È�u“¹�v‚ð‚à‚¿�A‚»‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð�[‚ß‚Ä�A
�¶Œv‚ð‘Ó‚è�A‹Ö—~‚µ�A‹Ö—~‚µ�A�T‚¦‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚ê‚͂܂³‚É�‚‹M‚È�¶Šˆ‚Å‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚邿‚¤‚É“w—Í‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢“w—͂ł·�B�S‚©‚çŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶Šˆ‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚ß�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Ì3‚‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚ð’†�S‚ɉô‚è“®‚«‘±‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
In this context, right
view comes first. And how does right view come first? Right view
gives rise to right thought. Right thought gives rise to right speech. Right
speech gives rise to right action. Right action gives rise to right livelihood.
Right livelihood gives rise to right effort. Right effort gives rise to right
mindfulness. Right mindfulness gives rise to right immersion. Right immersion
gives rise to right knowledge. Right knowledge gives rise to right
freedom. So the trainee has eight factors, while the perfected one has ten
factors. And here too, the eradication of many bad, unskillful qualities
is fully developed due to right knowledge.
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚Í�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚Í�³‚µ‚¢�¶Œv‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�¶Šˆ‚Í�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚Í�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚Í�³‚µ‚¢Ž©—R‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�C�sŽÒ‚É‚Í8‚‚̗v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è�AŠ®�¬‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ɂÍ10‚Ì—v‘f‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä‚±‚±‚Å‚à�A�A�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‘½‚‚̈«‚¢�A–¢�n‚ÈŽ‘Ž¿‚Ì�ª�â‚ªŠ®‘S‚ɂȂ³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
In this context, right view comes first. And how does right
view come first? For one of right view, wrong view is worn away. And
the many bad, unskillful qualities that arise because of wrong view are worn
away. And because of right view, many skillful qualities are fully
developed. For one of right thought, wrong thought is worn away.
�c For one of right speech, wrong speech is worn away. �c For one of
right action, wrong action is worn away. �c For one of right livelihood,
wrong livelihood is worn away. �c For one of right effort, wrong effort is
worn away. �c For one of right mindfulness, wrong mindfulness is worn away.
�c For one of right immersion, wrong immersion is worn away. �c For one
of right knowledge, wrong knowledge is worn away. �c For one of right
freedom, wrong freedom is worn away. And the many bad, unskillful
qualities that arise because of wrong freedom are worn away. And because
of right freedom, many skillful qualities are fully developed.
‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚Ü‚·�B‚Å‚Í�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚É‚æ‚è�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚¶‚鑽‚‚̈«‚¢�A–¢�n‚ÈŽ‘Ž¿‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘½‚‚Ì�I‚݂Ȏ‘Ž¿‚ªŠ®‘S‚Ɉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�l‚¦‚ÍŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒXƒs�[ƒ`‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�s“®‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�s“®‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢�¶ŒvŽè’i‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¶ŒvŽè’i‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½“w—Í‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«‚ð‚·‚é‚Æ�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‹C‚«‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B �³‚µ‚¢’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½’qŒd‚ÍŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�³‚µ‚¢‰ð•ú‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‰ð•ú‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‰ð•ú‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚¶‚鑽‚‚̈«‚¢�A–¢�n‚ÈŽ‘Ž¿‚ªŒ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�³‚µ‚¢‰ð•ú‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A‘½‚‚Ì�I‚݂Ȏ‘Ž¿‚ªŠ®‘S‚Ɉç‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
So there are twenty on
the side of the skillful, and twenty on the side of the unskillful. This
exposition of the teaching on the Great Forty has been rolled forth. And it
cannot be rolled back by any ascetic or brahmin or god or Māra or Brahmā or by anyone in the world.
If any ascetic or brahmin
imagines they can criticize and reject the exposition of the teaching on the
Great Forty, they deserve rebuke and criticism on ten legitimate grounds in the
present life. If such a gentleman criticizes right view, they praise and
honor the ascetics and brahmins who have wrong view. If they criticize
right thought �c right speech �c right action �c right livelihood
�c right effort �c right mindfulness �c right immersion
�c right knowledge �c right freedom, they praise and honor the ascetics
and brahmins who have wrong freedom. If any ascetic or brahmin imagines
they can criticize and reject the exposition of the teaching on the Great
Forty, they deserve rebuke and criticism on these ten legitimate grounds in the
present life.
Even those wanderers of
the past, Vassa and Bhañña of Ukkalā,
who taught the doctrines of no-cause, inaction, and nihilism, didn�ft imagine
that the Great Forty should be criticized or rejected. Why is
that? For fear of being blamed, criticized, and faulted.�h
That is what the Buddha
said. Satisfied, the mendicants were happy with what the Buddha said.
�n—ûŽÒ‚Ì‘¤‚É‚Í20�l�A”ñ�n—ûŽÒ‚Ì‘¤‚É‚Í20�l‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Í”•\‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚à‚¤�A‹ê�sŽÒ�Aƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“�A�_�Aƒ€�[ƒ‰�ABrahma�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�¢ŠE’†‚Ì’N‚à‰Ÿ‚µ–ß‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Ì�à–¾‚ð”ñ“‚½‚è‹‘”Û‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‹ê�sŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ª‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ»�Ý‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é10‚Ì�³“–‚È—�—R‚ɑ΂·‚é”ñ“ï‚Æ”á”»‚É’l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�aŽm‚ª�³‚µ‚¢Œ©•û‚ð”á”»‚·‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‹ê�sŽÒ‚ƃoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ð�ÌŽ^‚µ�A‘¸Œh‚µ‚Ü‚·�B”ނ炪�³‚µ‚¢�l‚¦�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A�³‚µ‚¢�s“®�A�³‚µ‚¢�¶Œv�A�³‚µ‚¢“w—Í�A�³‚µ‚¢‹C‚«�A�³‚µ‚¢ƒTƒ}ƒfƒB�[�A�³‚µ‚¢’qŒd�A�³‚µ‚¢‰ð•ú‚ð”á”»‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½‰ð•ú‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‹ê�sŽÒ‚ƃoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ð�ÌŽ^‚µ�A‘¸Œh‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚Ì�à–¾‚ð”ñ“‚½‚è‹‘”Û‚µ‚½‚è‚Å‚«‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‹Ö—~Žå‹`ŽÒ‚âƒoƒ‰ƒ‚ƒ“‚ª‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ»�Ý‚Ì�¶Šˆ‚É‚¨‚¯‚邱‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ì�³“–‚È—�—R‚ɑ΂·‚é”ñ“ï‚Æ”á”»‚É’l‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‰ß‹Ž‚Ì‹�“¹ŽÒ‚Å‚³‚¦�AŒ´ˆö‚͂Ȃ�A�s“®‚Í‚¹‚¸�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‹•–³Žå‹`‚Ì‹³‹`‚ð‹³‚¦‚½Ukkalā‚ÌVassa‚ÆBhañña�uˆÌ‘å‚È‚é40�l�v‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ª”á”»‚³‚ꂽ‚è‹‘”Û‚³‚ꂽ‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‰½ŒÌ‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H”ñ“‚ê�A”á”»‚³‚ê�A�Ó”C‚ð–â‚í‚ê‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪƒuƒbƒ_‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B–ž‘«‚µ‚Ä�A�C�s‘m‚½‚¿‚̓uƒbƒ_‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½‚±‚Æ‚É�K‚¹‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Revised November 24, 2018; April 26, 2020
1. Elsewhere on the site, I have
described Nibbāna in a deeper
sense. But we can look at the early stages of Nibbāna in
a simple way.
In Sinhala language (spoken in
Sri Lanka), Nibbāna is also called
�gnivana�h or �gniveema�h
(නිවීම). This means �gcooling down�h. As one moves towards Nibbāna, one feels cooling down, a
sense of well-being.
1.ƒTƒCƒg‚Ì‘¼‚Ì�ê�Š‚Å�AŽ„‚ÍNibbāna ‚ð‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ANibbāna‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK‚ðŠÈ’P‚È•û–@‚ÅŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbāna‚Í�gnivana�h ‚Ü‚½‚Í �gniveema�h‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê,�u—â‹p�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚ɋ߂‚Æ�A—â�³‚ƈÀ‚炬‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
2. Do you remember the last time when you got really
mad? How did that feel? You get hot. Whole-body becomes hot and agitated. Blood
pressure goes up and the face becomes dark because the blood becomes dark. By
the way, this is clear evidence that the mind can affect the body.
When someone can get to
the �gātāpi sampajānō�h state, one feels calm and �gcooled
down�h; see, �gKāyānupassanā – The Section on Habits (Sampajānapabba)�g.
2.‚ ‚È‚½‚ª–{“–‚É“{‚Á‚½�ÅŒã‚ÌŽž‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚Ç‚¤Š´‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½‚©�H”M‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚©�B‘S�g‚ª”M‚‚È‚Á‚Ä‹»•±‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŒŒˆ³‚ª�オ‚茌‚ª�•‚‚Ȃ邽‚ߊ炪�•‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A‚±‚ê‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‘̂ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ̖¾Šm‚È�Ø‹’‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�u”R‚¦�s‚«‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚Å‚Í�utāpa�v‚ƌĂ΂ê�AæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ–³’m‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B�uĀtāpi�v‚Í‚»‚Ì‹t‚Å�A�u‚»‚ê‚ç‚̉˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂŃN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“‚·‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�ASatipaṭṭhāna sutta‚Ì�uātāpi sampajānō�v‚ªˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BMahā Satipaṭṭhāna Sutta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�uātāpi sampajānō�v‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚邯�A—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚Ä�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚µ‚½‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�BKāyānupassanā – The Section on
Habits (Sampajānapabba)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
3. Do you remember how you felt when you made someone
happy, either via a good deed or word? You cooled down; felt good. Didn�ft you
feel the opposite of when you got mad?
The same is true when one acts
with ignorance too. One is not certain whether that is the right thing to do;
the mind goes back and forth: is this right or wrong? should I do it or not?
This is called �gvicikicchā�h in Pāli. Because one does not really know, one is not certain,
one becomes anxious, and the body gets heated up.
3.�s‚È‚¢‚⌾—t‚Å’N‚©‚ð�K‚¹‚É‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚Ì‹CŽ�‚¿‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚©�H‚æ‚¢‹C•ª‚ª‚¢‚Ä–‚É—Á‚µ‹C‚È�B
“{‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚ɂ͔½‘΂̂à‚Ì‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½‚©�H
æÃ—~‚É�s“®‚·‚邯‚«‚à�A�u”M‚‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A“{‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎞‚æ‚è‚à’ö“x‚Í’á‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽq‹Ÿ‚Ì� �A‰½‚©‚ð“�‚ñ‚¾Žž‚É�AŽ„‚Í”M‚³‚ðŠ´‚¶•s‰õ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
–³’m‚Å�s“®‚·‚é�ê�‡‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�³‚µ‚¢‚±‚Æ‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í’è‚©‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�S‚Í�s‚«—ˆ‚µ‚Ü‚·�F‚±‚ê‚Í�³‚µ‚¢‚Ì‚©�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©�HŽ„‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð‚·‚×‚«‚Ȃ̂©‚Ç‚¤‚©�H‚±‚ê‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚Å�uvicikicchā�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B–{“–‚É•ª‚©‚炸�AŠm‚©‚ł͂Ȃ�A•sˆÀ‚ɂȂè�A‘͔̂M‚‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
4. Thus, when one gives up
acting with hate, greed, or ignorance, one becomes less agitated, at ease, with
a sense of peacefulness. This is an early sense of what Nibbāna is.
Avoiding greed, hate, and
ignorance is the same as avoiding dasa akusala.
4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�l‚ª‘žˆ«�AæÃ—~�A‚Ü‚½‚Í–³’m‚Å�s“®‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‚ ‚«‚ç‚߂邯�AƒCƒ‰ƒCƒ‰‚·‚é‹CŽ�‚¿‚͒ቺ‚µ�AˆÀ‚炬‚Æ•½˜a‚ÈŠ´Šo‚ª‚¨‚Æ‚¸‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ꂪNibbāna‚Ì�‰Šú‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Å‚·�B
�u—â‹p�v‚Ì—˜“_‚Í�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�AæÃ—~�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ–³’m‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚é�s“®‚Í”ð‚¯‚é‚æ‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘PˆÓ�Aа‘傳�A‹C‚«‚Ì�s“®‚ðŠy‚µ‚݂ɂµ‚Ü‚·�B
æÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚Í�Adasa akusala‚ð‰ñ”ð‚·‚é‚±‚ƂƓ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B
5. Also, note the state of
thoughts (citta) in the two opposing
situations. When one acts with the defilements, thoughts run wildly; they come
fast and they are energetic. The �gjavana�h
(impulsive power) of thought is high when acting with a defilement.
On the other hand, thoughts run
more smoothly and the javana (impulsive
power) of a given thought is calm when acting benevolently, with kindness, with
generosity, and with mindfulness; they are powerful too, but only in making one
calm. Thus one can experience a taste of Nibbāna or
�gcooling down�h even at the very early stages of the Path.
5.‚Ü‚½�A2‚‚̑Η§‚·‚é�󋵂̎v�l�icitta�j‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É‚à’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‰˜‚ê‚Æ‚Æ‚à‚É�s“®‚·‚鎞�AŽv�l‚Í—�ŽG‚Å‚·�BŽv�l‚Í‘¬‚ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒMƒbƒVƒ…‚Å‚·�B‰˜‚ê‚ð‚à‚Á‚Ä�s“®‚·‚邯‚«�AŽv�l‚Ì�ujavana�v�i�Õ“®“I‚È—Í�j‚Í�‚‚¢�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B
ˆê•û�A‘PˆÓ�A—D‚µ‚³�Aа‘傳�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‹C‚«‚Ì‚ ‚é�s“®‚ÌŽž�AŽv�l‚ª‚æ‚èƒXƒ€�[ƒY‚ÅŽv�l‚Ì�ujavana�v�i�Õ“®“I‚È—Í�j‚͉¸‚â‚©‚Å‚·�B‰¸‚â‚©‚ÈŽž‚ÉŒÀ‚Á‚Ä�Aƒpƒ��[‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u“¹�v‚Ì‚²‚�‰Šú‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·‚ª Nibbāna‚Ì–¡‚·‚Ȃ킿�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
6. Now, one could get to
TEMPORARY cooling down by not letting thoughts run wildly. The easiest to do is
to keep the mind on a single focus. This can be done by focusing the mind on a
religious symbol or just on the breath. Thus this �gtemporary relief�h is felt by
people of any religion when they contemplate a religious symbol with faith, or
by doing �gbreath meditation�h or mundane �gĀnāpānasati�h
meditation.
When one has removed the
defilements to a significant extent, then this relief becomes permanent and
will not reduce from that state even in future births. This first
stage of Nibbāna is
called the Sōtapanna stage. A Sōtapanna is guaranteed not to be reborn in
the apāyās or the four
lowest realms; he/she has removed all �ggati�h
suitable for beings in the apāyās. See,
�gGati to Bhava to Jāti – Ours to
Control.�h
6.Žv�l‚ª—�ŽG‚ɂȂç‚È‚¢‚悤‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AˆêŽž“I‚ɃN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�Å‚àŠÈ’P‚Ȃ̂Í�A’Pˆê‚Ì�Å“_‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚𗯂߂邱‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�@‹³“I‚ȃVƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚Ü‚½‚Í’P‚Ɍċz‚É�W’†‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�uˆêŽž“I‚ȈÀ“g�v‚Í�A�M‹Â‚ðŽ�‚Â�@‹³“IƒVƒ“ƒ{ƒ‹‚𒾎v�n�l‚·‚邯‚«�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚Ü‚½‚Í•½–}‚È�uĀnāpānasati�váÒ‘z‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�@‹³‚Ì�l�X‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŠ´‚¶‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰i‘±“I‚ȈÀ“g‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é—Bˆê‚Ì•û–@‚Í�AŽ©•ª‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AæÃ—~�A‘žˆ«�A–³’m‚ð�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A—Ç‚¢�l‚¦�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s“®‚ð�uŽæ‚è�ž‚Þ�v�iāna�j‚±‚Æ‚Æ�A‰˜‚ꂽ�l‚¦�AƒXƒs�[ƒ`�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�s“®‚ð�uŽæ‚è�œ‚�v�ipāna�j‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚͉i‰“‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚Ö“±‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚éŽß‘¸‚ÌānāpānaáÒ‘z‚Å‚·�BIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢�uānāpāna�v‚ðˆêŠÑ‚µ‚Ä�s‚¤‚Æ�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚ª�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê�A—Ç‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚ª—{‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‰˜‚ê‚ð‚©‚È‚è‚Ì’ö“x‚܂Ŏæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½�ê�‡�A‚±‚̈À“g‚͉i‘±“I‚ɂȂè�A—ˆ�¢‚Ì�o�¶‚Å‚àˆÀ“g‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚ÍŒ¸‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BNibbāna‚Ì‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚Í�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í�Aapāyā‚·‚Ȃ킿�Å‚à’á‚¢4—̈æ‚Å‚Ì�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚肪‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�Aapāyās‚É“K‚µ‚½‚·‚ׂĂÌ�ugati�v‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BGati to Bhava to Jāti – Ours to
Control‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
7. However, it
is impossible to remove greed and hate just by sheer will power,
i.e., forcefully. For example, one cannot get rid of greed even by giving away
one�fs wealth; if that is done without understanding, then it could lead to
remorse and hate.
Even before comprehending the
Three Characteristics, one needs to reduce total ignorance (mōha)
to the avijjā level by
getting rid of the 10 types of micchā diṭṭhi;
see, �gMicchā Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and
Sōtapanna Stage�g.
‚V‚µ‚©‚µ�AŠ®‘S‚Ȉӎu‚Ì—Í‚¾‚¯‚Å�A‚‚܂苈ø‚É�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘žˆ«‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�àŽY‚ð‚ð�÷‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚àæÃ—~‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚Í”½�ȂƑžˆ«‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚Þ‚µ‚ë�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ªŽ©“®“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A’·‚¢–Ú‚ÅŒ©‚ê‚Ζž‘«‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɉ½‚à‚Ì‚àˆÛŽ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠEŠÏ‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì3‚‚̓Á�«�A‚‚܂èanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚É�Z“§‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
3‚‚̓Á’¥‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª–³’m‚·‚Ȃ킿avijjā�i–³–¾�j‚Å‚·�B
3‚‚̓Á�«‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‘O‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�AŠ®‘S‚Ȃ閳’m�imōha�j‚ðavijjāƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ɉº‚°‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BMicchā Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna StageŽQ�Æ�B
8. This is why Sammā Diṭṭhi or �gcorrect world
view�h comes first in the Noble Eightfold Path. When one comprehends the true
nature of �gthis world�h, one�fs mind will AUTOMATICALLY start rejecting thoughts,
words, and actions through greed and hate.
Purification of the mind is the
key, and that comes first through reading, listening, and comprehending the
true and pure Dhamma.
8.‚±‚ꂪ�ASammā Diṭṭhi‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�³‚µ‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ª”ª�³“¹‚Ì�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A—~–]‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚݂ƒʂ¶‚½Žv�l�AŒ¾—t�A�s“®‚ðŽ©“®“I‚É‹‘�₵Žn‚߂܂·�B
ŽŸ‚É�ASammā Diṭṭhi�i�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð�j‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚ÉSammā Saṅkappa�iŽÀ‚è‚ ‚é�l‚¦�j�ASammā Vācā�iŽÀ‚è‚ ‚éƒXƒs�[ƒ`�j�ASammā Kammanta�iŽÀ‚è‚ ‚é�s“®�j�ASammā Ājiva�i�¶Œv�j�ASammā Vāyāma�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì“w—Í�j�ASammā Sati�i“¹“¿“I‚È�S�\‚¦�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�ASammāSamādhi�i‰¸‚â‚©‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô�j‚Å�Å�‚’ª‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ÌSammā Samādhi‚Í�ASōtapanna‚̉i‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈSamādhi‚Í�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚â�A1‚‚̎v�l‘Î�Û‚É�u’�ˆÓ‚ð�W’†‚³‚¹‚é�v‘¼‚Ì•û–@‚ł͒B�¬‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ò‰»‚ªŒ®‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂¸�^ŽÀ‚Å�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð“Ç‚Ý�A•·‚«�A—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
8. As one follows the Noble
Eightfold Path of the Buddha, one can EXPERIENCE a sense of well-being
called nirāmisa sukha which is different from the sense
pleasures; see, �gThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?�g.
If you did experience a sense of
well-being just by reading this post, that is a good start. That sense of well being will only grow as the understanding gets deeper.
I have gone through this process myself and that is what I am trying to convey
to others.
8.Žß‘¸‚Ì”ª�³“¹‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é‚Æ�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ƃ͈قȂénirāmisa sukha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�K•ŸŠ´‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BThree Kinds of Happiness – What is Niramisa Sukha?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚¾‚¯‚Å�K•ŸŠ´‚ð–¡‚í‚Á‚½‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚Í—Ç‚¢ƒXƒ^�[ƒg‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì�K•ŸŠ´‚Í�A—�‰ð‚ª�[‚Ü‚é‚ɂ‚ê�¬’·‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�Bބީ�g‚à‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒo‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ê‚𑼂Ì�l‚É“`‚¦‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
9. September 22,
2016: I have started a new section: �gLiving Dhamma�g, where an experience-based
process of practicing Buddha Dhamma (Buddhism) is discussed with English
discourses (dēsana). Nibbāna can be experienced at various
levels, one needs to experience the earlier stages of nirāmisa sukha first.
Next, �gNeed to Experience Suffering in
Order to Understand it?�g, ..
9. 2016”N9ŒŽ22“ú�F�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�uLiving Dhamma�v‚ðŠJŽn‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�A•§–@�i•§‹³�j‚ðŽÀ‘H‚·‚éŒoŒ±ƒx�[ƒX‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‰pŒê‚Ì’k˜b�idēsana�j‚ÅŠw‚т܂·�BNibbāna‚Í‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚ő̌±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Å�‰‚Énirāmisa sukha‚Ì�‰Šú’iŠK‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
For an introduction to
consciousness, see, �gWhat
is Consciousness?�g.
1. When we look deeply into the issue of
consciousness, we come to realize the unimaginable possible varieties of life.
Let us start with the issue of dimensionality. Humans live in a four
dimensional world; in other words, humans are aware of four dimensions -three
dimensions of space plus time.
Can there be beings existing in
higher dimensions that we are not aware of?
ˆÓޝ‚Ì�Љî‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AWhat
is Consciousness?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
1.ˆÓޝ‚Ì–â‘è‚É�[‚–Ú‚ðŒü‚¯‚邯�A‘z‘œ‚ð�â‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì�l�¶‚Ì‘½—l�«‚É‹C‚‚悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽŸŒ³‚Ì–â‘è‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂µ‚傤�B�lŠÔ‚ÍŽlŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŒ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�lŠÔ‚Í4‚‚̎ŸŒ³�A‚‚܂è‚RŽŸŒ³‚Ì‹óŠÔ‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚ð”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚͈ȑO�AŽžŠÔ‚Í‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚Æ‚ÍˆÙ‚È‚é‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�AƒAƒCƒ“ƒVƒ…ƒ^ƒCƒ“‚͈ê”Ê‘Š‘Î�«—�˜_‚Å�A‹óŠÔ‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚Í‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚Í�A�d—Í‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚̂Ɏ¿—ʂɂæ‚鎞‹ófabric‚Ì�Û“®‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ª‹C•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ŽŸŒ³‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚郂ƒm‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í‚ ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H
2. Of course, we cannot even begin to imagine more
than four dimensions (or more than three spatial dimensions). However, it is
easier to think of, and visualize, lower number of dimensions.
Here is a �gfun video�h from Dr
Quantum which illustrates the idea:
2.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A4‚‚𒴂¦‚鎟Œ³�i‚Ü‚½‚Í3‚‚𒴂¦‚é‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³�j‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚æ‚è�‚È‚¢ŽŸŒ³�”‚ð�l‚¦‚ÄŽ‹Šo‰»‚·‚é•û‚ÍŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B
‘ä�Š‚Ìƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é“ñŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ð‘z‘œ‚µ‚Ă݂Ă‚¾‚³‚¢�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì�サ‚©Œ©‚ê‚È‚¢ƒAƒŠ‚ð‘z‘œ‚·‚邯�AƒAƒŠ‚Í�Å‚à‹ß‚¢ŽÀ�Û‚Ì—á‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�iŽÀ�Û‚Ì2ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚Í’·‚³‚Æ•�‚¾‚¯‚ðŽ�‚¿�A�‚‚³‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚ÉŽè‚ð’u‚‚Æ�A2D‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚̓e�[ƒuƒ‹‚ÉŽè‚Ì“Š‰e‚̈ꕔ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚©‚çŽè‚𗣂·‚Æ�A2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚ÌŽ‹“_‚©‚ç‚Í�A�uŽè�v‚ª�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AŽè‚̈ꕔ‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�AŽè‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ð‚Ç‚±‚É‚à”Fޝ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�u2ŽŸŒ³‰F’ˆ�v‚ɂ͎è‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2D�¶–½‘̖̂ʔ’‚¢˜b‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�”ŠwŽÒ‚ÌEdwin A. Abbott�i2002�j‚É‚æ‚é�u�gFlatland:
A Romance of Many Dimensions�h
�i1984”N�j‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�AƒAƒCƒfƒA‚ð�à–¾‚·‚éƒNƒAƒ“ƒ^ƒ€”ŽŽm‚Ì�uŠy‚µ‚¢ƒrƒfƒI�v‚Å‚·�B
3. Therefore, the �gawareness�h of the 2D creature on
the kitchen table surface is limited to its 2D world. It is not aware of
anything outside the surface of the table (if it is a �g2D world�h the surface
can extend to infinity and as far as our 2D creature is concerned it would not
have �gan end�h). Furthermore, a 1-D world embedded in that 2D world would be a
line on that surface. A 1-D creature in that 1-D world will not see anything
that lies outside the line. Thus, the 2-D creatures can go in out of the 1-D
world by crossing that line!
It is clear that the
consciousness of a 1-D creature is very limited, not necessarily by its mental
capabilities, but just by the dimensions of the �gworld�h that it is in. A 2-D
creature has an expanded consciousness compared to the 1-D creature. We in the
3-D world have even farther expanded consciousness. (It must be kept in mind
that one needs to incorporate the time dimension in all the above cases where
only the space dimensionality was considered).
3.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AƒLƒbƒ`ƒ“ƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì•\–ʂɂ ‚é2D�¶–½‘Ì‚Ì�u”Fޝ�v‚Í�A2D‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÉŒÀ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì•\–ʂ̊O‘¤‚ɂ͉½‚à”Fޝ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i�u2D‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì�ê�‡�A•\–ʂ͖³ŒÀ‚É�L‚ª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A2D‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚É‚Í�u�I‚í‚è�v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B‚³‚ç‚É�A‚»‚Ì2Dƒ��[ƒ‹ƒh‚É–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é1Dƒ��[ƒ‹ƒh‚Í�A‚»‚Ì•\–Ê�ã‚Ì�ü‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì1-Dƒ��[ƒ‹ƒh‚Ì1-DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�Aƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ÌŠO‚É‚ ‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚àŒ©‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�ü‚ð‰¡�؂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä1D‚Ì�¢ŠE‚©‚ç�o‚Ä�s‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�I
1-DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚̈ӎ¯‚Í�A•K‚¸‚µ‚à‚»‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I”\—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ăł͂Ȃ�A‚»‚ꂪ‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�u�¢ŠE�v‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ă̂ݔñ�í‚É�§ŒÀ‚³‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͖¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�A 1-DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚É”ä‚׊g‚ª‚Á‚½ˆÓޝ‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B3D‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å‚Í�AˆÓޝ‚ª‚³‚ç‚ÉŠg‘債‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �i‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚݂̂ð�l—¶‚µ‚½�ã‹L‚Ì‚·‚ׂẴP�[ƒX‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽžŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ª‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B
4. Therefore, if our world has more than three
spatial dimensions, there may be other worlds that we are not aware of, since
our consciousness is limited to the three spatial dimensions.
For example, in the low
dimensionality case we considered above, if a 2-D creature crosses over the
�g1-D line world�h, the 1-D creature will see a �gdot�h during the time when there
is an overlap of the 2-D creature with the line. Yet, if the �g1D world�h lies
above the table top, there is no overlap and the both creatures will not be
conscious of the presence of each other�fs worlds.
4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É3‚ˆÈ�ã‚Ì‹óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�AˆÓޝ‚Í3‚‚̋óŠÔŽŸŒ³‚É�§ŒÀ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‘¼‚ÌŽŸŒ³‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȎŸŒ³‚̃‚ƒm‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B 1ŽŸŒ³�A2ŽŸŒ³�A‚Ü‚½‚Í3ŽŸŒ³‚É�d•¡‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚É‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u“Љe�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚Á‚½‚�d•¡‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Œ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ð�uˆÓޝ�v‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�ã‹L‚ÅŒŸ“¢‚µ‚½’᎟Œ³‚̃P�[ƒX‚Å‚Í�A2ŽŸŒ³‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚ª�u1ŽŸŒ³‚Ì�ü‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ð‰¡�Ø‚é‚Æ�A1ŽŸŒ³‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚Í�A�ü‚Æ2DƒNƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚ª�d•¡‚µ‚½Žž‚É�A�u“_�v‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�A�u1D‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚ªƒe�[ƒuƒ‹‚Ì•\–ʂ̂à‚Á‚Æ�ã‚É‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�d•¡‚͂Ȃ¢‚Ì‚Å�A—¼•û‚̃NƒŠ�[ƒ`ƒƒ�[‚݂͌¢‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚ðˆÓޝ‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5. It is possible the �gsee�h
beings other than humans and animals by developing certain jhānic (abhiññā)
powers. There were many yogis even before the Buddha who could access and
interact with such beings. One does not have to attain Nibbāna to
do that, and there are Arahants who have not
developed such powers. In fact, the Buddha discouraged people from interacting
with such beings, particularly with those in the lower realms.
5.“Á’è‚Ìjhānic�iabhiññā�j—Í‚ð”’B‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨ˆÈŠO‚̃‚ƒm‚ð�uŒ©‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͉”\‚Å‚·�BŽß‘¸ˆÈ‘O‚Å‚³‚¦�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‘¶�݂ɃAƒNƒZƒX‚µ‚Ä‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚鑽‚‚̃ˆƒM‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÉNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚̂悤‚È—Í‚ðŠJ”‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ª‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽÀ�Û�AŽß‘¸‚Í�l�X‚ª‚»‚̂悤‚È‘¶�Ý�A“Á‚ɉº‘w‚Ì�l�X‚Æ‘ŠŒÝ�ì—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽv‚¢‚Ƃǂ܂点‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�uŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Í�AƒeƒNƒmƒ�ƒW�[‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉӎ¯‚ªŠg‘債‚½‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŠ´Šo‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”cˆ¬‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚É•¡ŽG‚Å‚·�BExpanding Consciousness
using Technology‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�´‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AˆÓޝ‚ð‚³‚ç‚ÉŠg‘å‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BExpanding Consciousness by
Purifying the Mind‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�´‚ß‚ç‚ꂽƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽß‘¸‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BThe Grand Unified Theory of Dhamma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚»‚µ‚ÄŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l�¶‚Í‚±‚ê‚Å�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BEvidence
for Rebirth‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̎–ŽÀ‚Í�A‘¶�Ý‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ÌŠî‘b‚ð�\�¬‚µ�Aœ“ˆÓ�i”á•]�j“I‚É�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚±‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ĉ½‚ç‚©‚Ì�l‚¦‚ðŽ�‚‚܂Å�AŽß‘¸‚̃�ƒbƒZ�[ƒW‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Revised: October
29, 2015; August 31, 2017; June 3, 2018; July 31, 2018
There are three main types
of citta here: The
differentiation is based on whether they have immoral roots (lobha, dosa, moha), kammically moral roots (alobha, adosa, amoha), or
are kammically neutral,
i.e., no roots.
All those citta
with moral roots (8 kriya cittā for Arahants and
16 for others) are called sobhana (beautiful)
citta.
Kamaloka‚ÌCitta�i11‚ÌŠ´Šo—̈æ�j-�‡Œv54
‚±‚±‚ɂ͎å‚É3‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌCitta‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�F‹æ•Ê‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚炪•s“¹“¿‚ȃ‹�[ƒc�ilobha, dosa, moha�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�Akammically‚É“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc�ialobha, adosa, amoha�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Íkammically‚Ƀjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹�A‚‚܂胋�[ƒc‚ª‚È‚¢�B
12‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚ÈCitta�F lobha‚Ì�ª‚ðŽ�‚‚̂ª8�Bdosa‚Ì�ª‚É2; moha‚̃‹�[ƒc‚ª2�B 10‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×�idasa akusala�j‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A‚±‚Ì12Ží—Þ‚Ìcittā‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì12Ží—Þ‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚Ècittā‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�A7‚‚Ì�ª‚̂Ȃ¢�iahetuk vipāka cittā a�jvipāka cittā ‚ª�«—ˆ”�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚ɂ͑S•”‚Å19‚Ìcittā ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
8‚Ì“¹“¿“I‚Ècittā�F3‚‚·‚ׂĂ̓¹“¿“I‚È�ª‚ðŽ�‚Â4‚‚Æ2‚Â�i’mŒb‚ÌŒ‡”@�j‚Ì“¹“¿“I‚È�ª‚ðŽ�‚Â4‚‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í2Ží—Þ‚Ìvipāka citta‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Fƒ‹�[ƒc‚̂Ȃ¢8‚Â‚Ì vipāka citt₯“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚Ì‚ ‚é8 ‚‚Ìvipāka cittā�i4‚‚Í3‚‚·‚ׂĂ̓¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‘¼‚Ì4‚‚͒mŒb‚ÉŒ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A24Ží—Þ‚ÌCitta‚ª‚±‚±‚ÅŒ¾‹y‚³‚ê�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿16Ží—Þ‚Í“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚¿�A8Ží—Þ‚Í�ª‚̂Ȃ¢�iahetuka�j‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚±‚ê‚瓯‚¶8‚‚̓¹“¿“ICitta‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å”�¶‚·‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íkriya Citta‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚Ȃ킿‹@”\“I‚ÈCitta‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í�ã‹L‚Ì8‚‚̓¹“¿“ICitta‚Æ“¯‚¶“¹“¿“Iƒ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�ö�Ý“I‚Èkamma‚·‚Ȃ킿kamma‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̈ö‰ÊŠÖŒW‚ÍŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
“¹“¿“I‚ȃ‹�[ƒc‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌCitta�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚Í8 kriyacittā�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Å‚Í16�j‚Í�Asobhana�i”ü‚µ‚¢�jCitta‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B
�ÅŒã‚É�Acitta vithi ‚Å”�¶‚·‚ékiriya Citta‚É‚Í�Akamma‚Å‚àkamma vipāka‚Å‚à‚È‚¢3‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�ª‚̂Ȃ¢�iahetuka�j3‚Â‚Ì kiriya�@Citta‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì2‚‚̎À�s‚·‚é‹@”\‚Í�A�ii�jŒÜŠ´‚̃hƒA‚ð•\‚·ˆÓޝ�ipancadvaravajjana citta�j‚Ævottapana citta�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�iii�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚̃hƒA‚ð•\‚·ˆÓޝ�imanodvaravajjana citta�j‚Å�iiii�j3”Ô–Ú‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚Í�AArahants‚¾‚¯‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�iŠ´ŠoŒ—‚ÌŒ»�ۂɂ‚¢‚Ä�΂Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�j�B
7‚‚Ìakusala vipāka Citta‚ɂ̓‹�[ƒc‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�Apavutti vipāka�i‚‚܂è�A“]�¶‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚È‚¢�j‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é8‚‚Ìkusala vipāka citta‚É‚àƒ‹�[ƒc‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì15‚ÌCitta‚Í�A3‚‚Ìahetuka kiriya citta‚ƈê��‚É�A“Á’è‚Ìcitta vithi ‚Ìvipāka‚Ì’iŠK‚ÉŠÖ—^‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�A7‚‚̕�•Õ“I‚Ècetasika‚Æ6‚‚Ìpakinnaka�iparticualrs�jcetasikaˆÈŠO‚Ìsobhana‚Ü‚½‚Íasobhana cetasika‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȏí—Þ‚Ìcetasika‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ACetasika – Connection to Gati‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì18‚ÌCitta‚ÍRef.1‚Ìp112‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BakusalaCitta‚̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚̉º‚Ì2”Ԗڂ̃Oƒ‹�[ƒv‚̉º‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Those 54 kāma loka citta can be categorized in different ways.
|
Asobhana
(Unbeautiful) |
Asobhana
(Unbeautiful) |
Sobhana
(Beautiful) |
|
Immoral- 12 |
Rootless – 18 |
Moral -24 |
|
Lobha (8) |
Immoral Vipaka (7) |
Moral (8) |
|
Dosa (2) |
Moral Vipaka (8) |
Moral Vipaka (8) |
|
Moha (2) |
Kriya (3) |
Kriya (8) |
‚±‚ê‚ç54‚Ìkāma loka Citta‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å•ª—Þ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
1. There are only 15 citta that are predominantly present in the Rupaloka. Five are jhānic moral citta and five are vipāka cittā due to those.
2. The five jhānic moral citta can
be experienced by humans when they develop samadhi and
attain these (first through fifth) jhānā.
However, they can experience the corresponding five vipāka citta only when they are born in Rupalokas.
3. The five jhānic states are characterized by
five jhāna factors or
mental concomitants: vitakka (initial
application), vicara (sustained
application), piti (zest), sukha (happiness), and ekaggata (one-pointedness). All five
factors are present in the first jhāna,
and as one moves to higher jhānā, these
factors are lost one by one, and in the fifth jhāna only ekaggata is left.
Piti (zest) is the happiness in the mind and sukha (happiness) is the tranquility of the
body.
4. There are five more jhānic kriya citta experienced
by Arahants when
they attain these jhānā.
Thus there are 15 citta in all that predominantly belong to the Rupaloka.
rupa loka‚ÌCitta�i16rupa‚̗̈æ�j-‘S•”‚Å15
1.rupa loka‚ÉŽå‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚éCitta‚Í15‚݂̂ł·�B 5‚‚Í�AJhānic“¹“¿“ICitta‚Å‚ ‚è�A5‚‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Évipākacittā‚Å‚·�B
2.ƒTƒnƒfƒB�[‚ð”’B‚³‚¹�A‚±‚ê‚ç�i�Å�‰‚©‚ç5”Ô–Ú�j‚̃Wƒ…�[ƒi�[‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邯‚«‚É�A5‚‚̃CƒF�[ƒjƒbƒN‚Ì“¹“¿“ICitta‚ð�lŠÔ‚ª‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�Arupa loka‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‘Ήž‚·‚é5‚‚Ìvipākacitta‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
3. 5‚‚̃CƒGƒjƒbƒN�ó‘Ô‚Í�A5‚‚̃CƒGƒi—v‘f‚Ü‚½‚̓�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹ƒRƒ“ƒRƒ^ƒ“ƒg‚ª“Á’¥‚Å‚·�Bƒrƒ^ƒbƒJ�i�‰Šú“K—p�j�AƒrƒJƒ‰�iŽ�‘±“I“K—p�j�AƒsƒeƒB�i”MˆÓ�j�AƒXƒJ�[�i�K•Ÿ�j�A‚¨‚æ‚уGƒJƒKƒ^�iˆê“_�ë‚è�j‚Å‚·�B 5‚‚̗v‘f‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�Å�‰‚Ìjhāna‚É‚ ‚è�A1‚Â�ã‚Ìjhānā‚Ɉړ®‚·‚邯�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—v‘f‚Í1‚‚¸‚ÂŽ¸‚í‚ê�A5”Ô–Ú‚Ìjhāna‚Å‚Íekaggata‚¾‚¯‚ªŽc‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒsƒeƒB�i”MˆÓ�j‚Í�S‚Ì’†‚Å‚Ì�K‚¹�AƒXƒJ�[�i�K•Ÿ�j‚Í�g‘Ì‚Ì�¯‚³‚Å‚·�B
4.ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒc‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānwhen‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɑ̌±‚µ‚½jhānickriya citta‚ª‚³‚ç‚É5�l‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽå‚Érupa loka‚É‘®‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ15‚ÌCitta‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. There are only 12 citta that are predominantly present in the Arupaloka.
Four are jhānic moral citta
and four are vipāka citta
due to those.
2. The four jhānic moral citta
can be experienced by humans when they develop samadhi and attain these (fifth
through eighth) jhānā. However, they
can experience the corresponding four vipāka citta only when they are born in Arupaloka.
3. The first of the four Arupaloka
jhānā is the attainment of the base
of infinite space (Akasanancayatana). A human
needs to master the fourth jhāna (Rupaloka)
in order to be able to attain this jhāna.
The second is the base of
infinite consciousness (viññāṇacayatana).
The third is the base of nothingness (akincannayatana),
and the fourth is the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception (n�f evasanna n�fasannayatana).
In this last type of consciousness, the factor of perception (sanna) is so subtle that it can no longer
perform the function of perception, i.e., one is unaware of the �gworld�h. Yet
perception is not altogether absent. This is another reason why the ancient yogis erroneously
assumed this eighth jhāna to be Nibbāna.
4. There are four
more Arupaloka
jhānic kriya citta experienced
by Arahants when
they attain these jhānā.
Thus there are 12 citta in all that predominantly belong to the Arupaloka. Arupaloka‚ÌCitta�i4‚‚ÌArupaƒŒƒ‹ƒ€�j-�‡Œv12
1.
Arupaloka‚ÉŽå‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚éCitta‚Í12‚݂̂ł·�B 4‚‚̓CƒGƒjƒbƒN‚Ì“¹“¿“ICitta‚Å‚ ‚è�A4‚‚͂»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚½‚ß‚Évipāka�ECitta‚Å‚·�B
2. 4‚‚Ìjh developnic“¹“¿“ICitta‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚ªƒTƒ}ƒfƒB‚ð”’B‚³‚¹�A‚±‚ê‚ç�i5〜8”Ô–Ú�j‚Ìjhānā‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邯‚«‚ɑ̌±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚Íarupa loka‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚Ì‚Ý�A‘Ήž‚·‚é4‚‚Ìvipākacitta‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
3. 4‚‚ÌArupalokajhānā‚Ì�Å�‰‚Í�A–³ŒÀ‹óŠÔ‚̃x�[ƒX�iAkasanancayatana�j‚Ì’B�¬‚Å‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í4”Ô–Ú‚Ìjhāna�irupa loka�j‚ð�K“¾‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚Ìjhāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2‚–ڂÍ�A–³ŒÀ‚̈ӎ¯‚̃x�[ƒX‚Å‚·�iviññāṇacayatana�j�B 3”Ô–Ú‚Í�A–³‚̃x�[ƒX�iakincannayatana�j‚Å‚ ‚è�A4”Ô–Ú‚Í�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚Ì’mŠo‚Å‚à”ñ’mŠo‚Å‚à‚È‚¢ƒx�[ƒX�in �fevasanna n�fasannayatana�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚Ì�ÅŒã‚̃^ƒCƒv‚̈ӎ¯‚Å‚Í�A’mŠo‚Ì—vˆö�iƒTƒ“ƒi�j‚ª”ñ�í‚É”÷–‚È‚½‚ß�A‚à‚Í‚â’mŠo‚Ì‹@”\‚ðŽÀ�s‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚‚܂è�A�u�¢ŠE�v‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A’mŠo‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ÉŒ‡‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚ê‚Í�AŒÃ‘ã‚̃ˆƒM‚ªŒë‚Á‚Ä‚±‚Ì8‚Â‚ð‰¼’è‚µ‚½‚à‚¤1‚‚̗�—R‚Å‚·
hjhāna‚ÍNibbāna‚Å‚·�B
4.
Arahants‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānā‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɑ̌±‚µ‚½Arupalokajhānickriya citta‚ª‚³‚ç‚É4�l‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽå‚ÉArupaloka‚É‘®‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌ12‚ÌCitta‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. These pertain to the four
stages of Nibbanic attainment: Sotāpanna, Sakadāgāmi,
Anāgāmi, and Arahant.
2. Each stage involves two types
of citta: one is path
consciousness (magga citta), and the other is fruition consciousness
(phala citta).The magga citta has
the function of eradicating or permanently attenuating defilements. The phala citta has
the function of experiencing the degree of liberation made possible by
the magga citta.
3. Each magga citta arises only once, and endures for
one thought-moment. It is never repeated. The corresponding phala citta (which
corresponds to a vipāka citta, but is not called a vipāka citta)
arises immediately after the magga citta. This is in contrast to mundane vipāka cittā where
they can occur even many lifetimes after the corresponding kusala or akusala citta.
4. The phala citta can be repeated any time after one
attains it. With practice, it can be sustained for long times, up to 7 days for
an Arahant.
Thus, there are 54 + 15 + 12
+ 8 = 89 citta in all. Lokuttara�iSupermundane�jCitta–‘S•”‚Å8
1.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�Aƒjƒoƒoƒi�l‚Ì’B�¬‚Ì4‚‚̒iŠK‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ü‚·�FSotāpanna�ASakadāgāmi�AAnāgāmi�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑArahant�B
2.Še’iŠK‚É‚Í2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ÌCitta‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B1‚‚̓pƒXˆÓޝ�imagga citta�j‚Å�A‚à‚¤1‚‚͌‹ŽÀˆÓޝ�iphala citta�j‚Å‚·�Bmaggacitta‚É‚Í�A‰˜‚ê‚ð�ª�â‚Ü‚½‚͉i‹v‚ÉŒ¸�Š‚³‚¹‚é‹@”\‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bƒtƒ@ƒ‰Citta‚Í�Aƒ}ƒOƒKCitta‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉ”\‚ɂȂÁ‚½‰ð•ú‚Ì“x�‡‚¢‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚é‹@”\‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
3.Šeƒ}ƒKCitta‚Í1‰ñ‚¾‚¯”�¶‚µ�A1‚‚̎v�lƒ‚�[ƒ�ƒ“ƒg‚ɑς¦‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘Ήž‚·‚éphala citta�ivip aka citta‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�Avip calledka citta‚Ƃ͌Ă΂ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�Amagga citta‚Ì’¼Œã‚É”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚éƒNƒTƒ‰‚Ü‚½‚ÍakusalaCitta‚ÌŒã‚É‘½‚‚Ì�¶ŠU‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚é‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽvipākacitt₯‚Í‘Î�Æ“I‚Å‚·�B
4. phala citta‚Í�A’B�¬‚µ‚½‚ç‚¢‚‚łàŒJ‚è•Ô‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B—û�K‚·‚ê‚Î�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�Å’·7“úŠÔ�A’·ŠúŠÔŽ�‘±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A54 + 15 + 12 + 8 = 89Citta‚Å‚·�B
1. It is possible to further
analyze the types of citta by refining the
above method by taking into the fact that each magga phala can be reached from the vicinity of
each jhānic state.
Thus here there are 40 ways to
attain lokuttara cittā. Therefore, the total number of citta in this case would be 121 (= 54 + 15 + 12 +40)
instead of 89.
1.Šeƒ}ƒOƒi‚̃tƒ@ƒ‰‚ªŠejh statenic�ó‘Ԃ̋߂‚©‚瓞’B‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð�l—¶‚µ‚Ä�ã‹L‚Ì•û–@‚ð‰ü—Ç‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�ACitta‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ð‚³‚ç‚É•ª�Í‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
1‚‚Ì5‚‚Ìrupa lokaƒWƒFƒjƒbƒN�ó‘Ԃ̋ߖT‚ð‰î‚µ‚ăjƒoƒoƒi�ó‘Ô‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�i‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�A5‚‚Ìjhnā‚̃AƒuƒfƒBƒnƒ}–@‚ªŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Abhidhamma•ª�͂łÍ�Avitakka‚Ævicara‚Í2‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�Asutta•ª�͂łÍ�A1‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚邯‘z’肳‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�j�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A5‚‚Ìjhānic�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ4‚‚Ìmaggacitt₯4‚‚Ìphalacittā‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚±‚Ålokuttaracittā‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í40‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚Ì�ê�‡‚ÌCitta‚Ì‘��”‚Í89‚ł͂Ȃ121�i= 54 + 15
+ 12 +40�j‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
2. Therefore, magga phala (including
the Arahant stage)
can be reached via going through any of the jhānic states or without going through
any jhānic state.
Of course, the 8 lokuttara citta (i.e.,
the four stages of Nibbāna) arrived are the
same, regardless of whether arrived via jhāna or
not.
2.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚É‚Í�A‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Ìjhānic�ó‘Ô‚ðŒo—R‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Íjhānic�ó‘Ô‚ðŒo—R‚¹‚¸‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�Ajh lnaŒo—R‚Å“ž’…‚µ‚½‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ÉŠÖŒW‚È‚�A“ž’…‚µ‚½8‚‚̃�ƒNƒ^ƒ‰Citta�i‚‚܂è�ANibbāna‚Ì4‚‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW�j‚Í“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B
From the above it
is clear that magga phala can be attained without jhāna (89 citta analysis applicable). Magga phala can also be
attained via each of the five jhānic states
(in the Abhidhamma method), which correspond to the 4 jhānā discussed in the suttā; here the 89 citta analysis is applicable.
REFERENCE
1.
�gA
Comprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma�h, by Bhikkhu Bodhi (2000).
ƒWƒ…�[ƒi‚ƃ}ƒOƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�d—v‚ÈŒ‹˜_
�ã‹L‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚©‚ç�Aƒ}ƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚Íjhāna‚È‚µ‚Å’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ª–¾‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�i89 citta•ª�Í‚ª“K—p‰Â”\�j�Bƒ}ƒbƒKƒtƒ@ƒ‰‚Í�A5‚‚̃CƒGƒjƒbƒN�ó‘Ô‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�iAbhidhammaƒ�ƒ\ƒbƒh‚Å�j’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í89Citta•ª�Í‚ª“K—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìjhānic�B‚É‚Í�Aanariyajhāna‚Ü‚½‚ÍAriyajhāna‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŒoŒ±‚Í“¯‚¶‚悤‚Å‚·�B
—Bˆê‚̈Ⴂ‚Í�Akāmarāga‚ªanariyajhāna‚Å—}�§�ivikkhambhanapahāna�j‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂ɑ΂µ�AAriyajhāna‚Å‚Í�í�œ�isamuccedapahāna�j‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
�Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uSamādhi�AJhāna�iDhyāna�j�AMagga Phala�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ŽQ�Æ
Bhikkhu
Bodhi�i2000�j‚É‚æ‚é�uAbhidhamma‚̕“I‚ȃ}ƒjƒ…ƒAƒ‹�v�B
Sakkāya Ditthi is Personality (Me) View?
March 10, 2017; revised January 20, 2018; June 1,
2019; October 3, 2019
In
this post, we will discuss why interpretations of two key concepts — sakkāya ditthi and samyōjana — in many current English publications
(including supposedly Theravada texts) are incorrect.
‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚‚̉pŒê‚Ì�o”Å•¨�iTheravada‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Å�A2‚‚Ì�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚ésakkāyaditthi‚Æsamyōjana‚̉ðŽß‚ªŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é—�—R‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Difference
Between Wrong Views and Wrong Perceptions
1.
Most texts describe sakkāya ditthi as �gself-illusion�h or �gpersonality belief,�h
i.e., �gbelief that a self or I exist�h (you can Google �gsakkāya
ditthi�h and see). Here it is essential to
understand that there is a difference between �gwrong view�h and �gwrong
perception.�h A Sōtapanna would
have removed the wrong view (ditthi), but not
the false perception (saññā.)
If
one gets offended if treated with disrespect, that means one still has māna left. Even an Anagami could
be somewhat perturbed if he/she perceives to be treated badly. A component
of māna — called asmi māna —
is still left at the Anagami stage. Māna is removed not at the Sōtapanna stage, but the Arahant stage.
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½ƒrƒ…�[�iŒ©‰ð�j‚ÆŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚̈Ⴂ
1.‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̃eƒLƒXƒg‚Í�Asakkāyaditthi‚ð�uŽ©ŒÈŒ¶‘z�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uƒp�[ƒ\ƒiƒŠƒeƒB�M”O�v�A‚‚܂è�uŽ©ŒÈ‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O�v‚Æ�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�iGoogle‚Å�usakkāyaditthi�v‚Æ•\ަ‚·‚邯�j�B
‚±‚±‚Å�A�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�v‚Æ�uŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ�v‚ɂ͈Ⴂ‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û�iditthi�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ă܂·‚ª�AŒë‚Á‚½”Fޝ�isaññā�j‚Í�í�œ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�uŽ©ŒÈ�v�iātma‚Æ‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚é�u�°�v�j‚Ì”Fޝ�isaññā�j‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚ÉTipitaka‚É‚æ‚ésakkāyaditthi‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‘O�¢‚©‚猻�¢‚܂ŘA‚ê‚Ä‚«‚Ä‚¢‚ésaññā�i”Fޝ�j‚Å‚·�B saññā‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AWhat is Sanna (Perception)?‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚킽‚µ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�¶—ˆ‚©‚犴Šo‚Í�[‚–„‚ß�ž‚܂ꂽŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�Amāna cetasika‚É�ª‚´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•ŒyŽ‹‚³‚ê‚Ä‹C•ª‚ðŠQ‚µ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂¾māna‚ªŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BAnagami‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚Ђǂˆµ‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邯д‚¶‚é‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚¢‚‚ç‚©�¬—�‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Asmi māna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚émāna‚̃Rƒ“ƒ|�[ƒlƒ“ƒg‚Í�AAnagami‚Å‚àŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�Bmāna‚ÍSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ł͂Ȃ�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
A Sōtapanna Removes
Only Wrong Views About an �gUnchanging Self�h
2. What
is removed at the Sōtapanna stage is
the wrong view (ditthi) that
there is something unchanging and permanent like a �gsoul�h is associated with
oneself. That goes with the belief that lasting happiness can be achieved by
just living a moral life (even though that is essential.)
Therefore,
it is incorrect to believe that the perception of a �gself�h
will go away at the Sōtapanna stage.
It is also dangerous,
because one is trying to do something that is not possible to
do at that stage. It is like a child in the primary school trying to get a
Ph.D.
Sōtapanna‚Í�u•Ï‚í‚ç‚È‚¢Ž©ŒÈ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚¾‚¯‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚
2.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�u�°�v‚ª•s•ςʼni‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iƒfƒBƒbƒeƒB�j‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邾‚¯‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O‚ɉˆ‚Á‚½‚à‚̂ł·�i‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚ꂪ•s‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚Á‚Ä‚à�j�B
�¶–½‘̂ɂÍ�u–{“–‚Ì–{Ž¿�v�i�u�°�v‚‚܂è�uātma�v�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚邯�Asakkāya ditthi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B PaticcaSamuppāda‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Alifestream‚Í�i‰»‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or an Ātma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì”Fޝ‚ª‚È‚‚È‚é‚Æ�M‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚Í�³‚µ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚Ü‚½�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚ł͕s‰Â”\‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í”ŽŽm�†‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�¬Šw�Z‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
Sōtapanna Stage – Four
Conditions
3.
In the post, �gFour Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala,�h we
discussed the four conditions that need to satisfied to attain the Sōtapanna stage of Nibbāna.
But
as in many English publications (books, internet posts), the above Wikipedia
article misdescribes samyōjana.
3.
Four Conditions for Attaining Sōtapanna Magga/Phala‚Å‚Í�Aƒjƒo�[ƒi‚ÌSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é4‚‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
•‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�ðŒ�‚ð–ž‚½‚¹‚Î�A3‚‚Ìsamyōjana�iƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚ÌãJ�j‚ð“Ë”j‚µ�Aapāyas �i4‚‚Ì�ʼnºˆÊ—̈æ�j‚Ì“]�¶‚©‚ç‰i‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ìsamyōjana�i‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyōjana‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyōga�j‚Í�A’Ê�í�u‘«‚©‚¹�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AWikipedia‚Ì‹LŽ–�uFetter
(Buddhism)�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‘½‚‚̉pŒê‚Ì�o”Å•¨�i�‘�Ð�AƒCƒ“ƒ^�[ƒlƒbƒg�j‚̂悤‚É�A�ã‹L‚ÌWikipedia‚Ì‹LŽ–‚Ísamyōjana‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŒë‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
4. We are bound to the 31 realms
in this world by ten �gmental tethers�h or samyōjana. It can be visualized as someone attached to a post
by a rope, except that there is no one else that forcibly bind us to the 31
realms.
Most people think they can find happiness in this
life itself! They
don�ft even pause to contemplate what happens when one gets old and helpless. If
one takes time to observe, there are many examples around: famous, wealthy, and
powerful, became disabled at old age, and died a miserable death.
4.Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì31—̈æ‚É�A10‚Ì�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̂‚Ȃ¬�j�v‚‚܂èsamyōjana‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”›‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bƒ��[ƒv‚Å”›‚è•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚邿‚¤‚ÉŽ‹Šo‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·‚ª�A31—̈æ‚ɂ͋�§“I‚É”›‚è•t‚¯‚é�l‚Í’N‚à‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•Sanyōjana‚Ü‚½‚Ísanyoga�i�usan�v+�uyoga�v�A�uyoga�v‚Í�S‘©‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚Í�A�usan�v‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�S‘©‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BWhat is �gSan�h? Meaning of Sansara (or Samsara)
•Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç31—̈æ‚̂ǂ±‚©‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Ì�S‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ÉŽ©”“I‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚»‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚É�K‚¹‚ðŒ©‚¢‚¾‚¹‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�I
”N‚ðŽæ‚Á‚Ä–³—͂ɂȂÁ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ɉ½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚ð�l‚¦‚邽‚߂ɗ§‚¿Ž~‚܂邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ŠÏŽ@‚ÉŽžŠÔ‚ª‚©‚©‚é‚Ì‚Í�AŽüˆÍ‚É‘½‚‚̗Ⴊ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
—L–¼‚Å�A—T•Ÿ‚Å�A‹—͂ł ‚è�A˜V”NŠú‚É�g‘Ì�áŠQ‚ɂȂè�A”ߎS‚ÈŽ€‚ð�‹‚°‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Three Samyōjana Removed
5.
A Sōtapanna breaks through 3 of
those ten sanyōjanā — or �gbonds�h or
�gtethers�h — and gets permanently released from the four lowest realms (apāyas). He/she does this by comprehending the true
nature of this world, i.e., attaining sammā
ditthi.
The
keyword �gsammā�h comes from �gsan�h + �gmā,�g which
means �gto become free of san.�g For
example:
5.Sōtapanna‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì10‚Ìsanyōjanā‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚Â�A‚‚܂è�uãJ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‚‚Ȃ¬�j�v‚𗣂·‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4‚‚̗̈æ�iapāyās�j‚©‚ç‰i‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ�A‚‚܂è�Asammā ditthi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‚±‚ê‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�@
ƒL�[ƒ��[ƒh�usammā�v‚Í�usan�v+�umā�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�usan‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A
•�umā hōtijāti�Ajāti�v‚Í�A�uŒJ‚è•Ô‚·�o�¶‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•�umā mē bāla samāgamō�v‚Í�A�uDhamma‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�l‚Ƃ̊֌W‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Asammā ditthi‚Ƃ͊Ԉá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚Å‚·�BSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ìsammā ditthi‚ðŠl“¾‚µ�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Importance of Comprehending the Unfruitful/Dangerous
Nature of This World (Tilakkhana) ‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢/ŠëŒ¯‚È�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�d—v�«
6. One has to break those bonds in
one�fs mind. One gains sammā ditthi —
right view to becoming free of �esan�e —
by comprehending the true nature of this world of 31 realms.
Anicca – that nothing in this world can bring
permanent happiness in the long run.
Dukkha – despite our struggles, we will be subjected
to much more suffering than pleasures if we remain in the rebirth process.
Anatta – therefore, one is truly helpless in this
struggle to attain �gsomething of the essence in this world.�h That is just an
illusion.
See,
�gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations.�h
6.ŠeŽ©‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌãJ‚ð‰ó‚³‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B 31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A�usan�v‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤�³‚µ‚¢Œ©‰ð‚𓾂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Anicca –‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚ɉi‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
Dukkha -Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì“¬‘ˆ‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚É‚Æ‚Ç‚Ü‚é‚Æ�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠì‚Ñ‚æ‚è‚à‚͂邩‚ɋꂵ‚Þ‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Anatta –‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì–{Ž¿�v‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̓¬‚¢‚Å‚Í�AŠeŽ©‚Í–{“–‚É–³—͂ł·�B�í‚¢‚Í’P‚Ȃ錶‘z‚Å‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta – Wrong Interpretations‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Two
Eightfold Paths
7.
It is essential to realize that there are two Eightfold Paths with two types
of sammā ditthi.
See, �gBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty).�h
This
distinction is hard to perceive for many people. I encourage them to read the
first few subsections of the �g�h section.
7�B2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv‚Ìsammā ditthi‚Æ2‚‚̔ª�³“¹‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�BBuddha Dhamma – In a Chart�h and �gMaha Chattarisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•�Å�‰‚É�A5‚‚̉ú—¥‚É‚ ‚邿‚¤‚É•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A�u“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚¦•û�v‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Å�umundane sammā
ditthi�v‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•ŽŸ‚É�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì3‚‚̓Á’¥‚Å‚ ‚éanicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ȂقÇ�S‚ª�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚Ì�ulōkōttara sammā
ditthi
�v‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“xŠl“¾‚·‚邯�AŽÀ�Û‚É”ª�³“¹‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B
How to Cultivate the Noble Eightfold Path starting with Anicca, Dukkha,
Anatta
‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•‚±‚Ì‹æ•Ê‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä”Fޝ‚µ‚É‚‚¢‚à‚̂ł·�B
�uLiving Dhamma�v‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ð“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
8.
Now let us discuss how gaining lōkōttara sammā ditthi leads
to the removal of three of the ten mental tethers (or fetters) that bind us to
the rebirth process. In particular, to be released from the worst types of
suffering in the apāyas.
Those
three samyōjana are sakkāya ditthi (also
called sathkāya ditthi), vicikiccā, and silabbata
parāmāsa.
8.‚Å‚Í�Alōkōttara sammā ditthi‚ðŠl“¾‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚10‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̂‚Ȃ¬•R�i‚Ü‚½‚Í‘«‚©‚¹�j‚Ì‚¤‚¿3‚‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B
“Á‚É�Aapāyas‚Ì�ň«‚̃^ƒCƒv‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ�B
•‚±‚ê‚ç3‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚Ísakkāyaditthi�i•Ê–¼sathkāyaditthi�j�Avicikiccā�Asilabbataparāmāsa‚Å‚·�B
Two
Prevailing Major Wrong Views
9.
The Buddha discussed 62 types of ditthi that
were present during that time in the Brahmajāla
Sutta. We don�ft need to address all of them today, because there are
only two of those wrong views that are prevalent today.
Thus
the Buddha rejected both wrong views that �ga self exists�h and �ga self does
not exist.�h Things can exist due to causes, and if those causes do not exist,
they cease to exist. That is the principle of cause and effect explained
in Paticca Samuppāda.
Beings exist due to avijjā and tanhā, and they cease to exist when those cease to
exist and reach permanent happiness (i.e., attain Nibbāna).
9.Žß‘¸‚Í�ABrahmajāla Sutta‚É“–Žž‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚½62Ží—ނ̃fƒBƒbƒeƒB‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¡“ú�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂɑÎ�ˆ‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A�¡“ú•�‹y‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚éŒë‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Í2‚‚µ‚©‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
•�M�S�[‚¢�l�X�i‘n‘¢ŽÒ‚ÉŠî‚Â�@‹³�j‚Í�A�u‰i‹v“I‚È�°�v‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚±‚Ì�°‚ª‚±‚Ì�l�¶‚ÌŒã‚ɉi‰“‚É“V�‘‚©’n�–‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�uāthma�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uself�v‚Ì‚±‚Ì�l‚¦‚Í�Asassata ditthi‚Å‚µ‚½�B
•�¡“ú‚̉Ȋw‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽv�l‚Í”]“à‚Å�¶‚¶‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘͓̂÷‘̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚·�i�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v�j�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ªŽ€‚ʂƂ«�A‚»‚ê‚Í•¨Œê‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚Å‚·�B‚È‚º‚È‚ç�A“÷‘̂͊D‚ɂȂ邩‚ç‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�A�u‚»‚ꂪ‘±‚ŠÔ�A�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ�v�A‚Æ�B‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸‚ª‹‘”Û‚µ‚½�uuccēda ditthi�v‚Å‚µ‚½�F�u“÷‘̂̎€‚Å�I‚í‚é�l�¶�v�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŽß‘¸‚Í�A�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�v‚Æ�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ´ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä•¨Ž–‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�A‰�‹N�à‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚錴ˆö‚ÆŒ‹‰Ê‚ÌŒ´—�‚Å‚·�Bavijj₯tanhā‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�¶–½‘̂͑¶�Ý‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚炪‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚‚È‚é‚Æ�A‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚É’B‚µ‚Ä�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�ANibbāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�j‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ~‚߂õ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
10.
Even those religious people may subconsciously have that part of the ucceda ditthi of �gI
am my physical body.�h
10.‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�@‹³“I‚È�l�X‚Å‚³‚¦�A�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂ł·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ucceda ditthi‚Ì•”•ª‚𖳈ӎ¯‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚ÉŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì•¨Ž¿Žå‹`“I‚ȎЉï‚Í‘�‚¦�A‚±‚̂悤‚È•¨Œê‚ð�í‚É–a‚¢‚Å‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B-Ž„‚̑̂ªŽ„‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�ª‹’‚Ȃ̂Å�A”ü‚µ‚‚ÄŠæ‹‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ƂĂà�d—v‚Å‚·�AƒeƒŒƒr‚â‰f‰æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚à‚í‚©‚邿‚¤‚É�B
•Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�AŒ»�Ý‚Ìsakkāya ditthi‚Í�A�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚Ì“÷‘̂ł·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ©•û‚É�ª‚´‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uŽ©•ª‚̑̂ɑ½‚‚ÌŠy‚µ‚¢Š´Šo“ü—Í‚ðƒCƒ“ƒvƒbƒg‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�K‚¹‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤”Fޝ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Meaning of Sakkāya or Sathkāya
11.
�gSath�h means �ggood�h or �gfruitful.�h
Sakkāya ditthi encompasses mainly two views: (i)
�gI am my body,�h and I need to keep it beautiful above all. (ii) I can achieve
happiness by diligently pursuing (good) things in this world.
11.�uSath�v‚Æ‚Í�u—Ç‚¢�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽÀ‚葽‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�AƒJ�[ƒ„‚Í�AƒJ�[ƒ„ƒkƒpƒbƒTƒi�[‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚Ü‚½‚Í�g‘̂̂¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BKāyānupassanā – Section on Postures (Iriyapathapabba)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Sakkāya ditthi‚ɂ͎å‚É2‚‚̌©•û‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�ii�j�uŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ª‚̑̂ł·�v�B‰½‚æ‚è‚à”ü‚µ‚•ۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �iii�j‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å�i—Ç‚¢�j‚±‚Æ‚ð”M�S‚É’Ç‹�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�K‚¹‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Getting Rid of Sakkāya Ditthi
12.
Therefore, getting rid of sakkāya ditthi in the present day requires one to realize
that this physical body is �gjust a shell�h that we have possession of only for
about 100 years.
12.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�¡“ú‚̃TƒbƒJƒ„�EƒfƒBƒbƒeƒB‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚É‚Í�A‚±‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª–ñ100”NŠÔ‚µ‚©�Š—L‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�u’P‚È‚éŠL�v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC•t‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘̂ł ‚égandhabba‚ª‰Ê‚½‚·–ðŠ„‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚͂܂½�Agandhabba‚ªŽ€‚ʃLƒ…�[ƒeƒB�EƒpƒeƒBƒTƒ“ƒfƒB‚Ì�uŠÔ‚É�V‚µ‚¢‘¶�Ý�ibhava �j‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邯‚«‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚‚È‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÌŽŸ‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚Í�A“÷‘Ì‚ð‚ǂꂾ‚¯‚¤‚Ü‚•ۂ‚©�iŒ’�N‚Å‚ ‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�j‚ł͂Ȃ�Aƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘Ì‚ð‚ǂꂾ‚¯�u‰ü‘P�v‚·‚é‚©‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒˆ‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B Dhamma‚ðŠw�K‚µ�A‚»‚ÌDhamma‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�¶Šˆ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ADhamma‚ª–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
�u�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚éƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ågandhabba‚Ì‚æ‚èŠÈ’P‚È�à–¾‚ð�s‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�uƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‘Ì–gandhabba�v�A‚»‚µ‚ăAƒrƒ_ƒ}ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ͕ʂ̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ª‚ ‚è�A�Ú�ׂð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
13.
The second view associated with sakkāya
ditthi in #10 above. That one can achieve
happiness by diligently pursuing things in this world. Sakkāya ditthi can
only be removed by comprehending the �ganicca nature.�h
When
one comprehends anicca, one realizes that
no matter what we do, staying in the rebirth process leads to net
suffering. Even
though there are bouts of happiness to be had, those will be insignificant to
suffering in the long run, especially when one is (inevitably) born in
the apāyas.
13.�ã‹L�”10‚Ìsakkāya ditthi‚ÉŠÖ˜A•t‚¯‚ç‚ꂽ2”Ԗڂ̃rƒ…�[�B‚»‚Ì�l‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Å•¨Ž–‚ð”M�S‚É’Ç‹�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�K‚¹‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Sakkāya�@ditthi‚Í�A�uanicca nature�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂Ý�í�œ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�uƒAƒjƒJ�AƒhƒDƒbƒJ�AƒAƒiƒbƒ^�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
anicca‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ª‰½‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚à�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂƂǂ܂邱‚Ƃ͋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B�K•Ÿ‚Ì”�삪‚ ‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A“Á‚Éapāyās‚Å�i•K‘R“I‚É�j�¶‚܂ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í’·Šú“I‚ɋꂵ‚ނ̂ł͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Culavedalla Sutta (MN 44)
14.
It should be noted that a full explanation of sakkāya
ditthi is given in the Culavedalla Sutta (Majjima
Nikaya 44) where Ven. Dhammadinna explains
it to her former husband Visakha:
�g..Kathaṃ
panāyye, sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī�hti? �gIdhāvuso visākha, assutavā puthujjano, ariyānaṃ adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ
adassāvī sappurisadhammassa
akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto, rūpaṃ attato
samanupassati, rūpavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ,
attani vā rūpaṃ,
rūpasmiṃ
vā attānaṃ. Vedanaṃ �c pe �c saññaṃ
�c saṅkhāre
�c viññāṇaṃ attato
samanupassati, viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ,
attani vā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇasmiṃ vā
attānaṃ.
Evaṃ
kho, āvuso visākha, sakkāyadiṭṭhi hotī�hti.
The
French Philosopher Rene Descartes famously said, �gI think; therefore I am�h; he
proposed that those thoughts arise in the pineal gland in the brain. That is a
part of uccēda ditthi.
14.
sakkāya ditthi ‚ÌŠ®‘S‚È�à–¾‚Í�ACulavedalla Sutta (Majjima
Nikaya 44)‚É‚ ‚è�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}ƒfƒBƒ“ƒi‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð”Þ�—‚Ì‘O•vƒ”ƒBƒVƒƒƒJ‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�F
‚Ü‚¸�A�uI�v‚ðŽ¦‚·‚½‚ß‚É�A�]—ˆ‚̈Ӗ¡‚ÅŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�ã‹L‚ÌŽ�‚Ì�uatta�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B
�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì‘¾Žš‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚Å�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚͎̑̂„‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂̒†‚Å‚·�B�v
Anattā in Anattalakkahana Sutta – No Soul or an Ātma‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A4‚‚̕û–@‚Årupakkhandha‚ð�uatta�v‚ÆŒ©‚È‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�Aˆê•”‚Ì�l�X‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì4‚‚̕û–@‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚Ìvedana, saññā, sankhāra, viññāna‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ©‚È‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚·‚ׂẴ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I—v‘f‚Í�A�uŽ„‚Í‚±‚ê‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚¸‚Á‚Æ‘O‚ÉŽ„‚É‹N‚±‚Á‚½�B‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�A‘Ì‚ªŽ€‚ʂ܂Ŏ„‚Ì‘±‚«‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚É‚Í�A20Ží—Þ�i�uvisativatthuka�v�j‚Ìsakkāya diṭṭhi‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
ƒtƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚Ì“NŠwŽÒƒ‹ƒl�EƒfƒJƒ‹ƒg‚ªŒ¾‚Á‚½—L–¼‚È�uŽ„‚Í�l‚¦‚é�A‚䂦‚ÉŽ„‚Å‚ ‚é�v‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�l‚¦‚Í”]‚Ì�¼‰Ê‘Ì‚Å�¶‚¶‚邯’ñˆÄ‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Íuccēda ditthi‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B
Two Meanings of Atta
15.
When one attains the Sōtapanna stage,
one �gsees with wisdom�h (becomes �gdassanēna sampannō�g) that it does not make sense to take the
stand �gI am my body,�h etc. as above.
There
was a lengthy discussion on this issue at the discussion forum. I recommend
reading it since it is not possible to put it in a short post like this; see, �gWrong English translations of Aniccha, Anatta, Sakkaya ditthi.�h
15.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚邯�A�ã‹L‚̂悤‚É�uŽ„‚ÍŽ„‚̑̂ł·�v‚Ȃǂ̗§�ê‚ðŽæ‚é‚±‚Ƃ͈Ӗ¡‚ª‚È‚¢‚Æ�u’mŒb‚ð‚à‚Á‚ÄŒ©‚é�v�i�udassanēna sampannō�v�j‚ɂȂé�B
•‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�u‚½‚¾Œ©‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Æ�A‚»‚ꂪ�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ‚ÄŒoŒ±‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Ì2‚‚͈قȂ邱‚Ƃł·�B�Å�I“I‚É�³Šm‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ăAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�uŽ„�v�i�uasmi māna�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é�j‚Ì”Fޝ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
•ƒfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚Å�A‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é’·‚¢�à–¾‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚̂悤‚È’Z‚¢ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ð‚¨Š©‚ß‚µ‚Ü‚·�BWrong English translations of Aniccha, Anatta, Sakkaya ditthi‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
16.
The confusion in conventional translations of sakkāya
ditthi seems to arise when they try to
connect �gatta�h in the above verse (�grupam
attāto�g) as the opposite of �ganatta�h
in Tilakkhana. Atta has two
meanings: one meaning is �gI�h or �gmyself�h as in �gattā
hi attanō nathō�h (�gonly
I can be of salvation to myself�h), and that is the meaning implied in the above
verse.
That
is why one needs to be cautious when using Pāli
dictionaries. One cannot define and fix the meaning of a Pāli word. One HAS TO KNOW the context; see,
�gPāli Dictionaries – Are They Reliable?�g.
16.sakkāyaditthi‚Ì�]—ˆ‚Ì–|–ó‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�¬—�‚Í�A”ނ炪�ã‹L‚ÌŽ�‚Ì�uatta�v�i�urupam attāto�v�j‚ðTilakkhana‚Ì�uanatta�v‚Ì”½‹`Œê‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‘¨‚¦‚悤‚Æ‚·‚邯‚«‚É�¶‚¶‚邿‚¤‚Å‚·�B Atta‚É‚Í2‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B1‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�uŽ„�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽ©•ªŽ©�g�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uattā hi attanō nathō�v�i�uŽ„‚¾‚¯‚ªŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚ð‹~‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é�v�j‚̂悤‚ÉŽg‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•�uAtta�v‚Ì‘¼‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�uƒRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�u–{Ž¿‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì”½‹`Œê‚ÍŽO‘Š‚Ìanatta‚Å‚·�F�u‚±‚Ì“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚Í�l�i’N‚à‚ª�AŽ„‚Í�j‚Í–³—͂ł·�v�B
•‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì2‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�AAtta Hi Attano
Natho‚ÆPāli Dictionaries – Are They Reliable?‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒêŽ«�‘‚ðŽg—p‚·‚é�ۂɂ͒�ˆÓ‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B’N‚à‚ªƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð’è‹`‚µ‚Ä�C�³‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒRƒ“ƒeƒLƒXƒg‚ð’m‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
What is Vicikiccā?
17.
The second samyōjana removed at
the Sōtapanna stage is vicikiccā. Does it mean doubts about the
Buddha, Dhamma, and Sangha, as explained in many translations?
It is informative to see how such doubts are related to Tilakkhana.
In
other words, if one has vicikiccā, one
MAY do immoral apāyagāmi actions
under tempting conditions. But a Sōtapanna is
INCAPABLE of doing such actions under ANY circumstance. A Sōtapanna will not have any doubts about which
activities are immoral.
17.Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚é2”Ô–Ú‚Ìsamyōjana‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B‘½‚‚Ì–|–ó‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚ê‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̋^”O‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�H‚»‚̂悤‚È‹^”O‚ªŽO‘Š‚É‚Ç‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚ÉŠÖŒW‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð’m‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B
Vicikiccā‚Ívi + chi + ki +iccā‚©‚ç”h�¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž„‚½‚¿‚̘c‚ñ‚¾Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Í�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì�D‚Ý�i�uiccā�v�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚É�A—~‹�‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ăAƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�i�uki�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�ukriya�v�j‚ðŽÀ�s‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�uƒ`ƒƒ�v‚̓`ƒbƒ^‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�l‚¦•û�iŽv�l�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚±‚ł͂»‚̂悤‚Èditthi‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦‚©‚ç�uvi�v‚𕪗£‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Avicikiccā‚Å‚·�B
�uanicca‚Ì–{Ž¿�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚©‚ç�؂藣‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚É‚È‚é‚Æ�A‘½‚‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚â•s“K�Ø‚È�sˆ×‚É�uŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ³�v‚ªŽ©“®“I‚ÉŒ©‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚鎄‚½‚¿‚Ì“w—͂̂قƂñ‚Ç‚ª–³‘Ê‚É�I‚í‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ð�S‚©‚ç’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�A�l‚͂܂¾—~–]‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚͂܂¾ƒZƒbƒNƒX‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�AŒ‹�¥ˆÈŠO‚Ì•s“¹“¿‚È�«�sˆ×‚É‚Í�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‘OŽÒ‚Í�lŠÔ‚Æ�_�X‚ł̓]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒãŽÒ‚Íapāyas‚ł̒a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna‚Íapāyas‚©‚ç‚̂݉ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Œ¾‚¢Š·‚¦‚ê‚Î�A�l‚ªvicikiccā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A–£—Í“I‚È�ðŒ�‰º‚Å•s“¹“¿‚Èapāyagāmi ‚Ì�s“®‚ð‚Æ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚͂ǂñ‚È�󋵉º‚Å‚à‚»‚̂悤‚È�s“®‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BSōtapanna‚Í�A‚ǂ̊ˆ“®‚ª•s“¹“¿‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‹^‚¢‚ð•ø‚‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
What is Silabbata
Parāmāsa?
18.
The third sanyōjana, silabbata parāmāsa, is
the wrong view that Nibbāna can be
attained by following specific precepts/rituals. They include five or eight
precepts (or just by doing good things).
However,
following precepts (i.e., staying away from immoral deeds) is necessary to
get to mundane sammā ditthi. That enables one�fs mind cleansed enough to
be able to comprehend Tilakkhana.
18.ŽO”Ô–Ú‚Ìsanyōjana�Asilabbata parāmāsa‚Í�A“Á’è‚̉ú—¥/‹VŽ®‚É�]‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�A5‚‚܂½‚Í8‚‚̋³ŒP‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�i‚Ü‚½‚Í—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚·‚é‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�j�B
Nibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Alōkōttara sammā ditthi‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B Lōkōttara sammā ditthi‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�ATilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta�B�j‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
anicca‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚͈ê˜A‚̉ú—¥‚â‹VŽ®‚ð‚µ‚Á‚©‚è‚Æ’‰ŽÀ‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚炳͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�¡‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®‚Í’·Šú“I‚ɂ͎À‚肪‚È‚�AŠëŒ¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð�[‚’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽsammā ditthi‚𓾂é‚É‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚̉ú—¥�i‚·‚Ȃ킿�A•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚é�j‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚É�\•ª‚ȂقÇ�S‚ª�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Kāma Rāga NOT Removed at Sōtapanna Stage
19.
Finally, a Sōtapanna needs to break
two more samyōjana or bonds — kāma rāga and patigha — to become free of the kāma lōka. Only
an Anāgami is free of rebirth
anywhere in the kāma lōka, which includes human and six deva realms.
November 3, 2019: A detailed discussion at �gOrigin of Life.�h
19.�ÅŒã‚É�ASōtapanna‚Í�Akāma lōka‚©‚玩—R‚ɂȂ邽‚ß‚É�A‚³‚ç‚É2‚‚Ìsamyōjana‚·‚Ȃ킿�S‘©‚Å‚ ‚ékāma rāga ‚Æ patigha ‚ð‰ð•ú‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BAnāgami ‚¾‚¯‚ª�lŠÔ‚Æ6‚‚̃fƒB�[ƒ”ƒ@‚̗̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þkāma lōka‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à“]�¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�ÅŒã‚Ì5‚‚Ìsamyōjana�i�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿māna‚Ì”Fޝ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�AArahan‚Ì‹«’n‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BThe Cooling Down Process (Nibbāna) – How Root Causes are Removed‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢
Sōtapanna Anugāmi – No More Births in the Apāyās
February 11, 2019; revised February 12; September 4,
2019
A
human who attains a magga phala will never be reborn in an apāya (one of the four lowest realms). An Arahant will
not be reborn in any realm. An Anāgāmi will be reborn only in
a brahma realm. A Sakadāgāmi only
in a deva realm. A Sōtapanna only
in deva or human realm. It is not that clear whether a Sōtapanna Anugāmi is
also free of the apāyās. Here, we discuss
the evidence from the Tipitaka that is indeed the case.
magga phala‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½�lŠÔ‚Í�Aapāya�i�Å‚à’á‚¢4‚‚̗̈æ�j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‚¢‚©‚È‚é—̈æ‚Å‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BƒAƒiƒKƒ~‚Í“V‚̗̈æ‚ł̂Ý�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒfƒB�[ƒo—̈æ‚݂̂̃TƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~�BƒfƒB�[ƒo‚Ü‚½‚Í�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚݂̂ÌSōtapanna�B
Sōtapanna Anugāmi‚ªapāyās‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚±‚Å‚Í�AŽÀ�Û‚É‚»‚¤‚Å‚ ‚éƒeƒBƒsƒ^ƒJ‚©‚ç‚Ì�Ø‹’‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Eight Types of Noble Persons
1.
The �gPatipanna Sutta (SN 48.18)�h describes
the eight types of Noble Persons:
�gPañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni. Katamāni pañca? Saddhindriyaṃ �c pe �c paññindriyaṃ—imāni kho, bhikkhave,
pañcindriyāni. Imesaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ samattā
paripūrattā arahaṃ hoti,
tato mudutarehi arahattaphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi
anāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi
sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti, tato mudutarehi
sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno hoti.
Yassa kho, bhikkhave, imāni pañcindriyāni sabbena sabbaṃ sabbathā sabbaṃ
natthi, tamahaṃ �ebāhiro puthujjanapakkhe ṭhito�fti vadāmī�hti.
Translated:
�gBhikkhus,
there are five indriya (faculties): Saddhindriya, vīriyindriya,
satindriya, samādhindriya, paññindriya. One who has fully cultivated them is
an Arahant. One who developed them less is an Arahant Anugāmi. One who has even less is an Anāgāmi,.. Anāgāmi
Anugāmi, ..Sakadāgāmi, �cSakadāgāmi Anugāmi, �cSōtapanna, �cSōtapanna Anugāmi. Those who have not yet begun to cultivate
the five faculties are ignorant humans (puthujjanabhūmiṃ) who are
unaware of the true nature (Tilakkhana).
8Ží—Þ‚Ì�¹�l
1.�uƒpƒeƒBƒpƒ“ƒiƒXƒbƒ^�iSN 48.18�j�v‚Å‚Í�A8Ží—Þ‚Ì�¹�l‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–|–ó�F
�uBhikkhus�A5‚‚Ìindriya�i‹@”\�j‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSaddhindriya�Avīriyindriya�Asatindriya�Asamādhindriya�Apaññindriya�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠ®‘S‚Ɉç‚ñ‚¾�l‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚èŠJ”‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚͈̂¢—…Š¿�EƒAƒkƒKƒ~‚Å‚·�B‚³‚ç‚É�‚È‚¢�l‚̓AƒiƒKƒ~�A..ƒAƒiƒKƒ~ƒAƒkƒKƒ~�A..ƒTƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~�A�cƒTƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~ƒAƒkƒKƒ~�A�cSōtapanna�A�cSōtapanna Anugāmi �B‚Ü‚¾5‚‚̋@”\‚ðŠJ‘ñ‚µŽn‚߂Ă¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�A�^‚Ì�«Ž¿�iƒeƒBƒ‰ƒbƒNƒi�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢–³’m‚È�lŠÔ�iputhujjana�@bhūmiṃ�j‚Å‚·�B
Anāgāmi‚ɂȂé•û–@‚Ì1‚‚Í�uanāgāmi�@phala�@sacchikiriyāya�@paṭipannuno�v‚Ȃǂł·�B
8�l‚Ì�¹�l�iAriyas�j‚Í�A�uPaṭhama�@Puggala�@Sutta�iAN 8.59�j�v‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�uPuggala Sutta�iAN 9.9�j�v‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‘¼‚ÌŒo‚É‚àƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna Anugāmi is
Dhammānusārī or Saddhānusārī
2.
An important way of classification of the Noble Persons (Ariyas)
relevant to our topic is given in the �gTatiyasankhita Sutta (SN
48.14)�g:
�gPañcimāni, bhikkhave, indriyāni. Katamāni pañca? Saddhindriyaṃ �c pe �c paññindriyaṃ—imāni kho, bhikkhave,
pañcindriyāni. Imesaṃ kho,
bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ samattā
paripūrattā arahaṃ hoti,
tato mudutarehi anāgāmī hoti, tato
mudutarehi sakadāgāmī hoti, tato mudutarehi
sotāpanno hoti, tato mudutarehi dhammānusārī hoti, tato
mudutarehi saddhānusārī hoti.
Iti kho, bhikkhave, paripūraṃ
paripūrakārī ārādheti, padesaṃ
padesakārī ārādheti. �eAvañjhāni tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcindriyānī�fti vadāmī�hti.
Translated:
�gBhikkhus,
there are five indriya: Saddhindriya, vīriyindriya,
satindriya, samādhindriya, paññindriya. One who has fully cultivated them is
an Arahant. One who developed them less is an Anāgāmi,..
akadāgāmi, �cSōtapanna, �cdhammānusārī, �csaddhānusārī, �g.
2.ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�¹�l�iƒAƒŠƒ„�j‚Ì�d—v‚È•ª—Þ•û–@‚Í�A�uTatiyasankhita Sutta�iSN 48.14�j�v‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
–|–ó�F
�uBhikkhus�A5‚‚̃Cƒ“ƒhƒŠƒA‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSaddhindriya�Avīriyindriya�Asatindriya�Asamādhindriya�Apaññindriya�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŠ®‘S‚É”|‚Á‚½�l‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚èŠJ”‚µ‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Ì‚Í�AƒAƒiƒKƒ~�A..ƒAƒJƒ_ƒKƒ~�A�cSotapanna�A�cdhammānusārī, �csaddhānusārī‚Å‚·�B
3.
From #1 and #2 above, we can see that a Sōtapanna Anugāmi is either a dhammānusārī or a saddhānusārī.
This
is confirmed in the following sutta, which also confirms that one
MUST start comprehending the anicca nature
to become a Sōtapanna Anugāmi.
3.�ã‹L‚Ì�”1‚Æ�”2‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚Ídhammānusārī‚Ü‚½‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•‚±‚ê‚Í�AŽŸ‚ÌŒo‚ÅŠm”F‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚àŠm”F‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
4.
From the �gCakkhu Sutta (SN 25.1)�g:
�gCakkhuṃ,
bhikkhave, aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi
aññathābhāvi; sotaṃ aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi; ghānaṃ aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi; jivhā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī; kāyo anicco vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi;
mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī. Yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ
saddahati adhimuccati—ayaṃ
vuccati saddhānusārī, okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ,
sappurisabhūmiṃ
okkanto, vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ;
abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ, yaṃ
kammaṃ
katvā nirayaṃ vā
tiracchānayoniṃ
vā pettivisayaṃ vā
upapajjeyya; abhabbo catāva kālaṃ
kātuṃ
yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti.
Yassa kho, bhikkhave, ime dhammā evaṃ paññāya
mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti,
ayaṃ
vuccati: �edhammānusārī, okkanto
sammattaniyāmaṃ,
sappurisabhūmiṃ
okkanto, vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ;
abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ, yaṃ
kammaṃ
katvā nirayaṃ vā
tiracchānayoniṃ
vā pettivisayaṃ vā
upapajjeyya; abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ
kātuṃ
yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti�f.
Yo, bhikkhave,
ime dhamme evaṃ
pajānāti evaṃ passati,
ayaṃ
vuccati: �esotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano�f�hti.
Translated:
�gBhikkhus, cakkhu is of anicca nature,
will cease to exist and is subject to unexpected change during its existence (same for sōta, ghāna, jivhā, kāyō, manō).
– One who has conviction and belief that these phenomena are this way is
called a faith-follower (saddhānusārī). He/She is one who has
entered the Noble plane (sammattaniyāmaṃ), has entered
the realm of Noble Persons (sappurisabhūmiṃ), transcended
the realm of the humans who are unaware of the true nature (puthujjanabhūmiṃ). He is
incapable of doing any deed by which he might be reborn in hell, in the animal
womb, or in the realm of hungry ghosts. A saddhānusārī is
incapable of dying (separating) from that Noble birth until he realizes
the Sotāpanna stage (and thus
eventually getting to the Arahant stage).
One who, after pondering with wisdom, has accepted that these phenomena are
this way is called a Dhamma-follower (dhammānusārī)�c�h (The rest is the same as for
a saddhānusārī).
One who knows and sees that these
phenomena are this way is called a Sotāpanna. He
is never again to be born in the apāyās,
headed for the Arahanthood.�h
4.�uCakkhu Sutta�iSN 25.1�j�v‚©‚ç�F
–|–ó�F
�u”ä‹u‚æ�Acakkhu‚Æ‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚̈ê‚‚ł ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚»‚Ì‘¶�Ý’†‚ɂ͗\Šú‚µ‚È‚¢•ω»‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�isota�Aghāna�Ajivhā�Akāyō�Amanō‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�j�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ª‚±‚̂悤‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Šm�M‚Æ�M”O‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�A�M‹Â’Ç��ŽÒ�isaddhānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�¹‚È‚éŠE�isammattaniyāmaṃ �j‚É“ü‚è�A�¹�l‚̗̈æ�isappurisabhūmiṃ�j‚É“ü‚è�A�^ŽÀ‚ÌŽ©‘R�iputhujjanabhūmiṃ�j‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ð’´‰z‚µ‚½�l‚Å‚·�B”Þ‚Í’n�–‚Å�A“®•¨‚ÌŽq‹{‚Å�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‹ó• ‚Ì—H—ì�i‰ì‹S�j‚̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é�sˆ×‚ð‚·‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B saddhānusārī‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�‚‹M‚È’a�¶‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna’iŠK‚É‹C‚‚܂Å�i‚»‚µ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚ɃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�jŽ€‚Ê‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
’qŒd‚Å�n�l‚µ‚½Œã�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ꂽ�l‚Í�ADhamma-follower�idhammānusārī�j‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�c�v�iŽc‚è‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Ì�ê�‡‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�j�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�Ä‚Ñapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ�A�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
11‚ÌŒo�iAN 25.1〜AN
25. 10�j‚ª‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å“¯‚¶‚±‚Æ‚ð�q‚ׂĂ¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
5.
Therefore, from the above suttas, we can make the following
deductions:
5.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Ìsutta‚©‚ç�AŽŸ‚Ì�„˜_‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚Í“ñ“x‚Æapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚Ö‚ÆŒü‚©‚¤�B
SōtapannaAnugāmi‚Ídhammānusārī‚Ü‚½‚Ísaddhānusārī‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å‚·�B
�ã‹L‚Ì�”4�F�usaddhānusārī�i‚Ü‚½‚Ídhammānusārī�j‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�‚‹M‚È’a�¶‚©‚ç”Þ‚ªSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ðŽÀŒ»‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�uŽ€‚Ê�v�i•Ê‚ê‚é�j‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�v‚»‚ê‚Í�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚ª‚»‚Ì�¶ŠU‚ÌŠÔ‚ÉSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bˆê“x�u�¹�l‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚܂ꂽ�v�l‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�¹�l‚Ì’a�¶‚ÅŽ€‚Ê‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�Aapāyās‚Å“]�¶‚·‚邱‚ƂȂƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚Í�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚܂ʼn½“x‚à�lŠÔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‘½‚‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ìbhava‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪ‘½‚‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Ì jāti‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚³‚¦‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j�B
SōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�ubhava�v‚Ì�Å‘å�”‚Í7‚‚¾‚¯‚ɂȂè�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿1‚‚ªƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna Anugāmi Does Not Have Avecca Pasāda
6.
Another sutta that provides more information is �gPaṭhamasaraṇānisakka Sutta (SN 55.24)�g. It is a long sutta,
and a reasonably good translation at, �gSarakaani Sutta: Sarakaani (Who Took to Drink).�h
Here
are the relevant verses, which again describe the types of Noble Persons:
6.‚æ‚葽‚‚Ì�î•ñ‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é•Ê‚Ìsutta‚Í�uPaṭhamasaraṇānisakka�@Sutta�iSN 55.24�j�v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚Í’·‚¢sutta‚Å‚ ‚è�A�uƒTƒ‰ƒJ�[ƒjƒXƒbƒ^�FƒTƒ‰ƒJ�[ƒj�iˆù‚ñ‚¾�l�j�v‚ł̂©‚È‚è—Ç‚¢–|–ó‚Å‚·�B
ŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�¹‹å‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚à‚Ü‚½�¹�l‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(1).
�gMahānāma, take the case of a person endowed
with unwavering
devotion (avecca pasāda) to the Buddha, the Dhamma,
the Sangha, and has attained the Arahanthood.
By the destruction of the defilements he has by his realization gained the
release, the release through wisdom, in this very life, and abides in it. The
man is entirely released from the hell-state, from rebirth as an animal. He is
free from the realm of hungry ghosts, fully freed from the downfall, the evil
way, from the apāyās.
�i1�j�B �uMahānāma�AŽß‘¸�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ÉŒb‚Ü‚êƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‰˜‚ê‚Ì”j‰ó‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A”ނ͔ނ̔Fޝ‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĉð•ú‚³‚ê�A’mŒb‚É‚æ‚é‰ð•ú‚ð‚±‚Ì‚Ü‚³‚É�l�¶‚ÅŠl“¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ɂƂǂ܂è‚Ü‚·�B’j‚Í“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ă̓]�¶‚©‚ç�A’n�–‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B”ނ͉ì‹S‚̗̈悩‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê�A–v—Ž�AŽ×ˆ«‚È“¹�Aapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
(2).
�gTake the case of another man. He has unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to
the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has wisdom but has not yet gained full
release, but has destroyed the five lower samyōjanā (an Anāgāmi).
Upon death, he will be reborn spontaneously in a brahma realm where he will
attain Nibbaana without returning from that world.
That man is also entirely released from the apāyās.
�i2�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�ABhddha�ADhamma�ASangha‚É—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í’qŒd‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邪�A‚Ü‚¾Š®‘S‚ȉð•ú‚Í“¾‚Ä‚¨‚炸�A‰º‚̌܂‚Ìsamyōjanā�iƒAƒiƒKƒ~�j‚ð”j‰ó‚µ‚½�BŽ€Œã�A”Þ‚ÍBrahma‚̗̈æ‚ÅŽ©”“I‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚è�A‚»‚Ì�¢ŠE‚©‚ç–߂炸‚ÉNibbāna‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚àapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(3).
�gTake the case of another man. He has unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to
the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has wisdom has not yet gained release.
By destroying the first three Samyojanā and weakening kāma rāga, patigha, and avijjā,
he is a Once-returner (Sakadāgāmi), who
will return once more to this kāma lōka. That man is entirely freed from the apāyās.
�i3�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í•§�ADhamma�ASangha‚É—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”ނ͂܂¾‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢’qŒd‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚ÌSamyojanā‚ð”j‰ó‚µ�Akamarāga�Apatigha�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñavijjā‚ðŽã‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚è�A”Þ‚Í‚±‚Ìkāmalōka‚É�Ăі߂Á‚Ä‚‚é‚©‚‚Ă̋AŠÒŽÒ�iSakadāgāmi�j‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(4).
�gTake the case of another man. He is endowed with unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to
the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has the wisdom but not gained release.
By destroying three fetters, he is a Stream-Winner (Sōtapanna),
not subject to rebirth in apāyās, assured
of Nibbāna. That man is entirely freed
from the apāyās.
�i4�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í•§�ADhamma�ASangha‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ÉŒb‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í’mŒb‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
3‚‚̑«‚©‚¹‚ð”j‰ó‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A”Þ‚Í�¬�ì‚Ì�ŸŽÒ�iSōtapanna�j‚Å‚ ‚è�Aapāyās‚Ì“]�¶‚Ì‘Î�ۂł͂Ȃ�Aƒjƒo�[ƒi‚É•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(5).
�gTake the case of another man. He does not have unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to
the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He has not yet gained wisdom and has not
gained release. But he has the following things to some extent: the
faculty of faith, of energy, of mindfulness, of concentration, of wisdom (saddhā indriya, viriya indriya, sati indriya, samādhi indriya, paññā indriya). He understands with insight, at least moderately, dhamma of the Tathāgata. That man does not go to the realm
of hungry ghosts, to the downfall, to the evil way, to states of woe.
�i5�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚Í�A•§�ADhamma�ASangha‚Ö‚Ì—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iaveccapasāda�j‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”ނ͂܂¾’qŒd‚𓾂è‚炸�A‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̈ȉº‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�F�M‹Â�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�A�W’†—Í�A’qŒd‚Ì”\—Í�isaddhāindriya�Aviriya indriya�Asati indriya�Asamādhiindriya�Apaññāindriya�j�B”Þ‚Í“´Ž@—Í‚Å�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à“K“x‚É�Aƒ^ƒ^�[ƒKƒ^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’j‚͉ì‹S‚̗̈æ�A–v—Ž�AŽ×ˆ«‚È“¹�A”ߎS‚È�ó‘Ô‚É�s‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
(6).
�gTake the case of another man. He does not have unwavering devotion (avecca pasāda) to
the Buddha, the Dhamma, the Sangha. He is not joyous and swift in wisdom and
has not gained release. But he has the following things to
some extent: the faculty of faith, of energy, of mindfulness, of
concentration, of wisdom (saddhā indriya, viriya indriya, sati indriya, samādhi indriya, paññā indriya). He
understands with insight, at
least slightly,
dhamma of the Tathāgata. He too
will not go to the apāyās.
�i6�j�B �u•ʂ̒j�«‚̃P�[ƒX‚ðŽæ‚è�ã‚°‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚É‚Í�A•§�Aƒ_ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɑ΂·‚é—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�iavecca pasāda�j‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ÍŠì‚Ñ‚à’mŒb‚à‘f‘�‚³‚à‚È‚�A‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̈ȉº‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�F�M‹Â�AƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�A�W’†—Í�A’qŒd‚Ì”\—Í�isaddhāindriya�Aviriya indriya�Asati indriya�Asamādhiindriya�Apaññāindriya�j�B”Þ‚Í“´Ž@—Í‚Å�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚킸‚©‚É�Aƒ^ƒ^�[ƒKƒ^‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚àapāyās‚É‚Í�s‚©‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
7.
Note that in #6 above, for each of the four magga
phala:
�gAyampi kho, mahānāma, puggalo parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā.�h
�g..That man is entirely free�c from the apāyās.�h
Taken
together with the statements in the suttas discussed above,
that definitely means the following. A Sōtapanna
Anugāmi is also effectively released
permanently from the apāyās.
7.�ã‹L‚Ì�”6‚Å�A4‚‚Ìmagga phala‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�u..‚ ‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚©‚犮‘S‚ÉŽ©—R‚Å‚·�B�v
•�ÅŒã‚Ì2‚‚̃^ƒCƒv�iSōtapannaAnugāmi�j�F
�u..‚ ‚Ì’j‚Íapāyās‚É�s‚©‚È‚¢�v�B
•�ã‹L‚Ìsutta‚Æ�‡‚킹‚Ä�l‚¦‚邯�AŠÔˆá‚¢‚È‚ŽŸ‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna Anugāmi ‚àapāyās‚©‚çŒø‰Ê“I‚ɉi‹v‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
What is Avecca
Pasāda?
8.
A key phrase in many of the suttas is avecca
pasāda. It is frequently translated as
�gunwavering devotion�h as in the above translation. But it has a deeper meaning.
8.‘½‚‚Ìsutta‚Ì�d—v‚ȃtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Íavecca�@pasāda‚Å‚·�B�ã‹L‚Ì–|–ó‚̂悤‚É�A�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢Œ£�g�v‚Æ‚µ‚Ä–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
•pasāda‚Æ‚Í�A�u�M—Š�A�M‹Â�AŒhˆÓ�v‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
•‚»‚ê‚Í�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Eƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢ˆÓ–¡‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯‚«‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�AŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A31—̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å�K•Ÿ‚ð’T‚»‚¤‚Æ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ̎À‚è‚̂Ȃ³‚âŠëŒ¯�«‚ªŒ©‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B
•ŽŸ‚É�A�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚̂ɑ΂·‚é—~‹��i�uava�v+�uicca�v�j‚ðŽ¸‚¢Žn‚߂܂·�B anicca‚Í�una icca�v‚Å‚·�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aavecca�@pasāda�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢�M‹Â�v‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚‚܂è�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚Ì�u•s–ž‘«‚È�«Ž¿�v‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃƌq‚ª‚è‚Ü‚·�B�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚̂ւ̗~‹�‚͋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�idukkha�j�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Å�I“I‚É‚Í�A“Á‚Éapāyās‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚É�A�l‚ª–³—͂ɂȂé�iƒAƒiƒbƒ^�j‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•ŽO‘Š‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_�[ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ìavecca pasāda‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—h‚邬‚È‚¢�M‹Â�v‚ðŠm—§‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Four qualities of a Sōtapanna
9.
Four qualities of a Sōtapanna are in
all suttas in the Sotāpatti Saṃyutta of the Saṃyutta
Nikāya (SN). The �gBrahmacariyogadha Sutta (SN 55.2)�h
has a concise statement about the qualities or qualifications of a Sōtapanna.
�gCatūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi
samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti
avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo.
Katamehi catūhi?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato
hoti: �eitipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno
sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho
bhagavā�fti. Dhamme �c pe �c saṅghe �c pe �c ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi �c pe �c samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi kho, bhikkhave,
catūhi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako sotāpanno hoti avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo�hti.
9.Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚Í�A Sotāpatti Saṃyutta of the Saṃyutta
Nikāya (SN)‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Brahmacariyogadha
Sutta (SN 55.2)‚É‚Í�ASōtapanna‚ÌŽ‘Ž¿‚Ü‚½‚ÍŽ‘Ši‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éŠÈŒ‰‚È‹L�q‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Translated:
A Sotāpanna, never again to be born in
the apāyās, has acquired four qualities:
(1)
He has avecca pasāda in
the Buddha,
i.e., he fully understands the following verse. �g�eitipi
so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno
sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho
bhagavā�fti.�h
–|–ó�F
�Ä‚Ñapāyās‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢Sōtapanna‚Í�A4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ðŠl“¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�i1�j”Þ‚Í•§‚ɃAƒ”ƒFƒbƒJ�EƒpƒTƒ_‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�A”Þ‚ÍŽŸ‚ÌŽ�‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(2)
He has avecca pasāda in the Dhamma, i.e., he fully understands
the following verse. �gSvākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko
akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo
viññūhī�fti.�g
�i2�j”Þ‚ÍDhamma‚Éaveccapasāda‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�A”Þ‚ÍŽŸ‚ÌŽ�‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(3)
He has avecca pasāda in the Sangha, i.e., he fully understands
the following verse. �gSuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno
bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ—cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha
purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo
añjalikaraṇīyo
anuttaraṃ
puññakkhettaṃ
lokassā�fti.
�i3�j”ނ̓Tƒ“ƒK‚ɃAƒ”ƒFƒbƒJ�EƒpƒTƒ_‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A”Þ‚ÍŽŸ‚ÌŽ�‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(4)
He has the Ariyakantha sila of the noble ones. It
comes with penetrating wisdom and is unbreakable. It leads to samādhi.
�gAriyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi
acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.�h
�i4�j”Þ‚Í�¹�l‚ÌAriyakantha sila‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‰s‚¢’qŒd‚ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‰ó‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Ísamādhi‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
10.
We note that those first three verses are the same as those in the supreme
qualities of the Buddha, Dhamma, and Sangha; see, �gSupreme Qualities of Buddha, Dhamma, Sangha.�h
The
four qualities of a Sotāpanna discussed in, �gSotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities of a Sotapanna.�h
10.‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì3‚‚Ì�ß‚Í�A•§�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ì�Å�‚‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Ì‚à‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
•‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì�¹‹å‚͘N“ǂ̂½‚ß‚¾‚¯‚Ì‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�[��‚È’²’âƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‘O‚É�A�u—�‰ð�v‚ŘN�¥‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
•�ã‹L‚Ì�”4‚¨‚æ‚Ñ�”5‚©‚ç�ASōtapanna Anugāmi ‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�A�u�¹�l‚Ì’a�¶�v‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�BSōtapanna Anugāmi ‚Í�uattha purisa puggalā�v‚̈ê�l‚Å‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�uƒ\ƒ^ƒpƒeƒBƒAƒ“ƒK-Sōtapanna‚Ì4‚‚̎‘Ž¿�v‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
September
28, 2018
1. I saw the above question raised in a discussion forum
recently (with a different title). The questioner stated: �gEliminating sensual
desire as a lay follower doesn�ft seem possible, or reasonable, especially if
one plans on being in a relationship, or having motivation at work. .�h.
Getting to the final stage of Nibbāna (Arahanthood)
is a step-by-step process.
1.�Å‹ß�A�ã‹L‚ÌŽ¿–₪�i•ʂ̃^ƒCƒgƒ‹‚Å�jƒfƒBƒXƒJƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚Å�o‚³‚ꂽ‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽ¿–âŽÒ‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚É�q‚ׂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B�uŽdŽ–‚É‚â‚é‹C‚ð�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ðŒv‰æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�AН”\“I‚È—~‹�‚ð”r�œ‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Ü‚½‚Í�‡—�“I‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚ÉŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�v
‚±‚ê‚Í�d—v‚ÈŽ¿–₾‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A•§‚Ì�¹‚Ȃ铹‚ð�‡‚ð’Ç‚í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ƒZƒ“ƒX‚Ì—~–]�iƒZƒbƒNƒX�A�H•¨‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚È‚Ç�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Í�A�Å�‰�A‚¨‚æ‚ÑSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚܂ł͕K—v‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Nibbāna�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW�j‚Ì�Å�I’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚É‚Í�A’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B
2. The necessary INITIAL steps involved are:
i.
Be a moral person and avoid
the mundane five precepts (abstain from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct,
outright lying, and getting intoxicated) and also gossiping, slandering, and
harsh speech; see, �g2. The Basics in Meditation�g.
ii.
Understand the correct �gwider
world view�h of the Buddha, and get rid of the ten types of micchā diṭṭhi;
see, �gMahā
Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse on the Great Forty).�h
Learn about the �gdeeper world view of the Buddha,�h stated
by Tilakkhana (anicca, dukkha, anatta nature);
see, �gAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta.�h
2.•K—v‚È�‰ŠúƒXƒeƒbƒv‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
‡@“¹“¿“I‚È�l‚ɂȂè�A•½–}‚È5‚‚̉ú—¥�iŽEŠQ�A“�‚Ý�A�«“I•s�³�sˆ×�A‚ ‚©‚炳‚܂ȉR�A“D�Œ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹Ö‚¸‚é�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚¤‚킳˜b�A’†���A‚¨‚æ‚щß�“‚È”Œ¾‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B2. The Basics in Meditation
‡AŽß‘¸‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�B
Mahā Cattārisaka Sutta (Discourse
on the Great Forty)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ŽO‘ŠTilakkhana�ianicca�Adukkha�Aanatta‚Ì�«Ž¿�j‚ª�q‚ׂ½�uŽß‘¸‚Ì�[‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄŠw‚т܂µ‚傤�B
Anicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
3. When one starts to understand the �ganicca nature�h
(anicca means
much more than just impermanence) of this world, one becomes a Sōtapanna Anugāmi.
When that �gcorrect vision�h about �gthis wider world of 31 realms�h sinks into the
mind permanently, one becomes a Sōtapanna.
One does not need to even think about
removing the desire for sex or any other sensory pleasure until one gets to
the Sōtapanna stage. That is a
critical point that most people do not understand.
3.‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v�ianicca‚Í’P‚È‚é”ñ‰i‘±�«‚Ì‚±‚ƈÈ�ã‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�ASōtapanna Anugāmi‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B �u‚±‚Ì31—̈æ‚Ì‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠE�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Ì�u�³‚µ‚¢ƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚ª‰i‹v‚É�S‚É�Z“§‚·‚邯�A�l‚ÍSōtapanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚Ü‚Å�AƒZƒbƒNƒX‚â‚»‚Ì‘¼‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ɑ΂·‚é—~‹�‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ð�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚͂قƂñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ª—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B
The futility of Starting at the End�@�I‚í‚è‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Ƃ̖³‰v
4. Therefore, many people waste precious time by either first
trying to suppress sense desires, and even in some cases, try to eliminate the
innate sense of �gme�h or �ga self.�h
Until one begins to understand Tilakkhana, one
will never get to the Sōtapanna stage.
4.‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�A�Å�‰‚ÉŠ´Šo“I‚È—~‹�‚ð—}�§‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý‚é‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä‹M�d‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ð˜Q”�A�ê�‡‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚Í�uŽ„�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uŽ©ŒÈ�v‚Ì�¶—ˆ‚ÌŠ´Šo‚ð”r�œ‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ǂ̂悤‚É‘«‚µŽZˆø‚«ŽZ‚·‚é‚©‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚ƂȂ‘ã�”‚â�‚“x‚ÈŒvŽZ‚ðŠw‚Ô‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�Å�‰‚ÉŠ´Šo“I‚È—~‹�‚ð—}�§‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽŽ‚Ý‚é‚̂͑傫‚È�i•à‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B�³Šm‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�A‚»‚¤‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�AŒÄ‹záÒ‘z‚Ȃǂð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�A�u“ú�í‚̃XƒgƒŒƒX�v‚©‚çˆêŽž“I‚ɉð•ú‚³‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A•§‘É‚ª�à–¾‚µ‚½‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‚Ì’·Šú“I‚ȉð•ú‚ɂ͂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ŽO‘ŠTilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚܂łÍ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
5. Even during the time of the Buddha, many lay followers
attained the Sōtapanna stage
and continued to live �ghouseholder lives,�h too. They were married and had
regular jobs. There was no need to avoid sense pleasures, including sex,
at all.
Of course, those who desired to attain higher stages of Nibbāna made
an effort to get rid of the craving for sense pleasures. Most of them
became bhikkhus who
abstain from sex and other sense pleasures.
5.Žß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚Å‚³‚¦�A‘½‚‚Ì�M“k‚ªSōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ�A�u�݉Æ�¶Šˆ�v‚à‘±‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŒ‹�¥‚µ�A’èŠú“I‚ÉŽdŽ–‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚½‚”ð‚¯‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A“–Žž‚Ì�—�«‚Ì�M“k‚Ì’íŽq‚Å‚ ‚Á‚½Vishākā�i‚Ü‚½‚ÍVisākā�j‚Í�A7�΂ÅSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ�AŒ‹�¥‚µ‚Ä‚³‚ç‚É20�lˆÈ�ã‚ÌŽq‹Ÿ‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�l�X‚à�ASōtapanna‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É’B‚µ�A‚»‚̂悤‚É�¶‚«‘±‚¯‚½‰Æ‘°‚ðŽ�‚Â�݉Ƃłµ‚½�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ANibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚½�l�X‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɓw—Í‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B”Þ‚ç‚̂قƂñ‚ǂ̓ZƒbƒNƒX‚⑼‚ÌŠ´Šo‚̉õŠy‚ð�T‚¦‚é”ä‹u‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
6. One needs to completely abstain from sense pleasures entirely
only to become an Anāgāmi.
Even a Sakadāgāmi still enjoys sense
pleasures, even though he/she would not have the desire to �gown�h things that
provide sense pleasures.
For example, a Sakadāgāmi would
still enjoy some sense pleasures, but there would be no desire to own �gthings
that provide sense pleasure�h (houses, cars, etc.).
6.Anāgāmi‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɂÍ�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ðŠ®‘S‚É‚â‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BSakadāgāmi‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�AŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõŠy‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì‚ð�u�Š—L�v‚µ‚½‚¢‚Ƃ͎v‚í‚È‚©‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�AŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõŠy‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASakadāgāmi‚Í�A‚Ü‚¾Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð‹�Žó‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�uŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð—^‚¦‚é‚à‚Ì�v�i‰Æ�AŽÔ‚È‚Ç�j‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚½‚¢‚Ƃ͎v‚í‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
7. One
CANNOT just give up sense pleasures by sheer will power and become an Anāgāmi. One has to
comprehend the �ganicca nature�h
at a higher level than a Sōtapanna, and then those desires will NATURALLY
go away.
By the way, the sense of �gme�h or �h a self�h will go away only at
the Arahant stage!
7.�ƒ�ˆ‚Ȉӎv‚Ì—Í‚¾‚¯‚ÅŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚Ä�AAnāgāmi‚ɂȂ邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚¤‚·‚邽‚߂ɂÍSōtapanna‚æ‚è‚à�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Å�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì—~‹�‚ÍŽ©‘R‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
Š´Šo‚̉õŠy‚Ö‚Ì—~‹�‚ªŽ©‘R‚É�Á‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—�‰ð‚·‚é‚Ì‚ª“‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Aˆê“x‚É1ƒXƒeƒbƒv‚¸‚Â�‡”Ô‚É�u“¹�v‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚¿‚Ȃ݂É�A�uŽ„�v‚â�uŽ©•ª�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤Š´Šo‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚µ‚©�Á‚¦‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�I
It is Necessary to See Harmful Consequences of Sensory
Indulgences (Kāmasukhallikānuyoga) Š´Šo“I’^“M‚Ì—LŠQ‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê‚ÌŠm”F
8. However, it is important also to realize that one needs to
stay away from both excessive sensory pleasures (kāmasukhallikānuyoga) as well as extreme
ascetic practices of completely staying away from any comfort (Attakilamathānuyoga.)
The Budha recommended the �gmiddle path,�h where one would live a simple,
comfortable life without going to either extreme.
Even before one gets to the Sōtapanna stage,
one will start feeling nirāmisa sukha, which
is due to lessened stress on the mind due to this simple lifestyle.
8.‚½‚¾‚µ�A‰ß“x‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy�ikāmasukhallikānuyoga�j‚Æ�A‰õ“K‚³�iAttakilamathānuyoga�j‚©‚犮‘S‚ɉ“‚´‚¯‚é‹É’[‚È�C�s‚Ì—¼•û‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B
Žß‘¸‚Í�u’†“¹�v‚ðŠ©‚ß‚½‚悤‚É�A‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚̋ɒ[‚É‚à�s‚©‚¸‚É�AƒVƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ʼnõ“K‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uƒvƒŒƒCƒ{�[ƒCŒ^�v‚̃‰ƒCƒtƒXƒ^ƒCƒ‹‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т𑶕ª‚ÉŠy‚µ‚ñ‚ÅSōtapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚߂邯�A�l�¶‚̓Vƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ü‚é‘O‚©‚ç�A‚±‚̃Vƒ“ƒvƒ‹‚ȃ‰ƒCƒtƒXƒ^ƒCƒ‹‚Å�S‚ւ̃XƒgƒŒƒX‚ªŒyŒ¸‚³‚ꂽ‚±‚Æ‚Å�Anirāmisa sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
9. Of course, one can speed up the process of the Sōtapanna stage
by giving up sense pleasures. Those who take this path become bhikkhus. They
voluntarily give up most sense pleasures, including sex.
That statement appears in every sutta describing jhāna.
9.‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð•úŠü‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðƒXƒs�[ƒhƒAƒbƒv‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ð‚½‚Ç‚é�l‚Í”ä‹u‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B”Þ‚ç‚ÍŽ©”“I‚ɃZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚ǂ̊´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é�ê�‡�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo“I—~‹�‚ð—}�§‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎTapussa Sutta (AN 9.41)‚Å‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�Ajhāna ‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‚«‚É‚Í�AŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ‚Æakusala kamma‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�l‚¦‚ðƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚©‚çŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŒ¾–¾‚Í�Ajhāna‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌsutta‚É•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
10. According to the �gwider world view�h of the Buddha, there are
31 realms in this world. Suffering
in those realms decreases as one goes from the lowest four realms (apāyā) where the suffering is intense, to
the human realm (where there is both suffering and happiness). In deva realms and 20 Brahma realms,
there is increasingly more happiness.
If one�fs goal is permanent happiness, one must eventually get to
the Arahant stage
of Nibbāna.
However, if one can get to the Sōtapanna stage,
one is guaranteed to get to the Arahant stage
within a relatively few subsequent births.
10.Žß‘¸‚Ì�u‚æ‚è�L‚¢�¢ŠEŠÏ�v‚É‚æ‚邯�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚É‚Í31—̈悪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ªŒƒ‚µ‚¢�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì4—̈æ�iapāyā�j‚©‚ç�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ�i‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Æ�K•Ÿ‚Ì—¼•û‚ª‚ ‚é—̈æ�j‚É�s‚‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚݂͌¸�‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bdeva‚Ì—Ìˆæ‚Æ20‚ÌBrahma‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‚Ü‚·‚Ü‚·�K‚¹‚ª‘�‘債‚Ü‚·�B
jhāna‚ł̕½˜a“I‚ÈŠ´Šo‚Æ‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚é—̈æ‚Å‚ÍBrahma‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Ajhāna‚ª“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚½‚߂̂æ‚è—Ç‚¢�l‚¦•û‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚Å‚«‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�Ajhāna‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Amagga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚ƂƂ͉½‚ÌŠÖŒW‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚ǂ̗̈æ‚Å‚à‘¶‘±ŠúŠÔ‚Í—LŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚à‰i‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BBrahma‚̗̈æ‚Í”ñ�í‚É’·‚¢Žõ–½‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A�Å�I“I‚ɂ͎€‚É�A‚»‚ÌŒã31—̈æ‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å“]�¶‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
–Ú•W‚ª‰i‘±“I‚È�K‚¹‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A�Å�I“I‚É‚ÍNibbāna‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚¾‚µ�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì—ˆ�¢‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä”äŠr“I��”‚Ì“]�¶‚ŃAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•Û�Ø‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
11. That is the main difference between Buddha Dhamma and other
religions. Christianity and Islām promise permanent
happiness in deva realms,
and Hinduism promises lasting happiness in a Brahma realm.
Therefore, one born in any realm will die from there and be
reborn in another realm.
11.•§–@‚Í‘¼‚Ì�@‹³‚̑傫‚ȈႢ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BƒLƒŠƒXƒg‹³‚ƃCƒXƒ‰ƒ€‚Ídeva‚̗̈æ‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K‚¹‚ð–ñ‘©‚µ�Aƒqƒ“ƒY�[‹³‚ÍBrahma‚̗̈æ‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K‚¹‚ð–ñ‘©‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µŽß‘¸‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚ɂ͉i‹v“I‚È‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢‚Æ�à‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚ê‚Í�A‰F’ˆ‘S‘Ì‚Ì�¶–½‘̂ƕsŠˆ�«‚ȃ‚ƒm‚É‚à“–‚Ă͂܂è‚Ü‚·�B
‰ÈŠwŽÒ�iƒAƒCƒ“ƒVƒ…ƒ^ƒCƒ“‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚Í�A‰F’ˆ‚ª�u’è�í�ó‘Ô�v‚É‚ ‚邯�A100”N‘O‚܂łÍ�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŒ»�Ý�A‰ÈŠw‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂª�₦ŠÔ‚È‚•ω»‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽó‚¯“ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚ǂ̗̈æ‚Å�¶‚܂ꂽ�l‚à‚»‚±‚ÅŽ€‚É�A•ʂ̗̈æ‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
There Is Nowhere in This World Where Suffering Ends (Anicca Nature)‚±‚Ì�¢‚̂ǂ±‚É‚à‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚ª�I‚í‚é�Š‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�iAnicca Nature�j
12. The above sub-title summarizes the anicca nature
of this world. One gets to the Sōtapanna stage
by �gseeing that.�h When one first realizes the anicca nature of this world, one can
immediately see the dangers in doing the strongest of dasa akusala. That realization will make one�fs
mind resistant to doing �gapāyagāmi actions,�h
i.e., those make one eligible to be born in the four lowest realms (apāyās.)
One is also said to have �gAriyakānta sila�h
or �gunbreakable moral conduct�h as a Sōtapanna. That
does not mean one will not do any of the dasa akusala. But
one will never again do a dasa akusala that
would have strong kamma vipāka bringing
rebirth in the apāyās.
Such a mindset permanently removed.
12.�ã‹L‚̃Tƒuƒ^ƒCƒgƒ‹‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì•—•Ï‚í‚è‚È�«Ž¿‚ð—v–ñ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �u‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì•—•Ï‚í‚è‚È�«Ž¿‚É‹C‚‚Æ�A�‰‚ß‚Ä�Å‹‚Ìdasa akusala‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ̊댯�«‚ª‚·‚®‚ɂ킩‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì”Fޝ‚Í�A�uapāyagāmi‚ÌŒ¾“®�v‚‚܂è4‚‚Ì�ʼnºˆÊ—̈æ�iapāyās �j‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚鎑Ši‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚邱‚Ƃɒï�R‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚Ì—�‰ð‚Í�ASōtapanna‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚ʼni‹v‚É��‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê�A”j‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ꂪ”Þ/”Þ�—‚ª‚Ç‚ñ‚ȂɗU˜f‚³‚ê‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚̂悤‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ðŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚È‚¢—�—R‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŽž�A�l‚̓uƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì�Ó‚¯‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢�M‹Â‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚ƂɂȂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚ÌŽž�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}‚ª‚¢‚©‚ɉ¿’l‚ª‚ ‚é‚Ì‚©‚ðŒ©‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�AŽß‘¸‚ª‚»‚̃_ƒ“ƒ}‚𔌩‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�¹‚È‚é�l‚¾‚¯‚ª‚±‚ê‚ð�³Šm‚É“`‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ꂪ�Aƒuƒbƒ_�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚ɑ΂·‚é�u�Ó‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢�M‹Â�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uaveccappasāda�v�iaveccaŒˆ’è“I�C�â‘Îpasāda–¾�ò�C�ò�S�C�ò�M�C�M‹Â�j‚Ì—�—R‚Å‚·�B
Sotapatti Anga – The Four Qualities
of a Sotāpanna‚Ì4”Ô‚ð‚²——‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Sutapanna‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�uAriyakānta sila�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u”j‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Ƃ̂Ȃ¢“¹“¿“I•i�s�v‚ðŽ�‚Â‚Æ‚àŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Adasa akusala‚ð‚Ü‚Á‚½‚�s‚í‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A‹—Í‚Èkamma vipāka‚ªapāyās‚É•œŠˆ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Å‚ ‚낤dasa akusala‚ð“ñ“x‚Æ�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͌ˆ‚µ‚ĂȂ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚̂悤‚È�l‚¦•û‚͉i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
13. A Sōtapanna would
then get to the Sakadāgāmi and Anāgāmi stages by
getting rid of the desire for sense pleasures in two phases.
Thus, moral conduct and getting rid of the ten types of micchā diṭṭhi are
REQUIREMENTS for any stage of magga phala.
Getting rid of the cravings for sense pleasures comes after that.
13.Sōtapanna‚Í�A2‚‚̊´Šo‚ÌŠì‚тւ̗~‹�‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�ASakadāgāmi‚ÆAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö‚Æ�i‚݂܂·�B
Avijjā�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�¹‚È‚éŽl’ú‚Ì–³’m‚Í�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂Ý�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�u‚킽‚µ‚ÌŠ´Šo�v‚â�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ÌŠ´Šo�v‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚鎞‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚͑̌n“I‚Å’·‚¢ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚É�q‚ׂ½‚悤‚É�A�Å�‰‚ɉÁŽZ/Œ¸ŽZ‚Ì•û–@�AŽŸ‚É‘ã�”‚Ì•û–@‚Ȃǂð’m‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A�‚“x‚È�”Šw‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“¹“¿“I‚È�s“®‚Æ10Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚Ì”r�œ‚Í�Amagga phala‚̂ǂ̒iŠK‚Å‚à•K—v�ðŒ�‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ÌŒã�AŠ´Šo“I‰õŠy‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
14. Finally, one may think that all one needs to do to get to
the Sōtapanna stage
because then one would be free from the apāyās. That is
true. However, when one gets to the Sōtapanna stage,
one will start seeing the sufferings in the kāma lōka,
including the deva realms.
As stated in the Dhammika sutta (Snp
2.14):
Translated:
·
A wise person would live a
celibate life (avoiding sex), as one would avoid falling to a pit of fire. But if one is not yet at the stage of abstaining from
sensory pleasures, one should at least not engage in sexual misconduct.
14.�ÅŒã‚É�Aapāyās ‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邽‚ß‚É�ASōtapannaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚È‚±‚Ƃ͂·‚ׂÄ�s‚È‚¤‚Æ�l‚¦‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚»‚ê‚Í–{“–‚Å‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Adeva‚̗̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þkāma lōka�i�FŠE�j‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð–Ú‚É‚·‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Dhammika sutta (Snp
2.14)‚Å�q‚ׂç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�F
Œ«‚¢�l‚͓Ƃè•é‚炵�iƒZƒbƒNƒX‚ð”ð‚¯�j�A‰Î‚ÌŒŠ‚É—Ž‚¿‚é‚Ì‚ð”ð‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚Ü‚¾Š´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ð�T‚¦‚é’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂ł ‚ê‚Î�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚àŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�«“IŠÖŒW‚ðŽ�‚‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚³‚ç‚É�AН”\“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Í�«‚ÉŒÀ’肳‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo“I‰õŠy‚ւ̉ߓx‚̈¤’…‚Í�A�ã‹L‚Ì�”8‚Ìkāmasukhallikānuyoga‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�BWhat is �gKāma�h? It is not Just Sex ‚ÆCraving for Pornography – How to
Reduce the Tendency
Revised August 3, 2016;
November 19, 2018; August 21, 2022; rewritten
March 22, 2023
1. The following Table shows the conditions to be fulfilled
(i.e., factors to be eliminated) to attain each stage of Nibbāna.
Ÿ¸žÏ‚ÌŽl’iŠK‚Ì�ðŒ�
2016 ”N 8 ŒŽ 3 “ú‰ü’ù�B 2018 ”N 11 ŒŽ 19 “ú�B 2022 ”N 8 ŒŽ 21 “ú�B 2023 ”N 3 ŒŽ 22 “ú�‘‚«Š·‚¦
1. ŽŸ‚Ì•\‚Í�AŸ¸žÏ‚ÌŠe’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɖž‚½‚·‚ׂ«�ðŒ��i‚‚܂è�A”r�œ‚·‚ׂ«—v‘f�j‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ÿ¸žÏ‚ÌŠe’iŠK‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å“Á’¥•t‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B10‚ÌAkusala Cittā�Acitta‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é14Ží—Þ‚Ìasobhana cetasika�A10 ‚Ìsamyōjana�A7 Ží—Þ‚Ìanusaya�A4 Ží—Þ‚Ìāsava�A3 Ží—Þ‚Ìtaṇhā‚ȂǂÌ�œ‹Ž�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚ð�à–¾‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Ö‚ÌƒŠƒ“ƒN‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Ì #4 ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
2. For example, to attain the Sōtapanna stage,
three of the ten samyōjana (or
the ten fetters) are removed, akusala cittās #1,
2, 5, 6, and 11 are removed (see #4 below for a list of the 12 types of akusala cittās.)
Also, the apāyagāmi strength
in the other cittās is removed at the Sotapanna stage. Cittas #9
and 10 weaken at lower stages and are removed at the Anāgāmi stage. The
remaining cittās (#3,4,7,8
and 12) weaken with each stage of magga phala and
are removed at the Arahant stage.
There is a nice chart on p. 112 of Bhikkhu Bodhi�fs
book �gComprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma.�h
|
Sōtapanna Sakadāgāmi Anāgāmi Arahant
2. ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A10 ‚Ìsamyōjana (‚Ü‚½‚Í 10 ‚Ì‘©”›) ‚Ì‚¤‚¿ 3 ‚‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê �AAkusala Cittā #1�A2�A5�A6�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ 11 ‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B (ˆÈ‰º‚ÌƒŠƒXƒg‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Ì #4 ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢)�B 12 Ží—Þ‚ÌAkusala Cittā�B citta 9 ”Ô‚Æ 10 ”Ԃ͉º‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽã‚‚È‚è�AAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Žc‚è‚Ì cittās (#3�A4�A7�A8�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ 12) ‚Í�Amagga phala ‚ÌŠe’iŠK‚ÅŽã‚Ü‚è�AArahant ’iŠK‚Å�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Bhikkhu Bodhi‚Ì’˜�‘�gComprehensive Manual of Abhidhamma�hp112‚Ƀ`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. The ability to commit akusala kamma also
is removed in stages as one progresses and is completely removed only at
the Arahant stage.
It is important to note that a Sōtapanna completely
removes only one akusala kamma, that
of having wrong views (micchā diṭṭhi):
�gWhat is the only Akusala Removed by
a Sōtapanna?�g. But this leads to removing
many kilesa (mental
impurities); see the Table.
3. akusala kamma‚ðŽÀ�s‚·‚é—Í‚à�A�u“¹�v‚ð�i�s‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚Ä’iŠK“I‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŠ®‘S‚É�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B Sōtapanna‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û (micchā diṭṭhi) ‚ðŽ�‚Âakusala kamma‚ð 1 ‚‚¾‚¯Š®‘S‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚ê‚Í‘½‚‚Ìkilesa�i�S‚Ì•s�ƒ•¨�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�BWhat is the only Akusala Removed by a Sōtapanna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
4. Āsava and anusaya are
discussed in the post, �gGati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava
(Cravings). �g Kilesa is discussed in �gDiṭṭhi (Wrong Views), Sammā Diṭṭhi (Good/Correct Views).�h For a
discussion on Dasa Samyōjana, see �gDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth
Process.�h The fourteen types of asobhana cetasika are
discussed in �gCetasika (Mental Factors).�h
4. Āsava ‚Æ anusaya ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AGati (Character), Anusaya (Temptations), and Āsava (Cravings)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B kilesa‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍDiṭṭhi (Wrong Views), Sammā Diṭṭhi (Good/Correct Views)�A�A‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BDasa Samyōjana‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�Basobhana cetasika‚Ì 14 Ží—ނɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍCetasika (Mental Factors)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
3 Ží—Þ‚Ìtaṇhā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍKāma Tanhā, Bhava Tanhā, Vibhava Tanhā‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚à‚¤ 1 ‚‚̕û–@‚Í�Arāga‚ð 3 ‚‚̃^ƒCƒv�A‚‚܂è�Akāma rāga�Arupa rāga, arupa rāga‚É•ª—Þ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
Lōbha, Dōsa, Mōha versus Rāga, Paṭigha, Avijjā‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
5. The 12 types of akusala citta are
listed in �gAkusala Citta and
Akusala Vipaka Citta.�h But I thought it would be more
explanatory to list them. The numbers below correspond to the numbers in the
Table.
Lōbha (Greedy) Citta (Also
has the mōha root)
1. Citta connected with a wrong view,
accompanied by pleasure, and done with habit.
2. Citta connected with a wrong view,
accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.
3. Citta NOT
connected with a wrong view, accompanied by pleasure and done with habit.
4. Citta NOT
connected with a wrong view, accompanied by pleasure, and done reluctantly.
5. Citta connected with a wrong view,
accompanied by a neutral mind, and done with habit.
6. Citta connected with a wrong view,
accompanied by a neutral mind, and done reluctantly.
7. Citta NOT
connected with a wrong view, accompanied by a neutral mind and done with habit.
8. Citta NOT
connected with a wrong view, accompanied by a neutral mind and done
reluctantly.
Dōsa (Hateful) Citta (Also has the mōha root)
9. Citta associated
with hate, accompanied by displeasure, done with habit.
10. Citta associated
with hate, accompanied by displeasure, done reluctantly.
Mōha Citta (only with
the mōha root)
11. Citta accompanied
by a neutral mind, associated with vicikiccā (not
aware of bad consequences)
12. Citta accompanied
by neutral mind, associated with uddacca (unfocused).
5. 12 Ží—Þ‚ÌAkusala Cittā‚ÍAkusala Citta and Akusala Vipaka Citta‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðƒŠƒXƒg‚µ‚½•û‚ª‚æ‚è�à–¾‚ª‚‚‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ˆÈ‰º‚Ì”Ô�†‚Í�A•\‚Ì”Ô�†‚ɑΉž‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Lōbha (æÃ—~) Citta �@(moha‚É�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚é)
1.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta
2.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta
3.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚邱‚ƂƂ͊֌W‚ª‚È‚¢citta
4.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚ç‚È‚¢�A�AŠì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta
5.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚«�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚écitta
6.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚écitta
7.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚炸�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚ðŽ�‚¿�A�Kе‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta
8.ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¨‚炸�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta
Dōsa (‘ž‚µ‚Ý) citta �@(moha‚É�ª•t‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é‚à‚Ì‚à‚ ‚é)
9.‘ž‚µ‚݂Ɗւí‚è�A•s‰õŠ´‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚éCitta
10. ‘ž‚µ‚݂Ɗւí‚è�A•s‰õŠ´‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚écitta
Mōha Citta (–Ï‘z‚ÉŠî‚Â)
11. vicikiccā ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é(ˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢)’†—§“I‚È�S‚𔺂Á‚½citta
12. uddacca ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é(�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢)�Aƒjƒ…�[ƒgƒ‰ƒ‹‚È�S‚𔺂¤citta
Notes:
1. Even though recent Abhidhamma literature
categorizes lōbha and dōsa citta as asankhārika (unprompted)
and sasankhārika (prompted), in original Abhidhamma, they were not
categorized as such.
2. For example, the two dōsa-mula cittā are:
i.
Dōmanassa sahagata paṭigha-sampayutta
citta.
ii.
Dōmanassa sahagata sasankhārika
paṭigha-sampayutta citta.
ƒm�[ƒg�F
1. �ŋ߂̘_‘ Abhidhamma ‚Ì•¶Œ£‚Å‚Í�Alōbha‚Ædōsa citta‚ð asankhārika (‘£‚³‚ê‚È‚¢) ‚Æ sasankhārika (‘£‚³‚ê‚é) ‚É•ª—Þ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�AŒ³‚̘_‘ Abhidhamma ‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚É•ª—Þ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
2. ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A2 ‚‚Ìdōsa-mula citta‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
Domanassa sahagata paṭigha-sampayutta citta.
Domanassa sahagata sasankhārika paṭigha-sampayutta citta.
�Å�‰‚Ì�S‚Ísaṃsāric‚Ì�Kе‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶�A‚æ‚苗͂ł·�B —Ⴆ‚Î�A“{‚è‚â‚·‚¢�l‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‹—Í‚È�S‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ˆê•û�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�Kе‚̂Ȃ¢•Ê‚Ì�l‚Í�A�u‹‚‹�§�v‚³‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�S‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�A�uŒÀŠE‚܂ʼnŸ‚µ�ž‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«�v�A‚Ü‚½‚Í’mŠo‚³‚ꂽ�uŠ´Šo‚ÌŠì‚Ñ�v‚ª–£—Í“I‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚É�A‹C‚ª�i‚܂Ȃ¢Žž‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚ç–{�l‚ªŽÀ�Û‚É�u�V‚µ‚¢�usan�v‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ꂽ‚è�A�V‚µ‚¢�Kе‚ðŽn‚ß‚½‚肵‚½Žž‚Å‚·�B�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uSasankhārika�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
sa�@‡@ pron�D[=so] ”Þ‚Í�C‚»‚ê‚Í�D
‡A prep�D[=saha] ‹¤‚É�C—L‚·‚é�C“¯‚¶�Dsadevaka “V‚Æ‹¤‚È‚é�Dsa-jāti “¯—Þ‚Ì�Dsa-dhammika “¯–@‚Ì�D‡B pron�D[Sk�Dsva�Dcf�Dsayaṃ�Csaka] Ž©ŒÈ�CŽ©‚ç�Dsa-desa Ž©•ª‚Ì’n•û�CŽ©�‘�D
‡C =cha�D
”ª�¹“¹‚ÆŠo‚è‚Ì‘æˆê’iŠK
Sotāpanna‚Ì“Á’¥
�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹�A‚·‚Ȃ킿Ÿ¸žÏ‚ÉŽŠ‚é“¹‚ÍSammā Diṭṭhi‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚È‚º�A�ÅŒã‚ɉ½‚ðŠú‘Ò‚·‚ׂ«‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤�uƒrƒWƒ‡ƒ“�v‚Æ�A‚»‚ê‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�u“¹�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Sotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚·‚邯�A12 ‚Ìakusala cittā‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì5 ‚‚ª‰i‹v‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Œë‚Á‚½Œ©•û(diṭṭhi sahagatha‹ä‚È‚¤Œ©‰ð)‚Å�¶‚¶‚é 4 ‚Â‚ÌæÃ—~‚ÈLōbha ‚Ìcitt₯�Avicikiccā‹^˜f‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½–Ï‘zmoha‚Ìcitta‚Å‚·�B
1. Šì‚т𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚êæÃ—~‚ÈCitta
2. Šì‚т𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éæÃ—~‚ÈCitta
3. ’†—§‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A�Kе‚Å�s‚í‚êæÃ—~‚ÈCitta
4. ’†—§‚È�S‚𔺂¢�A‚µ‚Ô‚µ‚Ô�s‚í‚ê‚éæÃ—~‚ÈCitta
5. ’†—§‚È�S‚𔺂¢ vicikiccā (ˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚É‹C‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢) –³’m‚ÈCitta
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì5‚‚Ìcittā‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚ß‚É�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
�l‚ðapāyā‚ł̗։ô“]�¶‚É“±‚‚·‚ׂĂÌkamma‚Í�A‚±‚Ì5‚‚Ìcittā‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅSammā Diṭṭhi‚̈ꕔ‚ª’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä�Aˆ«Œ©‚ª�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A�ʼnº‘w‚Ì4—̈æ (apāyā)‚ł̓]�¶‚ð‰^–½‚¯‚ékamma‚Ì’~�Ï‚ª‰i‹v‚É‘j‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�AˆÈ‘O‚É’~�Ï‚³‚ꂽapāyā ‚É“±‚�ukamma‚ÌŽí�v‚ª�AŽ€‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Énimitta‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ°�o‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª–W‚°‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É–hŽ~‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
•ʂ̊p“x‚©‚猩‚邯�A10‚Ìsamyojanas (ƒTƒ“ƒT�[ƒ‰‚ÉŒ‹‚т‚¯‚é‚à‚Ì) ‚Ì‚¤‚¿�A3 ‚‚ªSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�Bsathkaya diṭṭhi—L�gŒ©�@�isakkāya�@�@‘¶�Ýsat +�g‘Ìkāya�j (amisa sukha�i•¨Ž¿ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�M�†‚ɑ΂·‚éŠì‚Ñ�j‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂUŠ´Šo‚ÉŠî‚Â�s“®‚ª—L‰v‚Å‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û�j�Avicikicca�i˜c‚ñ‚¾�l‚¦•û�j�A‚¨‚æ‚Ñ silabbata paramasa�i‰ú—¥‚ð�Å�ã‚Æ‚·‚é�j�i�S‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ�A‰ú—¥‚É�]‚¤‚¾‚¯‚ÅŸ¸žÏ‚É’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û�j‚Å‚·�B
cf.�@20‚Ì—L�gŒ©
ŠeŒÜå]‚É4Ží—Þ‚ ‚è�A‚æ‚Á‚Ä5�~4‚Å20‚̃^ƒCƒv‚ª‚ ‚é�B
‡@�Få]‚Ì’†‚É�uŽ„�v‚ª‚¢‚Ä�i�Få]‚ÍŽ„‚¾�j�A
‡A‚»‚ÌŽ„‚Ì’†‚É�u�Få]�v‚ª‚ ‚è�iŽ„‚Ƃ͂±‚Ì�Få]‚¾�j�A
‡B‚»‚Ì�Få]‚Ì’†‚É�uŽ©‰ä�v‚ª‚ ‚è�i�Få]‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂Ŏ„‚¾�j�A
‡C‚»‚Ì�uŽ©‰ä�v‚Ì’†‚É�Få]‚ª‚ ‚é�iŽ©‰ä‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂Ŏ„‚¾�j�B
ˆÓޝ‘Ì‚Í�AŠá�Eލ�E•@�k�ã�E�g�EˆÓ�l‚ð’Ê‚µ‚Ä�uŽ„�v‚ð�\�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�¶‚܂ꂽ‚Æ‚«‚ɂȂ©‚Á‚½�uŽ„�v‚ª�A“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚ÅŽüˆÍ‚Ì�l‚½‚¿‚ª�u‚±‚ꂪ‚ ‚È‚½‚¾�v‚Æ•\–¾‚·‚邯�A�uŽ©•ª�v‚ªŠá‚⎨‚Ȃǂ̂TŠ´ŠoŠíН‚ð‰î‚·‚é�M�†‚Æ‚µ‚ÄŒ©•·‚³‚ê‚é�B‚Ü‚½�A�S�iˆÓ�j‚Å‚àŠT”O‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚³‚ê‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�M�†‚ð“��‡‚µ‚Ä�uŽ„�v‚ð�\�¬‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uŽ„�v‚ÍŠá�Eލ�E•@�E�ã�E�g�EˆÓ‚ð‰î‚µ‚½�M�†‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚½‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�¢‚Ì’†‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚Ì�i�Î‚â–Ø‚⊴�î�j‚à�AŠá�Eލ�E•@�E�ã�E�g�EˆÓ‚©‚ç‚Ì�M�†‚ðŽg‚Á‚ÄŠT”O‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�\�¬‚³‚ê‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ì”Fޝ‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚‚܂è�A�uŽ„�v‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì‘Î�Û‚ðŠT”O‚Æ‚µ‚Ä”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Š·Œ¾‚·‚邯�A�uŽ„�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠT”O‰»‚ð‚ ‚¦‚Ä‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�펯“I‚Ȉê”ʉ»‚³‚ꂽ‚à‚Ì�iŠT”O�j‚ª�\�¬‚³‚ê‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ðŽ„‚ª”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒÜå]‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½‚Ì‚ª—L�gŒ©‚Å‚·�B
‚Ü‚¸‚Í�AŒÜå]‚ł̔Fޝ‚ðŽ©•ª‚¾‚Æ‘z‚¢‚±‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚ÆŒÜå]‚𓯈ꎋ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢�A
ŒÜå]‚Ì’†‚É‚ ‚鎩•ª‚ðŽ©‰ä‚Æ‘z‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚ÌŽ©‰ä‚Ì’†‚ÉŒÜå]‚ª‚ ‚邿‚¤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ©‰ð‚ª—L�gŒ©‚Å‚·�B
Sakkāya—L�g‚Ƃ͉pŒê‚Å‚Í�gpersonality�h‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘½‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
sakkāya‚Í�A‘¶�Ýsat +�W�‡‘Ìkāya‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A‚±‚Ìexisting group‚ð‰pŒê‚Å‚Í 'personality'‚ƉðŽß‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚Ì•¶–¬‚Å‚Ìkāya‚Æ‚Í�A�¶‚Ü‚ê‚È‚ª‚çƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚Æ“÷‘ÌŒ»�Û‚Ì—¼‹Ç–Ê‚ª”õ‚í‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚鎩ŒÈ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰ðŽß‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚Ì—�—R‚ÍCūḷavedallasutta MN44 �¬—L–¾Œo�@‰p–ó‚Ȃǂ̌o“T‚ð�ª‹’‚É‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŒo‚Å‚Í�A�uŽ„�v‚ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh(ŒÜå])‚𓯉»‚³‚¹‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é–Ï‘z‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à‚©‚ê�A‚±‚Ì�W�‡‘Ìkāya‚Íkhandha‚Æ‚à–¼•t‚¯‚ç‚ê�AŠ¿Žš•§‹³Œ—‚Å‚Í�uå]�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê�A�S‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ðŒÜå]‚Æ–¼•t‚¯‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
"Sakkāya, o Brother Visākha, is said by the Blessed One to be a name for the 5 'groups as objects of clinging' (upādāna-kkhandha), to wit: corporeality, feeling, perception, mental formations, and consciousness."
—L�g‚Ƃ͌܎æå]�A‚·‚Ȃ킿ŒÜå]‚ª�í‚É–{“–‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ðŠî�€‚É‚µ‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Ƃł ‚é�B
Sakkaya means the five aggregates which really exist. �@�@Doctrine of Paticcasammupada �iMyanmar�j
‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A—L�gŒ©sakkāya ditthi‚Íditthi, attā, satta, puggala, vipallāsa‚Æ‹¤‚Épersonality-belief‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�M”O‚ðƒtƒ‰ƒbƒg‚É‚·‚éSamma ditthi
�u•Ï‚í‚ç‚È‚¢Ž©ŒÈ�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚ðSōtapanna‚ÍŽæ‚è�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Ž©•ªŽ©�g‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é�u�°�v‚ª•s•ςʼni‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð�iditthi�j‚Å‚·�B
Š·Œ¾‚·‚邯�A�¶–½‘̂ɂÍ�u–{“–‚Ì–{Ž¿�v�i�u�°�v‚‚܂è�uātma�v�j‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚邯�Asakkāya ditthi‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚͂Ȃ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‰�‹N�àPaticcaSamuppāda‚É‚ ‚邿‚¤‚É�A31—̈æ‚Ì�¶–½�ilifestream�j‚à•ω»‚µ‘±‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚‚܂è�A—ì�°ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�uŽ©•ª�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤˜g‘g‚݂͗։ô‚©‚ç‚Ì—£’E�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‰ð’E‚·‚é‚܂ŕێ�‚·‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
“ú�í�¶ŠˆƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ì�uŽ„�v‚ł͂Ȃ�A—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚·‚鎞‚ÌŽå‘̂ƂȂé�uŽ©•ª�v‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ‚±‚Ì�uŽ©•ª�v‚àŒÅ’肳‚ꂽ‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A•ω»‚µ‘±‚¯‚Ä�A31—̈æ‚ðœfœr�i—Ö‰ô“]�¶�j‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©•ª�v‚Ì”Fޝ‚ª‚È‚‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚ê‚Ȃ̂É�A‚»‚ÌSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uŽ©ŒÈ‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤•s‰Â”\‚È‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚·‚é‚͖̂³‘ʂȂ±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í—c’t‰€‚̉€Ž™‚ª”ŽŽm�†‚ðŽæ“¾‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚Ü‚½�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Æ‚ÍSōtapanna‚ɂȂ邽‚߂ɂ͕s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·‚ª�A“¹“¿‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邾‚¯‚ʼni‘±“I‚È�K•Ÿ‚ª’B�¬‚Å‚«‚邯‚¢‚¤�M”O‚à�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©‰ð‚Å‚·�B
�g‘Ì‚Æ�S‚Æ�ö�݈ӎ¯‚̈ڂè•Ï‚í‚è‚ɃXƒ|ƒbƒgƒ‰ƒCƒg‚ð“–‚Ä‚ésammā sati
‰ð’E‚Ö‚Ì“¹‚Í4’iŠK‚ ‚è�A�Å�‰‚Ì’iŠK‚ªSotapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚·�B
4‚‚̒iŠK‚ð�‡”Ô‚É�i‚Þ‚½‚߂ɂÍ�A�Å�‰‚ÉŽ©•ª‚Ì�s“®‚Æ”Œ¾�i•\‘wˆÓޝ�j‚ð�§Œä‚·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç‚Í‚¶‚߂܂·�B
‚»‚ꂪ�ukāyānupassanā�v‚Ì–Ú“I‚Å‚·�B
kaya‚Í�g‘Ì�Aanupassanā‚ÍŒP—û�iŠÏ�Æ�A�lŽ@�AŽÀŠ´�A��ŠÏ�j‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Ékāyānupassanā�i�g‘̂̊Ï�Æ�j‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è�AŽŸ‚É‘¼‚Ì3‚Â�iŠ´Šo�iŠ´�î�j�A�S�i•\‘wˆÓޝ�j�Aƒ_ƒ“ƒ}�i�[‘wˆÓޝ�j‚Ì�uanupassanā�v‚É�i‚݂܂·�B
4‚‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŠ®—¹‚·‚邯�AŠ®‘S‚É�usammā sati�v‚ɂȂè�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�Akāyānupassanā‚ð�s‚¢‚È‚ª‚瑼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚ׂ«‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚Í‚¶‚߂̊î‘b‚ª‚Å‚«‚¸‚É�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚É�u‘å‚«‚È—˜‰v‚ª‚ ‚Ü‚è‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�Akāyānupassanā‚ð‚Í‚¶‚߂邯�A‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃ͌ˆ‚µ‚ĂȂ‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í‹�§“I‚É�s‚í‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�Kе‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
ˆÓޝ‘̂͗˜‰v‚ðŒ©‚é‚Æ�A‚à‚Á‚Æ‘O�i‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚¤‚悤‚Ƀvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ~ƒ“ƒO‚³‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‘¼‚Ì3‚‚ð�™�X‚ÉŽæ‚è“ü‚ꑱ‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邤‚¿‚É�A‚·‚®‚É4‚‚·‚ׂĂð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚È‚ñ‚ÆŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚àkāyānupassanā‚ªŠî–{’†‚ÌŠî–{‚Å‚·�B
vicikicca�@–Ï‘z�iˆÙ‚È‚é•û‚ÖŒü‚©‚¤�@�@�@˜c‚ñ‚¾�l‚¦•û�j
vi+kita+cha+ā�@vi-�F•ª�C—£�C•Ê�CˆÙ�C”½�@ kita�ü‚ç‚ꉘ‚³‚ꂽ�@cha‚U�A•|‚ê�ichambhī�jā�`‚Ü‚Å�AŒü‚©‚¤
–Ï‘z‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä–{�l‚Í—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�iŸ¸žÏ‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�j‚Æ‘z‚Á‚ÄŽÀ�Û‚É‚ÍæÃáÑ’s‚ÉŒü‚©‚¤�l‚¦•û�@
silabbata paramasa�i‰ú—¥‚ð�Å�ã‚Æ‚·‚é�j
�S‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚ƂȂ�A‰ú—¥�i“Á‚ɋ։úvata�j‚É�]‚¤‚¾‚¯‚ÅŸ¸žÏ‚É’B�¬‚Å‚«‚é�A‚Æ‚¢‚¤�l‚¦•û
bata�F=vata�DsurelyŽÀ‚É�@�mSk�Dvrata] ‹Ö‰ú�C�¾‰ú�G [vatta ‚Æ�¬—p‚µ‚ĉðŽß] ‹V–@�C‘P�s�C�ò�s
paramasa�@�@�Å�ã�A—D�æ
‚±‚Ì3‚‚·‚ׂĂÍ�ASammā Diṭṭhi‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Å‚ ‚éAnicca, dukkha, anatta‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‚·�B
Sabbasava Sutta ‚É‚Í�A‚±‚Ì“¹‚ð•à‚ÝŽn‚ß‚½�C�sŽÒ‚ª”Ï”Y‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚ß‚Ì7‚‚̕û–@‚ª�„�§‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒŠƒXƒg‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì�€–Ú‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v�A‚‚܂èbhavanaya pahathabba�i—̈æ‚Ì�j‚ð�³‚µ‚Œ©‚邾‚¯‚Å�A‘å—ʂ̔ϔY‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�u‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE�v‚Ì�^‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�A‘½‚‚̔ϔY‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•û–@‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚©‚ç�AŽc‚è‚Ì 6 ‚‚Ì�³“¹‚É�i‚݂܂·�B �¡“ú�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A‰½‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄáÒ‘z‚·‚ׂ«‚©‚𖾊m‚É—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚߂Ă¢‚Ü‚·�B
Sotāpanna‚ƈê”ʎ҂Ƃ̈Ⴂ
�d—v‚ÈŽ–•¿‚ª�uvēdanā paccayā taṇhā�v‚Æ�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�v‚Ì’iŠK‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž€‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚éniraya’n�–‚ł̓]�¶‚ÌnimittaƒCƒ��[ƒW‚𓾂½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�ASotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ìnimitta‚ð•߂܂¦‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ì‚à‚̂ɂ·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sotāpanna‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�uanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿�v‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚æ‚è�‚‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Ìpaññā (’qŒd) ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A‚»‚Ìnimitta‚ð•߂܂¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A1000�l‹ß‚‚ðŽE‚µ‚½Œã‚Å‚à�AAngulimāla‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“�«‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚·‚Ȃ킿�A‚»‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚Ìkamma bīja‚Í”‰è‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASōtapanna ‚ɂȂÁ‚½�ê�‡�A‚»‚Ì nimitta ‚Í–³Œø‚ɂȂè�A•Ê‚Ì (—Ç‚¢‚Ü‚½‚͈«‚¢) ŽŸ‚Ìnimitta‚ª•\ަ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�A“K�Ø‚È�V‚µ‚¢bhava‚ª�uupādāna paccaya bhava�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å”cˆ¬‚³‚ê‚é‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ꂪ�ASotāpanna‚ªapāyagāmi kamma bīja�i‰ºˆÊ4—̈æ‚É“]�¶‚·‚ékamma‚ÌŽí�j‚ðŽ©•ª‚Ì vipāka‚É‚à‚½‚炳‚ê‚é‚Ì‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A”Þ‚Íniraya‚Å�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Å‚µ‚傤.
Sotapanna‚ɂȂéŽv�l‰ñ˜H�@�@Ye Dhammā Hetuppabhavā..
Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā�A
Tesaṁ hētuṁ tathāgato āha;
Tesañca yo nirōdō,
Evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇō
Mahākhandhaka Vinaya Mahāvagga
‰p–ó
"Whatever from a cause proceeds, thereof
The Tathâgata has explained the cause,
Its cessation too he has explained.
This is the teaching of the Supreme Sage."
•Ê–ó
�gOf causally arisen things,
The Buddha has declared their cause,
As well as their ending.
This is the teaching of the Great Ascetic.�h
‚·‚ׂĂà‚̂ɂ͌´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�¶‹N‚µ‚Ä
‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂ɂ͌´ˆö‚ª‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�Á–Å‚·
�¢‘¸‚Í‚»‚̈ö‰ð‚«–¾‚©‚·
‚·‚ׂĂ̂à‚̂ƂÍ�A—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚𑱂¯‚³‚¹‚ékamma�EƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚ð�Á–Å‚³‚¹‚é�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŸ¸žÏ‚É‚¢‚½‚铹�v‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�AŽÉ—˜•¤‚ÍSotapanna‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‰Â”\‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚킯‚Å‚·�B
�A
Dhammā‚ª—Ö‰ô‚ÌŒ©‚¦‚È‚¢Œ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é Mahākhandhaka Vinaya Mahāvagga�@�@�@‰p–óThe long chapter
AssajiŽt‚ª˜b‚µ‚½‚±‚Ì�ß‚ðUpatissa (Œã‚ÌSariputta‘¸Žt)‚Í•·‚¢‚½‚¾‚¯‚ÅSotāpanna‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚ê‚ÍŽß‘¸ ‚ÌDhamma‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŠT”O‚Å‚ ‚è�APaṭicca Samuppāda‚Å‚±‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª�Ú�ׂÉ�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�³‚µ‚¢–ó‚͈ȉº‚Å‚·�B
—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�¶‚¶‚³‚¹‚éDhammā�ikamma bīja�j‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�ADhammā‚ª�¶‚¶‚錴ˆö‚Å‚ ‚é�A‚ÆŽß‘¸‚Í�錾‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�BŽß‘¸‚͂܂½�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚ÉŽ~‚ß‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�i‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Í�I—¹‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�j
Hetuppabhavā‚̈Ӗ¡?
�uYe dhammā�v‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ìdhammā�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ÉŒ‹�‡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚ªhetuppabhavā ‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í�uhētu�v�upa�v�ubhava�v‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚½‚à‚Ì‚Å�AŒ´ˆö�AŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ�A‘¶�Ý‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
dhamma cakka pavattana ‚ª�udhammacakkappavattana�v‚ƉC‚𓥂ނ̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‚±‚Ì‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚Å‚Í hetuppabhav₯‰C‚𓥂݂܂·�B
�upa�v�iŒJ‚è•Ô‚³‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é�j‚Æ�ubhava�v‚ª‘g‚Ý�‡‚킳‚Á‚Ä�upabbhavā�v‚Æ�ub�v‚ª’ljÁ‚³‚ꂽ‰C‚𓥂ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Ahetuppabhavā ‚Í�A�uŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ì’a�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚錴ˆö�A‚·‚Ȃ킿“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚錴ˆö�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
hetuppabhavā ‚Æ pabhassara ‚Ì—¼•û‚Ì’PŒê‚É�upa�v‚Æ�ubha�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤’PŒê‚ª–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�BPabhassara Citta, Radiant Mind, and Bhavaṅga‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�uye dhammā hetuppabhavā�v‚Í�A�u“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚·‚Ȃ킿sansāra‚ðˆÛŽ�‚·‚éDhammā�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Tesam‚ÆTesañca‚̂ǂ¿‚ç‚à�usan�v‚ª“àŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�B
2. Tesam ‚Í �gte�h + �gsan�h�A‚·‚Ȃ킿‚R‚‚Ìsan�ilōbha, dōsa, mōha�j‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ê‚炪hētu‚·‚Ȃ킿Œ´ˆö‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Í 6 ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A3 ‚ (lobha�Adōsa�Amōha) ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·‚×‚Ä‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�usan�v‚Í’N‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚à“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÌŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé”Ï”Y‚Å‚ ‚è�Adasa akusala‚Å‚·�B
�gte�h + �gsan�h‚ª‘g‚Ý�‡‚킳‚Á‚Ä�utesaṃ�v‚Æ�A‚±‚±‚Å‚àn‚ł͂Ȃṃ‚ƉC‚𓥂݂܂·�B
‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�uTesaṁ hētuṁ tathāgato āha�v‚Í�A�u3‚‚̗]•ª‚È‚à‚Ì‚ªŒ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚邯�A‘¸ŽÒ‚Í–¾‚ç‚©‚É‚µ‚½�v‚‚܂è
�uŽß‘¸‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŽOˆö‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚𖾂炩‚É‚µ‚½�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
ŽŸ‚Ì•”•ª�uTesanca yo nirōdhō�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uTe san ca yo nirōdhō�v‚É‚Í�A�unir�v+�uudaya�v‚É—R—ˆ‚·‚énirōdha ‚Ì 2‚‚̒PŒê‚ªŒ‹�‡‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�unir�v‚Í’âŽ~‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�uudaya�v‚Í�u�¶‚¶‚é�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Änirōdha‚͉½‚©‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
nirōdha‚̈Ӗ¡‚Í�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎŽíŽq‚ð”j‰ó‚·‚邱‚Ƃł»‚Ì�A•¨‚̉肪�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚ðŽ~‚ß‚ç‚ê‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A–¢—ˆ‚Ì‘¶�Ý�ibhava�j‚Í�A‘Ήž‚·‚é�iŒ´ˆö‚ƂȂé�jviññāna�ikamma bīja�j‚ÌŒ`�¬‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Abhava nirōdha‚Íviññāna nirōdha‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä
Sotāpanna‚Ìlokuttara�i’´‰z“I�jsammā diṭṭhi�iƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚Ì�‚¢ƒ{ƒbƒNƒX�j‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚é�¹‚Ȃ锪�³“¹‚ªŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbāna‚ð�uˆê•Ë�v‚·‚邯�A31‚Ì‚¢‚©‚È‚é—̈æ‚Å‚à‰i‘±“I�K•Ÿ‚Í•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚È�K•Ÿ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚¢‚©‚È‚é“w—Í‚à凋C˜O‚ð’Ç‚¤‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚é�A‚±‚Æ‚ªäD‚É—Ž‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
December 5, 2015
1. There are two ways to look at the effectiveness of
recitations. First, one could benefit from listening to recitations (such as
recorded chanting of sutta),
even without understanding what is said in the suttā. However,
that benefit will increase as one understands more of the content.
13. Sotāpanna ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì Kammaṭṭthāna
(˜N“Ç)
1. ˜N“ǂ̌ø‰Ê‚𒲂ׂé•û–@‚Í 2 ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‘æˆê‚É�A‚½‚Æ‚¦Œo“T‚ʼn½‚ªŒ¾‚í‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚‚Ä‚à�A˜N“Ç�iŒo“T‚̉r�¥‚ð˜^‰¹‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ȂÇ�j‚ð•·‚‚±‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A“à—e‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç‚»‚̃�ƒŠƒbƒg‚͑傫‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
áÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ł̘N“ǂ̌ø‰Ê‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B
‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�A10 ”N�A20 ”N�A30 ”N�A‚Ü‚½‚Í‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚ɂ킽‚Á‚Ä‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȈÃ�¥ (kammaṭṭthāna)
‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‰½‚ç‚©‚Ì’Á�ÃŒø‰Ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‘å‚«‚È�¬‰Ê (‚‚܂è�Amagga phala) ‚Í“¾‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�ã‹L‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Ì�ê�‡‚É�AƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚ê‚Î�A�i‚ǂ̌¾Œê‚Å‚à�jƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðˆÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͗L‰v‚Å‚·�B
ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì’PŒê‚Í‘½‚‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð‹Ã�k‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ňÃ�¥‚·‚é•û‚ªŒø‰Ê“I‚Å‚·�B �‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—�‰ð‚©‚çŽn‚ß‚ê‚Î�A’èŠú“I‚ɈÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚ƂŊT”O‚ð‚æ‚è�[‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚Å—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aanicca‚ÌŠT”O‚Í�ASotapanna Anugami ’iŠK‚©‚ç Sotāpanna ’iŠK‚Ü‚Å�A�™�X‚É—�‰ð‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
Sotāpanna‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Æanatta‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�Adukkha‚Æasubha‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�BVipallāsa (Diṭṭhi, Saññā, Citta)
Affect Saṅkhāra‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
aniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ésammā samādhi‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‘ÌŒn“I‚ÈŽè�‡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�ALiving DhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ü‚½�AŽ©•ª‚ª�u“¹�v‚̂ǂ̈ʒu‚É‚¢‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð”cˆ¬‚µ�A‘½‚‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È–â‘è‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚é‚̂ɂà–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Í�ò‰»‚³‚ê‚È‚¢‚ÆTilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŠT”O‚ðˆÃ‹L‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‚·‚®‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
2. A mundane example is learning the multiplication table. Some
get it more quickly than others. But with practice, anyone can master it. All
one needs is to spend some time reciting and memorizing the table, even though
only memorization may not be helpful in the final objective, i.e., solving a
bit more complex problems.
2. ‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚Í�A‹ã‹ã‚ðŠw�K‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‹“‚°‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‘¼‚Ì�l‚æ‚è‚à‘�‚‚»‚ê‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A—û�K‚·‚ê‚Î’N‚Å‚à�K“¾‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
•K—v‚Ȃ̂Í�AŽžŠÔ‚ð‚©‚¯‚Ä•\‚ðˆÃ�¥‚µ‚ĈËL‚·‚邱‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚½‚Æ‚¦ˆÃ‹L‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚Í�Å�I–Ú•W�A‚‚܂è‚à‚¤�‚µ•¡ŽG‚È–â‘è‚ð‰ðŒˆ‚·‚é‚̂ɂ͖ð‚É—§‚½‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�AŠw‚ñ‚¾‚±‚Æ‚ð–â‘è‰ðŒˆ‚É—˜—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Å�A‚±‚Ì�uŠw�Kƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�v‚ðƒXƒs�[ƒhƒAƒbƒv‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‹ã‹ã‚ð‚½‚¾ˆÃ‹L‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‹ã‹ã‚ð‰ž—p‚µ‚ÄŠ|‚¯ŽZ‚Ì–â‘è‚ð‰ð‚‚Æ�AŠw�KŽžŠÔ‚ð‘å•�‚É’Z�k‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ü‚½�A‹L‰¯‚É’·‚Žc‚è‚â‚·‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚ÌBhāvanā�i‚·‚Ȃ킿áÒ‘z�j‚Ì’è‹`‚Í�ubhāvitāya bahulīkataya�v‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�AŠw‚ñ‚¾‚±‚Æ‚ð•p”ɂɊˆ—p‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�¶‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AMettā Sutta (AN 11.15)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚·‚邯�AƒRƒ“ƒZƒvƒg‚ª�u�Z“§�v‚µŽn‚߂܂·�B �³Ž®‚ȘN“Ç‚à‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚̈ꕔ‚ƂȂé�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚È‚ª‚çŒJ‚è•Ô‚µˆÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚Æ (kammaṭṭthāna)
‚Í�A”™‘R‚Æ—�‰ð‚µ‚½ŠT”O‚ð•ÛŽ�‚µ�A—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂̗D‚ꂽ•û–@‚Å‚·�B
3. Another essential benefit of a good recitation session is
subsiding the five hindrances (pañca nīvaraṇa) that
make the mind agitated and not receptive; see �gKey to Calming the Mind – The Five
Hindrances.�h When one is focusing on Dhamma — even by just reciting
verses– those greedy, hateful, and irrelevant thoughts are at least temporarily
subsided, and the mind will not be lethargic or agitated.
3. —D‚ꂽ˜N“ǃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‚à‚¤ 1 ‚‚Ì�d—v‚È—˜“_‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‹»•±‚³‚¹‚ÄŽó—e—Í‚ðŽ¸‚í‚¹‚é 5 ‚‚Ì�áŠQ (pañca nīvaraṇa)
‚ð˜a‚ç‚°‚邱‚Ƃł·�BKey to Calming the Mind – The Five
Hindrances‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦Ž�‹å‚ðˆÃ�¥‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�ADhamma‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚Í�AæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³ŠÖŒW‚È�l‚¦‚Í�‚È‚‚Æ‚àˆêŽž“I‚É�Â܂è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª–³‹C—͂ɂȂÁ‚½‚è‹»•±‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚Ì“_‚Å�APāli suttā‚ð•·‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚àŒø‰Ê‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B •§‹³�‘‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ªƒoƒbƒNƒOƒ‰ƒEƒ“ƒh‚Åsuttā (pirith)
‚ð�¥‚¦‚邱‚ƂŠ1 “ú‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B Žq‹Ÿ‚Ì� �AŽ„‚͂悃‰ƒWƒI‚Ìpirith‚̉r�¥‚Å–Ú‚ªŠo‚߂܂µ‚½�i’©ˆê”Ô‚É•ê‚̓‰ƒWƒI‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä‚‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B
suttā‚ª�³‚µ‚�¥‚¦‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ð•·‚‚±‚ƂŃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚Í�AŽ„‚ÌŽtThero‚É‚æ‚é‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ìsuttā‚̉¹�ºƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ðWeb‚É�ã‚°‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì’†‚É‚Í 75 •ªŠÔ‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚àŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·: Sutta Chanting (with Pāli Text)
4. Yet another critical benefit is to make the conditions
conducive to attracting previous �ggood kamma�h and make
the mind �gtune into�h receiving such merits. Each of us has done innumerable
good and bad kamma in
our previous lives, and they are waiting for the �gright conditions�h to bring
their results (vipāka).
I have mentioned in many posts that the effectiveness of
absorbing material on this website can be much improved by reading them in a
quiet time. In the same way, a meditation session can be made more effective by
calming the mind by doing well-planned recitations. That itself can be a
meditation session. What I do is, in the middle of recitations, contemplate
relevant Dhamma concepts or my own daily experiences, i.e., do insight
meditation in the middle of the recitation itself.
vipāka
4. ‚³‚ç‚É‚à‚¤ 1 ‚‚Ì�d—v‚È—˜“_‚Í�AˆÈ‘O‚Ì�u—Ç‚¢kamma�v‚ðˆø‚«Šñ‚¹‚â‚·‚¢�ðŒ�‚ð�ì‚è�A‚»‚̂悤‚ȃ�ƒŠƒbƒg‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚邱‚ƂɃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�u’²�®�v‚³‚¹‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ê�A‘O�¢‚Å�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚قǂ̑P‚¢kamma‚ƈ«‚¢kamma‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�ivipāka�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·�u“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ��v‚ª�®‚¤‚Ì‚ð‘Ò‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A—Ç‚¢ƒeƒŒƒr (‚Ü‚½‚̓‰ƒWƒI) ”Ô‘g‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒeƒŒƒr (‚Ü‚½‚̓‰ƒWƒI) ‚ª�³‚µ‚¢•ú‘—‹Ç‚É�u“¯’²�v‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚Æ�A�³‚µ‚¢”Ô‘g‚ðŒ©‚é (‚Ü‚½‚Í•·‚) ‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�u“K�Ø‚È�ðŒ�‚ð�®‚¦‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�A—Ç‚¢‚±‚Æ‚àˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚à—¼•û‚Æ‚à‚à‚½‚ç‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ˆ«‚¢—F�l‚ÆŒð‚í‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚͈«‚¢kamma vipāka‚ªŽÀ‚ðŒ‹‚Ô�ðŒ�‚ð�ì‚邱‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ˆê•û‚Å�A—Ç‚¢—F�l‚Æ•t‚«�‡‚¢�A–@‚ð•·‚¢‚½‚è“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A�l�¶‚ð‚æ‚è—Ç‚‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAnnantara and Samanantara Paccaya
‚ÆTransfer of Merits (Pattidāna) –
How Does it Happen?�g‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�Ú‚µ‚�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‘½‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�A‚±‚Ì Web ƒTƒCƒg‚Ì“à—e‚ð�©‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ɓǂނ±‚Æ‚Å�A‚»‚ÌŒø‰Ê‚ª‘å•�‚ÉŒü�ã‚·‚邯�q‚ׂĂ«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B “¯—l‚É�A‚悌v‰æ‚³‚ꂽ˜N“Ç‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚ƂŃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚邱‚Æ‚Å�AáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð‚æ‚èŒø‰Ê“I‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ꎩ‘Ì‚ªáÒ‘zƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂȂé‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ª‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A“ÇŒo‚Ì�Å’†‚É�AŠÖ˜A‚·‚édhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚⎩•ªŽ©�g‚Ì�l‚¦‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚‚܂è�A“ÇŒo‚Ì�Å’†‚É“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚·‚邱‚Ƃ𖈓ú‚ÌŒoŒ±‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
5. One should tailor the recitation session to match one�fs
personality and needs. For example, if one has a temper, one should spend more
time doing Metta Bhāvanā;
if one has excessive greed (for sensory pleasures), one could spend more time
doing asubha Bhāvanā (unfruitful nature
of things), which is basically to contemplate on the fact that ANY object that
is providing sense pleasure is going to decay and destruct at the end.
5. Ž©•ª‚Ì�«Ši‚âƒj�[ƒY‚É�‡‚킹‚ĘN“ǃZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’²�®‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A’Z‹C‚È�l‚ÍMetta Bhāvanā‚É‚à‚Á‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B ‚à‚µ�iŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɑ΂µ‚Ä�j‰ß�è‚ÈæÃ—~‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚È‚ç�Aasubha Bhāvanā�i•¨Ž–‚ÌŽÀ‚è‚̂Ȃ¢�«Ž¿�j‚É‚à‚Á‚ÆŽžŠÔ‚ð”ï‚â‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍŠî–{“I‚É�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚é‚ ‚ç‚ä‚镨‘Ì‚Í�A‚₪‚Ä•…”s‚µ�A�ÅŠú‚ɂ͔j‰ó‚³‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž–ŽÀ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
6. I have thought a lot about how to present a �gkammaṭṭhāna program.�h But it is
difficult to decide what kammaṭṭhāna to discuss because
each individual has different preferences and needs. I may still do that in
pieces in the future, and I have discussed the basic features of some in other
posts.
October 13, 2016: I temporarily removed the audio file until I made a better
one. After I started the �gLiving Dhamma�h section,
I realized how to present the material better.
But I leave the pdf of the text file:Kammattana Example
6. Ž„‚Í�ukammaṭṭthāna ƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€�v‚ð‚ǂ̂悤‚É’ñަ‚·‚é‚©‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‘½‚‚ð�l‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�l‚»‚ꂼ‚ê�D‚Ý‚âƒj�[ƒY‚ªˆÙ‚Ȃ邽‚ß�A‚ǂ̂悤‚Èkammaṭṭthāna‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é‚©‚ðŒˆ‚ß‚é‚Ì‚Í�¢“ï‚Å‚·�B �«—ˆ“I‚ɂ͂»‚ê‚ð•”•ª“I‚ÉŒˆ‚ß‚é‰Â”\�«‚à‚ ‚è�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŠî–{“I‚È‹@”\‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͑¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̘N“Ç‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Í‹�–°‚肵‚È‚¢‚悤‚É�A�©‚È•”‰®‚Å�A‰õ“K‚É�À‚Á‚Ä�s‚¤‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·‚ª�A‰õ“K‚·‚¬‚È‚¢‚悤‚É’�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ˆê“xе‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚Æ�AŒˆ‚µ‚Ä–°‚ê‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ü‚½�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚³‚܂悤‚Ì‚ð”ð‚¯‚é‚½‚ß‚É�A�Å�‰‚ÍŒ¾—t‚Æ‚µ‚½‚Ù‚¤‚ª‚æ‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Œã‚Ƀ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚ňÃ�¥‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
2016 ”N 10 ŒŽ 13 “ú: ‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Ü‚Å�A‰¹�ºƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ðˆêŽž“I‚É�í�œ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
Living DhammaƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽn‚߂Ă©‚ç�A‰¹�ºƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ð‚æ‚è—Ç‚’ñަ‚·‚é•û–@‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�AƒeƒLƒXƒgƒtƒ@ƒCƒ‹‚ÌPDF‚ÍŽc‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚«‚Ü‚·�BKammattana Example
ƒ^ƒCƒgƒ‹Kammattana
1. I am assuming that anyone interested in this kammaṭṭhāna (i.e.,
those who have the desire to strive for the Sotāpanna stage)
has already read the relevant key posts at Sotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna. Now, let
us discuss different sections of the Kammattana Example.
1. ‚±‚Ìkammaṭṭhāna‚É‹»–¡‚Ì‚ ‚é�l�i‚‚܂è�ASotāpanna’iŠK‚ð–ÚŽw‚µ‚Ä“w—Í‚µ‚½‚¢‚Ɗ肤�l�j‚Í�ASotāpanna Stage of Nibbāna‚É‚ ‚éŠÖ˜A‚·‚éŽå—v‚ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚ð‚·‚Å‚É“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯Žv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å�AKammattana Example‚Ì‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A‰E�ã‚ÌŒŸ�õƒ{ƒ^ƒ“‚Í�A•s–¾—ĂȃL�[ƒ��[ƒh‚âƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚é‚̂ɔñ�í‚ɕ֗˜‚Å‚·�B
2. In reciting precepts, instead of the �gpāṇātipātā veramaṇi sikkhāpadam samādiyāmi,�h
which says �gI promise not to take another life of a living being,�h it is more
truthful to say, �gI promise not to take another life with any liking for it�h
(pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti), unless one is dedicating a day to strictly
observe the precepts. See, for example, �gNasevitabbādi Sutta (AN10.199.)�h
The English translation there translates paṭivirato as
�gabstain,�h but it means �gwould not do with liking.�h
2. �gpāṇātipātā veramaṇi sikkhāpadam samādiyāmi,�h ‚Æ‚¢‚¤‰ú—¥‚ð�¥‚¦‚é�Û‚É�A‚±‚̉Ó�Š‚ð�u�¶‚«•¨‚Ì–½‚ð“ñ“x‚Æ’D‚í‚È‚¢‚Æ�¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚Æ–ó‚·‚é‘ã‚í‚è‚É�A�uŽ„‚Í‚¢‚©‚È‚é—�—R‚ª‚ ‚낤‚Æ‚à‘¼‚Ì–½‚ð�D‚ñ‚Å’D‚í‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð(pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti)�¾‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚ÆŒ¾‚¤‚Ù‚¤‚ª‚æ‚è�^ŽÀ‚Å‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A‰ú—¥‚ðŒµŠi‚ÉŽç‚邽‚ß‚É�ê”O‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Ì‚ ‚é1 “ú‚ð�œ‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�@
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�ANasevitabbādi Sutta (AN10.199.)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚̉pŒê–ó‚Å‚Í�Apaṭivirato ‚ª�u�T‚Þ�v‚Ɩ󂳂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u�D‚«‚ł͂â‚ç‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
�@
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A��‚É–ò‚ð“h‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡�A‘½‚‚Ì”÷�ׂÈ�¶‚«•¨‚ªŽ€‚Ê‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A��‚ð–ü‚·‚½‚߂ɂ͂»‚¤‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A“ú�í�¶Šˆ‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í–]‚܂Ȃ¢�s“®‚ðŽæ‚ç‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ꂪ�upativiratö hoti,�v‚̈Ӗ¡‚·‚邯‚±‚ë‚Å‚·�B
‚‚܂è�A•K—v‚È�ê�‡ˆÈŠO‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð�s‚í‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‰ú—¥‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì“ú‚Í–ò‚ð“h‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‘¼‚ÌŽl‰ú‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B
3. Note the break in between �gitipi so Bhagavā�c�h. Many people recite it as �gitipiso Bhagavā�c�h which has a different and
inappropriate meaning.
3. �uitipi so Bhagavā�c�v‚ÌŠÔ‚Ì�Ø‚ê–Ú‚É’�–Ú‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð�uitipiso Bhagavā�c�v‚Æ�¥‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ł͈قȂé•s“K�؂ȈӖ¡‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚̈Ӗ¡‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�A�¡Œã�u•§�¥�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
4. The phrase, �gNatti me sanaran annan Buddho me saranan varan�h means, �gI have no other refuge than
that of the Buddha.�h
4. �uNatti me sanaran
annan Buddho me saranan varan�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�A�uŽ„‚ɂ̓uƒbƒ_ˆÈŠO‚Ì‹’‚è�Š‚ª‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
�uéténa sacca vajjena sotti
me hotu sabbada�v‚Æ‚Í�A�uƒuƒbƒ_�Adhamma�AƒTƒ“ƒK‚Ö‚Ì”ð“ï�Ђɂ ‚é�^ŽÀ‚ªŽ„‚Ì�K•Ÿ‚ÆŽ„‚Ì“w—Í‚Ì�¬Œ÷‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ŽïŽ|‚̈Ӗ¡‚Å‚·�B
�uEtena sacca vajjena
sotti te hotu sabbada�v‚Æ‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�^ŽÀ‚ª�K•Ÿ‚Æ‘¼‚Ì�l‚Ì“w—Í‚Ì�¬Œ÷‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
5. The next phrase (in Sinhala, I am unable to come up with a
suitable English or Pāli phrase) means, �gI will be
truthful to myself, see things as they are, be pure in mind, and endeavor to
generate only pure thoughts (pabassara citta). I plan to
write separate posts discussing kammaṭṭhāna. Even
a single phrase is so condensed that one could write many posts on
each.
5. ŽŸ‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY�iƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å‚Í�A“K�؂ȉpŒê‚Ü‚½‚̓p�[ƒŠŒê‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ªŽv‚¢‚‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j‚Í�A�uŽ„‚ÍŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚É�³’¼‚Å‚ ‚è�A•¨Ž–‚ð‚ ‚è‚̂܂܂Ɍ©‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ƒ�ˆ‚É‚µ�A�ƒ�ˆ‚ÈŽv�l�ipabassara citta�j‚¾‚¯‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚悤“w‚߂܂·�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B kammaṭṭthāna
‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é•ʂ̋LŽ–‚ð�‘‚—\’è‚Å‚·�B ‚½‚Á‚½ 1 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚Å‚à�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É‚¢‚‚‚à‚Ì‹LŽ–‚à�‘‚¯‚é‚Ù‚Ç“à—e‚ª‹Ã�k‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�uavanka�v‚Í�uvanka�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u‹È‚ª‚Á‚½�v�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u’P�ƒ‚ł͂Ȃ¢�v‚É—R—ˆ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B’N‚©‚ª�^ŽÀ‚łȂ¢‚È‚ç‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚Ívanka‚Å‚·�B avanka‚Ívanka‚Ì”½‹`Œê‚Å‚·�B
6. The next three phrases are also very important. I recite it
every day. The phrase, �gKayena vaca cittena pamadena maya katan, accayam khama me Bhante bhuripanna Tathagata,�h means: �gIf I have done any
wrong inadvertently (or due to ignorance) by thoughts, speech, or mind to the
Buddha, may I be forgiven for that.�h
6. ŽŸ‚Ì 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚à”ñ�í‚É�d—v�@‚Ȃ̂Ŗˆ“úˆÃ�¥‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�gKayena vaca cittena
pamadena maya katan, accayam
khama me Bhante bhuripanna
Tathagata,�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�AŽŸ‚̂悤‚ȈӖ¡‚Å‚·�B
�u‚à‚µƒuƒbƒ_‚ɑ΂µ‚Ä�l‚¦‚â‚ÅŒ¾“®‚ÅŒy—¦‚È�i‚·‚Ȃ킿–³’m‚Ì‚½‚ß‚É�jŠÔˆá‚¦‚ð‚µ‚½‚̂Ȃç‚Î�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ð‚¨ŽÍ‚µ‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B�v
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A“¯‚¶ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðdhamma‚ƃTƒ“ƒK‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚ ‚éŠT”O‚ð‚¤‚Á‚©‚è�³‚µ‚‚È‚¢•û–@‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚̂ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚Æ�AŽ„‚Í‚¢‚‚à�S”z‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�A�l�X‚Æ�Ú‚·‚邯‚«�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í‚¤‚Á‚©‚肵‚Ĕނç‚ÌŠ´�î‚ð��‚‚¯‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚͔ނ炪•s“K�Ø‚È�l�i‚»‚Ì�l‚Í�‚‹M‚È�l‚Å‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�j‚Ƃ݂Ȃµ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Ì‚©‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
7. The next set of phrases is for cultivating anicca sanna and
related other factors. The phrase, �gAniccanupassi
viharati, nicca sanna pajahati�h means �gI
will live my life cultivating the anicca sanna and
reject that things in this world can be kept to my satisfaction (i.e., reject
the nicca sanna)�h.
Similar meanings can be deduced from the following three phrases.
The last three recitals in this section with �gAnissitoca viharati, na ca kinci loke upadiyati�h confirm one�fs conviction that �git is
unfruitful to stay in this world of 31 realms, there is nothing in this world
that worth craving for (upādāna)�h.
7. ŽŸ‚̈ê˜A‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�Aanicca saññ₯ŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì—v‘f‚ðˆç�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̂à‚̂ł·�B
�gAniccanupassi viharati, nicca sanna pajahati�h ‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�A
�uŽ„‚Íanicca saññā‚ð�C‚ß‚Ä�l�¶‚ð‘—‚è�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ì•¨Ž–‚ªŽ©•ª‚Ì–ž‘«‚ɕۂ½‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ü‚·�i‚‚܂è�Anicca saññā‚ð‹‘”Û‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B ˆÈ‰º‚Ì 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚©‚ç‚à“¯—l‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª�„‘ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�gNibbidanupassi
viharati, abhinandana pajahati�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Ì’†‚Å‚Ìnibbida‚Í�uŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‘å�؂ɂ·‚邱‚Æ‚©‚ç—£‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�Aviharati‚Í�u‚»‚ê‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�¶‚«‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�Babhinandana‚Í�uŠ´Šo‚ÌŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð‘å�؂ɂ·‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å�Apajahati‚Í�u”ð‚¯‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
�gNirodhanupassi viharati, samudayaṃ pajahati�h‚Í�A—Ö‰ôƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚µ�A‚±‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ì�usan�v‚Ì�¶�¬‚ð‹‘”Û‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�i�usan�v+�uudaya�v‚ð‘g‚Ý�‡‚킹‚邯�usamudaya�v‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�j�B
samudaya�Fm�D[saṃ-ud-aya�ƒi] �W�C�¶‹N�C‹Nˆö�CŒ´ˆö�D -vayadhamma �¶–ł̖@�C
-sacca �W’ú�D
samudaya�F[m�D]
rise�G origin�G produce�D
udaya�Fm�D�¶‹N�C‹»‹N�C-vyaya �¶–Å�C�@�@ rise�G growth�G increase�G
income�G interest �ifrom money�j
What is �eSan�f?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�gPatinissagganupassi
viharati, sambhavan pajahati�h‚Æ‚Í�A�u‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ƃ̂ ‚ç‚ä‚éãJ‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚è�A�V‚µ‚¢bhava‚ð�ì‚é‚Ì‚ð‚â‚߂邿‚¤‚É“w‚߂܂·�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚̓njo‚Ì�ÅŒã‚É‚ ‚é3 ‰ñ‚Ì
�gAnissitoca viharati, na ca kinci loke upadiyati�h‚Í�A
�u31 —̈æ‚Ì‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚É—¯‚Ü‚é‚͎̂À‚肪‚È‚�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚ɂ͊‰–]‚·‚é(upādāna)‰¿’l‚Ì‚ ‚é‚à‚͉̂½‚à‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŠm�M‚ð— •t‚¯‚Ü‚·�B
8. The three phrases that come next also help cultivate anicca sanna,
and one could review or do insight meditation on anicca, dukkha, and anatta right
after that.
8. ŽŸ‚É—ˆ‚é 3 ‚‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚à�Aanicca saññā‚ð”|‚¤‚̂ɖ𗧂¿�A‚»‚Ì’¼Œã‚Éaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð•œ�K‚µ‚½‚è�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
9. The next section is on metta Bhāvanā. I normally recite
this in Sinhala, but these English phrases give almost the same meaning. This
is also discussed in the post, �g5. Ariya Metta Bhavana (Loving Kindness Meditation)�g.
9. ŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ímetta Bhāvanā‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B Ž„‚Í•�’i‚±‚ê‚ðƒVƒ“ƒnƒ‰Œê‚Å�¥‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉pŒê‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚͂قړ¯‚¶ˆÓ–¡‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í5. Ariya Metta Bhavana (Loving Kindness Meditation)
‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃ^ƒCƒv‚Ìakusala citta‚Ƃ̊֘A�«‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�AAkusala Citta – How a Sotāpanna
Avoids Apayagami Citta‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 12 Ží—Þ‚Ìakusala citta‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍAkusala Citta and Akusala Vipaka
Citta‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
10. The next phrase is the standard phrase to use when
cultivating jhāna:
see, �g11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas
via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjhaṅga�g. Even though it is supposed to
be fully effective only after attaining the Sotāpanna stage,
it can be used by anyone who has been exposed to the true meanings of anicca, dukkha, anatta, and
is pursuing the Sotāpanna stage.
10. ŽŸ‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚Íjhāna‚ð�C‚߂邯‚«‚ÉŽg—p‚·‚é•W�€“I‚ȃtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Å‚·�B11. Magga Phala and Ariya Jhanas
via Cultivation of Saptha Bojjhaṅga‚ðŽQ�Æ�B ‚»‚ê‚ªŠ®‘S‚ÉŒø‰Ê‚ð”Šö‚·‚é‚Ì‚ÍSotāpanna’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã‚łȂ¢‚Æ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚É�G‚ê�ASotāpanna’iŠK‚ð’Ç‹�‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚Å‚ ‚ê‚Î’N‚Å‚àŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚܂łÉ�‚È‚‚Æ‚à‚ ‚éŽí‚Ìsamādhi‚É“ü‚è�A‚±‚±‚Å“´Ž@—͂̂ ‚éáÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ŽÀ�Û�A�ã‹L‚Ì kammaṭṭthāna
ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì‚¢‚¸‚ê‚©‚Å�A‚»‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é“´Ž@áÒ‘z‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚Í’Ê�킱‚ê‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�AƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚͂͂邩‚É’·‚¢ŽžŠÔ‘±‚‚±‚Æ‚ªŽž�X‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
11. In the subsequent sections, we give all living beings
merits. The phrase, �gldam me nati
nan hotu Sukhita hontu natayo�h, means �gMay all my relatives (which does include all living beings in
the through saṃsāra)
attain peace and happiness due to these merits.�h
11. ˆÈ�~‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
�gldam me nati
nan hotu Sukhita hontu natayo�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚Í�A
�uŽ„‚ÌŠÖŒW‚Ì‚ ‚éŽÒ‚·‚ׂÄ�i‚±‚ê‚É‚Ísaṃsāra‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�j‚ª‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ÷“¿‚É‚æ‚蕽˜a‚Æ�K•Ÿ‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY�gldam vo nati nan hotu
Sukhita hontu natayo�h‚ɂ͕¡�”‚̈Ӗ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒOƒ‹�[ƒvƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�s‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í�uƒOƒ‹�[ƒv“à‚ÌŠÖŒWŽÒ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚µˆê�l‚Å‚¢‚é�ê�‡‚Í’n‹…‚©‚牓‚—£‚ꂽ�¢ŠE‚É‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢�u‰“‚¢ŠÖŒWŽÒ�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A—¼•û‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð�¥‚¦‚邯‚«�A‚»‚±‚ɂ͂·‚ׂĂÌ�¶‚«•¨‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
12. The next section gives merits to devas (which
include Brahmā as
well), bhuta, and preta, and then to all
beings (sabbe satta).
It is another way of giving merits as in #11.
12. ŽŸ‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�Adeva (Brahmā‚àŠÜ‚Þ)�Abhuta�Apreta‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦�AŽŸ‚É‚·‚ׂĂ̑¶�Ý(sabbe satta)‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦‚Ü‚·�B #11‚Æ“¯—l‚ÉŒ÷“¿‚ð—^‚¦‚é•ʂ̕û–@‚Å‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̉pŒê‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚ÍŠÈ’P‚Å‚·�B
’N‚Å‚àŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚ÄŽg—p‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ð“Á‚Ɋ܂߂܂µ‚½�B ‚à‚µ‚»‚Ì“ú�A’N‚©‚É�i‚½‚Æ‚¦•s’�ˆÓ‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�jˆ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì�l‚Ì‚±‚Æ‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ‚Ä‹–‚µ‚ð�¿‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚±‚ê‚̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹�A‹Ù’£‚ð˜a‚ç‚°‚é‚̂ɔñ�í‚ÉŒø‰Ê“I‚È•û–@‚Ȃ̂Å�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̓gƒsƒbƒN‚É‚µ‚½‚¢‚ÆŽv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �½ŽÀ‚ÉŽæ‚è‘g‚ß‚Î�AŽÀ�¶Šˆ‚Å‚àŒø‰Ê‚ªŽÀŠ´‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚Ì�l‚Ƃْ̋£‚ªŽ©“®“I‚ÉŒyŒ¸‚³‚ê‚邱‚ƂɋC‚‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‰½‚ª‹N‚±‚é‚©‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚Æ�A‚ ‚È‚½‚ª�¶�¬‚µ‚½‹—Í‚Èjavana citta‚ª�A’·‹——£‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à‚»‚Ì‘¼ŽÒ‚ɉe‹¿‚ð—^‚¦‚écittajarūpa‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�Aƒ�ƒCƒ“ ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì #4 (Œ»�Ý‚Ì�uƒ�ƒ‚�vƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì�ã) ‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½“à—e‚É�Ăъ֘A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
13. Then we end the session with the phrase �gIdam
mé puññan asavakkhaya vahan hotu, sabba dukkha nirujjāti�h which is recited three times. It means,
�gMay the merits that I have acquired help remove my asava (cravings)
and lead to the end of all suffering�h.
13. ŽŸ‚É�gIdam
mé puññan asavakkhaya vahan hotu, sabba dukkha nirujjāti�h‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð 3 ‰ñ�¥‚¦‚ăZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð�I—¹‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�uŽ„‚ªŠl“¾‚µ‚½Œ÷“¿‚ªŽ„‚Ìasava�iЉ–]�j‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚̂ɖ𗧂¿�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·‚悤‚É�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚±‚Å’�–Ú‚·‚ׂ«‚Í�A�uasavakkhaya vahan hotu�v‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�uasavakkhaya aham hotu�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�i‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ÷“¿‚ª�jŽ„‚Ìasava‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ìhetu�iŒ´ˆö�j‚ƂȂ邩‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
�uasavakkhaya vahan hotu�v‚ƉC‚𓥂ñ‚Å‚¢‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
14. Of course, the above is an example of what one could do. One
could use all the kammaṭṭhāna (and
add more) or use only the ones that one likes. I don�ft use them all in a given
session, but I do use some of them all the time. I start the session with the
first few and select phrases as I proceed. Sometimes, I get into insight
meditation (contemplating relevant ideas, connecting with other concepts, etc.)
following a given phrase and just do that for the whole session.
�@
14. ‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�ã‹L‚͂ł«‚邱‚Ƃ̈ê—á‚Å‚·�B(‚³‚ç‚ɒljÁ‚·‚é)‚·‚ׂĂÌkammaṭṭthāna‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�A�D‚«‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚¯‚ðŽg—p‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B “Á’è‚̃ZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚·‚ׂĂðŽg—p‚·‚é‚킯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‚»‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚Ì‚¢‚‚‚©‚ðŽ„‚Í�í‚ÉŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚Í‚¢‚‚‚©‚©‚çŠJŽn‚µ�A�i�s‚·‚é‚ɂ‚ê‚ătƒŒ�[ƒY‚ð‘I‘ð‚µ‚Ü‚·�B Žž�X�A“Á’è‚̃tƒŒ�[ƒY‚É‘±‚¢‚Ä“´Ž@áÒ‘z�iŠÖ˜A‚·‚éƒAƒCƒfƒA‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚½‚è�A‘¼‚ÌŠT”O‚ÆŒ‹‚т‚¯‚½‚è‚·‚é‚È‚Ç�j‚É“ü‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ðƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ÄŽ„‚Í�s‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
15. November
11, 2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to
verify one is progressing towards the Sotāpanna stage.
The new section, �gLiving Dhamma, �gprovides
a systematic way to achieve that goal and provides guidelines on checking one�fs
progress.
15. 2016 ”N 11 ŒŽ 11 “ú: ‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‘½‚‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�ASotāpanna ’iŠK‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ăł·�B
�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Living Dhamma‚Í�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚߂̃KƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
August
12, 2016; Revised December 21, 2016; August 27, 2022 (note that I wrote this in 2016)
One needs to experience a �gpeace of mind�h or �gcooling down�h (nirāmisa sukha) before
starting on the Noble Path to Nibbāna; the
transition to the Sotāpanna stage
happens when one comprehends the anicca nature
while experiencing nirāmisa sukha.
Nibbāna‚Ö‚Ì�S‚Ì•½ˆÀ – �d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv
2016 ”N 8 ŒŽ 12 “ú�B 2016 ”N 12 ŒŽ 21 “ú‚ɉü’ù�B 2022 ”N 8 ŒŽ 27 “ú (‚±‚ê‚Í 2016 ”N‚É�‘‚¢‚½‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢)
Nibbāna‚Ö‚Ì�¹‚Ȃ铹‚ð•à‚ÝŽn‚ß‚é‘O‚É�A�l‚Í�u�S‚Ì•½ˆÀ�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v�inirāmisa sukha�j‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Sotāpanna’iŠK‚ւ̈Ú�s‚Í�Anirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚µ‚È‚ª‚çanicch‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚̈Ú�sŒã�Anirāmisa sukha‚Ípañcanīvaraṇa‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ƂƂà‚ɉi‘±“I‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B Š®‘S‚È�à–¾‚ɂ͂³‚ç‚ɃgƒsƒbƒN‚ª•K—v‚Å‚·‚ª�A‚±‚±‚©‚çŽn‚߂܂·�B
‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�A‰½‚ðáÒ‘z‚·‚ê‚΂悢‚Ì‚©—�‰ð‚¹‚¸‚ÉáÒ‘z‚ðŽn‚߂܂·�B
‚Ü‚¸�ƒ�ˆ‚ÈBuddha Dhamma‚ÌŠî–{‚ðŠw‚Ô•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �¢‚Ì’†‚É‘¶�Ý‚·‚é�]—ˆ‚ÌáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�A‚æ‚è�[‚¢dhamma‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯�\‚̔ϔY�idasa akusala�j‚©‚牓‚´‚©‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
1. In the previous post, �gLiving Dhamma – Introduction,�h
we discussed the experience of X. Please read it before reading this post.
1. ‘O‰ñ‚̃gƒsƒbƒNLiving Dhamma – Introduction‚Å‚Í�AX ‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð“ǂޑO‚É�A‚º‚Гǂñ‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
X ‚Í’èŠú“I‚Éanariya Metta Bhāvanā‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Ånirāmisa sukha‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚ꂪƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‚ĉ¸‚â‚©‚ȃ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚½‚É‚à‚©‚©‚í‚炸�AX ‚Í“¯Žž‚É�A‚ ‚éŽí‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ (–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚艹Šy‚ð’®‚¢‚½‚è‚·‚邱‚Æ) ‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚肽‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ª�Á‚¦‹Ž‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚»‚ÌŒã�AX ‚Í 2 �TŠÔáÒ‘z‚ð‚â‚ß�A–{‚≹Šy‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‹CŽ�‚¿�i”\—Í�j‚Í–ß‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚µ‚©‚µnirāmisa sukha‚à�Á‚¦�AX ‚Ì�S‚Í�Ăѕ‰’S‚Æ“®—h‚ðŽæ‚è–ß‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‚±‚̂悤‚Ȉꎞ“I‚È�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚·‚Ȃ킿nirāmisa sukha‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢�l‚à‚¢‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ì‚Å�A�ukilesa�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤�ê–å—pŒê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ęb‚·‘O‚É�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à‚¤�‚µ�à–¾‚µ‚悤‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̃Xƒe�[ƒW‚É�i‚Þ‘O‚É�AŽ©•ª‚ÌŒ»�ó‚ð”cˆ¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‘å�؂ł·�B
‚±‚ê‚Í’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�B
anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µŽn‚ß‚é‚É‚Í�A�‚È‚‚Æ‚ànirāmisa sukha‚ÆŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̈Ⴂ‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK�iX‚ª‚¢‚½�ê�Š�j‚É“ž’B‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚Å‚Í�Apañcanīvaraṇa‚͈ꎞ“I‚ɉð�œ‚³‚ê�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íanicch‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Ù‚Ç�\•ª‚ɉ¸‚â‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í’k˜b‚ð•·‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É‚à�uŠÔ“I‚É‹N‚±‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
2. When fully immersed in sensory pleasures, the mental burden
that inevitably comes with it is not apparent to that person. We have gotten
used to the �gmental agitation in the background�h and don�ft feel it most of the
time. Only when one gets into a �gcalmed state of mind�h can one appreciate
the burden of this �gconstant agitation or incessant distress�h in the
background.
2. Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɊ®‘S‚É�Z‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚»‚ê‚É•K‘R“I‚É”º‚¤ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I•‰’S‚Í‚»‚Ì�l‚ɂ͕ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�u”wŒi‚É‚ ‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I‹»•±�v‚ÉŠµ‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�ê�‡‚»‚ê‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�l‚Í�u—Ž‚¿’…‚¢‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ô�v‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�A”wŒi‚É‚ ‚é�u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢“®—h‚â�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É�v‚Ì�d‰×‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
áÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä�AX ‚Í�Apañcanīvaraṇa‚É‚æ‚邱‚Ì�u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É�vŒø‰Ê‚©‚ç‚̉ð•ú‚ð”Fޝ‚µŽn‚߂è‚è�A‚±‚̉ð•ú‚Ínirāmisa sukha‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚¾‚µ�A�ianicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¯‚ê‚Î�j‘ã�ž‚𕥂í‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃç‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤“ï–₪‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B X ‚ÍŽc”O‚È‚±‚Æ‚É�A‚¨‹C‚É“ü‚è‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ”\—Í‚ªŽ¸‚í‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
3. In very simple terms, this problem arises because X has not
comprehended the anicca nature
(what we will be doing in this new section is to discuss a
step-by-step process that could help comprehend the anicca nature).
3. ”ñ�í‚ÉŠÈ’P‚ÉŒ¾‚¤‚Æ�A‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚Í�AX ‚ªanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɔ�¶‚µ‚Ü‚· (‚±‚Ì�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚Í�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂‰”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·)�B
X ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɂ͂µ‚ª‚݂‚‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í”ñ�í‚É‹—͂ł·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚ÌŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚½Sotāpanna‚É‚à‚Ü‚¾Žc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�ASotāpanna‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚àŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚߂邯‚¢‚¤�u‚µ‚‚±‚¢Š´�î�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚¢‚©‚ɓ‚¢‚©‚ð’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ASotāpanna‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚ß‚Äapāyagāmi“I�i‰ºˆÊ4—̈æ‚É“]�¶‚·‚é�j‚È�sˆ×‚ð‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
4. This is why comprehending the anicca nature
is so important at X�fs stage. When one comprehends the anicca nature
of SOME EXTENT, one loses the �gnagging feeling�h to seek some sensory pleasure.
4. ‚±‚ꂪ�AX ‚Ì’iŠK‚Åanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B ‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ìanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A�l‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚ß‚é�u‚µ‚‚±‚¢Š´Šo�v‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
—^‚¦‚ç‚ê‚½Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̊댯�«�i‚Ü‚½‚Í�‚È‚‚Æ‚à–³‰¿’l�«�j‚ð–{“–‚É”Fޝ‚µ‚½�ê�‡‚ɂ̂Ý�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚Ì�u‚µ‚‚±‚¢Š´Šo�v‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AŽë—‚É�s‚‚Ì‚ª�D‚«‚Å‚ ‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚ÌŠˆ“®‚̈«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ª–Ú‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂé‚Ü‚Å�AŽ©”“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ð‚â‚߂邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
’Þ‚è�AƒAƒ‹ƒR�[ƒ‹ˆË‘¶�Ç‚â–ò•¨Žg—pŽÒ‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�B
anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚Í�™�X‚É—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B �l‚͂܂¸�A•s“¹“¿‚ÈŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɊ댯�«‚ðŒ©�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‘¼�l‚ɂ͊Q‚ª‚È‚‚Ä‚àŽ©•ª‚ɂ͊Q‚ð—^‚¦‚é‹É’[‚ȉõŠy‚ª–³‰¿’l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B kāma loka‚É‚¨‚¯‚é‚¢‚©‚Ȃ銴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚à–³‰¿’l‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚é‚Ì‚Í�AAnāgāmi’iŠK‚ł݂̂ł·�B ‚±‚Ì‚½‚ß�A’iŠK“I‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ƂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
5. It is like holding onto a gold necklace that was considered
valuable. But if it were undoubtedly proven that the necklace was an imitation,
one would instantly lose the attachment to it.
5. ‚»‚ê‚Í�A‰¿’l‚ª‚ ‚邯Žv‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‹à‚̃lƒbƒNƒŒƒX‚É‚µ‚ª‚݂‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚à‚µ‚»‚̃lƒbƒNƒŒƒX‚ª–Í‘¢•i‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠ®‘S‚É�Ø–¾‚³‚ꂽ‚ç�A‚»‚̃lƒbƒNƒŒƒX‚ւ̈¤’…‚ð‚½‚¿‚Ü‚¿Ž¸‚Á‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
anicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð‚ ‚é’ö“x—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ÄSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ÆŽ—‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚̋ɒ[‚ÈŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̊댯�«�i‚¨‚æ‚Ñ/‚Ü‚½‚Í–³‰¿’l‚³�j‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B –{�l‚Í‚ ‚éŽí‚ÌŠ´Šo“I–£—͂ւ̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�”�TŠÔ‚Ü‚½‚Í�”‚©ŒŽˆÈ“à‚É‚»‚ê‚É‹C‚‚łµ‚傤�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�Aanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ɂ‚¢‚ÄáÒ‘z‚·‚ê‚΂·‚é‚Ù‚Ç�A‘¼‚Ì�i‚»‚ê‚Ù‚ÇŠQ‚̂Ȃ¢�jŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚т̊댯�«‚àŒ©‚¦Žn‚߂܂·�B
‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�AƒXƒeƒbƒvƒoƒCƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Å�i‚܂Ȃ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚·‚ׂĂÌkāma rāga (‘Ì‚Ì�Ú�G�A“õ‚¢�A–¡‚ð‰î‚µ‚½Š´Šo“ü—͂ւ̎·’…) ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Í�AAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚ł̂݋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B
6. However, I must say that X is a bit unusual in losing the
desire to read books and listen to music. Those are not really �gextreme sense
pleasures.�h Before that, one will lose the desire to go
fishing, mistreat animals, etc., and get pleasure from lying, gossiping,
slandering, stealing, sexual misconduct, etc. I
am quite sure X never tended to those anyway.
6. ‚µ‚©‚µ�AX ‚ª–{‚ð“ǂ݂½‚¢�A‰¹Šy‚ð’®‚«‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Ì‚Í�‚µ’¿‚µ‚¢‚ÆŒ¾‚í‚´‚é‚𓾂܂¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽÀ�Û‚É‚Í�u‹É’[‚ÈŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚êˆÈ‘O‚É’Þ‚è‚É�s‚«‚½‚¢�A“®•¨‚ð‹s‘Ò‚·‚é‚È‚Ç�A‚»‚ê‚©‚ç�A‰R‚ð‚‚�A‰\˜b�A’†���A“�‚Ý�A�«“I•s•i�s‚Ȃǂ̗~–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Å‚µ‚傤�B‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚µ‚Ä‚à�AX ‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚±‚ƂɌü‚©‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚È‚¢‚ÆŽ„‚ÍŠm�M‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�ASotāpanna‚ɂȂ邽‚ß�A‚·‚Ȃ킿nirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚è�A‰¹Šy‚ð’®‚¢‚½‚è‚Æ‚¢‚Á‚½Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ðŽ¸‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é�A‚ȂǂÆ�l�X‚É�l‚¦‚Ăقµ‚‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B
‚»‚¤‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚̂ł·�B Sotāpanna‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à�A‚±‚ê‚ç 2 ‚‚̌XŒü‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�l‚à‚¢‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B Žß‘¸‚ÌŽž‘ã‚ÉSotāpanna‚ɂȂÁ‚½‚ª�AŽð‚ðˆù‚Ý‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�Õ“®‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½�l‚̘b‚ð‚µ‚½‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚½‚¾‚µ�A”Þ‚ÍSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½Œã�A‚»‚ê‚Ù‚Ç’·‚�¶‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�j�B‘¼ŽÒ‚ªSotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½‚©dukkha‚Í’N‚É‚à‚í‚©‚é‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Sotāpanna‚Íapāyā‚ł̓]�¶‚É“K‚µ‚½�sˆ×‚ð‚µ‚È‚¢‚¾‚¯‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‹‚¢ƒŒƒxƒ‹‚ÌæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ðkāma rāga, paṭigha,
avijjā‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚܂łɎæ‚è�œ‚¢‚½‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�BLobha, Dosa, Moha versus Raga,
Patigha, Avijja‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Ž„‚Í�AX ‚ªˆÈ‘O�¢‚Æ“]�¶‚É‚æ‚錻�¢‚Åanariya jhānā‚ð”|‚¢�A‚»‚Ì�ugati�v‚ð‚±‚Ì�iŒ»�¢‚Ì�j�l�¶‚ÉŽ�‚¿�ž‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯�M‚¶‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B X‚Íjhānā‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é‚¢‚‚‚©‚Ì�g‘ÌŠ´Šo‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚¾‚艹Šy‚ð’®‚¢‚½‚è‚·‚é‚ȂǂÌ�\•ª‚É–³ŠQ‚È‚à‚̂ɑ΂µ‚Ăł³‚¦ˆêŽž“I‚ÉŽ·’…‚ðŽ¸‚È‚Á‚½—�—R‚Í‚±‚ê‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
7. Each person loses a set of characteristics (gati)
upon attaining the Sotāpanna stage.
One should be able to look back and see what those are, just like X did. And,
of course, whether those changes are permanent. (Note that my personal experiences
discussed below were as of 2016.)
7. Sotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯�Aˆê˜A‚Ì“Á�« (gati) ‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B X‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A‰ß‹Ž‚ð�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ä‚»‚ê‚炪‰½‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A‚»‚̕ω»‚ª‰i‘±“I‚È‚à‚̂ł ‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚©‚à�B
(ˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚鎄‚ÌŒÂ�l“I‚ÈŒoŒ±‚Í 2016 ”NŽž“_‚Ì‚à‚̂ł ‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B)
Ž„‚Í�æ‚Ù‚Ç‚àŒ¾‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A30”NˆÈ�㑱‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚½�Aˆê“ú‚Ì�I‚í‚è‚É‚¨Žð‚ðˆù‚Ý‚½‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤—~‹�‚ª‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚Ì�Kе‚𑱂¯‚邱‚ƂŋN‚±‚蓾‚鈫‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð�l—¶‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�AŽ„‚͋֎ð‚ð‹�§‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
�l‚ª�u“¹�v‚É�]‚¤‚Æ‚«�AŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ð‹�§“I‚É•úŠü‚·‚é‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A‘¼‚Ì�¶‚«•¨‚ð��‚‚¯‚é‰Â”\�«‚Ì‚ ‚é•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚¾‚¯‚ð•úŠü‚µ‚Ü‚·�B X‚Å‚·‚ç–{‚≹Šy‚ð‹�§“I‚É‚â‚ß‚½‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ�A‚½‚Ü‚½‚Ü‚»‚¤‚È‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�BŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тɑ΂·‚é—~‹�‚Ì‘rޏ‚͋ɒ[‚È—~‹�‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è�A�™�X‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚̓tƒBƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì–{‚ð“ǂނ±‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚ðŽ¸‚Á‚½‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
ˆÈ‘O‚Í‚ ‚ç‚ä‚éŽí—Þ‚Ì–{‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½‚ª�A�¡‚̓eƒŒƒr‚ðŒ©‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚ÉŽžŠÔ‚Ì–³‘ʂȂ̂Å�A�¬�à‚ð“ǂނ±‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ˆê•û‚Å�AŽ„‚Í�¡�Aƒmƒ“ƒtƒBƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì–{‚ð“ǂނ悤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
‰ß‹Ž 2 ”NŠÔ�AŽ„‚͉Ȋw‚Ö‚ÌŠÖ�S‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚à�¶ŽY�«‚ªŒü�サ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B 2”N‘O‚ɂ͗�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚©‚Á‚½—ÊŽq—ÍŠw‚Ìãk–§‚³‚ðŠw‚т܂µ‚½�B
kilesa‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚¸‚Á‚Æ–¾�ð‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̊Ö�S‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
æÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚銈“®‚¾‚¯‚É‹»–¡‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í•K�{‚Å‚ ‚è�A�U‚è•Ô‚Á‚Ă݂ê‚Ζ¾‚ç‚©‚Ȃ͂¸‚Å‚·�B �l‚̓Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Ì‹«’n‚É’B‚µ‚Ä�‰‚ß‚Ä�¢‘“I‚ÈŽ–•¿‚·‚ׂĂɋ»–¡‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
8. My point is that it is desirable to first get into this stage
of X, where X can see the difference between sensual pleasures (āmisa sukha)
and the nirāmisa sukha that
arise by at least temporarily suppressing the desire for sensual pleasures via
a meditation program.
8. Ž„‚ÌŒ¾‚¢‚½‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Í�A‚Ü‚¸X‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ü‚邱‚Æ‚ª–]‚Ü‚µ‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚ÅX ‚ÍŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ (āmisa sukha) ‚Æ�AáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚ð‰î‚µ‚ÄŠ´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̗~‹�‚ðˆêŽž“I‚É—}�§‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚énirāmisa sukha‚̈Ⴂ‚ð—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
áÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚æ‚è‚à‚³‚ç‚É�d—v‚Ȃ̂Í�Adasa akusala‚©‚ç‚Å‚«‚邾‚¯—£‚ê‚Ä“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邱‚Ƃł·�B
9. Many people try to attain �gNibbānic pleasure�h just because they
think sensual pleasures, i.e., that Nibbānic pleasure
is like the pleasure of music, good food, etc. This is why the account of X is
so good an example in pointing out the difference between the two.
9. ‘½‚‚Ì�l‚ÍNibbānic‚ÈŠì‚тƂ͉¹Šy‚â”ü–¡‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚Ȃǂ̊´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тƓ¯‚¶‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�ANibbānic‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�BX ‚Ì‹L�q‚ª—¼ŽÒ‚̈Ⴂ‚ðŽw“E‚·‚é”ñ�í‚É—Ç‚¢—á‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚ª‚±‚ê‚Å‚·�B
ŽÀ�Û�A‚±‚ê‚Íāmisa‚Æ nirāmisa‚»‚µ‚Ä jhāna
sukha‚Æ Nibbānic sukha‚̈Ⴂ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é‚̂ɓK‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚ªsukha‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‹å‚ðNibbāna‚ÆŒq‚°‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ꂪnirāmisa sukha‚Ƃ͈قȂ邩‚ç‚Å‚·�BNibbānic
sukha‚Í‘S‘Ì“I‚È�u�K•Ÿ�v‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B ‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚ł͂»‚ꂪ‚ǂ̂悤‚È‚à‚̂Ȃ̂©‚Í•ª‚©‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A�¡‚ł͑̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð—Ž‚¿’…‚©‚¹‚éŒø‰Ê‚ª�í‚É‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚Ñ‚Í ämisa (‚·‚Ȃ킿 sämisa) sukha ‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚Å‚·‚©‚ç�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŠFāmisa sukha‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă悒m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
10. Niramisa sukha can
arise due to a few different causes. They are all
beneficial for the Path and to comprehend the anicca nature.
10. nirāmisa sukha‚Í�A‚¢‚‚‚©‚̈قȂ錴ˆö‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚·‚ׂÄ�A�u“¹�v‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä—L‰v‚Å‚ ‚è�Aanicha‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Éāmisa sukha‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�Akilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿akusala cetasika (‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͎Ÿ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·) ‚ð”w•‰‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’ɂɂ³‚炳‚ê‚é“®—h‚µ‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�BThe Incessant Distress (�gPīḷana�h) – Key to Dukkha Sacca‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�AX ‚ª�”1‚Å�u... áÒ‘z‚ð�”�TŠÔ‚â‚ß‚½‚Æ‚±‚ë�AˆÈ‘O‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É‹»•±‚µ•sˆÀ‚ɂȂèŽn‚߂Ă¢‚邱‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�v‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚Ì�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚邯‚«�A�l‚Ínirāmisa sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
—Ⴆ‚Α¼‚Ì�l‚ð�•‚¯‚½‚è�A‚¨• ‚ð‹ó‚©‚¹‚½�l‚â“®•¨‚É�H‚ו¨‚ð—^‚¦‚½‚è‚·‚铹“¿“I‚ÈŠˆ“®‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚鎞‚É�A’ZŽžŠÔ‚Å‚ànirāmisa sukha‚ðŠ´‚¶‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
ŒJ‚è•Ô‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ÌŠ´Šo‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠˆ“®’†‚É�¶‚¶‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�iŽv�l�j‚Ì’†‚Ékilesa‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚È‚¢‚½‚߂ɋN‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚Í�AAriya ‚à‚µ‚‚ÍanariyaáÒ‘z‚ÉŽQ‰Á‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚±‚±‚Å‚à�isamādhi‚Ì‹‚³‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ɂ͂قƂñ‚Çkilesa‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
11. There is also a higher nirāmisa sukha that
the Buddha recommended. That is the sukha arising
due to jhānā. When
in a jhāna, one has citta running
through one�fs mind that belongs to rupa or arūpa loka.
11. Žß‘¸‚ª�„�§‚µ‚½�A‚æ‚è�‚“x‚Ènirāmisa sukha‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ꂪ jhānā‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚ésukha‚Å‚·�B
jhānā‚É‚¢‚邯‚«�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚É‚Írupa‚Ü‚½‚Íarūpaloka‚É‘®‚·‚éƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª—¬‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
’è‹`�ã�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìcittā‚É‚Íkilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿ƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹“I•s�ƒ•¨‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
samādhi‚ªˆê’è‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚܂ŋ‰»‚³‚ê‚é�i�C—{‚³‚ê‚é�j‚Æ jhānā‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
12. �gNivan sukha�h or �gNibbānic sukha�h
or �gNibbānic bliss�h
is due to cittā that are even purer. There is no trace of incessant
agitation or stress left in those cittā.
12. �uNivan sukha�v‚Ü‚½‚Í�uNibbānic sukha�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uNibbānic bliss�v‚Í�A‚³‚ç‚É�ƒ�ˆ‚Ècittā‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìcittā‚Ì’†‚É‚Í�A�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢“®—h‚âƒXƒgƒŒƒX‚Ì��Õ‚ÍŽc‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ìcittā‚Ípabhassara�i–¾‚é‚¢�jcitt₯‚àŒÄ‚΂ê‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna – Is it Difficult to
Understand? ‚ÆPabhassara Citta, Radiant Mind, and
Bhavaṅga‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚Ü‚½�ASotāpanna‚Í�Ajhānā‚Ì�C—ù‚ð’Ê‚¶‚ÄSotāpanna phala
samapatti�iŒ‹ŽÀ‚Ì’B�¬�j‚É“ü‚ç‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚»‚Ì’iŠK‚ÌNibbānic sukha
‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Å‚à�Anirāmisa sukha‚ª�Á‚¦‚邱‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �u�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É�v‚©‚瓾‚½‹~�ς͉i‘±“I‚Å‚·�B
13. We will discuss the kilesa (akusala cetasika)
that give rise not only to incessant agitation and stress — but eventually
to all sansaric suffering
— soon in this series.
13. Ž„‚½‚¿‚Í�A�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢“®—h‚ƃXƒgƒŒƒX‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A�Å�I“I‚ɂ͂·‚ׂĂÌsansaric‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·kilesa�iakusala cetasika�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�A‚±‚̃VƒŠ�[ƒY‚Å‚·‚®‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�₦ŠÔ‚È‚¢‹ê’É‚Í�Akilesa‚·‚Ȃ킿akusala cetasika‚Ì�d‰×‚𕉂Á‚½cittā‚É‚æ‚é�u‘¦Žž“I‚Èkamma vipāka�v‚Æ�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚Ècittā‚Ì�u’x‚ꂽŒø‰Ê�v‚Í�AŒã‚Å‚æ‚葽‚‚Ìkamma vipāka‚ð‚à‚½‚炵�A‚æ‚苗͂Ȃà‚Ì‚Í apāyā‚Ì“]�¶‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASotāpanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö‚Ì�d—v‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A“¹“¿“I�s“®�isila�j‚Æ—D‚ꂽáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒOƒ‰ƒ€‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Änirāmisa sukha‚ð‘ÌŒ±‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B ‚»‚¤‚·‚ê‚Î�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íanicca‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚߂ɊJ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Apañcanīvaraṇa‚͉½“ú‚à—}�§‚³‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚ð‘—‚è�A�ƒ�ˆ‚Èdhamma‚ð�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̈Ú�s‚Í‹}‘¬‚É‹N‚±‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚Ì‚ ‚Æ‚É�A–{�l‚à‹C‚©‚¸‚ÉSotāpanna phala‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ª‘±‚‚±‚Æ‚³‚¦‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚³‚Ü‚´‚Ü‚È�l‚ª‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å‚»‚±‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�ASotāpanna‚Ì ’iŠK‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚·‚é‘O‚É�A�à–¾‚·‚ׂ«‚±‚Æ‚ª‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
11. Magga Phala via Cultivation of Satta Bojjhaṅga
The
top 10 posts in this section describe the fundamentals of Buddhist meditation.
The rest of the posts in this section discuss meditation subjects. They clarify
unresolved questions and help gain samādhi.
The first 11 posts should be followed in that order, at least initially.
Revised
August 5, 2017; revised April 24, 2020; May
15, 2023
11. Satta
Bojjhaṅga�i޵ŠoŽx�j‚̈ç�¬‚É‚æ‚éMagga Phala
‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒbƒv 10 ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�A•§‹³áÒ‘z‚ÌŠî–{‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚ÌŽc‚è‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�AáÒ‘z‚ÌŽå‘è‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í–¢‰ðŒˆ‚Ì‹^–â‚𖾊m‚É‚µ�AƒTƒ}�[ƒfƒB‚𓾂é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B �‚È‚‚Æ‚à�Å�‰‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì 11 Œ�‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð‚±‚Ì�‡�˜‚Å‚½‚Ç‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Introduction
1.
There are many ways to get to magga phala. What I have followed is Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā and metta Bhāvanā. As
explained in the previous post, I first did a crude version of the Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā for
a few years without even realizing that it was effectively a Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā.
ƒCƒ“ƒgƒ�ƒ_ƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“�@
1. magga phala‚É�s‚‚ɂ͑½‚‚Ì•û–@‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ª’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚Ä‚«‚½‚Ì‚ÍBojjhaṅga Bhāvanā ‚Æ metta Bhāvanā ‚Å‚·�B ‘O‰ñ‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚悤‚É�AŽ„‚Í�Å�‰�A‚»‚ꂪŽÀŽ¿“I‚ÉBojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Å‚ ‚邱‚ƂɋC•t‚©‚¸‚É�A�””NŠÔ�ABojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Ì‘eŽG‚ȃo�[ƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�¡�AŽ„‚Í�¿‚Á‚Äbojjhaṅga Bhāvan₯Ariya Metta Bhāvanā‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ�A‚»‚Ì‘¼‚ÌŽžŠÔ‚Å‚Íānāpānasati (‚»‚µ‚Ä satipatthāna)�A‚‚܂èŽÌ‚Ä‚é‚ׂ«Žv�l/”Œ¾/�s“®‚ð—}�§‚µ�A‚»‚Ì”½‘΂̂à‚Ì‚ðˆç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�¡‚ł͂»‚ꂪ�Kе‚ɂȂÁ‚Ä‚¢‚Ä�A•s“K�؂Ȃ±‚Æ‚ª“ª‚É•‚‚©‚ñ‚¾�uŠÔ‚É‚»‚ê‚ðˆÓޝ‚µ‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Ž„‚ª�í�XŒ¾‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚邿‚¤‚É�A—Ç‚¢�Kе�igati�j‚ð�g‚ɂ‚¯‚邱‚Æ‚ª�ã’B‚Ö‚ÌŒ®‚Å‚·�B
Ānāpānasati
Bhāvanā Comes
First
2. Ānāpānasati (and Satipaṭṭhāna)
helps one to get rid of bad habits/cultivate good habits, and thus change one�fs gati and āsavā;
see, �gKey to
Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character (Gati),�h and �gIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?�g.
Ānāpānasati Bhāvanā ‚ª�Å�‰‚É—ˆ‚é
2. Ānāpānasati (‚¨‚æ‚Ñ Satipaṭṭthāna) ‚Í�Aˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ð”|‚¢�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽ©•ª‚Ìgati‚Æāsavā‚ð•Ï‚¦‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�BKey to Ānāpānasati – How to Change Habits and Character (Gati) ‚ÆIs Ānāpānasati Breath Meditation?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā ‚Í�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªsamādhi‚É’B‚·‚é‚Ì‚ð�•‚¯‚È‚ª‚ç�A“¯Žž‚ÉBojjhaṅga dhamma‚ð—{‚¢‚Ü‚·�B Satta Bojjhaṅga (Œå‚è‚Ì 7 ‚‚̗v‘f�A޵ŠoŽx) ‚Í�uŒå‚è‚Ì37—v‘f�v‚ÉƒŠƒXƒg‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ˆÈ‰º‚ÉŠÈ’P‚É�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚Ì�¿‚Á‚Ä‚·‚éáÒ‘z‚Ì‚à‚¤ˆê‚‚ÍAriya Metta Bhāvanā‚Å‚·�BAriya Metta Bhāvanā (Loving Kindness Meditation)�iŽœ‚µ‚Ý‚ðˆ¤‚·‚éáÒ‘z�j�v‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚Ì“ú‰Û‚ÍŽ„‚ɂƂÁ‚Ă͂¤‚Ü‚‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñNibbāna‚Ö�i‚»‚µ‚ÄSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Ö�jŽŠ‚铹‚Í‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ªŽ„‚ª�i‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚¤‚Á‚©‚肵‚È‚ª‚ç�j‘I‚ñ‚¾“¹‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Å‚àSōtapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�AŠÔˆá‚Á‚½�¢ŠEŠÏ‚·‚Ȃ킿diṭṭhi�A‚‚܂èditthāsava‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃ݂̂ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ìanicch‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邽‚ß�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŠÈ’P‚ȃXƒeƒbƒv‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
What Are Bojjhaṅga?
3. The
word Bojjhaṅga comes from �gBōdhi�h + �gaṅga�g.)
Of course, �gBōdhi�h means �gbhava uddha�h or �gEnlightenment,�h and �gaṅga�h
means �gpart.�h
Bojjhaṅga‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚·‚©?
3. Bojjhaṅga ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œ¾—t‚Í�A�uBōdhi�v+�uaṅga�v‚©‚ç—ˆ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B) ‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�A�uBōdhi�v‚Í�ubhava uddha�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŒå‚è�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ�A�uaṅga�v‚Í�u•”•ª�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�ASatta Bojjhaṅga‚ÍNibbāna‚ð’B�¬‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂Â7‚‚̗v‘f (satta‚Í 7 ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·) ‚Å‚·�B
4. The
key here is that during the Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā, one only does �gāna�h
or �gtaking in good things�h; see, �gWhat is Änapāna?�g. However, �gpāna�h or �gremoving the bad�h happens
automatically via wisdom gained, i.e., via enhanced vision or sammā diṭṭhi. One�fs
mind is automatically focused on thinking about a Dhamma concept, and once one
gets some traction, the mind will get �glatched on to it.�h
4. ‚±‚±‚Å�d—v‚Ȃ̂ÍBojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚ÌŠÔ�A�l‚Í�uāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�u—Ç‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è“ü‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚¾‚¯‚ð�s‚¤‚Æ‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BWhat is Änapāna?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�upāna�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uˆ«‚¢‚à‚Ì‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚�v‚±‚Æ‚Í�A“¾‚ç‚ꂽ’qŒd�A‚‚܂苉»‚³‚ꂽƒ”ƒBƒWƒ‡ƒ“‚·‚Ȃ킿sammā diṭṭhi‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚Édhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚É�W’†‚µ�A‚¢‚Á‚½‚ñ‚ ‚é’ö“x‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ð“¾‚é‚Æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ídhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚É�uŽú‚í‚ê�v‚邿‚¤‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�‰Šú‚Ì� �AŽ„‚ªdhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n—¶‚µŽn‚ß‚½‚Æ‚«�AŽ©“®“I‚Ésamādhi(jhāna‚ł͂Ȃ)‚ÉŽŠ‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚‚܂è�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ísamādhi‚É�W’†‚µ�A‘Ì‚àƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚àŒy‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚ÌŽž‚͌ċzáÒ‘z‚àŽŽ‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�j�B
‚±‚Ìdhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚ð�n—¶‚·‚é�Kе‚Í�AŽ„‚ªŽtThero‚É�o‰ï‚Á‚Ä‚©‚ç�ASatta Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Ådhamma vicaya‚ðˆç‚Þ‚±‚ƂƂµ‚ÄŽ©‘R‚ÉŠm—§‚³‚ê‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
The necessity to Comprehend Tilakkhana
5. I
was able to make real progress only after learning the true meanings of anicca, dukkha, and anatta; see �g10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava�g.
Tilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v�«
5. Ž„‚Íaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì–{“–‚̈Ӗ¡‚ðŠw‚ñ‚¾Œã‚ł̂Ý�A�^‚Ì�i•à‚ð�‹‚°‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B10. Attaining the Sōtapanna Stage via Removing Ditthasava‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Waharaka Thero ‚Í�A7 ‚Â‚Ì Bojjhaṅga dhamma‚ð‘ÌŒn“I‚É�C—ù‚·‚é•û–@‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚»‚ê‚É‚Íaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì�³‚µ‚¢‰ðŽß‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Äsati�i“¹“¿“Iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j‚ðŠm—§‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ªŠÜ‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�BAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta‚¨‚æ‚Ñ‚»‚ÌŒã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñ�ATilakkhana‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‘O‚É�A10 Ží—Þ‚Ìmicchā diṭṭhi‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BMicchā Diṭṭhi, Gandhabba, and Sōtapanna Stage‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
The Seven Bojjhaṅga
6. The
seven Bojjhaṅga Dhamma are sati (mindfulness), dhamma
vicaya (investigation of dhamma concepts;
pronounced �gdhamma vichaya�h), viriya (effort), piti (joy), passaddhi (tranquility), samādhi (one-pointedness),
and upekkha (equanimity). I will
post it later, but I have discussed most of these terms in other posts.
‚V‚‚ÌBojjhaṅga
6. Bojjhaṅga Dhamma ‚Ì 7 ‚‚ƂÍsati�iƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�j�Adhamma vicaya�idhamma‚ÌŠT”O‚Ì’T‹��A�j�Aviriya�i“w—Í�j, piti�iŠì‚Ñ�j, passaddhi�i�¯‚³�j, samādhi�iˆê“_�W’†�j�Aupekkha�i�ɸ�j‚Å‚·�j�B Œã‚ŃgƒsƒbƒN‚µ‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì—pŒê‚̂قƂñ‚ǂɂ‚¢‚Ă͑¼‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
sati‚Ƃ͉½‚©‚𖾊m‚É‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B ‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�Asati‚Æ‚Í�u�W’†�v‚Ü‚½‚Í’P‚É�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤‚±‚Æ�v‚¾‚Æ�l‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µsati‚Ƃ͂»‚êˆÈ�ã‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚»‚ê‚Íaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Ì—�‰ð‚ÉŠî‚¢‚½�l‚¦•û‚Å�u’�ˆÓ‚𕥂¤�v‚±‚Ƃł·�B31‚Ì—Ìˆæ‚Æ�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͑½‚‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦�¡�l�¶‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚µ‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚ê‚Ísaṃsāric‚ÌŽžŠÔƒXƒP�[ƒ‹‚É”ä‚ׂê‚ÎŽæ‚é‚É‘«‚ç‚È‚¢’·‚³‚Å‚·�B‚±‚ꂪ‚±‚̃EƒFƒuƒTƒCƒg‚̃e�[ƒ}‚Å‚ ‚è�A“ǂނ±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‹LŽ–‚ª‚½‚‚³‚ñ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Sati Comes
First
7. During the whole time of the Bojjhaṅga
Bhāvanā, sati must be there; that frame of mind must be there. Dhamma vicaya is a critical evaluation of a given dhamma
concept. One can choose a topic or two for a session and then contemplate
it. One could do this not only in a formal way but also just while
reading a web post or a book on the subject. Each individual is
different, so one must determine which is more suitable.
sati‚ª‘æˆê
7. Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚ÌŠÔ‚Í‚¸‚Á‚Æsati‚ª‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚±‚Ì�S�\‚¦‚ª‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B dhamma vicaya‚Ƃ͊eŽ©‚ªŽ�‚ÂdhammaŠT”O‚̔ᔻ“I‚È•]‰¿‚Å‚·�B ƒZƒbƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ð1‚‚܂½‚Í2‚‘I‘ð‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚É�n—¶‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�³Ž®‚È•û–@‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A‚»‚̃e�[ƒ}‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚邱‚ÌWeb‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚â–{‚ð“ǂނ±‚Ƃłà‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ꂪˆá‚¤‚Ì‚Å�A‚ǂꂪ‚æ‚è“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚ð”»’f‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ÌŠT”O‚ðŽ©•ªŽ©�g‚Ì�l�¶ŒoŒ±‚⑼‚Ì�l‚Ì�l�¶ŒoŒ±‚Æ”äŠr‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aanicca‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�n—¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃgƒsƒbƒN‚É‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃rƒfƒIƒNƒŠƒbƒv‚ª‚ ‚è�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͎©•ª‚̑̂àŠÜ‚߂ĉ½‚à‚©‚à–ž‘«‚Ɉێ�‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ‹Šo“I‚ÉŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚Ü‚½�A—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�n—¶‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂪ—�‚É‚©‚È‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©dukkha‚ðŠm”F‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B Paṭicca samuppāda ‚Ȃǂ̂³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȉž—p‚ð�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
—^‚¦‚ç‚ꂽŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚Ípiti sabbojjhaṅga‚̈ç�¬‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ª˜b‚µ‚½nirāmisa sukha‚̈ꕔ‚Å‚·�B �K•ŸŠ´‚â�uŒy‚³�v‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚ß�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‰¸‚â‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ƒgƒsƒbƒN‚ð“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚±‚̂悤‚ÈŒoŒ±‚ð‚µ‚½�l‚à‚¢‚é‚©‚ÆŽv‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�AŽ©•ª‚ª�³‚µ‚¢“¹‚ð�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤Ž©�M‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê�A‚æ‚è“w—Í‚·‚éˆÓ—~‚ª�‚‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Aviriya sabbojjhaṅga‚ª—{‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
First Phase – Learning and
Contemplation
8.
Thus, dhamma vicaya, piti,
and viriya sabbojjhaṅga are
cultivated together (of course, sati must be there too). At
some point, though, the mind and especially the body (head) may get tired. If
one is making a lot of progress, one may start to experience some pressures in
the head or body (not headaches, but just pressure.) Some feel like �gants
crawling in the head�h; the brain and the body (including the nervous system)
are adjusting, and there is nothing terrible about this.
‘æ 1 ƒtƒF�[ƒY – Šw�K‚Æ�n—¶
8. ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Adhamma vicaya�Apiti, viriya sabbojjhaṅga‚͈ê��‚É�C—ù‚³‚ê‚Ü‚· (‚à‚¿‚ë‚ñsati‚à‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ)�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚ ‚鎞“_‚Ń}ƒCƒ“ƒh�A“Á‚É‘Ì�i“ª�j‚ª”æ‚ê‚Ä‚µ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚©‚È‚è�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A“ª‚â‘̂ɉ½‚ç‚©‚̈³”—Š´‚ðŠ´‚¶Žn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i“ª’ɂł͂Ȃ�A’P‚Ȃ鈳”—Š´‚Å‚·�j�B�u“ª‚Ì’†‚ðƒAƒŠ‚ª”‡‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚悤‚ÉŠ´‚¶‚é�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ”]‚Æ‘Ì�i�_ŒoŒn‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j‚ª’²�®‚µ‚‚‚ ‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚±‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă͉½‚à‹°‚낵‚¢‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚ꂪ‹N‚±‚邯‚«‚͑̂Ɍø‰Ê“I‚ÈŠ´‚¶‚ª‚µ‚Ä�AáÒ‘z‚Í�i•à‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Æ‘Ì‚à‰˜�õ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A�_ŒoŒn‚Ímanomaya kāya‚Ì�_ŒoŒn‚É”ä‚ׂĘc‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚½‚½‚߂ł·�B�l‚ªŠ´‚¶‚é�uˆ³—Í�v‚̈ꕔ‚Í�A�_ŒoŒn‚ª“K�Ø‚È�ê�Š‚É�u‚Ë‚¶‚è–ß‚³‚ê‚é�v‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚̉e‹¿‚͈ꕔ‚Ì�l‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä‚Í�Å�¬ŒÀ‚Å‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚±‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚ªŒoŒ±‚µ‚½‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚±‚̉˜‚ê‚Ì”R�Ă͑̓à‚̉˜�õ•¨Ž¿‚Ì’~�ςɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A“K�؂Ȍċz‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä”r�o‚µ‚Ä�ò‰»‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�i‚±‚ê‚Í�uānāpāna�v‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�j�B ‚ ‚è‚ӂꂽ�uŒÄ‹záÒ‘z�v‚̂悤‚Ɍċz‚É�W’†‚·‚ׂ«‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Ž„‚½‚¿‚ÍæÃ—~�A‘ž‚µ‚Ý�A–³’m‚É‚æ‚Á‚đ̓à‚É’~�Ï‚µ‚½“Á’è‚Ì�uutujarūpa�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
utuja shape due to weather Utzu figure. [Logical
+ Physics]
‚±‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�AáÒ‘z‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚µ�A‘Ì‚ð�ò‰»‚·‚邽‚߂ɑ§‚ð‹z‚Á‚½‚è“f‚¢‚½‚肵Žn‚ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B �ê�‡‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä‚Í�A’·‚‘§‚ð“f‚‚±‚Ƃő̂ªŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž¿‚ð”r�o‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚æ‚è�A�g‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì—¼•û‚ªpassaddhi�i�¯‚³�j‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚è�A�™�X‚Ésamādhi‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÌŒy‚³�ipassaddhi�j�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�isamādhi‚©‚ç�jnirāmisa sukha‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bupekkha�i•½�Ã�j‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚à�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B
‘̂ƃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�\•ª‚É—Ž‚¿’…‚«�AƒŠƒ‰ƒbƒNƒX‚µ‚½‚ÆŠ´‚¶‚½‚ç�A‘O‚Ì 3 ‚‚Ìsabbojjhaṅga‚Ì�C—ù‚É–ß‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�Adhamma vicaya‚ÌáÒ‘zƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Second Phase – Relaxation
9.
Thus one should go back and forth between the two routines with three sabbojjhaṅga each. The sati sabbojjhaṅga must be there all the time. This is
called the two-step cultivation of Bojjhaṅga
dhamma.
‘æ 2 ƒtƒF�[ƒY - ƒŠƒ‰ƒNƒ[�[ƒVƒ‡ƒ“
9. ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê 3 ‚‚Ìsabbojjhaṅga‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä 2 ‚‚̃‹�[ƒeƒBƒ“‚ÌŠÔ‚ð�s‚Á‚½‚è—ˆ‚½‚è‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B sati sabbojjhaṅga‚Í�í‚É‚»‚±‚ɂȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ê‚ðbojjhaṅga dhamma‚Ì“ñ’iŠK�C—ù‚Æ‚¢‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð‰˜‚ê‚½•z‚ðŽè‚Å�ô‚¤‚±‚ƂɗႦ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B �ÎŒ²‚ð•t‚¯‚Ä•z‚ð�i‚Á‚ĉ˜�õ•¨Ž¿‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í‚«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚É�Z‚µ‚Ä�A•‚‚¢‚½‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŒã‚à‰˜‚ꂪ‚Ђǂ¢�ê�‡‚Í�A�Ä“x�ÎŒ²‚ð‚‚¯‚Ä�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‰˜‚ꂪ‚·‚ׂĂȂ‚È‚è�A•z‚ª‚«‚ê‚¢‚ɂȂé‚܂ł±‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŒJ‚è•Ô‚·•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ɂ̓}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�Bˆê‚©�Š‚ÉŠæŒÅ‚ȉ˜‚ꂪŽc‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̃Vƒ~‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɕʂ̉»Šw–ò•i‚ðŽg—p‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i‚‚܂è�A“K�Ø‚ÈBhāvanā: ‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä�AŠ´Šo‚Ö‚ÌŠ‰–]‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚Ì‚Éasubha Bhāvanā‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ü‚·�j �A‘ž‚µ‚݂̎v�l‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚ß‚Ìmetta Bhāvanā �Amicchā diṭṭhi‚È‚Ç‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚ß‚Ìdhamma‚ÌŠT”O�j‚»‚µ‚Ä�Ăт«‚ê‚¢‚È�…‚Å�ô‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‘S‘Ì‚ð’Ê‚µ‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�isati�j‚ð•ۂ•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
“¯—l‚É�Asati‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä 2 ‚‚̃‹�[ƒeƒBƒ“‚ÌŠÔ‚ð�s‚Á‚½‚è—ˆ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�B magga phala‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚܂łɂ©‚©‚鎞ŠÔ‚Í�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚ĈقȂè‚Ü‚·�BAriya jhānās‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚½Œã‚ɂ̂ݒB�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Continuing With Ānāpānasati
Bhāvanā
10. The bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā is
formal meditation. As we have seen, one must sit comfortably in a quiet place
and contemplate.
Ānāpānasati Bhāvanā ‚ð‘±‚¯‚é
10. bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā ‚Í�³Ž®‚ÈáÒ‘z‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚܂Ō©‚Ä‚«‚½‚悤‚É�A�l‚Í�©‚È�ê�Ђɉõ“K‚É�¿‚Á‚Ä�n—¶‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�Abojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚Í’P“Æ‚Å�s‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ˆ«‚¢�Kе‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚«�A—Ç‚¢�Kе‚ðˆç‚Ý�A“¹“¿“I‚È�¶Šˆ‚𑗂邽‚߂ɂÍ�A�í‚ÉĀnāpānasati Bhāvanā ‚ð�s‚¤•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚ ‚é’ö“x‚ÌŒ¡ˆø—Í‚ðŠl“¾‚µ�A‰½‚ç‚©‚Ì—˜“_‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�l‚Í‚â‚é‹C‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
Alternating Between the
Two Phases
11.
Initially, one should focus on anicca,
dukkha, or anatta as the dhamma vicaya subject. Then once some understanding is
gained, one�fs mind attains a certain level of cleanliness. After that, like
using different chemicals to get rid of coffee or tar stains, one must choose
different topics (or even meditation techniques) to broaden the
understanding/remove a particular obstacle. Buddha Dhamma is all about
cleansing the mind via wisdom and understanding this world�fs true nature.
2 ‚‚̃tƒF�[ƒY‚ðŒðŒÝ‚ÉŒJ‚è•Ô‚·
11. �Å�‰‚Í�Adhamma vicaya‚ÌŽå‘è‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�Aaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚ ‚é’ö“x‚Ì—�‰ð‚ª“¾‚ç‚ê‚邯�A�l‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͈ê’è‚Ì�´Œ‰‚³‚̃Œƒxƒ‹‚É’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŒã�AƒR�[ƒq�[‚âƒ^�[ƒ‹‚̉˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚½‚߂ɂ³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȉ»Šw•¨Ž¿‚ðŽg—p‚·‚é‚̂Ɠ¯‚¶‚悤‚É�A“Á’è‚Ì�áŠQ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ă̗�‰ð‚ð�L‚°‚½‚è�œ‹Ž‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȃgƒsƒbƒN (‚Ü‚½‚ÍáÒ‘zƒeƒNƒjƒbƒN) ‚ð‘I‘ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�BBuddha dhamma‚Æ‚Í�A’qŒd‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�ò‰»‚µ�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì–{Ž¿‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B
‚Ü‚½�A“ú‰Û‚̈ꕔ‚Æ‚µ‚Ämetta Bhāvanā ‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚à–ð—§‚¿‚Ü‚·�B ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í�A“K�Ø‚É�s‚í‚ꂽ�ê�‡�i‚‚܂è�Aaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚ê‚Î�j�Ametta Bhāvanā ‚ÍAnāgami ‚Ì’iŠK‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚邯�à‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�B5. Ariya Metta Bhāvanā (Loving Kindness Meditation)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚ ‚Ü‚è‚É‚à‘½‚‚Ì—~‹�‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚Í�A�uasubha anussati�v‚ðŽg—p‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B �扄‚΂µ‚É‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚é�l‚Í�A�umaranānussati�v‚ð”|‚¤‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚Í�¡Œã‚¨˜b‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
anussati�Ff.
[anu-sati] recollection áÒ‘z�A��”O�C”O.
maranānussati�@ marana Ž€+ anussati
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�‰‚Éaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚É�Å“_‚𓖂Ă邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B “¯Žž‚É�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v�A‚‚܂è—Ö‰ô“]�¶‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚â31‚̗̈æ‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ ‚é’ö“x‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚𓾂Ă©‚çkamma, saṅkhāra, Paṭicca samuppāda‚Ȃǂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚‚‚©‚̃AƒCƒfƒA‚𓾂é‚̂͗ǂ¢�l‚¦‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚̓pƒYƒ‹‚̃s�[ƒX‚Å‚·�B �Å�‰‚Í‹C‚ª‰“‚‚È‚é‚æ‚¤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘å‚«‚È•”•ª‚ª”z’u‚³‚ê‚邯�A�¬‚³‚È•”•ª‚ª‚Ç‚±‚ÉŽû‚܂邩‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚æ‚è—Ç‚¢ƒAƒCƒfƒA‚ª“¾‚ç‚êŽn‚߂܂·�Baniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚Í�Å‚à�d—v‚È•”•ª‚Å‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Äaniccā,dukkhā,anattā‚ð�n—¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�Adhamma vicaya‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�d—v‚ȃe�[ƒ}‚Å‚·�B Ž„‚Í’Z‚¢ŽžŠÔ‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à–ˆ“ú‚â‚Á‚Ă܂·�B �Ú�ׂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍVipallāsa (Diṭṭhi, Saññā, Citta) Affect Saṅkhāra‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Attainment of the Phala Moment
12.
The Sōtapanna stage (magga/phala) is
attained in two consecutive citta. However,
it is not noticeable at that time. One realizes that with time, mainly by
realizing that one�fs outlook on life has changed. In particular, the tendency
to socialize is likely to be reduced, but there may be exceptions; one realizes
how important it is to spend the little remaining time in this life on making
spiritual progress and enhancing the �gcooling down.�h
Audio
Player
00:00
00:00
Use Up/Down
Arrow keys to increase or decrease volume.
Download
(short version): �getaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ – short version.�g
Download
(long version): �getaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ – long version.�g
Phala‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Ì’B�¬
12. Sōtapanna’iŠK (Magga Phala) ‚Í2‰ñ˜A‘±‚Ìcitta‚Å’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŽž“_‚ł͋C‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ŽžŠÔ‚ÌŒo‰ß‚ƂƂà‚É�AŽå‚ÉŽ©•ª‚Ì�l�¶ŠÏ‚ª•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚±‚ƂɋC‚«‚Ü‚·�B “Á‚ÉŽÐŒð“I‚ÈŒXŒü‚ÍŒ¸�‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·‚ª�A—áŠO‚à‚ ‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÉŽc‚³‚ꂽ‚킸‚©‚ÈŽžŠÔ‚ð�A—ì“I‚È�i•à‚ð�‹‚°�A�uƒN�[ƒ‹ƒ_ƒEƒ“�v‚ð‘£�i‚·‚邱‚Ƃɔï‚â‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚¢‚©‚É�d—v‚Å‚ ‚é‚©‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ð’B�¬‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚·‚é�ê�‡�A’·Šú“I‚ɂ͂±‚Ì�¢‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ͎À‚ðŒ‹‚Î‚È‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S�\‚¦ (aniccā,dukkhā,anattā) ‚ð”O“ª‚É’u‚¢‚Ä�ASatta Bojjhaṅga Bhāvanā‚©‚çŽn‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B�iæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚݂Ɋî‚Â�j‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¢‘“I‚ÈŽv�l‘Î�ۂ̓}ƒCƒ“dukkha‚ç�iˆêŽž“I‚É�j’âŽ~‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚©‚çNibbāna‚Ì•½ˆÀ�iSōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚½‚Æ‚«‚ÉŒoŒ±‚·‚é•”•ª“I‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê�j�A‚‚܂è•ω»‚µ‚½ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì�ó‘Ԃɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
Ž„‚ÍSamādhi Sutta (AN 10.6)‚Ì’†‚Ì�getaṃ santaṃ
etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho
sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo
virāgo nirodho nibbānan�fti�h
‚Æ‚¢‚¤ƒtƒŒ�[ƒY‚ðŽg—p‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B 2017 ”N 8 ŒŽ 5 “ú‚ÌŽž“_‚Å�AŽ„‚͂܂¾�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð‹’²‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚«‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚ª�ŋߋC‚¢‚½‚悤‚É�Akāma rāga‚ðŠ®‘S‚ÉŽæ‚è�œ‚‚܂łÍ�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͕s‰Â”\‚Å‚·�BDasa Samyōjana – Bonds in Rebirth Process‚ðŽQ�Æ�B Ž„‚ªŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚½jhāna‚ª‰½‚Å‚ ‚ê�A‚»‚ê‚Íanariya jhāna‚ɈႢ‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
ˆÈ‰º‚Í�A‘¸ŽÒ‚É‚ærupaƒŠŒê‚̘^‰¹‚Å‚· (ƒRƒ“ƒsƒ…�[ƒ^�[‚ʼn¹—ʃRƒ“ƒgƒ��[ƒ‹‚ð�Ý’è‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·)�B
‰pŒê‚É–|–󂷂邯�@�u‚»‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å‚ ‚è�A‰¸‚â‚©‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ª’Ç•ú‚³‚ê�AŒ‹‚іڂ͉󂳂ê�AæÃ—~‚Æ‘ž‚µ‚Ý‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚‚܂èNibbāna‚Å‚·�B�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�A�u‚±‚ê‚Í•½˜a‚Å‚ ‚è�A‘f�°‚炵‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B‚»‚ê‚Í‚·‚ׂĂÌsaṅkhāra‚ð�Âß�A“]�¶‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚·‚ׂĂÌãJ‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚è�A‚·‚ׂĂ̎·’…‚ð’f‚¿�A—Ö‰ô‚Ì—·‚ðŽ~‚ß�A‚·‚ׂĂ̌´ˆö‚ð’f‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪNibbāna‚Å‚·�B�v
�d—v‚Ȃ͎̂À�Û‚ÌŒ¾—t‚ł͂Ȃ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Ì’†‚Å—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃł·�B ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌŽ�‚ðˆÃ�¥‚µ�AˆÓ–¡‚ðŽv‚¢�o‚µ‚È‚ª‚ç�¥‚¦‚é‚Ì‚ª�Å‘P‚Å‚·�B
Attainment of Jhāna Is
a Possibility
13.
One could attain anariya jhāna before or after the Sōtapanna stage.
However, even the first Ariya jhāna is
possible by removing kāma rāga anusaya at
the Anāgāmi stage.
Jhāna‚Ì’B�¬‚͉”\
13. Sōtapanna‚Ì’iŠK‚Ì‘O‚Å‚àŒã‚Å‚à�Aanariya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͂ł«‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚ÍAnāgāmi‚Ì’iŠK‚Åkāma rāga anusaya‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚ĉ”\‚Å‚·�B
Jhāna ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Ìrupāvacara Brahma‚̗̈æ‚ɑΉž‚·‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íanariya‚ÆAriya jhāna‚ɑГ–‚·‚é—}�§�A‚·‚Ȃ킿kāma rāga‚ð�œ‹Ž‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä’B�¬‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚¢‚¸‚ê‚É‚¹‚æ�A“¯—l‚Ìjhāna‚Ì�ó‘Ô‚É’B‚·‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�Aanariya jhāna ‚É‚Í anusaya ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚·‚邽‚ß�A”÷–‚ȈႢ‚ª‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�BTapussa Sutta (AN 9.41)– Akuppā Cētōvimutti‚Ì #8�A#10 ‚ȂǂðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
kāma rāga‚ð�œ‹Ž‚µ‚Ä�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚é�ê�‡‚Å‚à�A�Å�‰‚ÌAriya jhāna‚É’B‚·‚é‚É‚ÍAnāgāmi‚łȂ¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �l‚̓ZƒbƒNƒX‚ðŠÜ‚Þ‚ ‚ç‚ä‚銴Šo“I‚ÈŠì‚тւ̊‰–]‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚ê‚ðŽ©•ª‚ÅŠm”F‚·‚é‚̂͊ȒP‚Å‚·�B
Ariya‚Æanariya jhāna‚Ì‚»‚Ì‘¼‚Ì‘¤–ʂɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍSamādhi, Jhāna (Dhyāna), Magga Phala‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
‚Ü‚½�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Å‚ ‚Á‚Ä‚à–¡Šo‚ðŽ¸‚¤‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚±‚Æ‚ð”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ç‚ɑ΂·‚銉–]‚͂܂·‚Ü‚·Ž¸‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�BKāma Guna, Kāma, Kāma Rāga, Kāmaccanda‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
14. November
11, 2016: I get many questions on this topic, i.e., how to verify one
is progressing towards the Sōtapanna stage.
The new section, �gLiving Dhamma, �gprovides a systematic way to achieve that goal
and provides guidelines on checking one�fs progress.
14. 2016”N11ŒŽ11“ú: Sōtapanna’iŠK‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é•û–@‚ÉŠÖ‚µ‚Ä‘½‚‚ÌŽ¿–â‚ðŽó‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Living Dhamma‚Í�A‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚ð’B�¬‚·‚邽‚߂̑̌n“I‚È•û–@‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ�A�i’»�󋵂ðŠm”F‚·‚邽‚߂̃KƒCƒhƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
޵ŠoŽx�i‚µ‚¿‚©‚‚µ�Asatta bojjhaṅgā,�j
‚Æ‚Í�A•§‹³‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�C�s“à—e‚Ì1‚Â�B
Œå‚è‚Ì7‚‚̎x•ª‚ð‚È‚·�€–Ú�B�u޵“™ŠoŽx�v�i‚µ‚¿‚Æ‚¤‚ª‚‚µ�j[1]�A�u޵•ì’ñ•ª�v�i‚µ‚¿‚Ú‚¾‚¢‚Ô‚ñ�j[2]‚Æ‚à�B�uŽO�\޵“¹•i�v‚Ì’†‚Ì1‚Â�B
Žß‰Þ‚ÍŒÜ�㕪Œ‹‚Ì�Ø’m�A•Õ’m�A•Õ�s�A’fŽÌ‚Ì‚½‚ß�A޵ŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚ׂ«‚Æ�à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é.
ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ‘Љž•” 46.ŠoŽx‘Љž –\—¬•i
Imesaṃ
kho bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ abhiññāya satta bojjhaṅge bhāvetabbo katamo satta bojjhaṅge:
idha bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti
vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ
nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Viriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti
vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ
nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti
vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ
nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti
vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ
nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Upekhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti
vivekanissitaṃ virāganissitaṃ
nirodhanissitaṃ vossaggapariṇāmiṃ.
Imesaṃ kho bhikkhave pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ abhiññāya ayaṃ satta bojjhaṅge bhāvetabboti.
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚±‚ê‚çŒÜ‚‚Ì�㕪Œ‹‚Ì�Ø’m�E•Õ’m�E•Õ�s�EŽÌ’f‚Ì‚½‚ß�A޵ŠoŽx‚ª�C�K‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚é�B‚¢‚©‚Ȃ鎵‚Ì�¬�n‚©�H
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚ ‚é”ä‹u‚Í—£(viveka)‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ�A—£æÃ(virāga)‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ�A–Å�s(nirodha)‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ�AŠüŽÌ‚·‚é”OŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚é‘ð–@ŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚é�¸�iŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚éŠìŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚éŒyˆÀŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚é’èŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
—£‚ð‹’‚è‚Ç‚±‚ë‚Æ‚µ ...(’†—ª)...ŠüŽÌ‚·‚éŽÌŠoŽx‚ð�C�K‚·‚é�B
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�A‚±‚ê‚çŒÜ‚‚Ì�㕪Œ‹‚Ì�Ø’m�E•Õ’m�E•Õ�s�EŽÌ’f‚Ì‚½‚ß�A޵ŠoŽx‚ª�C�K‚³‚ê‚é‚ׂ«‚Å‚ ‚é�B
޵ŠoŽx‚Ì“à—e
1. ”OŠoŽx�isati-sambojjhaṅga�j - ‹C‚«�isati�j�Bƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å�¡‚Ì�uŠÔ‚ÌŒ»�Û‚ðŽ©Šo‚·‚邱‚Æ
2. ‘ðŠoŽx�idhamma-vicaya--sambojjhaṅga�j - –@(ƒ_ƒ‹ƒ})‚Ì’†‚©‚ç�^ŽÀ‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ð‘I‚Ô
3. ŠoŽx�iviriya-sambojjhaṅga�j - “w—Í
4. ŠìŠoŽx�ipīti-sambojjhaṅga�j - Šì‚Ñ‚É�Z‚·‚é
5. ŒyˆÀŠoŽx�ipassaddhi-sambojjhaṅga�j - �S�g‚ÉŒy‚â‚©‚³�E‰õ“K‚³‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é
6. ’èŠoŽx�isamādhi-sambojjhaṅga�j - ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�W’†‚µ‚Ä—�‚ê‚È‚¢
7. ŽÌŠoŽx�iupekkhā-sambojjhaṅga�j - �B‘Î�Û‚ÉŽú‚í‚ê‚È‚¢
ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T
|
Œå‚è‚Ì—vˆö‚Æ–W‚°‚̃oƒ‰ƒ“ƒX‚ð‚Æ‚é |
|
|
·
Šì (pīti) ·
‘ð–@ (dhamma
vicaya) ·
�¸�i (viriya) |
’¾‘Ø (thīna-middha) |
|
·
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹ƒlƒX�i”O,sati�j |
ƒoƒ‰ƒ“ƒX�ó‘Ô |
|
·
ŒyˆÀ (passaddhi) ·
‘T’è (samādhi) ·
‘Î�ۂɂƂç‚í‚ê‚È‚¢ (upekkha) |
�{‹“ (uddhacca-kukkucca) |
ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T‘Љž•”�u‰ÎŒo�v‚É‚¨‚¢‚Ď߉ނÍ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‘Ó‘Ä�E–³‹C—Í�ilīnaṃ�j‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�AŠì�E‘ð–@�E�¸�i‚Ì�C�K�ibhavaƒi�[�j‚ð�s‚¤“KŽž‚Å‚ ‚è�Aˆê•û‚Å—Ž‚¿’…‚«‚̂Ȃ³‚â�S”z�iuddhataṃ�j‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�AŒyˆÀ�E’èŠo�EŽÌ‚Ì�C�K‚ð�s‚¤“KŽž‚Å‚ ‚邯�à‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚é[5]�B
Yasmiṃ
ca kho bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ
hoti kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa
bhāvanāya. Kālo viriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Kālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.
Yasmiṃ bhikkhave, samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti akālo
tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.
Akālo viriyasambojjhaṅgassa
bhāvanāya.
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª’¾‘Ø�ilīnaṃ�j‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚Í‘ð–@ŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K�ibhāvanāya�j‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B�¸�iŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŠìŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B
”ä‹u‚½‚¿‚æ�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�{‹“�iuddhataṃ�j‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«�A‚»‚̂Ƃ«‚ÍŒyˆÀŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B’èŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�BŽÌŠoŽx‚Ì�C�K‚É“K‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é�B
—ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T‘Љž•” ŠoŽx‘Љž 53.‰ÎŒo Aggisuttaṃ, Sri
Lanka Tripitaka Project
‹r’�
1.
^ Œºš÷ –ó�w‘å”ÊŽá”g—…–¨‘½Œo�x�i‘å�³‘ 220�j
2.
^ ’n”kæd—… –ó�w•û�L‘å‘‘ŒµŒo�x�i‘å�³‘ 187�j
3.
^ ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ‘Љž•” 46.ŠoŽx‘Љž –\—¬•i, Sri
Lanka Tripitaka Project
4.
^ P.A.ƒpƒ†ƒbƒg�[ ’˜�A–ì’†�kˆê –ó�wƒ|�[�EƒI�[�Eƒpƒ†ƒbƒg�[�@•§‹³Ž«“T�iBuddha
Dhamma•Ñ�j�x�A2012”N2ŒŽ�AƒTƒ“ƒK�Ap.159-160
5.
^ ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T, ƒp�[ƒŠ•§“T‘Љž•”ŠoŽx‘Љž 53.‰ÎŒo
Aggisuttaṃ, Sri
Lanka Tripitaka Project
Ārammaṇa means a sensory input. It
initiates kamma generation
via Paṭicca Samuppāda and
adds to pañcupādānakkhandha (�gfive grasping aggregates.�h)
No one below the Arahant stage
generates pañcakkhandha (�gfive
aggregates.�h)
March 12, 2024
Ārammaṇa (Š´Šo“ü—Í) ‚ª�d—v‚ȃvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é
ārammaṇa‚ÍŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�APaṭicca Samuppāda‚É�]‚Á‚Ä�Akamma‚Ì�¶�¬‚ðŠJŽn‚µ�Apañcupādānakkhandha (�u5 ‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ª”cˆ¬‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì�v) ‚ɒljÁ‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠK‚æ‚艺‚ÌŽÒ‚Í�Apañcakkhandha (�u5 ‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì�v) ‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
1. Any average human (puthujjana) has
the wrong view (diṭṭhi)
and innate wrong perception (saññā) that things in the external
world have mind-pleasing characteristics of nicca, sukha, and atta. Those are
called �gdiṭṭhi vipallāsa�h
and �gsaññā vipallāsa�h
respectively. For example, �gIf I can marry that person or buy that big house or
buy that expensive car, I will have a happy life.�h
puthujjana‚Ì‚½‚ß‚ÌAnicca, Dukkha, Anatta
1. •½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ (puthujjana) ‚Í’N‚Å‚à�AŠOŠE‚Ì•¨Ž–‚É‚Ínicca, sukha, atta‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é“Á�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤ŠÔˆá‚Á‚½Œ©•û (diṭṭhi) ‚Æ�¶—ˆ‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ (saññā) ‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ê�udiṭṭhi vipallāsa�v‚Æ�usaññā vipallāsa�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A�u‚ ‚Ì�l‚ÆŒ‹�¥‚Å‚«‚½‚ç�A‚ ‚̑傫‚ȉƂ𔃂¦‚½‚ç�A‚ ‚Ì�‚‰¿‚ȎԂ𔃂¦‚½‚ç�AŽ„‚Í�K‚¹‚È�l�¶‚ð‘—‚ê‚邾‚낤�B�v
vipallāsa�F[m�D] derangement�G perversion�D�@Šh—��A“|�ö
puthujjana‚Ìanicca, dukkha, anatta‚Ƃ͉½‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©? ‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚»‚̂悤‚È–Ú•W‚Ì’B�¬‚É�¬Œ÷‚·‚邯�A�l‚Í‘åŠì‚Ñ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚̂悤‚È�Š—L•¨‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Æ‚ðkāma assāda‚Æ‚¢‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚à‚̂͂·‚ׂĎžŠÔ‚ÌŒo‰ß‚ƂƂà‚É–£—Í‚ðŽ¸‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�l‚Í”N‚ð‚Æ‚Á‚ÄŽ€‚É�A•¨‚àŒÃ‚‚È‚Á‚Ä”j‰ó‚³‚ꂽ‚葹��‚µ‚½‚è‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Íādinava�A‚‚܂èkāma assāda‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Ƃ̌‡“_‚Å‚·�B
assāda�F[m�D] taste; enjoyment; satisfaction�D
ādinna�C�ipp. of ādāti�j�Ctaken�G grasped.
2. Many people do not take into account another aspect: the
�gdangerous consequences�h of engaging in immoral deeds (akusala kamma)
while seeking such �gkāma assāda.�h
2. ‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�A•ʂ̑¤–Ê�A‚‚܂è�A‚»‚̂悤‚Èkāma assāda‚ð‹�‚߂Ȃª‚ç•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ× (akusala kamma) ‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�uŠëŒ¯‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê�v‚ð�l—¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
akusala kamma‚Í�A“®•¨‚Æ‚µ‚Ä�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚Á‚½‚è�A‚³‚ç‚Ɉ«‚¢‚±‚Æ‚É�A—LŠQ‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê (vipāka) ‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B ‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìvipāka‚ÍŒã”N�A‚ ‚é‚¢‚Í—ˆ�¢‚ÅŒ»ŽÀ‰»‚·‚邽‚ß�A‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í‚±‚Ì‚±‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚𕥂¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚±‚ê‚瑤–ʂ͒·Šú“I‚ɂ͋ꂵ‚݂Ƃ¢‚¤�Å�I“IŒ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ü‚·�B
3. Most people are unaware of one or both aspects in #1 and #2:
According to the Buddha, seeking happiness via material gains ALWAYS leads to
suffering in the long run.
3. ‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ì�l‚Í�A#1‚Æ#2‚̈ê•û‚Ü‚½‚Í—¼•û‚Ì‘¤–ʂɋC‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bƒuƒbƒ_‚É‚æ‚ê‚Î�A•¨Ž¿“I‚È—˜‰v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�K•Ÿ‚ð‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚Í�A’·Šú“I‚É‚Í�í‚ɋꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
#1ŠOŠE‚Ì•¨Ž–‚É‚Ínicca, sukha, atta‚Æ‚¢‚¤�S‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é“Á�«‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Œ©‰ð‚Æ‚»‚Ì–Ú•W‚Ì’B�¬
#2•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ× (akusala kamma) ‚ÉŠÖ‚í‚邱‚Æ‚Ì�uŠëŒ¯‚ÈŒ‹‰Ê�v‚Ì�l—¶
‚µ‚©‚µ�Aputhujjana‚̓uƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ð’m‚ç‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠì‚Ô‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚æ‚¤‚Æ‚·‚é�v‚±‚Æ‚ª—Bˆê‚Ì‘I‘ðŽˆ‚Å‚·�B
”Þ‚ç‚Í�Adiṭṭhi ‚Æsaññā‚Ìvipallāsa‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚ŠmŽÀ‚È•û–@‚ª‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
4. A puthujjana seeks
to possess �gmaterial wealth�h because they perceive such things can bring us
happiness. Two critical factors contribute to that.
(i) �gBad consequences�h of pursuing
�gmind-pleasing things�h (kamma vipāka) may not be seen for a long time,
sometimes over many rebirths into the future.
(ii) The perception (saññā) that
certain things in the world can bring us happiness is an illusion (�gdistorted saññā�h) �gbuilt into our
minds.�h
‚È‚ºŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�¢‘“I‚È‚±‚ƂɊì‚Ñ‚ð‹�‚ß‚é‚Ì‚©?
4. puthujjana‚Í�A�u•¨Ž¿“I‚È•x�v‚ªŽ„‚½‚¿‚É�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚Æ”Fޝ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邽‚ß�A�u•¨Ž¿“I‚È•x�v‚ð�Š—L‚µ‚悤‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚É‚Í 2 ‚‚Ì�d—v‚È—vˆö‚ªŠñ—^‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
(i) �uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚邱‚Æ�v‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚é�uˆ«‚¢Œ‹‰Ê�v�ikamma vipāka�j‚Í�A’·‚¢ŠÔ�AŽž‚ɂ͗ˆ�¢‚ʼn½“x‚à�¶‚Ü‚ê•Ï‚í‚é‚܂Ō©‚ç‚ê‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
(ii) �¢ŠE‚Ì“Á’è‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ä‚‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤”Fޝ (saññā) ‚Í�A�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‘g‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ�vŒ¶‘z (�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v) ‚¾‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B
�ã‹L‚Ì (i) ‚ð—�‰ð‚µ�Adiṭṭhi vipallāsa ‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Å�ASotapanna ‚ɂȂ邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚½‚¾‚µ�ASatipaṭṭthāna ‚ðŽÀ‘H‚µ�ASakadāgāmi/Anāgāmi ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚É‚Í�Asaññā vipallāsa ‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚ð’Ê‚¶‚Ä (ii) ‚à—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚³‚ç‚É�A(i)‚Æ(ii)‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�ASotāpanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚µ‚â‚·‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Vipallāsa (Diṭṭhi, Saññā, Citta) Affect Saṅkhāra.‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
5. Everything (living beings and material things) arises and
perishes based on a universal principle, Paṭicca Samuppāda.
The logical process can be stated as follows.
(i) The perception (saññā) that
certain things in the world can bring us happiness is an illusion; however, a puthujjana does
not know that. Based on that wrong
perception (�gdistorted saññā�h), people engage in immoral deeds to
acquire such things.
(ii) Such immoral deeds (akusala kamma)
are done with a defiled mind contaminated with greed/attachment (rāga)
and anger/hate (dosa),
and those two arise based on ignorance (moha/avijjā). Such akusala kamma can
bring their results (kamma vipāka) at
any time in the future, during this life or in future lives.
Buddha
Dhamma – 2 ‚‚Ì�iŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�jƒpƒ‰ƒ_ƒCƒ€‚̕ω»
5. ‚·‚ׂÄ�i�¶‚«•¨‚Æ•¨Ž¿�j‚Í�A•�•Õ“I‚ÈŒ´—��APaṭicca Samuppāda ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä”�¶‚µ�A�Á–Å‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ˜_—�“Iƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ÍŽŸ‚̂悤‚ÉŒ¾‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
(i) �¢ŠE‚Ì“Á’è‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚炵‚Ä‚‚ê‚邯‚¢‚¤”Fޝ (saññā) ‚ÍŒ¶‘z‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�Aputhujjana‚Í‚»‚ê‚ð’m‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ�i˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚È‚à‚Ì‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邽‚߂ɕs“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
(ii) ‚»‚̂悤‚È•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ× (akusala kamma) ‚Í�AæÃ—~/Ž·’… (rāga) ‚Æ“{‚è/‘ž‚µ‚Ý (dosa) ‚ɉ˜�õ‚³‚ꂽ‰˜‚ꂽ�S‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�s‚í‚ê�A‚±‚ê‚ç 2 ‚‚͖³’m (moha/avijjā) ‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚Èakusala kamma‚Í�A�«—ˆ‚Ì‚¢‚‚łà�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚Å‚à—ˆ�¢‚Å‚à�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�ikamma vipāka�j‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚ƂɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
�ã‹L‚Ì 2 ‚‚̑¤–Ê‚Í‘ŠŒÝ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B kamma vipāka‚Í�A—Ç‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚∫‚¢Œ‹‰Ê‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A�u‘g‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É‚æ‚é“]�¶‚É‚à‚‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B —¼•û‚Ì—vˆö‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é•�•Õ“I‚ÈŒ´—�‚ª 1 ‚‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�¢ŠE‚Í�uˆ«‚¢Šî”Õ�v�A‚‚܂è Paṭicca Samuppāda ‚Ì�ã‚É�¬‚è—§‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Paṭicca Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð’âŽ~‚·‚邯�A—¼•û‚̉e‹¿‚ð’âŽ~‚Å‚«�A‚Ђ¢‚Ä‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð’âŽ~‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚½‚Ì‚Í�A‚±‚±�”ƒJŒŽˆÈ“à‚Ì‚±‚Ƃł·�Bƒ^ƒCƒ€ƒ‰ƒCƒ“‚ÍSotapanna Stage via Understanding Perception (Saññā).‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
6. Thus, the two main concepts to be learned are:
(i) A puthujjana attaches
to external objects, thinking they have intrinsic �gkāma guṇa�h
that can provide �gpleasure.�h Thus, they have �ghigh hopes�h and desire to acquire
more such things, and that expectation is �gviññāna.�h But the
Buddha taught that such an expectation is like chasing a mirage because
external objects do not have such �gmind-pleasing�h intrinsic properties.
(ii) However, the �gdistorted saññā�h (that is
�gbuilt-in�h to each existence) makes it appear that such external things can
provide happiness. Understanding the concept of �gsaññā�h is
essential to understand this issue. Perception is the closest English word for
�gsaññā.�h
The �gdistorted saññā�h
is much more than a view; it
is built into our psyche and also built into our physical bodies so that bodily
functions seem to be compatible. That is why it is hard to overcome this �gdistorted saññā.�h
6. ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AŠw�K‚·‚ׂ« 2 ‚‚̎å‚ÈŠT”O‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�B
(i) puthujjana‚Í�AŠO•”‚Ì•¨‘̂Ɏ·’…‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É‚Í�uŠì‚Ñ�v‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é–{Ž¿“I‚Èkāma guṇa‚ª‚ ‚邯�l‚¦‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u�‚‚¢Šú‘Ò�v‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‚à‚Á‚ÆŽè‚É“ü‚ꂽ‚¢‚Æ‚¢‚¤Šè–]‚ðŽ�‚¿�A‚»‚ÌŠú‘Ò‚ªviññāna‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µƒuƒbƒ_‚Í�AŠO•”‚Ì•¨‘̂ɂ͂»‚̂悤‚È�u�S‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é�v–{Ž¿“I‚È�«Ž¿‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠú‘Ò‚Í凋C˜O‚ð’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚邿‚¤‚È‚à‚Ì‚¾‚Æ‹³‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
(ii) ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v�i‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚Ì‘¶�Ý‚É�u‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�v‚à‚Ì�j‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠO“I‚È‚à‚Ì‚ª�K•Ÿ‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚é‚©‚̂悤‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚Ì–â‘è‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é‚É‚Í�A�usaññā�v‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B �u’mŠo�v‚Í�usaññā�v‚É�Å‚à‹ß‚¢‰pŒê‚Å‚·�B �u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚Í’P‚Ȃ钂߂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚É‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚邾‚¯‚łȂ�A�g‘Ì‹@”\‚É‚à‘g‚Ý�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Č݊·�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚¾‚©‚炱‚»�A‚±‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é‚͓̂‚¢‚̂ł·�B
Paṭicca Samuppāda ‚Í�A—¼•û‚Ì‘¤–Ê (Ž„‚½‚¿‚̑̂ɑg‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É‚µ‚Ä�¶‚¶‚é‚Ì‚©�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚»‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŠî‚•s“¹“¿‚È�sˆ×‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚é‚Ì‚©) ‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
7. In the previous two posts, �gRupa and Rupakkhandha- Not External
Objects�h and �gVipariṇāma – Two Meanings,�h we discussed that
most akusala kamma are
done while in kāma loka.
Thus, an Anāgāmi (who
has overcome rebirths in kāma loka) is free of
most of the suffering in this world.

Download/Print: �gNibbāna and the Kāma loka�g
‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìakusala kamma‚Íkāma loka‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·
7. ‘O‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN�gRupa and Rupakkhandha- Not External Objects‚ÆVipariṇāma – Two Meanings,‚Å‚Í�A‚Ù‚Æ‚ñ‚Ç‚Ìakusala kamma‚Íkāma loka‚Ì’†‚Å�s‚í‚ê‚邯�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�AAnāgāmi (kāma loka‚ł̓]�¶‚ð�Ž•ž‚µ‚½�l) ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�¢‚̋ꂵ‚݂̂قƂñ‚Ç‚©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚½‚à‚Ì‚ð�X�V‚µ‚½‚à‚̂ł·�B kāma loka ‚É‚¨‚¯‚é kamma ‚Ì�¶�¬‚É�Å“_‚𓖂ĂĂ¢‚Ü‚·�B kamma‚Ì�¶�¬‚Í�Apurāna kamma‚Ænava kamma‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Å”�¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ_ƒEƒ“ƒ��[ƒh/ˆó�ü: Nibbāna and the Kāma loka
8. Sensory input (ārammaṇa) must trigger the mind to
the �gactive state.�h See �gFuture Suffering (Loka/Dukkha
Samudaya) Starts With Sensory Input (Ārammaṇa).�h The mind of a
human in kāma loka starts
at the �gkāma Dhātu�h
stage.
Š´Šo“ü—Í (Ārammaṇa) ‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠˆ�«‰»‚·‚é
8. Š´Šo“ü—Í (ārammaṇa) ‚ªƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð�uŠˆ“®�ó‘Ô�v‚É“±‚«‚Ü‚·�BFuture Suffering (Loka/Dukkha Samudaya) Starts With Sensory Input (Ārammaṇa)‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B kāma loka‚É‚¨‚¯‚é�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�Akāma Dhātu‚Ì’iŠK‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�ã�}‚Å‚Í�u–¡‚Ì“ü—Í�v‚ð—á‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �Å�‰‚Ì�ukāma Dhātu�v’iŠK‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɑΉž‚·‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ªŽ©“®“I‚É�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚»‚ê‚Í�u–¡‚Ì“ü—Í�v‚Ì�urasa paṭisaṁvedī�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B
Paṭisaṁvedeti�C[paṭi+saṁ+vedeti�CCaus�Dof vid] to feel�Cexperience
�lŠÔ‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ�l‚Í’N‚Å‚à�iƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ðŠÜ‚Þ�j�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�u�»“œ‚̊³�v‚𖡂키‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�AƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�i‚ ‚é‚¢‚ÍAnāgāmi ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Å‚³‚¦�j‚Í�AŽŸ‚Ì�urasa rāga paṭisaṁṁvedī�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚É“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚͔ނ炪�ukāma rāga saṁyojana�v‚ð”r�œ‚µ‚½‚©‚ç‚Å‚·�B saṁyojana ‚Í�A�usaṅ�v+�uyoga�v�i”Ï”Y‚Ƃ̌‹‚т‚«�j�A‚Ü‚½‚Í�usaññā�v+�uyoga�v�i�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚Ƃ̌‹‚т‚«�j‚Æ‚µ‚ĉðŽß‚Å‚«‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚Ç‚¿‚ç‚à“¯‚¶Œ‹‰Ê‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌŒ´•¶‚Å‚Í�uසඤ්ඤොජන�v‚Å‚ ‚è�A�usaññojana�v‚Æ�‘‚‚ׂ«‚Å‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚ÎSaṁyojaniya Sutta (SN 35.109) ‚ÌŒ´•¶‚Í�Aƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚ÌSamyojana Sutta (SN 35.109) in Pāli‚Å‚·�B
9. But the mind of anyone below
the Anāgāmi stage will automatically attach to that �gdistorted saññā�h of
sweetness and get into �gkāma bhava.�h
9. ‚µ‚©‚µ�AAnāgāmi ˆÈ‰º‚Ì�l‚Ì�S‚Í�AŽ©“®“I‚É‚»‚̊³‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŽ·’…‚µkāma bhava‚Ɋׂé‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A‚»‚±‚©‚çƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�v’iŠK‚ðŒo‚Ä�Anava kamma’iŠK‚Ì�uviññāna‚Ì‹}‘¬‚È�¬’·�v‚É“ü‚邯‚¢‚¤•Û�؂͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚Í‚»‚ÌŽž‚Ì�l‚¦•ûŽŸ‘æ‚Å‚·�B ‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�AƒGƒ�ƒeƒBƒbƒN‚ȉf‰æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚¢‚é�ê�‡�A‚»‚̉f‰æ‚É“o�ê‚·‚é–£—Í“I‚È�l•¨‚ÌŽp‚ª—~–]‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�Adhamma‚Ì‚ð�n�l‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚«‚É“¯‚¶‚悤‚È�—�«‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚à�A‚»‚Ì‹»•±‚ªˆø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚é‚킯‚ł͂Ȃ¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�d—v‚È“_‚ÍŽŸ‚̂Ƃ¨‚è‚Å‚·�BAnāgāmi ’iŠK‚É’B‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�l‚Í�AŽ©“®“I‚Épurāna kamma’iŠK‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�A‚»‚Ì�l‚ª‚à‚Æ‚̂܂܂Ìkāma rāga saṁyojana‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚©‚Ç‚¤‚©‚ɂ݈̂ˑ¶‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚É“ü‚è�A�unava kamma�v’iŠK‚Å�u�V‚µ‚¢kamma�v‚ð’~�Ï‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͎©“®“I‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B �ã‚̃Oƒ‰ƒt‚Å”j�ü‚ÅŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚̂͂»‚Ì‚½‚߂ł·�B
10. The same concepts are presented differently in the chart
below. Make sure to read the text in #8 while studying the chart. Also, read #9
and #10 of �gSaññā – All Our Thoughts Arise With �eDistorted Saññā�f�h
and �gKāma
Guṇa –
Origin of Attachment (Tanhā)�h where the �gUpavāṇasandiṭṭhika Sutta (SN
35.70)�h is discussed using a visual sensory input (compared
to the taste input here.) It
is critical to understand these points.

upaya�Fm�D[�ƒupa-i�Dcf�Dupāya] �Ú‹ß�C‹ß’˜�CŒ¡ˆø�D
bahiddhā�F[ind�D] outside; outer�D
purāna �@old�Ca long time ago
nava�F[adj�D] 1�Dnew�G 2�Dnine�D
ajjhatta�F[adj.] personal�G connected with the self.
avyākata�Flit�D'indeterminate' - i�De�Dneither determined as kammically 'wholesome' nor as 'unwholesome' - are the kammically neutral�Ci�De�Damoral
Download/Print: �gSequence of Kamma Generation – Kāma
loka
Š´Šo“ü—Í (Ārammaṇa) ‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä Paṭicca
Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ªŠJŽn‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·
10. ˆÈ‰º‚Ì�}‚Å‚Í�A“¯‚¶ŠT”O‚ªˆÙ‚È‚éŒ`‚ÅŽ¦‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ƒ`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚ðŒŸ“¢‚·‚é�Û‚Í�A#8 ‚̃eƒLƒXƒg‚ð•K‚¸“Ç‚ñ‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚Ü‚½Saññā – All Our Thoughts Arise With �eDistorted Saññā�f ‚ÆKāma Guṇa – Origin of Attachment (Tanhā) �AUpavāṇasandiṭṭhika Sutta (SN 35.70) ‚ł͎‹ŠoŠ´Šo‚ðŽg‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B (‚±‚±‚ł͖¡‚Ì“ü—͂ƔäŠr‚µ‚Ä)
‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì“_‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª�d—v‚Å‚·�B
11. The main point in the above chart is that the mind of
a puthujjana (or
even a Sotapanna/Sakadāgāmi)
starts in a �gdefiled state.�h Specifically, it does not start at the pañcakkhandha state
but at the pañca upādānakkhandha state
(in the above charts at the �grasa
rāga paṭisaṁvedī�h
step.)
Š´Šo“ü—Í (Ārammaṇa) ‚ªPañca Upādāna Khandha ‚ðŠJŽn‚·‚é
11. �ã‚Ì�}‚ÌŽå—v‚È“_‚Í�Aputhujjana (‚Ü‚½‚ÍSotāpanna /Sakadāgāmi) ‚Ì�S‚Í�u‰˜‚ꂽ�ó‘Ô�v‚©‚çŽn‚܂邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‹ï‘Ì“I‚É‚Í�Apañcakkhandha �ó‘Ԃł͂Ȃ�Apañca upādānakkhandha �ó‘Ô�i�ã‚Ì�}‚Å‚Í�urasa rāga paṭisaṁvedī�v‚Ì’iŠK�j‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Š´Šo“I‚È�o—ˆŽ–‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠˆ�«‰»‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í’m‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �uLoka Sutta �\Origin and Cessation of the World ‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
‚»‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì #1 ‚Å‚Í�ALoka Sutta (SN 12.44)‚ÅŽ‹Šo“I‚ÈŠ´ŠoƒCƒxƒ“ƒg�A‚‚܂è‘Î�Û‚ðŒ©‚é—á‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�Å�‰‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�ucakkhuñca paṭicca rōpe ca uppajjati cakhu viññāṇaṁ�v�i@ 3.3�j‚Å‚·�B �ã‚̃`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚Å‚Í�u–¡‚Ì“ü—Í�v‚Å‚ ‚é�ujivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati jivhā viññāṇaṁ�v‚ɑГ–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A�ã�}‚Ì�…�F‚Ì�uTiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso�v‚܂łÌ4‚‚̃{ƒbƒNƒX‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŒã‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Í�A�uLoka Sutta (SN 12.44)�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�utiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso�v‚Æ�uphassa paccayā vedanā�v‚Å‚·�B �uphassa paccayā vedanā�v‚Í�usamphassa-jā-vedanā�v‚ðˆÓ–¡‚·‚邱‚Ƃɒ�ˆÓ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚·‚ׂẴXƒeƒbƒv‚Ípurāna kamma’iŠK‚ňê�u‚Ì‚¤‚¿‚É�s‚í‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚Í�uAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚Æ“¯‚¶‚Å‚·�Bavyākata‚Í�u‹‚¢kamma ƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚ª�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚È‚¢�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�A�urasa rāga paṭisaṁṁvedī�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Äkāma rāga ‚ª�¶‚¶‚½‚Ì‚Å�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Íkāma Dhātu‚Ì’iŠK‚ð’´‚¦�A�ukāma bhava�v‚É“ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ê‚ÍAnāgāmi ‚âƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚ɂ͋N‚±‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
12. Next is the critical �gtaṇhā paccayā upādāna�h step. This step may or may not occur
even for a puthujjana if
the mind is not interested in the sensory input. As we know, �gtaṇhā�h
means to �gbind�h or �gattach.�h Depending on the strength of the sense input AND
the mindset at that moment, the mind may or may not get to the �gtaṇhā paccayā upādāna�h step.
Upādāna‚É“ü‚邯Nava kammaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚É
12. ŽŸ‚Í�d—v‚È�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�vƒXƒeƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ªŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɋ»–¡‚ª‚È‚¢�ê�‡�A‚±‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚Íputhujjana‚Å‚à�i‹N‚±‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚È‚¢‚µ�j�A‹N‚±‚ç‚È‚¢‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚²‘¶’m‚̂Ƃ¨‚è�A�utaṇhā�v‚Í�u”›‚é�v‚·‚Ȃ킿�uŽæ‚è•t‚�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B Š´Šo“ü—͂̋‚³‚Æ‚»‚Ì�uŠÔ‚Ì�l‚¦•û‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�utaṇhā paccayā upādāna�v‚̃Xƒeƒbƒv‚É“ž’B‚·‚é�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚ê‚Î�A“ž’B‚µ‚È‚¢�ê�‡‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚»‚¤‚·‚é‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ð’Ç‹�‚·‚邱‚Ƃɋ»–¡‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�B Š´Šo“ü—͂Ɏ·’…‚µ‚Ä‚¨‚è�u‚à‚Á‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ð�v‚Æ–]‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ꂪupādāna�A‚‚܂è�uˆø‚«Šñ‚¹‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�AŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo�Aƒ{ƒfƒBƒ^ƒbƒ`‚ɂ͓Á’è‚Ì–{Ž¿“I‚Èkāma guṇa‚ª‚ ‚邯‚¢‚¤Œë‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚Ì‚½‚߂ɋN‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŠÔˆá‚Á‚½”Fޝ‚ª�u‚à‚Á‚Æ‘½‚‚Ì‚à‚Ì�v‚𓾂悤‚Æ‚·‚é“®‹@‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�A�l‚ªNava kamma‚Ì’iŠK‚Å�uavijjā paccayā saṅkhāra�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ämano, vaci, kāya saṅkhāra (‹‚¢kamma) ‚ð�¶�¬‚µŽn‚߂邯‚«‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚±‚Å‚Íjavana citta‚É‚æ‚ékamma‚Ì’~�Ï‚ªˆÓޝ“I‚É‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚· (‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒhƒtƒ‹‚ɂȂ邱‚ƂŎ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·)�B �j‚»‚ꂪ�ukamma‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚éPaṭicca Samuppāda�v‚·‚Ȃ킿Akusala-Mula Paṭicca Samuppāda‚ÌŽn‚Ü‚è‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�ujāti paccayā jarā�Amarana�Asoka-paridēva-dukka-dōmanassupāyasā sambhavan'ti�v‚܂ő±‚«‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚¤‚µ‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚݂̃vƒ�ƒZƒX�A‚·‚Ȃ킿�u�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚Ý‚ð‚à‚½‚ç‚·kammaƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚Ì�¶�¬�v‚ª�I‚í‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ã‹L‚Í�uAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚Æ�uAkusala-Mula Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚ðŠÜ‚ÞŠ®‘S‚È�uIdappaccayātā Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B �Ú�ׂÍPaṭicca Samuppāda During a Lifetime‚É‹L�Ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠî–{“I‚ÈŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A•K‚¸Šm”F‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
13. The first chart (in #7) above shows that kāma loka is
the furthest from the �gsuffering-free pure (pabhassara) mind.�h

Download/Print: �gDefilements Covering a Pure Mind
pabhassara�i�ƒ�ˆ�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ð‰ñ•œ‚·‚é
13. #7‚̃`ƒƒ�[ƒg ‚Í�Akāma loka‚ª�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�ƒ�ˆ‚È (pabhassara) ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚©‚ç�Å‚à‰“‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�ã‚Ì�}‚Í�Akāma loka‚ª�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�ƒ�ˆ‚È�ipabhassara�j�S�v‚©‚ç�Å‚à‰“‚¢—�—R‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
upādāna�F'clinging'�Caccording to Vis�DM�DXVII�Cis an intensified degree of craving �itaṇhā�Cq�Dv�DŽQ�Æ�j�D
The 4 kinds of clinging are�Fsensuous clinging �ikāmupādāna�j�Cclinging to views �idiṭṭhupādāna�j�Cclinging to mere rules and ritual �isīlabbatupādāna�j�Cclinging to the personaljty-belief �iatta-vādupādāna�j�D
14. There are three layers of �ghardened defilements�h that keep a
�gsuffering-free pure (pabhassara) mind�h covered
at all times. The Buddha described those �ghardened defilements�h in various
ways: The outermost layer can be labeled as three saṁyojana,
one upādāna,
two anusaya,
one āsava, etc.; see �gConditions for the Four Stages of
Nibbāna�h for parameters for all three layers. For simplicity,
I have indicated only the saṁyojana and upādāna in the above chart.
’qŒdpaññ₾‚¯‚ª‰˜‚ê‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚
14. �u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢�ƒ�ˆ‚È�ipabhassara�jƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚ð�í‚É•¢‚¢•Û‚Â�u�d‰»‚µ‚½”Ï”Y�v‚Ì 3 ‚‚̑w‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì�u‹Ã‚èŒÅ‚Ü‚Á‚½”Ï”Y�v‚ð‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�Å‚àŠO‘¤‚Ì‘w‚Í�A3 ‚‚Ìsaṁyojana�A1 ‚‚Ìupādāna�A2 ‚‚Ìanusaya�A1 ‚‚Ìāsava‚Ȃǂƕª—Þ‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B 3 ‚‚̑w‚·‚ׂẴpƒ‰ƒ��[ƒ^�[‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍConditions for the Four Stages of Nibbāna‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ŠÈ’P‚É‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A�ã‚Ì�}‚Å‚Ísaṁyojana‚Æupādāna‚¾‚¯‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�Å�‰‚Ì‘w‚Í�ASotapanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邯‰i‹v‚É�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚±‚Ì’iŠK‚Í�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚‚Ä‚à“ž’B‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B •¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚̂ɂÍkāma guṇa‚ª‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�u•¨Ž¿“I‚È‚à‚Ì�i�l�X‚â•sŠˆ�«‚È•¨‘Ì�j�v‚ðŽè‚É“ü‚ê‚邽‚ß‚Éakusala kamma‚É�]Ž–‚·‚邱‚Æ‚Í�«—ˆ‚̋ꂵ‚݂ɂ‚Ȃª‚邾‚¯‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B
‘¼‚Ì 2 ‚‚̑w‚Í�ASatipaṭṭthāna ‚ð�C—ù‚·‚邱‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ä�AAnāgāmi ’iŠK‚Æ Arahant ’iŠK‚Å�œ‹Ž‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
15. It is also critical to understand that removing all �gthree
layers�h covering a pabhassara mind is
possible only by cultivating wisdom (paññā).
15. pabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚𕢂Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�u3 ‚‚̑w�v‚ð‚·‚×‚ÄŽæ‚è�œ‚‚±‚Æ‚Í�A’qŒdpaññā‚ð—{‚¤‚±‚Ƃɂæ‚Á‚Ă̂݉”\‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à�d—v‚Å‚·�B
‚»‚ê‚Í�u•¨—�“I‚È“D‚Ì‘w�v‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚‚悤‚È‚à‚̂ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚Ƀ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹‚̃vƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�BBāhiya ‘¸ŽÒ‚Ì�ê�‡‚Í�A3 ‚‚̑w‚·‚ׂĂª�”•ªˆÈ“à‚É�Á‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�BBāhiya Sutta (Ud 1.10);‚ðŽQ�Æ�B
‘¼‚Ì‘½‚‚Ì�l‚Í�A�Å�‰‚Ì‘w‚ð�í�œ‚µ‚Ä Sotapanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ɉ½”N‚à‹ê˜J‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚ê‚ç‚̃ŒƒCƒ„�[‚ð 1 ‚‚¸‚Â�í�œ‚·‚é•û–@‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�S”z‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚ɉ˜‚ê‚é‚Ì‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邯�i‚‚܂è�A’qŒdpaññā‚ð�C—ù‚·‚邯�j�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÍŽ©“®“I‚É�Á‚¦‚Ä‚¢‚«‚Ü‚·�B
16. One must understand why it is harmful to chase sensory
pleasures. To reach the Sotapanna stage, one does not
need to give up all sensory pleasures; one only needs to �gsee with wisdom�h that
attachment to sensory pleasures keeps one away from Nibbana. That
understanding will remove the first layer of defilements in the above chart.
After that, the mind will be incapable of committing �gapāyagāmi kamma.�h
There is no need to stop such actions consciously.
�uDistorted Sanñā�v‚Ƃ̂‚Ȃª‚è
16. Š´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð’Ç‚¢‹�‚߂邱‚Æ‚ª‚È‚º—LŠQ‚Ȃ̂©‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Sotāpanna ’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚ß‚É�A‚·‚ׂĂ̊´Šo“I‚ÈŠy‚µ‚Ý‚ð•úŠü‚·‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B Š´Šo“I‚ȉõŠy‚Ö‚ÌŽ·’…‚ª�l‚🸞ς©‚牓‚´‚¯‚Ä‚¢‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ð�u’qŒd‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä—�‰ð�v‚·‚邾‚¯‚Å�\•ª‚Å‚·�B ‚±‚Ì—�‰ð‚É‚æ‚è�A�ã‚Ì�}‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‘w‚̔ϔY‚ªŽæ‚è�œ‚©‚ê‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ÌŒã�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�uapāyagāmi kamma�v‚ð�s‚¤‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚̂悤‚È�sˆ×‚ðˆÓޝ“I‚ÉŽ~‚ß‚é•K—v‚Í‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
apāyagāmi apāya’n�–�{gami�@�¨�@gacchati�F[gam + a] goes�G moves�G walks.
‚µ‚©‚µ�ASotāpanna ‚Í�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŽ·’…‚·‚éŒXŒü‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�Bkāma assāda‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚éditthi vipallāsa‚Í�í�œ‚³‚ê‚Ä‚à�A�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É•t��‚·‚ésaññā�Evipallāsa‚͈ˑR‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‘¶�Ý‚µ‚Ü‚·�B
�isaññā�Evipallāsa‚Æ‚Í�A�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā‚É‚¾‚Ü‚³‚ê‚é�v‚Æ‚¢‚¤ˆÓ–¡‚Å‚·�j�B
‚»‚Ìsaññā vipallāsa‚ð�Ž•ž‚·‚é‚É‚Í�ASatipaṭṭhāna‚ÌŽÀ‘H‚ª•K—v‚Å‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂÍ�APaṭicca Samuppāda‚ð‰î‚µ‚Ä�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ª‚ǂ̂悤‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚©‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B saññā vipallāsa ‚Ì�œ‹Ž‚Í�A�ukāma rāga saṁyojana�v‚Æ�ukāma upādāna�v‚Ì�Á–łɂ‚Ȃª‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�d—v‚È“_‚Í�A“Á’è‚ÌŽí—Þ‚Ìgati‚Å”|‚í‚ꂽsaṅkhāra‚ÌŽí—ނɉž‚¶‚Ä“]�¶�i�¶‚܂ꂂ«‘g‚Ý�ž‚܂ꂽ�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚𔺂¤�j‚ª”�¶‚µ�A‚»‚ÌŒ‹‰Ê�¶‚¶‚é“]�¶‚ª“¯‚¶gati‚ð“`”d‚·‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B ‚»‚ê‚ÍŽ©ŒÈ‹‹‰a‚Å‚ ‚è�A�I‚í‚è‚̂Ȃ¢ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚·�Bkāma loka‚©‚瓦‚ê�A�i•à‚ðŽn‚ß‚é‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̃‹�[ƒv‚ð’f‚¿�Ø‚é•K—v‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Ÿ¸žÏ‚·‚Ȃ킿�upabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v(�Å�‰‚Ì�}‚ðŽQ�Æ)‚ÉŒü‚¯‚Ä�i‚Þ‚É‚Í�A Mūlapariyāya Sutta – The Root of
All Things.‚Ì #2 ‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
17. We discussed many critical concepts and their relationships
above. Understanding this �gbig picture�h is essential.
‚܂Ƃß
17. �ã‹L‚Å‚Í�A‘½‚‚Ì�d—v‚ÈŠT”O‚Æ‚»‚ê‚ç‚ÌŠÖŒW‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B ‚±‚Ì�u‘S‘Ì‘œ�v‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B
�iBuddha Dhamma‚ð—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚¢�j•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ‚ɂƂÁ‚Ä�A‹ê‚µ‚݂ƂÍ�uŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõ‚³‚ðŠy‚µ‚ñ‚ł͂¢‚¯‚È‚¢�v‚±‚Æ‚ðˆÓ–¡‚µ‚Ü‚·�B ‚µ‚©‚µ�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚ÌŠj�S“I‚È‹³‚¦‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚é�ijānato passato�j‚Æ�A�uŠ´Šo“I‚ȉõ‚³‚ðŠy‚µ‚Þ‚±‚Æ�v‚ª‹ê‚µ‚Ý‚Ì�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Å‚ ‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚í‚©‚è‚Ü‚·�B ‚»‚ê‚Í�u‘O�l–¢“ž‚̃uƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‚¦�v‚Å‚·�B
Jāna�C�iadj�D�j [to jñā�Csee jānāti] knowing or knowable�Cunderstandable
passati�F[dis + a�G dis is changed to pas�D] sees�G finds�G understands�D
‚»‚ê‚ðŠm”F‚·‚é�Å‚àŠÈ’P‚È•û–@‚Í�A�Å�‰‚̃`ƒƒ�[ƒg‚Å‚·�Bputhujjana‚ªŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɏ·’…‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚Í 2 ‚‚¾‚¯‚Å‚·�B
(i) “¯‚¶�ê�Ђɗ¯‚܂邩�A(ii)) �u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢pabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚©‚ç—£‚êŽn‚߂邩‚̂ǂ¿‚ç‚©‚Å‚·�B
puthujjana‚ªŠì‚Ñ‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚©�A—J‚¤‚Â/’ɂ݂ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚©�A‚Ü‚½‚Í“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɋւµ‚Ä’†—§‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚©‚É‚©‚©‚í‚炸�A”Þ/”Þ�—‚Í�u‹ê‚µ‚݂̂Ȃ¢pabhassara‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v‚ÉŒü‚©‚¤‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B ‚»‚ê‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�[‚�l‚¦‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B ‚±‚ꂪ�Aƒuƒbƒ_‚Ì‹³‚¦‚ðŠw‚΂Ȃ¯‚ê‚Î�Asansāric‚Ì—·�i“]�¶ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX�j‚©‚瓦‚ê‚邱‚Æ‚ª•s‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�B ƒtƒH�[ƒ‰ƒ€‚Å‚¨‹CŒy‚É‚²Ž¿–â‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
18. If sensory input (ārammaṇa) leads to
both purāna and nava kamma stages,
all three following happens:
(i) It is a complete Paṭicca Samuppāda process
(with �gAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�h and �gAkusala-Mula Paṭicca
Samuppāda.�h)
(ii) It is another addition to pañca upādāna khandha (and this also
explains why pañcakkhandha or five
aggregates never arise for anyone below the Arahant stage.)
(iii) Chasing a sensory input keeps one bound to the world. The
Buddha equated this to the �grising/origin of the world.�h See �gLoka Sutta – Origin and Cessation
of the World.�h The moment one attains Arahanthood, that
�grising/origin of the world�h stops (Paṭicca Samuppāda process
stops), and that is the �gending of the world�h or �gloka nirodha.�h
That Arahant is
no longer �gin this world.�h
18. Š´Šo“ü—Í (ārammaṇa) ‚ªpurāna kammaƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ænava kamma ƒXƒe�[ƒW‚Ì—¼•û‚ɂ‚Ȃª‚é�ê�‡�AŽŸ‚Ì 3 ‚‚̂·‚ׂĂª‹N‚±‚è‚Ü‚·�B
(i) ‚±‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚È Paṭicca Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚Å‚· (�uAvyākata Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚Æ�uAkusala-Mula Paṭicca Samuppāda�v‚ðŽg—p)�B
(ii) ‚±‚ê‚Í�Apañca upādāna khandha ‚ɒljÁ‚³‚ê‚é‚à‚̂ł· (‚±‚ê‚Í�A‚È‚ºƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“’iŠKˆÈ‰º‚Ì�l‚É‚Í pañcakkhandha ‚·‚Ȃ킿5‚‚Ì�W�‡‘Ì‚ª�¶‚¶‚È‚¢‚Ì‚©‚à�à–¾‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·)�B
(iii) Š´Šo“ü—Í‚ð’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚邯�A�l‚Í�¢ŠE‚É”›‚ç‚ꑱ‚¯‚Ü‚·�B ƒuƒbƒ_‚Í‚±‚ê‚ð�u�¢ŠE‚Ì�oŒ»�E‹NŒ¹�v‚Ƃ݂Ȃµ‚Ü‚µ‚½�BLoka Sutta – Origin and Cessation of the World‚ðŽQ�Æ�B ƒAƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚É’B�¬‚µ‚½�uŠÔ�A‚»‚Ì�u�¢ŠE‚Ì�oŒ»/‹NŒ¹�v‚Í’âŽ~‚µ�iPaṭicca Samuppāda ƒvƒ�ƒZƒX‚ª’âŽ~‚µ‚Ü‚·�j�A‚»‚ꂪ�u�¢ŠE‚Ì�I‚í‚è�v‚·‚Ȃ킿loka nirodha‚Å‚·�B ‚»‚̃Aƒ‰ƒnƒ“‚Í‚à‚¤�u‚±‚Ì�¢�v‚É‚¢‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B
Sotapanna Stage and Distorted Saññā
Sotapanna stage of Nibbāna can be approached in different ways. This section describes a new approach to understanding the concept of saññā (perception.) Upon receiving a sensory input, an average human�fs mind is triggered with �gdistorted saññā�h and triggers thoughts with rāga, dosa, moha. An Arahant�es mind will also be triggered by �gdistorted saññā,�h but their minds will not get defiled (i.e., generate rāga, dosa, moha) because of it.
November 17, 2023; last revised December 26, 2024
Required Background
1. This post is the first in a series of posts in the new section �gSotapanna Stage via Understanding Perception (Saññā).�h It will help a puthujjana get to the Sotapanna stage. Furthermore, this material is ESSENTIAL for a Sotapanna to attain the higher stages of Nibbāna. That will become clear in the upcoming posts. The following material is essential to keep up with this series of posts.
Sotapanna’iŠK‚Ƙc‚ñ‚¾saññā
Nibbāna‚ÌSotapanna’iŠK‚É‚Í�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȕû–@‚ŃAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚̃ZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Å‚Í�Asaññā�i’mŠo�j‚ÌŠT”O‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邽‚ß‚Ì�V‚µ‚¢ƒAƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚邯�A•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚ăgƒŠƒK�[‚³‚ê�Arāga, dosa, moha‚𔺂¤Žv�l‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚µ‚Ü‚·�Bˆ¢—…Š¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚à�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ĉø‚«‹N‚±‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·‚ª�A‚»‚ê‚É‚æ‚Á‚ă}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª‰˜‚³‚ê‚é�i‚‚܂è�Arāga, dosa, moha‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚é�j‚±‚Ƃ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
•K—v‚È”wŒi
1. ‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Í�A�V‚µ‚¢ƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“Sotapanna Stage via Understanding Perception (Saññā)‚̈ê˜A‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì‚à‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�Aputhujjana‚ªSotapanna’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚é‚̂ɖ𗧂¿‚Ü‚·�B‚³‚ç‚É�A‚±‚ÌŽ‘—¿‚Í�ASotapanna‚ªNibbāna‚Ì‚æ‚è�‚‚¢’iŠK‚É“ž’B‚·‚邽‚߂ɕs‰ÂŒ‡‚È‚±‚Æ‚ª�A�¡Œã‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å–¾‚ç‚©‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚ÌŽ‘—¿‚Í�A‚±‚̃gƒsƒbƒNƒVƒŠ�[ƒY‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚‚½‚߂ɕs‰ÂŒ‡‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚Ì�à–¾‚ÍRecovering the Suffering-Free Pure MindƒVƒŠ�[ƒY‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é�u‰B‚³‚ꂽ�ƒ�ˆ‚ȃ}ƒCƒ“ƒh�v�ipabhassara citta�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚»‚ÌŒã�A‚»‚̃Aƒvƒ��[ƒ`‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä�Aanicca, dukkha, anatta‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ðˆÙ‚È‚é•û–@‚Å�à–¾‚Å‚«‚邱‚ƂɋC•t‚«‚Ü‚µ‚½�BDoes �gAnatta�h Refer to a �gSelf�h?‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
Œ»�݂̃gƒsƒbƒN‚ÍSensory Experience – A Deeper AnalysisƒZƒNƒVƒ‡ƒ“‚Ì 2 ‚‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚̃tƒHƒ��[ƒAƒbƒv‚Å‚·�B
saññā‚Ì�Љî‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍSaññā – What It Really Means‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
�gDistorted Saññā�h
Makes Us Attach to Specific Sensory Inputs
2. The Buddha taught that the root cause of all suffering (whether in this life or future lives) is our tendency to attach to worldly things. Why do we have instinctive �gfeelings of joy�h (somanassa vedanā) when we think about �gmind-pleasing things�h like tasty food or attractive sights? Are there things in that food or sight (that are �gintrinsically worthwhile�h) to make us happy? If so, it should be universal, i.e., any living being should get the same �gsense of joy�h upon tasting the same food or seeing the same object. As we see below, that is not the case.
“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɕt’…‚³‚¹‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v
2. •§‘É‚Í�A‚·‚ׂĂ̋ꂵ‚Ý�i�¡�¶‚Å‚ ‚ê—ˆ�¢‚Å‚ ‚ê�j‚Ì�ª–{Œ´ˆö‚Í�A�¢‘“I‚È‚à‚̂ɕt’…‚·‚éŒXŒü‚É‚ ‚é�A‚Æ‹³‚¦‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚È‚ºŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í�A‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�H‚ו¨‚â–£—Í“I‚ÈŒi�F‚ȂǂÌ�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é‚à‚Ì�v‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�l‚¦‚邯�A–{”\“I‚É�uŠì‚т̊´�î�v�isomanassa vedanā�j‚ðŠ´‚¶‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚»‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚âŒi�F‚É‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚ð�K‚¹‚É‚·‚é�i–{Ž¿“I‚ɉ¿’l‚Ì‚ ‚é�j‚à‚Ì‚ª‚ ‚é‚̂łµ‚傤‚©�B‚à‚µ‚»‚¤‚È‚ç�A‚»‚ê‚Í•�•Õ“I‚Å‚ ‚é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‚Ç‚ñ‚È�¶‚«•¨‚Å‚à“¯‚¶�H‚ו¨‚ð–¡‚í‚Á‚½‚è�A“¯‚¶‚à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚肵‚½‚Æ‚«‚É�A“¯‚¶�uŠì‚т̊´Šo�v‚𓾂é‚Í‚¸‚Å‚·‚ª�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A‚»‚¤‚ł͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
Ž„‚½‚¿‚Ì’†‚É�¶‚¶‚é‚»‚̂悤‚È�uŠì‚т̊´�î�v�isomanassa vedanā�j‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Ì�¢ŠE‚â—̈æ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é“Á’è‚Ìsaññā�iŠT‚˂ɖ󂷂ƒmŠo�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ìsaññā‚Í�â‘ΓI‚È‚à‚̂ł͂Ȃ�A�lŠÔ‚Ì“÷‘̂ɕt’…‚·‚鎄‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鈢—…Š¿‚à�lŠÔŠE‚É�Z‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A”Þ‚ç‚à“¯‚¶saññā‚𓾂܂·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Í‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�HŽ–‚ð�u‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�v‚Æ–¡‚í‚Á‚½‚è�A–£—Í“I‚È�—�«‚ð‚»‚Ì‚æ‚¤‚ÉŠÏŽ@‚µ‚½‚肵‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚Æ“¯‚¶‚悤‚É“¯—l‚Ìsaññā‚ª�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚Í‚»‚̘c‚ñ‚¾saññā‚Ì‹NŒ¹‚ðŠ®‘S‚É—�‰ð‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A‚»‚̘c‚ñ‚¾saññā‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ‚Ä‚àˆ¢—…Š¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�uŠì‚т̊´�î�v�isomanassa vedanā�j‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í‚»‚ê‚É•t’…‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚µ‚©‚µ�A�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Äsaññā‚Ì”÷–‚ȈႢ‚Í‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŽŸ‚Ì—á‚ð�l‚¦‚Ă݂܂µ‚傤�B�l‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚àsaññā�i‚±‚±‚ł͖¡Šo�j‚ªˆÙ‚È‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚éŠÈ’P‚È—á‚Å‚·�B�l‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�D‚Ý‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ªˆÙ‚Ȃ邱‚Ƃ͂킩‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B“Á’è‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ð�H‚ׂ邯ƒAƒŒƒ‹ƒM�[‚ð‹N‚±‚·�l‚à‚¢‚ê‚Î�A‚»‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ð�D‚Þ�l‚à‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�Agati ‚̂킸‚©‚ȕω»‚É‚æ‚é‚à‚̂ł·�B
ƒp�[ƒŠŒê‚Ì�usaññā�v‚Í’Ê�í�A�u’mŠo�v‚Æ–|–󂳂ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í’Ê�í�A�u”Þ�—‚ɑ΂·‚é‚ ‚È‚½‚Ì”Fޝ‚ÍŠÔˆá‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�v‚̂悤‚È•¶‚ÅŽg—p‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Asaññā ‚Æ‚¢‚¤Œê‹å‚Í‚»‚êˆÈ�ã‚̈Ӗ¡‚ð“`‚¦‚Ü‚·�B
Saññā Is More Than �gPerception�h
3. Saññā is a special word that is quite significant in characterizing the mental state of a living being. Any living being (from a Brahma down to the microscopic animal or a hell-being) generates vedanā, saññā, saṅkhāra, and viññāṇa upon �gtaking in�h a sensory input. Those five entities describe the mental state that arises based on that sensory input; they are pañcakkhandha (five aggregates,) which automatically turn to pañcupādānakkhandha based on the �gdistorted saññā�h associated with the human realm.
Saññā ‚Í�u’mŠo�v‚¾‚¯‚ł͂Ȃ¢
3. Saññā ‚Í�A�¶–½‘̂̃�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ð“Á’¥•t‚¯‚é�ã‚Å”ñ�í‚É�d—v‚È“Á•ʂȌ¾—t‚Å‚·�B‚ ‚ç‚ä‚é�¶–½‘Ì (Brahma‚©‚ç”÷�¬‚È“®•¨‚â’n�–‚Ì�¶–½‘̂܂Å) ‚Í�AŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ð�uŽæ‚è�ž‚Þ�v‚Æ�Avedanā�Asaññā�Asaṅkhāra�Aviññāṇa ‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç 5 ‚‚̎À‘Ì‚Í�A‚»‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɋî‚¢‚Ä�¶‚¶‚éƒ�ƒ“ƒ^ƒ‹�ó‘Ô‚ð•\‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Í pañcakkhandha (ŒÜå]) ‚Å‚ ‚è�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ÉŠÖ˜A‚·‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É pañcupādānakkhandha ‚ɕςí‚è‚Ü‚·�B
‚±‚̈ê˜A‚̃gƒsƒbƒN‚Å‚Í�Asaññā‚É�Å“_‚ð“–‚Ä�A‚½‚Æ‚¦“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚ð’Ç‹�‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚È‚‚Ä‚à�Apañcakkhandha‚ª�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚Épañcupādānakkhandha‚ɕςí‚é—lŽq‚ð�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í�í‚É�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¨‚è�A�inimitta‚ªārammaṇa‚ɕςí‚è�j“Á’è‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—͂Ɋî‚¢‚Ä�u‰˜‚ꂽsaññā�v‚ɕςí‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
ŽŸ‚̃rƒfƒIVirtual Barber Shop‚Í�AŽ„‚½‚¿‚Å‚³‚¦ŽU”¯‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ðƒVƒ~ƒ…ƒŒ�[ƒg‚Å‚«‚邱‚Æ‚ðŽ¦‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚‚܂è�A�usaññā�v‚Í‘€�ì‰Â”\‚Å‚ ‚è�AˆÈ‰º‚Å�à–¾‚·‚邿‚¤‚É�A•§‘É‚ª‚»‚ê‚ð�uŒ¶‰e�v‚ƌĂñ‚¾—�—R‚Å‚·�B
‚±‚±‚ł̃|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Í�A�usaññā�v‚ÍŽ„‚½‚¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�ì‚è�o‚¹‚邯‚¢‚¤‚±‚Ƃł·�B
‚³‚ç‚ÉSaññā Gives Rise to Most of the Vedanā We Experience‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B
Each Bhava Starts at
the Dhātu Stage with Its Own Saññā
4. Upon receiving sensory input, the mind first �gfalls�h on the corresponding dhātu stage before getting into the corresponding bhava.
bhava ‚͓Ǝ©‚Ìsaññā‚𔺂¤Dhātu’iŠK‚©‚çŽn‚Ü‚é
4. Š´Šo“ü—Í‚ðŽó‚¯Žæ‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚͂܂¸‚»‚ê‚ɑΉž‚·‚éDhātu’iŠK‚É�u—Ž‚Æ‚µ�v�A‚»‚ÌŒã‚ɑΉž‚·‚ébhava ‚É“ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‰¹‚ð•·‚‚Æ�A�lŠÔ‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�ukāma Dhātu�v‚©‚ç‘Ήž‚·‚é�ukāma saññā�v‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�Brupāvacara Brahma‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�urupa Dhātu�v�i‚±‚±‚Å�urupa�v‚Í�urupa loka�v‚ðŽw‚µ‚Ü‚·�j‚©‚ç�urupa saññā�v‚ÅŽn‚Ü‚è‚Ü‚·�B
�ukāma�Esaññā�v‚É‚Í�A6 Š´Šo‚·‚×‚Ä‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð‘g‚Ý�ž‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bˆê•û�Arupāvacara Brahma ‚Ì�urupa saññā�v‚Í�A3 ‚‚̊´Šo (cakkhu�Asota�Amind) ‚Ì‚Ý‚Ì‰ß‹Ž‚ÌŒoŒ±‚ð‘g‚Ý�ž‚ñ‚Å‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚»‚̉¹‚ª�—�«‚Ì–£—Í“I‚È�º‚¾‚Æ‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚ł͎©“®“I‚É�ukāma�Erāga�v‚ðˆø‚«‹N‚±‚·‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�Arupāvacara Brahma ‚ɂ͒j�«‚Æ�—�«‚Ì2‚‚Ì�«•ʂ͂ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�ukāma�Esaññā�v‚ÉŠî‚Â�ukāma�Erāga�v‚Í�Arupāvacara Brahma ‚ł͔�¶‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
�ã‹L‚Í—�‰ð‚·‚ׂ«�d—v‚ȃ|ƒCƒ“ƒg‚Å‚·�B
�ukāma Dhātu�v’iŠK‚É“ü‚邯�Aƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�ukāma bhava�v‚É“ž‚邽‚ß‚É�A(anusaya/saṁyojana/gati ‚ÉŠî‚Â)Ž©“®“I‚Èabhisaṅkhāra ‚Ì�¶�¬‚É�]Ž–‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚Í�ukāma bhava�v‚ɂ͓ž’B‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚̂ł·�B‚±‚ê‚ÍUpaya and Upādāna – Two Stages of Attachment‚Ì#4‚Å�à–¾‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B�@
Anyone Below the Arahant Stage
Has �gDefiled Saññā�h to Some Extent
5. The Buddhist saññā has a variety of meanings. At the basic level, it is the �grecognition�h of a particular object of a specific color, large/small, sound from a particular source, different tastes, different shapes, etc. Then, it attributes beauty/ugliness, tastefulness/distastefulness, etc., to them. Therefore, the �grecognition�h embed (includes) likes/dislikes for such sensory experiences. That is a deeper aspect of �gsaññā.�g
ˆ¢—…Š¿‚ł͂Ȃ¢�l‚Í‚ ‚é’ö“x�u‰˜‚ꂽsaññā�v‚Å‚ ‚é
5. •§‹³‚Ìsaññā‚ɂ͂³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȈӖ¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BŠî–{“I‚ȃŒƒxƒ‹‚Å‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ì�F�A‘å�¬�A“Á’è‚̉¹Œ¹‚©‚ç‚̉¹�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȗ¡�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂Ȍ`‚Ȃǂ̓Á’è‚Ì•¨‘Ì‚Ì�u”Fޝ�v‚Å‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚É”ü‚µ‚³/�X‚³�AŽï–¡‚̂悳/ˆ«‚³‚Ȃǂð‹A‘®‚³‚¹‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�u”Fޝ�v‚É‚Í�A‚»‚̂悤‚ÈŠ´Šo‘ÌŒ±‚ɑ΂·‚é�D‚«Œ™‚¢‚ª–„‚ß�ž‚Ü‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�usaññā�v‚Ì‚æ‚è�[‚¢‘¤–ʂł·�B
‚Ü‚¸�Arupāvacara Brahma�i‚‚܂è�Arupa loka�j‚̗̈æ‚É‚¢‚éŽÒ‚Í�A–¡Šo/škŠo/�GŠo‚Ì�usaññā�v‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚·‚Å‚É�q‚ׂ½‚悤‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚ɂ͎„‚½‚¿‚Ì�ã/•@/”ZŒú‚È“÷‘Ì‚É‘Š“–‚·‚銴Šo‹@”\‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚Ì”÷�ׂȑ̂ɂÍ�A‘Ήž‚·‚épasāda rupa�ijivhā/ghāna/kāya�j‚à‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A”Þ‚ç‚Írasa saññā�i–¡Šo�j�Agandha saññā�iškŠo�j�Aphottabba saññā‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
arupāvacara Brahma�iarupa loka�j‚Í�Arupa saññā�iŽ‹Šo�j‚Æsadda saññā�i’®Šo�j‚ð�¶�¬‚·‚邱‚Æ‚à‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚ɂ̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚µ‚©‚È‚�A�l‚¦‚邱‚Æ‚µ‚©‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�BŽ‹Šo�A’®Šo‚Ȃǂ̊T”O‚ª‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A”Þ‚ç‚ÌŽv�l‚àŒÀ‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚Ì‚½‚ß�A”Þ‚ç‚̓XƒgƒŒƒX‚ð‚ ‚Ü‚èŠ´‚¶‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ÍŽå‚Éākāsa�i‹óŠÔ�j‚Æviññāṇa‚É�W’†‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A”Þ‚ç‚Íākāsa‚Æviññāṇa‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚àŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚Å‚Í�Akāma loka‚Ì11—̈æ‚ðŒ©‚Ä‚Ý‚Ü‚µ‚傤�B‚»‚±‚ł͂·‚ׂÄ6‚‚̊´Šo‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A6‚‚Ìdeva—̈æ‚Ìdeva‚Í”÷�ׂÈ�i–§“x‚Ì’á‚¢�j‘̂̂½‚ß�A–¡�A“õ‚¢�A�GŠo‚Í”÷�ׂł·�B“Á‚É�A”Þ‚ç‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚Í�A‰ö‰ä‚âŠà‚Ȃǂɂæ‚é“÷‘Ì“I‚ȋꂵ‚Ý‚ðŒoŒ±‚·‚é‚Ù‚Ç–§“x�iolarika�j‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�i�lŠÔ‚ªŒoŒ±‚·‚邿‚¤‚ȃ{ƒfƒBƒ^ƒbƒ`‚âƒZƒbƒNƒX‚à“¯—l‚Å‚·�j�B�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Å‚Í�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Íolarika�A‚‚܂è�u–§“x‚ª�‚‚¢�v‚Å‚·�B
Hina, Majjhima,
Panita Dhātu Associated
with Kama, Rupa, and Arupa Loka
6. Kama loka (based on kāma Dhātu) can experience all six types of sensory inputs. Thus, the possibility of generating more defilements is higher. That is why it is called �ghīna or inferior dhātu.�h Those in the arupa dhātu (and arupa loka) experience only the mind, and it is called the �gpaṇīta or higher dhātu.�h The rupa dhātu (and rupa loka) is in the middle and is thus �gmajjhima or middle dhātu.�h
Hina, Majjhima,
Panita Dhātu kāma�Arupa�Aarupa loka‚ÆŠÖ˜A
6. kāma loka (kāma Dhātu‚ÉŠî‚Â) ‚Í�A6 Ží—Þ‚ÌŠ´Šo“ü—Í‚·‚ׂĂð‘ÌŒ±‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚³‚ç‚È‚é”Ï”Y‚ª”�¶‚·‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª�‚‚‚È‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚ꂪ�uHina‚·‚Ȃ킿—ò‚Á‚½Dhātu�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚é—�—R‚Å‚·�Barupa Dhātu (‚¨‚æ‚Ñarupa loka) ‚É‚¢‚é�¶–½‘̂̓}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚¾‚¯‚ðŒoŒ±‚µ�A‚»‚ê‚Í�upanita‚·‚Ȃ킿‚æ‚è�‚ŽŸ‚ÌDhātu�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�B rupa dhātu (‚¨‚æ‚Ñ rupa loka) ‚Í�^‚ñ’†‚É‚ ‚邽‚ß�A�umajjhima ‚·‚Ȃ킿 middle dhātu�v‚Å‚·�B
3 Ží—Þ‚ÌDhātu (hīnāya dhātuyā, majjhimāya dhātuyā, paṇītāya dhātuyā) ‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍPaṭhamabhava Sutta (AN 3.76)‚Å�à–¾‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Nibbāna‚Í 3 Ží—Þ‚Ìloka‚·‚ׂĂ©‚ç‰ð•ú‚³‚ê‚Ä‚¨‚è�A‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�u�Å�‚‚ÌDhātu�v‚Å‚·�B�usankhāra‚ʼn½‚©‚ð�\’z‚·‚é�v‚±‚Ƃ͂Ȃ�A‚·‚ׂĂ̎í—Þ‚Ìsankhāra‚ðŽ~‚ß�Abhava‚·‚Ȃ킿loka‚ÌŒ`�¬‚ðŽ~‚߂邱‚Æ‚ÉŽŠ‚é‚½‚ß�A�uasaṅkhata Dhātu�v‚ƌĂ΂ê‚Ü‚·�BNibbāna‚Í�AŠ´Šo“ü—͂ɂæ‚Á‚Ä�¶�¬‚³‚ê‚ésaññā‚ÉŽ·’…‚µ‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚Å�Arāga, dosa, moha‚ðŽæ‚è�œ‚¢‚Ä“ž’B‚µ‚Ü‚·�B�uAsaṅkhata Sutta (SN 43.12).�B
Saññā – Connection to Gati
7. There are five primary categories of gati, as stated in the �gGati Sutta (AN 9.68)�h: Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā.
saññā – gati‚Ƃ̂‚Ȃª‚è
7. Gati Sutta (AN 9.68)‚É‚ ‚邿‚¤‚É�Agati‚É‚Í5‚‚̎å—v‚ȃJƒeƒSƒŠ‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�BNirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā‚Å‚·�B
‚²——‚̂Ƃ¨‚è�Aapāyās‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì‚Ínirayo, tiracchāna, ‚·‚Ȃ킿peta gati‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Ímanussa gati‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì4‚‚̎å—v‚Ègati‚Í�A�ʼnºˆÊ‚Ì5—̈æ‚݂̂ðƒJƒo�[‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�ãˆÊ26—̈æ (kāma loka‚Ì6‚‚Ìdeva—̈æ‚ðŠÜ‚Þ) ‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂÌ�¶–½‘Ì‚Ídeva gati‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�Bkāma loka‚Ìdeva‚Å‚³‚¦�A“{‚è‚⑞‚µ‚Ý‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B”Þ‚ç‚É‚Í�u‘P‚Æ“¹“¿‚Ìgati�v‚µ‚©‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
apāyās‚Ì�¶–½‘Ì‚Í�u•s“¹“¿‚Ègati�v‚Ì‚½‚߂ɂ»‚±‚É�¶‚Ü‚ê‚Ü‚·�B
�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚Í�A‚±‚ê‚ç 2 ‚‚̃JƒeƒSƒŠ‚Ì’†ŠÔ‚É‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í“¹“¿“I‚Ègati‚Æ•s“¹“¿‚Ègati‚Ì—¼•û‚ðŽ�‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚·�B
gati‚ÉŠÖ‚·‚é�à–¾‚ɂ‚¢‚Ä‚ÍSaṃsāric Habits, Character (Gati), and Cravings (Āsava)‚Æ‚»‚±‚Ɋ܂܂ê‚郊ƒ“ƒN‚ðŽQ�Æ‚µ‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
8. Within those five major categories, there can be subcategories. In particular, the human and animal realms are vastly different with different gati, and within each of those two realms, there can be an uncountable number of gati. For example, various animal species have different gati, and their habits and cravings depend on those specific gati.
8. ‚±‚ê‚ç‚Ì5‚‚̎å—vƒJƒeƒSƒŠ‚É‚Í�AƒTƒuƒJƒeƒSƒŠ‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B“Á‚É�A�lŠÔ‚Æ“®•¨‚̗̈æ‚Ígati‚ªˆÙ‚Ȃ邽‚ߑ傫‚ˆÙ‚È‚è�A‚±‚ê‚ç2‚‚̗̈æ‚Ì‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É�A�”‚¦�Ø‚ê‚È‚¢‚Ù‚Ç‘½‚‚Ìgati‚ª‚ ‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚½‚Æ‚¦‚Î�A‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȓ®•¨Ží‚ɂ͈قȂégati‚ª‚ ‚è�A‚»‚Ì�Kе‚⊉–]‚Í“Á’è‚Ìgati‚Ɉˋ’‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
�iŽ�A‹�‚ȂǂÌ�jˆê•”‚Ì“®•¨‚Í“÷‚ð�H‚ׂ܂¹‚ñ‚ª�A‘¼‚Ì�iƒ‰ƒCƒIƒ“�Aƒgƒ‰‚ȂǂÌ�j“®•¨‚Í“÷‚Ɉˑ¶‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‹�‚Í‘�‚ð�H‚ׂ邯�K‚¹‚ɂȂè‚Ü‚·‚ª�Aƒ‰ƒCƒIƒ“‚Í‹»–¡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B—΂̑�‚ðŒ©‚é‚¾‚¯‚Å�A”ñ�í‚ɈقȂésaññā‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Kāma Dhātu (With
�gDistorted Saññā�h) Tied to
One�fs Uppatti Bhavaṅga
9. The �gkāma Dhātu�h automatically generates a �gdistorted saññā�h based on one�fs uppatti bhavaṅga. Therefore, an Arahant or a puthujjana (average human) will have that initial �gdistorted saññā.�h Don�ft worry if you don�ft understand uppatti bhavaṅga. Remember that a �gmade-up�h saññā arises even in an Arahant if that Arahant was born in the human realm.
�i�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ƂƂà‚É�jkāma Dhātu‚ÍUppatti Bhavaṅga‚ÉŒ‹‚Ñ•t‚¯‚ç‚ê‚Ä‚¢‚é
9. �ukāma Dhātu�v‚Í�Auppatti bhavaṅga�i�¶‹N‚·‚é�ö�݈ӎ¯�j‚ÉŠî‚¢‚ÄŽ©“®“I‚É�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Ü‚½‚Í puthujjana (•½‹Ï“I‚È�lŠÔ) ‚Í�A‚±‚Ì�Å�‰‚Ì�u˜c‚ñ‚¾ saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚¿‚Ü‚·�Buppatti bhavaṅga ‚ª—�‰ð‚Å‚«‚È‚‚Ä‚à�S”z‚µ‚È‚¢‚Å‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚̈¢—…Š¿‚ª�lŠÔŠE‚É�¶‚܂ꂽ�ê�‡�A‚»‚̈¢—…Š¿‚É‚à�u‚Å‚Á‚¿‚ ‚°‚Ì�v saññā ‚ª”�¶‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ä‚¨‚¢‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B
ƒuƒbƒ_‚ÍPheṇapiṇḍūpama Sutta (SN 22.95)‚Å�Asaññā‚ðŒ¶‰e�Aviññāṇa‚ð–‚�pŽt‚Æ•\Œ»‚µ‚Ü‚µ‚½�B
�u‰Ä‚Ì�ÅŒã‚ÌŒŽ‚Ì�³Œß‚É�A‚«‚ç‚߂凋C˜O‚ªŒ»‚ê‚邯�l‚¦‚Ä‚‚¾‚³‚¢�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A�Ÿ‚ñ‚¾–Ú‚ðŽ�‚Â�l‚ª‚»‚ê‚ðŒ©‚Ä�A‚¶‚Á‚‚è‚ÆŠÏŽ@‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚ê‚ÍŠ®‘S‚ɋ󋕂Å�A’†�g‚ª‚È‚�AŽÀ‘̂̂Ȃ¢‚à‚̂Ɍ©‚¦‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤�B凋C˜O‚ɂǂñ‚ÈŽÀ‘Ì‚ª‚ ‚é‚Å‚µ‚傤‚©�H�v
‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A‚½‚Æ‚¦‚»‚Ì�l‚ª�A‚ªŠ‰‚¢‚Ä‚¢‚½‚Æ‚µ‚Ä‚à�A�…‚ðŒ©‚Â‚¯‚悤‚Æå‡‹C˜O‚ÉŒü‚©‚Á‚Ä‘–‚邱‚Ƃ͂Ȃ¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�B
ˆê•û�A“®•¨‚Í‚»‚ꂪ凋C˜O‚Å‚ ‚邯”Fޝ‚·‚邱‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚È‚¢‚½‚ß�A‚»‚ê‚ð’Ç‚¢‚©‚¯‚Ä”æ‚ê‰Ê‚Ä‚Ä�A‚ÌŠ‰‚«‚ÅŽ€‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚Ü‚¢‚Ü‚·�B
Only a Buddha Can Discover the
�gDistorted Saññā�g
10. In the same way, until a Buddha comes to this world and explains the real nature of saññā, we humans are unable to figure out that our perception of certain foods being tasty, certain sights appearing attractive, certain smells are enticing, etc., we will chase those things too!
�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚𔌩‚Å‚«‚é‚͕̂§‘É‚¾‚¯
10. “¯—l‚É�A•§‘É‚ª‚±‚Ì�¢‚ÉŒ»‚ê‚Äsaññā‚Ì–{“–‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ð�à–¾‚·‚é‚Ü‚Å�AŽ„‚½‚¿�lŠÔ‚Í�A“Á’è‚Ì�H‚ו¨‚ª‚¨‚¢‚µ‚¢�A“Á’è‚ÌŒi�F‚ª–£—Í“I‚ÉŒ©‚¦‚é�A“Á’è‚Ì“õ‚¢‚ª–£—Í“I‚Å‚ ‚é‚Ȃǂ̔Fޝ‚·‚邯�A‚»‚ê‚ç‚Ì‚à‚Ì‚ð’Ç‚¢‹�‚߂õ‚Ü‚¤‚±‚ƂɋC‚‚±‚Æ‚ª‚Å‚«‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚Å‚µ‚½�B
•§‘ɂɂæ‚Á‚Ä�à–¾‚³‚ê‚È‚¢ŒÀ‚è�A‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì�uƒ}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ðŠì‚΂¹‚é‚à‚Ì�v‚ª�uŒ»ŽÀ‚ł͂Ȃ¢�v�A‚»‚µ‚Ä�uŽ„‚½‚¿Ž©�g‚̃}ƒCƒ“ƒh‚ª�ì‚è�ã‚°‚½�v‚à‚Ì‚¾‚ȂǂÆ�A100–œ”NŒo‚Á‚Ä‚àŽ„‚½‚¿‚ÍŒˆ‚µ‚Ä�l‚¦‚È‚¢‚Å‚µ‚傤�I�@
‚±‚Ì�¢ŠE‚Ì‚·‚ׂĂ̌õŒi�A‰¹�A“õ‚¢�A–¡�AŠ´�G‚É‚Í�A–£—͂⌙ˆ«‚Ì�«Ž¿‚ª‚Ü‚Á‚½‚‚È‚¢‚±‚Æ‚ð—�‰ð‚·‚邱‚Ƃ͔ñ�í‚É�d—v‚Å‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Ìgati‚ɉž‚¶‚Ä“Á’è‚Ìsaññā‚ð’ñ‹Ÿ‚·‚邽‚߂ɓ÷‘Ì‚Í�¶‚¶‚Ü‚·�B�lŠÔ‚Í�umanussa gati�v‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é‚Ì‚Å�A•W�€“I‚Èsaññā‚ðŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚©‚µ�A�¶‚Ü‚êŽ�‚Á‚½gati‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�Asaññā‚ɂ킸‚©‚ȈႢ‚ª‚ ‚é�ê�‡‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B�@
ˆê•û�A“®•¨‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚Æ”äŠr‚µ‚Ä�A‚»‚µ‚Ä‚³‚Ü‚´‚܂ȓ®•¨‚ÌŠÔ‚Å‚³‚¦‚à�A–¾Šm‚ɈقȂésaññā‚ð�¶‚Ý�o‚µ‚Ü‚·�BŽ„‚½‚¿‚Í•…‚Á‚½“÷‚â”rŸ••¨‚ÌŒõŒi‚â“õ‚¢‚ÉŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ðŠo‚¦‚Ü‚·‚ª�A“؂͓¯‚¶‚à‚Ì‚ðŒ©‚½‚èšk‚¢‚¾‚è‚·‚邯�A‚Ü‚Á‚½‚ˆÙ‚È‚ésaññā‚𓾂܂·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�lŠÔ‚ÍŒ™ˆ«Š´‚ð•ø‚‚Å‚µ‚傤‚ª�A“؂͂»‚̂悤‚È‚à‚̂Ɋì‚Ñ‚ðŠ´‚¶�AŽä‚©‚ê‚é‚̂ł·�B
‚±‚̂悤‚ȕω»‚Í“®•¨‚É‚àŒ©‚ç‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‹�‚Í‘�‚ð�H‚×�Aƒ‰ƒCƒIƒ“‚Í“÷‚ð�H‚×�Aˆê•”‚Ì�©’Ž‚Í–Ø‚ð�H‚ׂ܂·�B“®•¨‚Í‚»‚ꂼ‚ê‚É“K‚µ‚½saññā‚ð�¶�¬‚µ‚Ü‚·�B‚»‚µ‚Ä�Asaññā‚ɉh—{‚ð—^‚¦‚邽‚߂ɑ̂ÍkammaƒGƒlƒ‹ƒM�[‚É‚æ‚Á‚ÄŒ`�¬‚³‚ê‚Ü‚·�B‚±‚ê‚Í�l‚¦‚é‚ׂ«–£—Í“I‚ÈŽå‘è‚Å‚·�B
Why Would an Arahant Have
�gDistorted Saññā�g?
11. That is a consequence of still living with a �gvipāka physical body�h that the Arahant was born with. Until the death of that physical body, the Arahant must live among other humans.
ˆ¢—…Š¿‚͂Ȃº�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚ðŽ�‚‚̂©?
11. ‚»‚ê‚Í�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚ª�¶‚Ü‚ê‚È‚ª‚ç‚ÉŽ�‚Á‚Ä‚¢‚é�uvipāka‚Ì“÷‘Ì�v‚Å�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚邱‚Ƃ̌‹‰Ê‚Å‚·�B‚»‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚ªŽ€‚ʂ܂Å�Aˆ¢—…Š¿‚Í‘¼‚Ì�lŠÔ‚ÌŠÔ�iŽÐ‰ï�j‚Å�¶‚«‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B
‚»‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚Íkamma‚Ìvipāka‚É‚æ‚Á‚Ä�¶‚¶‚Ü‚µ‚½�B‚»‚Ì“÷‘Ì‚Í�A�lŠÔ‚̗̈æ‚ɑΉž‚·‚é�u˜c‚ñ‚¾saññā�v‚¾‚¯‚łȂ�A“÷‘Ì‚ªŽó‚¯‚é‰^–½‚É‚ ‚ékamma‚Ìvipāka‚àŽó‚¯‚Ü‚·�BŒy“x‚Ìvipāka‚Í”ð‚¯‚ç‚ê‚é‚©‚à‚µ‚ê‚Ü‚¹‚ñ‚ª�A‹‚¢vipāka‚Í“÷‘̂Ɍ»‚ê‚é‰Â”\�«‚ª‚ ‚è‚Ü‚·�B‚µ‚½‚ª‚Á‚Ä�A�¶‚«‚Ä‚¢‚鈢—…Š¿‚͉ö‰ä‚â•a‹C‚Ȃǂɑς¦‚È‚¯‚ê‚΂Ȃè‚Ü‚¹‚ñ�B